CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME OF THE SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND GIVEN IN 1891 BY HENRY WILLIAMS SAGE Cornell University Library PN 4855.M82 Moore's historical, biographical and mi 3 1924 027 455 629 The original of tliis bool< is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924027455629 MOORE'S Historical, Biographical, and Miscellaneous Gatherings, IN THE FORM OF DISCONNECTED NOTES KEIiATITE TO BOOKS, NEWSPAPERS, MAGAZINES, AND OTHER Literary Productions, such as the early Publications of New England, the United States, and the World, from the Discovery of the Art, or from 1420 TO 1886: WITH MANY BRIEF NOTICES OF AUTHORS, PUBLISHERS, EDITORS, PRINTERS, AND INVENTORS. COMIPIIiED BY JOHN" TV. MOORE, AUTHOR OF MOORE'S COMPLETE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF MUSIC, AND OTHER WORKS. Let us "gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost." "Tradition is but a meteor, -which, if it once falls, can never be rekindled,^^ PRINTED BY THE REPUBLICAN PRESS ASSOCIATION. 1886. ^ t ^. iH-r^ti^ Entered according to act of Congress, in the year 1885, By John W. Moore, In the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. PROEMIAL NOTE. Readers of the following sketches will perhaps notice that they appear as found and collected, and that they combine the language and style of many different persons, some wedded to the writings as well as the cus- toms of their youth ; therefore the quaintness of expression, which will be observed, may possibly be more marlted than I am aware of, yet the manner is not wholly unintentional. To some persons simple language may not have the attractions that are presented by the writings of many authors of the present day, whose chief study is elegance of expression ; but may we not, by adopting a flowery style, lose in clearness, in strength, in conciseness, and even in beauty? No one, unless he has at some time undertaken to compile Notes gathered from among the forgotten or per- ishing records of the past, can conceive the unwearied labor that is requi- site for such an undertaking. On going over the great field occupied by men who have been more or less identified with the printing, publishing, and editing of newspapers, periodicals, and other works, I have culled much that would have been forever lost but for this effort. Should my gather- ings prove less useful than I could wish, the fault is in myself and not in the subject. When I commenced the task of gathering what could be found relative to Manchester newspapers, I had little idea of the magnitude of the infor- mation that the old newspaper files and dusty records would reveal ; nor did I know how one paper would lead to the examination of another, until there seemed to be no end to what I desired to search for ; and what I now present by no means exhausts the mine I have opened, and into which, if life, health, and strength are given me, I intend to explore yet deeper, gathering hidden material that may help to complete a His- tory of the Press in New Hampshire, if not of the United States. It will be seen that I have mentioned several thousand publications, newspaper men and women, and things connected with them, and with printing and publishing. All such important historical and biographical information, with dates and names of persons and places, are given as found in documents examined, and from recollections of individuals with whom I have conversed. Errors in names and dates may consequently appear, and I trust will be pardoned. Every author, editor, printer, and ■a PROEMIAL NOTE. publisher is a debtor to others and to his profession. I here tender my grateful acknowledgments to my brother editors and printers, and to the large number of friends in this country, as well as to the correspondents who, from abroad, have given me information concerning themselves and their publications. It seems my duty particularly to mention the assist- ance I have received from S. C. Gould, Esq., of Manchester, and his collection of books, newspapers, and documents; and especial thanks are due Hon. Horace A. Brown, Hon. John M. Hill, W. Odlin, Esq., Charles Young, Esq., P. B. Cogswell, Esq., and others of Concord; Hon. A. A. Hanscom, of Portsmouth ; S. E. Young, Esq., of Laconia; G. F. Living- ston, Esq., of Manchester ; and the many others who have given me names, dates, or other information. Lam also indebted to members and officers of the various press associations of the country, as well as to the editors of the many newspapers and other publications of the United States, to Clarke's History of Manchester, and to our American Registers and Almanacs for statements which have aided me in my labors. Shakespeare's knowledge of human nature was clear and close. In " As You Like It," he makes Touchstone say to Aubrey, "A poor thing, but my own.'' . That is very much what I have to say in introducing my Historical, Biographical, and Miscellaneous Notes to printers, editors, publishers, and others. The work, though it may be called a poor one, is my own, and I reserve all rights of publication, except by persons authorized by me, or who are willing to credit such extracts as they reproduce to the compiler. NEWSPAPERS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. [Notices of publishers, editors, printers, &c., will be found scattered along the pages of these notes, in Parts I, II, III, and IV, in connection with some one chief publication named, or with some newspaper or topic treated in the work, or in separate articles, — though many brief biographi- cal sketches of persons who have at some time resided in Manchester are recorded in Part III among the newspapers of the city ; yet other notices of newspapers, and of printers, publishers, and editors, will be found pas- sim, here and there, all along, and in Part PV of this work.] FIRST ATTEMPTS AT GATHERING SKETCHES OF NEWS- PAPERS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. The New Hampshire Historical Society was incorporated June 13, 1823. Its object was to discover, procure, and pre- serve whatever related to the natural, civil, literary, and other history of the United States in general, and of New Hampshire in particular. Two hundred years had passed from the first settlement of the state, and ancient manuscripts, public records, newspapers, fugitive publications, and the recollections of aged people, as well as public documents yet in existence, such as related to the history of the state, were then considered worth attempts at collecting for preservation. Previous to this, Hill & Moore, Concord publishers, had commenced, January, 1822, their Historical Collections, edited by John Farmer and Jacob B. Moore, which had large sales, and were reprinted in 1831 by Henry E. and John W. Moore. In these Historical Collections we find the first efforts at gathering notices of the newspapers pub- lished in New Hampshire. The Massachusetts Historical Society was instituted at Bos- ton in January, 1791, but was not incorporated until 1794. The b NOTES ON PRINTING. New York Historical Society was instituted December 10, 1804, and incorporated February 10, 1809. Other societies were afterwards formed, in other states, but none of them have as yet given us the information needed to make a complete history of our newspapers. Among the Queries in relation to printing, upon which the editors of the New Hampshire Historical Collections asked for information in January, 1822, were the following : " When was the first printing-press established in your town, and by whom ? When was the first book, pamphlet, or newspaper printed ? What are the literary ptiblications of gentlemen who have resided in your town ? When and where were they printed, what form, and what the number of pages they contain ? " These questions, propounded sixty-three years ago, with here and there exceptions, remain unanswered to this day ; and to rescue from the dust and obscurity of private repositories what- ever can now be found relative to the early history of newspa- pers and publishers, is the object sought in gathering these HisTOKiCAL Notes. Time, neglect, and indifference have de- stroyed many important records. Time " Shakes the old beldame earth, and topples down Steeples and moss-grown towers." ' ' Years are the teeth of Time, which softly eat And wear out curious books in manuscript ; Fire is the scythe, wherein he down doth mow Ten thousand precious volumes at a blow." PORTSMOUTH CENTENNIAL. October 6, 1856, the celebration of the centennial anniversary of the introduction of the art of printing into New Hampshire took place in the city of Portsmouth. This celebration was decided upon at a meeting of the editors, publishers, and print- ers of the state, called at Manchester on the 13th day of Au- gust, 1856. The citizens of Portsmouth warmly favored the idea, and the Rev. Andrew P. Peabody, D. D., then editor of the North American Review, accepted an invitation to deliver NEWSPAPERS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. 7 an oration, and B. P. Shillaber, Esq., of the Boston Saturday Evening Gazette, consented to prepare a poem for the occasion. Andrew Preston Peabody was born in Beverly, Mass., March 19, 1811, was educated at Harvard college in 1826, and was ordained pastor of the Congregational church in Ports- mouth, N. H., in 1833. Later he became editor of the Review,, and of a number of valuable books. He was at one time editor of the Christian Register, and completed a memoir of Gov. "William Plumer, of New Hampshire, which had been commenced previously by the worthy son of the governor. B. P. Shillaber was born in Portsmouth, N. H., and at the age of fifteen years entered the oflBce of the Dover Palladium, where he learned the art of printing in every detail. In the absence of the editor, he prepared the copy, set the type, printed the paper, and delivered it to subscribers. Later he went to Boston, worked in the office of the Post, became a re- porter, and introduced Mrs. Partington and her son Isaac to the world. He retired from active journalism in 1870. In Boston he read Sydney Smith's description of a Mrs. Partington vainly mopping back the Atlantic ocean. His first remark put into Mrs. Partington's mouth was, " I never pays more than 50 cents for half a dollar's worth of bread." Mr. Shillaber is now over 70 years of age, but still continues to write for the news- papers. He is as funny as ever, though an invalid. Strawberry Bank (so-called for many years, because the bank of the river near Portsmouth, now known as Church hill, produced a large quantity of strawberries, and became generally known to the inhabitants of the neighboring settlements as The Bank, which name it retained until the middle of the eighteenth century) at this time (1856) was inclined to be a little boastful of her acquired graces, and was proud of her rich relations, as she viewed her sister cities, — some upon the branches of streams, which, like perpetual gossips, were always telling the story of their wealth and importance, some richer than others, some more highly endowed by nature, some boasting of similar historic recollections, and all belonging to one family, alike desirous of honoring the art of arts, and the man who first introduced it into New Hampshire. Portsmouth (which was long called by the original settlers Porc/tmouth, and with some 8 NOTES ON PRINTING. is thus pronouneed to this day) is the commercial metropolis and only seaport of New Hampshire. Its cultured inhabitants, since its first settlement in 1623, have claimed that the place was incorporated by Royal charter in 1633 ; that its people erected the first dwelling-house in the state, built the first aque- duct in the country, the first almshouse in the world, established the first Christian church, the first religious magazine, the first printing-oflSce, and the first newspaper in New Hampshire. Portsmouth also claims that Benjamin Franklin put up in that town, with his own hands, the first lightning rod in the state ; that the first frigate built in America was built there, and that it bore the first stars and stripes to a foreign port ; that John Stavers commenced running the first known two-horse stage wagon from Portsmouth to Boston April 20, 1761, the first stage that ever run in America. Portsmouth claims that her citizens rified Fort William and Mary at Newcastle, and that the pow- der taken from that Fort was used at the battle of Bunker hill. Portsmouth's first Episcopal church had but ten different rectors in 257 years. Here and at Dover the first settlers landed and made their homes. Stavers Inn. This historic tavern, now a tenement-house in Portsmouth, was built by John Stavers in 1770. In front of it stood a tall post, from which hung the sign bearing a likeness of the Earl of Halifax. The house is square, and three stories high. LaFayette and Washington were guests at this house, one in 1782, the other in 1789. After the Revolution the sign was so changed as to show William Pitt, and the inn was called the Pitt hotel. Stavers in 1761 commenced running a weekly coach from Portsmouth to Boston called the "Flying Stage- coach," which carried three passengers. The fare from Ports- mouth to Boston was thirteen shillings and six pence sterling, equal to three dollars. The Portsmouth Centennial of 1856 was a famous celebration, honorable alike to that city, the state, and the people who took part in the exercises of the occasion. Portsmouth, where printing was first introduced into the state of New Hampshire in 1756, was thronged with visitors, invitations having been extended to printers, publishers, editors, sons of New Hamp- shire, and distinguished gentlemen throughout the United PORTSMOUTH CENTENNIAL. 9 States. Many letters were received from persons who could not attend, and among the number there wereiwo of importance concerning a History of Printing in New Hampshire. The let- ters were written about twenty-nine years ago to the committee of the centennial celebration of the introduction of printing into the Granite state. That of Charles F. Livingston, Esq., is dated Manchester, Oct. 6, 1856, and, among other things, says, — Up to the moment of going to press, Lave hoped that I should be able to be with you, but I am stuck with a job that must be got out: but I wish to suggest the propriety and fitness of having a true and perfect list, so far as it can be made true and perfect, of all the printers in the state. I do not mean the editors and the proprietors alone, but a list of the bone and muscle, as well as pocket and brain — from foreman to devil — and have this list deposited with the Historical Society, at whose suggestion the centennial has been got up. It is easy enough to get at the editors and the proprietors ; but these have often no practical knowledge of printing, or right to the title of Printer. A list, to be a list, should embody all connected with the art in any capacity. I close with a sentiment to my right-hand friend and supporter — The Devil. — The little imp of blackness, redolent with ink and wit, the scapegoat for others' pi, and the butt for all practical jokes : — let him but grasp his own tail, and he moves the world with a, greater than Ar- chimedean lever. All hail his august majesty ! Yours with the click of the type in the stick, C. F. LIVINGSTON. Hon. Samuel D. Bell, a distinguished citizen, first judge of the police court, author of a " Guide to Officers of Towns," and a man of much ability, who died July, 1868, in his letter, dated Manchester, September 23, 1856, to the Committee of Invitation, I hope your celebration will furnish the occasion for a History of Print- ing in the State, comprising extended notices of the men who have fol- lowed their profession here, or who have gone elsewhere to follow it. Those who have had connection with this great art, as authors, editors, and publishers, might well be noticed, and as full an account as can now be obtained of all the periodical and other publications of the state might complete the work. Such a book would preserve the memory of many men and things which ought not to be forgotten. Should such a work be undertaken, I shall be glad to be regarded as a subscriber for ten copies. Very respectfully yours, &c., SAMUEL D. BELL. 10 NOTES ON PKINTING. I do not know that any effort to carry out the excellent rec- ommendations of Mr. Livingston and Judge Bell was ever made until after the formation of the New Hampshire Press Associa- tion, but since then sketches of the press in various parts of the state have been written and published, and I hope will be con- tinued until a full history of printing in New Hampshire shall be perfected. The present Notes are not confined to our own state, to New England, or to this country, but they embrace information concerning the art not generally known or to be found elsewhere, and yet needed in making a history of print- ing complete. It is to be regretted that the present effort must remain comparatively Imperfect on account of the unwillingness, or seeming negligence, of many newspaper men and printers, to whom circulars and stamps have been sent by the press commit- tee, asking for answers to the questions propounded. This negligence in furnishing facts for the Notes places the compiler of them somewhat in the position of the Scotchman, who, in 1840, started the Daily Record in a town near Edinborough, but who soon grew tired of his labors, and without a word of explanation discontinued it. In 1850 he renewed the publica- tion, merely saying, "Since the publication of our last paper nothing of importance has occurred," and he said this, notwith- standing the French Eevolution, the flight of King Louis Philippe, and other notable events had taken place. The writer can look far back upon the dim and devious track of recollec- tion, and call to mind many village, town, city, and country newspaper proprietors, printers, editors, and publishers, but by no means all who have followed the art ; and this must be his regret for leaving so many unmentioned whom he would gladly have noticed if they or their friends had given him the informa- tion desired and solicited. PRESS ASSOCIATION. " This shall be written for the generation to come." — Psalms. The present New Hampshire Press Association grew out of a state of affairs in the New England states, and the whole country, in 1862, during the Great Rebellion, when the prices of printing materials and paper of all kinds advanced in our markets to double the former prices ; and in 1863, paper form- PRESS ASSOCIATION. 11 erly costing nine or ten cents a pound, sold for twenty-eight and thirty cents. This, perhaps, unexpected condition of the market caused almost a panic among printers and publishers, which was increased by the enlistment of manj' members of the craft for the Great Rebellion war, they being among the most forward to respond to the calls of the country, thus causing a pressing want for help, and a corresponding rise in the prices of labor. A somewhat similar state of affairs existed in this country once before, more than one hundred years ago, when the Amer- ican Revolutionary war between Great Britain and her colonies, commenced at Lexington, in Massachusetts, April 19, 1775, continuing to January, 1783, at which time the mother country became willing to acknowledge the independence of the United States. It will be remembered by those' who have read our histories that the first continental congress met at Philadelphia in Sep- tember, 1774, and that among their first acts was one to ap- prove the action of New England in opposing taxation without representation, and the destruction of tea in Boston harbor. The King street riot was well remembered, and the declarations of the people's rights were already made known ; but the British ministry considered such acts rebellious, and, to force the colo- nies to submission, transported 10,000 men to Boston, which led to the Lexington fight, arousing the whole country, and causing John Stark, of Manchester, N. H., and others like him from other points, to leave their occupations, and, with such arms and ammunition as they and their followers could command, to hasten as volunteers for the defence of liberty and their country. During the skirmish along the line from Boston to Concord, Mass., the British lost in killed and wounded and prisoners 273 men ; the Americans 88. From this time to 1783 American printers and publishers were compelled to pay exorbitant prices for their supplies, and as paper, representing money, had greatly depreciated, one hundred dollars in paper money an- swered hardly as an equivalent for one silver dollar ; and it can readily be conjectured how difficult a matter it was then for the newspaper men and printers (generally poor) to procure their supplies and continue business. 12 NOTES or PRINTING. The Eevolutionary war, like the Great Rebellion, broke out very suddenly, and few of our countrymen of any profession, trade, or business were prepared for the event. Nearly all kinds of printing materials had previous to this time been im- ported from England, Germany, and other foreign countries, and even the ink used by American printers had not then in any considerable quantities been made in this country. The war at once cut off all these resources, causing a greater scarcity than has since been known. There were but three small paper-mills in Massachusetts, none in New Hampshire, and but one in Rhode Island, and that out of repair. Such paper as these mills could manufacture fell far short of the needed supply, and soon became very scarce, while such as could be procured was very poor in quality. It was frequently taken from the mills wet and unsized, and in that condition used. People had not then the habit of saving rags, for they were generally imported : consequently American rags were low in price, and little in the market, and when the war prevented their importation, stock for paper-making was with difficulty obtained. Everything answer- ing for rags was ground up together to make paper substance ; and poor paper, wretched ink, worn-out type, and dilapidated wooden presses were all the materials the printers of that day possessed. No wonder that the newspapers, books, pamphlets, and broadsides of Revolutionary times seem to show miserable printing ; but this bad work was made, not because the early printers were unacquainted with good work, — for they well un- derstood the art, and were only prevented from leaving more excellent specimens by a direct want of better materials than were then obtainable. Charles A. Lee, Esq., of the Pawtucket Chronicle, says, — Had not the Declaration of Independence been successfully maintained by our fathers and their allies, we might never have been a distinct and united nation. Climatic influences might have caused the establishment of at least two distinct peoples on the territory now mainly held by the United States. New England, the Middle States, and the Canadas had made one confederacy, and the South, perhaps in alliance with Mexico, had formed another. But God had a different purpose. This part of our continent was intended for one commonwealth, and common needs and common perils welded together the thirteen feeble colonies which lay along the western shore of the Atlantic. PRESS ASSOCIATION. 13 It was a bold act on the part of our fathers to sunder the bands which bound them to Great Britain. It was a perilous act. None but heroes, or men of great forecast, would have braved the indignation of a haughty- crown and a mighty people. Still, it was a providential act. > It was a blessing to humanity that a young people should resolutely protest against tyranny. Absolute monarchs received a warning which they have not yet forgot. The successful experiment of free government by an Eng- lish-speaking nation has taught other nations, on both our own continent and others, the power of a united people. Spanish republics in both North and South America learned to claim a position among civilized nations. France, after repeated failures, has been encouraged to make a more successful attempt to secure liberty. Every country in Europe, indeed, save perhaps Russia and Turkey, has felt the might of those truisms which our fathers uttered a hundred and nine years ago. As years roll on, therefore, we see fresh reason for gratulation. The number of states has almost trebled since July 4, 1776. The most san. guine dreamers of that day cast no glances beyond the Mississippi. The Father of Waters was to be the western limit of our land. But God has opened a wide door to our nation. From the Atlantic to the Pacific our territories extend. The descendants of the Pilgrims ship from Pacific ports to China and Japan not merely gold and silver, but grain and fruits which neither Jefferson nor Hamilton conceived that western valleys could produce. The increase of population, wealth, and power has been marvellous. Europe and Asia admire the young giant of the West, arid envy our success. Had John Adams or Benjamin Franklin been allowed to lift the curtain of futurity, a prophetic glimpse of the greatness of our country would have removed every misgiving felt as they penned the final sentences of the immortal declaration with which their names are indelibly associated. So far as material greatness is concerned, they would be satisfied with our growth. Thirteen struggling colonies have expanded into thirty-eight states. Some of them are indeed empires of themselves. Population has increased from 3,000,000 to 65,000,000. Riches have multiplied in a fabulous ratio. Inventions have been perfected that consolidate an other- wise divided Kealm. The steamboat, the railroad, almost annihilate dis- tance, and the telegraph brings San Francisco into close intimacy with New York. Our vegetable products have been multiplied, and unnum- bered mines of both the precious and the useful metals wake the envy of the world; and independence adds to the value of these resources. Had our country remained a band of dependent colonies, our riches had been lessened by reckless taxation, or drawn from us by an absentee aristoc- racy that would have fluttered round an imperial court in some parent land ; but our wealth is our own, and contributes to the prosperity of our homes. 14 NOTES ON PRINTING. Honored, then, be the memory of our ancestors ! We celebrate their forecast and their courage. We e.xtol their faith and their self-denial. What is, then, the fittest return we can make for their heroism and fore- sight ? We answer, to hand down to posterity the blessings they bequeath- ed us, and to make our nation a benefactor to our race. Shallow is that thoughtlessness which forgets the indebtedness of the present to the past. Emphatically true is it in respect to our nation, that other men labored, and we have entered into their labors. Washington and Greene in the field, and Franklin, Sherman, and Hopkins in the legislative hall, wrought and suffered that our nation might survive the throes of birth ; but they did not confine their vision to our Western continent. Their prophetic ken embraced other lands and nations. For the rights of humanity they pleaded. They prayed that our nation might not be a warning beacon to other nations, but a day-star heralding a glorious dawn. For universal liberty they longed. How, then, can we best testify our gratitude ? By making our nation a worthy example. The truisms of the Declaration have been derided on both sides of the Atlantic as glittering generalities ; but it is our work to give a fitting commentary on them. We have shown by the bitter war, that happily closed a score of years ago, that our union is not a rope of sand. Our government, resting on the affection and consciences of the people, is a mighty government. We are to demonstrate, however, that we have self-control. We must not forget the sarcastic words of the caustic essayist, that our " most notable achievement is that we have pro- duced 50,000,000 of bores." More than a century ago surly Dr. John- son spoke of our increase of population as rivalling the fecundity of the rattlesnake. Mere numbers do not constitute greatness. True great- ness is moral. An upright, a conscientious, a sagacious, brave, and en- ergetic people, can alone extort the world's respect. Not by the roar of cannon, not by blare of trumpet or by flaunting flags, not by fustian rhetoric or noisy cheers, not by boastful songs or wild vaunts, but by sober patriotism, downright integrity, and by loyalty to God and our native land. First Printer in New England, America. His name was Stephen Daye. He was born in London in 1610, and was a descendant, as I am informed, of John Day (who wrote his name without the e, and was an eminent printer) . The first thing printed at Cambridge was The Freeman's Oath. Daye was the master printer for about ten years, and was succeeded by Samuel Green. The second thing printed by Daye was an Almanac, and the third issue was The Psalms in Metre. In 1641 he printed a book called the Body of Liberties. It is not FIRST NEW ENGLAND PRINTERS. 15 known that he worked for any one but his successor, and it is known that he remained in Cambridge until the time of his death, December 22, 1668, aged 58 years. It is supposed that Green, unless he learned printing in England, must have learned his trade of Daye. Dunster appointed Green as man- ager on removing Daye, and Green remained manager of the office about fifty years, being a good manager, if not a printer. In 1656 Mr. Green had two printing-presses in operation. In 1660 Marmaduke Johnson, a printer from London, was sent over, and established a printing-office in Cambridge. After this, printing commenced in other places, and before the death of Samuel Green in 1702 several of his nineteen children had gone from Cambridge, and were printers in other towns and cities. Colonies. The colony of Plymouth was founded in 1620 by the Pilgrims. The colony of Massachusetts was founded by the arrival of persons at Salem in 1628. In 1630 Governor Win- throp arrived with 1,500 settlers at Charlestown, opposite Bos- ton, where they first lived in tents, but in 1631 they began to settle at Cambridge, where in 1638 they established a printing- press, and there in 1639 the first printing on this continent (north of the Gulf of Mexico) was performed. The type used belonged to the college, and the press to Mr. Glover's heirs. This press was used by the college for sixty years, and for thirty years all the printing in the colonies was performed by printers residing at Cambridge. Boston Printers. It was about forty years after the first settlement of Boston before any printing was done in that place, Cambridge having all the business " by authority." John Fos- ter was the first printer in Boston. He died in 1680, and was succeeded by Samuel Sewall. Upon the stone which marks the grave of John Foster in Dorchester, where he was buried, he is called " the first printer of London," which simply means he was the first printer in Boston, and came there from London, England. The next printer there was James Glen, followed by Samuel Green, Jr., Richard Pierce, Bartholomew Green, John Allen, Benjamin Harris, Timothy Green, Jr., James Printer, Thomas Fleet, T. Crump, Samuel Kneeland, James Franklin, and others. 16 NOTES ON PRINTING. JOURNALISM SOMETHING. It is a common saying in England that America is governed by newspapers, and this by way of sneer ; but our people as well as our newspapers are but imperfectly understood abroad. Journalism in America is now something; it has been nothing, but aspires to be everything. There are no limits in the ambi- tion of enterprising editors to the future power of the American newspaper : it is becoming the schoolmaster, preacher, law- giver, judge, jury, executioner, and policeman in one grand combination. A German play represents in one of its scenes "Adam crossing the stage on his way to be created,'' and much of the news gathered by our daily papers is of this anticipative sort. Sydney Smith was fond of dating events before or after " the invention of common-sense," and the common-sense that contrived the modern newspaper does not go back very far. Marchamont Needham, F. B. Sanborn says, " was the founder of English newspapers." He was a schoolmaster in London in the time of John Milton, and in 1647 he went on his knees to King Charles, and afterwards to Cromwell. His successor was De Foe, the novelist, who began his newspaper life in jail, and was set in the pillory by Queen Anne ; but he continued his Review until he became famous as an author, and died in 1731, aged 71 years. Steele, of the Tattler , gave up that paper in 1710, and joined Addison in the Spectator in 1711, which was killed by the stamp duty of 1712. The London Times was forty years in reaching a circulation as great as the Spectator. James Franklin, of Massachusetts, in 1722, was forbidden to print his New England Courant, because by it the peace and good order of His Majes- ty's subjects in that Province were disturbed. Dr. Johnson, about the time the Revolutionary war commenced said, — "Jour- nals are increasing without increase of knowledge." When the present Worcester Spy was commenced by Isaiah Thomas, in 1770, its news from Europe was three months old, from Canada more than a month old, and from New York at least a week old. Since that day the telegraph, the telephone, and steam have made the world a perpetual whispering gallery : we have passed JODKNALISM. 17 rapidly from a provincial to an imperial position among the nations. Basil Hall said of our newspapers in 1833, — "Their conductors are shrewd men, clear in their judgment, but indiffer- ent to all matters which, will not help their pockets or interests." When Mrs. Child wrote Letters from New York, and Margaret Fuller assisted Horace Greeley in editing the Tribune (see Part IV) , they were considered as venturesome and daring females ; but their successors are numerous, and it has often been said since the day of Greeley that editors make it a rule to follow Franklin's advice, and if possible " never be found in a minor- ity." [See "Women as Editors and Conductors of Newspapers.] Independent Nevtspaper. It has been claimed that the av- erage newspaper readers of America prefer a journal not in alliance with anj' sect or party, but, so far as my own expe- rience is of value, I find that subscribers for the independent paper are few in number when compared with those for a politi- cal journal. Organs for a party are generally given the official patronage of the state and nation. It is true, however, that brains do much for the success of a newspaper, perhaps more than can any sect or party. The successful editors of this country have been such men as Horace Greeley, Gales and Seaton, F. P. Blair, J. T. Buckingham, Samuel Bowles, and others who have been busy themselves, and who have employed the best brains to assist them in conducting their newspapers. FIRST TYPE, PRESSES, AND PAPERS. ' How shall I speak thee, or thy power address, ThoLi god of our idolatry — the Press ! Thou fountain at which drink the good and wise, Thou ever bubbling spring of endless" — stories. The Press op all Nations. The Press powerful, glorious, free, and fertile — the light of the social world. He who fetters it strikes at man himself. The diameter of the press is the diameter of civilization, and with every diminution of the liberty of the press there is a corresponding diminution of civilization. "When the free press is checked, we may say that the nutrition of the human family is withheld. The press is force, because it is intelligence ; it sounds the reveille of nations, announces the advent of justice, and warns the world. There is no salvation without liberty of the press, but, on the contrary, misdirection, shipwreck, and disaster everywhere. God bless the free press, its power, its glory, its efficiency, its liberty, in all the wide world. God bless the thinkers, writers, journalists, publishers, printers, publicists, who represent all the energy of intelligence. Soul of the world ! The Press ! The Press ! What wonders hast thou wrought ! Thou rainbow realm of mental bliss — Thou Starr)' sky of thought ! The Press is the beacon of thought, the phoenix of art. It frees mind of its errors and man of his chains. It strengthens the soul of the good and the brave, encourages mankind, and gives comfort to the slave, merit to fame, and pleads the cause of liberty. The pen of literature though as old as history, with the aid of the press will become, if it is not now, strong enough to overcome all public evils and abuses, and will secure the FIRST PRINTING-PRESSES. 19 sway of truth, righteousness, friendship, and peace. God bless our land of liberty ! God save our country's press ! The patriot's eye still turns to thee, And hails thee from afar, As the wanderer on the trackless sea Hath hailed his guiding star. The want of articles used by the early printers during and before the Revolutionary war caused the first attempts to man- ufacture some of the important things then wanted. The earliest printing-press known to have been manufactured in this country was made for Christopher Sower, Jr., a Germantown printer, in 1750. This Sower established a type-foundery in 1772, procur- ing his workmen and^ materials from Germany. FIRST PRESS IN CONNECTICUT. On September 4, 1769, The Massachusetts Gazette announces "that Mr. Isaac Doolittlo, of New Haven, has lately completed a Mahogany Printing-Press, on the most approved construction, which by some good judges in the printing way is allowed to be the neatest ever made in America, and equal, if not superior, to any imported from Great Britain. It is for William Goddard, of Philadelphia, a printer there. We also learn that Abel Buel, of Killingworth, in Connecticut, has made himself master of the art of founding types for printing. Printing types are also made by Mr. Mitchelson of this town [Boston] equal to any imported, who might, by proper encouragement, soon be able to furnish all the printers in America at the same price they are sold in England." It is known that Abel Buel, the American type-founder, was a native of Killingworth, Conn., where for some time he pub- lished a weekly newspaper entitled The Devil's Gluh or Iron Cane, in which he strongly advocated "the doctrine of eternal progression and endless development." This publication gave great offence to the Puritans ; and at length the authorities of the town caused Buel to be confined in the Symsbury mines for six months, when he was released on condition of his making a public renunciation of his belief, and his agreeing to carry an iron cane on Sabbath days, in testimony that he had abandoned . his heretical and dangerous belief ; and he was afterwards called 20 NOTES ON PRINTING. " The meek man with the iron cane." He was connected with the Boston Tea Party, disguised as a Kickapoo Indian ; was at the battle of Lexington, where he used his iron cane, after heating the end red hot, to touch off the first cannon fired there in the Revolution. He was wounded in the knee at the battle of Bunker Hill ; and before becoming a tj-pe-founder he was known as an undertaker, a military bugler, a teacher of singing, and as a choir leader. He undertook to introduce the bass viol into the singing-seats, and thereby made himself very obnoxious to the minister and deacons of Killingworth, who did not approve of any instrumental music other than " the drum, trumpet, and jewsharp." Buel seems to have been a very eccentric man, restless and uneasy, and of great inventive genius, always getting into trouble. It is said that while attempting to make printing type, he removed the leaden equestrian statue of George III from "Bowling Green,'' New York, and converted it into type, saying that " either as bullets or type his majesty should be turned to a useful purpose, and make an impression!" These facts are from documents on file in the oflSce of the secretary of state in Connecticut ; but I have been unable to find the date of the birth or death of this remarkable man. Unreliable history informs us, in the face of the above state- ments, that " the first casting of types in the United States was by John Baine, who came to this country soon after the Revolu- tionary war, and settled in Philadelphia. If Baine came here soon after the war, then it will be seen that Buel and Mitchelson were here before him, they being here before and not coming after the war. There was also a tj'pe-foundery at Germantown, Pennsylvania, before the war. First Newspaper and First Editor. It is claimed that soon after the Chinese invented printing they established an official gazette, the first newspaper ever printed, and that it has been continued through many centuries, and is yet published. It is called King-CJiau, but by Europeans Peking Gazette. Many suppose that the earliest printing, except impressions from seals, is that of the brick books of the Egyptians, the stamped bricks of clay, which the Assyrians perfected many centuries before Christ. A Courant of News from Virginia, and other EEPOKTERS. 21 American colonies, was printed in London, May 3, 1622. News from New England was printed by Jolin Bellamie, June 19, 1622. Our histories, valuable as they are, do not go back so far into the ancient ages of the world as might be wished, nor do they give us all the information we desire ; but the most ancient, if not the first, newspaper editor, having in his employment a reg- ularly appointed staff of reporters, of whom I find any account, was a learned man, by name Ccelius, who was employed by Cicero to collect and send to him daily, and by every opportunity, a full and particular account of every occurrence which took place in Rome during the time he was in Cilicia. In perform- ing this service Ccelius engaged several other learned men to assist him as reporters, and these furnished him the proceedings of the Roman senate, the edicts, trials, and decisions of the courts, and all the general news, while Ccelius, as editor of these reports, made them into leading articles, adding their political significance as concerning the empire of Rome, and then sent his Record of Events (as we may suppose his paper was named) to Cicero daily, or at stated periods. Had the art of printing been in use at that time, printed instead of written newspapers would probably have been the vehicles of communication, and printed newspapers would have been as common throughout the Roman empire (the world of that period) as they are with us to-day. The publishers of Cicero's works and compilations employed a large number of scribes in writing them, and obtained for their workmen everything that could aid them in their labors. As in our modern printing-oflSees, some prepared the paper and materials, some kept the writing instruments used in repair, some were busy multiplying copies, some attended to the care- ful rolling up of the finished books or manuscripts, others put them in covers and added the proper titles and ornaments. Repokteks are peculiar in their ways, and sometimes make considerable fun for the curious. They are often of as high an order of talent as their brethren the editors. Sometimes, in- deed, they are men of greater calibre, and they are generally more versatile. They know how to amuse, if they are not schoolmasters, and their motto is " to be anything rather than dull," — a good axiom for newspaper work. The reporter likes 22 NOTES ON PRINTING. ladies, is gallant towards them. For instance : "A Lynchburg colored lady fell thirty feet out of a third story, striking the ground head foremost. They are filling up the hole. 8he was not hurt any." Again: " While a compositor on the JfonireaZ Witness was setting up an advertisement for a lost canary, the bird flew in at the office window, which shows the value of ad- vertising." There is something depressingly trivial in the character of a large part of the intelligence which is picked up (1885) by the reporters, news-gatherers, and correspondents for the daily and weekly journals of New England. Certain newspapers are transgressors in this direction above others, and certain sections of the country seem to take more kindly to this sort of thing than do others, but to a greater or less extent all journals now publish personal matters which are not and ought not to be of public concern, and which indicate or occasion a deterioration of public sentiment. Postmasters the Originators op Newspapers in New Eng- land. John Campbell, William Brooker, Ellis Huske, James Parker, Bejamin Mecom, John Carter, William Weyman, Will- iam Hunter, Andrew Bradford, and many other postmasters, were also editors of the earliest newspapers in Boston and other places. Newspapers were at first carried free in the mails, and so to 1758, when they were first charged with postage. The News-Letter, though published by the Boston postmaster, who handled all the mails, was sometimes thirteen months behind in giving the news from England. The Boston Gazette was owned by five persons, all of them successive postmasters. Advertising, First. The first regular advertisement which has been met with, is found in The Impartial Intelligencer, No. 7, printed in London, 1649, it being that of a gentleman of Candish, in Suffolk, from whom two horses had been stolen. I have seen a statement that at least one advertisement appeared in the Mercurius Oivicus of London, printed August 11, 1643 ; it was of a book on the power of parliament, about five years before that for the stolen horses. There exists evidence that the Greeks and Romans, and others, after the invention of printing, practised advertising. The first advertisement par- ticularly mentioned in New England was by John Campbell, in POST-KIDERS AND MAILS. 23 the News-Letter, of Boston, 1704, which was an advertisement " for advertisements at prices as low as twelve pence ;" and even at that price few were obtained. PosT-RiDERS AND Mails. In this country, in early times, newspapers could not be circulated except on post-roads, by post-riders, or persons called carriers. There were post-towns, in which were post-offlces, and where post-horses, stage-coaches, and post-routes were established ; and from and to such towns the newspapers, the mails, and valuable packages could be car- ried, and were delivered by stage-drivers, and others travelling on such roads. I well remember the post-rider through my native town, who was a portly, good-natured, obliging man, highly respected by all who had dealings with him. He came regularly, astride his stout nag, travelling just so far, through summer's heat and winter's cold, in fair weather and in foul, his regular route — three days north and three days south — bringing him home every Saturday night, year in and year out ; known by all— " Hark ! 'tis the twanging horn o'er yonder bridge. That with its wearisome but needful length Bestrides the wintry flood in which the moon Sees her unwrinkled face reflected bright ; He comes, the herald of a noisy world, With spattered boots, strapped waist, and frozen locks ; News from all nations lumbering at his back." Now that the two-cent postage law has gone into effect, perhaps the following note concerning the first law of Congress on the sub- ject, and some reference to later laws, will be read with interest. At present we have post-offices, or places for the reception and distribution of letters and dispatches that are to be or that have been carried by the post. In 2d Chronicles, xxx, 6, we read that "the post went with the letters from the king and his princes throughout all Israel." The practice of sending letters and packages by the post, or post-rider, is therefore a very ancient one, and such was the practice until the regular postal service was established. I can remember when in all the towns except those through which post-roads had been established letters and papers all came by private conveyance, or post-riders, over established routes once or twice a week. The first postal ser- 24 NOTES ON PRINTING. vice in this country was established more than two hundred years ago in Virginia, and about the same time a monthly mail was established between New York and Boston. The colonial postal system was established by Benjamin Franklin. Our present post-office system was created after the Eevolutionary war. February 20, 1792, a law was enacted by congress estab- lishing rates of postage on single letters, for thirty miles, 6 cents ; for sixty miles, 8 cents ; for one hundred miles, 10 cents, and so on ; and for double letters, that is, letters of over one half an ounce in weight, double rates. A letter weighing one ounce was charged as for four single letters. Twenty-five cents paid a letter to any part of the Union. These charges continued until 1816, when rates were reduced; but as late as 1845 the postage was five cents for five hundred miles, and ten cents for greater distances. Postage stamps were used first in 1841, five cents and ten cents. The first brown stamp was a five cent one, designed by E. A. Mitchell, of New Haven, in 1847, since which the three-cent stamp of 1845 was in use until 1883. when the postage on letters weighing half an ounce or less was reduced to two cents. The English government first established post- offices in the American colonies in 1692. Benjamin Franklin became the first American postmaster-general in 1753, and for many years thereafter printers were appointed postmasters. Congress took charge of the postal matters for the United States in 1789. [See Postage Stamps, Part II.] Attempts at Printing. There was, apparently, no call for the establishment of a printing-office or newspaper in New Hampshire until the year 1756, when Mr. Daniel Fowle, a printer of Boston, Massachusetts, who had been in business there some sixteen years, removed to Portsmouth, and there established the iVew Hampshire Gazette. [See full description of this newspaper, and of Mr. Fowle and other printers, in Part II. J The state was originally settled at Dover and Portsmouth, not by the Puritans, but by fishermen, as a mercantile or trading post ; and the business of the province centred for a long period at Strawberry Bank, where the public men made their homes. Trade and money-making, energy, perseverance, and thrift are impressed upon the frugal, ingenious, prosperous, and hard-working people of the province of New Hampshire ; but the ATTEMPTS AT PRINTING. 25 people had not time to establish a press until the arrival among them of Daniel Fowle, 1756. Attempts were made to start newspapers at Exeter in 1775, at Hanover in 1778, and at Keene about 1779. Portsmouth alone was successful in 1756. Concord and Dover people had printers among them as early as 1790, but for some political reason, which cannot here be satisfactorily explained, the ruling authorities of New Hampshire, instead of encouraging the estab- lishment of printing-presses, took especial care to prevent the commencing of newspapers in the province, and in March, 1698, the governor of New Hampshire was directed to forbid all per- sons printing anything in the province without special license from the authorities. England was fearful that a free press might be against its rule in New England, and as early as 1698 instructed Samuel Allen, then governor of New Hampshire, to see " that no person use any press for printing, upon any occa- sion whatever, without special license first obtained." In 1825 Leigh Hunt tried to introduce English publications into Italy, but was informed that such publications, by censor- ship, must first be examined, and that religion and politics must be excluded : so the attempt failed. An English paper once called the king of Spain a fool, at which the Spanish ambassa- dor was so enraged that he demanded condign punishment of the printer, but was quieted when Lord Weymouth informed him that these very printers had said the same of their own king, and when brought to trial in the English court of law had been acquitted ! Milton's Paradise Lost came near being sup- pressed, as the press licenser fancied it a treasonable book, as he read the line, "Fear of change perplexes monarchs." In the reign of Charles II no books could be printed without a license. Great Britain did not allow the printing of Bibles in America while we were colonies. When the first printing-press was introduced into Virginia, in 1681, the printer, John Buckner, was ordered, by authority, to enter into heavy bonds not to print anything until the pleasure of the king was known, and not then without a license, as in Massachusetts. This suppression of the press continued until 1694, or to the reign of William and Mary. Instructions to prevent printing in New York without license first obtained 26 NOTES ON FEINTING. were given to Governors Dongan, Slohghter, Fletcher, Belloraont, and Hunter, from 1686 to 1709. Some few printers defied this interference in Massachusetts, New York, and Pennsylvania. John Peter Zenger, Rev. William Smith, Isaiah Thomas, and Alexander McDougal were all prosecuted, imprisoned, and injured. Many other printers were greatly persecuted by the authorities. Next came the stamp act for revenue, requiring all newspapers and almanacs to be stamped ; and Virginia taxed newspapers as late as 1848. We, the people of this generation, live not only in an age of improvement, but of plenty and general prosperity. We know little of the anxieties, the wants, or the labors of those who lived here before or in the time of the American Eevolution. Many of us, however, remember the sufferings borne by print- ers, and others, during the great Rebellion, which caused the call for the convention of our craft at Wolfeborough, July 24, 1868, at which our Press Association was organized, with John M. Hill, of the New Hampsliire Patriot, as president, and a full list of other officers and committees ; and since that year meet- ings have been held every year, at different places in the state, and these annual meetings have been made highly interesting and beneficial to the members. The early introduction of the feature of summer excursions, in which ladies as well as gen- tlemen have participated, has been productive of much social enjoyment to all who have availed themselves of the privileges offered. Some of those who attended the Wolfeborough con- vention, and visited the office of the Granite State News, edited by Charles H. Parker, may remember an antiquated Wells hand press, which was the first press used by the Boston Cultivator. It had been owned by George Wadleigh, of the Dover Inquirer, and afterwards was purchased by Mr. Parker of the News, and was still in good condition. [See Press Association.] IMPROVEMENTS. Daniel Fovtle is reported to have said, "If he had read as many books as some of the learned, he would have been as ignorant as they." Had he lived to see the many and great changes which have taken place in the art of printing, and the wonderful improvements in nearly all the implements used IMPROVEMENTS. 27 in the modern printing-house, he would have lived to see changes that have been introduced, and which to him would seem as new as any of the implements appeared when he was the " devil" in the Advertiser ofHce, becoming acquainted with the wooden press of Adam Ramage. In the present printing- house he would find himself a neophyte, whom modern printers might consider a curiosity to be examined, as would be the fos- sil remains of one of the original " type-stickers," if on exhibi- tion. I do not know who may be the oldest member of this Asso- tion, though it is now more than sixty-five years since I began printing, and fifty-eight years since I became the publisher and editor of my first newspaper ; and since 1827 I have been con- nected with some one of the newspapers of the country, in the capacity of publisher, editor, or contributor, without cessation. My acquaintance with New England printers takes me back to the days of George Hough, Hoit & Tuttle, and the Hills of Concord ; and one of my smartest days of labor was sixteen hours' consecutive work at beating and pulling upon one of the Ramage presses having a stone bed, small platen, and requiring two pulls on one side of a folio sheet upon which the New Hampshire Patriot was printed, and from which it was sent to all parts of the country by carriers, post-riders, stage-drivers, and private hands. In those days all editors of newspapers were printers, and such as had served a regular apprenticeship at the business. No one but a printer then thought of carrying on a newspaper, and with most oflSces was then connected a bookstore and book- bindery ; for printers then published at their own expense and risk such books as would sell. People did not know so much about the making of books as they now do, and books were consequently of more value. I remember an old lady who came into the office with a copy of the Holy Bible, much worn, and out of binding, desiring to know how much it would cost to have a new one printed. It was a quarto, printed by Blake, Cutler & Co., of Bellows Falls, Vt., then famous book publish- ers. Mr. Hill, after examining the title-page, saw that he had in the store copies of the same edition, and said he could give her a new one for $7. "When can I have it?" inquired the 28 NOTES ON PKINTING. lady. " Directly," said Mr. Hill. " Please be seated. John, bring up one of the Bibles on the lower shelf — one marked $7." Obedient, the new Bible was soon handed the old lady, who was much astonished, but very thankful, that it had been so quickly printed, and, paying for it, took it away, saying that "it was uncommon wonderful how printing a book could be done so nice, so quick, and so cheap! '' INVENTORS OF PRINTING. " Hail, mystic Art! which men like angels taught To speak to eyes, and paint embodied thought I Arts, History, Laws, we purchase with a look, And keep, like Fate, all nature in a book." Discoverers of the art of printing, and inventors of the art, are numerous, if we consider all the claims made for the honor of inventing the greatest of all arts ; for it has been claimed by Mentz, Strasburg, Haerlem, Venice, Rome, Basle, Augsburg, China, and other places, for some one or more of their citizens. Laurenzes .John Koster (sometimes written Laurence John Cos- ter, and often John Coster), of Haerlem, Netherlands, is said to have printed, in 1420, with wood blocks, a book of images and letters called Speculum Htimance Salvationis ; and to have invented an improved ink, which did not blot, about 1438. The leaves of his book were printed on one side only, and were af- terwards pasted together. His printing was, probably, similar to that previously known in the Assyrian and Chinese empires. It has been supposed that his letters were movable types, but there is not proof of this supposition. In fact, I do not find convincing proof to inform me when, where, or by whom the art was invented. There is proof that it has been supposed to have been discovered in the several countries by the several persons named at some time, as in these gathered notes will appear ; though the different accounts are quite contradictory and unsat- isfactory. Dates are contradictory, but given here as found. The first printers, in my opinion, were the seal engravers ; and the art of printing from engraved blocks was the first ex- tension of this art of taking impressions from engraved seals, on wax, to impressions on paper or vellum. The first printed book on record is the book of Psalms, by INVENTOKS OF PKINTING. 29 Faust of Mentz, in 1457. All books before this date, including the works of Gutenberg (though printed), were recorded as manuscripts, in order to keep the discovered art of printing a secret. The first book — the book of books, printed at Mentz between 1444 and 1460, as has been supposed, though the book was without date — opened the long-barred gates, and made wis- dom possible for all men. Angels rejoiced and repeated the song, " Peace on earth, good-will to men." To print is to make a facsimile of an original object by pres- sure. The word is derived from the Latin premo, to press ; and among the living languages we find its equivalent in the Dutch, prenten, drunken; German, drucken; Swedish, trycka; French, imprimer; Spanish, imprimir; Portuguese, imprimir, estampar; Italian, stampare. imprimere, — all these words indicating pres- sure as from a stamp. In this sense, the art of taking an im- pression on soft wax by means of a seal might be called print- ing ; and so, also, would the process of making coins and med- als by stamping the metal with a die. In fact, the word has been so applied in English literature. In Wickliffe's translation fabout 1380) of St. Matthew xxii, the inscription on the money is called "the prente," and in St. John xx, the laceration of the nails is also called the " prent." In this sense printing would be, perhaps, the oldest art in the world. "When Adam first set down his foot on the soil of the fair Garden of Eden, he made an impression or print ; and, if it were not trifling to say so, he might be regarded as the first printer. As to the use of the word printer. As early as the second half of the fourteenth century there was, in Germany and the Netherlands, a trade carried on in prints made from wood engravings, generally con- sisting of single leaves and called " briefs," from breve (scrip- turn), as every small document was called in the Latin of the Middle Age, to distinguish it from a book. The makers of these briefs were called " prenters," the word being applied to both printers and the engravers of the blocks. Hence, the first typo- graphical productions were said to be " prented." Schoeffer calls Mainz, in 1492, '■'■Eine anefangk der prenterye." The term- inology of this method of wood engraving was consequently at first applied to typography, and we get the words drucken, trucken, prenten, printen, to print, printer. 30 NOTES ON FEINTING. There exists a tradition that one of Koster's workmen stole his master's tools and inventions and sold them to John Guten- berg, a native of Mentz, born in 1400, and who died in 1468 ; and that Gutenberg claimed to have invented these materials himself, as well as cut metal types, such as were afterwards used in printing the Bible, 1444 to 1460. Another tradition in- forms us positively that John Gutenberg, a German, in 1430, and later residing at Strasburg, as early as 1436 made some trials with a printing-press and some wood type, contrived by the Gutenberg family. Soon John and his companions became desirous of something better than wood type, such as the Gut- enbergs first made and used. Peter Schoefifer had learned of John the art of cutting letters, and he somewhere also learned and has the credit of inventing the art of engraving on copper plates. He is mentioned as the person who first cut and used matrices or moulds for casting letters, for which invention Faust gave him his only daughter in marriage ; after which John Gut- enberg, John Faust, and Peter Schoefifer were partners in the printing business, and produced the famous '■'■Forty-two lined Bible" so called because upon every full column it had forty- two printed lines. With this firm commenced the improvements in printing which led up to the machines which have caused the art of printing to become the lever that controls all arts. There exist yet many other traditions. One says John Faust printed the Tractatus Petri Hispani, at Mentz, in 1442. I find his name written Faust, Fust, and Faustus. He came into the possession of the printing establishment of John Gutenberg in 1455, and was wealthy — in fact, he had sustained Gutenberg, who was poor, for several years. Peter Schoeffer cast the first metal types, in matrices of his own make, and therefore has been con- sidered the inventor of complete printing, 1452. Gutenberg, Faust, and Schoeffer are classed together as the inventors of the art, and were partners for a time, and in engravings their por- traits appear as taken from a medallion. After the copartner- ship was dissolved Gutenberg worked by himself, while Faust and Schoeffer were partners. The traditions concerning the invention of printing do not agree in names, dates, or particulars ; and I find the same diffi- culty now that has existed since 1438, in deciding to whom the INVENTORS OF PRINTING. 31 traditions should properly apply. For instance, Koster is said to have been amusing himself one day by cutting the initials of his iiame in some bark ; he soon after laid these cut initials on a piece of paper, and went to sleep. When he awoke, to his surprise, he found that, by means of the sap in the bark, the let- ters were impressed upon the paper. This caused him to exper- iment. He first dipped his letters into a glutinous liquid, and made fair impressions on paper, and soon after he substituted leaden and pewter letters, and, erecting a press in his house, 1420, commenced printing. Another tradition says that " The sexton of a cathedral at Haerlem was wont to beguile his lonely hours by carving his own name and that of his lady-love on lit- tle blocks of willow ; and one day he wrapped these blocks in a piece of parchment. The next day he found the letters repro- duced on the parchment, in reverse, and very perfect. Guten- berg, on seeing these wonders, inked the letters, and obtained impressions on paper, thus discovering the art of printing and the press.'' The Haerlem and Mentz traditions are very similar. It is also said that somebody stole the art from Koster ; and again, that others stole the art from Gutenberg, who stole it from the Haerlem sexton. Aldi, or Aldus, was the popular name of Theobaldus Manu- tius, who was born at Bassiano, a Papal state, in 1446, learned the art of printing, became famous, and died in 1515. The Aldi company, father and son and grandson, conducted at "Ven- ice, and afterwards at Eome, the printing-house that bore their name from 1488 for one hundred and nine years. But they did not invent the art, though they undoubtedly improved it, and have the honor of giving a name to the modern Aldine publica- tions and press. The term Aldine is a synonyme for accuracy and beauty ; and the most that modern printers have been able to do, until within a few years, has been to equal the Aldi publishers, who were scholars, authors, and professors. There were three of this name during the space of 175 years, but they did not print the first book, which most writers agree was the Bible, in two volumes of 2,282 pages, printed at Mentz. If we would discover the first printer, we must seek him in China. All other searchings give us only the time when and place where it is claimed that certain persons began to print. 32 NOTES ON PRINTING. The attempt to locate the first printing and printer is as unsatis- factory as the attempt to find the tree of knowledge. The reputed site of the Garden of Eden is at the junction of the Tigris and Euphrates, now a sterile tract of land, where the only vegetable life consists of a clump of date-trees near a small and dirty village called Gurna, at which the Turks maintain a garrison and a telegraph-oflice ; and here the inhabitants point out to strangers the tree of knowledge, — not an apple-tree, but a most sickly specimen of a date-tree, bearing a small green berry,— from which one turns away in disgust ; as we do when we seek the first printer among the claimants. The art preservative of all arts is an art that shall ever hand down, from one generation to another, even to the remotest pos- terity, — ^to the innumerable millions yet unborn, — the thoughts of men who lived before them, as well as the thoughts of all who have lived at any of the times that have been called now. It is an art giving the very words uttered by people of all times and all centuries : words too full of soul to be buried in the same graves with the perishable bodies of those who spoke or wrote them. The art has given us the newspaper, an ever unfolding book of information, forever issuing and never finished. The newspaper, which stretches its arms to the very ends of the earth, and gathers for us everything of importance (assisted, as it is, by the telegraph, the telephone, and the ocean cables), has become so essential to civilized life that it is considered a power whose growth is extraordinary. Within the memory of many living men newspapers have grown to an importance and achieved successes that were once regarded as impossibilities ; and they will continue in natural progress to acquire positions of even greater eminence and infiuences ; they will guard their sources of strength, and increase them by undeviating integrity and conscientiousness. It was a happy thought of that author who in his dying moments was able to ask if the revised proof- sheet of his last work was corrected — "All corrected?" — and be- ing answered, "Yes, all," added, "Then I shall have a complete edition in glory." Visit any of our large printing-offices to-day, from which come editorials and other writings that shall live, and you will find much to astonish the mind. The morning and evening newspapers, with the extra sheets, going forth into all FIKST PRINTING-PKESS. 33 quarters of the world, assimilating mind with mind, making man the neighbor of his fellow-man, through the wondrous influence of the newspaper and the art of printing, and you cannot fail to notice the germ, the element, the living material of all earthly history in the press, as well as the triumph of mind over matter. John Newland Maffit, a poet, fine writer, printer, and clergy- man, ooce said, — " God was the first printer, engraver, and publisher. He gave from his awful hand, amid the thunders and blackness of Sinai, the tables of stone, upon which was plainly printed the law of the almighty ruler and governor, and the maker, preserver, and instructor of His people ; the com- mandments ; the full decalogue of all moral law, — the claims of man upon man, and of God upon all." " Let the Press remain — and the slender type Shall click, and all nations bless ; Let the last star from earth that ever fades out Be the God-modelled Printing Press !" Julius Csesar invaded England about fifty-five years before the Christian era, when the inhabitants of that island were no further advanced than were the American savages when our country was first settled by the English ; but in 59 B. C, history informs us, " after entering upon his first consulate, he caused the writing up and publishing of all important occurrences daily." Cicero had a daily newspaper which recorded occurrences of public note, such as births, deaths, marriages, and fashionable arrivals. The Roman newspaper made records much like the modern; — for instance — "July 26, thirty boys and forty girls were born at Cuma." "A fire, July 26, broke out in Pompey's gardens : it began in the night." The paper also contained re- ports of divorce trials, and notices of new buildings in progress ; and it was even then thought needful severely to punish invent- ors of false news ; and in the days of Augustus nothing was published unpalatable to those in power, under penalty of death. Csesar retained in his service a number of learned foreigners for the purpose of transcribing and translating ancient manuscripts. FIKST PRINTING-PRESS. It is thought that the first printing-press was the result of the first printer's contemplation of a wine-press. History is at 34 NOTES ON PKINTING. fault in stating that the first press was made by Conrad Saspach in 1436 ; because the first printer must have used some kind of a press. According to Chinese chronology, the art of printing was known in that country fi.fty years before the birth of Christ ; and I find that John Dunius, when questioned about the press of Saspach, told the magistrates of Strasburg that he had re- ceived one hundred florins for work done on a printiiJg-press three years before. It is known that printing had been done by Grutenberg on some kind of a press as early as 1423, but Sas- pach may have made an improved kind in 1436, though he could not have made the first one ever used. Who made the first printing-press, who first made the balls, who prepared the first ink, who wetted the first sheet of paper, who first laid it upon the tympan, seized upon the handle, pressed, and took off the frisket, and then held up the typographical miracle, moving in the wind and glittering in the sunbeam, must, I fear, remain in obscurity forever, as well as the man who first invented print- ing by taking an impression in wax from a seal ring. FIRST PENNY NEWSPAPER. Henry Crossgrove's News, published at Norwich, England, in 1721, gave notice to its friends and customers that the paper would be sold for one penny, and that advertisements would be taken gratis. This was done because the paper had been circu- lated free until the number became too prodigiously great to be given away. Mr. Crossgrove was a Tory, and was very unpop- ular with his Whig rivals, who heaped upon him all manner of abuse. The Penny Magazine, commenced in April, 1832, in London, sold 200,000 copies a month. It was printed from stereotype plates, on a machine press. The first penny newspaper published in New York was the Morning Post, established January 1, 1833, by H. D. Shepard, Horace Greeley, and Francis V. Story. They commenced with the idea that the cheaper the paper the larger the sales. They imitated the Orange Postman, a penny paper started in England in 1706. In September, 1833, the New York Sun was begun as a penny paper ; and this was claimed by Benjamin H. Day, the publisher, as the first penny newspaper in America, if not in the world. But Mr. Day was in error, as appears from other FIRST POWER PRINTING-PRESS. 35 statements. The Sun was perhaps the most successful paper of the kind then known. FIRST POWER PRINTING-PRESS. [Originally written for the Boston Journal.'] The first power printing-press used in this country, or on this continent, was invented and patented by Mr. Daniel Treadwell, in 1826, and was put into operation in Batterymarch street, in Boston, in 1827. It was a bed and platen press of pretty large dimensions, the bed being capable of carrying a form a little larger than the ordinary hand-presses then in use. The bed was horizontal and reciprocating. The press was constructed of very large wooden timbers, about twelve inches square, and a great quantity of cast and wrought iron. Connected with its huge wooden frame was a wilderness of belts, cams, pitmen, gearings, and cranks. Its weight was enormous. A very strong rotating-reciprocating vertical iron shaft gave motion to its nu- merous and complicated parts. Among many devices connected with said vertical shaft, there were firmly affixed to it two very strong cams, one above the other. To each of the cams was attached one end of a very thick sole-leather belt about three inches wide. The opposite ends of these belts were secured to the bed, the office of one of them being to bring the bed to its proper place under the platen, and the other to draw it away for the delivery of the printed sheet and for the reception of a fresh one. The upper cam, with its belt, was on a plane with the top of the bed. The lower cam, with its belt, was on a plane a trifle lower than the bottom of the bed ; and the lower belt, which drew the bed out from under the platen, passed over a pulley situated beyond the rear terminus of the bed's track. The cams were so contrived as to start the bed from its places of rest very gently, without producing anything like a sudden blow, and then to move it with great rapidity in or out the remaining distance of its track. Each of the belts was provided with de- vices for taking up any slack caused by the strain upon them. The bed rested and moved upon ways similar to those in use on hand-presses. The press was provided with a "throw-off," to prevent an impression being made, whenever circumstances required. One 36 NOTES ON PRINTING. end of the frisket was hinged to the front part of the bed, and one end of a reciprocating-cloth, which the inventor named a "cloth tympan," was also attached to the front of the bed. A stiff rod was fastened to each end of the " cloth tympan," which kept it stretched smooth, and free from wrinkles or folds. The impression was given by the toggle joint. The inking-roUers, for inking the type, were supported in a carriage which carried them back and forth over the type after each impression. The frisket, with a printed sheet upon it, in its movement from un- der the platen, ran up an inclined stationary table, or " apron," at an angle of about thirty-five degrees, while the cloth tympan, at the same time, was carried, by means of a weighted cord run- ning over a pulley, to a perfectly vertical position, — precisely like the cloth of an ordinary copper-plate printing-press. The sheets of paper were placed on and removed from the frisket by hand. Register-points were attached to the frisket. Overlays could be secured to the cloth tympan whenever desired. "When the frisket carried the sheet to be printed under the platen, the cloth tympan was carried by the same operation under the plat- en and over the sheet and frisket. A wooden roller about two inches in diameter, whose length was an inch or two greater than the width of the cloth tympan, was attached to the rear part of the platen, projecting a trifle beyond it ; and against this roller the cloth tympan came in contact in its movements to and from its vertical and horizontal positions without chafing against the edge of the platen. At the rear end of the press was a large, round, horizontal, intermittingly-rotating ink-distributing table, which made about one eighth of a revolution at each impression. The diameter of this round table was three or four inches greater than the length of the ink-distributing rollers, or the type-inking rollers, each and all of which passed over it at each impression. In the rear of the ink-distributing table was an ink-fountain, with a metal roller in it, gauged so as to give the necessary quantity of ink to the inking-roUers. The ink-distributing rollers were support- ed in a carriage which passed back and forth over the ink-dis- tributing table while the type-inking rollers were passing over the form. This press required a full horse-power to put it in operation, FIRST POWER PRINTING-PRESS. 37 and the motor employed was no other than a stalwart, living horse, the horse being harnessed to some strangely contrived thills, depending from a large wooden sweep similar to those used in the old-fashioned New England cider-mills, the sweep passing over the top of the press. The circular track of the horse was about thirty feet in diameter. From some cause the inventor had failed to provide sufHcient weight or momentum to the fly-wheel in order to straighten the toggle joint with ease by accumulated power ; and whenever an impression was made the horse received a shock which nearly jerked him off his feet ; and he soon became so familiar with these " hard spots" in his path that when he approached one of them he would often come to a dead halt, from which no amount of coaxing or scolding — noth- ing but whipping — would induce him to stir. Therefore it soon became necessary to employ a driver with a whip to follow him around the track. After a short time it became apparent that one horse could not endure the strain of such uninterrupted hard labor from day to day, and especially the violent shocks caused by straightening the toggles, and a second horse was added as a relay. The press was capable of producing between five and six hun- dred impressions per hour. Two hands were employed — one of them an experienced printer — to feed and remove the sheets. Notwithstanding the expenses attending its operation, includ- ing rent, two horses and a driver, and two hands at the press, its work was of such good quality, and the success of the inven- tion seemed so flattering, that other presses of the same con- struction were built, which, together with the original, were set at work on the back bay, where the horses were dispensed with, and the tide-water of the Milldam used as the moter. But the introduction of Mr. Isaac Adams's power-press, in 1829-'30, and his greatly improved press soon after, effectually forbade all further thought of utilizing the Tread well presses, and they were abandoned. The Batterymarch press belonged to Mr. Treadwell, and was operated for him by an accomplished printer, Mr. Isaac R. Butts. When practically fully tested, Mr. Treadwell sold the exclusive right of building and using for this part of the country to Mr. Nathan Hale, of the Daily Advertiser, and Mr. T. H. Carter, 38 NOTES ON FEINTING. each of whom had a printing-offlce, to which each of them added four of the Treadwell presses run by horse-power, and estab- lished four others on the Milldam, which were owned jointly, and run by water-power. Mr. Hale's printing-offlce was on the corner of Water and Devonshire streets, where the Common- wealth Bank now stands. The building was nearly square, the inside work mostly of wood, and closed as usual at night, and before morning a fire had occurred ; the walls fell inward, and nothing was saved or left. Mr. Carter's four presses were run in School street, in rear of the Old Corner Bookstore, first by horse-power, then by steam, and finally they went to Brattle- borough, Vt., to be run by water-power (each pair of these presses required a horse-power). The four on the Milldam ceased to be profitable, and were taken to pieces. Thus ended the use of the Treadwell power-presses in Massachusetts, but from their ashes, as it were, a power printing-press arose that more than fulfilled Mr. Treadwell's anticipations. His press required so much room and so much power as not to be adapted to ordinary printing-offices, and Mr. Adams, a maker of hand presses and printers' furniture, set out to get up a press of less cost, and requiring less room and less power, applied by a crank turned by one or two men, according to the size of the press. All this Mr. Adams accomplished, and no more of the Tread- well presses were built. Mr. Treadwell, however, had sold rights of use of his press in Southern cities, and to Gales & Seaton in Washington, and probably was moderately compen- sated for his invention. There was a special part of Mr. Tread- well's invention that Mr. Adams could not well do without, that he wished to buy the privilege of using. Mr. Treadwell had then no pecuniary interest in them, but advised not selling the privilege, saying Mr. Adams could not perfect his press without it. Mr. Adams, however, offered a round sum, and it was ac- cepted. But to Prof. Daniel Treadwell belongs the honor of having himself commenced an epoch in printing of immense im- portance to mankind. [See Isaac Adams, page 39. J It is curious to think that on the same premises where these newly-invented presses were first in operation. Prof. Morse was at the same time pursuing and perfecting his labors and exper- iments in electricity. PRINTING-PRESSES AND INVENTORS. 39 The Largest Press. The largest perfecting press that has come to my knowledge is that in the press-room of the Missouri Republican, of St. Louis, which is said to be the most perfect and rapid printing machine in the world. It has a capacity of 30,000 perfect papers per hour, printed, cut, folded, and pasted ready for delivery. The press is known as the Hoe double web- perfecting press and folding-machine. It prints and folds two perfect papers at a single operation. It is called the web-per- fecting press on account of its printing from a web of paper. Instead of piles of sheets cut to a uniform size, a roll of paper several miles in length hangs in bearings above. The end of this roll being introduced into the press, the paper is drawn through it at the rate of 50,000 feet an hour, — a speed which must be seen to be appreciated. The honor of bringing the printing-press into this state of perfection belongs almost wholly to American inventors. The first fast presses in England and France were made by Americans. PRINTING-PRESSES AND INVENTORS. Isaac Adams, of Sandwich, N. H., the inventor of the Adams Power Printing-Press, was born in Rochester, N. H., August 16, 1802, and while yet a young man removed to Sandwich. When he became of age he became ambitious to visit the city of Boston, with the intention of there trying to find some business by which he might obtain a better support than from farming. Being poor, and not having the means for such an undertaking, he applied to a wealthy neighbor for a loan of money sufficient to pay his way until he could find employment. The neighbor, fearing that the young man would be disappointed in his expecta- tions, tried to persuade him to remain at home on the farm, and finally refused to loan him any money. Adams, however, was not kept at home, for he said, " I can work my way to Boston, and I shall do so, and when I come back I will be able to pur- chase your farm, if not all the farms in Sandwich !" He went, carrying all his worldly goods in a small bundle. He found employment on the way by frankly stating his object and de- sires, and he did not lack for work in Boston, but he in time became known there as the successful inventor of the printing- press that bears his name. 40 NOTES ON PRINTING. After becoming a resident of the city of Boston he was made a member of the Massachusetts senate, and was a candidate for mayor of the city. He was elected a member of the Massachu- setts delegation to the Democratic National Convention at Cin- cinnati in 1856. He was in 1868 a delegate from New Hamp- shire to the Democratic National Convention in New York city. He was three times elected a representative from Sandwich to the legislature, his last term of service being in 1879. He was first married in March, 1830, to Ann Rayne, a daughter of John Rayne, of Waltham, Mass., who died six years later, and a second time in December, 1841, to a widow, whose maiden name was Anna R. Goodridge. By his first wife he left two sons, Aquilla and Isaac, the latter the inventor of the nickel plating process ; and two sons and a daughter by his second wife, Julius A., a lawyer of Boston, and Dunward and Mrs. William F. Ulman, of Sandwich. He died at Sandwich, Thurs- day, July 19, 1883, aged 83 years, and was considered the most wealthy man in the state. Mr. Adams was very eccentric ; he made his money by the sales of his power printing-press, and retiring to Sandwich be gan to buy all the lands and buildings offered for sale in the vicinity. He also bought a large quantity of wharf and other property in Boston. In his will he left his son Julius only five thousand dollars, while he gave to a daughter nineteen farms and $40,000 in money ; to his widow he left a large amount of real estate and $64,000 in money ; to another son, twenty-one farms and $40,000 in money ; to a third son he left the home- stead and an immense amount of other real estate, and bank- stock ; to a fourth son, as much real estate, and his stocks in corporations. He was worth about $3,000,000. Julius con- tests the will, alleging his father was of unsound mind. George Cltmer, the inventor of the Columbian Press, was born in Pennsylvania on a farm, and was a carpenter by trade. He introduced his newly invented press in 1817 here and in England, where he died August 27, 1834, aged 80 years. The Wells-Lever Press, manufactured at Hartford, Conn, (a wonder to all), was comparative!}' easy to operate. The im- pressions were even and strong, the press of imperishable mate- rials, and many printers were made happy by using it. This NEWSPAPERS WHAT ARE THEY? 41 was before the introduction of wheel-power, horse-power, or steam-power presses ; but we soon heard that an ingenious mechanic of New York had a steam press in operation which would throw off 1,500 sheets in an hour, requiring only two hands to feed it ! The old printers did not believe this until they found that power presses moved by men and horses were in operation in Boston, and that one of the steam presses was soon to appear in Concord. The old things have since passed away and are forgotten, and now the newspaper press brings to its aid the tremendous powers of both steam and electricity, news is brought to the hands of editors by the telegraphs, tele- phones, ocean steamers, news correspondents, and reporters — means undreamed of when in 1827 the writer of this undertook to publish his first newspaper. Soon, among the inventors of power presses, we find a New Hampshire man of some note. [See Isaac Adams. J Taylor's Perfecting Press was introduced in New York in 1858. It is self-feeding, prints the sheet on both sides in one operation, and folds and piles away the printed sheets in the most perfect order ; prints 1,200 sheets on both sides per hour. NEWSPAPERS WHAT ARE THEY? " In the darksome middle ages, when the times were fully ripe, John Gutenberg of Mentz arose and cut the metal type ; He had lived in years eventful, and many a fit of blues Had urged him on to find a way to circulate the news." — Old Song. [The English parliament, in 1881, defined a newspaper to be "any publication consisting wholly or in great part of political or other news, or of articles relating thereto, or to other current topics, with or without advertisements ;" but the publication must be issued in " numbers, at intervals of not more than seven days, and must have the full title and date at the top of the first page, and the whole or part of the title and the date at the top of every subsequent page." It will be seen that a newspaper can be published once or any number of times per week or per day ; it may consist of political or other news ; or it may consist of current topics, and not con- 42 NOTES ON PRINTING. tain a word of uews, if its articles "concern current topics in great part." A great part is not defined, but probably means a larger part, more than half. The act of parliament was more or less discussed from the year 1870 to 1881, and ought to be satisfactory. The question maybe asked, "What is news?" Is it any statement that is new ? Is it something calculated to satisfy public curiosity ? Must news he true in order to be news ? Parliamentary discussion during ten years has failed to inform us what news is, and what newspapers are. We sometimes notice that a single fact or a falsehood may furnish endless news paragraphs, only one of which, or no one of which, is true, yet it is news at the time. A newspaper states to-day that the Russians occupy Sarakhs ; to-morrow it informs us that the Russians have not occupied Sarakhs ; on the the third day the same newspaper tells us there never was such a place as Sara'khs. Thus Rumor with her hundred tongues may or may not tell truth with one, though she may speak falsehoods with the ninety-nine others ; but we must listen to all the one hun- dred lest we miss that one which does tell the truth. The Romans possessed written newspapers at least six hun- dred years before Christ ; they ai-e of very high antiquity, and will be mentioned in the following Notes. The Italians, who were the pioneers of modern commerce, were also the inventors of modern newspapers, and of the word designating a newspa- per by the name of Gazette. Germany and France were soon in the publishing field, and England followed, while America was yet later in commencing a News-Letter at Boston. With us, a newspaper means any paper containing news published at regular intervals. The invention of printing may be considered one of the most valuable achievements recorded in the annals of the world. It gave immortality to the names of Gutenberg, Schoeflfer, and Faust ; — to Gutenberg as the inventor of movable types ; to Schoefifer for a method of casting types from metal ; and to Faust as the individual who furnished the necessary funds for carrying on the entire business. If the Roman people did not have newspapers, they had a poet, Ovid, who was born B. C. 43, and died A. D. 18, who, in one of his poems, shows the desire of the Romans for news : KEWSPAPERS — WHAT ARE THEY? 43 Hither in crowds the vulgar come and go, Millions of rumors here fly to and fro ; Lies mixt with truth, reports that vary still, The itching ears of folks unguarded fill : They tell the tale, the tale in telling grows, As each relater adds to what he knows. Fame, all that's done in heaven, earth, ocean, views, And o'er the world still hunts around for news. The newspaper is a shefet of paper printed and published at stated intervals, for conveying intelligence of passing events, and the name is given to any public periodical print that an- nounces news, be it large or small ; it may consist of a single sheet, or of more than one sheet, regardless of size. The word news has been fancifully derived from the initial letters of the four words denoting the cardinal points of the mariner's com- pass, which Byron, the poet, calls " That trembling vassal of the pole, The feeling compass, navigation's soul." Or, as in an epigram found in Wit's Recreations, first published in 1640— " News is conveyed by letter, word, or mouth. And comes from North, East, West, and South." Examination shows me that no people on earth surpass the American people in their appreciation of newspapers, and I do not know of any country of the same age that is now better sup- plied with them. Go where I may, by public conveyance, even into distant and isolated villages and country towns, or when I have penetrated some wilderness by private conveyance, the inhabitants, few or many, seem to be supplied regularly with newspapers from some of the large towns or cities ; and even in places where there are as yet no post-oflSces or mails I find the papers. In some very small and out-of-the-way new settle- ments there are people who, with local pride, will mention that there is or soon will be opened a reading-room and newspaper oflSce among them. The newspaper has been, and still is, almost the exclusive literature of large classes of Americans, and there are many whose reading seldom goes beyond the newspapers. It is probable that newspapers will always be 44 NOTES ON PRINTING. popular in this country, for tliey liave been, and still are, the guardians of our liberties as well as our best instructors ; they have become a power, and it was once said by Napoleon that "even four hostile newspapers were more to be feared than a hundred thousand bayonets." Jefferson said, "I would rather live in a country with newspapers and without a government, than in a country with a government but without newspapers." The great Napoleon feared newspapers ; the great Jefferson believed with David Hume that " the liberties of the [newspaper] press and the liberties of the people must stand or fall together." I am one of the believers in the educational, moral, social, re- ligious, political, commercial, industrial, and continual benefi- cent influences of our newspapers, and would increase rather than diminish their numbers. If I remember the words of R. B. Sheridan, he once said, "Give me a tyrant king, give me a hostile house of lords, give me a corrupt house of commons, but give me the newspaper press and I will overturn them all." Printing I consider one of the most valuable, if not the most valuable, intellectual achievements recorded in the annals of the world ; and this invention it has been supposed was the result of accident rather than of design, because impressions taken from clay, such as footprints and other chance marks upon wax and cement, are known to be as ancient as signet rings and written or pictured records. Antiquarians tell us that it is believed that the signet ring or seal of the Pharaoh who received Joseph into his service, and made him a ruler after his escape from the pit where his brothers had left him to die, has been found among the ruins of a palace in Egypt ; and it is supposed that the bricks of Babylon and of Nineveh are, some of them, stamped with the signet rings of kings. We are informed that after Christ our Lord and Saviour was crucified and placed in a stone tomb, to "make the sepulchre secure a great stone was placed at the door, and that this stone was sealed to make it certain that the body should not be removed." It was in all probability sealed with Pilate's signet ring. Printing from wooden blocks is considered the next oldest, and was practised in China long before Christ ; and this kind of printing was the immediate precursor of the invention which has immortalized the names of Gutenberg, Schceffer, Faust, and others. The NEWSPAPERS ^WHAT ARE THEY? 45 Chinese, when they invented printing, first incised the char- acters, reversed, upon a block of wood ; they then covered the block with dark ink, and then impressed it upon thin yellow paper, which they have used from time immemorial, and so the page came forth with light yellow letters upon a dark back- ground, and it is now ascertained that a golden or yellow letter- ing upon a background of dark blue is that which best suits the human eye. The same style of printing-press, with slight im- provements, was in use at the old ofHce of the New Hampshire Patriot when I first worked there, 1819, that had been used by all the early printers in America ; but soon after, a wooden press with an iron bed in place of the stone bed was invented, using the same screw and wooden platen ; and the impressions made by the screw required two pulls of the "devil's tail" bar or lever, for one side of the newspaper. The inking was done with balls in the form of a globe or sphere, with wooden handles con- veniently attached for beating or working the cushions together, and thus distributing the ink upon their surface evenly, which were in time superseded by hand rollers of various kinds. With the composition rollers came the Iron Lever press, which printed the whole of one side of a sheet by one pull of a bar. This press was introduced in 1823, emphatically a year of invention. Men had begun to live by their wits as well as by labor, and improvements which diminished severe work or diminished fatigue were blessings. Pressmen had long groaned at the groaning press ; all expedition in their work was the result of severer labor, no aid being found in the perfection of the press. The improvements of Mr. Ramage had been valuable, and his presses were in general use, though other kinds were still used. Adam Ramage came to this country from Scotland, and settled in Philadelphia, where for many years he made Ramage print- ing-presses of Honduras mahogany, with ample substance and good finish, which gave them a nice and substantial appearance. The frames were so massive that they could not warp, and his presses were admired, especially after he enlarged the diameter of the screw, as he did to three and a half inches, and replaced the old stone bed with one of iron. He died in 1850, at an advanced age. 46 NOTES ON PRINTING. VALUE OF NEWSPAPEKS. " I'm of the Press ! I'm of the Press ! My host embattled types; With them I quell the tyrant's horde. And rear the Stars and Stripes." Few if any of our American citizens are in the habit of reflecting upon, or giving any serious thought concerning, the moral, social, educational, or religious influences exercised by the conductors of our newspapers, even though they are aware of the political influence of such publications. At the present day almost every village and hamlet within the extended bor- ders of our free and happy country has within itself one of these weekly intelligencers, under the guidance of some indi- vidual, who is often impelled to the performance of his duties more by the regard he entertains for his profession than by the encouragement or the rewards that are bestowed ; but the people themselves do not always fairly appreciate the control which that single individual, by his newspaper, holds over the opin- ions, over the passions and the prejudices, of the community where the paper largely circulates ; nor do the people at all times fully recognize the importance of those rays of light and information which emanate even from the most unpretending of the co-workers and laborers in the wide field of letters, because it is not in their power to trace out, at one view, their effects upon the minds of numerous persons. "When, however, they look abroad, and contrast the intellectual, social, moral, and religious condition of the citizens of this entire republic, with the enslaved, ignorant, and degraded condition of the people of almost every other country on the face of the globe, they will not, they cannot, hesitate to do justice to those who, by their efforts, have done so much towards preserving within the bosoms of the people of America the pure spirit of liberty, which has caused the establishing and maintaining that regard for indi- vidual rights, and that implicit obedience to the laws, which form the foundation of our national superstructure and pros- perity. If we value at their real estimate our newspaper publishers, who that has an interest in the progress of intelligence, and in VALUE OF NEWSPAPERS. 47 the preservation of constitutional liberty, will deny to the press, in their immediate circle, that support which can alone enhance its usefulness and extend those influences for good ? How fre- quently are we pained and mortified by the perusal of appeals, made through the columns of prudently and ably conducted news- papers, for the means of continuing labors which have for years been almost gratuitously performed for the benefit of the public ! It is sad, indeed, to see men of genius, and men of industry and perseverance, forced to make such appeals, while feeling that their pride and their intellectual energies are yielding to the pressure of unmerited neglect, or that their generous hopes and warm ambition to be useful and honorable are likely to be destroyed because they are unappreciated. Such wrongs, however, are sometimes inflicted upon the conductors of the press, notwith- standing the universally acknowledged importance of sustaining in the midst of every community a free and independent news- paper. Nearly all the newspapers with which I have any means of a reading acquaintance to-day, are conducted with a view to the instruction and advancement of the family circle in morality, literature, and science, while they present a synopsis of the stirring events of the times in which we live ; and this being true of them, they certainly deserve warm-hearted, solid, well merited patronage and support. There is a host of men who boast Of powder, cotton, steam, But every hour the mighty power Of printers' ink is seen. It moves the world as easily As does some mighty thing, And men proclaim in despots' ears That printers' ink is king. The man of gold, of wealth untold, The printers' ink may scorn, Or knit his brow, nor deign to bow To one so lowly born ; But printers' ink has built its throne Where minds their tributes bring. And God's most gifted intellects Shout — Printers' ink is king ! 48 NOTES ON PRINTING. King of the world of thought refined, No abject slave it claims ; Where superstition's victims pine, It bursts their servile chains. In every clime, in coming years, Will men proud anthems sing. And round the world the echoes float, That printers' ink is king ! Printers who have passed regularly through all the grades and forms required in a well-regulated oflSee, have graduated from one of the best schools for a young man the world has ever yet known, if the advantages there offered were properly and earn- estly improved ; for in the printing-oflBce in the olden time was found, and in the bookstore at that time an appendage, literary privileges and information nowhere else so readily afforded to the earnest student. It may not now be generally known that the early printers in this country, as well as in Europe, executed their different works at their own expense, and that they were book-makers and book-sellers as well as printers, selling their own printed works themselves, or by their agents, at personal risk. It was therefore necessary to employ large capital. Paper and all the materials, including labor, were exceedingly dear, and this made the purchasers of books comparatively few, partly from the illiteracy which generally prevailed, and partly on account of the poverty of the masses ; and this state of things continued until the printers confined their attention solely to printing, leaving the book-selling part of the business to others, who in time created a distinct profession of book- sellers and publishers, who first appeared at Leipsic in 1545. Since the days of Franklin, our printers have witnessed very many changes in regard to improvements in every branch of the art of printing. The improvements in type-casting, stereotyp- ing, and engraving have been carried to great perfection, while the improvements in the machinery of the press, and that for type-setting and distribution, seem astonishing. I well remem- ber reading at the time, November 28, 1814, the news concern- ing the first newspaper ever printed by steam, and thinking it a story that was too fanciful for belief ; but it was true, and it was the invention of a Saxon printer, Frederick Konig, who ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NEWSPAPERS. 49 was born at Eisleben, in Prussian Saxony, in 1775. He learned printing in Breitkopf s office at Leipsic, went to St. Petersburg in 1806, and there hoped to introduce his power press. Not succeeding, he went to England, and, after perfecting his inven- tion, with joy witnessed its work in 1812, after which it was operated by steam, and used by John Walter, proprietor of the London Times. On the appearance of this first newspaper printed by steam- power, one of the London poets wrote of the inventor, Mr. Konig,— And out of the witchcraft of pure skill, A creature he called to wait on his will : Half iron, half vapor, a dread to behold, Which evermore panted and evermore rolled, And uttered his words a million fold : Forth sprang they in the air, down raining like dew, And men fed upon them, and mightier grew. Mr. Konig, after leaving London, went to Bavaria, where in the village of Oberzell, in company with Andrew Bauer, he manufactured presses and cylinder machines during life, and died in 1833, and was buried in the orchard adjoining his fac- tory. Bauer survived him, but died in 1860, having up to that time made six hundred machines. Paper-making is as ancient as printing, and paper or papyrus was used seven hundred years before Christ was born. The materials from which paper has been made have been of vari- ous kinds. The Chinese and Japanese used paper centuries before our era. Paper-mills were erected in England in 1498, — Far from the public road, remote and still, In 1498 was built a paper-mill, A wooden edifice upon a running rill, — and in 1690 paper was made near Philadelphia, at Eoxborough. ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NEWSPAPERS Differ as widely as do the people of the two nations. The Lon- don Times, now more than a hundred years old, has always been independent of government favor and party influence, and by 4 50 NOTES ON PRINTING. this course has secured success, power, and influence with the people, and has developed an extraordinary adaptability to public opinion ; and instead of being the organ of a sect, fac- tion, or party, has made itself the organ of the dominant public opinion of England. It has labored to discover exactly what the majority were thinking and saying, and to echo their words and thoughts ; and, by so doing, has always been in favor with the majority. The American newspaper, instead of following public opin- ion, desires to create and lead it ; and, when over-anxious to gain official advertising and patronage, it falls into the ruts of party ; and when most loudly talljing of the independence of the press, it is but echoing the words of the politician and the office-seeker, instead of following the sober thoughts of the people ; and instead of gathering public opinion, and faithfully repeating it, the editor becomes a slave of party, and repeats only what is approved by a party. Our first-class newspaper never loses its sense of responsi- bility for things. It conceives that it must have convictions on every detail of the affairs of the universe, and it must maintain them without variableness or shadow of turning. If convictions of proper sincerity and passionateness cannot be had for the asking, there must be, at least, a pretence of belief, an affectation of faith. The necessity accounts for the noisiness and clamor and accompanying emptiness which characterize some of our most widely celebrated journals. A newspaper thus determined to be a "leader of opinion," must proclaim the particular opin- ion it happens to be leading, as the salt which is to save society, as the condition of universal order. Such a leader can only an- nounce, as the alternative to the prevalence of its opinion, chaos and darkness. "When its opinion does not prevail, — when, never- theless, the order of nature is undisturbed, society seems safe, and chaos and darkness are indefinitely postponed, — the "leader" is left in an awkward, not to say humiliating, position. Yet the necessity for " convictions" remains, and the restless round of vehement assertion and dogmatic denunciation continues. The most astonishing activities of journalism of this type are displayed during periods of political excitement. What must a disinterested observer think of the " work " done by newspa- ENGLISH AND AMERICAN NEWSPAPEES. 61 pers at such times, not merely by campaign sheets, but by journals which are ranked in the first class, as especially adapted to families ? A paper which is not governed by a sense of responsibility for the opinions of mankind, will present its views with at least the appearance of candor and moderation. Although its case may be one-sided, it will wear an air of dis- crimination, and suggest a catholic and judicial temper. On the contrary, a paper overburdened with convictions of its own, adopts the worst manners of the partisan whose function it usurps. Little need be said in amplification of this' statement, because there is a capital illustration of the tendency of this type of journalism only a few months old. If the people of "this country could endure such a journalistic experience as that of the canvass of 1884 without feeling the necessity of a course of sackcloth and ashes, nothing can move them to such volun- tary mortification. To say that the work done by the partisan press could convince the reason, would be an insult to the hu- man understanding. To suppose that it could infiuence the •emotions, would be to take for gran;i;ed that intelligence had ceased to regulate emotion in the conduct of life. "When per- sonalities take the place of reasoning from principles ; when copiousness of vituperation and variety of epithet are employed to conceal incapacity for argument ; when, instead of discussing public questions, a journal finds its most grateful employment in printing things that are intended to caricature the traits of indi- viduals, to irritate them, and to annoy their families, and to accomplish nothing else, — when this small practice is applied, not to candidates merely, who may be said to invite such attacks, but to everybody on the other side, we may well ask whether we might not be glad to exchange the aggressive con- victions of a "leader of opinion" for a newspaper resembling the London Times, which is content to mirror the thought of the hour, and by which such atrocities are never committed. I am not without hope of living long enough to see even in the United States a stage of journalistic evolution reached beyond what the London Times itself has attained ; when a great journal will reflect opinions as it reports facts ; when it will not feel constrained to adopt any body of doctrine ; when its functions shall be purely critical, — critical of to-day's topics, — and when 52 NOTES ON PRINTING. it will be under no greater necessity to " support" a party, or a candidate, or arii administration, than a book, or an actor, or a singer. Such, I think, will be the newspaper of the future. SOME OF THE FIRST NEWSPAPERS OF THE WORLD. After the day of small things, such as manuscripts and writ- ten newspapers, the first publication, so far as I have been in- formed, was the Qazetta, which, though written, and named from the little coin for which it was sold, and which appeared monthly aS a newspaper, at Venice, is the original of all ; but when " The Lord gave the word — great was the company of those that published it," as we are informed in the Psalms of David. Authorities differ widely as to the origin of printing and the first known newspapers. Some of the early publica- tions I here briefly mention, with the dates of commencement, as given in historical accounts. The art was introduced at May- ence in 1438, and became the common property of civilized man. The first newspaper in Nuremberg, Germany, was commenced in 1467 Cologne, " 1499 " " Venice, " 1670 " " Frankfort, " 1615 Paris, " 1631 It is claimed that the English Mercurie appeared in London, July 23, 1588 Printing is supposed to have been invented in China, Germany, and other places, from 1440 to 1471, and at Mentz in . 1466 Wood types were used in 1470, and in England, . . . 1471 The folio, or four-page newspaper, appeared in London, . 1622 First printing at Lyons, France, 1483 " Constantinople, 1784 " Scotland, ....... 1509 Ireland, the Liturgy, by Humphrey Powell, . 1600 " Irish characters, by Nicholas Walsh, . . 1571 Printing in colors is supposed to have commenced in . . 1626 First type cast in England, 1720 The oldest Dutch newspaper was a weekly, commenced in . 1666 The first semi-weekly newspaper in London, started in . . 1665 " "laily " " " . . 1709 patent for printing in England was granted in . . 1591 improved printing-press was made by Wm. Blaen, . 1601 " Germannewspaper, in numbered sheets, was printed in 1612 SOME OF THE FIEST NEWSPAPERS OF THE WORLD. 53 The first French newspaper was established at Paris, by Re- naudot, 1632 " newspaper at Leipsic was established in . . . 1715 " newspaper in Canada was the Quebec Gazette, started January, 1766 ' ' newspaper in New Brunswick was commenced in . 1783 The Montreal Gazette was commenced in .... 1775 The Daily Gourant was first issued in England, March 11, . 1702 Chalmers says, " The first printed newspaper appeared in 1588, and that was printed by Christopher Barker." Another historical writer says, "The first newspaper in London was The Courant or Weekly N'ews from Foreign Parts, 1621." Rees's Cyclopaedia says, " The first Gazette in England was printed in 1665." The Encyclopaedia Metropolitana says, — " The first Gazette was printed at Oxford, 1665." lu another place it is stated that no less than 344 newspapers had preceded this date between the years 1588 and 1665. Chambers' Encyclopaedia says, "The first English newspaper is entitled News out of Holland, 1619. The second was The Observator, started in 1680." It will be seen, therefore, that we are not, and cannot be, sure which was the first one published, and that the nuniber claimed by different authorities makes it now impossible to de- cide that question. I find the statement that so late as 1709 there was but one daily newspaper published in London. Though newspapers are the great benefactors of mankind, it is not likely that we shall ever know where or when the first one was printed, nor when and where printing was first practised. There is authority for saying that the first Gazette printed in England was one commenced in London, February 5, 1665. Another authority says the first Gazette in England was printed at Oxford, November 7, 1665. History tells us "there was a newspaper printed in England in 1588." It is a difficult matter to decide — where dates are found to contradict each other — which is correct ; consequently, some dates, as given in these Notes, may be incorrect, even when given upon authority considered as the best. Before the new style, some began the year in Jan- uary and others in March ; and people were left to guess whether January and February closed the old year or began the new. To settle this matter, during January, February, and to the 25th 54 NOTES ON FEINTING. of March, the year was marked 1716-17, or 17|f, meaning that, by the ancient mode of calculating, the month mentioned be- longed to the year 1716 ; but by the new calculation, the month belonged to the year 1717. This caused frequent mistakes; but after* March 24 there was no difHculty : all the months after that were alike in both calculations. Cotgrave, in his dictionary, 1616, defines the word gazette, — "A bill of News, or a short relation of general occurrences of the times, forged generally at Venice, and thence dispersed into most parts of Christendom." The first Russian printer was Ivan Feodoroff, who died December 17, 1583. He was at first a scribe, and he founded the first printing-otiflce in Moscow, and set up the first printing- press in Russia. The first work printed was The Apostol, in 1564, being the acts and epistles of the apostles, divided accord- ing to the requirements of the Russian liturgy. Soon after he was accused of heresy, and emigrated to Lithuania, where he established another press in the neighborhood of Vilna. He afterwards went to live at Lvov, where he set up a third press, from which he issued another edition of The Apostol. He next settled at Ostrog, and there established a fourth printing-office, which became very famous. Here he printed in 1580 the "Psalter" and the " New Testament;" and in 1581 the cele- brated "Ostrog Bible" at the expense of Prince Constantine Ostroznsky. The first religious newspaper in the world was commenced by Thomas Prince, Jr., son of Rev. Thomas Prince, of Boston, Mass., and was printed by Kneeland & G-reen, 1743. They were partnership printers for twenty-five years, and published The New England Journal for about fifteen years. The relig- ious paper was entitled Christian History, and was a weekly publication. Samuel Kneeland was a man of independence and benevolence. He continued in business until disqualified by age. He died December 14, 1769, aged 73 years, leaving four sons, all printers. Timothy Green, Jr., was the son of Tim- othy of New London, Conn., to which place the son returned in 1752. First Persian Periodical. The first periodical in Persia was started in 1885, at Teheran. It is a well printed semi- FIKST NEWSPAPERS IN THE UNITED STATES. 55 monthly magazine, and is called the Echo de Perse, and is meet- ing with success. First Newspaper in Greenland. The Eskimo of Green- land edit and publish irregularly a newspaper callef^ Atavgag- dlivtit Nalinginarmik Tvsaruminasasseimik VhivTcat. Judging from the name of this publication (which may to the Eskimo be a very interesting and useful newspaper), its circulation must be small among the English speaking people. Spanish America, &c. The first newspaper was founded in Chili in 1712. There were printed in Peru and Mexico gazettes at a very early date. The Qazetta de Mexico was begun in 1728, but the oldest newspaper in Mexico is the El iSiglo, pub- lished daily. In the West India Islands newspapers were com- menced as follows: At Grenada, in 1742; Antigua, 1748; St. Kitts, 1748 ; Dominica, 1765 ; St. Vincent, 1784. The Ber- muda Gazette was commenced in 1784. The Halifax Gazette appeared in 1751, and was firmly established in 1760. There were two newspapers at St. John in 1782. A royal printing house was established in Port an Prince previous to the eigh- teenth century by the French, and about the same time printing was commenced in Portuguese America. Ninety-three books were printed in Mexico before and in 1600, and seven in Peru before 1600. SOME or THE FIRST NEWSPAPERS IN THE UNITED STATES. The first newspaper in North America was commenced in Bos- ton, Mass., by Richard Pierce, for Benjamin Harris, Sep- tember 26, 1690 The Boston News-Letter was commenced in Boston, April 24, 1704 The first newspaper in Maine was the Falmouth Gazette, . 1785 New Hampshire was the' Portsmouth Ga- zette 1756 New York, the New York Gazette, be- gun in ..... • 1725 Rhode Island was commenced at New- port, 1732 Connecticut was published at New Ha- ven, ...... South Carolina was at Charleston (1732), 1730 Georgia was commenced (some say in 1762) " . 1763 1765 56 NOTES ON PRINTING. The first newspaper in Louisiana, the Monitor, at New Orleans, " Tennessee, Knoxville Gazette, begun in " Kentucky, at Lexington, by J Bradford, " Ohio, at Cincinnati, commenced in " Indiana was started at Vincennes in " Missouri was at St. Louis, begun in " District of Columbia, National Intelli- gencer, " Florida was commenced at St. Augustine, " New Jersey, New Jersey Gazette, begun * ' Pennsylvania, American Weekly Mercury. " Delaware, Wilmington Courant, " Maryland, The Maryland Gazette, in " North Carolina, Cape Fear Gazette, &c. (1763), " Vermont was the Gazette & Post Boy (1778), " Virginia, the Virginia Gazette, 1806 1793 1786 1795 1810 1810 1800 1700 1777 1719 1761 1728 1764 1771 1736 There were two newspapers printed in Arkansas in 1834, three in Michigan, five in Florida, nine in the District of Columbia, of which the National Intelligencer was the oldest, and which was the official newspaper from the commencement of the admin- istration of Thomas Jefferson to the end of that of John Quincy Adams. "With Andrew Jackson the Telegraph was the official paper, and was succeeded by the Globe. There is now so gen- eral a demand for newspapers that even small villages are ex- pected to contain one, and newspapers are believed to be the friends of religion, liberty, and knowledge, as they are the pa- trons of every improvement, comfort, and embellishment of life ; and no country in the world supports so many as the United States. Here the press is free, and the rights of freemen are more widely diffused than in any European country. With us newspapers are cheap, the demand for them constantly in- creases, and the habit of reading them is almost universal. The first printing-presses were in the form of wine-presses of the present day, but they were soon improved by Adam Ramage, and improvements have not ceased from the day of Gutenberg to the present time. The first printing-press in North America was set up at Cam- bridge, Mass., in 1639. The first one at or near Philadelphia, NEWSPAPERS BEFORE AND DURING THE REVOLUTION. 57 was erected by William Bradford in 1687, and the first in New York in 1693. It is stated that there was a printing-office in Virginia and one in Maryland in 1726. But the newspaper of Vir- ginia was not commenced until 1736, and Sir William Berkeley is credited with saying, — " I thank God we have no free schools nor printing, and I hope we shall not have these hundred years, for learning has brought disobedience, and heresy, and sects into the world, and printing has divulged them, and libels against the government." This Berkeley was governor of the colony of Virginia for thirty-three years ! The first daily news- paper in the United States was the American Daily Advertiser, commenced at Philadelphia, Penn., in 1784. The state of Ala- bama had no printing until 1818. There were four newspapers at Natchez, Miss., in 1810. There were four newspapers in Illinois in 1828. Thomas Short established a printing-press at New London, Conn., in 1709, and Bartholomew G-reen printed in Boston in 1704. Previous to 1838 types were cast by hand, but in New York after that by machinery. This machine was introduced in Boston in 1844. NEWSPAPERS BEFORE AND DURING THE REVOLUTION, AND WON- DERFUL INCREASE AFTER THE WAR. In 1754 only four newspapers were published in New Eng- land, and these four were all printed in Boston. They were published weekly, usually on small sheets, and- the average num- ber of copies circulated did not exceed six hundred from each press. At the beginning of 1775 there were five newspapers published in Boston, one in Salem, and one in Newburyport ; also one at Portsmouth, then the only one in New Hampshire. In all the other colonies there were, in 1775, twenty-nine papers printed, making thirty-seven in the American colonies. After the Revolution printing establishments greatly multiplied in all the large cities and towns, and in some villages one or more printing-houses were established, so that in 1810 there were 369 newspapers in the United States, and in 1824 there were 602, — a number that caused a learned writer, Dr. Miller, to say, "In no respect, and certainly in no other enterprises of a literary kind, have the United States made such rapid progress as in the establishment of political journals ;" and he might have 58 NOTES ON PKINTINa. added, that the character, if not the form, of these publica- tions would change materially during the next century, as well as the numbers of them to increase more and more, until a news- paper would be found in every new village of the rapidly grow- ing country. We who are now living, some of us, have seen them change from mere vehicles of intelligence to engines of immense power, closely connected with the peace and prosperity of the people and the nation. They have, in fact, become vehi- cles of discussion, in which the principles of government, the interests of nations, the spirit and tendency of public measures, and the public and private characters of individuals, are all arraigned, tried, and decided. They are the channels of intelli- gence to every class of society, and have greatly increased the stocli of general knowledge, and extended the desire and taste for reading and free discussion. Well conducted newspapers have a tendency to disseminate useful information upon all im- portant subjects of every name and nature ; to keep the public mind awake and- active ; to confirm and extend the love of free- dom ; to correct the mistakes of the ignorant and the imposi- tions of the crafty ; to tear off the mask from corruptions attempted by designing men ; and, finally, to promote union of spirit and of action among the most distant members of an extended community. Newspapers, to do all that is now ex- pected of them, must be conducted by men of talent, learning, and virtue, in order that they may continue to be public bless- ings. We may well rejoice in the constant increase and cheap- ness of these trusty teachers. The number of newspapers in the United States, as near as can be ascertained, was, for the years mentioned, as follows : In the year 1704 there was but 1; in 1725,4; in 1775,37; in 1810,369; in 1828,852; in 1835, 1,258; in 1840, 1,631; in 1850, 2,526; in 1860, 4,051; in 1870, 6,871 ; in 1880, over 10,000, without including the many monthly advertising sheets and the medical newspapers. This remarkable increase of our journals proves the popularity of American newspapers, of all kinds and complexions, which seem exactly suited to the character of our people, who consider them the guardians of liberty and of public prosperity ; repeat- ing and advocating the opinions of all parties and sects, aiding business and recording everything worthy of preservation, edu- PERIODICAL PRESS. 59 eating the masses, encouraging all great enterprises, becoming constantly more and more the exclusive literature of business men, and the companions and instructors of our people. OLD PAPERS. I remember among these the Columbian Gentinel (by Benjamin Russell), the N. E. Palladium, the New York Evening Post, the Connecticut Courant, the Salem Gazette, Niles' Register, N. H. Gazette, Concord Gazette, Massachusetts Spy, Newhuryport Herald, Eastern Argus, Newport Mercury, Rutland Herald, Vermont Watchman, Albany Register, True American, National Intelligencer, and many others received at the Patriot office. Con- cord, N. H., and at that time considered among the best pub- lished in this country. PERIODICAL PRESS. The term " magazine" is applied to a well known class of periodical publications, usually issued monthly, and containing miscellaneous pieces in prose and verse, to which sometimes is appended a chronicle of public events, and the oldest of this class of works is below mentioned as having been commenced by Edward Cave, in 1731 ; but the periodical press, embracing newspapers, magazines, and reviews, devoted to literature, arts, sciences, politics, intelligence, and amusements, comprises a species or form of literature unknown to the ancients, and con- stitutes a remarkable feature of the modern state of society, and it is one of the most momentous consequences of the art of printing. Of all the forms or varieties of periodical publica- tions, newspapers are the most popular, the most widely dif- fused, and the most extensively read. They disseminate infor- mation throughout all classes, affect society in all its relations, and exert an amazing influence in forming and giving effect to public opinion in all civilized countries. No other country so much abounds in newspapers and periodical journals as the United States, but most of these publications have been of an entirely ephemeral character. Most of them are but feebly supported, and but few of the many possess any considerable literary merit, having been commenced for political, sectarian, or private interests, or as advertising ventures. Some of the English periodicals are the following : 60 NOTES ON PRINTING. The first known Review was established in Paris, France, in 1665, by Denis de Sallo, who died in 1669 ; but the Review was continued by other parties to 1792, forming 111 volumes quarto. The Quarterly Review was begun in . . 1809 London and "Westminster Review, begun in 1824 Foreign Quarterly Review, (( 1827 British and Foreign Review, u 1835 Dublin Review, t4 1836 Gentleman's Magazine, by Edward Cave -? begun in . 1731 Monthly Magazine, begun in 1786 Eclectic Review, 1805 New Monthly Magazine, 1814 Fraser's Magazine, 1830 Metropolitan Magazine, 1831 Monthly Repository, 1806 Lady's Magazine, 1755 Court Magazine, 1832 Asiatic Journal, 1816 United Service Journal, 1829 East India Magazine, 1830 Monthly Review, 1749 Critical Review, 1756 British Critic, 1793 Blackwood's Edinburgh Mag azine, begu n in . 1817 Westminster Review, a 1824 When the Edinburgh Review was commenced, October, 1802, Sydney Smith, the editor, proposed the motto, "We cultivate literature upon a little oatmeal," but, thinking that too near the truth, it was never inserted, but his magazine met with instant success. The plan of a monthly magazine in England origi- nated with a Mr. Constable, in 1827. Encyclopaedias origi- nated with Ephraim Chambers in 1728, and his Edinburgh Jour- nal, at once popular, soon circulated 50,000, and later 90,000 copies weekly. Mr. Chambers died in 1740. William and Rob- ert Chambers were brothers, and commenced Chambers' Journal February, 1832. William, who became well known by his many works, died May, 1883, aged 83 years. He visited America in SOME OF THE OLD AMERICAN PERIODICALS. 61 1853. Robert was the publisher of a Biographical Dictionary of Eminent Scotsmen. SOME OP THE OLD AMERICAN PERIODICALS. Commenced in Maine. — The Escritoir, Brunswick, .... 1826 The Northern Monthly, by E. P. Weston, . 1864 The Eastern Magazine, Mrs. M. P. Carter, . 1835 New Hampshire. — Evangelical Magazine, Portsmouth, 1821 Historical Collections, Concord, . . . 1822 Literary Tablet, Hanover, .... 1803 Vermont. — Rural Magazine, Rutland, . . . 1795 Episcopal Register, Middlebury, . . . 1826 Mothers and Ladies' Book, Chelsea, . . 1839 Massachusetts. — Massachusetts Magazine, Boston, . 1789 New England Quarterly, Boston, . . . 1802 North American Review, Boston, . . 1815 Rhode Island. — Literary Repository, Providence, . 1814 Christian Magazine, Providence, . . . 1824 Law Intelligencer, Providence, . . . 1829 Connecticut. — Evangelical Magazine, Hartford, . . 1800 Journal of Science, New Haven, . . . 1817 Churchman's Magazine, Hartford, . . 1821 New Torh. — American Magazine, City of New York, 1787 Religious Monitor, Albany, .... 1834 Christian Magazine, Geneva, . . . 1832 New Jersey. — Quarterly Repository, Burlington, . 1813 Biblical Review, Princeton, .... 1825 Pennsylvania. — General Magazine, by B. Franklin, . 1741 Columbian Magazine, Philadelphia, . . 1786 Port Folio, from 1801 to 1821, . . . 1801 Maryland. — Law Journal, Baltimore, . . . 1808 Christian Monitor, Baltimore, . . . 1821 Medical and Surgical Journal, . . . 1833 Virginia. — Evangelical Magazine, Lynchburg, . . 1810 Agricultural Monthly, Shellbanks, . . 1833 Southern Literary Messenger, by White, . 1834 South Carolina.— The. Museum, by T. B. Bowen, . 1797 Historical Register, by S. C. Carpenter, . 1805 Literary Gazette, Simms & Simmons, . . 1808 62 NOTES ON PRINTING. Tennessee. — The Museum, Nashville, Calvinistic Magazine, Rogersville, Kaleidoscope, Nashville, Ohio. — Western Review, by Timothy Flint, Journal of Medicine and Sciences, Monthly Magazine, James Hall, . 1810 1831 1832 1827 1827 1833 Before the American Revolution, various attempts were made to establish monthly journals and magazines in this country, particularly at Boston, New York, and Philadelphia, and since the Revolution there have appeared a large number ; and now with them, as with newspapers, they are too numerous to re- ceive large patronage ; and yet magazines are published in nearly every large city and some of the large towns. When the Ame7-ican Magazine was discontinued', the English Review said of it, " This periodical merely breathed. It reared its head above the storm in 1741 — it drooped and died;" and of Franklin's General Magazine it was said, " It owed its birth to the fact that Franklin was not admitted as an editor of the American Magazine, and it scarcely outlived the object of its animosity." ANCIENT PUBLICATIONS. These, like printed newspapers, except such as are manu- scripts (some of which are beautifully printed with the pen, or from wooden blocks, or engraved plates), preceded such as were known after the press was invented. They may consist of books, pamphlets, magazines, newspapers, broadsides, or other literary or musical works and compositions ; consequently all ancient manuscripts have been considered by modern writers (especially such as were widely circulated in book or pamphlet form) as publications, and have been often mentioned as printed publications. Next to the author of a good book, we may place the editor of a good newspaper or other periodical ; and by the side of these stands he who has added more or less to the stock of useful information, works and publications in any form upon any subject, art, or science which has been or may be a benefit to society, or calculated to elevate the people of any country, apd to make them wiser, better, and more happy as citizens and Christians. EARLY PUBLICATIONS. 63 Novalis said that " gunpowder made all men equally tall ; " and the same may be said with even greater truth of printing. It has put within the reach of every one of us that highest priv- ilege of birth, of wealth, of station — the power of choosing com- panions. It has given us our election between the greatest and best writers who have lived, and those less great. As the historian and photograph render it possible for all to travel with- out leaving their own chimney corners, so printing renders man's thought and word indestructible for us and present with us, en- abling us to contemplate the whole realm of human genius and acquirement, and to select company of all countries and times, though our home be a garret, and we have but one coat for our back. Printing, while it destroyed the monopoly of scholars, and brought with it all practical knowledge of men and things, was fraught with wonderful and great results. It contained the Reformation ; it contained the Bible for all ; it contained the death-warrant of feudalism and privilege ; it contained the English Revolution and the American. The hand that first set type controlled the destinies of the world. It wrote freedom for mind and for man wherever the race exists, and the printed word can never be obliterated. EARLY PUBLICATIONS. In 1515 King Henry VIII gave to Richard Pynson, Esq., a printer, £4 annually, to be paid from the receipts of the ex- chequer during life. The title of esquire, which we gladly no- tice as thus formally bestowed upon him, he ever afterwards used in his colophon, the letter- press of which thus ran : " Em- prented at London, in Flete strete, at the sygne of the George, by St. Dunstan's Church, by me, Richard Pynson, Sqyer, and Prenter unto the Kinge's Noble Grace." In 1521 the earliest edition of Christmas carols was printed in London. Of this there only remains the last leaf, which records that it was printed by "Wynkyn de Worde. The imprint runs, — " Christmasse Carolles newely emprented at London, in the Flete Strete, at the sygne of the Sonne, by Wynkyn de Worde. The yere of our lorde m. d. xvi." This precious scrap was picked up by that great collector, Tom Hearne." At his decease Dr. Rawlinson purchased it, bound up in a volume of 64 NOTES ON PRINTING. tracts. He in turn bequeathed It to the Bodleian library, where it is now. Wynkyn de Worde, was the successor of Caxton, in England, and was a native of Lorraine. He worked with Caxton, and mentions the death of that printer in 1494. De Worde printed 408 books, and died in 1534. In 1525 and subsequent years, John Butler, or Boteler — for he spelled his name both ways — was a justice of the Common Pleas, and a printer. The only relic that remains of his appar- ently not very prolific press is " Parvalorum Institutio ex Stan- brigiana CoUectione." It consisted of two sheets, " Imprinted at London in Flete Strete, at the sygne of Saynt John the Evan- gelist, by me John Butler." The first manual of arithmetic was published in 1522, printed by Pynson and written by Cuthbert Tunstall, bishop of London, who bought up a whole edition of Tyndall's New Testament, and, causing the copies to be burned in a bonfire at Paul's Cross, enabled the Gloucestershire reformer and translator of the " Evangel of our Lord," out of the gains thus acquired, to have a new and more accurate edition printed in the Low Countries. As told in detail, every copy was smuggled into England and devoured by their purchasers, eager for truth and light. The only copy which is now in existence is in the Baptist library at Bristol. About eighty years ago it was purchased by a person employed by the then Lord Oxford to make bibliopolic purchases for him. His lordship considered it so valuable an acquisition that he settled £20 a year upon the agent who pro- cured it for him. It is no less singular than true, that the kings' and queens' printers, from Pynson in 1500 down to Eyre and Spottiswoode, have all had their habitations in or close to the parish of St. Bride, which was the English Alma Mater of the profession. The total number of printers in this and the adjoining parish of St. Dunstan's-in-the-West almost defies enumeration. Nowhere else in the world is so much printed matter produced within a like radius. In 1536 died John Rastell, a celebrated printer of London. He was a native of London, and went to Oxford, where he stud- ied philosophy and law. In 1517 he commenced to follow the occupation of printing, which at that time was esteemed a fit EARLY PUBLICATIONS. 65 calling for a scholar and a gentleman. Being distinguished both for piety and learning, he became the intimate friend of the lord high chancellor of England, whose sister he married. He printed " at the Mermaid, at Paul's-gate, near Cheapside." As in the case of the devices of many other early printers, Ras- tell's colophon was mainly formed from the mermaid, the sigtt of his house. John Rastell was famous, and it is known that he printed about thirty works. His son William succeeded him as printer and author, and this son was justice of queen's bench in 1558, and died at Louvain in 1567. Robert "Wyer was an early English printer, who issued many books without dates, but all of which appeared from 1540 on- wards for some score years. No fewer than sixty-three of his productions, which were issued near Charing Cross, are known to exist. One of them has the following title-page (I modernize the spelling of this and the succeeding extract) : " Here begin- neth a little book called the ' School House,' wherein every man may read a goodly treatise of the condition of women." This satire upon women is in seven-line verses. The author's esti- mate of the ladies may be gleaned from these words : ' ' Truly some men there be That live always in great horror, And say it goeth by destiny To hang or wed. Both hath one hour ; And whether it be, I am well sure. Hanging is better of the twain, Sooner done, and shorter pain." The first English primer or reading-book was executed by John Byddell, and entitled (again I modernize), "A Goodly Primer in English, newly corrected and printed, with certain godly meditations and prayers added to the same, very neces- sary and profitable for all them that right assuredly understand not the Greek and Latin tongues." Byddell's first residence was at the sign of " Our Lady of Piety, next to Flete Bridge." This crossed the Fleet Ditch, connecting Fleet street with Lud- gate hill. He afterwards removed to " The Sun, near the Con- duit," which stood at the bottom of Shoe Lane, and supplied the neighborhood with water. 6 66 NOTES ON PRINTING. NUMBER OP NEWSPAPERS IN 1870. A tabular statement, published in the Newspaper Reporter of 1870, gives the number of publications in Great Britain as 1,456 ; in France, 1,668 ; in Prussia, 800 ; in Austria, 650 ; other Ger- man states, 467 ; Eussia, 337 ; Italy, 723 ; Spain, 306 ; Bel- gium, 194; Portugal, 26; Denmark, 96; Norway and Sweden, 184; Netherlands, 174; Switzerland, 394; Egypt, 7; Africa, 14 ; Asia, 30 ; Turkey, 8 ; and in other parts of the world (ex- cepting America) , 150 ; — making a total outside of our own- country, 7,642, and in America, or the United States, 5,871 — a number within 1771 of all others in " the wide, wide world;" and probably to-day the American newspapers outnumber all upon the globe elsewhere. The estimate above also informs us that of the 5,871 publications in the United States in 1870, 674 were daily, 107 were published three times a week, 115 were semi-weekly, 4,295 were printed weekly, 96 semi-monthly, 622 were monthly, 13 twice a month, and 49 quarterly, circulating 20,842,470 copies annually in all among the people ! Think of it ! Twenty millions of copies of newspapers among the people, and every one of them perused by families, by neighbors, and by the many who read only borrowed papers, or those at the many reading-rooms where they are placed on file. It has been said that nothing escapes the ready pens of the newspaper «ditors and reporters. Their pens are sharper and mightier than as many swords. The editors toil not only with pen and scissors, but with brains, with hearts, and with hands. The newspaper gives its readers the poet's lay, the warrior's victory, the artist's imagery, the sculptor's soul, the sage's studies, the historian's scroll. "Well might the poet exclaim, — " Gods ! what a man an editor should be — Nay, not a man— but a divinity ! " NEWSPAPERS BY PEOPLE OF COLOR. There are at present 120 newspapers in the United States, of which the publishers, editors, and chief contributors are colored amen. The oldest of them is the Elevator, of San Francisco, which has already attained its eighteenth year. Almost all the papers occupy themselves with politics, and few of them are NEWSPAPERS BY PEOPLE OP COLOR. 67 devoted to religious objects. The political journals, with few exceptions, support the Republican party, grateful for its iden- tification with the work of negro emancipation. The average circulation of each of the 120 papers is only 1,000 subscribers. Very few are issued at a profit. The Baptist weekly organ of the Philadelphia negroes publishes 10,000 copies. The celebrated Fisher Ames, in 1801, ridiculed in pointed terms the course some of the Boston newspapers pursued at that period, and asks the Boston editors and correspondents whether "the history of Newgate is the only history worth publishing? if oddities are all that are to be looked for? if blundering lies, tiresome truths, sketches of drunken bullies and prize-fighters, the haps and mishaps of bunged-eyed tenants of the street gut- ters, are the sorts of information to be obtained and studied by our children? or if it be worth while to relate how Angelina, or Maggie, or Fitz Herbert, in reading a yellow-covered novel in bed, fell asleep and upset the sperm candle, and, but for the barking of the poodle, would have burned the house and its contents?" To all which it may be asked to-day. Is it well to fill our newspapers with the accounts of base-ball clubs, police reports, skating-rinks, dance-halls, horse-trots, thefts, robber- ies, shooting-galleries, gambling dens, and liquor saloons? It has been said of the modern newspaper printer, — ' ' Much, very much, in wonderment he deals ; New Hampshire apples grow to pumpkin size ; Pumpkins almost as large as country inns : Half Nature's works are giants in his eyes.'" Most parents would not permit their children to mix with evil associates, or be brought in contact with persons of vile char- acter. They would shudder at the thought of a son or a daughter of theirs being seen in company with a gambler, a harlot, or a debauchee. Do they know that the base and debasing literature their children read in some of the newspapers is equally as po- tential an educator for evil, and equally as demoralizing, as the personal presence and companionship of the vile characters we name ? 68 NOTES ON PRINTING. NEWSPAPERS AND POPULATION. A good idea of the general spread of intelligence among a people may be gathered from the number and circulation of newspapers and periodicals, because such publications are the great agents of intelligence and of modern civilization. From a table some time ago prepared from the best and most reliable sources, it appears that there were then, — Inhabitants. 640 newspapers in France, ... or one to every 23,000 700 ' Prussia, ... " ' ' 26,000 506 ' Italy, ... " ' 44,000 365 ' Austria, ... " ' ' 106,000 300 ' Switzerland, . . " ' 8,000 276 ' Belgium, ... " ' ' 15,000 225 ' Holland, ... " ' ' 16,000 200 ' ' Russia, ... " ' ' 330,000 200 ' Spain, ... " ' ' 75,000 160 ' Norway and Sweden, " ' ' 36,000 100 ' Denmark, . . " ' ' 20,000 100 ' Turkey, . . " ' ' 300,000 The newspaper press of America is free and independent, and the editors, in ability, character, and general knowledge, equal those of any other country. They are expected to main- tain all the constitutional rights of the people. They are, as a rule, " unawed by influence and unbribed by gain ; " and from them ' ' Shall patriot Truth its glorious precepts draw, Pledged to Keligion, Liberty, and Law." It is now estimated that the newspapers and periodicals of the United States and Canada exceed 13,400. This number is larger than is shown by any previous estimate, but is supposed to be correct. A correspondent of Le Figaro has compiled some interesting statistics as to the total number of newspapers and other peri- odicals published in every part of the world, and he brings the total number up to 36,000, thus giving one to every 28,000 inhabitants. Europe, according to his calculations, has 20,000 newspapers, Germany coming first with 5,500, of which 800 are KEWSPAPEES AMD POPULATION. 69 published daily, the oldest being the Post Zeitung, published at Frankfort in 1616, while the one with the largest circulation is the Berliner TageUatt, which prints 55,000 copies. Great Brit- ain possesses 4,000 newspapers, of which 800 are published daily, while France has 4,092, of which 360 only are daily. Italy comes fourth, with 1,400 newspapers, of which 200 are published at Rome, 140 at Milan, 120 at Naples, 94 at Turin, and 79 at Florence, the oldest being the Gazzetta di Geneva, first published in 1797. Twelve hundred newspapers are pub- lished in Austro-Hungary, of which 150 are daily, the most remarkable of the Austrian journals being one called Acta Com- parationis Literarum Universarum, which is a review of compar- ative literature, with contributors in every part of the world, each of whose articles is printed in its native tongue. Spain has about 850 journals, of which a third are political ; and Rus- sia has only 800, of which 200 are printed at St. Petersburg, and 75 at Moscow. Several of these journals are published in three different languages, and there are also four published in French, three in G-erman, two in Latin and two in Hebrew, be- sides several others in Polish, Finnish, Tartar, and Georgian. Greece has upward of 600 newspapers, of which fifty-four appear at Athens, while Switzerland has 450, and Holland and Belgium about 300 each. There are 3,000 journals published in Asia, of which no fewer than 2,000 appear in Japan ; but in China the only newspapers not published by residents at the treaty ports are the Ning-Pao, an official journal published at Pekin, the Chen-Pao and the Hu-Pao, published at Shanghai, and the government journal, which was brought out in Corea last year. There are three newspapers published in French in Cochin China, and one in Tonquin, I'Avenir du Tonkin, the rest of the newspapers credited to Asia appearing in India, with the exception of six which are published in Persia. Africa can boast of only 200 papers, of which thirty appear in Egypt, and the remainder in the colonies of England, France, etc. The United States possess about 12,500 periodicals, of which 1,000 are published daily, the oldest being The Boston News- Letter, which was first published in 1704. Among the United States journals there are no fewer than 120 edited and published by negroes, the oldest of these being The Elevator, which was 70 NOTES ON PRINTING. brought out at San Francisco about eighteen years ago. Can- ada has 790 newspapers, a considerable portion of which are published in French ; and in South America the Argentine Re- public comes first, with sixty newspapers. Australia has 700 journals, nearly all published in English, and the Sandwich Islands eight, of which five are in English and three in the na- tive tongue. Out of the 35,000 periodicals enumerated above, 16,500 are in English, 7,800 in German, 6,850 in French, 1,600 in Spanish, and 1,450 in Italian. Eight different weekly papers appeared between the years 1727 and 1771, when the first number of the Massachusetts Spy appeared, dated March 7, 1771 — the oldest paper now in that state. It is stated on good authority that the first daily news- paper in the world was the Daily Courant, of London, England, published in 1702 ; and the first daily in America was the Penn- sylvania Packet, or General Advertiser, commenced 1784. The London Courant was about the size of half a sheet of foolscap paper, printed only on one side, but when it was six weeks old it was printed on both sides. The first newspaper published west of Cincinnati was the Vincennes Indiana Sun, in 1806. The next was the Missouri Gazette, of St. Louis, in 1808, which was afterwards merged in the Republican; and the third was the Illinois Gazette, at Kaskaskia, 111. The first Latin Bible and the first book printed in the English language were printed by one Caxton, at Bruges, in 1472 ; and the first English Bible was published by Miles Coverdale. NEGKO AND INDIAN PRINTERS. The first negro who made himself useful in a New England printing-office, we are informed in the history of the Ifeto Hamp- shire Gazette, was one " Primus," so called, whom Portsmouth people so often mention in connection with New Hampshire's first newspaper, 1756. Primus no doubt was the first " colored man and brother" who learned to do press-work in this state. He was brought to Portsmouth, when slaves were bought and sold by Christians in the New England states, as well as by such as lived south of us, as one of the servants of Daniel Fowle, and, though very illiterate, was a good pressman, and worked faithfully at the business in his master's office until pre- WOMEN AS EDITORS. 71 vented by age, being, as was supposed, over ninety years old when be died. But Primus was not the first negro printer who worked at that trade in New England. Examination shows us that Thomas Fleet, who established the Boston Evening Post in 1735, and who published the wonderful book called Mother Goose's Melodies, owned several negroes, one of whom he taught not only to work the press, but to set type ; and that the two sons of this negro, born in Fleet's house, became printers, and remained in the ofl9ce of their master's sons. [See Massa- chusetts newspapers.] The first American Indian who became a printer was named "James," but was better known as James Printer. He was a native of Massachusetts, and was born at "the place of small stones," now Grafton, and was educated at the Indian school in Cambridge. He learned the printing business in 1659, in the printing-office of Samuel Green, and became a very worthy mem- ber of society, though he once ran away and joined his brethren under King Philip, then on the war-path, but returned after the death of Philip, and worked at Boston and in Cambridge at his trade. He helped print the Indian Bible, 1680, and the Indian Psalter, in 1709. John Eliot said James was the only man able to compose the matter of these books, and to correct the proofs with understanding. James Printer owned several tracts of land in Grafton, and in the printing-office was enabled to expedite the work with more facility and correctness than any others employed. His father was the deacon of an Indian church, and James was able to speak both the English and In- dian languages. The Psalter of 1709 shows the imprint of B. Green and James Printer. WOMEN AS EDITORS AND CONDUCTORS OF NEWSPAPERS, ETC. We find Queen Elizabeth credited by good authorities with producing the first newspaper in England, 1588 ; but others say the first was at Nuremberg, in 1457, and that the first in Eng- land appeared in 1622. And there is authority for saying that a weekly paper was commenced at Pekin, China, in 911, called King Pan, and it is now printed three times each day. A woman published the first daily newspaper in England in our language, one only having previously appeared, and that in 72 NOTES ON PRINTING. Oermany. Elizabeth Mallet published the Daily Coiirant in London, in 1702. Women were compositors in 1481. Mrs. John Holt was state printer in New York during the Revolution. A woman's paper first published the Declaration of Indepen- dence. Mrs. Clemantine Reid commenced the Virginia Gazette at Williamsport, Va., in 1772. In 1774 Mrs. H. Boyle started a Tory newspaper in Virginia. Margaret Draper became owner, publisher, and editor of the Boston News-Letter in 1774, and conducted it until the evacua- tion of that town by the British. Mrs. Anne Franklin, wife of James Franklin, for some time carried on her husband's print- ing-office in Newport, R. I. She was appointed colonial printer after the death of James, 1735 to about 1760. Mrs. Sarah Josepha Hale was editor of the Ladies' Magazine, Boston, Mass., and later of Godey's Ladies' Book, in Philadel- phia, for nearly 50 years. Mrs. Hale was born in Newport, N. H., Oct. 24, 1790, and died in Philadelphia April 30, 1879, aged 89 years. Fanny Wright, after 1829, was editor of sev- eral newspapers. Miss Cornelia M. Walter published the Bos- ton Transcript after 1842. Jane G. Swisshelm was editor of a newspaper at Pittsburgh, Penn. The number of female con- tributors to newspapers is very large, and has always been respectable. Mary Dana Shindler was a political editor. Mary Clement Ames, Margaret Fuller, Harriet Beecher Stowe, Mrs. Sigourney, Sarah Parton, and a large number of other female contributors, publishers, and editors could be named. Lydia Maria Child, Mary B. Willard, Anne Royal, Emma Malloy, Helen M. Gougar, Abigail Dumway, Susan B. An- thony, Laura C. BuUard, Elizabeth Cady, and Lucy Stone, are well known newspaper women. The Orphans' Friend, of Oxford, N. C, is published by a woman. The Gaudalupe Telegraph, of California, is published by women, who set the types, make up the pages, do the press-work, and all other work of the office. We hear of women printers now from California to Aroostook, and the Old Orchard Bambler, and Sea Shell are published, or have been published, by women. The daughter of Victor Hugo, and Louise Michel, edit French journals in Paris. Madam Adam edits the Noimelle Revue. Mrs. Clara Peters, of the WatseTca Times, says " Women are coming to the front in jour- WOMEN AS EDITORS. 73 nalism ; " and to her are we indebted for the substance of this article. The Maine, Presque Isle, Loyal Sunrise., commenced in 1863, by D. Stickney & Co., and continued until January, 1867, was printed by women, who did the type-setting, making up the forms, and other mechanical work of the paper. The Female Spectator was commenced in London, Eng., April 1, 1744, by Mrs. Eliza Haywood, born in 1693, died 1756, aged 63 years. The famous copy of the Scriptures known as the Codex Alexandrinus, now preserved in the British Museum, was written by a female scribe, a member of the school of Alexan- dria, at the beginning of the fifteenth century. Miss Anna Ballard is a member, 1885, of the New York Press Club, and I believe she is the only woman in our country that has been elected to membership in a club of men. She was ad- mitted to the press club through the influence of the late John B. Wood, familiarly known as "Doc" Wood and the "Great Condenser." She was then a regular contributor to The Sun. At present she does a good deal of miscellaneous work, and she is often seen in the club-rooms, either writing industriously, or studying or reading. She is well liked by her fellow-members, and while they admit readily that no other woman, whatever her ability may be, shall be elected to membership, they tolerate Miss Ballard's presence gallantly. It will be seen that women have been engaged in printing since very early times ; and we might point to numerous cases where women have conducted newspapers and printing- offices, frequently working successfully at all departments of the employment. Many female printers have been noted for brilliant learning. Margaret JoUie was a strong writer, and the unflinching supporter of the rights of the people. Female com- positors were employed in Italy, and highly commended for their skill in 1481. It is related that in Germany, while an edi- tion of the Bible was printing, the wife of the printer went into the office and deliberately altered the sentence of subjection to her husband — Gen. iii, 16 — from " and he shall rule over thee," to " and he shall be thy Fool." Her life paid for the alteration, which was discovered soon after, though some copies of the book with this intentional error were sold. The young ladies of La Grange (Ga.) Female College are 74 NOTES ON PRINTING. one step in advance of their sisters in similar institutions. They have a little paper called the Irenian Casket, which has hereto- fore been prepared in manuscript form and read at weekly meet- ings. They have now decided, however, to introduce printing into the college curriculum, and learn how to set type, so that they may prepare their own paper and print it with their own hands. They begin with a monthly issue, January, 1885, with the intention of soon maliing it semi-monthly. Charlotte Guillard was the first woman who distinguished her- sels in the art of printing. She espoused successively two re- nowned printers, and on the death of the latter she personally superintended her printing-presses, correcting the proofs and publishing books. In 1520 she published several important works, and continued in business as a successful printer over fifty years. She died in 1556. John Foster has the credit of printing the first book ever printed in Boston, Mass. He gradu- ated at Harvard college in 1667, and died in Boston in 1681. On his gravestone was written, — " His body, which no activeness did lack, Now 's laid aside, like an old Almanack." The first printing-oflflce on the American continent was estab- lished in the city of Mexico, previous to 1549 — more than ninety years before the press was set up at Cambridge, Mass. Conrad Winters introduced printing at Cologne in 1470, and the same year Anthony Zaro commenced printing at Milan, and Ulrich Gering at Paris. Conyers Middleton, born in Yorkshire, Eng., was the first person who wrote an essay upon the origin of print- ing in England. He wrote and published Dec. 27, 1683, and died at Cambridge, July 28, 1750. The Gentleman's Magazine was commenced by a journeyman printer, who was also a book- seller, in London, Eng., named Edward Cave. It was the first periodical of the kind in that country, and was founded in 1731. Cave was born in 1691, and died in 1754, at the age of 63 years. This magazine, in the course of ninety-six years, was conducted only by three editors, who had all been journeymen printers. Of this magazine it was said, — "Hail, noble art, by which the world, Though long in barbarism hurl'd, UNIVERSITY PRESS. 75 Sees blooming learning swift arise, And science wafted to the skies. Aided by thee, the printed page Conveys instruction to each age ; And in one hour more sheets appear Than scribes could copy in a year." The first attempt at stereotype printing in North America was made by Benjamin Mecom (nephew of Dr. Franklin), a printer, at Philadelphia, Penn. He cast plates for a number of pages of the New Testament in 1775, but he did not finish all the plates, abd some of the pages were printed from common type. The Empress of Austria, in 1884, purchased a font of type and a press, and commenced publishing a collection of her own writings, having learned the art of printing, so that she is now an author, printer, and publisher. Prince Louis of Battenberg, who in 1885 married Princess Beatrice, is an excellent practical printer, and once, when his ship reached a small port where no one was competent to print the programmes required for a dance given by the oflScers, the prince came forward and undertook the work. University Press. In 1839 the University printing-oflflce at Cambridge, Mass., surpassed any other in the United States. The building was of ample dimensions, and was a credit to the then advanced art of printing. About fifty persons were then em- ployed regularly, and sometimes the number was much larger. Six hand and three power presses were employed printing classi- cal works, and the power presses then executed very nice work. The compositors' and the stereotyping departments were very interesting, and the steam engine, which furnished the power, diffused a genial warmth throughout the whole establishment by means of copper pipes, when needed. The office was histor- ically of interest, since it grew out of the ancient and honor- able first printing house established north of Mexico, and which for many years was the only one in North America, it having been founded in 1639. I had never before this seen a steam power press, though I had read many times the curious old prophecy, composed in 1769 and published in England in 1789, concerning the power of steam : 76 NOTES ON PRINTING. " Soon shall thy arm, unconquered Steam, afar Drag the slow barge, and drive the rapid car : And yet, on waving wings expanded, bear The flying chariot through the fields of air : Not only this — but I now risk the guess. In time, by steam, shall run the printing-press.'' The following poem, entitled '' Jonathan's Visit to a Printing- OfBce," was prepared for publication in 1833, and was published in Thomas's Almanac, 1834. "Did you ever go up to the printers', And see all them devils to work? I cossnotchet, it beats all to flinters Mother's fuss when we kill all our pork. ' ' Them fellers they stand right up straight, And pick little pieces of lead, Stuck in little cubby-holes, thicker, I'll bate, Than seeds in our big parsnip bed. " Then they keep such a ducking and bobbing, I'll be darned ! like aunt Peggy's old drake When he's gobbling up corn, "or a robin That stands on one leg on a stake. "How plague can they find all the letters, Is more than my gumption can tell ; They call them are workmen type-setters. And an old shoe, they said that was hell." " Then they've got, too, a cast-iron press ; It beats father's for cider and cheese ; 'Tis tarnation hard work, I should guess. And it gives a confounded tight squeeze. " There's a thumping great roller, I swow. They keep pushing, the Lord knows for what ; And the paper, 'twould cover our mow. Such a whapping great sheet they have got. " How they filled it all up is the wonder ; Where the darn do they find so much news. As thick as pea-blossoms in summer ? What a nation of ink they do use. * A. receptacle for old type to be recast. NEWSPAPEK DIRECarORIES. 77 " By goU, I do n't see how they pay For so many heaps of white paper They tell me they use every day : Good Lord ! it would ruin Squire Taper. " rd no notion, I vum, 'twas such tarnal Hard work to print papers and books ; I'll go right down and 'scribe for the Jarnal, And go home and tell all the folks." NEWSPAPERS THAT PAY. Millions of dollars have been sunk in newspapers in New York city, and there is no easier way to waste money than in newspaper ventures ; but it is nevertheless true that there is also no surer or swifter method of accumulating wealth than in a judicious investment of capital in the production of a daily newspaper. The most profitable newspaper in the world, the London Times, is valued at $25,000,000 ; and the most profit- able in France, the Petit Journal, earns $600,000 a year net, although a dozen years ago it was insolvent. The London /Standard is valued at $10,000,000, the Daily News at $6,000,000, and $5,000,000 would not buy the Telegraph, it is said. It may be questioned whether New York has any $5,000,000 newspa- pers, perhaps, but it has several which it would take $1,000,000 or more to buy. Mr. North, of the Utica Herald, reported in his volume of statistics of the newspaper press, issued from the government press a year ago, that the gross products of newspaper establishments in the United States amounts to $87,431,132, and the statement affords a basis of speculation as to the aggregate amount of capital represented by the news- papers of this country. NEWSPAPER DIRECTORIES. In 1846, C. Mitchel, of London, began the English Directory of newspapers, which has appeared annually ever since. The first in the United States was the Newspaper Record, by Lay & Brother, Philadelphia, 1856. In 1869, Geo. P. Rowell & Co., of New York, began the American Newspaper Directory, and have continued it to this day, since which I have seen one by S. M. Pettengill & Co., New York ; one by H. P. Hubbard, 78 NOTES ON PRINTING. New Haven, Conn., begun in 1879. One by N. W. Ayer & Son was begun in 1880; the -AmericMn Newspaper Annual was its name. C. A. Cook & Co., of Chicago, began the United States Newspaper Directory in 1880. These are all valuable publica- tions, and especially so that of Geo. P. Rowell & Co. ADVANCE IN THE AKT. A greater advance in the art of printing, and in the business of making newspapers, periodicals, pamphlets, and books, has been effected during the sixty-five years of my type-setting, press-working, and newspaper-producing life than in all the three thousand and more years preceding my apprenticeship, during which the Chinese mandarins claim that they had pos- sessed the art, and that their printers had practised it before it was known in Germany or England. The advance after the Romans undertook to shadow forth the regular newspaper by issuing before the time of Julius Caesar the Acta Diurna, the improvements made when the Venetian Gazetta appeared, and when John Gutenberg invented his rude printing-press, and when in England the first newspaper in our language appeared, great and wonderful as they were, seem now very simple when we consider what has been done since 1819 in the way of print- ing. Sixty-five years is a long time, if we measure it by the changes and improvements made in this one art of printing during that period. I have seen changes in all the methods, conveniences, and appliances of printing. The newspapers of my youth were managed wholly by regular printers : all the work was performed by hand-power, and there were no type- setting or type-distributing machines ; there were no telephones, telegraphs, or railroads, and but few experiments had been made in steam navigation. The newspaper consisted of some general reading matter, labored essays, and long communica- tions blossoming with Latin quotations and terminating with classical signatures, news from the nearest seaports, some edi- torials, the state of the markets, poetry, anecdotes, and adver- tisements. Stage-drivers and post-riders were the chief report- ers of news on their several routes, and they generally delivered the newspapers for distant subscribers, giving notice of their approach by blowing a horn as they neared a hamlet or village ; TYPE-SETTING AND DISTRIBUTING MACHINES. 79 and the newspaper sometimes would announce thirty days later news from Europe. Since that day railroads have been built across the continent, and made to form a network over most of the states, which previously had only been dreamed of by people considered as lunatics. Steam vessels, ocean cables, and tele- graphs have made us near neighbors to friends in the remotest quarters of the globe. The hand-press has given place to ma- chinery, and steam-presses turn off twenty-five thousand sheets an hour, rolls of paper eutering at one end of a machine, and coming out at the other in the form of daily newspapers, cut, pasted, and folded. TYPE-SETTING AND DISTKIBUTING MACHINES. It is the great care and expense of such machines, in all probability, which prevents them from superseding hand labor. In England more than forty patents have been granted for these machines since 1822, and nearly as many have been granted in the United States for like machines. The first type-setting ma- chine in England was the invention of William Church in 1822. The first American patent machine was that of Frederick Rosen- burg, in 1840. The composing machine invented by Young and Delchambre, of London, March 13, 1840, would set up 12,000 to 15,000 types per hour, or do the work of eight compositors. Timothy Alden is credited with the honor of being the pioneer inventor of type-setting by machinery in this country. He was born at Yarmouth, Mass. (some say Barnstable), June 14, 1819, and at the age of sixteen years learned printing in the office of the Barre Gazette. In 1846 he went to New York, and there completed his machine, which does the whole work of the compositor, and is operated by the simplest method, and he proposed to use a key-board similar to that of the piano-forte. He thought that since a skilful telegraphic operator could touch the keys fifteen thousand times per hour, by his machine one man would be able to do the work of at least seven compositors. This machine, and others, has worked a reform in the art of printing greater than all previous improvements in hundreds of years. The machine is now considered a success. Mr. Alden died December 4, 1858, aged about 39 years. He was the sixth generation in descent from John Alden, mentioned in "The Courtship of Miles Standish." 80 NOTES ON PRINTING. The progress of the art of printing has not yet been cheeked, nor has improvement. I have just noticed an announcement of an invention of Mr. Merritt H. Dement, of Chicago, Illinois, consisting of a machine called the " matrix writer," which, unless the inventor is somewhat demented, is capable of work- ing a complete revolution in printing. It is claimed that while a printer can at present set up and distribute types for 1000 words, this machine will in the same time easily print 25,000 words ! Incredible as this claim appears, I think that it may be possible that time will show that this machine will do all or more than is claimed for it. It has lately been announced that a process has been discov- ered which enables the printer to take any number of copies of any printed book without setting a line of type, by using a com- pound which may be spread upon any page without injuring the paper. This compound can then be removed to a stone, and there become the matrix for stereotype, or it can be used for printing at once. If this proves to be a success it will be no longer necessary to keep type standing, for a perfect proof- sheet will be as good as a stereotyped plate. It seems as if the time was near when a book may be reprinted from itself ; and since water-color drawing can be so well lithographed as to de- ceive artifsts, may there not be found a method whereby oil colors may be multiplied from their own canvases? A type-setting machine was invented in 1884 by John L. McMillan, of Ilion, New York, and was used there in Septem- ber, being operated by the aid of electricity. This type-setting machine avoids complications in mechanism, and produces a method whereby the letters follow direct and uninterrupted courses in all their movements. Two operators are required, one to manipulate the key-board and one to space out, while the distributor requires about one half the time of an attendant to feed the lines to it. The capacity of the machine is 5,000 ems per hour, and no power other than the fingering of the keyboard is required. The distributor is automatic in its distribution of the letters, and has a capacity equal to the setting-machine. The face of the type is not touched in its passage through either machine. Type can be distributed at considerably less than half the cost of hand labor. IMPROVEMENTS. 81 IMPROVEMENTS. Printers who commenced to learn as early as 1819 know that the appliances which then satisfied the demands of most print- ers, and which were to them marvellous, now seem meagre and entirely inadequate for any present purpose. The type in the New Hampshire Patriot office, in 1819, consisted of few varie- ties, and nearly everything was coarse, clumsy, and uncouth. The Ramage press was then the best in use ; it compelled the pressman to move the bed twice, and to take two impressions on one side of a demy sheet of 20 by 24 inches, and the same for the other side. The inking apparatus consisted of a board say fifteen inches square, upon which the ink was spread, and two balls (about ten inches in diameter made of well trodden sheeps' pelts stuffed with wool), which required considerable strength to handle, afforded the means of distributing the ink when taken from the table, which was done by vigorously beat- ing them together with a sort of rolling movement, turning them a little at a time so as to make the ink cover the entire surface, and so as to beat the press-form so perfectly that neither monks nor friars should appear on the printed sheet. About 250 sheets were thus printed on one side in an hour, one man working the press and another the balls, and changing places every hour. To be sure the type, case, stand, galleys, and the furniture, quoins, wetting-trough, and the process of setting and distrib- uting the type (15 cents for setting 1,000 ems and 5 cents for distributing the same), were in form much as now, and for press-work the pay of a journeyman was 12-J^ cents a token, say 250 sheets. Since that period we have seen type, presses, and materials improve from time to time, until we have an endless variety of graceful and elegant letters of all sizes, suited to every known style, stored in beautiful cabinets, with the introduction of presses of every size, from the visiting card to the immense poster, with inking-roUer attachments for presses propelled by foot, hand, horse, and steam-power. "We have witnessed the introduction of the dry-press, the folding-machine, the proof- press, the directing-press, the cutting-press, the bronzing-ma- chine, stereotyping, type-casting machines, type setting and dis- 82 NOTES ON PRINTING. tributing machines, electrotyping, printing in colors, and the use of telegraphy and the telephone, to say nothing of the thousand and one other improvements. The advance has been by degrees : one improvement has been the cause of another, until the printing offices using the Ramage wooden presses, or even the iron presses of a later day, would not, by modern printers who never saw them, be recognized as ever belonging to the art. Well might that model printer, Simeon Ide, Esq., say, as he did say in January, 1885, — "Should improvements increase three quar- ters of a century to come as in the past, by what new process, think ye, will newspapers then be manufactured and circulated? By whatever agency, natural or supernatural, such improve- ments, if possible, shall in the future be brought about, is a problem for wiser heads than mine to solve." Many of the appliances, improvements, and aids in the art of printing are found recorded at Washington among the lists of patents granted to inventors, and among them New Hampshire has her fair proportion. Among the many we find the power-press, the Faustus press, one-hand press, a sheet-mover, and a vibrating platen, invented by the brothers Seth and Isaac Adams, both Sandwich, N. H., citizens, though their inventions were com- pleted in Boston and New York. FROM 1766 TO 1885. How wonderful the change in the art of printing and the making of newspapers, in the one hundred and twenty-nine years which have passed away since New Hampshire saw and perused her first Gazette ! A feeble colony has become a great state ; a rugged wilderness has become the habitation of a hardy, industrious, and prosperous people ; cities and large towns, manufactories and churches and school-houses, dot the entire territory. Railways, with the telegraph and telephone, now bring the most distant portions of the state within the reach of speech, and our productions are quickly transported to every clime. Printing has been the great art which has helped all these improvements, and this art has been constantly chang- ing and nearing perfection. The multiplication of books and newspapers has driven barbarism and ignorance from our bor- ders, and has introduced all our free educational, religious, civil, and political institutions. ENGRAVING. 83 ENGRAVING. The origin of this art, like that of printing and some other arts, is obscured by clouds which the learned have been unable to dispel. China claims the invention, and it is also claimed by Italy, Germany, and Holland. Engraving is mentioned among the Jews, and was known to Moses and the children of Israel. God commanded Moses to take two onyx stones, and grave on them the names of the children of Israel — twelve names, six on a stone. "With the work of an engraver in stone, like the en- graving of a signet, shalt thou engrave on the two stones." This implies a previous knowledge of the art. It is said that in the year 1450 a celebrated sculptor named Finiguerra accidentally discovered that a damp cloth laid over some designs which he had been cutting in silver retained a transcript when removed. He immediately began to use the discovery for copying his designs, and consequently to him was given the honor of the invention of copper-plate engraving. Albert Durer, born at Nuremberg, 1471, is claimed as the in- ventor of wood engraving. The Romans engraved on brass, and the early Christians, it is said, wrote on tables of wood, and the tables, or thin slices of wood, were bound together in books. It is known that en- gravings upon blocks of wood, from which printing upon silk and paper could be done, was known in China at least fifty years before the Christian era, and that among the first attempts at printing elsewhere, that made from wooden blocks, upon which engravings had been completed, was the earliest. There exists evidence of such blocks and such printing done in Eu- rope in 1285 or 1286. In an ancient frontispiece preserved, which is decorated with fanciful ornaments, there is an inscrip- tion which states that the engravings were by A. A. Cunio, and his sister, Isabella Cunio, who were twins. They first attempted to engrave with small and large knives on blocks of wood, when sixteen years old. They made many engravings as presents to their friends, and explained them by verses. The oldest blocks or plates used for printing musical characters and notes were of wood, 1473, and books to that date, before the art of printing was perfected, show that musical notes were drawn by the pen ; but very soon came the engraving of music upon copper plates. 84 NOTES ON PRINTING. which in time was succeeded by other metallic plates, on which notes and all the characters used were punched with dies of steel, until the invention of movable types and other methods were discovered ; yet punching as well as engraving music- plates still holds the preference in the department of sheet music. FEINTING FROM WOODEN BLOCKS. Among the first attempts at printing in Europe was that made from blocks of wood. It is claimed, and truly, that the diction- ary of John Tlnctor was printed from movable types ; but if it contained any musical examples, they must have been engraved on wood. The discovery of the art of engraving on metal, for the purpose of making impressions on paper, is generally ascribed to Finiguerra, of Florence. Engraved plates for print- ing were used in 1488, and the first music printed from such plates of which we find any account was a set of masses, in 1503. These were composed by Josquin, in the time of Sextus IV, and were printed from plates engraved by Petruccio, who, in 1513, obtained a patent for printing figurative songs and pieces for the organ. Block music of the same species as that used in the book of Gafor, 1496, is found in the early printed English books which treat of music. We find specimens in Higden's Policronicon (printed by Wynkyn de Worde in 1495) of mu- sical characters, which are supposed to be the first printed in England. They are meant to represent the consonances of Pythagoras. They are upon a staff of eight lines, and resemble little flags. In the Book of Common Pra3'er noted, composed by Warbeck, organist of "Windsor, and printed by Grafton in 1550, it is stated that only four notes are used therein, and these four notes or characters are thus explained in a memoran- dum by the printer : " The first is a strene note, and is a breve ; the second is a square note, and is a semi-breve ; the third is a pycke, and is a minim ; the fourth is a close, and is only used at the end of a verse." Books containing music were all first printed from wood blocks, and specimens have been preserved in some of the libra- ries, that were printed in the year 1473. Then followed en- graved copper plates ; and about the middle of the eighteenth century, tin or pewter plates, for the reason of their cheap- PRINTING FROM WOODEN BLOCKS. 85 ness, were introduced. Printing music from movable types is thought to have been invented by a type-founder at Paris, France, named Paulecque, in the early part of the seventeenth century ; and Breitlropf, a music-seller of Leipsic, carried the process to such perfection in 1765 that he may fairly be called the second inventor. Stereotyping music was introduced by a citizen of Leipsic, named Fauchpitz. The transition from found- ing single letters to founding whole pages was so invitingly ob- vious, that the circumstance of its not having been at once attempted must be attributed to a want of enterprise. It was first tried at Leyden, by composing a page and making it cor- rect, securing the type by iron bands, turning the page upon its face, and then cementing it into a solid mass. The first attempt at stereotyping in this country was by Benjamin Mecom, at Philadelphia, 1775. The printing of music was not known in England until the reign of Charles II, when a violinist named Nicola Matteis, an Italian, brought the art there from France. A novel method in the printing of music was a few years ago introduced in Eng- land, which consists in photographing the copies of all the parts from the original score, and then transferring the photograph to the printing-press. By this process accuracy is obtained, and much time at rehearsals is saved which has heretofore been lost in correcting the instrumental parts. In 1382 a manuscript Bible was so expensive that working men of that time labored fifteen years to earn money enough to purchase one. There have been ages when, for the possession of a manuscript, some would transfer an estate, and the sale of one was solemn- ly registered in public acts. Louis XI pledged one hundred golden crowns for the loan of a book he wanted to read and could not purchase. It is said that the Countess of Anjou paid, for a book of homilies, " two hundred sheep, a quantity of the skins of martins, and many bushels of grain." It is known that it required a fortune to obtain a valuable manuscript. STEREOTYPING NEWSPAPERS. Webster's Spelling-Book was stereotyped at Concord, by Abiel Chandler, in 1836. In 1880 there were forty-five daily journals printed in the United States from stereotype plates ; 86 NOTES ON PRINTING. and now, as I am informed, the Boston Herald is printed from stereotype plates. Perfect plates of the size of that paper are manufactured at the rate of two in seven minutes from the time the forms were received by the stereotypers. LITHOGKAPHY. Alois Sennefelder, of Munich, connected with the theatre, one night, as he entered his room, had three things in his hand — a polished whetstone, a ticket-stamp moistened with printer's ink, and a check on the theatre treasury for his weekly pay for stamp- ing tickets. He placed the check on the table, when a gust of wind deposited it in a basin of water. He dried it as well as he could, and, that it might not again blow away, placed it under the whetstone for safety, without noticing that previous upon this he had made an impression from the inking stamp. In the morning he was surprised to see the letters of the stamp nicely printed upon the paper. Directly he purchased a large stone, and, after many experiments, discovered the art of printing from stone — lithography. ' WRITING AND PRINTING INKS. Many articles are found in the extensive literature of China, written by their learned men, about the paper, ink, and brushes that they use for writing, but unfortunately very little is said about the technology of their inks. It is quite otherwise in the recent book written by Chen-ki-souen, for he describes every stage of its preparation with great accuracy and in detail. According to our Celestial author, a kind of pigment ink was discovered 2697 to 2597 B. C. It was employed for writing on silk with a bamboo rod. Afterward an ink was prepared from a certain stone (encre de pierrej, which is still known in China as che-hei. It was not until 260 or 220 B. C. that they began to make an ink from soot or lamp-black. The soot was ob- tained by burning gum lac and pine wood. This ink was made at first in round balls, and very soon supplanted the stone ink. For a while the province of Kiang-si appears to have had a monopoly of ink-making. Under the dynasty of Tang, in 618 to 905 A. D., there was a special officer called an inspector, who had charge of its manufacture. He had to furnish the Chinese WRITING AND PRINTING INKS. 87 court with a certain quantity of this inlj annually. Some of the factories seem to have been " royal Chinese " factories. The Emperor, Hinan-Tsong (713 to 756 A. D.) founded two univer- sities, to which he sent 336 balls of ink four times a year. The most celebrated ink factory in China was that of Li-ting- kouei, who lived in the latter part of the reign of Tang, and is said to have made an excellent article. He made his ink in the shape of a sword or staff, or in round cakes. The test of its authenticity consisted in breaking up the rod and putting the pieces in water. If it remained intact at the end of a month, it was genuine Li-ting-kougi. Since the death of this celebrated man there seems to have been no perceptible advance made in the manufacture of India ink. In the manufacture of lamp-black nearly everything is used that will burn. Besides pine wood, we may mention petroleum, oils obtained from different plants, perfumed rice-flour, bark of the pomegranate tree, rhinoceros horn, pearls, musk, etc. Nor does fraud seem to have been entirely wanting. According to Chinese authorities, the principal thing is the proper prepara- tion of the lamp-black. The best smells like musk, and the ad- dition of musk not only serves to give poor goods the resem- blance of fine ones, but really makes the poor worse. The binding agent plays the chief part next to the lamp- black. Ordinary glue and isinglass alone are now used. In old times glue made from the horns of the rhinoceros and of deer was employed. Good Chinese ink improves with age, and should not be used for a few years after it is made. It is not easy to keep it, as it must be protected from moisture. Some persons in rubbing it up make circular movements that soon ruin it. It is better to rub it in straight lines back and forth, with the least possible pressure. Black ink was the first in use, though inks of different colors were used by the ancients. Golden ink was fashionable with some nations, and much used by the Greeks and Romans. Sil- ver ink was common, and red, blue, green, and yellow were much used in the Middle Ages. The titles, capitals, and em- phatic words were often written in gold or silver inks ; but the name of the copyist, the date when written, &c., were generally 88 NOTES ON PRINTING. in purple ink. It has been said that the celebrated Argonautic expedition was undertaken to obtain a work or treatise on the art of writing in gold letters. In the first stages of printing in America, printers in the col- onies made their own ink. Rogers & Fowle, of Boston, Mass., in 1760, made the best ink then made in that colony, but they could not compete with the inks made in other countries, and it was generally imported from Europe. MUSIC PRINTING, 1755. A considerable stride in the diffusion of musical works was made when the &rt ot punching musical characters upon pewter plates was introduced. Instead of scraping out the characters with a graver, they are in this way struck at a single blow, and the uniform appearance of the notes is secured by the uniform- ity of the punches. This is the process by which the greater part of the sheet music of our own country and other countries generally is now produced. The punching is a rapid and cheap process, even more rapid and cheaper than that of arranging movable characters. Attempts have been made to supersede pewter plates by the lithographic printing of music ; but it does not appear to us that this mode has any essential advantage over the other. The lithographic press is a more uncertain in- strument than the rolling press. In each process the manual labor of printing off the copies, involving considerable nicety and at- tention, is a source of constantly recurring expense. In printing music from the surface of movable types, or stereotype plates, either by the printing-press or printing-machine, the operation is rapid and certain ; the market may be supplied at once to the extent of the demand, and the consumer may receive the full benefit of mechanical improvements in a diminished cost of the article produced. In the year 1755, John Gottlob Imanuel Breitkopf, who was born at Leipsic, November 23, 1719, contrived and cast the first music types, but they possessed so little of the beauty or accuracy of copper-plate engraving as to be little used until after they had been greatly improved. He died January 28, 1794, aged seventy-five years. There is evidence that Breitkopf produced a new specimen of music types, which, both in form of MUSIC PRINTING. 89 the notes and the niceties of the accessory symbols, as well as their accurate adjustment with the lines, was greatly superior to the musical typography which had preceded it. These types soon became generally used. Since the time of Breitkopf, how- ever, the general extension of musical knowledge has demanded a much more precise and complicated notation than was em- ployed by the best composers. Passages in accompaniment, especially, that were merely indicated, now require to be fully exhibited ; and the improvements of our piano-fortes have given a much wider compass to piano-forte music. It has, accord- ingly, been found diflBcult for type printing to keep pace with these changes. The most important improvements upon the characters of Breitkopf w-ere made about 1802, by Messrs. Oliver and Godefroi, at Paris, but the attempt was a ruinous one for them. Improvements, however, continued to be at- tempted in Europe and America. Ottaviano Dei Petrucci, sometimes called Petruceio, born near Ancona, June 14, 1466, is supposed to have been the father of the art of type music printing, since in May, 1498, he became famous at Venice as a printer of figured music for the organ and lute. The great difficulty he had to encounter in per- fecting his art was that of uniting the separate characters so accurately as to give an appearance of continuity to the staff lines, formed out of many pieces. This difficulty he could not overcome, although the simplicity of the characters then em- ployed in music rendered the broken and ragged appearance of his typography less embarrassing to the reader and performer than some subsequent attempts upon the same principle, which became more inconvenient as musical notation became more complicated. It is known that Petrucci obtained a patent from Leo X for music printing, and that he carried on business at Venice and in the Roman States for many years, or until he died in 1524. In 1508, a printer named Montona introduced typographical music printing into Rome, but his works were unsatisfactory, and block printing continued to be employed in musical works. Conrad Peutinger, born at Augsburg, 1465, a great lover of music, published, at his native place, in 1520, a collection of motets for five voices, executed entirely from en- graved wood blocks, considering such better than movable type. 90 NOTES ON PRINTING. It will undoubtedly be acknowledged that the rapid and cheap multiplication of copies of important compositions, such as pop- ular songs, is essential to the diffusion of knowledge among the people. Music printers from the start have been laboring to secure the same advantages for music that the typographical art has secured for literature, that is, to combine musical types, representing all musical characters, so as to present the compli- cated notations of the most elaborate works as perfectly as if they were engraved upon plates of metal. If our music books were printed from engraved plates instead of being worked off from movable types to which the ink was applied on the sur- face, books would continue to be exceedingly dear, and could only be procured in small numbers as gratifications of luxury. "Whenever, therefore, musical typography shall have been ren- dered as complete and beautiful as musical engraving, a great ele- ment in the expense of music printing will be gotten rid of, and people will be enabled to purchase printed musical compositions at a cost little exceeding that of other printed matter. This point of perfection (if alreadj' reached, as it seems to be in the printing of books) our music publishers are not yet quite willing to admit has been reached in the production of music in this ^country, though they freely acknowledge and are proud of the very great and remarkable improvements which are already observable. ROMAN AND ITALIC LETTERS. The first Saxon printing types were cut by John Daye, of London, England, under the patronage of Archbishop Parker, about the year 1567. Italic letters owe their invention to Aldus Manutius, who, in the year 1490, erected a printing-office in Venice, where he introduced the Roman types of a nicer cut than had before been seen, and where his italic letters were first introduced. Black Letter, or Old English, was so called be- cause it occupies a larger space than either Roman or Italic, and appears more black upon paper. John Daye (sometimes writ- ten Day and Daie) was not the Stephen Daye or Day who came to America. John Daye was an eminent printer, and was born at Dunwich, parish of St. Peter's, England, and learned his trade from Thomas Gibson. He began business for himself in 1546, near Holborn Conduit, but in 1549 he removed to Al- MILLER AND HIS POEM. 91 dersgate. He was in prison once witii John Rogers, the mar- tyr, but was liberated and returned to his dwelling, over Alders- gate, beneath St. Martin's. In 1574 he was the only printer in London who had or could cut Saxon characters. He also brought the Italian and Greek type to great perfection. In 1583 he printed the Psalms with musical notes, to sing them in the churches, also the Catechism. He followed printing for forty years, and died at Walden in Essex July 23, 1584, but was buried in the church of Bradley-Parva, county of Suffolk. On his monumental tablet is written, — "Here lies the Days, that darkness could not blind When popish fogs had overcast the sun. This Daye the cruel nights did leave behind To view, and show what bloody acts were done." Dave spent, in printing, all his wealth, and died poor. He married twice. Each wife had thirteen children, — twenty-six in all, — and such a large family was expensive. It is supposed that the Stephen Dave who established the first press in New England, at Cambridge, Mass., must have been a descendant of the English printer. The sign at Daye's oflSce in London was the resurrection, and he used, for a stamp, a design represent- ing the sun rising in the distance, and an apprentice awakening a sleeping companion, and saying, "Arise, for it is Day ! " — evidently a pun upon the name Daye, and it also may have had reference to the Reformation. MILLER AND HIS POEM. Joaquin Miller spoke well of newspaper editors, and he spoke for those of the fraternity who toil at night, and who send forth thoughts with the rising sun — thoughts that bear no name, but which are fashioned for the Christian world while that world sleeps, certain of protection, here in America, with no other army around than the unarmed editors of our newspapers to guard the religious world, the political world, the educational world, and the rights of the American people. His song of the editors is so excellent that I present it here entire, as it fell from his lips at an editors' meeting held in the city of New York: 92 NOTES ON PRINTING. The builders of cities, of worlds, are we, The unnamed scribes, and of unknown worth ; For we are the kinsmen of Progress, and he The one Prince we honor the whole wide earth. Nor gold, nor glory, nor name we claim, — We ask but the right unfettered to fight ; To name a wrong by its shameless name ; To slay the wrong for the love of the right. The sentries of cities, of worlds, are we. Each standing alone on his high watch-tower ; We are looking away to the land, to the sea ; We have only a lamp in the midnight hour. Then leave us the right to fight or to fall, As God may will, in the front of the fight. Unchallenged, unquestioned, for the good of all. For the truth that lives, for the love of the right. The givers of glory to nations are we. The builders of shafts and of moniunents To soldiers and daring great men of the sea ; But we are the homeless, strange dwellers in tents, With never a tablet or high built stone : Yet what care we who go down in the fight. Though we live unnamed, though we die unknown, If only we live and we die for the right. There are brighter things in this world than gold ; There are nobler things in this world than name — To silently do with your deeds untold. To silently die, unnoised to fame. Then forth to the fight, unnamed and alone ; Let us lead the world to its destined height : Enough to know, if but this be known. We live and we die alone for the right. Joaquin Miller, the poet, varies his costumes with the changes in his employment. At a time when he emerged from the wild woods of the far West as Nature's untutored rhymester, his hair was long and unkempt, his hat was wide and flabby as to brim, his shirts were flannel, his coat was a velveteen blouse, and his trousers disappeared into the tops of heavy boots. His depart- ure from that style was made when he went into dramatic work, and it consisted of changing his shirt to linen and bringing his AMERICAN PEINTEK. 93 pantaloons down over blackened boots. Then he suddenly cut his hair short, and put on fashionable clothes. " His acquaint- ances have not been able to decide," says the Pioneer Press, "whether that was due to his marriage, or to his entry into Wall street as a speculator. He is now to become a lecturer on Wall-street rascality, and has been measured for a swallow-tail coat." AMERICAN PRINTER, Written by Thomas MacKellar, born in the city of New York, August 12, 1812, and served an apprenticeship to the printing business with the Harper Brothers. He became editor of the Typographic Advertiser, and has paid the following poetic trib- ute to the art of printing : Pick and click goes the type in the stick. As the printer stands at his case ; His eyes glance quick, and his fingers pick The type at a rapid pace ; And one by one, as the letters go, Words are piled up steady and slow — Steady and slow, but still they grow. And words of fire they soon will glow : Wonderful words, that without a sound Shall traverse the earth to its utmost bound — Words that shall make the tyrant quake, And the fetters of the oppressed shall break ; Words that can crumble an army's might, Or treble its strength in a righteous fight. Yet the type they look but leaden and dumb. As he puts them in place with finger and thumb. But the printer smiles. And his work beguiles By chanting a song as the letters he piles : While pick and click go the types in the stick, Like the world's chronometer, — Tick! tick! tick! Oh ! where is the man with such simple tools Can govern the world like I ? A printing-press, an iron stick, And a little leaden die. With paper of white, and ink of black, I support the Right, and the Wrong attack. 94 NOTES ON PRINTING. I pull the strings of puppet kings, And tweak the despot's nose, Or let him alone till the people groan. When I needs must interpose ; Nor yet again do I e'en disdain To talk of lowly woes. Then where is he, or who may he be. That can rival the printer's power? To no monarehs that live The wall doth he give ; Their sway lasts only an hour ; While the printer still grows, And God only knows When his might shall cease to tower. PRINTERS DEVIL. This name for the youngest apprentice originated with Aldus Manutius, a Venetian printer. His devil, however, was a negro boy who helped in the printing-oflfice, and some of the Venetians were superstitious enough to believe that this boy was an emis- sary of Satan, and he became generally known all through Venice as " the little black imp." At length Manutius, finding that people were actually afraid of his devil, concluded to satisfy curiosity by publicly exhibiting him, and at the same time pro- claiming him human, and a boy like other boys. Taking the boy through all the principal streets and public buildings, he carefully distributed the following proclamation : " I Aldus Manutius, printer to the Holy Church and Doge of Venice, have this day made public exposure of the printer's devil; and all who think he is not flesh and blood, like other human beings, can come and converse with or pinch him until convinced." The Grub-street Journal of London, Oct. 26, 1732, says, — ' ' The boys who used to carry large bundles of newspapers to and from the stamp-offlce were always more or less covered, upon their faces, hands, and clothes, with printers' ink, and on that account were called printers' devils, because one Monsieur Devile or Deville, who came over with the Conqueror, bad a son who was an errand boy for William Caxton, the eminent Lon- frinteh's devil. 95 don printer, in 1471." The name devil, however, was given to the youngest apprentice by John Faust, of Mentz, Germany, who has been claimed as one of the inventors of the art. In 1724, complaint was made in London, Eng., that printing- houses were set up and supported by unknown hands, which corrupt the minds of his majesty's subjects ; and that they are managed by persons who were never brought up to the business, and who ought to be put down. In 1711, Mrs. Elianor James, of London, who had been in the printing business with her hus- band above forty years, was called " a she-state politician. She gave the name devils to unfaithful journeymen who made themselves sots only fit for hell." The pressman sometimes had a boy to take the sheets, as they were printed, off the tympan, and boys thus employed gen- erally black and daub themselves with ink, and for that cause were called devils, spirits, or flies; and the boys that made the fires and were errand boys were jocosely called devils. Making balls is a dirty job, and there was an old proverb that " the devil would have been a pressman but for ball-making." There was a performance once given at Covent-Garden theatre for the benefit of London printers, in which one of the actors assumed the character of the printers' devil, and at the proper time came upon the stage cleaning a printer's ball, and thus addressing the audience : Ladies and Gentlemen : — I beg your pardon For thus appearing here in Covent-Garden ; 'Tis not my fault ; — I'd rather be at home. But I was by the printers press'd to come. Having got all they can from you — 'tis civil — For thanks they coolly leave you to the devil ! Start not — the printers'' devil ! that is me, No blacker than I'm painted, as you see — The devil, that with Faust, the first of printers (Called Doctor Faustus), had such odd adventures. Everything's thrown on me ; — but you shall hear : Master, you know, commands the overseer, The overseer he lords it o'er the men. The men they fag the 'prentices, and then The 'prentices blow me up — that's not civil: So, good or bad, all's laid upon the devil! 96 NOTES ON PRINTING. For everything they want, the press-men call me, And if I do not answer, they black-ball me. Nay, with abuse the very authors cram me. And when I go for copy, curse and damn me ! PRINTING-OFFICE LANGUAGE AND TECHNICAL TERMS. The printers of a newspaper oflSce have a significant term for everything connected with their trade. They speak to an ex- tent in a language common to themselves, and the novice or the apprentice has first to learn the language of the printers, and next, the language of the types. Among the words peculiar to the craft, the word " thirty " is perhaps most often used, and is possessed of the most meaning. " Thirty " is the end. It is what "finis" is to a boolc, or death to an individual. "When "thirty" is reached, the weary compositor drops his stick. The day's work is done. How the term originated nobody seems to know ; but from the printer it has fallen to the editor, and become a portion of the education of the telegraph operator who handles press re- ports. The last page of " copy" from the editor-in-chief bears the "thirty" which indicates that the thoughts concerning the news of the day have been presented as fully as may be. The last proof from the proof-reader tells the story in the appended " thirty " that the day's work is done. The " thirty " from the city editor denotes the completion of the record of the city's daily life, and the "thirty" on the manifold paper received from the telegraph operator conveys the information that the story of its waking hours is finished. Apprentices who undertook to learn the art of printing in all its details, fifty or sixty years ago, were some of them given as a lesson a copy of the following doggerel rhymes, written in what was to them " hog Latin," but from which they were expected to learn some of the many technical terms familiar to the craft, but wholly unknown to people of the outside world. I remember a few of the mystic terms, as recorded in the lines below, among the number which were familiar to the old printers. OFFICE LANGUAGE. Since you have come to learn the printer^s art, Commit the lesson given here by heart. type-founders' advertisement. 97 All type are powerless, and all ink the same ; The chase, the quoin, the tympan, but a name ; The ribs, the rounce, the gallows, and the hanh, Come next in order, and are next in rank ; The ball-knife, ball-nails, bearers, brush, and bite. Broadsides, clean proofs, mixed matter come to light: Doublets, and outs, a.nd forms for empty press. Lean and fat takes of copy, more or less ; Monks, picks, and point-holes, solid matter, space. Pi in abundance ; upper, lower, case ; Sorts, squabbled, tied up, loose, with canon, quads. Rules, leads, and borders, flowers, learn the odds ; Register, points, the galley, and the bed. The stick, brass rule, the platen, and the head; The sink, lye-kettle, brush, and mallet small. With bodkins, shears, sheep^s-foot, planer, awl, — Each in itself its proper office meets, And, when combined thus, the press completes. Gases and racks, frames and imposing stones. Long pulls and hard pulls, aching limbs and bones, Boards, scale-boards, riglets, paper-trough, and gutter, Ink-block and brayer, tables, paper-cutter ; Pull, beat, or roll, oil, rollers, and the screws. Send broken, battered type to hells of worn-out shoes. Furniture, foot-lines, — many other things. The foreman tells you, when he frets or sings, How all instruction is of small avail, Unless you grasp and wrench the devils tail ! Cfuard well your pressmen from all chance of evil, Protect your printers, and reward your devil. Some of the kinds of names given to the various grades of types used in printing were learned from the following type-founders' advertisement. " The type of a glazier should be Diamond. The type of an oyster should be Pearl. The type of a jeweller should be Agate. The type of an honest man should be Nonpareil. The type of a citizen should be Bourgeois. The type of a schoolmaster should be Primer. The type of a bull should be English. The type of freedom should be Columbian. 7 98 NOTES ON PRINTING. The type of a maiden should be Paragon. The type of a mother should be Double Paragon. The type of a soldier should be Canon. The type of an author should be Script. The type of a preacher should be Text. The type of aristocracy should be Title. The type of a baby should be Small Caps. The type of an alderman should be Extended. The type of a drunkard should be Backslope. The type of a barber should be Hair Line. The type of the foundry should be Excelsior.'' The first poem ever written in praise of printing was by Ar- nold de Bergel, a printer, at Mentz, in 1541, containing 454 heroic verses. The first poem in condemnation of printing was written by a Frenchman, in 1469. He sneered at the invention of printing and the discovery of America. He says of the press and the increase of books, — " Our streets will swarm with scholars Without clean shirts or collars, With Bibles, books, and codices. As cheap as tape for bodices." In 1522 an edict was issued at Nuremberg that printers should print no new thing for the future till it had been examined by some holy man or magistrate, and approved. Similar laws existed in this country in the good old Puritan times. DEVICES. The Boston Gazette of 1719 was adorned with a cut of a ship and of a postman. In 1752 it presented a postman on horse- back, a pine tree, and a carrier holding a copy of the paper in his hand. The N. H. Gazette used (to ornament its head) cuts from ^sop's Fables. The N. Y. Gazette used the cut of the state arms, with an Indian on either side, and a crown for the crest. The Philadelphia Mercury had a figure of Mercury. The king's arms embellished many of the tory journals. The Constitutional Courant displayed the figure of a serpent divided in several parts, with the motto " Join or Die." The Massachu- setts Spy had for a motto " Liberty or Death." Most of the early papers had the words " Containing the Freshest Advices, WILLIAM BRADFOKD. 99 Foreign and Domestic ; " but the news from England was fre- quently months old, and that from an adjoining state sometimes thirty or more days of age. WILLIAM BRADFOKD HIS AGE. Rowell's Eeporter, generally correct, says, "He [William Bradford] was born May 20, 1663 ;" and also says, " at the age of 22 years, on September 1, 1682, he sailed with William Penn to Pennsylvania. Died in 1752, in the 92d year of his age." If he was 22 years old in 1682, can the Reporter make him of that age by saying that he was born in 1663 ? Or, if born in 1663 and dying in 1752, can the Reporter make his age 92 years? An engraving from a photograph of Mr. Bradford's tombstone (which I have in my possession) says, — " Here lies the body of Mr. William Bradford, Printer, who departed this life May 23, 1752, aged 92 years. He was born in Old England in 1660, and came over to America in 1682 — before the City of Philadelphia was laid out. He was Printer to this Government upwards of 50 years, and being quite worn out with old age and labor, he left this mortal state in lively hopes of a blessed immortality." The Printer, published in New York, August, 1859, says, — " He was born in England, in 1658, and died in New York, May 22, 1752, aged 92 years." If The Printer is correct in the time of birth and death, Mr. Bradford was 94 years of age. One of our Histories informs us that " William Bradford was born in 1663, and died in 1752, aged 89 years." I have more faith in the tombstone record than in either of the others, and in my notice of Mr. Bradford, under the head of Pennsylvania Newspapers, I give the dates as placed upon that stone— 1660— 1752. [The great difficulty in obtaining correct dates of the birth and time of death of persons mentioned in these Notes will be seen from what I have said concerning the birth of Mr. Bradford. I find so many errors in rega%d to such dates, that I despair of finding the actual truth in many instances, and I am compelled to give such as seem reliable ; consequently, I must remain con- tent with stating dates in very many of my notices as I find them; 100 NOTES OK PRINTING. and I shall be very thankful if my readers will send me correc- tions as to dates, names, and other errors, now unavoidable, so that they may speedily be corrected. In the words of Ames, the Almanac-maker, — " Welcome that man who may complain of me, Whose self and works are quite from errors free."] The notice of Mr. Bradford, in Rowell's Newspaper Reporter, says, "One of the most ancient of the Trinity stones in New York is that which marks the burial-place of William Bradford, the first printer south of Boston. He was born May 20, 1663 — not 1660, as the tombstone avers. The exact date is settled by the record which he himself has left us in a production of his own art : " The American Almanack for the Year of Christian Account, 1739." " He was a son of William and Anne Bradford, of Leicester- shire, England. From fair evidences, the family seems to have been an old one. Bradford always sealed his letters with arms. He learned his trade with Andrew Sowie, an extensive printer in London, and a prominent member of the Society of Friends. Bradford married his master's daughter Elizabeth. At the age of twenty-two he sailed with William Penn on the great proprie- tary's first voyage to Pennsylvania. They embarked at Deal on September 1,1682. The voyage was beset with many dangers : of one hundred persons, thirty, including the master, died at sea, of small-pox, after a voyage of one month and twenty-seven days. Bradford and his companions landed at a place below Philadelphia, that city not having been laid out, nor a house built there. There is no record of the duration of Bradford's stay in America. In 1685 he was in London making preparations for his final settlement ou the Western Continent. He was the favorite of Penn, and received a letter from George Fox, dated London, sixth month, 1685, addressed to Quakers in Rhode Isl- and, East and West Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Maryland. In the letter he is spoken of as 'a civil young man, and convinced of the truth.' Bradford's first issue from the press was '■Amer- ica's Messenger, an Almanack.' Among the remarkable events set down opposite particular days, there was the following: ' The beginning of Government here by the Lord Penn.' This AMERICAN REPUBLICAN GAZETTE. 101 title of courtesy gave offence to the drab-coated magistrates : the printer was ordered to blot out ' Lord Penn,' and warned ' not to print any thing but what shall have lycance of ye coun- cil.' In 1686 he printed 'Burnyeat's Epistle,' four pages of small quarto. In 1687 he published an almanac, and another in 1688. The earliest volume from Bradford's press is the ' Tem- ple of Wisdom,' which includes 'Essays and Religious Medita- tions of Francis Bacon.' It appeared in 1688, seventeen years before Benjamin Franklin was born, and thirty-nine years before he established his printing-press. In the same year (1688) he issued his proposals to print, in folio form, the Bible and the Book of Common Prayer." " In 1690 he established the first paper-mill in America. The water-mark was a clover-leaf, with the word Pennsylvania under- neath. The first paper-mill in New England was erected in 1730, at Milton, Massachusetts, about forty years after Brad- ford's. At this period he was involved in constant trouble with the proprietary government, which tried to break down his press. In 1693 he accepted an invitation from Governor Fletcher to come to New York, where he was appointed ' royal printer ' at a fixed salary of forty pounds a year, and was employed in printing acts of Assembly, proclamations, and other legal papers. He was chosen vestryman of Trinity church in 1703, and continued as such until 1710. In 1725, being sixty-two years old, he estab- lished the first newspaper in New York, which he edited until he was eighty years old, when he transferred his interest to James Parker. He continued to be interested in the paper-mills which he had established at Philadelphia and Elizabethtown, New Jersey, until the day of his death. By his great foresight, application, and prudence he amassed a large fortune. His death occurred on Saturday evening, May 23, 1762, in the ninety-second year of his age." CONCORD (N. H.) PRINTERS AND NEWSPAPERS. AMERICAN REPUBLICAN GAZETTE. This was printed at Concord, N. H.,by E. Bussell. Motto, "Liberty and the Constitution." It was edited by "Citizen New-School, Esquire." The numbers I have seen are 81 and 93, dated 1802 ; four pages ; size, 17 by 9 inches. Elijah Eussell, who was the founder of the Mirror, was one of the very early Concord printers, and commenced that paper in the old Herald office of George Hough. Mirror was then spelled with a u — Mirrour. He continued it about two years, when Moses Davis became a partner until 1796. The first number of the Mirrour was dated October 29, 1792. The office was near Hannaford's tavern, and the original size was 13 by 7^ inches, four pages. It was enlarged when published by Eussell & Davis, and for a time was called the Federal Mir- rour; but at No. 265 the old head was again used, and it was then published by Moses Davis. The enlarged size was 15 J by 94 inches. The price was five shillings per annum — "one shilling in money on receiving the first paper, the remainder in country produce during the year ; and of those who cannot pay one shilling in cash, produce for the whole year will be taken." At this time there was not a book-binder in the state. In 1792 the 11th Eegiment paraded for the first time for two days on Eastman's plain. An immense number of spectators were on the field, and for the night slept in barns and sheds on the hay. A six-pounder was fired on the occasion, and pro- duced the greatest wonder. Eussell started the New Star in 1797. It was a miscellaneous and literary journal, printed weekly, and in size it was an octavo of sixteen pages to the number. Both these papers were discon- tinued in 1799. In January, 1801, Mr. Eussell commenced the AMERICAN PATRIOT. 103 Republican Gazette^ which, though the organ of the Jefflersonian party, was discontinued in 1803. Mr. Russell enlisted as a common soldier in the threatened war with France, 1779, in a company of minute-men organized in Concord, in which were several of the most respectable men of the town ; but this valiant company never received marching orders, except to go into camp at Oxford, Mass. Mr. Russell, therefore, lived to return with his companions from what was facetiously called the " Oxford war." Russell's Gazette, during the winter season, contained this standing notice : ' ' Persons who drive sleighs will remember that, by vote of the town, they are directed to keep to the right at all times, and let those who are afoot have the middle of the road." Sometimes the snow was deep, and as there were no sidewalks in those days, sleighs and teams were compelled to turn out for foot passengers. Russell's Echo, or North Star, was established at Fryeburg, Me., in February, 1798, and he removed there to print the paper, but soon returned to Concord. His son, Joshua T. Russell, was born in Concord, October 20, 1794, and learned the printing business of his father in the Mirrour office, but became a clergy- man, and was settled at Jackson, Mississippi, where he died March 6, 1854, aged 60 years. The Echo was in size 24 by 18 inches. Elijah Russell was a brother of Benjamin Russell of the Boston Centinel, and learned his trade there. Republican Gazetteer. Commenced at Concord, October 29, 1792, by Moses Davis, who the next year was associated with Elijah Russell in its publication. The size was 17J by 23 inches. This became, in about seven months, united with the Mirrour. AMERICAN PATRIOT. A Democratic newspaper, commenced at Concord by William Hoit, Jr., October 18, 1808. In April, 1809, it came into the hands of Isaac Hill, who had completed his apprenticeship at the office of the Farmer's Cabinet at Amherst, and who changed the name to the New Hampshire Patriot, and pub- lished his first number April 18, 1809 ; and later had for his associates, his brother, Walter Russell Hill, and still later his 104 NOTES ON PRINTING. brother-in-law, Jacob B. Moore, from 1819 to January, 1823. In 1829, Horatio Hill & Co. became the publishers, and in July, 1829, Cyrus Barton was a partner. In 1834 the paper was sold to Mr. Barton. [See Wm. Hoit, Jr., Isaac Hill, W. R. Hill, H. Hill, and Cyrus Barton.] Col. Horatio Hill, of Chicago, 111., has in his possession the following : Concord, Tuesday, April 4, 1809. To whom it may concern : My interest in this paper will cease on the publication of the 26th num- ber, which completes six months from the time of its commencement, after which it will be published by Mr. Isaac Hill, to whom I have sold all my right and title therein, and to whom the subscribers to the Ameri- can Patriot and the respective post-riders are directed to make payment, as he is hereby fully empowered to give receipts for the same, which shall be discharged to all concerned in the same manner as if given by myself. William Hoit, Jr. GEORGE hough CONCORD HERALD. Among the older printers, publishers, and editors of Concord, New Hampshire, when I first went there to see the wonderful men who made books and newspapers, was Mr. Hough, who was a small but very erect gentleman of the old school, as pre- cise and deliberate in all his movements as in his conversation ; who seemed correctly to punctuate all his doings as if a strict account of them was required for the next newspaper. He pos- sessed good mechanical skill combined with natural good sense, and was noted for uniform kindness. He was born at Bozrah, Connecticut, June 16, 1757, served his time under Alexander Roberts and John and James Trumbull of the Norwich Packet, and in 1783 became a partner with Alden Spooner, of Windsor, Vermont, and there commenced the Vermont Journal, but in 1789 removed to Concord, where, on January 6, 1790, he com- menced The Concord Herald and New Hampshire Intelligencer, which was generally called the Concord Herald, neatly printed, on a thin, fashionable sheet of a bluish cast, until it was en- larged, 1794, to 20 by 14 inches. It was originally a paper 14 by 9 inches in size, bearing the motto "The Press is the cradle of science, the muse of genius, and the shield of Liberty." This was the first newspaper in Concord, and was supposed to start CONCORD HEEALD. 105 under favorable circumstances, as a town-house was erected at the time, a one-story building with a spacious entry-way through the centre, and two large rooms for the accommodation of the "Great and General Court" — the north room for the house of representatives and the south room for the senate ; and back rooms were added for committee meetings, and a gallery for spectators. In this building the state legislature held its ses- sions until the completion of the state-house in 1819. The prospective growth and influence of Concord induced Mr. Hough to open a printing-office and to commence his newspaper. He at once advocated the establishment of post-routes from Concord to the chief towns ; and in 1791 was appointed post-master, and opened the first post-office in Concord. The first thing printed in the town was a work entitled "Christian Economy," and the second " A Sermon. " The Herald was continued until 1805. He published some other newspapers, after changing the name of the Herald to the Courier of New Hampshire., March 20, 1794. In January, 1819, he commenced the Concord Observer, the first religious newspaper of the kind printed in the state. In 1824 he commenced the Concord Register, and continued it until within a few years of his death, which took place February 8, 1830, when he was 73 years old. He was very moderate, exact, and pre- cise, and for many years was familiarly known as "Pa Hough." He was so very precise that it was said that he "seemed to put a comma after every step he took ;" and yet he was famous for frequent Irishisms in conversation, as, for instance, when the health of his wife was inquired after, he once answered, — "Mrs. Hough got up down sick, and has been abed ever since she got up with warm and cold heats." On being reminded of the Irishisms, he replied, "I don't know how it happens, unless it be because I served my time with a Scotchman !" This worthy printer, on reading proof one day, came to a sentence which he did not understand, and transmitted it to the author with the remark on the margin that it was unintelligible, and asking for an explanation. The sheet was soon returned with the following reply : " I see no obscurity here, except such as arises from the everlasting quantity of commas which you printers seem to keep in a pepper-box for the purpose of dust- ing all the copy furnished for your newspapers." 106 NOTES ON PKINTING. CONCORD GAZETTE. July 12, 1806, there being no newspaper in Concord, N. H., at the time, William Hoit, Jr., and Jesse C. Tuttle commenced the "Gazette," and discontinued it after seven months for want of support. It was again started, or newly commenced, by Jesse C. Tuttle, Tuesday, June 9, 1807. No. 1 offers the paper "to post-riders, who take a number weekly, at a price which will afford them a handsome profit." It mentions Vermont as being "blessed with a soil exceeding any other tract of lands in New England for fruitfulness." The paper was enlarged in 1809, and again in 1812, when its head was embellished with a spread eagle wood cut, bearing the motto " E Plurihus Unum." Discontinued 1815. Mr. Tuttle said, "The printing materials for the Gazette, when first started, were purchased of Dudley Leavitt, who had printed an almanac and a newspaper at Gil- manton Corner ; and we brought the whole from there to Concord in a two-horse wagon without spilling a type." COURIER or NEW HAMPSHIRE. Commenced at Concord, March 20, 1794, by George Hough. In this paper Mr. Hough informs the subscribers to his paper, who propose paying for it in wood, wheat, rye, corn, or flax, that " though these articles are very much needed, even cash will be received if it should be more plenty than other things.'' The size of this paper in 1800 was about ten by fifteen inches ; and for January of that year contains a tribute to the memory of George Washington, and is dressed in mourning. At this time Mr. Hough was printer of the laws of the United States for the district of New Hampshire. William Clarke was an apprentice of George Hough at Concord, and became pastor of a church at Wells, Maine, and an agent of the American Board of Foreign Missions. CONCORD OBSERVER. This was commenced by George Hough, January 4, 1819. He sold it to John W. Shepard, April, 1822, who changed its name to New Hampshire Repository. In July, 1826, it was united with the New England Observer, at Keene, N. H. In 1827 it WILLIAM HOIT, JR. 107 •was sold to Tobias H. Miller, of Portsmouth ; and in 1831 it returned to Concord, and was edited by Edmund S. Chadwick. WILLIAM HOIT, JE., Familiarly called the " old veteran," was born in Concord, N. H., Not. 24, 1782, and served a regular apprenticeship at the print- ing business in Peacham, Vt., where, and at Concord, in the offices of different persons for whom he labored, he acquired a very good English education, and became the most correct com- positor I ever knew. In company with Jesse C. Tuttle he com- menced the Concord Gazette, July 12, 1806, which was continued by Mr. Tuttle until 1814, Mr. Hoit retiring to commence the American Patriot, October 18, 1808, which paper he sold to Isaac Hill, April 18, 1809, when the name was changed to the New Hampshire Patriot. Mr. Hoit remained in Concord until near the time of his death, which took place at Pembroke, where he was then living, Dec. 28, 1854, at the age of 72 years. The printers of Concord, where he was buried, erected a monument at his grave. In his old age Mr. Hoit, as it is supposed, composed the fol- lowing lines, which appeared as the "Old Veteran's Prayer," and which he frequently repeated to his friends : " God guard and bless the Printing Press ; Its mission grand guide with Thy hand ; Its potent might direct aright ; Untrammelled, pure, let it endure ; With high emprise let it arise To teach mankind, to lead the blind ; To cast aside ignoble pride ; To conquer wrong however strong ; To help the weak, and dare to speak, As with Thy tongue all powers among. Its labors Thine, make them divine — With justice blent, omnipotent. From pole to pole, as ages roll, Let it diffuse (and scorn misuse) The living truth, and, in sooth. Its wond'rous rays illume our ways, And wisdom, peace, without surcease, Shall mind control, and every soul, Enlightened, free, rejoice in Thee." 108 NOTES ON FEINTING. The last noticeable New Year's Address which I have seen was written and published January 1, 1851, by Mr. Hoit. In it he related his forty years' experience from the old " pod-auger times," when he and Jesse C. Tuttle began printing upon " Mas- ter Leavitt's cheese-press," — turning a copper to decide whether the firm should be Tuttle & Hoit or Hoit & Tuttle, the latter being by fate successful. They started the Concord Gazette in 1806, and it was nick-named the Grow, because its head bore the figure of an intended eagle, badly engraved. The poem tells us of the many changes in Concord — of Robinson's bake-house, Moore's singing-schools, poor old Daniel's clappers, 'lection days, state-house. Frog pond. Rum hill, and other things before the iron horse tramped through the hay fields, and gives a very correct picture of Concord after 1806, leaving one laughing over the cause of the dissolution of the company, Hoit & Tuttle, it being in consequence of a dispute in regard to capitalizing a word in the foreign news then being set up for the Gazette, — the words being, " The army of Bonaparte is said to be in jeopardy." Mr. Tuttle having corrected Mr. Hoit's manuscript with the idea that jeopardy was a town in Europe, and to be mentioned with a capital — Jeopardy. Hoit could not stand that, and said Tuttle was green, and might just as well call a cow-pasture a cow-Minister. So the partnership ended, and Hoit, "cut off with a shilling," became a " jour, printer." VTALTER KUSSELL HILL Was born at Charlestown, Mass., Feb. 22, 1790. He was bred to the profession of printing, commencing a long, practical apprenticeship at the ofHce of the Farmers' Cabinet, Amherst, N. H., and terminating it in the New Hampshire Patriot estab- lishment at Concord. Upon attaining his majority, in April, 1811, he entered into business partnership with his elder brother, Isaac, who two years previously had purchased of William Hoit, Jr., the American Patriot, and for nearly four and one half years was joint proprietor in its publication. Passing through the period of the Embargo and other intensely interesting events of the War of 1812. he imbibed a strong attachment to the Demo- cratic principles of that period. At this time he looked forward to a future of great promise and usefulness. But it was ordered ISAAC HILL. 10& otherwise. In October, 1814, on the threatened invasion of the New Hampshire coast by the British, he enlisted, with many of his townsmen, under Maj. Peter Robinson, and repaired to Portsmouth, and was there stationed, serving as orderly ser- geant of the company. Here, through exposure and the unusual excitement of the occasion, he exhibited symptoms of mental alienation, and was returned to his friends in Concord. Soon recovering partially, he resumed his accustomed position on the Patriot, at the desk and the compositor's case, where he remained until August, 1815. From this date, by the inscrutable decree of Providence, he was entirely shut out from further participa- tion in the duties of business life. He was highly esteemed by his brethren of the press circle and by his companions and associates everywhere, for his talents, and for his manly virtues and social excellence. To the end of life his mind constantly reverted to the scenes of his youthful days, and, in its more lucid intervals, dwelt fondly and vividly upon the most minute matters relating to the political party of his early choice, the printing-office, and its associations. Of an athletic frame and vigorous constitution, he long withstood the shocks of the various phases of an incurable mental malady, and at last, nature exhausted and worn out, he sank tranquilly and peacefully, and his spirit passed, without a struggle, to a better world. He died at the State Asylum for the Insane in Concord, Dec. 8, 1855, and was buried from the residence of his nephew, Mr. John M. Hill, under the services of the Protestant Episcopal church. HON. ISAAC HILL Was born at Cambridge, Mass., April 6, 1788 ; learned print- ing at Amherst, N. H., of Joseph Cushing ; purchased the American Patriot at Concord, and commenced the Patriot, April 18, 1809. In 1829 he was appointed second comptroller of the treasury by Gen. Jackson, and rejected ; but he was elected to the Senate, which had refused to confirm him. Later he was elected governor for three successive terms ; after which, August 14, 1840, he commenced Hill's N. E. Patriot, which he continued to May, 1847, having previously sold his old 110 NOTES ON PRINTING. Patriot; and in January, 1839, commenced the Farmers' Monthly Visitor. He died at "Washington, in the ' house of Jacob B. Moore, then residing there, March 22, 1851, aged 63 years. OLD-FASHIONED CONTRACTS. It may be interesting to know how contracts concerning apprentices were made in 1814. The following letter will show the good intentions of the editor of the New Hampshire Patriot on taking a boy into service, and the confidence then existing that such agreements were mutually beneficial : Concord, March 5, 1814. Mr. Hill's respects to Mrs. , and would inform her that he will take her son, and instruct him in the art of printing, finding him food and cloth- ing for his services ; that, as he is left without a father, he will, as far as is in his power, endeavor to supply the place of a father, and interest him- self in her son's favor whenever his aid can be of service or advantage ; that, in his turn, he shall expect the faithful services of her son, who will make his master's interest his own ; and so long as he does this, he shall never want for a protector and friend. Mr. Hill cannot conclude this without expressing his high sense of the worth and inflexible patriotism of her departed husband; and ardently prays that the virtues of the father may descend to the son. Such was the mutual agreement, as made and signed by the parties concerned ; and the apprentice certainly never had any reason to regret the contract, for he was received as one of Isaac Hill's family, and was at all times protected, assisted, and educated as such. [See other mention of Mr. Hill, passim]. HORATIO HILL "Was born at Ashburnham, Mass., March 19, 1807, and served his apprenticeship in the office of the N. H. Patriot with his brothers. He was later in the book, newspaper, and publishing business, as carried on successfully by Horatio Hill & Co., and afterwards by himself at Concord for several years. He was a very active business man, and was instrumental in pushing through the Concord Railroad ; and he framed its original char- ter, got it through the legislature, though strongly opposed by some of his friends, who should have given him aid and comfort JOHN m'clart hill. Ill by making him the president of the road for which he did such signal service. He resided some years at Fitchburg, Mass., after leaving Concord, and there held offices of trust, emolu- ment, and responsibility, but finally settled at Chicago, where he has since been identified with the growth and prosperity of that great city and its institutions. He has a competence in his old age, which has been secured by honest, active business, and, with health and strength to enjoy life, has retired from the tur- moil of business. [See other mention of Col. Hill, passim.] GEORGE W. HILL Was born in Ashburnham, Mass., Jan. 4, 1804. He learned printing at the N. H. Patriot ofllce of his older brothers, and established the Vermont Patriot and State Gazette, at Montpelier, in 1826, where he was postmaster from 1829 to 1836. In 1838 he sold the newspaper and his office, and reaaoved to Johnson, Vt., where he purchased the farm on which he now resides, and where he held the office of U. S. collector, for several years. JOHN m'CLAKT HILL, Son of Hon. Isaac Hill, of Concord, N. H., was born in that town Nov. 5, 1821, and became early connected with the New Hampshire Patriot, and later with the Farmers' Monthly Visitor, which he for a long time published in quarto form, and which was one of the most interesting and useful publications of the state. In 1841, in connection with his brother, William P. Hill, he commenced the first daily newspaper in Concord, called Hill's Daily Patriot. The Hill family were all, more or less, connected with printing. Isaac, Walter R., George W., and Horatio all worked in the office of the old N. H. Patriot when I entered that establishment as an apprentice, where Jacob B. Moore, a partner, and Henry E., my brothers, and myself worked several years before John M. Hill was born ; but John M. Hill, after coming into the office of the old Patriot, was interested in his father's paper until it was sold to E. C. Bailey in 1873. John M. Hill has always been interested in the welfare of his native city, has ever been a prominent and popular citizen. He has held many offices of trust and responsibility, and in 1884 112 NOTES On printing. came " as near as he could and miss " being elected governor of the state — an office which his father acceptably filled from 1836 to 1839. Isaac Hill, the chieftain of the family, Walter R., G-eorge W., Horatio, William P., and John M. have been well known to the people of New Hampshire as publishers and edi- tors ; and George W. and William P. are well known as pub- lishers and editors in Vermont. [See notices, passim.] WILLIAM BUTTERFIBLD Was born in Goffstown, N. H., in 1815 ; graduated at Dartmouth college in 1836 ; practised law in Ohio ; became editor of a paper at Lowell, Mass., and later was editor of the Nashua Gazette. In 1846 he became proprietor of the N. H. Patriot, at Concord. In 1847 Hill's Patriot was united with Butterfleld's, and William Butterfield and John M. Hill were the proprietors. In 1853 the paper was again in the hands of Mr. Butterfield, until Sept. 2, 1857, Mr. Joseph W. Merriam then becoming a partner until 1859 ; but in 1868 the Patriot was published again by Butterfield & Hill, until it was sold to Edwin C. Bailey and his brother, Geo. G. Bailey, Feb. 20, 1878. Mr. Butterfield died at Concord, February, 1884, aged 69 years. CYRUS BARTON Was a native of Croydon, N. H., and served his apprenticeship with Jesse Cochran, at the office of the Vermont Republican, in Windsor ; after which he was an editor as well as printer in the office of the Bellows Falls Intelligencer. On the 29th of August, 1823, he went to Claremont, N. H., and there commenced the first newspaper in Sullivan county, the Claremont Spectator; but on account of the political character of this venture, it failed of support, was discontinued, and removed to Newport, where Mr. Barton commenced the New Hampshire Spectator, in Janu- ary, 1825, the first newspaper in that town, its size being 20 by 25 inches. Claremont was not good soil for newspapers, as appears from the fact that Aaron R. Merrifield, a Vermont printer, in 1833, commenced the Claremont Argus there, which, though edited by Edmund Burke, did not thrive, and was re- moved to Newport in 1834, and there kept alive. An attempt THE MOOKE BEOTHEBS. 113 was made to establish another paper, the Freeman's Journal, at Claremont, but it was soon removed to Lebanon. Mr. Merri- field went to Vicksburg, Miss., and died there Sept. 22, 1851, aged 41 years. Mr. Barton did not remain long in Newport. In 1829 he sold his interest in the Spectator, and purchased the New Hampshire Patriot, at Concord, where he held many im- portant town and state offices. The Patriot was published by Horatio Hill and Cyrus Barton until 1841. In 1852 Mr. Bartoa commenced the State Capital Reporter, a semi-weekly political paper, and continued it until his death. He fell dead while making a political speech at Loudon, N. H.,Feb. 17, 1855. THE MOORE BBOTHEES. In the New Hampshire Patriot oflSce, the three brothers, Jacob B. Moore, Henry E. Moore, and John W. Moore, served a reg- ular apprenticeship to the art of printing. Jacob B. Moore be- came a joint partner and proprietor with Isaac Hill, under the firm name of Hill & Moore, in January, 1819 ; and this partner- ship continued until January, 1823, after which Mr. Moore carried on a separate business, and on September 11, 1826, commenced the New Hampshire Journal, which he continued to May, 1831, when he sold it to Richard Bartlett, who soon after united it with the New Hampshire Statesman and Concord Reg- ■ ister. Henry E. Moore was the printer of the Journal; he had been engaged in printing and editing the Qrafton Journal, at Plymouth, which he commenced in 1825, and which he discon- tinued in order to print the New Hampshire Journal, returning to Concord for that purpose. He also published, at Concord, three collections of vocal music and one instrumental collection ; also a musical catechism, all of which had large sales. After removing to East Cambridge, where he died, he commenced in Boston, Mass., the Boston Eoliad, a musical newspaper, eight pages, quarto size. John W. Moore, in 1825-26, worked as a journeyman printer in the oflBce of James Dickman, of Dover, who came there from Maine, and commenced the Dover Gazette, December 14, 1825, for which Mr. Moore was a writer; but his earliest newspaper articles were published in the Concord papers and in the New Hampshire Intelligencer, of Haverhill, a paper commenced by Sylvester T. Gross, 1820. In 1827, in 114 NOTES ON FEINTING. company with Nathaniel "Wells, Mr. Moore commenced the Androscoggin Free Press, at Brunswick, Me., a weekly news- paper, which in 1831 was sold to Nathaniel Davis, who sold it to William Noyes, when it became the Maine Farmer. Returning to Concord, he, in company with his brother, Henry E. Moore, commenced in 1831 The Concord Semi- Weekly Advertiser, the first twice-a-week paper in that place. This was continued but three months, as the publishers had a contract for printing the Historical Collections and the book printing of Jacob B. Moore, which occupied their whole time. May 10, 1834, John W. Moore commenced an amateur paper devoted to literature and music, the first musical newspaper in the state. Previous to this Mr. Moore spent some time in assisting E. F. Lancaster in the office of the Strafford Republican, who commenced that paper at Gilford. In 1838 Mr. Moore was solicited to remove to Manchester, with the view of commencing a paper at that place, but receiving a better offer from another quarter, he removed from Concord to Bellows Falls, Vt., and there, in No- vember, commenced the Bellows Falls Gazette, a weekly news- paper, which he published and edited for many years, ten of which he was postmaster of the place. Here he published the " World of Music," the " Sacred Minstrel," the " Musician's Lexicon," the "Musical Library," the "Excelsior," the "American Comprehensive Music Teacher," the "American Collection of Instrumental Music," the " Star Collection of In- strumental Music," and "Moore's Complete Eneyclopsedia of Music," a royal octavo of over a thousand pages. carrier's address. It was a custom, for many years after I commenced my ap- prenticeship, for the publishers of newspapers to circulate, in or with the number of the paper issued on or near the first of Jan- uary of each year, a poetical address to their patrons. This was carried around by the devil, or youngest apprentice, and offered for sale to all who would purchase, for whatever sum the purchaser pleased to bestow ; and often gave the carrier oppor- tunity of gaining quite a little pocketful of change with which to regale himself and the hands employed in the office. The publisher often offered a prize of a book or a set of books for HON. HORACE A. BROWK. 115 the best address, and sometimes there were competitors. I remember one written by Philip Carrigain, one by George Kent, one by Charles W. Brewster, one by George Wadleigh, one by William Hoit, Jr., and one by myself. Another custom was to allow such apprentices as could agree to unite for the purpose, to publish annually a sort of legislative directory of the government of New Hampshire, giving a full list of the executive depart- ment, council, senate, house, etc., and also stating where each one boarded. This document, printed upon a broadside, often sold as high as ten cents a copy, and was in demand during the session for members, officers, and citizens ; but ere long the newspaper men took that business into their own hands. [See William Hoit, Jr.] HON. HORACE A. BROWN. Among the many printers of Concord, N. H., who are distin- guished for their sterling integrity and nobility of character, none are held in higher estimation by their fellow-workmen and the public generally than the subject of this sketch. Mr. Brown was born in the town of Cornish, N. H., near Windsor, Vt., Oct. 3, 1823, and is consequently 62 years of age. When but a few months old, his parents moved to Windsor, Vt., now West Windsor, where he lived till he was nine years old. At this early age he started out in life, working on a farm for his board and clothes for several years. Undoubtedly becoming imbued with the idea that agricultural pursuits were not adapted to his tastes, and a desire to learn a trade, he first entered the office of the Democratic Statesman, at Windsor, in January, 1837, as chore boy. Being of an industrious turn of mind, he also learned the art of type-setting, and acquired such other information about the business as the facilities of the office pre- sented. In September, 1838, he became a " printers' devil" in the office of the National Eagle, published at Claremont, N. H., by Weber & Warland, where he served an apprenticeship of four years, remaining two years longer as a journeyman in the same office. In September, 1844, we find him in the employ of the Claremont Manufacturing Co. as compositor, and occasion- ally running power presses. It was in this office that he first gained an insight into the most important branch of the " art pre- servative" — press-work — which subsequently became his constant 116 NOTES ON PRINTING. employment. In November, 1847, he commenced, in connection with Joseph Weber, Esq., the publication of the Northern Intel- ligencer, but remained only a few months in that capacity. The following year he became foreman, for a short time, of the Gran- ite State Whig, after which he- printed for the proprietor the Philharmonic Journal, a semi-monthly musical quarto. In Sep- tember of the same year he became employed in the office of the National Eagle, where he remained three years. During the winter of 1851-'52 he engaged himself as pressman for the Claremont Manufacturing Co., running an Adams press. In June, 1852, he entered the employ of McFarland & Jenks, pro- prietors of the N. H. Statesman, and in August of the same year was appointed foreman of the press department, in which capac- ity he was constantly employed up to March, 1878, a period of more than a quarter of a century. Mr. Brown long ago acquired the reputation of being one of the best pressmen in the state, and at the completion of 25 years' service received many flattering notices from the press of New England. A conscientious workman, of noble aspirations and character, he has won the confidence and esteem of all with whom he is intimately associated. He has been a prominent member of the Protestant Episcopal church for many years, and was elected secretary of the Diocesan Convention in 1857, which office he has held ever since. An Odd Fellow and Mason, high in the respective orders, he has done much to elevate and pro- mote the interests of these organizations. Mr. Brown is well known to the public as a high-minded citi- zen, which has shown its appreciation of his many accomplish- ments by electing him from time to time to positions of trust and honor in the city government. He was elected mayor of Concord in March, 1878, for a term of one year, and elected again in November, 1878, — term extending from March, 1879, to November, 1880, twenty months. He has long acted as secre- tary of the Kepublican city committee, and was elected to the state legislature in 1875-'76. By strict economy in business re- lations, combined with untiring industry, he has acquired a rea- sonable competence, which will smooth the downward path of life, and afford rest and comfort in his declining years. T. E. FIRST FEMALE COMPOSITORS. 117 FIRST FEMALE COMPOSITORS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. At a meeting and banquet of the Press Association, held at Concord, Jan. 19, 1885, Marshall P. Hall, formerly of the Jour- nal of Agriculture, in a speech, incidentally mentioned that he employed the first lady compositors in the city of Manchester in 1861. Mr. Brown, who entered the ofHce of the Statesman, at Windsor, Vt. , as an apprentice, in 1837, stated that soon after, two young ladies, sisters, by the name of Ewer, were employed as compositors there, at $4 per week. Mr. Brown also stated that Mr. Nicholas G-oddard, of "Winchendon, Mass., instructed one of these sisters in type-setting, two or three years earlier, when with Simeon Ide, who moved from Windsor, Vt., to Clare- mont about 1835. One of the sisters mentioned set type on the Claremont Eagle a short time, when that paper was started, Sept., 1835. " These two ladies and myself did all the type- work on the Statesman for a year. They married in 1839 or 1840 ; — one is the wife of Dr. Charles Howe, of Taunton, the other of a Mr. Hill, doing business in Boston, and residing at Dor- chester, Mass. " They were the early instructors of Mr. Brown in a trade which he has followed, and in which he has been suc- cessful. These were the first female compositors known to Mr. Brown ; but Mr. Simeon Ide, of Claremont, in 1815, when he commenced printing at New Ipswich, N. H., with the assistance of his sister printed an edition of the New Testament, he alone doing the press-work, while his sister did nearly all the type-setting and distributing. JOHN W. BOURLET, JR. The subject of this sketch was born in New York city, March 7, 1850. He is the son of John W. Bourlet, who emigrated from London, England, in 1848, and Dorothy True (Batchelder) Bourlet (deceased), of Concord, N. H., and is the eldest of a family of six children. He attended the public schools of New York city until June 23, 1859, when the family moved to the suburbs of East Concord, where they have since resided. In 1860 he started out in the world for himself, and went to live in the family of James Locke, of the same place, attending the common school of the district in the fall and winter season, and 118 KOTES ON PRINTING. in the summer doing chores and general farm-work for his board and clothes. Here he remained the most of the time until Sept. 10, 1866, when he was apprenticed to Cogswell & Sturtevant, publishers of the Daily and Weekly Monitor, of Concord, N. H., with whom he remained three years. At the close of his apprenticeship he was reengaged by the same oflBce, and, with the exception of one year (1872), has been in the employ of the same concern through all its various changes ever since, and for the past six years as foreman of the job department of the ofHce long and favorably known as the Republican Press Association. In addition to his oflBce duties, Mr. Bourlet has done consid- erable work in the way of newspaper correspondence, dating as far back as 1871, in which year he visited London, England, the home of his father's ancestors and relatives ; and, during his absence, furnished weekly letters from that city to the Daily Monitor and Independent Democrat, under the now, de plume of " Typo." He was at one time Concord correspondent of the Manchester Weekly Times, a publication devoted to the interests of the soldiers of the "War of the Rebellion, and other papers ; and has for several years been a correspondent of several Odd Fellows' papers, of which institution he is a prominent member. Since March 10, 1884, he has had editorial control of the Odd Fellows' Department of the Daily Monitor and Independent Statesman, which under his management has become an impor- tant feature of those well known publications. Mr. Bourle't is also f avorably^ known as a musician, having for three years past been first horn player in Blaisdell's Orchestra, of Concord, N. H., and for several years has assisted with his cornet in Congrega- tional singing in the various churches of the city. He became a member of the N. H. Press Association at its annual meeting in Concord, January 17, 1885. H. A. Brown. [See Part IV for other notices of Editors and Printers.] PART II. FIRST PRIJ^TIE-Q IK NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. " Let it be impressed upon our minds, let it be instilled into our chil- dren's minds, that the Liberty or the Pebss is the Palladium of all the civil and religious rights of freemen." — Junius. " The Press, — in the blaze of its glory arrayed. With its stripe-streaming banner above it displayed ; — May it flourish through time, and with Liberty stand, The hope of the world, and the boast of our land." — Old Song. If we mark the wondrous contrast of the olden time with the present, we can but wonder what has wrought this transforma- tion. The press of to-day is not the Ramage, good as that once seemed ; nor is it the Lever, once the pride of the printer ; but it is the Lightning Press, scattering its broad sheets wherever humanity and civilization dwell, or freedom and intelligence exist. In 1532 the first printing-press was brought to the North American continent. This press was taken to the city of Mex- ico by the viceroy, D. Antonio de Mendoza, often mentioned as Mendoza, and there used under the direction of the government. We must therefore give Mexico the honor of establishing the first press, and of producing the first specimen of printing ever executed on North American soil by regular printers. Exist- ing records show that the first printer was Juan Pablos, who printed the Spiritual Ladder to Ascend to Heaven there in 1532. The next printing in North America was a book entitled " The 122 NOTES ON PRINTING. Doctrine of Christianity," executed by Juan Cromberger, of the city of Mexico, in 1544. One account claims that D. Antonio de Mendoza went to Mexico in 1532, and established the first printing-office there, and employed an Italian printer to manage it ; and that the first book printed at this office bears the date of 1549. Another account declares that printing was first com- menced in Mexico by some Spanish missionaries, and that they employed Juan Cromberger as printer in 1540, and that he died there in 1544, the acknowledged first printer in America. We may believe Mexico had the first press, but we may not so readily decide who was the first printer there. A printing-office was established at Lima, in Peru, South America, in the year 1586. The first printing-press in New England, or in the United States, we are accustomed to say, was set up at Cambridge, Massachusetts, in January, 1639, by Stephen Daye, and was used by his successor, Samuel Green. In 1660 a second print- ing-press was sent to America from England by the corporation, to aid in propagating the gospel among the Indians in New England. On its arrival, it was set up at Cambridge, in the office of Daye. The fathers of Massachusetts watched this press closely, and in 1662 appointed licensers ; and in 1664 passed a law that " no printing should be allowed in any town except Cambridge, and nothing there without permission of the government." In 1686 the governor of the province of New York received orders from James II not to allow a printing-press within its jurisdiction, and all the New York publications were printed in England, or in Massachusetts, or Philadelphia, until 1693. In March, 1698, " when we lived under the king," the gov- ernor of New Hampshire was directed " not to allow any one to use a press for printing, on any occasion whatever, without first obtaining a license from the government authorities, as great inconvenience may arise from the liberty of printing within our province." A newspaper extraordinary, in handbill form, was printed at Cambridge, but dated Boston, in 1689, which, if we consider it a newspaper, was the first one printed in the New England colo- nies, and makes Green a printer at that date. It was published by Samuel Green, at the time that Dr. Increase Mather was ■WRITTEN NEWS-LETTERS. 123 endeavoring to procure a new charter for the colony of Massa- chusetts, and was entitled The Present State of New English Affairs. Under the title appear the words ' ' This is published to prevent false reports." This paper contained an account of Mr. Mather's doings, in a letter to the governor, Simon Brad- street, dated at Deal, in Kent, concerning the charter, and the welcome news that it would be restored. This paper also con- tains an extract from a Publick News Letter upon the same sub- ject, and a letter from Mr. Mather to his son, stating that the king of England had authorized the arrest of Sir Edmund Andros, Edward Randolph, and others, and had ordered that they be kept in confinement until a ship should sail for England, when they could be sent to His Majesty to answer what may be objected against them. WRITTEN NEWS-LETTERS. Anciently, the desire of people in towns and villages for news from the large cities, and the desire of wealthy men and mer- chants in the cities and seaports for news from other cities and countries, led to the establishment of news correspondents in various parts of the world, who wrote letters of news every post day to the persons employing them. These letters, as we are informed, at a later day, after the art of printing had become known, suggested a sort of union of both Written and printed news ; and the first published of these news-letters were made so that the printed portions would imitate writing, the type being script, in imitation of manuscript. For example : One Ichabod Dawks issued, in 1696, a paper, in which he says, — " This letter will be done upon good writing-paper, and blank space left that any gentleman may write his own private busi- ness ; this being better than any written news, containing a double quantity, and can be read with more ease, besides being useful to improve the young in writing a curious hand." Before the invention of printing, learned men and women became pro- fessional writers, and such were mentioned among the ancient Jews as copyists, who transcribed with pen and ink such histor- ical records as were to be preserved. Moses was commanded to record historical events in writing, and the book of the law was a written one. The oldest existing writings are upon bricks and 124 NOTES ON PRINTING. stones ; next, wood was used, then dried skins of animals ; pa- pyrus followed, then parchment ; and all the books and records were made in rolls, and when not in use were rolled up and kept with care. After these came thin tablets of wood, covered with wax, written upon with a pointed style of iron, — the style being a kind of pencil used by the Romans, — one end sharp like a pen, and the other blunt and smooth to make erasures with. The ink used was a mixture of lamp-black and gall-juice ; and professional writers carried their inkstands suspended at the waist girdles, and were supplied with all other materials needed for writing. The first newspapers in America were written news- letters, written and sent out from Boston and New York by business men and others, describing important occurrences ; and even then written newspapers were occasionally received from England. After newspapers were printed regularly, some written ones were still circulated. I have in my possession several copies of one entitled Vermont Autograph & Bemarker, published for several years at Huntington, and later at Starksborough, Vt., by James Johns, and elegantly printed with pen and ink, the size being that of commercial note paper. When scribes could no longer write fast enough for the wants of their princely employers, certain thinking men set about to meet the difficulty ; and it is more than probable that, as in the case of the steam engine, the locomotive, the electric telegraph, and the telephone, several persons were for years working inde- pendently of each other, in parallel lines as it were, approaching nearer and nearer to the solution of the great problem. The certain knowledge now possessed of the history of the three great inventions alluded to induces the belief that in every great centre of book production in the fifteenth century cunning ar- tificers were striving to abridge the labor of transcription. It is therefore hardly necessary to mention the comparative claims of Coster (sometimes written Koster, while Gutenberg is found spelled Guttenberg, Guttemberg, and Gutemberg) ; but Kohler, good German authority, says the name is Gutenberg, and that Faust (pronounced Fowst) is correct, as he was a German. The early historians who wrote in Latin, used the Latin orthography Fust, when mentioning Gutenberg, Schoeffer, and Faust, as the inventors of printing. Block printing, the poor relation MANUSCRIPTS AND SCROLLS. 125 of wood engraving, had long been practised. An intelligent working genius, continually employed in engraving the legends on the pages of the block books, and feeling the great need of a more rapid production as the demand for books grew stronger, would necessarily be impressed with the advantages to be gained if the letters, which required so much care and time to form, could only be rearranged in some way without recutting. The best authorities now concur in the opinion, that, although the art of printing was first perfected at Mayence, the earliest use of movable types must be recognized in the rude specimens at- tributed to Laurence Coster, of Haerlem, who died in 1440, and whose efforts were probably improved upon by his workmen. The evidence in favor of this view is reasonably clear. There is preserved at Lille an original manuscript diary, in which it is stated that books for the young were printed and sold in Flanders about the time of Coster's death, when Caxton was at Bruges. MANUSCRIPTS AND SCROLLS. Before the invention of printing and printed news, manu- scripts and scrolls made in the form of books, or to roll up, contained all the records and writings to be used or to be pre- served. Papyrus was the material made into scrolls or rolls until about the end of the seventh century, when the papyrus rolls were superseded by the preparation of parchments from the skins of animals, which were better for writing purposes, and were supposed to be more durable than papyrus, which was prepared from strips of the inner bark of rushes and flags, cut into even lengths, and glued together for scrolls and books, and generally rolled up so as to conceal the writing. Spenser, the poet, says, — " Some of the papyrus writings were made in books ; some in long parchment scrolls, that were all worm- eaten and full of canker holes." But he lived in the sixteenth century, and the papyrus and parchment works which he refers to might have been written six or more hundred years previous, and might well have become worm-eaten ; and it is wonderful that they had so long been preserved in such a state. All such manuscripts cost excessive prices, and very few be- side the opulent could anciently acquire a single book, much less a librarv. 126 NOTES ON FEINTING. Since the resuscitation of Herculaneum and Pompeii, a hun- dred or more years ago, the Neapolitan government has expend- ed (for unrolling and translating manuscripts found among the ruins) immense sums of money, without corresponding benefits to the world, — unless it is a benefit to know that the Greek works upon music, the battles between Caesar and Mark Antony, the work on meteors, on virtue and vice, husbandry, agriculture, children and slaves, rhetoric, oratory, free speech, the living gods, their habits, and what had previously been done or omitted by man, give the world something more important than any of the writings found in the modern libraries. Many of the old manuscripts of the ancients were purposely destroyed by persons who had drawn from them such informa- tion as was of use to themselves, and which they gave the world as their own compositions. One man, in England, burnt a greater number of historical manuscripts than would have loaded a wagon, having used such information as he desired in making a history, full of lies, fabricated to gratify Queen Mary and the Roman Catholic cause. Many of the old historians, whenever they met with information which did not suit them or their political or religious party, at once forged different language to please their employers, and then annihilated the original manuscript to prevent detection. The niece of an antiquarian who, during his life, had collected a large number of ancient documents and manuscripts, destroyed them all, after the death of her uncle, to save the expense of firewood. Before the art of printing became known, men bequeathed single manuscripts by will, with as many precautions as if they had been landed estates. It almost takes one's breath away when one thinks that it is no straining of probability to suppose that in the early ages a single man might have had it in his power to destroy the whole past of historical record, — the whole past of philosophic speculation, or of written information regard- ing all the arts and sciences, — with their whole future of inspiring suggestions and guiding experience. Since the first writings, fourteen hundred years before Christ, including all the books and publications upon almost every subject during nearly thirty- three centuries, a very few of all the nations of book-makers have produced such publications as have been preserved, and LIBEARIBS. 127 which have come down to us, the people of this generation ; and, though considerable effort has been made to save the an- cient as well as more modern publications which were of impor- tance, comparatively few of them all have sustained themselves against the devouring influences of time. Parchment rolls have proved the most durable, though manuscripts and books were bound in oak boards until the fourteenth century of the Christian era, with the view of preservation ; after which some were bound in velvet, in silk, and in various kinds of cloth. Vellum and leather were also much used for covers in the early days of the fifteenth century. LIBRARIES. The most ancient library on record was formed by Osyman- dyas, king of Egypt, at Memphis. He was a contemporary of David, king of Israel. The Jews attached libraries to most of their synagogues. Nehemiah founded a public library at Jeru- salem. Pisistratus, of Athens, was the first who instituted a library at Greece ; and copies of books were all made by the pen alone, before the invention of printing. Copyists were such by profession. Aristotle was the first person who owned a private library, and he died October 2, 322 B. C. The first public library at Athens was founded 626 B. C. ; the first in Rome was founded 167 B. C ; the first at Alexandria, Egypt, was founded A. D. 84. The Alexandrian library was founded by Ptolemy Soter in the year 300 B. C. Sylla founded the first Romau public library. After this the emperors gave their names to libraries. Con- stantius founded the first public library at Constantinople in 300 B. C, and died at York July 25, 306. The library at Antioch was destroyed during the reign of Jovian, who died February 17, 364. In 475, by order of Leo I, 200,000 books were burned at Constantinople. The library of the Ptolemies contained 700,000 volumes. The first public literary in America was established at Phila- delphia in 1731, through the exertions of Benjamin Franklin. Fifty persons at first subscribed forty shillings each, and agreed to pay ten shillings annually. In the course of ten years it be- came so valuable and important as to induce the proprietors to get themselves incorporated by a royal charter. 128 NOTES ON PRINTING. Sutro lAhrary of San Francisco. This library contains books from at least the first ten or twelve printing-offices ever opened, — books printed by Faust, Schoeffer, Eggestein, Zainer, Pannartz, Zarot, Drach, and others. There are in this library many ancient manuscripts not to be found in any other place. Manchester Public Library. This grew from the old Social Library of Derryfleld, formed in 1795. In 1844 it was the Manchester Atheneum, which, in 1854, contained about 3,000 volumes. In 1856 this library was nearly destroyed by fire. In 1871 the new library was established in a building costing $30,000. There are now in this library nearly 20,000 volumes, and the city appropriation every year adds to the number. Many donations have been made, such as from Hon. Gardner Brewer, of Boston, of 683 volumes, and from Gov. Currier at different times. FIRST BOOKS. Among the Greeks the earliest books were in verse, which has everywhere been prior to prose. The oldest book extant, in prose, is Herodotus's History. The oldest printed book, with a date, is the Psaltorum Codex, Mentz, 1547. The earliest French book is dated 1470. Caxton's " Game of Chesse" has this note: " Fynyshed the last day of Marche, A. D. 1474." De Proprietatibus Rerum was printed by Wynkyn de Worde, 1507. The first book containing wood- cuts is the " Mirrour of the World," 1481 ; the first containing copper-plate engrav- ings was "Orlando Furioso," 1590. Maps were published in London, 1579. The first book in blank verse was the "^neid." The first English catalogue of books was printed by Andrew Maunsell, London, 1595. The first book upon navigation was published in 1626. The first book on surveying appeared in 1540. Eobert Eecord was the first who wrote on arithmetic, 1558. The first treatise on the art of cooking appeared in 1498. The first book of travels was published in 1486. It is said that "a man is known by the kind of company he keeps," and just as surely may the future of a youth be predict- ed by the kind of literature he reads. Bad books introduce to the reader vile characters. The hero of a sensational story is generally a person of low cunning and trickery, which the young reader mistakes for genius ; recklessness is mistaken for cour- FIRST BOOKS. 129 age, and vice for virtue. The reader becomes acquainted with the characters of the book, and is often filled with sympathy for the worst of them. The mental and spiritual life is thus secretly corrupted by exciting books. That which stimulates but does not tend to enlighten the understanding or nourish the divine life in the soul, is sure to be injurious. The mental powers will be weakened, and the conscience paralyzed, and often the sup- pression of moral truth will result. The first book written in America was Capt. John Smith's " True Relation of Such Occurrences as Might Have Happened in Virginia," etc., composed on American soil, in 1607, and published in London. Smith also wrote a book called "Letters to Proprietors," and made a " Map of the Bay and the Rivers," printed at Oxford, 1612. The next writer here was Thomas Gates, 1610, who was followed by George Sandys, who lived in Virginia, 1626. All the early books written in this country were published in London. The first bookseller in the American colony was Hezekiah Usher, and the second was Benedict Arnold. The American colonists were not a reading people. Benjamin Franklin, in 1723, said there was not a good bookstore in any of the colonies south of Boston. New York and Philadelphia, at that time, sold only paper, almanacs, ballads, and school- books. People who loved reading were obliged to send to England for their books ; and people generally had a greater interest in what was going on in the mother country than in the affairs of the colonies. It was with newspapers as with books, those who desired them preferred English newspapers to American. In the miking of scrolls, before paper was known or used, wood was one of the earliest substances employed on which to inscribe names and record events. Stone, brass, lead, and cop- per were also used at an early period, after which the leaves of trees. These were superseded by the outer bark of the tree, but this being too coarse, the inner bark came soon after to be used, that of the lime being preferred. This bark was called by the Romans liber, the Latin word for book ; and these bark books, that they might be more conveniently carried about, were rolled up, and called volumen — hence our word volume. The 130 NOTES ON PRINTING. skins of sheep, goats, and asses were the next materials used, and so nicely were they prepared that long narratives were inscribed on them with the greatest accuracy. Some of these were fifteen feet long, containing fifty and sixty skins, fastened together with thongs of the same material. The intestines of certain reptiles were also used ; for it is a well authenticated fact, that the poems of Homer were written on intestines of ser- pents, in letters of gold. This roll was one hundred and twenty feet long, and was deposited in the great library of Constantino- ple, where it was destroyed by fire in the sixth century. The next material was parchment, — skins smoothed and polished by pumice-stone, — to which succeeded vellum, a finer description of parchment, made from the skins of very young animals. On this vellum, gold and silver letters were stamped with hot metal types. Some of these productions are very beautiful, requiring much time and labor to prepare and complete them ; and the more carefully they are examined, the more do we admire the taste and ingenuity displayed. STRIVING KOR TYPOGRAPHICAL ACOCRACT. Painstaking people, who know next to nothing of printing, find a special delight in searching for typographic errors in newspapers, periodicals, and books, the detection of a blunder, in their own estimation, putting a premium on individual intelli- gence — conferring a privilege of disparaging printers. Men of intelligence, who write well, but not legibly, never tire of point- ing out mistakes of printers and the oversights of proof-readers. These self-constituted censors of typography may find food for wholesome reflection in the fact that just about one hundred years ago a number of professors of the Edinburgh University, undertook the publication of a book which should be a perfect specimen of typographical accuracy. Every conceivable pre- caution was taken to prevent errors of the types. Six expe- rienced proof-readers were employed, who devoted hours to the reading of each page. After their careful task was completed, each page was posted in the hall of the university, with a notification that £50 would be paid to any person who should succeed in discovering an error. Every page remained thus publicly exposed for two PUBLISHED WOEKi. 131 weeks before being returned to the printing-office. The projec- tors of the work felt confident that the object so diligently striven for had been attained. G-reat was the discomfiture of the learned men, when, on the work being issued, several errors were found, one occurring in the first line of the first page. Whether such a miracle as a perfect book exists, I have never learned. I remem- ber that in 1817 an edition of Os Lusiadas was published, and it was at the time claimed that not one typographical error could be found in it ; later, however, it was found that one letter in the word Lusitano was misplaced. PUBLISHED WORKS. Books, newspapers, pamphlets, magazines, and other publica- tions are the printed literary compositions of learned men, in- cluding compilations from other men's writings. A good book is the precious life-blood of a master spirit, embalmed and treas- ured up on purpose to a life beyond life. But all books are not good : some are to be tasted, others to be swallowed, and some few to be chewed and digested ; — that is, some books are to be read only in parts ; others to be read, but not curiously ; and some to be read wholly, and with diligence and attention. Some books are full of truths, and are fountains of instruction, and others are full of lies from the beginning to the end. Men, wom- en, and children, of every name and nation, may be devoutly thankful for books, because any one who has a right choice of them can, if so disposed, draw sufficient pleasure from them to satisfy the mind, and may become comparatively independent of the world for instruction and amusement. Friends, neighbors, and acquaintances may pass away ; — books remain, and when they become old they are of even greater value. Our riches may take wings and fly away, but our books are not in danger of bankruptcy. Companions have their own errands to execute and their own grievous burdens to bear ; consequently they cannot at all times be with us when we most need them. But our books will not, without our wish, go far from us ; they are sure to re- main with us if we cherish them ; they are our reliable friends and instructors, and are not sensitive even to neglect, but al- ways come to us with uniform and genial delight ; they are the voices of the distant and the dead, and make us heirs of the 132 NOTES ON FEINTING. mental life of the past and present ages ; they give to all whc studiouslj use them the society, the presence, and the influene* of the greatest and best men of all times, and prove the wises( and most trustworthy of travellers, with whom we may converse, "We may consider every great book as an action, and every great action as a book. No matter how poor one may be, — no mattei though the prosperous of one's time seldom enter his obscure dwelling-place, — if books enter and take up their abode undei his roof, they will open to the student worlds of imagination, and show him the workings of the human heart and mind ; they will enrich him with practical wisdom, and he need never pine foi better intellectual companionship. "With a full supply of good books one may become learned and cultivated, though he may seldom enter fashionable society. Books are a world in them- selves, a substantial world, both pure and good. Around them, with tendrils strong as flesh and blood, our pastime, our knowl- edge, and our real happiness will grow. Though reading furnishes the mind only with the materials of knowledge, serious thought is essential in making what we read really our own. "Whoever reads should take time to think upon and understand what the book says to him. Doing this, the reader will find books his best, most true, and reliable instructors. ACTA DIURNA AND GAZETTA. Among the ancient Romans, reports, called Acta Diurna, were written and issued before the time of Julius Caesar ; and these were, like the first newspapers of our own country, of England, and of other countries, important news documents, intended for the enlightenment of the people. The Roman reports of military operations were periodically sent to the remotest confines of the empire, six hundred years before the Christian era. The "Vene- tians, in 1563, circulated news upon small written sheets, which were read to the people in public places, who paid for such read- ings a coin called gazetta, which later was the name given to the newspaper itself in France, Italy, England, and other countries. It is said that there are thirty volumes of the manuscript news- papers called Qazettas existing at this distant day in the Flor- ence libraries, but tiie manuscript publications containing news were instituted under the regulations of the Roman empire. FIRST COLONIAL NEWSPAPERS. 133 though in modern Europe Venice was the first city which sent forth a printed sheet to instruct and entertain the people. It was done during the war against the Turks, in 1563. In the early ages all the great works published were in manu- script ; and after the art of printing was discovered the first printed works were sold as manuscripts, in order that the secret of how and by what means they were so nicely produced might not become known. But this very anxiety to conceal the art of printing, and the art of making copies of books exactly alike in every letter, point, character, word, and space, at once attracted attention, and raised a suspicion of some unknown agency employed different from pen and ink, and at length caused the actual imprisonment of one of the inventors of the art as a magician in league with the devil ; and he, to gain his liberty or discharge from the dungeon where he was confined, was obliged to reveal the secret, and show to the world exactly how printing was done. When newspapers were first circulated, every person who could do so purchased and read them with satisfaction. They had been established but a short time, however, before they were prostituted to serve a party, or some sect, and to impose upon the public ; and then a certain poet said of them, — " Horses and asses, flies and devils, do Their labor on the printing art bestow ; No wonder thence such loads of lumber rise, Dulness and maggots, calumny and lies." OUR FIRST COLONIAL NEWSPAPER, BT BENJAMIN HARRIS. Our histories inform us, and we are accustomed to the saying, that the first newspaper printed in the British (American) colo- nies was the Boston News-Letter, April 24, 1704. This is true if we look for the first regular and permanent one, but untrue if we say that no newspaper had preceded it, because the first newspaper printed in America was published about thirteen years and six months previous by Benjamin Harris, of Boston, on the 25th of September, 1690. Its title was Publick Occur- rences, both Foreign and Domestick, and it was not the fault of the publisher, but the error of the people then in authority at Boston, that the first started newspaper was not permitted to 134 NOTES ON PRINTING. live and flouriah, but that it was killed in less than twenty-foui hours after its birth ; and very likely, but for the circumstance that a copy of it was placed in the Colonial State Paper oflBce iu London, and thus preserved in spite of the efforts of the enlight- ened and loyal authorities of Boston, in New England, such a newspaper as the Puhlick Occurrences might never have been able to prove that it ever existed, for the legal authority decid- ed, at the time, that the paper was issued contrary to law, and that all the copies of it found must be destroyed ; and in order that the offending Mr. Harris should not print any more newspapers without authority, severe penalties were enacted to punish such an offence. If is supposed that the editor of this first newspaper had said something, or the legal authorities feared that he might say something, reflecting upon the govern- ment, if permitted to print an unlicensed paper. The Puhlick Occurrences was printed by Richard Pierce, on three pages, leav- ing one page blank, in order that a letter could be written upon that page, and be sent to any distant friend by mail or other- wise. The paper was printed two columns to a page, and was in size eleven inches by seven. There is not a doubt that such a paper was published, as I have stated ; and it is now certain that at least one other news- paper was published before the Boston News-Letter. It was com- menced in New York by order of the royal governor, and is mentioned in a letter of Gov. Fletcher to the lords of trade, dated May 30, 1696. This paper however, was mainly a repub- lication of the English Gazette. Benjamin Harris was a near relative, and perhaps a brother, of the wife of Rev. Jesse Glover — her maiden name being Eliza- beth Harris — who came to Cambridge with the first printer, Stephen Daye, in 1638, Mr. Glover, her husband, having died on the passage. Harris was an early Boston printer, and had an oflBce " over against the old meeting-house in Cornhill," hut moved to the London coffee-house, then to King's street, and again to the sign of the Bible, in Cornhill, "over against the Blew Anchor." He was a printer and book-seller in London before coming to America, in the reign of King Charles ; had been there fined and set in the pillory, for something said in his London Post. After coming to Boston he followed book-selling, FIRST COLONIAL NEWSPAPERS. 135 then coffee-selling, and then printing. He printed "The Acts and Laws of Massachusetts," 1692 and 1693, when he was printer for the government. His commission was from the gov- ernor, dated Boston, December 16, 1692 : By His Excellency : — I order Benjamin Harris to print the Acts and Laws made by the Great and General Court, or Assembly of Their Maj- esties Province of Massachusetts Bay in New England, that so the people may be informed thereof. William Phips. Harris remained in Boston about six years, and then returned to London, and followed printing and book-selling in that city. There may be found in the library of the Massachusetts Histor- ical Society, at Boston, an old almanac, 1691, containing the following notice : There is now in the Press, and will suddenly be extant, a Second Impression of the New England Primer enlarged, to which is added more directions for spelling the Prayer of King Edward the VI, and Verses made by Mr. Rogers the Martyr, left as a Legacy to his Children. Sold by Benjamin Harris, at the London CoiFee-House, in Boston. Among the verses in this primer are the lines beginning, " Now I lay me down to sleep," which are familiar to the people of New England, and which were preserved, or perhaps composed, by John Eogers. It-is to the honor of Massachusetts that her history, in every stage of her progress, exhibits multiplied instances of magna- nimity, public spirit, and regard to the best interests of man. She is the mother state of New England, and the birthplace of American freedom, and can boast of an ancestry equal, in most respects, to that of any people upon the continent. Let those who sneer at such an ancestry go back to the titled robbers of the middle ages, and claim affinity, if they will, with those felons of the human race, who fattened on the blood of suffering humanity. In 1606, King James I granted to the Plymouth company that portion of North America which he called the northern or sec- ond colony, subject to t^e king of England ; but the Puritans who came to America in 1620 did not have any authority to set- tle except on the banks pf the Hudson river, and on arriving at 136 NOTES ON PRINTING. Cape Cod they established for themselves a form of government. John Carver was their governor, and the first governor of New Plymouth. He was succeeded by "William Bradford, who had an assistant, that is, a deputy governor to act in his absence. The governors were all supposed to be friendly to the king, and the colony the king's subjects. The king, however, made many appointments of officers for the colonies, in after years, which were not acceptable. Simon Bradstreet was the eighth governor of Massachusetts, and was in office, under the union of the prov- inces of Massachusetts and New Hampshire, in May, 1692, when Sir William Phips arrived in Boston, with a charter which de- prived the people of the right they had previously enjoyed of choosing their own chief magistrate, subject to the king and his council. Of this new governor it is my intention to mention some facts going to show what kind of men governors were then made of, when they came from the king to rule over the people. William Phips was a distinguished "Down East Yankee," who returned from England to Boston, May 14, 1692, at the very time when Gov. Sloughter, of New York, was attempting to exercise authority in the jurisdiction of New Plymouth, as though it were a part of New York ; and the 8th of June follow- ing saw Massachusetts emerge from her colonial state to be a province, and found her sufficiently powerful to occasion New York at once to suspend attempted authority over her people. The Plymouth colony now numbered thirteen thousand. William Phips was born in the province of Maine, at a place called Phips- town, in 1651. He was not born as Sir William, nor as a gov- ernor of Massachusetts, but was the son of a blacksmith, and, when old enough to labor, learned the business of ship-building. He could neither read nor write until he was grown to be a man. In 1673 he went to Boston, and followed the sea for a living. In the year 1684 he happened to hear of a Spanish ship which had been cast away near the Bahama islands, and which was supposed to contain an indefinite sum of money. From that day he thought himself destined to find the vessel, and to recover the vast amount of gold and silver. He went to the place, and while devising means to get this treasure he was told of another ship cast away near Porto de la Plata, laden with immense wealth. Knowing that he must have time, money, and men. FIRST COLONIAL NEWSPAPERS. 137 more than he could command, or obtain from friends in America (who had already advanced large sums, which he had e-xpended), he went to London, and informed King James of the vast wealth that was lying at the bottom of the sea, and was appointed cap- tain of a ship carrying eighteen guns and ninety-five men. Thus favored as a captain in the English navy, he met an old Span- iard, who remembered where the wreck of one of the ships lay, and who volunteered to find it. More money, however, was needed before the search could be begun, and this was obtained from some of the noblemen of England. After all things need- ful were obtained, Phips sailed direct to Porto de la Plata, and, as directed by the old Spaniard, not only found the wreck, but the treasure he had expected. Capt. Phips had secured the services of some Indian divers, who could go down a great way into the depths of the sea : these in their first descent reported that there were great cannon and other things at the bottom. On diving a second time one of the Indians brought up a heavy bar of silver in his arms, worth a thousand dollars. Before sailing, Phips had heard of the wonder- ful experiment of the first diving-bell, — which was a very large brass kettle, suspended by ropes, mouth downwards, and with planks to sit on fixed in the middle of the cavity, in which two Greeks, at Toledo, had descended, with a lighted candle, to the bottom of the ocean, — and he, upon this hint, constructed a sort of diving-bell of his own, which was now tried for the first time in going down after treasure. With this bell and the Indian divers, with iron rakes, great hooks and lines, and other contriv- ances, they brought up from the wreck silver and gold orna- ments, cups, plates, silver bullion, precious stones, boxes full of gold and silver coins, the amount of which was estimated at more than two million dollars. Finally Phips returned to Eng- land with his treasure in 1687. The friends who had assisted him were all paid for sums advanced, and the captain's share was amply sufllcient to make him comfortable for life, and to place his father's family beyond want. After this the once ignorant sailor boy returned to America rich, and with more knowledge than he possessed when he first went away. Boston gave him a hearty welcome, and he de- served it. King James had made him a knight, and he was 138 NOTES ON PRINTING. famous as Sir William. In 1690 he went on a military expedi- tion against the French, conquered Acadie, and returned to Bos- ton with loads of plunder. In 1692 he visited London, when King William III appointed him governor of Massachusetts, and he held the office until his death, February 18, 1695, at the age of forty-four years. ECCENTRIC AND CDRIOUS ADVERTISEMENTS. These are now quite common in American as well as in foreign publications. I notice a few of the many in a quantity of news- papers now upon my table : Reward offered for restoration of a keyless lady's watch and a green lady's umbrella. Wanted : a man with a Eoman nose having strong religious tendencies. A man will find employment who can look after a horse of the Methodist persuasion. The gentleman who left his stomach for analysis will please call and get it together with the result. For sale : a splendid gray horse, calculated for a charger, or will carry a lady with switch tail. Wanted : a governess who i» mistress of her own tongue. NEWSBOYS. These small newspaper merchants are known in the streets of all our cities and upon all our railways by every traveller. They are in their element when selling their wares to the ever chang- ing variety of travellers. Bright, active boys, with eyes and tongues ready for any emergency, they desire nothing better than to test their powers of sense and persuasion, especially when, as is the case on most of the roads, the more they bring these powers into play the greater is their pecuniary reward. On the roads leading out of every city the newsboys receive a commission of iifteen per cent, on their sales. The more they sell the better are their chances of being stationed on the " best" trains, that is, the trains which are considered as yielding the best returns to the newspaper boy. The rewards of the boys vary, of course, according to their ability : some get only three or four dollars a week, while others get all the way from twelve to twenty-five. The highest returns known were reaped by one of the lads formerly on the Eastern Eailroad, who in one par- ticular week earned over sixty dollars, while his average returns CERTAIN "NEWES" OF THE PRESENT WEEK. 139 ranged as a rule between thirty and forty dollars. His case, however, was an exceptional one, and as a rule the newsboys earn little more than their living. "With this, while they are yet boys, they are content, and when afterwards they branch out into other business they find that the knowledge of human na- ture, the shrewdness, the persuasiveness they have gained while on the rail, stands them in good stead for life. At first the newsboys were obliged to furnish ice-water to the passengers, but the custom now is for the railroad corporations to furnish their own water-carriers, leaving the newsboys to pur- sue their legitimate business. It is a commendable fact that the newsboys are not furnished with any style of trashy or vul- gar literaturejio offer passengers of any class. About ten years ago Mr. Armstrong started the opposition to this traffic, and soon the other railroad newsdealers followed his good example. Another praiseworthy trait of these railroad newsboys, besides their ability, is their honesty. As a rule the young news agents are as reliable a set of lads as can be found. There are, of course, exceptions, but no more than in any other line of busi- ness. In selling on the train it has been found that the gentlemanly young fellows always sell the most, and this has in a great measure influenced the boys to act as they should. There are, no doubt, many sly tricks sometimes resorted to — such as "purging'' (picking up papers left on the seats and reselling them) ; exchanging a cheap book for a more costly one when a passenger has read the latter, and then gaining by a resale ; rubbing and chalking the edges of a book which have become soiled, so that it will appear new ; — but as a rule the boys work on strict business principles, and though sharp, they are honest and industrious. Among those who have had the most to do with this class of young workers, not one is found who casts a reflection on the train newsboys in general. CERTAIN " NEWES " OF THE PRESENT WEEK. This publication has been claimed as the first English news- paper. It was edited by and printed for Nathaniel Butter (sometimes written Butler), St. Austin's Gate, London, and was a small quarto of eighteen pages. The advertisement of it says, 140 NOTES ON FEINTING. " If any gentleman, or other accustomed to buy the weekly re- lations of newes, be desirous to continue the same, let them know, that the writer of this newes hath one dated August 2, 1622, and one dated August 13, and will continue them, by God's assistance. Farewell, this day, August 22, 1622." This, it is said, was the first weekly newspaper in England. Ballads, songs, and pamphlets had been printed, and were the forerun- ners of newspapers. News, or news sheets, were published from 1578, almost every year, until 1623, after which regular newspapers were established. One of the newspapers of Na- thaniel Butter, or Butler, was called The weekly newes from Italy, Germany, Hungary, Bohemia, the Palatinate, France, and the Low Countries. The size of it was about eight inches by five. It contained nothing but foreign news, of 1622. In 1655 ap- peared the Perfect Diurnall, eight by five inches in size, in which appeared one of the earliest advertisements. Roger L 'Estrange received from Charles II, 1663, the right to publish his Intelli- gencer. Newspapers were originated in France by Theophrastus Ren- audot, a physician, 1632, who had found that it was conducive to success in his profession to be able to relate the news to amuse his patients. He was a great gossip, and he thought there might be advantage in printing his intelligence for the sick and the well. He commenced the Paris Gazette April, 1632, and the experiment proved a success. There was no political press in France until 1789. Soon after the introduc- tion of politics, that glory of a free country, the newspaper, from being a free and independent record of the vicissitudes of politics and power, — noticing the moral and physical career of nations and states, recording all accidents by flood and field, aiding the cause and disseminating the knowledge of the world by efforts to amuse and instruct mankind, — became the vehicle, in some cases, of party strife and petty feuds, in the hands of designing men, who made no shame of being bought and sold like common wares. The Paris Gazette was named after a Ven- etian coin, scarce worth one farthing in France ; but the word Gazette also was given as the name of a bill of news, or to a short relation of the general occurrences of the times. The title has also been supposed to be derived from gazzeras, a magpie. PARTISAN PAPERS. 141 or chatterer. Some say the word is from the Latin gaza, a little treasury of news. The first writers of newspapers were called menanti, because they spread about inflammatory reflections concerning rulers and men in high stations ; and for that cause newspapers were prohibited by Gregory XIII. PARTISAN PAPERS. The omniscience required for conducting a political, sectarian, or partisan newspaper must be perfect and minute ; the editor of such a publication should be well read in history, philosophy, politics, economy, poetry, music, medicine, law, metaphysics, and business ; he must know all things and all men ; must be familiar with the names, residences, and the general character of every politician, statesman, doctor, minister, and scribbler ; he must know all persons who have held any national, state, county, town, or village ofllce, — all who have gained any local standing in military or other affairs, in any and every place where his newspaper circulates, is read, or ever copied from. Unless he has all this knowledge, he is liable to be charged with ignorance ; and for an editor to be ignorant of anything is an unpardonable sin — God may forgive him, but man never ! Edi- tors must not offend their party or their friends ; they may empty bottles of wrath upon other parties and sects, but not upon their own, however wicked. The editor has as few defend- ers as the candidate for oflSce ; he is continually a mark to be shot at by all who can point a gun in his direction ; and his easy chair is seldom one of comfort, or his occupation a desirable one. It is not always true that newspapers know the great influence they can exert for the good of the people. The daily news- paper is one of the marvels of the age, and life would be dull without it ; yet the New York Observer unhesitatingly condemns the view of the common newspaper taken by the Eev. M. J. Savage, of Boston, in an article in the last August number of the North American Review, in which he says that ' ' Not even all the preachers have done so much as the newspapers in devel- oping a practical sense of human brotherhood, and so helping on that kingdom of man which is the real kingdom of God. The newspapers [the well conducted ones] are helping ■ Peace on earth, good will to man,' more than all the sermons." 142 NOTES ON PRINTING. NEW HAMPSHIRE POST-OFFICES IN 1800. The first post-offlce in the United States was established in 1710 by an act of parliament. Our congress assumed control of this department of government on the commencement of the Eevolutionary war. In Curtis's Pocket Almanac and New Hampshire Register for 1800, which was printed at Exeter by H. Ranlet, it is stated under postal information, that "a post-offlce is established at Schoodic, in the district of Maine, being the easternmost post- ' office in the U. States, John Brewer, Postmaster." The book further states, that "a post-offlce is at Burlington, in Vermont, westward. As there are several places of the same name in the U. States, merchants and others are requested to be very par- ticular in the direction of their letters. Post-roads have been very much extended of late throughout the U. States. A list of them, with the post-towns, would be too prolix here. The main road extends from Brewer's, at Schoodic in Maine, to Rocky Landing in Georgia, a distance of more than 1,500 miles. A great number of cross-roads are established for a general inter- course with the interior part of the several States. "Whenever the postage of any letter or package is over or underrated, the Postmaster is empowered to correct the error if opened in his presence. Printers may exchange newspapers gratis." In 1800 New Hampshire had the following postmasters: Portsmouth, Mark Simes ; Dover, Ezra Green ; Nottingham, Henry Butler; Plymouth, John Rogers; HaverhiU, J. Bliss; Centre Harbor, James Little; Durham, Benjamin Thompson; Newmarket, John Shute, Jr. ; Exeter, J. W. Gilman ; Chester, Edward Webster ; Kingston, S. Seccombe ; Londonderry, Isaac Thorn ; Amherst, Samuel Curtis (compiler of the Register) ; Peterborough, Samuel Smith ; Marlborough, Dr. Carter ; Keene, Daniel Adams (author of an arithmetic) ; "Walpole, Alexander Thomas ; Charlestown, Samuel Crosby ; Concord, George Hough (newspaper publisher) ; Salisbury, Thomas Thompson ; Hano- ver, Jedediah Baldwin ; and Orford, John Mann, Jr. Postmas- ter Thompson of Salisbury was probably a member of the same family as Hon. Thomas W. Thompson, a celebrated jurist, with whom Daniel Webster read law. Curtis's Almanac was commenced in 1799, and was reprinted THE POST-EIDEE. 143 at the private expense of John Wentworth, of Chicago : the usual size was 12mo. A Register for the year 1790 was re- printed by H. Ranlet, from Weatherwise's Almanac. Curtis's Almanac and Register for 1808 was printed by Joseph Gushing, at Amherst. Price 25 cents single copy. THE POST-RIDER. This was the name given many years ago to a person devoted to the business of distributing newspapers, letters, and small packages on an established route over which he could go on horseback once a week, and return to the place where newspa- pers were printed, and where, generally, there was a post-office. The post-offlce department had then established offices for the reception and dispatch of mail matter in most of the large towns on the post-roads in the post-towns ; and many post-riders were also mail carriers for the United States. The neat pouch and shining mail lock stirred the pride of the carrier, and made his arrival at each point, which was usually heralded by the sound- ing of a horn, an object of absorbing interest to the towns-peo- ple all along the route. Where papers and packages were for villages and persons living off the regular road, a box upon a post or tree by the road-side, or some workshop, store, or house, or the nearest tavern, were places of deposit for cross-roads. The post-rider did not always have a life of sunshine. He sometimes rode many miles through heavy forests, amid drench- ing rains, to find shelter ; and in the winter he would frequently encounter severe cold and immense snow-drifts ; and at night when made comfortable at the roaring fire-place of the wayside inn, where travellers from the north and from Canada to the sea-ports would smoke their pipes, drink their flip, and relate ghostly stories about men without heads, fiery balls, groups of ghosts, witches, huge night-birds, and wild animals seen upon the road. At the tavern, also, the neighbors for miles around came in, as at all stopping-places, to receive their letters and papers. There were then few stages, but some of the post- riders and mail carriers soon began to use wagons, sleighs, and two-horse teams, and to take passengers to and from distant points. [See Part I.] 144 NOTES ON PRINTING. POSTAGE-STAMPS. The first postage-stamps used in this country were introduced about thirty-eight years ago. For one hundred and seventy-five years postage was previously collected in money, but prepay- ment was optional with the letter-writer. In 1680, when John Haywood, of Boston, Mass. , was the Worthy Master of the Posts, the first post-master in the American colonies employed chance conveyances and common travellers, or persons going to any distant place on a visit, to perform postal service, and such acts of letter transportation were frequent until 1841, when the postmaster-general, John M. Niles, of Hartford, Conn., sug- gested the postage-stamp, and the innovation was received with ridicule ; but in 1845 the idea was adopted, and an act of con- gress was passed authorizing the issue of five and ten cent postage-stamps, which took effect in 1847. This law was engi- neered to its passage by George N. Briggs, of Massachusetts, who was long chairman of the committee on post-offlces and post-roads. It was through his exertions that postage was reduced from ten to five cents. Henry Shaw, of New York, formerly of Lanesborough, Mass., being in Washington at this time, became the purchaser of the first two postage-stamps issued — a five and ten cent stamp — and kept the five himself and presented the ten to Governor Briggs as a curiosity to be preserved. In July, 1851, a series of one and three cent stamps appeared, and soon after an issue of five, ten, twelve, twenty-four, thirty, and ninety cent stamps appeared, but this series was called in and a new series issued. In July, 1863, the first two cent stamp appeared, to accommodate local postage. In April, 1865, newspaper stamps were first issued, but did not meet with favor until a new series appeared in 1869. In 1873 the repeal of the franking privilege made departmental stamps a necessity. Since Dec. 11, 1875, prepayment stamps for newspapers and periodi- cals from publication offices have been issued, and now letters are sent out weighing one ounce instead of half an ounce. A newly designed postal card was issued in September, 1885, same size as the old cards, the scroll-work and stamp printed in a light chocolate color, with a medallion portrait of Thomas Jef- ART OF PRINTING IN THE UNITED STATES. 145 ferson, with the -words " one cent'' and "United States Postal Card." [See " Post-riders," &c., Part I, page 23. J THE ART OF PRINTING IN THE UNITED STATES. The art of printing was, according to history, introduced into the United States of America through the efforts of Rev. Jesse G-lover, a worthy and wealthy dissenting clergyman of England, in 1638. He did not live to arrive in the new world as he de- sired, with his printing materials and his hired printer, Stephen Daye (as the name is more frequently spelled), but died on the way ; the press, the materials, his family and help, however, arrived safe. The widow Glover and her children settled at Cambridge (then Newtown, Mass.), but the father of the Amer- ican press, the benefactor of the American people, was not per- mitted to see his oflSce opened there. His plans for establish- ing a press for the accommodation of the business of the church and state were, however, so far as possible under the circum- stances, fully carried out by the wife and the printer, who, by the consent and direction of the magistrates and elders of the town, erected the press and opened an oflBce for business in January, 1639. Samuel Green, son of Percival Green, was six- teen years old when he came to Cambridge, where, in 1656, he had two printing-offices. He was a resident of Cambridge for eight years before this time, and (unless he was a printer when he came to America) must have learned the art from Daye, in a very short time, as he was in business on his own account in 1649, and became Daye's successor at Cambridge. If, as is stated in the following notice. Green came in 1630, being then a printer, Daye was not the first who arrived here. There are some things unknown, because Time destroys the relics of the past, and hides all the footprints of his rapid march. The facts about the first printer (Green or Daye) I leave as I found them, only wishing that I had the knowledge, proof, or truth which has been unmentioned, if it ever was known. We live in a fast age, an age when historians fly after new things, and in the hurry to grasp all things sometimes stumble over and leave by the way- side matters far more desirable and important than such as have been most eagerly and continually chased. Stephen Daye 10 146 NOTES ON PRINTING. died in Cambridge, Dec. 22, 1668, aged 58 years, and his wife, Rebecca, died thie same year. THE FAMILT OF GREENS PRINTERS. When tine first governor of Massacliusetts, John Winthrop, and his company, called the "Governor and Council of Lon- don's Plantation in Massachusetts Bay, in New England," came to America in 1630, a large number of adventurers came with them and the fleet of fourteen sail. On one of the vessels came Samuel Green, the first of this family, and settled with others at Cambridge, where, upon their first landing, they were for some time glad to lodge in empty casks to shelter them from the weather until cabins could be built. Samuel Green was therefore in Cambridge eight years before Stephen Daye, but it is said that he was not known as a printer until 1649, ten years after Daye had commenced to print, 1639. The first mention of printing by Green was after he had succeeded Daye, why or wherefore it is unknown ; but the poverty of the first printer may have made him unpopular, yet he continued in the office as a journeyman and instructor to his successor, who, though more famous, was not then much acquainted with printing. Green was a military ofl3cer for sixty years, and was highly esteemed. He had nineteen children, and died at Cambridge, Jan. 1, 1702, aged 87 years. One of his sons, Bartholomew Green, com- menced printing in Boston in 1690, but his office was burned the same year, and he returned to his father ; was again furnished with material, and commenced business once more in Newbury street, Boston, and in 1704 became printer of the Boston News- Letter. He was the famous printer of Boston for forty years, . and died there Dec. 28, 1732, generally known and esteemed as a deacon of the Old South Church. Timperley's Dictionary of Printers and Printing says, — " Bar- tholomew Green, son of Samuel Green, of Cambridge, removed to Halifax, Nova Scotia, where he erected the first press in that province, August, 1751, and died soon after. John Bushell was his successor, and in 1752 started the first newspaper in Nova Scotia." This, I think, must be a mistake in the dates. Mr. Green must have removed to Halifax in 1731 ; he com- menced printing in Boston, 1690, and was a printer there forty THE GREEN FAMILY. 147 years, or until 1730. Then he may have gone to Halifax, 1731, and health failing he must have returned to Boston, as he died there in 1732, leaving Mr. Bushell as his successor at Halifax, who commenced the first newspaper in Nova Scotia, 1732. The name Green is spelled in most of the old documents as I have written it, but Daye is generally spelled with the e, though the English Day, the printer from whom Stephen descended, is without the e. The Greens became numerous in this country, and we find them in Cambridge as printers, in Boston, in several towns of Connecticut, in Maryland, Pennsylvania, Nova Scotia, and other places. Until the Revolution the family connections of Samuel Green continued printing in Boston. It may not be generallj- known that there is not a newspaper in Great Britain as old as two that are flourishing in the United States. The Portsmouth (N. H.) Gazette, founded in 1756, and the Newport (R. I.) Mercury, established two years later, are, by about ten and eight years, the seniors of any journal now published in England, Scotland, or Ireland. There exists one Dutch weekly, which was started in 1666. In America, the Spaniards at the city of Mexico printed books in the sixteenth century ; but despotism, bigotry, and the Inqui- sition were incompatible with a very general practice of the art. In England, Butler's News of the Present Week, some Mercuries, &c., had been occasionally printed, but English newspapers did not become permanent until after the death of Queen Anne, 1714. In America, as in the mother country, the introduction of newspapers was the object of much alarm, and of many persecu- tions on the part of the ruling authorities. In New England a rigid censorship was exercised over all publications. The Middlesex Countt Records inform us that with the printing materials which Jesse Glover procured to be used at Cambridge, there came over in the ship " John of London" not only Mrs. Glover and several children, but Stephen Daye and three servants to work the press, so that four of the company were printers. Mr. Glover's wife was an English woman, who soon after her arrival married the Rev. Henry Dunster, of Cambridge, but she died in 1643. Rev. Mr. Glover, her first husband, who died at sea, on his way here, had been in America 148 NOTES ON PRINTING. before, and was the owner of considerable land and other prop- erty in Massachusetts. One of his sons, John Glover, graduated at Harvard college ; one of his daughters, Elizabeth Glover, named for her mother, married Adam Winthrop ; another, Sarah, married Deane Winthrop ; and a third, Priscilla, married John Appleton, Esq., of Ipswich. John Glover studied medi- cine, and was settled in Boston, and some time after the death of his father, and after his mother married Mr. Dunster, this son tried to recover the estate of his father ; but Dunster man- aged, as the husband of the widow, to detain it from the chil- dren, so that they were never much benefited by that property, and it was considered as belonging to the college. Maemaduke Johnson was a native of England, and learned printing in London. He came to America in 1660, being em- ployed to print the Indian Bible, and was recommended as an excellent workman. Two years later, 1662, the Bible commis- sioners complained that Johnson proved unworthy, was very idle, and did not worlj half the time. He was indicted for " alluring the daughter of Samuel Green, and drawing away her affections without the consent of her father." Later Johnson was fined five pounds for the offence, as he had a wife in Eng- land, and was ordered to go home to his wife. He did not obey the order, and was fined twenty pounds, and committed to prison till he gave security that he would depart home at the first opportunity. FIRST NEWSPAPERS IN THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES. "A truth, with deference to the college, Newspapers are the springs of knowledge ; The general source, throughout the nation, Of every modern conversation. What would this mighty people do, If there for them was nothing new ? The newspaper is like a feast ; Some dish there is for every guest." MAINB NEWSPAPERS. 149 Maine was settled by Englishmen, at Saco, in 1623, and was called Maine after a province of France, in compliment of Queen Henrietta, of England. It had previously been called by other names. Henrietta owned the French province. MAINE NEWSPAPERS. The first one established in Maine was the Falmouth Gazette and Weekly Advertiser, commenced at Falmouth (now Portland) January 1, 1785 ; it was published by Benjamin Titeomb and Thomas B. Wait, on a demy sheet ; and in 1786 its name was changed to the Cumberland Gazette, Mr. Wait being the owner. The second newspaper was issued at Portland, that town having been incorporated in 1786, and was by Benjamin Titeomb, called the Gazette of Maine, started in 1790 ; discontinued 1796, at which time there were three in the state — one at Portland, one at Hallowell, and one at Augusta. In 1810 there were eight newspapers in Maine ; in 1828 there were twenty-nine ; and in 1834 there were fifty-one. Of those in 1828 was the Andro- scoggin Free Press, commenced by the writer of this article. Seba Smith's Daily Courier was the first daily in Maine, and was commenced January 5, 1829, at Portland. The second daily paper was the Daily Evening Advertiser, by John and William E. Edwards, commenced January 5, 1831, at Portland. There was a weekly paper commenced by the students of Bowdoin college, at Brunswick, in 1826. In 1785, one hundred years ago, the mail was transported from Falmouth (Portland) to Portsmouth, N. H., on horseback ; and all the small settlements not on the mail routes, having no direct and certain communication with either of the large towns, had to send their letters and receive their mail from way stations by messengers, who went on foot to the nearest place selected. As late as 1790 there were but seventy-four post-oflBces in the United States. In January, 1786, a mail was carried by wagon,, for the first time, from Portland to Savannah, Ga. Mr. Joseph Barnard, who was a resident of Portsmouth, N. H., took it in a wagon drawn by two horses ; drove from Portland to Ports- mouth, where he met the Boston stage, occupying three days in the journey from Portland to Boston, and going to and from Portland once a week. Different coaches on the different routes 150 NOTES ON PRINTING. connected thus all the way to Savannah. From these facts we can judge of the time consumed in going from Maine to Geor- gia, and of the difficulty of getting newspapers circulated in towns not on the stage road. I lately read a statement by a letter- writer in the Boston Jour- nal, that " The Gazette, of Portland, Me., was started in April, 1798, by Elezer Alley Jenks, and when it completed its first year of existence its name was changed to Jenk^ Portland Gazette. Several numbers of this rare publication, covering, but only at intervals, a period of sixteen months, from February 25, 1799, to June 24, 1800, having fallen into the writer's hands, he has been impressed with the fact that, in those stirring days of war in Europe, people in this country, judging from the newspapers, were no more excited by the great happenings of their day than people nowadays are." This Gazette, by Jenks, must not be confounded with the Falmouth Gazette, nor with the Cumberland Gazette or the Gazette of Maine, all older publications. In 1849 the Maine legislature directed the county clerks of the courts to purchase, bind, and preserve, at the expense of each county, from one to three copies of the papers published in said counties, commencing with 1849. Androscoggin Free Press. This newspaper was commenced at Brunswick, Maine, by John W. Moore and Nathaniel "Wells, in 1827, at which time there existed a party desirous of electing John Quincy Adams, for a second term, as president of the United States ; and the opposing party were as anxious to elect General Andrew Jackson. Party spirit raged with violence, but General Jackson was elected, and became president in 1829. The publishers of the Free Press were young men, and Mr. Moore cast his first vote in Maine, though born in New Hamp- shire. The county of Cumberland had long been Democratic, , but in 1828 became Whig. All newspapers, or nearly all, were at this period worked on hand presses, and the Adams power press was the first operated by Hibernian wheel power ; but since 1827, printers have learned that progress will never be at an end, nor will education, since these make the business of life; and many a printer boy, like Franklin, may become a working- mechanic, a self-disciplined student, a profound philosopher, and MAINE NEWSPAPERS. 151 an exalted editor and statesman. Brunswick had already one other newspaper, The Maine Baptist Herald. This was sold in 1830 to William Noyes, who also bought the Free Press, and directly commenced the publication of the Brunswick Journal. The Free Press was a royal folio (26 by 20). Previous to 1834 there were few, if any, periodicals, except in the form of newspapers, published in Maine. NeaVs Yankee was commenced as a weekly paper in 1828, but the second vol- ume was in monthly numbers. JohnNeal was born in Portland, Maine, in 1793, and became first known as editor of the Baltimore Telegraph, and as a writer for The Portico, of that place. He was later connected with several other newspapers ; was a poet, a novelist, a patron of art, and a promoter of literary and charitable enterprises. He died in Portland, June 20, 1876, in the eighty-third year of his age. The newspapers of Maine which were established prior to 1840 are, — Portland Advertiser, 1798 ; Eastern Argus, 1803 ; Eastport Sentinel, 1818 ; Christian Mirror, 1822 ; Kennebec Journal, Au- gusta, 1823 ; Maine Democrat, Saco, January, 1828 ; Zion's Advocate, Portland, November, 1828 ; Belfast Journal, 1829 ; Maine Farmer, Augusta, January 21, 1833 ; Oxford Democrat, Paris, March, 1833 ; Bangor Courier, September 22, 1833 ; Gos- pel Banner, Augusta, 1835 ; Bangor Democrat, 1836 ; Portland Transcript, 1837 ; Piscataquis Observer, 1838. The type and presses from the office of the Maine Democrat and York County Independent, of Saco, were sold November 3, 1885, to Goodwillie & Wyman, dealers in printers' supplies, Boston, for about $300. Both papers discontinued publication about four years ago. In 1861, Maine, with 619,658 inhabitants, had six daily, three semi-weekly, and ninety-six weekly newspapers. By a law enacted soon after Maine became a state, every town is required to raise annually, for the support of schools, forty cents for each person in each town. The number of scholars to the whole population was computed in the proportion of three to ten. Bowdoin college, at Brunswick, was incorporated in 1794. It derived its name from James Bowdoin, who gave it 6,000 acres of land in Lisbon. The legislature of Massachusetts gave it 152 NOTES ON FEINTING. six townships and an annual grant of $3,000. A medical school was established in 1820. Waterville college was founded by Baptists in 1820. The Maine Charity School was opened at Hampden in 1816, and later removed to Bangor. The Wesleyan Seminary was founded in 1825 at Readfield. In 1880, Maine had 123 newspapers and periodicals ; population, 648,936. FIRST WEEKLY NEWS AND NEWS-LETTEK. It has lately been claimed that the first newspaper in England was the Weekly News, 1622, commenced two years after the Pil- grim Fathers came to America and landed at Plymouth in New England. However true that may be I leave others to judge. The first permanent newspaper in America, it is claimed, was the Boston News-Letter, 1704, one hundred and eighty-one years ago. News, News-Letter, and Gazette were early and favorite titles for newspapers, both written and printed. Gazette was the name of an official newspaper published in London, Edin- burgh, and Dublin, while Mercurie was a name given to one who sold the papers by wholesale, as well as the name of one who was a carrier or news-boy. When John Gutenberg invented his rude printing-press, he might have dreamed of the wonderful and tremendous power he was placing in the hands of men to be used for the spread of general information ; but he could only dream of the influence that very simple machine, improved, was to exert in all after time. "Art, Science, Education, Humor, News, Its sov'reign power are ever fain to use : To each it immortality imparts — The art preservative of all the arts. It needs no tribute of the poet's verse ; It needs no bard its praises to rehearse ; It needs no lay its glories to proclaim ; It needs no trumpet shrill to sound its fame. Wherever Poesy has found a home, And touched with living fire the mighty tome ; Wherever Art with cunning hand hath wrought, Or Science hidden mysteries hath taught ; Wherever Music's heaven-born strains are heard, And human hearts by melody are stirred ; PENNY PAPERS. 153 Wherever Education's foot hath trod ; Wherever man yields homage to his God ; Wherever Freedom wields her gentle sway ; Wherever Error unto right gives way ; There doth each grateful heart its mission bless — The mighty sovereign of all time — The Press." The first printing-press in England was set up at Westminster, where Caxton published the moral treatise called the '■'Game and Playe of the Ghesse," the first book printed in that country. This book was the first in England which contained wood cuts. The book was much in use with all sorts of people, and Caxton says it was "intended for the diffusion of knowledge among all ranks, as, according to Solomon, the number of fools is infinite." The Game was invented in the time of Nebuchadnezzar, for the purpose of exhibiting the manners and condition of a king, of the nobles, and the common people. PENNY PAPERS. Horatio D. Sheppard, of New York, was the first advocate of penny papers, and was laughed at for his folly ; but in 1832 he persuaded Francis Story and Horace Greeley to start the Morn- ing Post. A few months later, Benjamin Day started the New York Sun. He wrote his own editorials, made his own selec- tions, and, with the assistance of a boy, set the type and worked the paper. It became very popular, and went into the hands of Moses Y. Beach. Mr. Day afterwards published the Brother Jonathan. The Neiv York Herald was started by James Gor- don Bennett, in 1836, as a penny paper. Its rival was the New York Tribune, by Horace Greeley, 1841. In 1851, the New York Times, by Henry J. Raymond, entered the field ; and in 1860 The World was added to the permanent list. Mr. Walter, of the London Times, is said to have been the originator of the custom of charging for marriage notices in the newspapers. The charge at first was trifling, and the income of the Times from this source was paid regularly to Mrs. Wal- ter as pin-money. On her death she passed this prescriptive right of hers to her daughter, and when it was repurchased a few years ago by the present proprietor of the paper it was assessed at from £4000 to £5000 a year. 154 NOTES ON PRINTING. In 1835 there were five penny papers in New York. The first one in Philadelphia was the Daily Transcript, Gommenced in 1835 by W. L. Drane & Co. There are a large number of penny publications in England, and many of them have obtained almost fabulous circulation. Five or six million copies of these cheap publications are sold in London every week. THE NEWSPAPER. ITS USE AND ABUSE. On the last Sunday in January, 1885, the Rev. Dr. Herrick, of Boston, Mass., said, in one of his lectures to young men, taking for his text the words of the prophet Zachariah, as recorded in chapter v, 1-4 : "Then I turned and lifted up mine eyes and looked, and be- hold, a fiying roll. And he said unto me, "What seest thou ? And I answered, I see a flying roll ; the length thereof is twenty cubits, and the breadth thereof ten cubits." "This roll finds a fitting type in the modern newspaper. With almost omniscient power the newspaper brings 10,000 hidden things to light, and is indeed a curse to wrong-doers. It is a sort of universal police, by which crime is driven into close quarters, and the saying of the Psalmist is verified, that there is no place where the workers of iniquity can hide them- selves. In making this application, I do not mean to ignore the fact that some newspapers are in league with wrong. No form of iniquity exists which has not its organ that aims to make wrong appear right. But these things are not newspapers. I know of no achievement of man that impresses upon me greater admiration of the powers of the human intellect than a great daily newspaper. I confess a feeling of awe in its presence. No other agency is so powerful in shaping the progress of events. The newspaper does the thinking for a large class in every com- munity. Popular religion takes its tone from it. It can bring success to fraud, and bring honesty down into the dust. And while no power in this nineteenth century is so great, it is true also that no power is so nearly despotic. The London Times has far greater infiuence in England than Queen Victoria. The great fact of boundless power we cannot change. I do not know as we need to or desire to. The question for us is. How shall we, as Christian people, make a Christian use of this fact? This THE NEWSPAPEK ITS USE AND ABUSE. 155 power, so mighty, is sure to become mightier. Its wing grows more fleet and its vision penetrates new solitudes every hour. " The first use of the newspaper is to furnish information, to make my ear a telephone and my eye a telescope, so that I shall not be blind to the doings of the great human family. It fur- nishes a camera where the whole world presents itself under the eye. This first object of the newspaper still comprises its chief value, although the ofiice of editing now goes beyond, and aims to interpret and present the significance of the facts printed. Every man should learn to edit his own newspaper ; to judge for himself what events mean and what they signify. It is a great art to know how to get from your newspaper all you need without loss of time. An ordinary daily paper presents you an- nually not less than 38,000 duodecimo pages. And it is all in- tended to be read by somebody, or it would not be printed. Now, consider that three fourths of the paper is taken up with advertisements and matter of no use to you : if you read only one quarter of the paper, you accomplish in a year 9,500 duo- decimo pages, equal to five volumes of Macaulay's and twelve volumes of Fronde's History of England. Provided a paper prints facts honestly and honorably, I care not what its politics or religion may be, I can utilize for myself the information which it presents. "We should make an economical use of the newspaper, not only as men of the world, but using what it presents of interest to us in our particular calling. It ought to help us in our work. If it does not, it is not the paper for me. I do not need to dwell on this point, for men will be prompted to do this by self- interest. I have long employed a plan that enables me to get the cream from my paper, and to keep it. I have a habit of reading with scissors in hand, and of cutting out whatever bears on my work. Then I keep a series of 100 or 200 envelopes properly labelled. In this way I have gathered a great encyclo- paedia of information about my line of work, and can lay my finger in an instant upon anything referring to a topic in hand. "Then there is a social use of newspapers. It is very easy to contract a passion or hunger for news, so that we forget the great and serious significance underlying the array of facts. If our newspaper caters only to our self-interest, it is more harm- 156 NOTES ON FEINTING. ful than helpful. The newspaper should be the expression of the one life which flows through the veins of the whole human family. There is a tendency noticeable in other parts of the world, and beginning to threaten this country, which tends to array classes against each other. Against this danger the news- paper is the best safeguard, and we should help make it so. The instant a newspaper makes itself the organ of a class, that instant it becomes the enemy of all humanity. All men belong to us, and newspapers are the nerves that distribute sorrow as well as joy, and make the woe of one the woe of all. "The social use is very much the same as the moral use, which should enable a man to be a better Christian. Whoever brings to his newspaper only hunger for news, will get from it only dissipation and moral unrest. This flying roll is made by no mortal hand, but is sent forth like the prophet's roll by a divine hand, and it should awaken in us reverence. One has only to stand awhile and watch, to see that the kaleidoscope is subject to law. "Now, a word in caution. Be the master of your newspaper, and let it not master you. Do not let it control your thought. Let it suggest, but not dictate, in morals, politics, and religion. Keep it to its great business, the furnishing of facts. It is thus a grand servant, but a wretched master. Do not let it be your only reading. Keep one day sacred from its intrusion. Devote one day to your family, your church, and your God. I firmly believe the use of the newspaper on Sunday is doing more to deaden the popular sense of moral right, to blind the public conscience, to kill out family religit)n, to lower the tone of mer- cantile honor, than any other one influence not in itself crim- inal or vicious." NEVrSPAPEK ANNO mf CEMENTS. It is notorious that most newspapers and periodicals derive the bulk of their income from their advertisements ; and it is stated, as might have been supposed, that in London the Times and Telegraph absorb the lion's share of the advertiser's money. In the case of the Times, the receipts in the advertisement de- partment are said to be about one thousand pounds a day. As for the Telegraph, we are told that a number of that paper, De- NEWSPAPER ANNOUNCEMENTS. 157 cember, 1873, contained one thousand four hundred and forty- four advertisements, and that these may fairly be calculated to produce five hundred pounds or thereabouts. The ruins of Pompeii and Herculaneum afford, as might have been expected, examples of the ancient mode of 'advertising. " The walls in the most frequented parts are covered with notices painted in black and red." Announcements of plays and gladi- ators are common, of course, and so are those of salt water and fresh water baths. Moreover, just as provincials in our day rec- ommend their articles or processes by informing the public that the things have C9me from London or Paris, or are done as in London or as in Paris, so did they of Pompeii and Herculaneum — though they must have been worthy of a more dignified name than provincial — not unfrequently proclaim that they followed the customs of Rome at their several establishments. In still earlier times, especially among the Greeks, a common medium of advertisement was the public crier ; and another, in cases of things stolen or strayed, or of injuries inflicted on the advertisers, was an inscription fixed to the statues of the infernal deities, invoking curses on the offender. In mediaeval times, it appears that the advertising shop-keeper's chief organ was the public crier. It is assumed that one of the very first posters ever printed in England was that by which Caxton announced, drca 1480, the sale of the " Pyes of Salisbury use, at the Red Pole, in the Almonry, "Westminster." What is generally supposed to be, but is not, the first authen- ticated advertisement in England, appeared in the Mercurius Politicus for January, 1652, and runs thus : " Irenodia Gratulato- ry, an Heroick Poem : being a congratulatory panegyrick for my Lord General's late return, summing up his successes in an ex- quisite manner. To be sold by John Holden, in the New Ex- change, London. Printed by Tho. Newcourt, 1652." In 1657 appeared a weekly paper which assumed the title of the Public Advertiser, the first number being dated 19th to 26th of May. It was printed for Newcomb, in Thames street, and consisted almost wholly of advertisements, including the arrivals and departures of ships, and books to be printed. Soon other papers commenced to insert more and more advertisements. Most of the notices at this period related to rau-away apprentices 158 NOTES ON FEINTING. and black boys, fairs and cock-fights, burglaries and highway robberies, stolen horses, lost dogs, swords and scent bottles, and the departure of coaches on long journeys in the provinces, and sometimes even as far as Edinburgh. At this time, it should be remembered, England swarmed with negro or mulatto boys, who were frequently offered for sale by means of advertisements. In 1682, "one John Houghton, F. R. S., who combined the business of apothecary with that of dealer in tea, coffee, and choc- olate, in Bartholomew Lane, commenced a paper" which at first failed, but revived again on March 30, 1692. He, by untiring perseverance and no small amount of thought and study, may be said to have trained his contemporaries in the art of adver- tising, and to have left an example which might be followed with advantage at the present day ; for he, when quack advertise- ments had found their way into the paper, put a mark above them with the following broad hint : " Pray, mind the preface to this half sheet. Like lawyers, I take all causes. I may fairly. Who likes not may stop here." By this time, newspaper advertise- ments were getting well developed, chiefly through the medium of the London Gazette, the only paper that still exists of all those started about the middle of the seventeenth century. When we reach the eighteenth century, it is " apparent that ad- vertising has become recognized as a means of communication, not only for the convenience of trade, but for political, love-mak- ing, fortune hunting, swindling, and the thousand and one other purposes which are always ready to assert themselves in a large community ;" and when we arrive at the end of the eighteenth and the commencement of the present century, we observe that mat- ters were very nearly as we find them now. But, before quit- ting the eighteenth century, a brief account should be given of the birth and growth of a gigantic power. In 1785 was estab- lished the Daily Universal Register, which, on the 1st of Janua- ry, 1788, appeared as " The Times or Daily Register, printed logo- graphically." [This was a method of printing in which types containing whole words were used instead of single letters.] The price was threepence, and for many years the Times gave no promise of future greatness ; but it was always fearless, and very early was fined, while its editor narrowly escaped imprison- ment. In 1799 Mr. Walter was actually incarcerated in New- NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPEKS. 159 gate, where he remained sixteen months, besides being fined two hundred pounds, for a libel on the Dukes of York and Clarence. He was released eventually at the intercession of the Prince of Wales. " It was under John Walter the second, born in 1784, that the Times rose to the place of the first newspaper in the world. Whilst yet a youth, in 1803, he became joint proprietor and sole manager of the Times.. The Times denounced the mal- practice of Lord Melville, and the government revenged itself by withdrawing from the Walters the office of printers to the cus- toms. During the war between Napoleon and Austria, in 1805, the desire for news was intense. To thwart the Times, the pack- ets for Walter were stopped at the outports, while those for the ministerial journals were hurried to London. Complaint was made, and the reply was, that the editor might receive his for- eign papers as a favor, meaning thereby that if the government was gracious to the Times, the Times should be gracious to the government ; but Walter would accept no favor on such terms. Thrown on his own resources, he contrived, by means of supe- rior activity and stratagem, to surpass the ministry in early intel- ligence of events. The capitulation Of Flushing, in August, 1809, was announced by the Times two days before the news had arrived through any other channel. He spared neither pains nor expense. What a visionary could scarcely dare ask, the Times gave. To other journals, imitation alone was left. They might be more consistent politicians, but in the staple of a news- paper, to be nearly as good as the Times was their highest praise.'' And now, as has already been remarked, the receipts in the ad- vertisement department are said to be about a thousand pounds a day — more than the revenue of many a principality. NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. New Hampshire was settled at Little Harbor by Englishmen in 1623. The first newspaper was printed at Portsmouth, on Thursday, October 7, 1756, entitled the New Hampshire Gazette, by Daniel Fowle. The second appeared at Portsmouth, in 1765, entitled the Portsmouth Mercury and Weekly Advertiser. The third was issued at Exeter, in 1775, entitled A New Hampshire Gazette, to distinguish it from The New Hampshire Gazette of Portsmouth. These papers are all more particularly mentioned in another place. 160 NOTES ON PRINTING. At the commencement of the Eevolutionary War, in April, 1775, New Hampshire had only one newspaper ; in 1810, twelve ; in 1828, seventeen; and in 1834, twenty-seven. Of these twenty-seven Portsmouth had two, Exeter one, Dover four, Somersworth one, Moultonborough one, Amherst one, Dunsta- ble two, Keene two. Concord nine, Newport two, Claremont one, Haverhill one. In 1861 New Hampshire, with a population of 326,072 had three daily and thirty-nine weekly newspapers. The state was named after Hampshire county, in England, by Captain John Mason, the original patentee It had been previously called Laconia, and in the early histories Pascataqua. In 1880 the number of papers and periodicals was eighty-seven, and the population 346,991. The first Portsmouth newspaper was commenced in 1756, by Daniel Fowle ; in 1776 it added to the title at the commence- ment The Freeman's Journal, and a year later it was called New Hampshire Gazette or State Journal and General Adver- tiser, and still later it took its original title. The Gazette has had several publishers and editors, — Daniel Fowle and his part- ners, John Melcher, N. S. and W. Pierce, Hill & Pierce, Pierce & Gardner, William Weeks, Beck & Foster, Frank W. Miller, and others. It was at one time owned by WiUiam P. Hill, a son of Hon. Isaac Hill, of Concord. The New Hampshire Mercury and Weekly Advertiser was commenced in 1765 by Furber & Eussell, and continued about two years. The New Hampshire Mercury and General Advertiser, by Eobert Gerrish, was started in 1784, and continued about five years. The New Hampshire Spy was commenced in 1787 by George Jerry Osborne, and published most of the time semi-weekly until 1793, being the first semi-weekly in the state. The Portsmouth Oracle was commenced June 4, 1793, and was published twice a week by Charles Pierce, until January, 1796. Its subsequent proprietors were William and Daniel Treadwell, then William Treadwell to September, 1813, Charles Turell to July, 1821. The Portsmouth Oracle was purchased in 1821 by Nathaniel NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 161 A. Haven, Jr., who changed the name to The Portsmouth Jour- nal of I/iterature and Politics. In 1825 it was purchased by Charles W. Brewster and T. H. Miller, who were assisted by C. W. Cutter as one of the editors. In 1833 it came into the hands of Mr. Brewster, who received his son, Lewis W. Brew- ster, as a partner in 1853, who on the death of his father, 1868, became the proprietor. The Federal Observer was commenced Nov. 22, 1798, by William Treadwell and Samuel Hart ; discontinued June 12, 1800. The Republican Ledger, established Aug. 31, 1799, by George J. Osborne, and afterwards published by Nutting & Whitelock, was discontinued Dec. 27, 1803. The Political Star was a paper published by M. J. de Roche- mont from June to October 31, 1804. The Intelligencer was published by Samuel Whidden from December, 1806, to May, 1817. The States and Union is published every Friday morning at 70 State street, Portsmouth, N. H., by A. A. Hanscom. The Dover Gazette was consolidated with this paper September 1, 1873. The paper is now in its twenty-third year. [See Part III.] The Literary Mirror, by Stephen Sewall, was commenced Feb. 10, 1808, and was discontinued Feb. 11, 1809. The War Journal was published by Beck & Foster, from March 13 to Dec. 10, 1813. This David C. Foster was one of the editors of the New Hampshire Gazette when that paper was published by Beck & Foster, and he was also a major of the First regiment of militia. He died in Portsmouth, Dec. 20, 1823, aged 31 years. The People's Advocate was published by Weeks & Drown, from Nov. 19, 1816, to May 17, 1817. The Novator and Independent Expositor was published by Samuel Whidden ; it was first called Paraclete and TicJcler, and was commenced in 1822. There were also published in Portsmouth, previous to 1820, three religious periodicals as follows : The Piscataqua Evangelical Magazine, published by William and Daniel Treadwell, commenced January 1, 1805, and issued 11 162 NOTES ON PRINTING. once in two months for one year, when it was removed to Amherst, and there published by Joseph Gushing. It has been claimed that the first religious newspaper pub- lished in America was the Religious Remembrancer, which was commenced at Philadelphia, Penn., September 4, 1813. The Magazine, at Portsmouth, was eight years in advance of the Remembrancer of Philadelphia ; but one was called a newspaper and the other a magazine — a valuable religious bi-monthly, of 40 pages octavo, controlled by the Piscataqua Missionary So- ciety, and edited by Mr. Appleton, of Hampton. It was sus- pended in 1808. Herald of Gospel Liberty, commenced by Elias Smith, May 12, 1815, and continued until September of that year. Christian Herald, by Kobert Foster, commraenced in May, 1818, and published eight times a year. This was an octavo, in pamphlet form. Of the newspapers in New Hampshire previous to 1795, at least five had been started at Portsmouth, five in Exeter, three in Keene, two in Hanover, two in Concord, and two in Dover. The Portsmouth five were the Gazette, Weekly Advertiser, Mer- cury, Spy, and Oracle. The five at Exeter, the Gazette, Chroni- cle, Herald, Freeman's Oracle, and a second Gazette. The two in Concord were the Herald and the Mirror. The two in Hanover were the Eagle and the Chronicle, and a third, the Gazette, in Aug., 1799. The Dover two were the Repository and the Phoenix. The three in Keene were the Recorder, the Advertiser, and the Informer. At the present time, 1885, New Hampshire has as many papers in proportion to her territory as other states. FIRST PRINTING IN NEW HAMPSHIRE. I have seen an article written by Mary R. P. Hatch, which states that " of the 71 newspapers of this state, early published, all are the outgrowth of the New Hampshire Gazette, the first AMERICAN newspaper" ! This is a very curious mistake, and it is singular that the printer did not correct it by saying " first in New Hampshire." Eight or nine newspapers had been printed in America before the Gazette. Daniel Fowle, who had been sometime engaged in the print- NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 163 ing business at Boston, Mass., and who considered himself per- secuted by the authorities of that town, removed to Portsmouth, New Hampshire, in 1756, where he opened the first printing- office, and published the first weekly newspaper issued in the Granite State. It was at first printed from long primer and brevier type, on a half sheet of paper in quarto form, the size of the pages measuring 6f by 7^ inches, which half sheet, laid open, measures 15 by 9 inches, — and the copy I have measured is said to be an exact fac-siTnile ; but the size of the paper some- times varied, and was subject to such paper as could be obtained. " The New Hampshire Gazette, with the Freshest Advices For- eign and Domestick," was first issued, as appears by "Numb. I., Thursday, October 7, 1756." The imprint at the foot of the fourth page plainly reads, — " Portsmouth, in New Hampshire, Printed by Daniel Fowle, where this Paper may be had at One Dollar per Annum, or an Equivalent in Bills of Credit, comput- ing a Dollar, this year, at Four Pounds Old Tenor." The head shows between the words " New Hampshire" and " Gazette" the picture of a crow and fox as a vignette. This was used, it is said, because Mr. Fowle had several type-metal cuts which had been engraved and used for printing an abridg- ment of Croxall's ^sop's Fables ; and as he thought there should be something ornamental in the title of the Gazette, and not finding an artist to engrave anything appropriate, he intro- duced one of these cuts, designed for the fable of the fox and crow. This cut was in a short time broken by some accident, and he supplied its place by one engraved for the fable of Jupi- ter and the peacock. This was used until worn down, when another cut from the fables was substituted ; and eventually the royal arms, badly engraved, appeared, and at the same time Historical Chronicle was added to the title. Afterwards a cut of the King's arms, decently executed, took the place of the other. The Annals of Portsmouth, by Nathaniel Adams, 1825, informs me, under thedate of October 7, 1756, that " Mr. Fowle has printed the first newspaper in the State ; entitled the 27ew Hampshire Gazette, and Historical Chronicle." This is a mis- take so far as the title is concerned, that being simply New Hampshire Gazette, the title Chronicle being added sixteen years later, January, 1772. There was at Portsmouth, October 6, 164 NOTES ON PRINTING. 1856, a grand celebration of the centennial anniversary of the introduction of the art of printing into New Hampshire. A sketch of the proceedings, the oration, decorations, speeches, sentiments, letters, &c., was published by Edward N. Fuller in 1857, mak- ing a pamphlet of sixty pages, large 12ino, or small octavo, illustrated with a fac-simile copy of The New Hampshire Gazette, Numb. 1, dated Thursday, October 7, 1756. Daniel Fowle published his Gazette, alone and with a partner, from 1756 to 1785, after which it was continued by Melcher & Osborne for a time, and then by Melcher to 1802. The Pierce brothers, successors to Melcher, continued the paper, and with Hill & Gardner published it to 1809, when it was sold to Will- iam Weeks, who was succeeded by Beck & Foster in 1813. This firm continued to 1823; then Albert Greenleaf, with Mr. Beck, published the Gazette until 1838, after which there were several changes in ownership until 1847, when William P. Hill, of Concord, bought the paper. He was succeeded by Gideon H. Eundlett in 1850. In 1852 Edward N. Fuller, of Manches- ter, bought the office. He, however, sold it to Samuel Gray in 1869. In 1861 the paper was purchased by Frank W. Miller, and the Portsmouth CJironicle and other papers were united under the management of the Miller family, making the Chron- icle a daily paper, and the Gazette a weekly. This arrange- ment continued until 1870, when the Gazette passed into the hands of Marston & Freeman. William Weeks, who purchased the Gazette in 1809, was in 1806 the publisher of the Freeman's Friend, of Saco, Me., and at one time worked in the oflBce of the Kennebunk Gazette. Fowle's Gazetteis, by New Hampshire printers, claimed as the oldest American newspaper ; but we find the New Hampshire Gazette, the Newport, R. I., Mercury, the Connecticut Courant, the Maryland Gazette, and some others, are as ancient as they are honorable. We learn, after examination, that the New Hampshire Gazette is the oldest one that has kept the same name without change to this date. Daniel Fowle was a true patriot, an honest man, a good citizen, and, for the time in which he lived, a correct printer. He made a good living, and accumulated considerable property. His wife died before him, and, as he had no children, he gave NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 165 his property to an apprentice, John Melcher, whom he had adopted as his son, encumbered only by the care and main- tenance of an old negro, one Primus by name, and two female slaves, who were then deemed personal property. Primus was a good pressman, but could not read or write. He lived to be over ninety years of age, and was a pressman for more than fifty years. He was much accustomed to working at what was called half-press ; that is, he beat the form and did the pulling alone. Balls were then used instead of rollers. Among the many decorations at the centennial celebration, 1856, there was one pyramid which bore upon its base this inscription: "In memory of Daniel Fowle, first printer in New Hampshire. Born 1715, died 1787. First paper printed, 1756." If this was correct, he was 72 years of age. He published the Gazette about twenty-eight years. He was born in Charlestown, Mass., and commenced business in Boston, near the head of King, now State street, in 1740; was in partnership with Gamaliel Rogers after 1742, for eight years, and they were the publishers of The Independent Advertiser, in Prison Lane, now Leverett street. Fowle, later, was a book-selier and printer on Ann street, Bos- ton. " He wore no victor's crown — he won no fame — But, many years, sustained a worthy name." In September, 1764, Robert Fowle became the partner of Daniel in the publication of the Gazette, and in 1773 they sep- arated. In 1775 there was a little irregularity in the publica- tion, occasioned by the war and the battle at Lexington, the people of Portsmouth having recommended every man to furnish himself with a good firelock, bayonet, powder and balls, and every other requisite for defence ; but notwithstanding these difficulties, Fowle continued the paper. The Gazette was not at this time remarkable for its political features, but its general complexion was favorable to the cause of the country. In 1776 Mr. Fowle published a communication concerning the congress at Exeter, remonstrating against the right to establish a gov- ernment at the time, lest such a proceeding should be construed into a design to refuse allegiance to Great Britain. He was at once summoned before the congress at Exeter, and severely cen- 166 NOTES ON PRINTING. sured, and warned never to publish any article reflecting upon that congress, the Continental congress, or the cause of liberty. It seems that Fowle had previously had trouble of a similar character in Massachusetts, before he removed to Portsmouth. In October, 1754, he was arrested for publishing a pamphlet entitled "The Monster of Monsters," though he declared it was not of his printing, and that he had not such type in his office, though he had bought some of the books, and had sold them at his shop. This pamphlet roundly abused some of the members of the legislature ; and since Fowle acknowledged that he had bought and sold them, " He was taken to the com- mon gaol, and there confined among thieves and murderers : denied the sight of his wife, and was not allowed to speak with his friends, or to have the use of pen, ink, or paper." His confinement continued but for two days, when he was offered his liberty ; but he refused to leave, saying, " that as he was imprisoned uncondemned by the law, the same authority must legally liberate him in an honorable manner ;" but hearing that his wife was sick, he finally asked for liberation, and here the prosecution ended. He never obtained any satisfaction for the deprivation. This matter so disgusted Fowle that he hated the government of Massachusetts, and removed to Portsmouth. Daniel Fowle served his apprenticeship at the printing busi- ness with Samuel Kneeland, who commenced the New England Journal at Boston in 1727, and published it for fifteen years. Fowle began printing in Boston in 1740. In 1742 he formed a connection in business with Gamaliel Rogers, and the brother, John Fowle, was also one of the firm. This connection contin- ued about eight years. In 1750 Daniel Fowle opened a new printing-house, and also kept a small collection of books for sale, and here reprinted numerous works for his own sales. He was in the book business as late as 1757 ; but book-stores did not receive much support, and previous to the Revolution there was not one of much note in New Hampshire out of Ports- mouth. Eleazar Russell sold books in 1716, but the trade was confined mostly to common school-books. DEARBORN AND OTHERS, PUBLISHERS. On the 25th of May, 1776, Benjamin Dearborn, whom Daniel Fowle had taught the art of printing, became the publisher of NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 167 the Gazette, and altered the title to The Freeman's Journal, or New Hampshire Gazette, commencing a new series with the im- print "Portsmouth: Printed by Benjamin Dearborn, near the Parade, where this Paper may be had at Eight Shillings, L. M." [Lawful Money.] Dearborn continued the paper until 1778, when it was again published by Fowle, the first number of which found after this is dated June 16, 1778 ; but the paper from this change to September 15, 1778, is not numbered until a new series of the numbering commenced with Vol. I, No. 30. Fowle made some changes in the title, and in 1785 he relinquished it to Melcher & Osborne, who published it for a number of years. In January, 1788, it has the following title : The New Hamp- shire Gazette, and the General Advertiser, with the arms of the state in the head, showing a coarse and clumsy engraving. This title continued until 1793, when it was published by John Melcher, and it had the following head January 2, 1796 : The New Hampshire Gazette. Published by John Melcher, Printer to the State of New-Hampshire, at his oflflce, corner of Market Street, Portsmouth. Vol. XL— Numb. 2040. 9£ pr. Annum. The next publisher of the Gazette was Gideon Beck, with the original title. It was the oldest newspaper in the state, and became, after the discontinuance of some other papers, the oldest in New England. Bp;njamin Dearborn, when publisher of the Portsmouth, N. H., Gazette, about the time of the Revolution, invented a wheel press, which would impress the whole side of a sheet at one pull of the lever. It was used for a long time at Newburyport, Mass. The second New Hampshire paper was commenced by Thomas Furber, at Portsmouth, in 1765. He was a native of that town, and an apprentice in the office of Daniel Fowle. He was en- couraged in this undertaking by some of the most zealous Whigs, who thought Fowle was too timid in the cause of liberty, or the Gazette too much under the influence of the officers of the crown ; and Furber was induced, by liberal offers of help, to set up a printing-house, and to publish a newspaper called " The Portsmouth Mercury and Weekly Advertiser, containing the fresh- est and the most important Advices, both Foreign and Domes- tick." It first appeared January 21, 1765, and contained an 168 NOTES ON PRINTING. able address to the public, promising "to print nothing tending to subvert good order in society ; but to steer clear of ill-natured and trifling disputes, and yet to ever be exposing arbitrary power, public injuries, and all attempts to prevent the Liberties of the people, which are dearer to them than their lives." The Mercury was published weekly, on Monday, on a crown sheet folio, from a new, large-faced type, small pica size, "at the New Printing Office near the Parade, for one Dollar, or Six Pounds Old Tenor, per year ; one half to be paid at entrance." The Mercury after its first appearance was very irregular in size. It was most commonly comprised in a sheet of pot or foolscap, printed as a "broadside," but occasionally on half a sheet of medium or demy, just as it happened possible to pur- chase paper of any kind, at the stores, when it was wanted. The typography of the new paper (the type excepted, that be- ing from Cottrell's foundry in London, not then celebrated for producing the best types) did not exceed that of the Gazette. The collection of intelligence was inferior, and this paper was not supported by any number of respectable writers more than the Gazette. Furber, later in life, undertook the business of book-binding, and had be been attentive to business, might have been successful as a printer and binder ; but he was good na- tured and friendly, and also indolent, and was too fond of enjoyment and company. He died in Baltimore, at the house of William Goddard, by whom he had some time been em- ployed. Thomas Furbee and Ezekiel Rdssell. These persons were partners in publishing the Mercury after Furber commenced it, and the friends of the paper very warmly opposed the stamp act laid on the colonies by the British parliament ; indeed, the spirit of the country rose in opposition to this act, but, unfor- tunately for the Mercury, the editors, Furber & Russell, failed to show much ability or zeal in opposing this measure, while the Gazette came out strongly against the stamp act ; and on the day preceding that on which the stamp act was to be enforced, October 31, 1765, the Gazette appeared with a black border around it, as an emblem of mourning for the loss of liberty. The printer stated that he should not longer publish the pa- per, as he could not submit to the unjust tax ; and he soundly NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 169 berated the wicked measure. This turned the tide in favor of the Gazette, and the Mercury only lived about three years. The whole printiug-ofHce was sold to the Fowles, and Furber became their journeyman. Eussell was born in Boston, and learned his trade there of his brother, Joseph Russell, who was a partner of Bartholomew Green. He returned to Boston and worked there until 1769, when he opened a printing-oflBce near Concert hall, adding the business of an auctioneer to his print- ing. He afterwards lived in Salem and Danvers, where he had a printing-office in the Bell tavern, but later returned to Boston and opened an office in Essex street, near the great elms, one of which, then standing, was called the "liberty tree;" and here, assisted by his wife (who had learned the printing busi- ness, and was also a composer of ballads on tragical events, which Russell ornamented with wood-cuts and printed for ped- dlers to sell, some of them having great sales), he thus obtained a very good living, and in time acquired some considerable prop- erty ; but Mr. Russell died in September, 1796, aged fifty-two years. It is said that Mr. Russell, for very high wages, was engaged, November, 1774, to commence a political paper at Salem, entitled The Censor, which had considerable support, daring the period of its existence, from persons who were in the interest of the British government ; but the paper did not succeed. Eleazar Russell was a bookseller at Portsmouth, and has by some been confounded with Ezekiel. Eleazar died May, 1764, aged 73 years. THE THIRD NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPER Was one which had mauy titles. It was first called A New Hampshire Gazette ; afterwards The New Hampshire Gazette. Next it was The New Hampshire Gazette, or Exeter Morning Clironicle; then The New Hampshire Gazette [_State Gazette] or Exeter Circulating Morning Chronicle; and, later. The State Journal, or, The New Hampshire Gazette and Tuesday's Lib- erty Advertiser. All these and other alterations, with changes of the day of publication, took place within one year, and the paper was published generally without an imprint. It was the third newspaper which appeared in the Granite State, and was issued from the press in Exeter near the close of the year 1776. 170 NOTES OK PRINTING. It was published irregularly by Robert Fowle, who had once been a partner of Daniel Fowle, and was continued, under its various heads, into the year 1777, and then discontinued. In the last alteration of the title, a large cut, coarsely engraved, was introduced. It was a copy of one which had for several years been used in The Pennsylvania Journal, and the same which Rogers, some time before, had introduced into the Salem Gazette and Advertiser. The device was an open volume, on which the word "Journal" was very conspicuous; and under- neath the volume appears a ship under sail, enclosed in an or- namented border. The volume is supported by two large fig- ures, the one on the right representing Fame, and that on the left one of the native American Indians equipped for war. This device remained as long as the paper was published, but in the Pennsylvania Journal it was changed, from July, 1774, to October, 1775, to the device of the divided snake, with the motto, "Unite or die." Robert Fowle was at one time sus- pected of having counterfeited the newspaper currency of the state, when he printed for the government in 1775. He was a royalist, and fled within the lines of the British in New York, and this seemed at the time as a confirmation of the suspicion. He was placed upon the British pension list, but after the war he returned to Exeter, and remained in the state until he died. The American Herald of Liberty was commenced at Exeter, by Henry Ranlet, in 1785 ; discontinued in 1797. BASIS OF OUR PROSPERITY. Our ancestors established the church and the school, side by side in the land, and they have been regarded as the basis of our prosperity and progress : but it is only when they are supple- mented by the constant outreaching influence of the newspaper that even the benefits which they confer are fairly appreciated, or satisfactory results are attained by the people in any direc- tion. Our ancestors, noble, wise, and good as they were, did not know the value of newspapers as educators ; they did not un- dertake to mix the world and its transpiring events with educa- tion ; — but our thoughts and our concerns are connected with the NEW HAMPSHIRE NEWSPAPERS. 171 present world, and so are our concerns generally. We are anx- ious to have intelligent opinions upon all mental, moral, politi- cal, social, and religious improvements of our times. We would know all that can benefit the race of man, and in our haste to acquire universal knowledge we may sometimes keep even books containing what we so much desire to know covered up and hidden under our weekly and daily journals. It is related of the late Bishop Ames, that while presiding over a certain Con- ference in the West, a member began a tirade against the uni- versities and education, thanking God that he had never been corrupted by contact with a college. After proceeding thus for a few minutes, the bishop interrupted him with the question, "Do I understand that the brother thanks God for his igno- rance?" "Well, yes," was the answer, " you can put it that way if you wantto." "Well, all I have to say," said the bishop, in his sweet, musical tones, — " all I have to say is, that the brother has a great deal to be thankful for." A great many people in the world, doubtless a majority of those who take the newspapers, feel that in subscribing and paying for their daily or weekly paper they are conferring a favor upon the publishers. In one sense of the word this is true, of course. Without subscribers a newspaper could not sus- tain itself, and would be of no account if it could ; but the truth is, there is no amount of money expended by the citizen, in the sum total of his yearly expenditures, which brings, relatively, so great advantage to himself and family as that expended for newspapers. Wherever you find a man who does not habitually read a newspaper, no matter how intelligent he may be naturally, you will find one who labors to a disadvantage in all the rela- tions of life, whatever his business or occupation ; and the chil- dren of the family wherein the newspaper does not make its regular appearance, though they may attend school as constantly and pursue their studies as faithfully and persistently as the others, will invariably fail to make equal progress. The news- paper is in fact a grand stimulqs to successful exertion in every field of human labor. A well conducted newspaper is a library in itself. In addition to the current news of the day at home and abroad, it furnishes information in every department of knowledge, setting forth the 172 NOTES ON PRINTING. progress of art and science, invention and discovery, and men- tal, moral, and material development, and in addition thereto provides no inconsiderable amount of valuable and entertaining literary matter, in poetry, romance, discussion, and essay. In- deed, give a family access to a well selected library of a thou- sand volumes, and deprive them entirely of newspapers, at the same time furnish another family with a good daily and two or three weekly papers and one of the standard magazines, and let them have no books at all, and it will be found at the end of a year that the latter will be infinitely in advance in practical knowledge, general intelligence, and actual mental develop- ment. Not only do very many people fail to recognize the fact that in taking newspapers they are securing for themselves and their families the greatest benefit attainable for the amount of money expended, but the majority of those who do appreciate thoroughly the advantage they are thus enjoying, fail to realize the magnitude of the labor, care, and responsibility, the mental €ffort and intelligent discrimination, required in the daily or even weekly production of a first-class newspaper, not to men- tion the large pecuniary expenditure that is constantly demanded. It costs more money, and requires more labor, involving an equally high degree of intelligent effort, to say the least, to manage, edit, and produce any one of the great daily news- papers of New York, from year to year, than it does to maintain the largest university in the country ; and it may truthfully be added, that the influence upon the thought and character of the nation which any one of those papers exerts is tenfold greater and infinitely more extended than that of either Harvard or Yale, or any other educational institution. VERMONT NEVrSPAPERS. Vermont was settled by Englishmen, at Fort Dummer, near Brattleborough, in 1724, and received its name from the French Monts Verts, signifying Green Mountains, but had been visited and its lake (Champlain) discovered by a Frenchman of that name more than a hundred years previous. Printing was intro- duced at Dresden (now a part of Hanover) in 1778, when Dres- VERMONT NEWSPAPEKS. 175 den was a part of Vermont. The state was claimed by New Hampshire and New York in 1724. Its constitution was formed in 1777, and it entered the Union in 1791. It is stated, in Thompson's History of Vermont, that the first printing-office in that state " was established at Westminster, in the summer of 1778, by Judah Paddoclt Spooner and Timo- thy Green." At the session of the legislature in October of the same year, Judah P. Spooner and Alden Spooner were appointed state printers. Previous to this time the laws of the state, which had been passed at the two preceding sessions of the Ver- mont legislature, had been promulgated only in manuscripts. It is also stated, that "in February, 1781, was commenced at Westminster (by the same firm, Spooner & Green) the first newspaper ever printed in Vermont. It was called The Ver- mont Gazette, or Green Mountain Post-Boy, and it had as its motto, which is truly characteristic of the inhabitants" of the state, — " Pliant as reeds where streams of freedom glide, Firm as the hills to stem oppression's tide." " This paper was issued weekly on Monday, upon a sheet of pot size, and was continued till the beginning of the year 1783." To this information the American Year-Book adds, " In 1783 the printing-press was removed from Westminster to Windsor." The Bellows Falls Times, 1884, said of this historical record, "This date has been accepted as correct, and No. 8 of the newspapers (The Vermont Gazette, or Green Mountain Post- Boy) is dated April 2, 1781, as a copy in the Vermont Histori- cal Society shows. This would bring the date of the first issue February 12, 1781, if a weekly publication. But a 'find' of old almanacs made by Dr. Conland, representative from Brat- tleboro', shakes modern authority. In the Vermont Almanack of 1796, published at Rutland, and now in Dr. Conland's pos- session, an article on printing has the following paragraph : 'In Vermont the first piece printed was a newspaper at Westmin- ster, by Judah P. Spooner and Timothy Green, entitled The Vermont Gazette and Green Mountain Post-Boy, dated Thurs- day, December 14, 1780. Though the title given the paper is slightly wrong, the date may be the proper one. The article 174 NOTES ON PRINTING. appeared when Spooner was printing a newspaper at Fairhaven, and the 14th of December, 1780, was Thursday.'" Spooner & Green commenced a newspaper in 1778 at Han- over, N. H., and these printers went from Hanover to West- minster, Vermont, and commenced their paper in that town, as some say, in 1780, and others say in 1781. In 1861, Vermont, with 315,827 inhabitants, had three daily and thirty-seven weekly newspapers. In 1880 she had eighty- two newspapers and periodicals, population 332,286. The second newspaper published in Vermont was established at Bennington by Anthony Haswell and David Russell. It was given the name of The Vermont Gazette or Freeman's Depository, and was commenced June 5, 1783, and has been continued to the present time, or 102 years. The printing-press and types which had been used for the Gazette at Westminster were pur- chased by George Hough, who removed them to Windsor, where, August 7, 1783, Mr. Hough, in company with Alden Spooner, commenced the Vermont Journal and Universal Advertiser, the third newspaper in Vermont, which was continued to 1834. The fourth newspaper was the Rutland Herald, or Rutland Courier, commenced by Anthony Haswell, June 25, 1792, and is still continued. The Bellows Falls Intelligencer, the first newspaper in the town of Rockingham, Vt., was commenced January, 1817, by Blake, Cutler & Co., and was edited by Thomas Green Fessen- den. Mr. Fessenden was born at Walpole, N. H., April 22, 1771. In 1801 he visited London, England, and there wrote the poem which made him famous, his " Terrible Tractoration." In 1806 he published in New York the Weekly Inspector. In 1815 he edited the Brattleborough RepoHer, established there in 1803, and took charge of the Intelligencer, at Bellows Falls, in 1817. In 1822 he removed to Boston, Mass., and commenced the New England Farfner, and he died there November 11, 1837, aged 66 years. William Masters, from the Patriot ofl3ce. Concord, N. H., was editor of the Intelligencer after Mr. Fes- senden, and was succeeded by Cyrus Barton, who later edited a Democratic paper at Newport, and later still the Mw Hamp- shire Patriot, which he afterwards owned with Horatio Hill, and published to the time of his death. Mr. Barton was succeeded VERMONT NEWSPAPERS. 175 at Bellows Falls by Edmund Burke, who also went to Newport and thence to Concord. The Intelligencer was continued to 1836 by other editors. The Bellows Falls Times (which dates back to Moore's Ga- zette, the successor of the Intelligencer), under date of Nov. 12, 1885, says it has a copy of the Intelligencer of July, 1822, and that under the editorial head, or what would be termed the local column, is an exhaustive article upon deaths, followed by a clipping from the Mbntpelier Watchman to the effect that Judge C. P. Van Ness has received the nomination for the office of chief magistrate, and has signified his "consent." Then come selections from various sources with regard to foreign affairs, one marriage, one death, an advertisement of ploughs by Hall & Goodrich, another of the Bellows Falls bookstore, a half col- umn prospectus of the New England Farmer, a list of letters remaining in the post-offlces of Putney, Westminster, Athens, Brookline, and Hampton. One man advertises that his wife has left him ; another, that Wheaton's "intment" is the best in the world ; then there are as many or more legal notices and " for sales" as at the present day ; — but the reader is left in total ignorance of the extent of local improvements, or whether any- body painted his house or not, save from the fact that Hall & Goodrich announce that they keep paints and varnish on hand. There is an account of a hat made of spear-grass for the president of the United States, which was sent to the editor of some paper for a " notice," who says that " we venture to assert that President Monroe never received a present which ought to be, and which doubtless will be, so grateful to his feelings." The then and now are not so wide apart as might be. The Vermont Phoenix, now published at Brattleborough by French & Stedman, is the oldest newspaper in Windham coun- ty, and has always had a large circulation. It has now the very best modern machinery and appliances. The Windham County Reformer was established in Brattleborough by C. H. Daven- port in 1876, and since the death of Mr. Davenport has been printed by his son, who publishes various editions, giving to one the name Brattleborough Beformer, to another Bennington Coun- ty Reformer, and to a third Franklin County Beformer. The Rutland Daily Herald was founded by George Albert 176 NOTES ON PRINTING. Tuttle, in 1861. He was born in Castleton, Feb. 29, 1816. At the age of seventeen he removed to Rutland, and for a few- months was in partnership with one Maxham in the publication of the Rutland Weekly Herald, founded in 1832 ; but his health failing, he returned to Castleton. In 1840 he again removed to Rutland, and became business manager of the Herald. In 1856 he purchased it. He was an influential and active Republican, an upright citizen, and was engaged in a good many public enterprises, but for several years had retired from active busi- ness life. He died at his home in Rutland, January 4, 1885, aged nearly sixty-nine years. The Rutland Herald can boast of one fact not probable in the experience of any other newspaper in the world — a subscriber, Col. Dyer Townsend, of Wallingford, who has read its pages regularly for ninety years. The present firm is known as the Tuttle Company, and is composed of three sons of the late G. A. Tuttle, who are the ''Official Printers to the state.'' They are practical printers, and give their personal attention to their business. The Rural Magazine or Vermont Repository, a monthly pub- lication, was issued at Rutland during the years 1795 and 1796, in octavo form, fifty-six pages to the number, and edited by Dr. Samuel Williams. The Bellows Falls G-azette was commenced at Bellows Falls, Windham county, in 1838. It is now the Bellows Falls Times. John W. Moore was the editor and publisher of the Gazette for many years, when it was sold to A. N. Swain, Esq., who changed the name to Times, and he is still the editor and proprietor of that newspaper. During the years that Mr. Moore published the Gazette, he had in his employment Curtis Fulton, Fred Rog- ers, G. F. Bailey, S. M. Blake, John Garfield, J. Q. Newell, Lewis A. Pratt, John H. Sherwin, William Haseltine, James F. Colby, John A. Moore, and Henry L. Moore, who remained with him for years as apprentices and journeymen, and every one of whom has since been successful in business. The Vermont Chronicle was commenced at Bellows Falls, by Rev. E. C. Tracy, in April, 1826, and removed to Windsor in 1828. In 1810 there were fourteen newspapers published in the Green VERMONT NEWSPAPERS. 177 Mountain state ; in 1828, twenty-one ; in 1834, twenty-six. Middlebury had three, Vergennes one, Bennington one, Danville one, Burlington two, St. Albans two, Chelsea one, Rutland one, Castleton one, Montpelier four, Windsor three, Woodstock two, Bellows Falls one, Brattleborough two, Fayetteville one. The Vermont Autograph and Bemarker is a curiosity, being a newspaper printed with pen and ink by J. Johns, Esq., three score and twelve years old. This paper is not a new one, for we exchanged with it as long ago as January, 1847, when we were in that state and conducting a weekly newspaper. For how many years previous to that time it had been published and printed we are unable to say, but we can say that our friend Johns prints with the same neatness and accuracy that charac- terized his paper twenty-two years ago ; and he says, " I am yet alive, and am the same independent, fearless thinker as hereto- fore." We have on file twenty-two numbers of this paper, and venture the assertion that no other publication in this country has attracted more admiration than this from those who have examined the numbers in our possession. If they were the property of some public library they would be worn out by con- stant handling, they are so great a wonder of patience, perse- verance, and native ability. MASSACHUSETTS NEWSPAPERS. The first newspaper in Massachusetts was published at Bos- ton, April 24, 1704, by Bartholomew Green, son of Samuel Green, of Cambridge. It was printed on a half sheet of pot paper, entitled The Boston News-Letter. On December 21, 1719, a second paper, the Boston Gazette, appeared, and the American Weekly Mercury appeared at Philadelphia the next day, Dec. 22, 1719. The third Boston newspaper, the New England Oourant, was published August 19, 1721, by James Franklin. These are mentioned more particularly in another place. Previous to the American Revolution, as many as eight other newspapers were started in Boston, and six magazines. The number of newspapers in the Bay state in 1810 was 32 ; in 1828, 78 ; in 1834, 108. The first daily in Massachusetts was the Bos- ton Daily Advertiser, commenced in 1813. 12 178 NOTES ON PRINTING. Massachusetts was settled by Bartholomew Gosnold and thirty English companions on the Elizabeth islands, but this settlement was not permanent. The name was that of an Indian tribe who lived in the vicinity of Massachusetts Bay, and signifies blue hills, or, as some say, "The country around the great hills." The state was permanently settled at Plymouth by Englishmen in 1620, and is the oldest of the New England States. Its con- stitution was formed in 1780. In 1861 Massachusetts, with a population of 1,234,484, had twenty-two daily, three tri-weekly, thirteen semi-weekly, and one hundred and eighty-two weekly newspapers. In 1880 she had four hundred and twenty-seven newspapers and periodicals, population 1,783,086. Boston has the credit of starting the first and second newspa- pers in New England, but the News-Letter, when fourteen years old, circulated only three hundred copies, and yet the enterpris- ing publisher issued an extra sheet of news once a fortnight, and announced that he " would print the paper on a whole sheet of writing-paper, one half of which he would leave blank, so that the purchaser might write his own private letters thereon." It had generally been on a half sheet, size twelve by eight inches, two columns on a page. The Boston News-Letter was the first regularly established newspaper in New England (published by authority). It bears date '^from Monday, April 17, to Monday, April 24,1704." Number one contains the following prospectus: " This JVew*- Letter is to be continued weekly ; and all persons who have any houses, lands, tenements, farms, ships, vessels, goods, wares, or merchandises, &c., to be sold or let ; or servants run away ; or goods stole or lost ; may have the same inserted at a reasonable rate ; from twelve pence to five shillings, and not to exceed ; who may agree with Nicholas Boone for the same at his shop, next door to Major Davis's, Apothecary, in Boston, near the old Meeting-house. All persons in town and country may have said News-Letter weekly upon reasonable terms, agreeing with John Campbell, Post Master, for the same." The imprint to No. 1 is, — " Boston ; printed by B. Green." Green was Camp- bell's printer. Campbell was the proprietor, and was a Scotch- man, established in Boston as a bookseller. Boone was the MASSACHUSETTS NEWSPAPERS. 179 publisher for Campbell. The News-Letter was printed on half a sheet of pot paper, from small pica type, and contained the news for the week and advertisements. It was continued for seventy-two years, and probably would have lived longer, but when, the Revolutionary war broke out it unfortunately ad- vocated Tory doctrines, and consequently became unpopular with the patriotic sons of liberty, and was discontinued, making room for the Boston Gazette, a paper commenced in 1719 by William Brooker in opposition to the News-Letter, and printed, at first, upon a half-sheet of foolscap, somewhat larger than that used by Campbell ; and this Brooker also succeeded Camp- bell as postmaster. Published accounts do not agree as to the printer of the News-Letter. One states that "it was printed by Nathaniel Greene;" another says "it was printed by Samuel Green, the successor of Daye, the Cambridge printer ;'' but it was Bartholomew Green who at first printed the paper. There were a number of Greens who were printers in Cambridge and Boston, and this fact accounts for the mixing of their names. It is said that the Cambridge printer, Samuel Green, was the father of nineteen children, and many of his descendants en- gaged in the business of printing. The Gazette was published for Mr. Brooker until 1741, when it was united with the New England Weekly Journal, a paper in which both the Franklin brothers had an interest. Sixty-four years after the commencement of the News-Letter, at No. 3373 of that paper (the first permanent one of America, and which had been previously altered in size and heading to The Massachusetts Gazette and Boston News-Letter, by Richard Draper, printer to the Governor and Council) it returned to its primitive title, the Gazette having been directed by authority to be published in another manner as if unconnected with the News-Letter, which announces that "customers will be served with care and fidelity ; and those who advertise may depend on having their notifications well circulated. [When this order for publishing the two papers ' in another manner ' was carried into effect, the papers were separately printed, each on a half sheet, but finally united as Gazette and Post Boy, and given the nick- name of Adam and Eve newspaper. See Part IV.] A Gazette will accompany the News-Letter every Thursday (though not always 180 NOTES ON PRINTING. in a separate paper). Articles of intelligence and of public utility will be thankfully received, and due notice taken of them, by directing to Richard Draper, at his printing-office in New- bury street, Boston, where advertisements are taken in." After this the papers were published separately, each on half a sheet, size of page 14J by 8^ inches, and frequent supplements accom- panied the papers. The Gazette, being by authority, was orna- mented with a vignette, presenting " the lion and the unicorn a-fighting for the crown," Mr. Draper being in his own paper independent, but in the Gazette "Printer to His Excellency the Governor and His Majesty's Council." In September, 1769, the separated papers were once more united. In 1773 the paper appeared with a new head, reading, The Massachusetts Gazette; and the Boston Post-Boy and Advertiser, showing in the vignette a lion perched upon the crown, the words News-Letter having been removed, and there being a new firm, the imprint reading, "Boston : — Printed by Mills and Hicks, at their office in School- street, next door to Cromwell's Head Tavern." The vignette used by the new printer was very much nicer than the old one, and plainly shows two ancient French sayings, '■'■ Honi soit qui mal y pense" (evil to him who evil thinks), and ^'- Dieu etmon droit" (God and my right) , and it seems strange that England should' select French to express that which is so well expressed in her own tongue ; and yet perhaps it was equally strange that our government, in selecting a motto for the United States, should have borrowed from the Latin language, " E plurihus unum" (one of many), to express the fact of the formation of one fed- eral government out of several independent states. No other paper than the News-Letter was required in Boston until 1719, a period of fifteen years ; then the Gazette, a two- page news sheet, the size of the pages being 8 by 12 inches, was commenced as a Monday publication — Edes & Gill, printers; and they were succeeded by Draper. The people of the prov- ince had now become eucouragers of the liberty of the press ; and in 1764, when John Eudicott was governor, the "Great and General Court," in order to prevent irregularities and abuse of authority by the press, ordered "that no printing-press shall be allowed in any town but Cambridge ;" and any printer who re- fused to obey this order " forfeited his press, and could no more MASSACHUSETTS NEWSPAPERS. 181 use it," unless by the authority of the court. In 1768 the Bos- ton papers were published by authority ; but Edes & Gill's Boston Gazette and Country Journal sarcastically says, July 20, 1768, " The Sons of Liberty expect that no printer will here- after presume to make use of the name of the Sons of Liberty without an authentic order." At one time, it appears, James Franklin, an elder brother of the celebrated Benjamin Franklin, was employed as printer. Mentioning Benjamin reminds me of the story told of him and his mother-in-law, who, when she first discovered that young Benjamin had fallen in love with her daughter, said she did not know so well about giving her daugh- ter to a printer, for there were already two printing-offices in the country, and she was not certain that another printer could :find support. Think of it : the doubtful chance then for a third printing-office, and of the number supported now ! Benjamin Franklin was born in Boston, Jan. 17, 1706. and served a regu- lar apprenticeship to the printing business. In 1757 he was sent as an agent to England ; he was a member of congress, and a signer of the Declaration of Independence ; he was sent to France in the service of his country ; and died at Philadelphia, April 17, 1790. James Franklin, the brother, though older, was not as successful ; but on leaving the Gazette he began the pub- lication of another journal, the New England Gourant. Its patrons formed themselves into a club, and furnished the paper with short original essays, in imitation of the London Spectator, which soon brought the Gourant into notice. It was warmly ■opposed by the rigid Puritans, while it was supported with equal ardor by men of more liberal opinions ; but the press then, as it had been for more than fifty years in Massachusetts, was under a rigorous censorship. Nothing could with impunity be pub- lished unless pleasing to the then colonial government. Frank- lin was soon imprisoned, and ordered to give up his paper or submit to its supervision ; but, not inclining to yield submission, he conducted the Gourant for some years in the name of Benja- min, who had from the first assisted his brother, and had been one of the ablest contributors to the paper. Cardinal Wolsey, speaking in the name of the Romish clergy, once said, " We must destroy the press, or the press will de- stroy us." There was anciently a law in Pingland " that no 182 NOTES ON FEINTING. private person, or persons, should be allowed to print, or cause to be printed, any book or pamphlet whatever, unless lawfully licensed." In Scotland, at one time, all paper used by printers for circulating news was by law required to bear a government stamp, and printers at once commenced to print upon cloth, — one of the Greenock printers calling his weekly journal the Greenock News-Qloth. In America, once, a grand jury in the state of Virginia decided that Mr. Janeway, of Loudon county, should be prosecuted for writing articles against slavery for the National Era, a newspaper published at Washington city. When John Milton published Paradise Lost, the work came near being suppressed through ignorance, as containing treasonable lines against kings. During the reign of Louis Phillippe, in France, fifty-seven newspapers were compelled to be discontinued, and the editors of them, and the contributors to them, in the aggre- gate, were sentenced to imprisonment of three thousand one hundred and forty-one years. In France, when Faust, of Mentz, carried his printed Bible to Paris, and offered it for sale there (it being in the ancient days, when Satan was supposed to stand ready to aid witch-craft) , he was seized and thrown into, prison for being in league with the Devil; and the story of "The Devil and Dr. Faustus" was founded on this fact. The Eng- lish government did not allow the printing of Bibles in Amer- ica whilst the states were colonies ; and until 1782 all Bibles in the English language, used here, were Oxford editions. The union of The Massachusetts Gazette and the Boston Weelcly News-Letter, issued on Thursdays, was consummated, according to an old Almanac, in 1763. The paper consisted of four pages, each page measuring 10 by 16 inches, on good paper. It was printed by Mrs. Margaret Draper. I have not happened to find any copy of it. I have in my possession The Massachusetts Gazette, from 1768 to 1774, also the Boston Weekly Neivs-Letter, from 1763 to June, 1773 ; but in these I do not find any mention of Mrs. Draper ; and if she printed the Gazette in 1763, she was the first female printer and publisher in this country, unless the wife of Rev. Jesse Glover was a fe- male printer, or can be claimed as one — who, with the children of that wealthy clergyman, arrived safely with the printing mate- rials her husband had procured for introducing printing into MASSACHUSETTS NEWSPAPERS. 183 the United States, at Cambridge, and, with the assistance of Stephen Daye, engaged by Mr. Griover as his printer, in Cam- bridge, did, by the direction of the magistrates and elders of the place, commence printing in January, 1639. This being true, we may claim Mr. Glover as the father of the American press (though he died on the passage to this country), and Mrs. Glover as the mother of the press. The records of Harvard college inform us that " There is in the place a printing es- tablishment, called the University Press, which has become cel- ebrated for the beauty and accuracy with which it sends out classical books in the various ancient and modern languages. The establishment may be considered as the most ancient print- ing-oflBce in America — having been begun by one Daye, at the charge of Mr. Glover, 1639." I find the name of Richard Dra- per given as printer of his own paper until the Gazette was pub- lished by Mills & Hicks, when it disappears with the long-lived JVews Letter. Mrs. Draper's name may, however, have ap- peared at some of the times when the authorities of Boston had ordered changes in the papers, or when Mr. Draper published them as separate concerns, or when the printer, Mr. Draper, had at some time been, by authority, refused a license to print. • The Boston Evening Post was the title given to a Monday newspaper established in 1735 ; size of page 9 by 14 inches. It was a four-page paper, printed by Thomas Fleet, at his office in Cornhill, at the sign of the Heart and Crown. This news- paper was a continuation of The WeeMy Rehearsal, a well con- ducted and very popular paper, commenced in 1731 by Jer- emy Gridley, and by him sold to Mr. Fleet, August, 1735, who changed its name to Evening Post. Fleet continued this paper, and also did a large printing business, until his death, and it was then published by his sons until 1775. Thomas Fleet was a printer by trade, and came over from London, England, to Boston, Mass., in 1712. He lived in Pudding lane, and married a daughter of Elizabeth Foster, who lived in Charlestown, until she married Isaac Goose, when they moved to Boston and settled on land in Temple Place ; but after the death of her husband Mrs. Elizabeth Foster Goose went to live with Mrs. Fleet, her daugh- ter, and the wife of Editor Fleet. She was a singer of some note in her day, and used to rock and sing the Fleet children to sleep 184 NOTES ON FEINTING. day and night by repeating to them lullabys and nursery rhymes ; and these were so varied that Thomas Fleet at length collected enough of them to make a little book, which he printed and had bound. These books for children he offered for sale under the title "Songs for the Nursery; or, Mother Goose's Melodies for Children. Printed by Thomas Fleet, at his Printing House, Pudding Lane, 1719. Price two coppers." Pudding Lane is now Devonshire street. Mother Goose (Elizabeth Foster) be- longed to a wealthy family, and was born in Charlestown, 1665, and died in 1757, aged 92 years. Thomas Fleet purchased the estate at the north-easterly corner of Washington and Water streets, and from that place the Evening Post was issued for more than thirty years. The sons of Mr. Fleet were Thomas and John, who printed a "History of Massachusetts Bay," containing some curious papers written by Mr. Condy as an appendix to the history, which was written by the lieutenant governor of the colony. ISAIAH Thomas's magazine. July 1, 1773, Isaiah Thomas proposed printing by subscrip- tion a monthly publication, entitled The Royal American Mag- azine, or Universal Repository, each number to consist of fifty pages large octavo, on fine demy paper, with new type made in England ; price, ten shillings and fourpence, lawful money, or seven shillings and ninepence sterling per annum. Four shil- lings must be paid in advance, to enable the publisher to prose- cute his plan. It will not be a party affair, nor will it defame private character. It will be acceptable to all honest men, of whatever religious or political principles. It will be sent to houses, in town, and to customers in the country, by the first opportunity. The opening address says, — " Literature being the grand fountain from whence springs all that is requisite to accomplish rational beings, for the enjoyment of social happi- ness, and fit them for their various employments on the stage of action ; it is noble in us to encourage and cultivate every- thing tending to promote this great gift of heaven among man- kind. Before the art of printing was known, the sons of sci- ence suffered greatly ; and it is beyond a doubt that for the want of the printing-press many valuable essays of the ancients RHODE ISLAND NEWSPAPERS. 185 have perished. We may now know what is passing in the world. In this magazine everything deserving will be regis- tered. One elegant copper-plate print will be given monthly ; and Governor Hutchinson's History of Massachusetts 'Bay will be published in this work in such a way as to be bound up by itself. Address, I. Thomas, printer and publisher ; oflfice near Mill-Bridge, Boston." In 1773 notice is given that Bickerstafif's Almanac for that year will contain an elegant representation of the furious wild beast that infested the province of Languedoc in France in 1765, and destroyed upwards of eighty persons, with a full description of the same ! Nicholas Brown gives notice that he will send a stage-coach every fourteen days, from Boston to New York. Gentlemen and ladies desiring passage may apply at the Royal Exchange Tavern, in King street, Bos- ton, or at the Three Doves, Marlborough street, South End. As this is the first stage-coach which has ever been improved on this road, he flatters himself with public patronage. RHODE ISLAND NEWSPAPERS. The beautiful little state of Rhode Island was the ancient Vineland of the Northmen, where they settled in the year 1000. It was settled at Providence, by Englishmen, in 1636, and owes its name to the Island of Rhodes, in the Mediterranean sea, and resembles that domain. It was chartered in 1644, and re- chartered in 1666, by Charles II, which charter is the basis of the present form of government. Unlike other states, it has not a written constitution. The first newspaper published in Rhode Island was printed at Newport, entitled The Rhode Island Gazette, Sept. 27, 1732, by James Franklin, who had before printed the New England Cou- rant, at Boston, Mass. The second paper in the state was the Newport Mercury, commenced in 1758 by James Franklin, Jr., son of James, the printer of the J?. I. Gazette. The third paper in the state was published at Providence, entitled The Provi- dence Gazette and County Journal, 1762. The number of pa- pers in the state in 1775 was two; in 1810, 7; in 1828, four- teen; in 1834, sixteen. In 1861, Rhode Island, with a popu- lation of 175,261, had four daily, one semi-weekly, and seven- teen weekly newspapers. In 1870 there were thirty-two papers 186 NOTES ON PRINTING. in the state ; and in 1880 the number of newspapers and maga- zines was forty-four. Population, 276,531. William Goddaed, of New London, Conn., was born in 1740. In 1762 tie commenced the Providence Gazette. In 1736 he went to Philadelphia, and commenced the Pennsylvania Chron- icle. In 1773 he commenced the Maryland Journal, at Balti- more. In 1775 Franklin appointed him comptroller of the gen- eral post-office. In 1792 he relinquished the Journal, and after- wards resided in Rhode Island. He died at Providence, Dec. 23, 1817, aged 77. The Newport Gazette was commenced September 27, 1732, by James Franklin, brother of Benjamin, and was the first paper in Rhode Island. Franklin had been unsuccessful in Boston before moving to Newport, and his establishment here was as unfortu- nate to him. His Gazette failed in about three months, and Franklin himself died in 1736 ; but his son James commenced the Newport Mercury and Weekly Advertiser in 1758, a seven by nine inch paper, with Mercury flying over the ocean towards a ship stationed near a fort, as a frontispiece of the head. It advertises " Poor Richard's Almanack for 1759 ; " and it is said that James's uncle, Benjamin Franklin, furnished him with new type, and gave him other help. Young Franklin finally moved away from Newport, and his mother continued the paper in her own name, until she sold it to Solomon Southwick, who contin- ued it until 1776. The press used for printing this paper was the same one used by both Benjamin and James Franklin in Boston, and by the son of James. It is now the property of the Mechanics' Charitable Association, of Boston. The New- port Mercury used to bear the inscription under the title, " Es- tablished by Franklin, A. D. 1758," because Benjamin fur- nished the means enabling the son of James to commence the paper. Solomon Southwick, after purchasing the Mercury in 1776, being fearful that the British would destroy his press, buried it, with all his type, in his garden. The British found it out, dug it up, and set up a paper under the name of Rhode Island Ga- zette, which they continued to publish for three years, while they held possession of the island. Copies of this British newspaper are still preserved in Newport as curiosities. RHODE ISLAND NEWSPAPERS. 187 The Neviport Mercury was established by James Franklin, Jr., A. D. 1758. The number for July 31, 1869, claims to be the oldest paper in America. It was at this time published and edited by Fred A. Pratt. The New Hampshire Gazette, of Oct. 12, 1872, published by Marston & Freeman, and printed at the Daily Chronicle office, Portsmouth, N. H., claims to be the old- est newspaper in America, and was established Oct. 7, 1756. The Gazette here mentioned contains a history of the paper, written by F. W. Miller, which occupies six columns, — one whole page, — proving its claim to be two years older than the Mercury. The Pawtucket Gazette and Chronicle was commenced Dec. 26, 1824, by John C. Harwood. It was originally the Pawtucket Chronicle and Manufacturers and Artisans' Advocate, published at an office opposite the Pawtucket hotel, at $2 a year, and was a small sheet compared with its present broad dimensions and well filled columns, but was made valuable even at the start, being devoted to poetry, the mechanic arts, anecdotes, family reading, editorials, stories, and general miscellaneous news. The editor said, in the first number, — "The publication of a newspaper in a village, in the immedi- ate vicinity of a larger commercial town, we are aware is looked upon by many as a chimerical experiment. But we have already had convincing testimony that those who thus estimate our un- dertaking do not take into consideration the character of the comparatively small, yet efllcient and enterprising, community, upon which we more immediately rely for a sufficient patronage to support our unpretending and somewhat economical estab- lishment." Thus the Pawtucket Chronicle recognized at the outset that it must be a local paper, devoted to home interests, dealing, not with the great and remote, but the lesser and intimate, concerns of human life. It saw a rich field that state and national jour- nals could not reach nor cultivate. It has ever remained true to its ancient purpose, and has grown and prospered as a local paper, in the meantime being the model upon which many other papers of similar scope were organized. It concludes its salutatory as follows : " If we shall succeed in bringing these subjects home to the bosoms and business of 188 NOTES ON PRINTING. our readers, by adding new incentives to the spirit of industry and enterprise that already prevails, increasing a taste for in- quiry, and exciting an emulation to elevate the character of our artisans to the same enviable point in intellectual cultivation to which they have so happily arrived in the successful prosecution of business, our labors will not have been in vain, nor the lib- eral encouragement we hope to receive be found to have been uselessly bestowed." — Attleborough Ghronide, Dec. 27, 1884. The Gazette and Chronicle is now published by Sibley & Lee, and is edited by Charles A. Lee, Esq., a vigorous and pleasing writer, a model editor, and very excellent gentleman. John S. Sibley learned printing in the ofHce of the "Woonsocket (R. I.) Patriot, and was a highly esteemed citizen. The old Chronicle of 1825 was united with the young Gazette, April 26, 1839, and given the name it now bears. Evening Chronicle. The first daily newspaper InPawtucket was commenced on Friday, April 10, 1885, by Charles A. Lee, editor of the weekly Chronicle. A second daily, the Evening Times, was commenced May 7, 1885, by George 0. Willard, who has had over twenty-flve years' experience on the Provi- dence Press, Star, and News. He learned his trade in Paw- tucket. Providence Journal. The first number of the Manufac- turers and Farmers' Journal and Providence and Pawtucket Ad- vertiser was issued on the third day of January, 1820, by the publishing firm of Miller & Hutchens — William E. Richmond, editor. It was issued semi-weekly, and is continued as an issue of the Journal. In 1823 Mr. Miller purchased the interest of Mr. Hutchens. In 1833 he sold an interest to George Paine, the firm becoming Miller & Paine. In 1836 George W. Jack- son became sole proprietor of the paper. In 1838 he sold it to Joseph Knowles and William L. Burroughs, by whom it was published until 1839, when Mr. Burroughs sold his interest to John W. Vose, the firm becoming Knowles & Vose. On the first of July in the same year, Henry B. Anthony became a partner, the firm name being Knowles, Vose & Anthony. At the death of Mr. Vose, in 1848, the firm continued as Knowles & Anthony until 1863, when George W. Danielson was admitted as a partner, and the firm became Knowles, Anthony & Daniel- EHODE ISLAND NEWSPAPERS. 189 son, and has continaed so until the present time. On July 1, 1829, the Daily Journal was started, and on the 26th of Janu- ary, 1863, the Evening Bulletin. The editors of the Journal, with the exception of the present editor, have been William E. Eichmond, Thomas Rivers, Benjamin F. Hallett, Louis Gaylord Clarke, George Paine, John B. Snow, Thomas H. Webb, Henry B. Anthony, James B. Angell, and George W. Danielson. In June, 1885, the Journal was published by the Providence Jour- nal Company. C. A. Lee. FOWLB & THOMAS. Zechariah Fowle and Isaiah Thomas established The Massa- chusetts Spy in Boston, in 1770. It consisted of four pages, each eight by ten inches in size. The subscription price was six shillings and sixpence per annum. It was published Thurs- days, and the office was on Union street, near the market. It was commenced as an independent newspaper, with its columns open to writers of all parties, but it soon became a strong advo- cate of freedom, and in time advocated the Revolution and the war with England. Mr. Fowle was a printer by profession, and published many popular and revolutionary ballads. Mr. Thomas was born in Boston, January 19, 1749, and was appren- ticed to Fowle when only six years of age. After learning the printing business he became a partner of his master in the Spy office, and was editor of that paper, with which he was con- nected until 1801. In 1774 his articles, and some communica- tions written by such patriots as John Hancock and Samuel Adams, made his paper so obnoxious to the authorities and the Tories (as the friends of the mother country were called) , that Thomas was denounced as a traitor ; and, fearing that he might be hanged as such by order of the king's officers, he removed the printing-office to Worcester, where he continued the paper after May 3, 1776 ; and this Worcester paper was the first printed in any inland town in New England. In 1788 he car- ried on printing in Boston, in the firm of Thomas & Andrews, and there published the Massachusetts Magazine, from 1789 to 1796. He was also connected with David Carlisle and Joseph Dennie, in 1793, as publishers of the Farmers' Museum, at Wal- pole, N. H. After the Revolutionary war, Mr. Thomas, by 190 NOTES ON FEINTING. uniting the employments of printer, publisher, and book-seller with the manufacture of paper and book-binding, was able to accomplish a great amount of business. At one period he had, under his personal direction and that of his partners, sixteen presses in constant motion. In 1802 he relinquished his pros- perous business to his son, but did not become idle. In 1810 his " History of Printing," in two octavo volumes, was pub- lished, evincing great research and fidelity of narrative. In 1814 he received the honorary degree of Master of Arts from Dartmouth college, and in 1818 the degree of Doctor of Laws from Alleghany college. lie was president of the Antiquarian Society from its foundation. His New England Almanac made his name well known. He died at Worcester, April 4, 1831, in his eighty-second year. When the Massachusetts Spy was re- moved to Worcester, the affairs at Concord and Lexington were brewing, and the first motto of the paper was that of the Sons of Liberty in Boston, — "Americans ! Liberty or Death ! Join or Die ! " The Spy left Boston April 6, 1775, and appeared in Worcester May 3. In 1776 its motto was " Unanimity at Home, and Bravery and Perseverance in the Field, will secure the In- dependence of the United States." The last accounts from the Spy that I have seen represent it as in good health for a paper of its great age, and its friends in that place hope that it may celebrate, at Worcester, its one hundred and fiftieth birthday in 1920. REVOLUTION ART NEWSPAPERS. Some of these were the Independent Advei-tiser, by that stern patriot, Samuel Adams, and the Boston Gazette and Country Gentleman, commenced in 1755 by Edes & Gill. It was printed upon two pages folio, of a crown half -sheet, and had an Indian with his bow and arrow, and a representation of Britannia lib- erating a bird confined by a cord to the arms of France, for its frontispiece. All the Revolutionary papers were strong in principles, and vigorous, containing very spicy sayings. The leading Sons of Liberty in Massachusetts wrote for the Con- necticut Gazette and other liberty-loving papers, from 1755 to 1776, and John Adams wrote much for the American journals; and the bold Revolutionary spirit which destroyed all the tea in REVOLUTIONARY NEWSPAPERS. 191 Boston harbor and other places, originated with such men. The stamp act, the terrible massacre in State street, the tea tax, Hutchinson's letters, the closing of the port of Boston, and the conduct of the British government and its officers in the colo- nies, afforded themes for the busy pens of all the friends of lib- erty and the patriots of that period. It seemed that no words could be written too strong for the Revolutionary papers to print in condemnation of English rule in America. The Dela- ware Gazette was started in 1761, and soon was called the Cou- rant. In 1762 the Providence Gazette and Country Journal was commenced. The Georgia Gazette of Savannah appeared in 1763, and there was no other paper in that state before the Rev- olutionary war. The Connecticut Courant, published " at the Heart and Crown, near the Meeting-House," in Hartford, was commenced November 19, 1764. It has been published about one hundred and twenty years, and all that time without change of name or interruption, except for a suspension of a few weeks during the Revolution, when paper to print it could not be ob- tained for love or money. I have seen the statement that the Courant was commenced October 29, 1764, The Exeter Gazette was commenced in 1775. The first news- paper published in Virginia was established in 1780, and the price of it weekly was $50 a year. Stephen Daye, the first printer who practised "the black art," as printing was once called, within the dominions of the United Colonies of New England, was a native of England, and probably a descendant of the Day who carried on the printing business in London in Queen Elizabeth's time. He was hired to come to America, and his employer was a benefactor of the infant colony, and early engaged in such measures as he judged would be for the interests of Massachusetts and the prosperity of Harvard college, his great object being to establish a press for the accommodation of business connected with education, and for the good of the church and the state. Mr. G-lover was some time busy soliciting funds sufficient to purchase all the materials suggested by Daye, his printer. He contributed lib- erally himself, and obtained much aid from friends in England and Holland. The press and paper for printing were from Hol- land, for as yet it had not been manufactured in America, and 192 NOTES ON PRINTING. was of as great use as the press. Eev. Henry Dunster opened his dwelling-house in Cambridge to the newly arrived printer, and received the printing materials. Afterward Dunster was president of Harvard college, and was inducted into oflflce Au- gust 27, 1640. He remained in office until 1654, when, having acquired and preached doctrines in opposition to infant baptism, he was compelled to resign his oflSce. He retired to Scituate, where he resided until his death, which took place February 27, 1669. He greatly aided Daye, and revised and refined the New England version of the Psalms of David before that work was published. It has been said that Stephen Daye was not considered a very skilful printer, and that, in fact, until he came to this coun- try, he had never been engaged upon any large work. It does not seem likely that this is correct, because all English printers in those days served a regular apprenticeship to the business before they could leave their master's office ; and a poor or inferior workman would not have been selected, under any circumstances, to introduce the important art into the new world. The first thing issued by Daye from his press was the " Freeman's Oath ;" the second, an "Almanac ;" and the third, the "■Psalms of David in Metre." When Daye came here, being the only printer in the colonies, he was supposed to be a won- derful man, and was so much esteemed that the general court of Massachusetts granted him 300 acres of land in 1641. This was very generous, and must have been very gratifying to Mr. Daye, as an acknowledgment of his services in establishing the art of printing in America ; and such a gift would never have been made to a person unacquainted with his business. He continued printing until 1649, a period of about ten years, when his establishment passed into the hands of Samuel Green. Daye died at Cambridge, December 22, 1668, at the age of 58 years. WHY EDITORS SPEAK OF THEMSELVES AS " WE." We is the plural of I ; and the custom of calling one's self we, as well as of speaking and writing of one individual as us and we, probably originated among kings, — for in the year 1119 King John spoke of himself as we, and he has the credit of being the first sovereign who used the plural style in his edicts. WHY EDITORS SPEAK OF THEMSELVES AS " WB." 193 Whether he was familiar with the first book of Moses, called G-enesis, or otherwise, is not known ; but it is possible that he might have read in his Bible, Genesis i, 26, the language of the King of kings, and finding that God had said, " Let us make man in our image, after our likeness," concluded that it would be right and proper for him to mention King John as us. Hav- ing done this, the German and French sovereigns followed his example, in the year 1200. Later, at a time unrecorded, the ed- itors of newspapers, though generally known as very modest gentlemen, began to say we instead of individually saying I ; and after the editors, other less modest people began to say we ; and later still, as will appear from the following lines, even a common organist, much against his will, was compelled to say we : Within a certain church there were two fellows : One played the organ, t' other blew the bellows. The morning service decently gone through — " Sir," said the fellow who the bellows blew, " Sir, Master Organist, we played quite well !" " We, Mr. Bellows-blower ! Let me tell You that 'tis far beyond my power to see Why you should have th' assurance to say we. I am the only player." " Well, good-bye, And in the afternoon again we '11 try." The afternoon arrived, and, after dinner, Within that church assembled many a sinner. The parson read the psalm, the tune was given, The player touched the keys, — but, gracious Heaven ! No sound was heard, save " Blow, you rascal ! blow !" " Say WE, and then I will. I '11 let you know That you can 't play a note, deprived of me." " We, then, we ! Blast you, blow away ! We, we !" The bellows-blower, being satisfied, With care and industry the bellows plied. The organist, with wondrous skill and art, Through all the services performed his part, And owned for all, of high and low degree, 'T was just, and right, and proper to say we ; That no one is of others independent. You have my tale and moral — here's the end on 't. 13 194 NOTES ON PRINTING. GAZETTES, MERCURIES, INTELLIGENCERS, ETC. Many different papers, with such titles as mentioned above, were issued in England and elsewhere during the civil wars, — some in manuscript, and some printed partly from type and partly with the " pen of the ready writer." Others were wholly from type ; and these were the first European newspapers which appeared at regular and irregular intervals. It has been stated by English historians, that mankind are indebted to the wis- dom of Queen Elizabeth and the prudence of Lord Burleigh for the first printed newspaper. It was entitled The English Mercurie, and was published by authority — printed in London by her highness's printer, Christopher Barker, 1588 ; and it is stated as a fact, that the first number of this newspaper is pre- served in the British Museum library, its date being July 23, 1588. Lord Burleigh was one of the favorites of Elizabeth, and served her as secretary for forty years. He was born in 1522, and died in 1598, aged 76. Queen Elizabeth was born in 1533, and died March 24, 1603, aged 70, having reigned forty-five years. Whether these persons were the originators of news- papers, or otherwise, it is certain that there were a large num- ber of "Mercuries" written and printed, and that they were issued at times when there was important news to circulate ; and in four mouths there had been published as many as fifty-four numbers, filled with news and advertisements. No. 54 is dated Monday, Nov. 24, 1588, and in this paper the public are in- formed that " this day was celebrated a solemn thanksgiving for successes obtained against the Spanish Armada," a fleet of ves- sels which consisted of 130 ships, carrying 19,000 soldiers, 8,000 seamen, 2,000 galley slaves, 2,680 pieces of cannon, 180 monks and friars for the conversion of heretics, and a sup- ply of arms for the disaffected English Catholics. It was the greatest fleet that had ever ploughed the ocean, but the English sent eight fire-ships in among the fleet, which caused the Span- iards to cut their cables and return to Spain, having lost 30 ships and 10,000 men. The English Kingdom's Intelligencer, which at one time circulated some in America, was commenced in 1662, and contained not only a greater variety of useful in- formation than any of its predecessors, but many curious adver- VARIOUS NAMES OF NEWSPAPERS. 195 tisements. In 1662 The Intelligencer was started by Roger L'Estrange, who espoused the cause of the Crown on all occa- sions. In 1665 appeared the London Gazette. Between the years 1661 and 1668 there were more than seventy different newspapers started in England, some of which had very funny titles, such as Smoking Nocturnal, and News from the Land of Chivalry, by a Knight of the Squeaking Fiddlestick. In 1680 all unlicensed newspapers were suppressed. The charge for advertising in 1683 was " a shilling for eight lines." In 1695, public affairs were published on a sheet of fine paper, half of which was left blank, so that any person, for twopence, could purchase a copy of the Flying Post or the News-Letter, and could write upon it whatever he pleased, and then send it to a ' friend, who would also write upon it and send it to one of his friends, until the blank space was filled. There was at that time such a dearth of news that one publisher had recourse to the Bible for reading matter, and actually went through the whole of the New Testament and the greater part of the Psalms of David. The first newspaper printed in Scotland was issued by a party of Cromwell's troops at the town of Leith. In 1724 there were only two printing-offices in England, — one in London and one in Lancashire, — the stage-coach taking nine days to pass from London to Edinburgh, and going but once a month. Book-printing did not much flourish until 1814, when " Waverley," a new novel, made its appearance, and a new epoch in the literature of the country was at hand. It was not till the reign of Queen Anne that London could boast of a daily paper ; but in 1724 three daily papers were published. It has been ascertained that only three numbers of t\i& English Mercuric can now be found ; and, in consequence, some writers have lately undertaken to prove that at least two of these are spurious. It is claimed that these are printed in modern type ; that no originals are known ; and that the third one is in manuscript of the eighteenth century, altered and interpolated with changes in old language, such as only an author would make. But the history of England tells us that " newspapers first appeared in the reign of Elizabeth, in the year of the Ar- mada, and that they were a kind of gazetta named the ' Mer- curic.' " In the reign of James I, packets of news were pub- 196 NOTES ON PRINTING. lished, having some very queer titles, such as Newes from, Italy, Hungary, &c. ; in 1622, weekly papers, such as The Cer- tain Newes of the Present Week, by Nathaniel Butter, or Butler, which was the first English weekly paper ; and in 1643 there were as many as twenty newspapers in circulation, among which were News from Hull, Truths from York, Warranted Tidings from Ireland, and others. Very soon after the weeklies, fol- lowed papers twice and thrice in every week, such as the Dutch Spy, Parliament Kite, and Secret Owl. October 26, 1653, a Scottish newspaper appeared ; but many of the Scotch papers were reprints of the English, until 1699, when the Edinhurg Gazette was established. The Gazette de France appeared in 1631, and was continued regularly until 1793, making one hun- dred and sixty-two volumes. I have thought it probable that the germ of printing was found in the imprints made by the feet of animals in the soft earth and in clay, and perhaps the marks left upon smooth stones by wet or by muddy feet. Among the earliest efforts to develop the art may be mentioned the famous Babylonian brick, upon which was discovered sev- eral Egyptian characters. The art came slowly into view, and after centuries the Bible was printed in 1455, and the next great work was the Psalter of 1457. It has been ascertained that impressions upon bricks were once frequently found in the ruins of buried cities in Asia ; and it is said that very respectable pictures have been found engraved on wood, dated 1285, and some think that such blocks were used to print pictures from. PAPER-MAKING IN NEW ENGLAND. For many years all the paper used by printers in this country was obtained from England. The Chinese claim to have discov- ered the secret and means of manufacturing paper more than eighteen centuries ago. One of their distinguished mandarins took the bark of trees, pieces of old silk and hempen cloth, and boiled them down until they came to the consistence of melted glue, or paste. He then spread the mass in thin layers upon the earth, and the heat of the sun dried up the moisture, leaving a thin, compact substance, which formed paper. He then discov- ered means by which a smooth surface was given to the sheets of paper. An act to encourage paper-making in New England PAPER-MAKING IN NEW ENGLAND. 197 was passed by the general court of Massachusetts Sept. 13, 1728. Then a company, to whom a patent had been granted, erected a small mill in the town of Milton, near the lower bridge on the Neponset river. Their master workman was Henry Woodman, an Englishman. In 1760 the mill passed into the hands of James Boies, of Boston, who procured a paper-maker from a British regiment then stationed in Boston, by name Hazelton ; but he went to Canada, and received a wound on the Plains of Abraham, where the brave Wolfe fell, and died soon after. The next paper-maker was another Englishman, Richard Clarke, who was an excellent workman. He sent for his son, also a paper-maker, and these soon made the business a success ; and thus originated paper-making in New England. The ancient Mexicans and Peruvians made great use of paper made from aloe leaves and various barks. The sheets were very long, and made up in rolls called books. On these they painted in beautiful and permanent colors whatever they desired to preserve by such hieroglyphics as recorded their laws, history, customs, geographical and astronomical knowledge, &c. It has been claimed by some that paper was made in Peru earlier than in Egypt. Good paper was made in Pennsylvania in 1698 — the first at Germantown, by Nicholas Rittenhouse, who died in May, 1734, aged 68. His son William, born 1691, died 1774, was his successor. Nicholas came from Holland to Germantown. His mill was destroyed by a flood, but was rebuilt in 1702, and paper was made by this family for a period of 121 years. Jacob Rittenhouse, a grandson of the first paper maker in Brit- ish America, says that his progenitors, when they first came to Philadelphia, dwelt in caves dug in the banks of the Dela- ware river during part of the winter of 1687-'88. Such caves, he said, were common for many years, and were reserved for the use of new comers as their first habitations, or until they could acquire the means of building better accommodations or cabins of their own. The second paper-mill in this country was started by William De Wees in 1710 at Germantown, and the third by Thomas Wil- cox, an Englishman, in 1726, who died November 11, 1779, aged 90 years. Engines were used in American paper-mills in 1756. Previous to this the rags were pounded to a pulp. 198 NOTES ON PRINTING. In 1769, the News-Letter at Boston says, — "People are so very backward in collecting rags, that the mills at Milton can scarcely supply the printers in town ; and if there is not more care taken to save rags, there will be a necessity of importing paper to carry on business, rags being the main support of the paper- maker, and he must have fine rags to make fine paper. In the last year a small quantity of nice rags being collected, near fifty reams of good writing paper were made and sold as cheap as English paper of the same quality, and much money was thus saved and kept within this province. As the saving of rags will more particularly fall within the sphere of the ladies, it is not doubted that their love of liberty and their tender connections with the other sex will induce them to give their assistance in supporting the interests of their country by the following method : Have a small bag or pillow-case hanging in some cor- ner or closet, into which throw all your pieces or scraps of linen, though they should not be above an inch long, instead of throw- ing them into the fire, as too many have done, and at the end of every two or three months send them for sale or give them to some indigent body for that purpose ; and thereby you would do a deed of charity and not in the least impoverish yourself. Let me now ask those ladies who have a regard for their country to save the sums of money that will go to England for paper if we do not furnish our paper-mill with rags so that our paper may be manufactured at the Milton paper-mill." The Boston Post-Boy was a weekly newspaper, commenced by Ellis Huske, post-master of Boston, October, 1734, who was after ward deputy postmaster-general for the colonies. No printer's name was mentioned for twenty years. Huske was superseded as post-master by Benjamin Franklin ; and the paper, which never had much to commend it, was discontinued in 1754. The name was afterward used by others. The Massachusetts Gazette and the Boston Post-Boy and Ad- vertiser, a paper of four pages, 10 by 16 inches in size, was established in 1760, the office being next door to the Cromwell's Head Tavern in School street, the printers being Mills and Hicks, who seem to have purchased, or in some way to have come into possession, of the Gazette, the Evening Post, and other papers. They were also book publishers. John Hicks was born in Cam- PAPEK- MAKING IN NEW ENGLAND. 199 bridge, and was one of the men who had the fight with the Brit- ish which led to the King street massacre, March 5, 1770. He died at Newton after the war. John's partner, Nathaniel Mills, was born in Boston, was a good printer, became a loyalist, and went to Halifax. In 1773, Mills & Hicks occupied the same office once belonging to the Fleet family. These printers, in their Post-Boy, say, — " The advantages, derived to the public through the newspapers are very great. Politics, law, divinity, philosophy, mechanics, trade, manufactures, agriculture, and every industry, are benefited. Since the press has been estab- lished, America begins to be a figure in the world. Where knowledge is, there is freedom ; where freedom is, tyrants tremble, and conspirators against their country sink into con- tempt. America is the asylum for the oppressed of all nations ; they come here to work up our flax, wool, hemp, silk, cotton, iron, steel, copper, and precious stones, of which we have abundance in the rough. Husbandmen from abroad will intro- duce better methods of cultivating the soil : we must, therefore, support our newspapers, and encourage people who come to reside among us." Mills & Hicks were the publishers of " BickerstafiE's Boston Almanack, embellished with curious engravings ;" and this re- minds me of several kinds — for, to mark by making incisions in metal, wood, or stone, with a chisel or other tool, is the work of an engraver. Engravings are impressions from an engraved plate, sometimes called prints. The art is very ancient, for we find mention of an engraver on stone in Exodus, chapter 28. Italy, Germany, Holland, and other countries claim the honor of the invention. It is known that Peter Schoeffer had the art of engraving upon copper, and of taking impressions from wood blocks, in 1462. Wood-cuts, for books, came into use in 1450, and the art of printing from copper plates was known in 1465. Etching, a process by which engraving is accomplished on met- als, not by a tool, but by eating out, by aquafortis, of lines traced through a coating of wax, was practised at Nuremburg and Frankfort in 1512. Mezzotinto, a kind of engraving on copper, resembling in its effects the old style of drawing in India ink, was- invented by Prince Kupert, nephew to Charles I, after noticing a soldier who was engaged in scraping and 200 NOTES ON PRINTING. cleaning a rusty gun. Looking at the gun, the prince was sur- prised by something like a figure eaten into the barrel, with in- numerable little holes close together, like frieze work, in imita- tion of which he made the first mezzotinto print ever published. A copy of it made in 1755 is preserved. The first engraving on wood in Europe was done in the time of Alexander, in 1285. A curious edition of the New Testament was published in 1552, with many wood-cuts. One of these, made to illustrate the eighth chapter of St. Matthew, represents the devil, with a wooden leg, sowing tares. Picture work, or lettering by an engraver, on all plates to be printed from, is done backwards, so that when an impression is taken it may restore a correct view. Lettering on door plates, rings, and silverware is not so done. CONNECTICUT NEWSPAPERS. This state was settled by Englishmen in 1633. It was named from the Indian, Quon-ch-ta-cut, signifying " Long river;" and some relate that the Long river said to the land on each side, "You connect — I cut." It was settled by the Dutch, at Hart- ford ; by people from Massachusetts, at Wethersfield and Wind- sor, in 1634 and 1636 ; then by the Connecticut colony of Puri- tans ; and in 1665 the colonies were united under a charter from Charles II. The charter was suspended and restored, and formed the basis of the government until 1818. The first newspaper in Connecticut was the Connecticut Ga- zette, published at New Haven, January 1, 1755, by Parker & Holt. The second paper was The New London Summary, com- menced by Timothy Green, Aug. 8, 1758, but he died in 1768. It was succeeded by the Connecticut Gazette, — that is, the Sum- mary was, after the death of Green, called iVew London Gazette, until 1773, when it was called Connecticut Gazette. The Con- necticut Courant was commenced at Hartford in December, 1764, by Thomas Green. In 1775 there were four newspapers in Connecticut ; in 1810, eleven ; in 1828, thirty-three ; in 1834, thirty-eight. Quite a number of periodicals have been publish- ed in the state. There was a Gazette started. by Benjamin Macune, in 1765. Its motto was, " Those who give up Essential KEW TORK NEWSPAPERS. 201 Liberty to purchase Temporary Safety, deserve neither Liberty or Safety." In 1861, Connecticut, with a population of 460,760 inhabit- ants, had thirteen daily, two tri-weekly, one semi-weekly, and forty-four weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were one hundred and thirty-nine papers and periodicals. Population, 622,700. The first printing-press in Connecticut was set up at New London, by Thomas Short, in 1709 ; and from this press, in 1710, was issued "The Saybrook Platform of Church Disci- pline," the first book printed in that state. In 1754 there was a printing-oflSce opened at New Haven, by James Parker. There have been many periodical, religious, literary, and scien- tific journals published in Connecticut, as also books and reviews. Weekly Oracle. Commenced at New London, Conn., in 1796. Printed and published by James Springer, at his print- ing-office, Beach street, where subscriptions at seven shillings and sixpence per annum, advertisements, &c., are thankfully received for the Paper, and all manner of printing work is per- formed with care, fidelity, and expedition. Size, 12J by 6f inches. NEW YORK newspapers.. New York was settled at New York, by Dutchmen, in 1614, and named by the Duke of York. It was taken from the Dutch by the English in 1664. In 1673 it returned to the Dutch for a few months, and then to the English again. Its constitution was formed in 1777. The first newspaper in the city of New York was printed by William Bradford, and named The New York Gazette. It was commenced October 16, 1725. The second was The New York Weekly Journal, commenced by John Peter Zenger, Oct. 5, 1733. In 1775 four newspapers only were published in the state. In 1810 there were sixty-six ; in 1828, one hundred and sixty-one ; in 1834, two hundred and sixty-seven. New York city and state abounds in newspapers of every description, as in magazines. Some of the early publications are mentioned in this connection. In 1861, New York, with a population of 3,851,663, had sev- enty-two daily, six tri-weekly, sixteen semi-weekly, and six 202 NOTES ON PRINTING. hundred and thirteen weekly newspapers. In 1880 this state had 1,411 newspapers and periodicals. Population, 5,082,871. I am informed that when the Bloomville Mirror was com- menced, May 28, 1851, by S. B. Champion, the oflSce was lo- cated in one corner of an old grist-mill, and that the printer then owned only a few pounds of second-hand type, and had no printing-press of any kind, but printed that paper with a block planer. After inking the form, he carefully spread a sheet over the type, and then a thick blanket, and, by striking with a mal- let upon the planer, obtained his impressions after the old method of taking proofs. The same paper is now printed, as the Stamford Mirror, by the same Mr. Champion. J. F. Babcock, in 1823, worked in Rochester, N. Y. The press used there at that time had two upright wood posts, a cross-beam, and a platen suspended from a screw, operated by a long iron bar inserted in a wooden handle. The types were inked by deer-skin balls filled with wool. A journeyman printer, who went from New England to New York, wrote to his former employer, — " There are no editors in New York worth talking about. There were some there once, but they are dead and buried long since. Journalism in New York resembles a potato-vine. The only valuable part of it is under ground. The sprouts above the surface are of no use, except as provender for potato-bugs. There was a time when one of their great editors spoke in very slighting terms of small country editors. If his views could be now ascertained, he would be found to entertain similar notions as to the calibre of the successors of himself and his contem- poraries. There are a lot of little fellows in every city, making newspapers, that are destitute of every attribute of a real newspaper, and making as much fuss over it as a hen over her eggs. Every time these little fellows discharge some un- derling, or go to a party, or wine and dine some actress, or ride out to the park, or make a few dollars, or blow their noses, their cheap Bos wells record it for the supposed benefit of people in the country who never heard of them, and, if they had heard of them, would have no interest in them. It is time these puff-balls of conceit were pricked. The slobber and gush over them has become as unendurable as their own insufferable and NEW TOKK NEWSPAPEKS. 203 monumental conceit. There is so much country outside of New York, and it is so thickly settled, and there are so many other newspapers among the 55,000,000 people who do not happen to live in that city or its suburbs, that it is absurd to suppose they are interested in the personal habits of half a dozen second-class men they never heard of, or the peculiarities of ha,lf a dozen third-class newspapers for which they have no use." The first newspaper published in western New York was the Bath Gazette and Genesee Advertiser, commenced by William Kersey and James Eddie, in 1796. As late as 1803, the Gan- andaigua Repository was the only newspaper in the state west of Utica. This paper was carried to subscribers by a man on horseback. In his saddle-bags he carried about two hundred papers, and he also carried the United States mail for that re- gion of territory. [See " Post-riders."] Rivington's New York Gazette. From an advertisement in the Massachusetts Gazette, dated New York, February 16, 1773, I find that James Rivington proposed to publish, in New York, a weekly newspaper every Thursday, at one dollar and a half a year, to be entitled Rivington's New-York Gazetteer; or the Connecticut, New-Jersey, Hudson's- River, and Quebec WeeJcly Advertiser. He makes fair promises of his intentions to publish the news, state of learning, poetry, essays, inventions, doings in science, mechanic arts, agriculture, history, &c., not forget- ting the parliament speeches, new books, or the performances of Grub-street, the first number to be issued when the season will permit the several post-riders to perform their stages reg- ularly. Accordingly he commenced his paper April 22, 1773. He at once received support from the government, and openly advocated British interests. In 1775 he was arrested and con- fined, by order of congress, though declaring upon honor that he intended only to do his duty, and that he was an American, devoted to the service of his adopted country. In November, 1775, a troop of seventy-five Sons of Liberty destroyed his press, carried off his types, and converted them into bullets. Rivington then went to England, and, procuring new printing materials, was appointed king's printer in New York. October 4, 1777, he recommenced his paper, calling it Rivington's New York Loyal Gazette, which he continued till 1783 ; and when 204 NOTES ON PRINTING. the British evacuated New York, it became known that he was also a spy for Gen. Washington. He continued his paper with the royal arms left out, but the Sons' of Liberty, considering it a wolf in sheep's clothing, refused to take it, and the paper was discontinued in 1783. James Rivington. This famous royal printer, having failed in London, came to America in 1760, and was for a time a book- seller in Philadelphia ; but on settling in New York, became a printer, and then carried on a large business at his residence in Wall street. His paper was called the lying Gazette, and the character of it was bad. He knew how to get money and how to spend it, being facetious, companionable, and fond of high living, but was not a literary man, though a dealer in books. It is said that on one occasion Ethan Allen, of Vermont, visited New York for the express purpose of castigating Eivington for some lies he had printed in his paper. He found the abusive editor in his office ; but he also found such good wine and other refreshments, that, after drinking a few bottles of it, the two parted as friends, Allen not even mentioning the abusive arti- cles Rivington had printed. It has also been said that the royal printer had, in foresight of the evacuation of New York by the British army, supplied himself from London with a large assort- ment of classical books, and a heavy stock of stationery, and that after the war he had the sale of these goods to himself. He was very courteous to all — friends or enemies. We see, when an engine of such power as the newspaper is committed to the weak, the ignorant, and the vicious, the most baneful consequences must be the result. When men of small talents, of little information, and of less virtue happen to become man- agers of public newspapers, and undertake to be directors of public opinion, the result will be as injurious to the peace and prosperity of the people as possible ; and we may expect to see the frivolities of weakness, the errors of malignity and preju- dice, the misrepresentations of party and sect, the most corrupt doctrines in politics, religion, and morality, the lacerations of private characters, and the polluting language of obscenity and impiety, daily issuing from the press, poisoning the principles and disturbing the repose of society, giving to the natural and salutary collisions of parties and sects the most brutal violence NEW TOEK NEWSPAPERS. 205 and ferocity, and at length consuming the best feelings and noblest charities of life in the burning flame of discord. In 1777, James Rivington changed the title of his paper to " Loyal ;" but the patriotic people still called it the lying Ga- zette, and even the British soldiers censured him for his disre- gard of truth. Freneau, the poet, called him " the inventor as well as the printer of lies," and puts in his mouth the follow- ing lines : "My paper is altered, — good people, do n't fret ; I call it no longer the Royal Gazette. To me the great monarch has lost all his charms : I have pulled down his lion, and also his arms.'' Eivington had at this time removed the English coat-of-arms from the head of his paper, made it a Loyal Gazette, and promised, if the people would forgive past errors, that they might depend on future correctness. During the Revolutionary war, besides Hivington's Royal Gazette, — he being commis- sioned as printer to the king, — there were at least three other papers published on different days of the week, under the sanc- tion of the British officers. They were Gaine's Gazette, or Mer- cury; JRobertson' s Royal American Gazette; and Lewis's New York Mercury. When the war ended, Eivington changed his coat, and undertook to publish a plain republican newspaper — the New York Gazette and Universal Advertiser. He was, how- ever, too well known, and discontinued his Gazette in 1783, when a poet threw in his face this couplet : " The type which have raised George the Third to a level With angels, shall now show you both black as the devil." Eivington was now in trouble. He might hang in New York, be roasted in Florida, freeze in Canada, go to Newgate in Lon- don, be murdered in Scotland, be beaten to a mummy in New England, be called an English ragged rascal by the Yankees, or take the advice of Freneau, and, — " Devoid of all comfort, all hope of relief. Go home and repent, and eat the king's beef. Perhaps George, in mercy, will think of your case, Or Satan restore you to favor and grace." 206 NOTES ON PRINTING. Mr. Rivington, after his return to England, was in successful business there as a book-seller, publisher, and newspaper man, until the time of his death, December, 1802, at the age of 78 years. ENCOUKAGEMENT TO PRINTERS. The general court, at Boston, October 8, 1641, voted that Stephen Daye, being the first that " sett upon printing," be granted three hundred acres of land, where it may be convenient without prejudice to any town. May 6, 1657, Daye represented to the magistrates and elders, at Boston, that he had suffered much damage by erecting the Cambridge printing-press. The court, for this, granted him three hundred acres of land in any place not formerly granted. Ten years later, 1667, Daye was granted in Nashoway, now the town of Lancaster, one hundred and fifty acres of upland and twenty acres of meadow, where he can find it free of former grants. He died December 22, 1668, aged fifty-eight years ; and his wife, Rebecca, died October 17, 1668. October 19, 1658, the general court granted to Samuel Crreen, of Cambridge, printer, three hundred acres of land where it is to be found. The corporation for propagating the gospel furnished Green with a new press and new type, and paid for mending his old press. The brick building designed for the ed- ucation of Indians was given Green for his printing-oflBce, and he was given many books to print, and allowed to charge all his expenses to the corporation. In May, 1673, the court secured to John Usher, for seven years, the sole right to print the Laws of Massachusetts, and made it a penal offence for any other per- son to publish them. In 1667 Green was given three hundred acres of land in the wilderness west of Haverhill. The first printers in other places were also given lands. March 23, 1692, the council of New York resolved that " if a printer will come and settle in this place, for the printing of our acts of assembly, and our public papers, he shall be allowed the sum of forty pounds current money for his salary, and have all the benefits of his printing business besides." Zenger's Weekly Jouknal. The New York Weekly Journal was commenced in 1733, on the 5th day of November, by John P. Zenger, a printer and a ripe scholar, and the importer of the NEW JERSEY NEWSPAPERS. 207 first piano-forte ever brought to America. His paper was small in size, and printed from small-pica type. It was political, and was started in opposition to the Gazette of William Bradford. It abused the government and the New York authorities. Its editor was sued for libel in 1734 — the first libel suit in this country — and imprisoned, but, being defended by Alexander Hamilton, was soon liberated ; and the paper was continued until 1752, ten years longer than Bradford's, its rival. Zenger was a good printer, but did not receive very liberal patronage, and was never beyond the want of assistance from his friends. Mr. Hamilton travelled from Philadelphia in 1738 for the pur- pose of defending Zenger ; and so pleased were the mayor and aldermen of New York with Mr. Hamilton's ability, that they presented him the freedom of the city, and a gold box of great value. NEW JERSEY NEWSPAPERS. New Jersey was settled at Elizabeth, by the English, in 1664. There were no newspapers published in this state till after the Declaration of Independence. There was, however, a literary publication begun in New Jersey, January, 1758, by James Par- ker, entitled the New American Magazine, which was edited by Samuel Nevil, who, before coming to this country, had been ed- itor of the London Evening Post. Each number of this maga- zine contained forty pages octavo. Printing was done at Wood- bridge in 1752. New Jersey was so called in honor of Sir George Carteret, who was governor of the island of Jersey, in the British chan- nel, and was settled in 1664, at Elizabeth, by the English, though the first settlement was made at Bergen, in 1620. The state contained but a few families in 1665. In 1676 it was di- vided into two provinces — one under royal government, and the other dependent on New York. East Jersey was transferred to William Penn and eleven associates in 1632. In 1702, both provinces united under the government of New York, till 1738, when a separate government was instituted. Its constitution was formed in 1776. The New Jersey Gazette was commenced December 3, 1777, at Burlington, by Isaac Collins, a Quaker, who had long been 208 NOTES ON PRINTING. the state printer. It was discontinued November, 1786. In 1813, the Quarterly Repository wdiS commenced at Burlington by Charles H. Wharton, D. D. The Biblical Repertory was begun in 1825, at Princeton, by Rev. Charles Hodge. In 1880, New Jersey had 215 newspapers and periodicals. Its population was 1,131,116. MARYLAND NEWSPAPERS. Printing was first introduced into Maryland in 1726, when a press was set up at Annapolis. The laws of the state was the first book printed there, by William Parks, 1727; and this printer started the Maryland Gazette in 1727 — the first newspa- per in the state. Jonas G-reen started another Gazette in 1745, at Annapolis, which is yet published, and has been claimed as the oldest paper in the United States. There are now between thirty and forty newspapers in Maryland. In 1861, Maryland, with a population of 731,565, had twelve daily, three tri- weekly, one semi- weekly, and seventy-three weekly newspapers. In 1880 the state had one hundred and forty-three newspapers and periodicals. Population 934,943. Maryland was settled at St. Mary, by Englishmen, in 1634, and was named after Henrietta Maria, queen of Charles the first of England. It was called Mary's Land originally. A consti- tution was formed in 1776. Maryland Gazette. There were two papers which bore this name in Maryland. The first was in size 10 by 15 inches : price, twelve and sixpence. It was commenced in 1727 by William Parks, and was printed by Frederick and Samuel G-reen : office in Charles street. The Greens were from the Boston tribe, and both Frederick and Samuel died soon after the Gazette started ; but the press they used was still in operation in 1848, and the St. Mary's Gazette was printed on it. The second Gazette was printed by Jonas Green ; and when the " stamp act" took effect it was called " The Apparition of the Maryland Gazette, which is not dead but sleepeth," the regular paper being for a time suspended, but resumed in 1766, and was printed by some of the Green family for twenty-two years, Anne Catherine Green, and her son William, who died in 1770, being of the number, MARYLAND NEWSPAPEBS. 209 and was flourishing in 1810. Parks had a printing-office at Williamsburg, Va., and was well known and respected there and in Maryland ; he died at sea, April, 1750. Anne Catherine Green died March, 1775. Jonas G-reen was born in Boston, and died at Annapolis, April 7, 1767, aged 56 years. Baltimore Advertiser. The third newspaper in Maryland was called The Maryland Journal and Baltimore Advertiser. It was commenced in August, 1773 ; size of pages 10 by 17 inches ; price 10 shillings. Printed by Wm. Goddard, Market street, opposite the Coffee House. From 1775 to 1784, his sister Mary published it in her own name. Goddard afterwards took charge of the paper, but in August, 1792, sold it to James Angell, who later sold it to Philip Edwards, but dying soon after, it is sup- posed that Edwards united the paper with one printed by God- dard, who after he left Baltimore, and previously, was connected with papers in Rhode Island, New York, Connecticut, and other places. His mother was at one time a partner with this son, and manager of his extensive business, and took John Carter into the firm in place of her son. She sold to Carter in 1769, removed to Philadelphia, and died there in 1770. The son, William, retired to his farm near Providence, R. I., and died there, Dec. 23, 1817, aged 77 years. Some one of the correspondents of the paper sent the fol- lowing "twister" for publication: — When the twister, a-twisting, will twist him a twist, For the twisting his twist he three times doth intwist ; But if one of the twines of the twist doth untwist. The twine that untwineth untwisteth the twist. To show the great variety of expression that our language affords for twisting, the following additions may be offered : — Untwisting the twine that untwisteth between, He twirls with his twister, the two in a twine ; Then, twice having twisted the twines of the twine. He twisteth the twine he had twined, in twain. The twain that in twining before in the twine. As twines were untwisted, he now doth untwine : 'Twixt the twain intertwisting a twine more between, He, twirling his twister, makes a twist of the twine. 14 210 NOTES ON PRINTING. BaltiMoek Patriot. This was one of Maryland's best news- papers, when Samuel Brazer, from Worcester, Mass., was its editor. He had previously been editor of the Worcester National ^gis, but he died in Baltimore, Feb. 24, 1823, aged thirty- eight years. MARYLAND SLAVES. An Englishman, who came to America in 1769, when he ar- rived in Maryland (as he wrote to his father) , "was coupled with ■others and sold as a slave to a slave-dealer in Pennsylvania," where he was not as well cared for as were the master's dogs. He had only Indian corn boiled, and salt, to eat all winter, and in summer, meal boiled, and butter-milk. "My clothing is reduced to rags. I have fainted and dropped to the ground several times since being put to hoeing in the field, for want of sufii- •cient food to give me strength. Have no bed, and only one blanket to cover me on the ground. The hut where myself and some negroes slept in the winter we were obliged to quit, for the snow had come into it two feet deep. So we make fires in the woods and sleep by them, not daring to go near the house where the overseer lives, because he is so cruel. Such is slav- ery in America ; and I must work until I can pay my passage- money, or die." PENNSYLVANIA NEWSPAPERS. This state has the honor of being the second English Ameri- can colony into which the art of printing was introduced. Will- iam Penn began a settlement by Quakers in 1681, when the ter- ritory near Philadelphia was known as Penn's woods. In 1687 William Bradford opened his printing-office. Philadelphia was settled by the English in 1682, and the state was named for William Penn. [See notice of William Bradford, on page 99, and of some of the various dates of his death, as given by dif- ferent writers, with the date I have selected as most to be relied upon.] The state was governed by deputies of the proprietors till 1776, when the constitution was formed. In 1861, Pennsylvania, with a population of 2,916,018, had thirty-five daily, seven tri-weekly, two semi-weekly, and three hundred and fifty-three weekly newspapers. In 1880 the state had nine hundred and seventy-three newspapers and periodicals. Population, 4,282,891. PENNSYLVANIA NEWSPAPERS. 211 The first newspaper in Philadelphia was the American Weekly Mercury, which was the third newspaper in this country, and was started in Philadelphia, Penn., December 22, 1719. It was a two-page paper, and the size of the pages was nine by thir- teen inches ; the subscription price, ten shillings. It was printed by Andrew Bradford, at the sign of the Bible, on Second street. His partner was John Copson, who resided on High street. William Bradford was then post-master at Philadelphia, and Ben- jamin Franklin was the American postmaster-general of the United States. Andrew was a son of William Bradford, and William was the first printer in Philadelphia, and the first also in New York. He was born in 1660, and died in 1752, after a long and useful life, aged ninety-two years. He was buried in Trinity churchyard, New York. The first newspaper in New York was commenced in 1725 by William Bradford, the printer, who was then sixty-five years old, and was at that time the fourth regular printer in America, Stephen Daye being the first in Cambridge, Mass., 1638, Samuel G-reene the second in Cam- bridge, 1640, and John Foster in Boston, 1675. Bradford had a printing-press in Philadelphia in 1687, and printed there until 1693, when, by desire of Governor Fletcher, he removed to New York, where he was the first printer and first editor. The name of his paper was the N'ew TorTc Gazette, discontinued in 1742. An almanac for the year 1687, entitled Kalendarium Pennsilva- niense : or, America's Messenger, containing twenty leaves not paged, and uncut, is known as the first work of the first printer in Philadelphia and New York, by William Bradford, then a resident of the former place. One copy of this almanac, belong- ing to Dr. David King, of Newport, R.I., was sold in New York for $5,000 ; and one other copy, owned by Mr. George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn., make the only ones known to be in exist- ence, so that the work is very valuable. Mr. Bradford, in this almanac, says, — "Hereby understand that, after great charge and trouble, I have brought the great art and mystery of print- ing into this part of America, believing it may be of great ser- vice to you in several respects." The first book printed in Phil- adelphia was printed by Bradford, 1687. When in New York, 1699, he published "A Trumpet sounded out of the Wilderness of America, which may serve as a warning to the Government 212 NOTES ON PRINTING. and people of England to beware of Quakerism." The essays in Bradford's Mercury, entitled " The Busy Body," were written by Benjamin Franklin. Andrew Bradford, son of "William, was born in Philadelphia ; was a printer, bookseller, postmaster, editor, and publisher. He died November 23, 1742, aged fifty- six years. His wife, Cornelia, after this carried on the business until 1746, when the paper was discontinued. SECOND NEWSPAPER IN PHILADELPHIA. Samuel Keimer commenced the second newspaper in Phila- delphia December 24, 1728. It was pot size, and did not have over a hundred subscribers, but it showed a very extravagant head, — The Universal Instructor in all the Arts and Sciences; and Pennsylvania Gazette. The first and second numbers were filled with extracts from Chambers' Dictionary of Eminent Scots- men. Keimer came from London in 1723, and was bred there to printing. He pretended to be a Quaker, but was not popular with that sect, and finally, becoming poor, sold his paper to Benjamin Franklin, and went to Barbadoes. Chambers pub- lished the first dictionary or repertory of general knowledge produced in England, 1728. He died in 1740. At the Carib- bee islands, in Bridgetown, Keimer published the Barbadoes Ga- zette twice a week, 1731, the first semi-weekly that had been pub- lished in any part of America. It was continued weekly until 1739, soon after which time Keimer died. From one of his poems, it seems that his printing at the islands was not very profitable, for in it he says, — ' ' 'Tho' working like slave, with zeal and true courage, I can scarce get as yet even salt for my porridge." A second newspaper was commenced at Barbadoes, in Kei- mer's office, 1762, by George Esmand & Co., price one pistole per annum. The partner's name was William "Walker. Es- mand died in 1771, and "Walker in 1773. Franklin continued the Pennsylvania Gazette from September, 1729, until 1765. This was his first newspaper enterprise, though he was con- cerned in his brother's newspaper, at Boston, in 1719, and in some other papers of a later date. In 1748, David Hall, a Scotchman, of Philadelphia, became a partner in the Gazette) FIRST DAILY NEWSPAPER IN THE UNITED STATES. 213 and remained in tiie establishment until iiis death, 1772. On the third of November, 1845, the Gazette was united with the Philadelphia North American, having been published one hun- dred and seventeen years. Benjamin Franklin was born in Bos- ton, January 17, 1706, and learned the printing business in that town. He died in Philadelphia, April 17, 1790. THE FIRST DAILY NEWSPAPER IN THE UNITED STATES Grew out of The Pennsylvania Packet, a paper commenced in Philadelphia, November, 1771, by John Dunlap, where, in 1783, after having been tried as a weekly, semi-weekly, and tri- weekly, it became a daily paper in the hands of John Dunlap and David C. Claypoole, called the Pennsylvania Packet and Daily Advertiser. October 1, 1800, it was purchased by Zach- ariah Poulson. John Dunlap was the son and the successor of William Dunlap, printer and bookseller. D. C. Claypoole was a descendant from Oliver Cromwell, and died in 1849, aged ninety-two years. Zachariah Poulson came to Philadelphia in 1749, and learned his trade at Germantown. He died June 4, 1804. His son Zachariah was born in Philadelphia, Sept. 5, 1761, and he continued the Packet, but changed its name to Paulson's Daily Advertiser, until Dec. 18, 1839, when it became The Philadelphia North American, and that name it had on its one hundredth anniversary. Poulson died very wealthy, July 31, 1844, aged eighty-three. When the Packet was commenced, the size of the pages was eleven by eighteen inches ; price, ten shillings a year. It is said, in a late notice of the London Daily Universal Register, out of which the London Times sprang, that it was a dingy little sheet, about twice as large as foolscap pa- per, and that it for a long time contained only a small number of news paragraphs, short notices of theatrical plays of the night before, and a few items of what we now call fashionable intelligence. The advertisements, after the paper had existed three years, averaged about fifty a day, most of them very short. Its price was six cents. The paper on which it was printed was coarse and cheap. It took the name of Times, January, 1788. (The first daily newspaper in England was the Daily Courant, begun in 1702, after the accession of Queen Anne.) 214 NOTES ON PRINTING. The American Magazine was published monthly, during the year 1769, by Lewis Nicola, forty-eight pages to each number, and containing the transactions of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Nicola was born at Rochelle, in France, and obtained military rank in America. He was a bookseller, and kept a circulating library in Market street. He came to Philadelphia in 1765. He was not successful in business. In his address he says, — " To instruct and innocently amuse being the chief view of this publication, no piece derogatory to the principles of the Christian religion in general, or in which any particular sect may be improperly treated, or that may any way tend to the prejudice of religion or morality, can be admitted, nor such as consist of disputes between individuals, in which the public cannot be any way interested, or in which scurrility and low abuse of private characters is introduced. The natural history of the American and "West India colonies fall within the plan of the American Philosophical Society, and will appear in their publications ; but such pieces as may serve to illustrate their civil history will be gratefully received, not only for the information of the present generation, but also for the use of such persons as may hereafter undertake general or particular histories of the colonies. Magazines being the taste of the age, and found to possess many conveniencies, such as gratifying the curiosity of the public, and serving as a repository for many small though valuable pieces that would otherwise be lost to the world, Lewis Nicola will commence this work. There will be annually 13 numbers, one for every month, and one for the index, &c. It will be printed by William and Thomas Brad- ford, in Philadelphia, the present year, 1769 ; price, 13 shil- lings in advance. Subscriptions are taken in by Richard Draper, printer, Boston. Such persons as choose to favor the public with essays, pieces of poetry, &c., will send them to the pub- lisher or editor, Lewis Nicola, or to the printers in Philadel- phia." DELAWARE NEWSPAPERS. Delaware was settled at Wilmington, by Swedes, in 1638, though some settlements were made in 1627. The state was named for Lord De la Ware. Printing was first introduced into Delaware at Wilmington, in 1761, by James Adams, who pub- YIRGINIA NBWSPAPEES. 215 lished The Wilmington Oourant, the first and only newspaper ia that state before the Revolution. There were only two news- papers in Delaware in 1810, and the publication of newspapers there has never been extensive, and free schools were unknown there until 1829. The constitution was formed in 1776. There are now several seminaries of learning, and at least one college. In 1861, Delaware, with a population of 112,363, had four daily, two semi-weekly, and nine weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were twenty-six papers. The population was 146,608. VIRGINIA NEWSPAPERS. Virginia was settled at Jamestown, by Englishmen, in 1607, and is the oldest of the states. It was so called in honor of Queen Elizabeth, the " virgin queen," in whose reign Sir Walter Ealeigh made his first attempt to colonize that region. This state, though the first settled of the American colonies, did not consent to have a printing-oflflce within her borders until 1729. The English government was opposed to the introduction of printing into that colony, as was the governor, Sir William Berkeley. The constitution was formed in 1776. William Parks was the first printer in Virginia. He, in 1729, printed a history of the state, and the laws of Virginia ; and in 1736 commenced the Virginia Gazette, which he continued till his death, in 1750, after which it was continued by others, and in 1766 was pub- lished by the same title. In 1842 Henry A. Wise, of Virginia, then governor of Vir- ginia, "thanked God that there were neither any schools or newspapers in the Accomac district," the enlightened voters of which had elected him to congress. Mr. Edward H. Elwell, of the Portland Transcript, in his paper on the Press in Maine, 1885, says that when Wise was about to make a speech to the people of his district, in 1840, '• a man riding on horseback through Drummond Town announced the fact by exclaiming, as he rode along, — ' O yese ! O yese ! This here is fur to give notis that the Hon. Henry A. Wise is fur to be delivered of a speech this afternoon, at 4 o'clock, right in Misty Waddly's plaz, and I want you all to cum.' " Virginia, including West Virginia, in 1880 had 194 newspapers and periodicals, with a population of 1,512,565. 216 NOTES ON FEINTING. At Lynchburg, about 1810, was published The Lynchburg Evangelical Magazine. An agricultural monthly was published in 1833, by Edmund Ruffln, at Shellbanks ; and after 1834 The Southern Literary Messenger, by Thomas W. White, opened the way for a number of papers since started. NORTH CAROLINA NEWSPAPERS. North Carolina was settled at Chowan river, by Englishmen, in 1650. The Carolinas were originally one tract, and were called " Carolana," after Charles the Ninth, of France. Later they were called " Carolinas," in honor of the English king, Charles II. Rivers, the historian, speaking of the Carolinas, says, " They were named for Charles I in 1630." The North Carolina Gazette, the first newspaper, was com- menced by James Davis in December, 1755. Printing was introduced at New Berne in 1749, but the Gazette was not started until 1755. It was printed on cap paper, 14 by 17 inches in size. In 1763 Andrew Steuart began the Cape Fear Gazette and Wil- mington Advertiser; and on October 13, 1769, Adam Boyd com- menced the Cape Fear Mercury. In 1861 North Carolina, with a population of 1,008,342, had seven daily, two semi-weekly, and eighty-one weekly newspapers. In 1880 the state had 142 newspapers and periodicals, and a population of 1,399,750. The first daily paper was the Raleigh Register, begun in 1851. North Carolina, on May 20, 1775, issued a curious Declara- tion of Independence. Two delegates from each company of militia in the county of Mecklenburg met at Charlotte, and re- solved " That whoever directly or indirectly abets, or in any way, form, or manner countenances, the unchartered and dan- gerous invasion of our rights, as claimed by Great Britain, is an enemy to this country, to America, and to the inherent and un- alienable rights of man." " We," the document says, "hereby dissolve our allegiance to the mother country and the British crown, who have trampled on our rights and liberties, and inhu- manly shed the blood of American patriots at Lexington." SOUTH CAROLINA NEWSPAPERS. South Carolina was settled at Ashley river, by Englishmen, in 1670. Eleazer Phillips introduced printing into South Caro- MISSISSIPPI NEWSPAPEHS. 217 Una in 1730, and died in 1731. The first newspaper appeared at Charleston, January 8, 1731, and was printed by Thomas Whit- marsh, on pot paper, and was called The South Carolina Gazette. The publisher died February, 1734, when Lewis Timothy estab- lished another paper with the same title. In 1758 The South Carolina and American General Gazette was commenced by Eobert Wells ; and in 1765 The South Carolina Gazette and Country Journal was established in opposition to the stamp act, by Charles Crouch. These were printed at Charleston, and were the only papers in that state before the Revolution. There were in this state, in 1861, with 715,371 inhabitants, five daily, two tri-weekly, and forty-nine weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were in this state eighty-two newspapers and periodicals, and the population was 995,577. GEORGIA NBVrSPAPEES. Georgia was settled at Savannah, by Englishmen, in 1733, and owes it name to George the Second. Printing was com- menced in Georgia, at Savannah, in 1762, by James Johnston, a native of Scotland, who began to publish The Georgia Gazette (size 14 by 17 inches) April 17, 1763, which he continued twenty-seven years, and it was afterwards continued by his suc- cessor ; and soon there were about thirty newspapers in the state. In 1861, Georgia, with a population of 1,088,798 inhabitants, had fourteen daily, one tri-weekly, and seventy -three weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were 200 papers and periodicals in the state, and the population was 1,542,180. Of the states be- longing to the Union at the time of the Declaration of Inde- pendence, this was least settled. The constitution was formed in 1777. MISSISSIPPI NEWSPAPERS. Mississippi (meaning " Long river") was settled at Natchez, by the French, in 1716. This territory became a state of the Union in 1817, and has the modern supply of political and other papers. There was printing done in this territory in 1810. In 1861, Mississippi, with a population of 887,158 inhabitants, had six daily, one tri-weekly, and seventy-eight weekly newspapers. There were only four papers in Mississippi territory in 1810 — all at Natchez. 218 NOTES ON PKINTING. LOUISIANA NEWSPAPERS. Louisiana was settled at Iverville, by the French, in 1699, and named after Louis the Fourteenth, who at one time owned that section of our country. This territory was purchased by the United States in 1803, and was made a state in 1812. Several newspapers had been published at New Orleans previously : the first was the Moniteur, by Mr. Fontaine, established by the Spanish government. The Louisiana Courier, a daily news- paper, was established in 1806. In 1861, Louisiana, with a population of 666,421, had eleven daily, four semi-weekly, and ninety-six weekly newspapers. In 1880 Louisiana had 112 newspapers and periodicals, and a population of 939,946. When the Louisiana Gazette was started, in 1806, by John Mowery, it had nineteen subscribers at $10 per year. TENNESSEE NEWSPAPERS. Tennessee was settled at Fort Loudon, by the English, in 1757. The name is the Indian for the "River of the bend." There was a settlement made in this state, in 1778, by a party of refugees from British tyranny in North Carolina. The state entered the Union in 1792. Printing was commenced in the state, at Rogersville, in 1791. In 1793, Mr. Eoulstone, from Massachusetts, began printing at Knoxville by issuing The Knoxville Gazette. The state has since been well supplied with newspapers and periodicals. In 1861, with a population of 1,146,640 inhabitants, Tennessee had ten daily, one tri- weekly, and seventy-nine weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were 193 newspapers and magazines in this state. Popu- lation, 1,542,359. KENTUCKY NEWSPAPERS. Kentucky is the Indian for "At the head of the river." It was settled at Brownsborough, by the English, in 1775. It has been said that Kentucky is a native Indian name, signifying "A dark and bloody ground," when the northern and southern Indians made it a great battle field, in the olden time. Its first newspaper was printed at Lexington, in September, 1786, by John Bradford ; but I have good authority for saying that The Kentucky Gazette was not commenced at Lexington until OHIO NEWSPAPERS. 219 August 17, 1787, one year before the federal constitution was ratified. The second newspaper was the Commonwealth, at Frankfort. The Western Citizen was started at Paris, in 1806, and is the oldest living paper now in Kentucky. In 1834 there were twenty-five newspapers in the state. In 1861, with a pop- ulation of 1,155,713 inhabitants, Kentucky had seven daily, six tri-weekly, two semi-weekly, and sixty-two weekly newspapers. In 1880 Kentucky had 205 newspapers and periodicals, pop- ulation 1,648,690. Hon. "W. E. Robinson, of Brooklyn, N. Y., says, in a letter to the New York Sun, — " In 1746 a male child was born in the county of "Wicklow, in Ireland, who at the age of thirteen man- aged to reach this country, where he had to sell himself to ser- vice to pay for his transportation. He served in the first war against England, settled in Vermont, founded the town of Fair- haven in that state, where he built mills and foundries, manu- factured paper from basswood, and established a newspaper. He became a member of the legislature, a judge, and a repre- sentative in Congress from Vermont in 1779. He established the first printing-press in Kentucky, transporting the type on horseback across the mountains, and became a member of the legislature and a representative in Congress from that state for eight years. He built gunboats for the second war against Eng- land, and sank his fortune in that particular undertaking, and was afterward elected the first delegate to congress from Arkansas. He was the most conspicuous victim of the alien and sedition law, for the abolition of which he rendered such conspicuous service. It was while in prison at Vergennes under this law that he was elected to congress, and it was to this Irish lad — Matthew Lyon, from Wicklow — that the election of Jefferson was justly due, as it was by his vote that the state of Vermont was given to this illustrious signer of the declaration." OHIO NEVrSPAPERS. The state of Ohio was the first one erected in the territory of the great North-west, and was settled by New Englanders, at Marietta, in 1788. Some settlements were made in 1778. The name means "Beautiful," but some modern writers claim that Ohio was named for the Ohio river, and that it means "Eiver 220 NOTES ON PRINTING. of blood." A newspaper was printed at Cincinnati, in 1795, by S. Freeman & Son, and a second one was started there in 1799. I am informed tliat in 1793 the Gentinel of the Northwest, the lineal ancestor of the Cincinnati Gazette, and the first paper in the North-west territory, was established, and was issued from the first printing-press, which was owned by William Maxwell, at Cincinnati, in 1793. In 1804 a Mr. Brown, whom I find men- tioned as "a minister, publisher, editor, printer, town recorder, bookseller, and retailer of patent medicines," started in a log cabin at Cincinnati the Liberty Hail and Cincinnati Gazette, which was united soon after with the Cincinnati Gazette, the original one, and became one of the most respected journals of the West. In 1861, Ohio, with a population of 2,337,917 in- habitants, had thirty -two daily, six tri-weekly, and three hun- dred and forty-eight weekly newspapers. In 1880 the state had 774 papers and periodicals, population 3,198,062. Ohio was under territorial government till 1789, but in 1802 became an independent state with a constitution. INDIANA NEWSPAPERS. Indiana was settled at Vincennes, by the French, in 1730, and the name is from the w:ord Indian. Indiana became a state in 1816, but a newspaper had been started at Vincennes in 1804, or sometime before 1809. In 1861 Indiana had twenty-three daily, two tri-weekly, three semi-weekly, and two hundred and thirty weekly newspapers. Population, 1,350,302. • The Vin- cennes Sun was established at Vincennes in 1809, by Eli Stout, and was the first newspaper in the state. In November, 1811, an extra from the Sun office gave the first account of the battle of Tippecanoe. The Vincennes Gazette was started in 1820. In 1880 there were four hundred and sixty-seven papers. Pop- ulation, 1,978,301. ILLINOIS NEVrSPAPERS. Illinois was settled at Kaskaskia, by the French, in 1720. It derived its name from the Indian word illini, " men," and the suffix (French) ois, " tribe of men." It was a territory which passed from the French to the British in 1763. This territory became a state in 1818, and the increase of newspapers has kept pace with the rapid growth of the state. In 1861 Illinois, DISTEICT or COLtTMBIA. 221 with a population of 1,691,238, had twenty-eight daily, one tri-weekly, and four hundred and seven weekly newspapers. In 1880 there were one thousand and seventeen. Population, 3,077,871. Rev. E. P. LovEjOT was publisher of The Observer, a relig- ious anti-slavery newspaper. His press was destroyed three times by the upholders of slavery, and a fourth attempt to de- stroy it was made in November, 1837, during which Mr. Love- joy was killed. MISSOURI NEWSPAPERS. Missouri was settled at St. Louis, by the French, in 1764. The name is from the Indian word " Muddy," because the river that flows through it is generally muddy. In 1880 the state had five hundred and thirty newspapers and periodicals. Popu- lation, 2,168,380. In 1810 Missouri had one newspaper, and in 1834 the number was fifteen. The first printing executed west of the Mississippi was done at St. Louis, in 1808, by Jacob Hinkle. Joseph Charles commenced, at St. Louis, The Mis- souri Republican, July 1, 1808, the oldest newspaper in that state. American Journalist, published monthly, at St. Louis, Mis- souri, by the company of that name, and edited by R. P. Yorks- ton. Quarto size, thirty-two pages to the number. The only journal devoted to professional writers in existence. It was commenced in September, 1883. Missouri separated from Lou- isiana in 1804, and in 1820 formed a constitution, and was ad- mitted into the Union in 1821. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. There were six newspapers in this district in 1810, published daily and weekly, of which the National Intelligencer (1810) was the most valuable. It was established by S. H. Smith and Joseph Gales. Mr. Smith commenced it October 31, 1800, and called it the National Intelligencer and Washington Adver- tiser. Joseph Gales became a partner in 1810, and William W. Seaton joined the firm in 1812, which firm was known as Gales & Seaton until 1866. Mr. Gales was the first to give extended notices of the debates in congress, and was the first regular reporter for both houses. The Washington Gazette had previ- 222 NOTES ON FEINTING. ously been established, June 11, 1796, by Benjamin Moore, and the Washington Federalist was started in 1800. Since then many papers have been commenced and discontinued, keeping about six alive. There are also several valuable periodicals in the district* In 1861 this district, with a population of 51,687, had six daily, one semi-weekly, and seven weekly newspapers. Washington is a government creation, and the White House has been the home of all our presidents except Gen. Washington, for whom the place was named. The White House was com- menced Oct. 13, 1792; was destroyed by the British in 1814; rebuilt and occupied Jan. 1, 1818. The district is seventy square miles on the Maryland side of the Potomac river. Our congress met Sept. 5, 1774, and again May 10, 1775, at Phila- delphia ; Dec. 20, 1776, at Baltimore ; March 4, 1777, at Phil- adelphia ; Sept. 27, 1777, at Lancaster, Penn. ; Sept. 30, 1777, at York, Penn. ; July 2, 1778, at Philadelphia ; June 30, 1788, at Princeton ; Nov. 26, 1783, at Annapolis ; Oct. 30, 1784, at Trenton; Jan. 11, 1785, at New York, which continued to be the place of meeting till the adoption of the constitution. From 1781 to 1788 congress met annually, on the first Monday in November, pursuant to the articles of confederation, which were formed in 1777, and went into operation in 1781. Population, 1880, 177,624. Papers and periodicals, forty-four. ALABAMA NEVTSPAPERS. This state was settled at Mobile, by Frenchmen, in 1711, and was named by the Indians Alabama, signifying " Here we rest." Printing was introduced at Huntsville, about 1810, and it be- came a state in 1819. In 1812 fhe Madison Gazette was estab- lished at Huntsville ; and in 1814 the Halcyon was started at St. Stephen's. In 1860 there were ninety-six papers printed in the state, and in 1880, 125. The Advocate, started in 1815, is still printed at Huntsville. The population is 1,262,505. ARKANSAS NEWSPAPERS. This state was settled at Arkansas Post, by the French, in 1688, and became a state in 1836. It was named after the river. In 1819, William E. Woodruff, born on Long Island, went to that territory, and settled at Arkansas Post, where he MICHIGAN NEWSPAPERS. 223 founded the Arkansas Gazette; and when the state was admit- ted into the Union, 1838, he was the first state treasurer. He died at Little Rock, June 19, 1885, in the ninetieth year of his age. His Gazette was the first newspaper in the state, and was started with less than one hundred subscribers. In 1880 there were one hundred and seventeen newspapers and periodicals in this state. Population, 802,525. The Arkansas Democrat, a daily and weekly newspaper, was established in 1871, and is the official paper of the city of Little Rock. Published by Mitchell & Bettis. It is now known as the lAttle Mock Democrat. MICHIGAN NEWSPAPERS Did not appear very early, though there were seven in that ter- ritory in 1834. Printing was commenced, there in 1808. In 1861, with a population of 754,281, the state had thirteen daily, four tri-weekly, and one hundred and twenty-eight weekly news- papers. The state was called by the name given the lake, — fish-weir, — which was so styled from its fancied resemblance to a fish-trap. Michigan has been subjected to more changes of jurisdiction than any other part of the American Union . French, English, and Americans have shared in its government, and, as a territory and state, its position has been interesting. In its colonization stage it shows the dramatic character which the pioneer efforts of the Jesuit missionaries gave to all New France. The policy of the Jesuits and fur traders was unfavorable to colonization, and the early towns were simply mission stations. . To Father Marquette, the illustrious French missionary, is due the first permanent settlement, at St. Ignatius, in 1668. The more important town of Detroit? was founded later, on July 24, 1701. From its small population of conservative French Cana- dians and pioneer Americans, Michigan has now become the ninth in the Union in point of population, and illustrates, in its wealth, prosperity, and promise, the stimulating policy of the United States government in the North-west. Michigan, in 1880, had four hundred and sixty-four news- papers and magazines. Population, 1,636,937. The first set- tlement commenced in 1670. It was a territorial government under the United States. In 1812 it was taken by the British, under Gen. Brock, but in 1813 recovered by the United States. 224 NOTES ON FEINTING. WISCONSIN NEWSPAPERS. "Wisconsin was settled at Green Bay, by the French, in 1699. The name came from the Wisconsin river, "A wild, rushing channel." It was originally of the Northwest, then of Indiana, Illinois, and Michigan territories, and became a state in 1848. The first newspaper printed in the territory of Wisconsin was the Green Bay Intelligencer, published by Suydam & Ellis, and bearing date December 11, 1833. Wisconsin was then an ap- pendage or part of Michigan, a wilderness stretching away to the Pacific ocean, a wide expanse of woods, streams, and moun- tains, and Green Bay was only a military station, until 1816, to which everything for the sustenance of man was carried by sail- boats on the river, as were the unreliable mails ; but here the Intelligencer was commenced as a four column sheet, irrregularly issued from a Ramage press, and, as Mr. Suydam soon left in disgust, the paper was continued by Albert G. Ellis until 1837, when it was sold and removed to the town of Southport. Mr. Ellis removed to Stevens Point in 1852, and there commenced in January, 1853, The Pinery. The second newspaper in Wisconsin was the Free Press. This and the Intelligencer, which had been named Democrat, were sold to Henry O. Sholes. The third newspaper in the state was the Milwaukee Advertiser, commenced July 14, 1836, by Daniel H. Richards. Wisconsin now has a newspaper list proportion- ably as large as other states. In 1861, Wisconsin, with a population of 768,489, had eleven daily, two tri-weekly, and one hundred and thirty weekly news- papers. In 1880 this state had 340 newspapers and periodicals, population 1,315,497. The Newport Wisconsin Mirror was commenced in the woods, when there was not a dwelling within half a mile of the ofBce, which was among the forest oaks, and only one house within a mile. The deer and rabbits, partridges and quails, came along by the door of the office without fear. The Mirror was printed here, but a village sprang up around it as if by magic. The first copy of the paper, " printed in the woods," was sold as a curiosity for $65, the second for $10, and the third for $5, to men who preserved them as mementos of the beginning of a city. IOWA NEWSPAPERS. 225 FLORIDA NEWSPAPERS. Florida was settled at St. Augustine, by the Spaniards, in 1565. It was so named by a Spanish explorer, John Ponce de Leon, because the region was discovered in 1512, on Easter Sunday, and called, in Spanish, Pascua florida, or " Feast of Flowers." In 1861 Florida had one daily, three tri-weekly, and twenty weekly newspapers. In 1880, with a population of 269,493, there were more than forty papers and periodicals in the state. An attempt at settlement was made by French Hu- guenots in 1564, but they were massacred by the Spanish. The United States purchased Florida from Spain in 1819. The Jacksonville Times-Union, by Charles H. Jones, is a prominent paper, published by Jones, Varnum & Co. TEXAS NEWSPAPERS. Texas is the American word for the Mexican name by which all that section of the country was called before it was ceded to the United States. Texas was settled by Spaniards in 1692. Printing was introduced into the state in 1830, and the Texas Gazette was begun at Brazoria. The second newspaper was the Texas Republican, commenced at the same place, by F. C. Gray, Dec. 17, 1834. In 1880 the state had two hundred and eighty papers and periodicals. Population, 1,591,749. The state was a portion of territory to which the Indians fled when the Spaniards overran Mexico. The Indians were driven into the marshes at the north, and when starvation stared them in the face they at last found a clear river and green meadows, and in joy cried out, " Tehas ! Tehas ! " (Paradise), which word became Texas. The chief newspapers in Texas now are the Galveston News, edited by D. C. Jenkins ; the Houston Post, edited by T. J. Girardeau ; the Gainesville Live Stock Reporter and Daily Independent, edited by R. V. Bell and Willis R. Bri- erly ; the Dallas Herald, by J. F. Elliott ; and the San Antonia Light, edited by W. L. Winter. IOWA NEWSPAPERS. Iowa was settled at Burlington, by the English, in 1833. The name in Indian means " Drowsy ones," and it was a part, of Louisiana originally. The number of her newspapers and 15 226 NOTES ON FEINTING. periodicals in 1840 was only four. In 1880 the number was five hundred and sixty-nine. Population, 1,624,615. Printing was introduced at Dubuque, May 11, 1836, when the Visitor was commenced at the Lead Mines, then in Wisconsin, by John King. The first steam press in the state was used in the oflSce of the Davenport Gazette, by Alfred Saunders, in 1855. The leading newspapers in Iowa now are the Council Bluffs Non- pareil, edited by J. W. Chapman ; the Dubuque Times, edited by Roland B. Gelatt ; the Burlington Hawkeye, edited by J. W. Burdette and Frank Hatton ; the Davenport Democrat, by J. J. and D. N. Eichardson ; and the Davenport Register. CALIFORNIA NEWSPAPERS. California was settled at San Diego by the Spaniards in 1769. The first newspaper in California was commenced by "Walter Colton, who was born at Rutland, Vt., in 1797. In 1828 he was the editor of the Washington Spectator, and was offered by Gen. Jackson a consulship or chaplaincy in the navy, and ac- cepted the clerical post, joining the West India squadron in 1830. In 1841 he edited the North American, at Philadelphia, Penn. In 1844 he went to Monterey, and was appointed Alcalde of the city during the Mexican war. He established In 1846 the Californian, which was afterwards transferred to San Fran- cisco, and the name then changed to Alta California. He was the first to make known the discovery of gold in that country. He returned to Philadelphia in 1850, where he died January 22, 1851, aged fifty-four years. The Sacramento Union says, — The first printing-press in California was carried there, with a small quantity of type and fixtures of a country printing-office, by Thomas Shaw, of Boston, Mass., the complete outfit costing $460. This office was for Augustin V. Zamorano, of Monterey, who was the first California printer. The office was first set up at Monterey, in 1834, moved to Sonoma, and then back to Monterey, where Walter Colton intended to start a newspaper, and in company with Robert Semple, did, in just five weeks after the flag was hoisted and the country declared to be subject to the laws of the United States, publish his first newspaper, the Californian, Saturday, August 15, 1846, size llf by lOJ inchee, on Spanish paper. Nine years later, after the death of the Gd- CALIFORNIA NEWSPAPERS. 227 ifornian and its publisher, appeared the Monterey Sentinel, June 2, 1855. The California Star was commenced January 9, 1847, size 13 by 18 inches, published by Samuel Brannon, edited by E. P. Jones. The gold fever took the managers of this paper to the mines. The next venture was the Star and Californian, com- menced Nov. 18, 1848, by E. C. Kemble. Then on Jan. 4, 1849, the Alta California was begun at San Francisco, by Gil- bert & Co. There are now in San Francisco three printing-oflSces owned by Chinese citizens, but generally only white compositors are employed, there being no Chinamen yet who understand the trade ; but that want will no doubt be soon supplied. In China, native printers, wholly ignorant of the English language, fre- quently master the art of putting manuscript into type, and do it almost as rapidly as white compositors who know the mean- ing of the words before them. Printers naturally fear that in time John will capture their business. The Pacific News was commenced in 1849, and made a tri- weekly August 25, by Faulkner & Leland. It was discontinued in 1851. The Journal of Commerce was commenced as a daily in San Francisco Jan. 23, 1850, one day after the Alta Califor- nia became a daily. The Daily Herald was started June 1, 1851, making the fifth daily, and in 1856 it advocated the elec- tion of James Buchanan as president. After this date I find the names of one hundred and thirty-two papers which were commenced in San Francisco in a period of ten years, the num- ber of editors and proprietors being more than a thousand. Of the one hundred and thirty-two papers, only twenty-six lived over a year or two. Of the proprietors and editors, two were assassi- nated, several were killed in duels, and others wounded, some imprisoned, quite a number given government positions, and others fled to the mines or returned to the East. Sacramento was later invaded by the newspaper fever, and some of the editors who had fled from San Francisco, and who had not yet been maimed like gladiators, went there and com- menced the Placer Times in 1849, size 13 by 18 inches, J. E, Lawrence editor. In April, 1850, the Sacramento Transcript was established, having six proprietors, four being printers and 228 NOTES ON PRINTING. two editors. Then followed forty other newspapers, and four out of all were continued — the Union, Daily Bee, Morning Star, and Baptist Circular. Of these four newspapers the Daily Union was commenced March 19, 1851, by four practical print- ers, one of whom went to New York, purchased all needed materials, and had them shipped. The vessel was seized on its way. Another press and type were procured, and six other per- sons became connected as a company, and J. F. Morse was chosen as editor. The name Union was adopted because the paper was owned by a union of practical printers. Original size, 23 by 34 inches. In 1852 the oflSce was destroyed by fire, but the paper appeared the second day after, and when last heard from was in a flourishing condition. One hundred and thirty persons' names were connected with the Sacramento pa- pers as editors and publishers, and to their credit it is said not one of them ever fought a duel or engaged in a street fight. From Sacramento the next stride of the press was to Stock- ton, the second city of 1849. The Stockton Times was com- menced March 16, 1850, by H. H. Radcliffe and John White. About fifteen other papers followed, three or four becoming permanent. Marysville enterecl the newspaper field August 6, 1850, with her Herald, and soon had seven papers, and could count the names of thirty-two proprietors and twelve editors who hoped to succeed there. The papers which succeeded were the Cali- fornia Express and the NaMonal Democrat. After this newspapers began to spring up among the South- ern mines, Sonora having given birth to the first, the Sonora Herald, printed on the identical old wooden press which was used at San Francisco, at Monterey, at Stockton, and at Sacra- mento, on which the first California paper was printed by the first printer, and which went from Boston, Mass., in 1832. The Herald was begun July 4, 1850. The next was started atMoke- lumne Hill, Calaveras county, Oct. 9, 1851, then the Columbia Star and the Gazette, in 1852. Jackson had its Owl in 1853, Mariposa its Chronicle in 1854, its Gazette in 1855, San Andreas its Independent in 1856, and all these places had other papers in abundance, and perhaps of equal or greater importance than some I have mentioned, and papers were commenced in many MINNESOTA NEWSPAPERS. 229 places which remain unknown to me, but which will help to make a complete history of the press in California highly inter- esting when written and published. KANSAS NEWSPAPERS. Kansas was a part of the Louisiana purchase.- The Kansas and Nebraska territory came into notice in 1854 ; and Kansas was made a state January 30, 1861. The name means " Smoky water." In 1880 this state had 347 newspapers and periodicals, and a population of 996,096. In 1834 Rev. Joseph Meeker, a missionary, started a printing-office, and published a small paper in the English and Cherokee languages. He also wrote and pub- lished several Suuday-school and other books in the Indian tongue ; and this was the first printing in Kansas. MINNESOTA NEWSPAPERS. The state occupies the central part of North America, and its name signifies " Cloudy water." It was explored by Jesuit mis- sionaries in 1683, and was settled at St. Paul, by Americans, in 1846. The first newspaper in the town of Brainerd was the Tribune, which was started in 1872, by the help of Mr. Kim- berly, who, with a party of engineers, descended the Missis- sippi in a canoe, in July, 1870, and selected a place for the railroad of the Puget Sound Company to cross the river ; and he gave the name Brainerd to the town which sprang up there. Another paper soon started, called the Brainerd News. Lewis Baker, editor and publisher of the St. Paul Daily Globe, started in business as a newspaper man with a capital of thirty dollars and an old gold watch. It came about in this way : Young Baker had worked in a country printing-office in eastern Ohio a whole year, for fifty dollars and his board. He saved all the money. One day a tramping journeyman printer came along and borrowed twenty dollars of him, giving as se- curity a pretty valuable gold watch and chain. The "jour." tramped off to parts unknown, and was never heard from again. After waiting a considerable time. Baker concluded that he might honestly regard the watch as his property, and, learning that a small newspaper in an adjoining county was for sale, he went on foot to the place, and succeeded in negotiating for the 230 NOTES ON PRINTING. purchase of the concern. It was owned by a lawyer who hac got tired of playing editor, and took the watch and chain anc the thirty dollars as first payment, turning over the concern t< Baker, who made the paper pay, and in the course of a year oi two was able to clear off the debt. Printing was introduced at St. Paul, where the Minnesotc Register was established, April 27, 1849. In 1880 the state hac two hundred and twenty-three newspapers and magazines Population, 780,773. NEBRASKA NEWSPAPERS. Formerly a part of the Louisiana purchase, this territory was organized in 1854, and was admitted into the Union in 1867, The name signifies a " water valley." Young as the state is, ir 1880 it published 189 newspapers and periodicals, and had s population of 452,402. The first newspaper in Nebraska mad« its appearance at Belleview, on the 18th of November, 1854, It was called the Nebraska Palladium, and its advent was wit- nessed by many citizens. The first proof-sheet was taken fron the press by Governor Gumming, and was read by Chlef-Justict Ferguson, who by a speech introduced the paper to the people. OREGON NEWSPAPERS. Oregon was organized as a territory in 1848, and was admitted as a state in 1859. It was settled by Americans in 1811, al Astoria, and printing was introduced at Oregon City in 1846, aj the oflSce of the Oregon Spectator. The Oregon Free Press suc- ceeded the Spectator in 1848, and was published by George L, Curry. In 1880 this state had seventy-four newspapers anc periodicals, with a population of 174,768. A part of the territory ceded by Mexico in 1848, and remarka- ble as the home of the Mormons, furnishes among its newspa- pers the Salt Lake Evening News, edited by John Nicholson anc O. F. Whitney. ARIZONA NEVTSPAPERS. This territory was not named through any poetic idea of In dian or Spaniard, but is a name derived from aridas (dry) anc CANADIAN NEWSPAPERS. 231 zona (a girdle or belt) . There have been as many as a dozen newspapers started here, of which the Arizona Sentinel, com- menced in 1863, is the oldest. The Arizona Democrat was com- menced in 1880. The population is about 34,000. DAKOTA, Originally a part of the Louisiana purchase, was a part of Min- nesota territory in 1849, and became Dakota territory in 1861. The first permanent white settlements were made in 1859. The name is the common one of the Sioux tribes of Indians, and means leagued. The Fargo Argus, edited by A. W. Edwards, is the chief newspaper. ALASKA NEWSPAPERS. Several attempts have been made in Sitka, and other places on the Pacific coast, to establish newspapers, but without suc- cess as yet. The Alaska Herald, an eight-page semi-monthly, was commenced at San Francisco, Cal., March 1, 1868, by Agapius Houcharenka, a Russian monk, and was continued until May 9, 1872, when it was continued by A. A. Stickney, until March 20, 1876. The Alaska Times was established at Sitka, May 1, 1868, by W. S. Dodge, with T. G. Murphy as editor, who continued it until 1870, when he moved to Seattle, "Washington territory, where the paper was discontinued. Some soldiers started the Alaska Bulletin and the Sitka Post, and the sailors of a U. S. steamer, while at Sitka, published a little paper. The Alaska Appeal, semi-monthly, was published at San Francisco, fi;om March 6, 1879, to April 15, 1884, by Ivan Petroff, who furnishes this information. Alaska was governed as a county of Washington territory. CANADIAN NEWSPAPERS. Stephen Miles, of Camden East, Canada, learned printing in 1805, at Windsor, Vt., of Nahum Mower, who, in 1807, went to Montreal and started the Gazette. There were then two papers in Upper Canada, one at Toronto, then York, called York Gazette, the other at Niagara, then Newark, called The Telegraph, both of which were destroyed in the War of 1812. Mr. Miles worked on the first paper at Kingston, started Sept. 232 NOTES ON PRINTING. 25, 1810, but sold it to Mr. Pringle, and started, Jan. 2,' 1819, another paper, called Kingston Chronicle. The U. C. Herald was first printed at Kingston, by Mr. Beach, who had been ed- itor of the Brockville Recorder. The Kingston Gazette, by Mr. Miles, was the first in that place. The Recorder went into the hands of Mr. David Wylie, a Scotchman and regular printer, in Glasgow, who came to Canada in 1845, and purchased the pa- per, after having been some time parliamentary reporter, or until the buildings were burned in 1849. He is a poet, and has written two remarkable poems for the Montreal Printers' Asso- ciation. The Canadian Oourant was published May, 1807, and edited by Nahum Mower, who started the Gazette at Montreal. A printing-office was established in Canada before the Amer- ican Ee volution, and printing was carried on at Quebec before the American colonies separated from the mother country. Printing commenced there in 1751. Halifax had a printing- office about the same time. The principal newspapers in the British Dominions now are the Toronto Telegram, News, Mail, Globe; the Montreal Star, Gazette, Post, Herald, and Witness; the St. John (N. B.) News; the Winnipeg Free Press, and the Winnipeg Times. NEVrSPAPEES IN SOUTH AMERICA. Montevideo, the capital of Uruguay, with a population of 125,000, has twenty-three daily newspapers — more than any other city in the world, three times as many as London, and nearly twice as many as New York. Buenos Ayres, the capital of the Argentine Eepublic, across the Rio de la Plata, has twenty-one daily papers for a population of 400,000. Other cities in South America are equally blessed, except those of Ecuador, Bolivia, and Paraguay, in which no daily newspapers are published. The South American papers are not issued so much for the dissemination of news as for the propagation of ideas. They give about six columns of editorial to one of intelligence, publish all sorts of communications on political subjects, fur- nish a story in each issue, and often run history and biography as serials. One frequently takes up a daily paper, and finds in it everything but news, so that last week's issue is just as good reading as yesterday's. NEWSPAPERS AND MAGAZINES. 233 The principal reason and necessity for having so many news- papers is, that every public man requires an organ, in order to get his views before the people, and the editors are ordinarily politicians or publicists, who devote their entire time to the dis- cussion of political questions, and expect the party or faction to which they belong to furnish them the means of living while they are so employed. Each of the papers has a director, who holds the relation of editor-in-chief, and a sub-editor, who is a man of all work, edits copy, looks after the news, reads proof, and stays around the place to see that the printers are kept busy. There is never a staff of editors or reporters as in the United States, and seldom more than the two men. The direc- tor usually has some other occupation. PANAMA. In 1848 a steamer was dispatched "round the Horn " to take passengers for San Francisco from the Pacific side of the Isth- mus. It left New York, but was nearly two months in getting round, and was crowded with passengers and persons waiting at Panama, who had a long spell of anxiety. A young printer, Stewart Henarie by name, was one of the waiting ones, and learning that there was a Spanish printing-office in the place, not then in operation, he hired the office, and soon issued the Panama Star. The paper took well, and Henarie made quite a nice thing of it, but had to leave for San Francisco when the boat arrived. The Star, however, was continued, and became one of the institutions of the Isthmus. Some of the newspapers and magazines have, within a few years, attempted to fill the place of the daily papers, but with- out success. There is not a point in which the magazines are not beaten on their own ground by the daily press, whether it is in news, in excellence of literary or scientific matter, or in the formation of public opinion. The vast amount of capital now invested in the daily press compels excellence, and the lively competition insures it. The daily papers are really compendi- ums of everything good in the history, life, thought, and litera- ture of the day. The magazines can be no more than this, and are thus forced in no small degree to follow in the steps of the dailies. 234 NOTES ON PKINTING. Of course, news is a field the magazines do not try, other than in the most unsatisfactory way, to cover ; but in general litera- ture, articles are every day published in the daily papers equal- ling, in depth of thought and elegance of diction, any that ap- pear in the magazines. The reason of this is twofold. First, writers do not desire to wait, after preparing an article, till they are gathered to their fathers, in the hope of its appearance ; and, second, the pay offered by first-class papers for such mat- ter as they want is at as high rates as that given by the maga- zines, while their demand for and consumption of it are much greater. There is also, perhaps, a third consideration which is taking the better class of writers from the magazines, — the fact that matter printed in a great daily paper is read by thousands, whereas in a magazine it would have only its tens of readers. All these contributing causes have helped to break down both the circulation and the influence of the magazines, while the daily and weekly press have been more than proportionally built up. It is certain we shall in future have fewer magazines than now, but whether they will be better is an open question. The probabilities are that such as survive will owe their contin- ued existence to the adoption of specialties, and will find their subscribers among the ranks of specialists. NEVeSPAPEE NOMENCLATURE. The New York Sun, which " shines for all,'" says, — It is estimated that there are 35,000 newspapers and other periodicals published in the world. The United States can boast of possessing nearly two fifths of the entire number, or, to be exact, as shown by the American Newspaper Directory for the current year, a total of 13,49-t, while the Do- minion of Canada has 644, and Newfoundland 9. The names by which these thousands of papers are known are by no means as numerous as one might suppose ; still, there is a sufficient vari- ety to repay the curious searcher for information. The name most com- mon is News, by which, with or without a prefix, just 550 papers are called. Thirty-nine of these are in New York, 44 in Illinois, 38 in Ohio, 34 in Pennsylvania, and the others are scattered through the remaining states and territories. There are 489 called the Times, 415 Journals, 406 Democrats, 297 Gazettes, 273 Republicans, 198 Enterprises, 180 In- dependents, 180 Tribunes, 179 Records, 177 Couriers, 173 Sentinels, 149 NEWSPAPER NOMENCLATURE. 235 Presses, 137 Registers, 128 Chronicles, 126 Reporters, 119 Stars, 117 Re- views, 108 Suns, 107 Leaders, 99 Advertisers, 98 Arguses, 90 Standards, 89 Free Presses, 83 Posts, 74 Bulletins, 72 Expresses, 71 Banners, 70 Observers, 63 Unions, 61 Citizens, 69 Messengers, 54 Eagles, 53 Dis- patches, 49 Advances, 49 Indexes, 46 Transcripts, 44 Mirrors, 39 Pio- neers, 37 Commercials, 37 Globes, 35 Echoes, 27 Watchmen, 27 Mer- curys, and 20 Vindicators. It by no means follows that all the " Democrats " in the above list are supporters of the Democratic party, or that all the " Republicans" are Republican in politics. It is often the opposite. The St. Louis Repub- lican is Democratic, and the Globe-Democrat is Republican, while many of the "Independents " are strong party organs. The Advance, Argus, Enterprise, Leader, Pioneer, and Watchman are found most frequently in the Western states and territories. There is at least one " Democrat" in every state (Indiana leads with 36) excepting Nevada and Vermont. Every state but Delaware has a " Gazette;" all have a "Journal" and a "News;" Delaware, Nevada, and Oregon are without a "Herald;" there is a " Sentinel " everywhere but in Florida, Rhode Island, and Ver- mont ; and there are only nine states without a " Sun." For the remaining papers, the catalogue, if made complete, would be an extended one. Sometimes the name is of purely local origin. In some cases it is supposed to be appropriate to the town or county where pub- lished ; and in others, one would be obliged to go to the editor himself for an explanation of its meaning. The Anniston (Ala.) Hot Blast is not so called because of the climate, but because the town is in the centre of the coal and iron fields of Alabama, where there is a large number of blast furnaces. The Springdale (Ark.) Yellow Jacket is published in a fruit- raising district. The Daggett (Col.) Calico Print is in the Calico mining district, but has no reference to dress goods. The Sacramento Rescue is a temperance paper. The Tin Cup Miner, Jacksonville Tropical Para- dise, Tallahassee Land of Flowers, Wildwood Orange Leaf, and Kissim- mee City Bitter- Sweet, are all appropriately so called. The "Headlight" is not infrequently met with. Arkansas has the New Departure at Carlisle, a Brother of Freedom at Clarksville, and a Tach-Mammer at Viola. The Boclcy Mountain Howitzer booms each week from Greeley, Col., the Mill-Run from Montezuma, and the Solid Muldoon from Ouray. Atlanta, Ga., has a Light for Thinkers, and Sparta an Ishmaelite. Il- linois has the Barry Unicom-Oreenhack, Blue Mound Cyclone, Casey Acorn (a weeldy at fifty cents a year), and Chicago Alarm, — the last the organ of Socialists. Indianapolis has the Iron-Glad Age, an anti-religious paper, and the Scissors. Terre Haute has What Next? an advertising sheet. Iowa has at Angus the Black Diamond, at Burlington the Hawk- ey e, at Fayette the Postal-Card, and at Greenfield a Blizzard. In Kan- 236 NOTES ON PRINTING. sas, Atchison has every week a Sunday Morning Sermon, Independent- Democratic ; Carbondale has the Astonisher and Paralyzer, Clay Centre a Firebrand, Dodge City the Cowboy, Garden City the Prairie Dog and a Bundle of Sticks, and Valley Falls its Lucifer, a free-thought paper. The Condenser operates at Leesville, La., and Tip-Top hails from Balti- more, Md. Massachusetts still has a Yankee Blade at Boston, as well as a Wide Awake. The Minute Man is active at Lexington, and the Vox Populi speaks from Lowell. Michigan grows the Acorn at Burr Oak, the Iron Post is stationary at Escabana, and the Hydrant is in working order at Komeo. The Comic Oale blows from luka. Miss. The Autogram hails from Aurora Springs, Mo. Uncle Sam lives at Eldorado Springs, an JJnterrified Democrat at Linn, and an Oracle at Osborn. Aqua Pura is found at Hastings, Neb., a True Fissure at Candelaria, Neb., the Silver State is in Winnemucca, and Jersey City supports a Sunday Tattler. New York has less variety than almost any other state, although in number it exceeds them all. The far end of Long Island is regulated by a Corrector at Sag Harbor. In Ohio a Forum is established at Bucyrus, an Octograph at Martel, and a Mosquito rises from Pomeroy. From Ore- gon come the Sage Brush., of Baker City, the Oregon Mist, of St. Hel- en's, and the Golden Future, of Portland. Pennsylvania has a daily Blizzard in Oil City, Cupid's Sitting-Boom in Bangor, Multum in Parvo in Clearfield, and the Derrick in Oil City. South Carolina is favored with a Psalm-Singer in Due West, and the Cotton Plant in Marion. Texas supports the Quill in Abilene, the Cross Timbers in Bowie, the Roundup in Cisco, the Cowboy in Dallas, Dot in Del Rio, Jimplicute in Jefferson, Black Waxy in McKinney, and Quid Nunc in Round Rock. Arizona has a Silver Belt in Globe, and the Daily Tombstone, in the city of that name, in place of the Epitaph, deceased. Saved Army Trumpet is the organ of the " Saved Army of Canada," is- sued at Peterboro, Otit. The longest name is owned by Die Deutsch- Amerikanische Oewerbe und Industrie Zeitung : Fortschritt der Zeit, a commercial paper of Milwaukee. Of papers prmted in foreign languages, the German are most numer- ous, and these are followed in order by the French, Scandinavian (of which there are 60), and Spanish. Almost every nationality is repre- sented. There are fifteen Bohemian papers, five Polish, two Finnish, one Cherokee, and one Chinese. There are 523 papers printed on Sunday. These facts are gathered from the American Newspaper Directory, a comprehensive work of over 1,200 pages, issued regularly by Messrs. George P. Rowell & Co. Until this book, in 1869, there was no printed list of newspapers in existence. The first volume demonstrated its value, and its reappearance each year is now as regular as that of the city di- rectory. ITALIAN NEWSPAPERS. 237 CURIOUS NEWSPAPERS. Cherokee Phcenix — a newspaper published in English and Cherokee, the latter portion being printed with characters in- vented, after years of patient labor and thought, by one of the Cherokee Indians, whose curiosity had been excited by the " speaking leaf," as he called a newspaper which he one day heard a white man read with surprising readiness and facility. After producing his alphabet he taught it to the other members of his tribe, and eventually started the Phoenix. Sandwich Islands Gazette. This was first started in 1835, and boasted of wood-cuts, for which the publisher received a license from the king, worded as follows: " To Stephen D. Mackintosh : I assent to the letter which you have sent me. It affords me pleasure to see the work of other lands, and things that are new. If I was there I should very much like to see. I have said to Kivan, ' Make printing-presses.' My thought is ended. By King Kainkeaquoli." The Gazette was of eight pages, octavo, and was published in English. Since 1835 pa- pers in the native language have been published. [Benjamin H. Penhallow, a member of our Association, was for several years engaged in printing at the Sandwich Islands — probably on the Gazette. Search has been instituted to learn particulars, which, if found, will be embodied in another por- tion of this work. — C. F. L.] Our Chronicle. Before the 67th regiment left England for British Burmah, the officers purchased a printing-press and types ; and as the editorial staff, compositors, and pressmen were all connected with the regiment, they were able to publish their paper soon after they landed at Rangoon ; and this Chroni- cle was regarded as a phenomenon in the annals of the press. Italian Newspapers are generally published either morning or evening, but they appear at all hours of the day and night, with a constancy of repetition that is bewildering to a stranger, and tends to confound their identity. This is habitual, and on the slightest provocation of news — local, of the country, or for- eign — papers are printed, though the publisher sells only a few copies. In America a newspaper has its regular hour, and only issues an extra when an important event occurs to warrant the effort. This is not alone for the convenience of the publisher. 238 NOTES ON PRINTING. but of his readers, who do not care to have their business inter- ests interrupted by the extra publication of news of trivial value. But in Rome, for instance, it is different. In Rome there are more unoccupied and idle people, and these are at the caf^s, and in the streets or places, in the evening ; and to them the journals that appear every hour, announcing some not very serious governmental crisis, or some faint stroke of foreign pol- icy in the Red sea, are an agreeable diversion. The Italian journal is generally an exceedingly small sheet, printed on a poor quality of paper and in coarse type. It is well enough to print a paper in large type when the motive is its con- venient perusal, but that is not the object of the publishers of Italian journals. With them it is from a desire to economize, which is always paramount and usually necessary. The size varies from that of a theatre programme — smaller often than those sold at the doors of Paris theatres, and distributed in American places of amusement — to the dimensions of the aver- age country paper in California, or the smallest of the city dailies. American Apollo — commenced in Boston, Mass., January 6, 1792, by Joseph Belknap and Alexander Young, and discon- tinued September 28, 1792, after thirty-nine numbers. The numbers were sometimes of four, and again of eight, pages. Joseph was the son of Dr. Jeremy Belknap, the historian ; and Alexander was the father of Dr. Alexander Young, of Boston. After No. 30, the Apollo was enlarged to newspaper size, and continued to December 25, 1794. It contained many of the articles published by the Historical Society ; vignette, a wood- cut representing Apollo with his lyre and other fixtures ; printed at Boston, by Belknap & Hall, State street. The first number says, — "We are happy in presenting the public with the Apollo, from the first complete printing-press ever made in this town. The wood-work was made by Mr. Berry, and the iron-work by Mr. McClench. It is well executed in every part, and does honor to the ingenious constructors." — Bibliotheca Americana, by Henry Stevens & Son, London, Eng. North Georgia Gazette and Winter Chronicle. During the voyage undertaken for the discovery of the north-west passage, by Captain Edward Parry, in 1819 and 1820, a printing-press CURIOUS NEWSPAPERS. 239 which had been taken on board the Hecla was used while the vessel was ice-locked in "Winter harbor, off Melville island, in the North polar sea, and the Gazette and Chronicle was there com- menced November 1, 1819, and was continued until the 20th of March, 1820, — twenty-one numbers having been printed, in lat- itude 74 degrees N., longitude 112 degrees "W. Prairie Hen, Jericho Jingle, Land of Nod Loop-Hole, and Antioch Pill appear as the four titles of a four-page, quarto, weekly newspaper, hailing from Apostleville, 111., printed at the cooper's shop in Jericho, and dated Albion, Bristol precinct, Lake county, Illinois, November, 1844. Terms, $1.50 per an- num. [This was the "bantum" of a New Hampshire boy, — E. Stillman Ingalls, — who went from Nashua to Illinois in 1837. After issuing several numbers of the paper, a " nest " with more " golden eggs " in it was tendered him, which he accepted, and left the Hen to " scratch for herself."— C. F. L.J The Magazine op Ants, or Pismire Journal, commenced July 26, 1777, by Rev. James Murray, of Newcastle-upon-Tyne. It was embellished with an engraving of a harp, the first thing that Thomas Bewick engraved. SuNGBAND CowMUDDY, OR MooN OP INTELLIGENCE, was Com- menced at Bungalee, edited by a Hindoo, who advocated the liberty of the press. No. 1 is dated January 20, 1823. King-Pan, the official Chinese newspaper (originally King Chau), claims to have been started in 911, and to have ap- peared monthly until 1351, or 449 years, when it was made a weekly, and later a daily, of which three editions were printed every day. It has six editors, and its daily circulation is about 14,000. An American journal purchased a steamer, and fitted it up as a regular floating newspaper oflSce, the editors, sub-editors, and journalists all living on board, and gathering news on the voy- age from all stopping-places, which the printers at once put in type. The steamer made regular trips between Memphis and New Orleans, distributing the papers and collecting news along the banks of the Mississippi. Nat Basket. S. C. Gould, of Manchester, N. H., received, in 1884, a newspaper published in Rangoon, Burmah, and edited 240 NOTES ON PRINTING. by Eleanor Mason, formerly of Philadelphia, Penn It contains a poem by Clara B. Heath, of Manchester, entitled "Crown Jewels." Madoc Stab. This American newspaper has been claimed as the smallest paper in the world. It has for its motto, " Twin- kle, twinkle, little star," and was published weekly. Size, 3^ by 3 inches ; four pages devoted to news. CuARTAL Eeal was the name of a military journal, the oflBcial organ of the Carlists, published during the war, on the almost inaccessible summit of the Pena de la Plata. American Printers have ever been celebrated for their per- severance in establishing newspapers at all places of impor- tance. We have therefore seen, for several years, one entitled Among the Clouds, actually printed and published by Henry M. Burt, upon the summit of Mount Washington, in New Hamp- shire, the oflflce standing, according to measurement considered accurate, 6,428 feet above the level of the sea, though some au- thorities fix the height as exceeding these figures. The same publisher also issued, last year, a newspaper from on board one of the steamboats on Lake Champlain. Both these publications were elegantly printed, and conducted with much ability. Among the Clouds is a quarto of eight pages. A correspondent of the PawtucJcet Gazette and Chronicle, over the signature of "Athenian," Oct. 2, 1885, says, — " Mountain peaks and Glen visible in the moonlight. Quit the signal station and go into Mr. Burt's printing-office. Got a nice wooden build- ing now. Vast improvement over the old Tip Top House. Put up last September, expressly for his use, by Mr. Aiken, the manager of the Mt. Washington Railway. Among the Clouds is now as permanent as any- thing on the mountain top. Burt is an old-time Bay State printer. Was once engaged with Sam Bowles on the Springfield Rqivblican. Got lots of Bowles's vim, and none of his venom. Was engaged in various publi- cations in Hampden county. Published several valuable travellers' guides. Undertook a new daily in Springfield, but sold out list of names to Edmund Anthony, of New Bedford, who started the Union. First money made out of the concern for years. In 1874 he came here on business. Got caught in a storm. Had to remain several days. Noth- ing to read. Thought occurred to him that a paper published here would be a great hit. He thought it over. He nursed it for three years, and in 1877 the first number of Among the Clouds was issued. It took like hot wheat cakes and maple syrup. The kind Merrill gives you at LAKGE NEWSPAPEK. 241 the Crawford. Same's they have here, too. It was simply an experi- ment. He secured an old Taylor cylinder press at a small rental, and it was set up in the old Tip Top House. Arrivals on the summit were pub- lished daily. The next year business increased. It continued. Now things are about right. The paper has been greatly enlarged, and two editions daily are issued, morn and night. Arrivals at the principal hotels in the whole region are now received daily, by telegraph, and pub- lished. Our names were in cold type ere the register was dry. The pa- per is now a large quarto with new head. Don 't like new head so well as old. Forty thousand copies have been sold this season. Run off now on a new Hoe cylinder and Stonemetz folder. Neat office. Convenient desk. When the editor is seated at latter, his vision is greatly expanded. Looking out of the window on his right, he sees Monadnock 104 miles away in a straight line. In front he looks out upon the Atlantic, 70 miles away. Burt was never surprised but twice in his life. Once when the lightning entered his office two years ago, and wrestled with him and got worsted. The last time was one day this week, when a mutual friend came up here with a new wife. But he '11 pay for it — the sly sinner. Glad Burt' s so well fixed. He 's literally a Up top fellow. Moon shining when we turned in. Air rarer than dollar greenbacks. Room up one flight. Steam on. Good beds. Sleep by snatches. Pro- tracted slumber out of the question. Some with the best of consciences can 't sleep at all. Large Newspaper. The largest newspaper I have seen is the illuminated quadruple sheet entitled The Constellation, printed in New York, by George Eoberts, editor and proprietor, in 1859. Two editions were printed, each numbering 28,000, and the editor claims it as being the largest sheet of paper ever made and printed. It contains eight mammoth pages, thirteen columns to a page, and it required the labor of forty persons for eight weeks to print it. The sheet, when spread upon the car- pet, measures about 16 feet 8 inches by 8 feet 4 inches, and the papers were sold for fifty cents a copy. It is a wonderful production. The editor "thanks God that he was bred in a printing-oflSce from the age of nine years," and has " no doubt that he will die with the printer's harness on his back." The JalwateerIs an East India newspaper, eight pages royal quarto size, which is executed by hand with a " kalam," or reed pen, the impression being taken from the original handwriting by covering it neatly with ink, after which very thin paper is placed over the whole, and, being gently rubbed with brushes, 16 242 NOTES ON PRINTING. gives a good impression. This process of printing is very much older than any method of type printing. There are at present printed in India over three hundred weekly journals of this kind. Two pages are written, by a person trained to the busi- ness, on a sheet of thin paper, divided into columns by black lines. This is pasted, face downward, on a smooth block of wood, and as soon as it is dry the paper is rubbed off, leaving an inverted impression of the writing. Next all the blank spaces are cut away, and the block, with the characters in high relief, are then printed from the engraved pages. The blocks answer the purpose of stereotype plates, or engraved pages. Boston Sheet Almanack, for the year of our Lord God, 1774, ornamented with the heads of two New Zealanders, " tat- tooed," and a war canoe filled with chiefs and people. " The fifteenth of April and seventeenth of June, remember, August the thirty-first, and twenty-fourth of December, — Of these four days (and none else in the year) The sun and clock both the same time declare." The broadside is 22 by 17J, printed and sold by I. Thomas, near the Market, and by Mills & Hicks, in School street, Bos- ton [Price, sixpence] . It contains the history of New Zealand, the twelve calendar pages of the almanac, four other pages, eclipses, signs, holidays, interest table, and a page on the char- acter of England, in which Mr. Thomas says "England is the Queen of the Isles, the Peru of Europe. It is the most delight- ful country in the world ; but then, a man must be a gentleman before he can live there ; and if the high road to hell be sown with delights and pleasures, you must necessarily pass on through England to it." The Printee is the most curious being living. He may have a bank and many quoins, and not be worth a cent ; have small caps, and have neither wife nor children. Others may run fast, but he gets on swifter by setting fast. He may make impres- sions without eloquence ; may use the lye without fear of offend- ing, and be telling the truth. While others cannot stand while they set, he can set standing, and do both at the same time ; may have to use furniture, and yet have no dwelling ; may make and put away pi, and never see a pie, much less eat it, during his THE EDITOR. 243 life ; be a human being and a rat at the same time ; may press a good deal, and not ask a favor ; may handle a shooting-iron, and know nothing about a cannon, gun, or pistol. He may move the lever that moves the world, and be as far off from the globe as a hog under a mole-hill ; spread sheets, without being a housewife. He may lay his form on a bed, and be obliged to sleep on the floor. He may use a dagger without shedding blood, and, from the earth, handle stars ; may be of a roving disposition, and yet never desire to travel ; may have a sheep's foot, and not be deformed ; never without a ease, and yet know nothing of law or physic ; be always correcting errors, and growing worse every day ; have embraces, without the arms of a girl thrown around him ; have his form locked up, and at the same time be free from jail, watch-house, or other confinement. His office may have a hell in it, and not be a bad place after all. He might be plagued by the devil, and be a Christian of the best kind ; and, what is stranger still, be he honest or dis- honest, rich or poor, drunk or sober, he stands to his work. Printers, it has been said, die at an early age, on account of the noxious effluvia rising from the type, want of exercise, and constant labor for many hours each day. They are often poor men, who rarely receive such compensation as they deserve. Printers in America encounter one great difficulty, — poor work, — because few, if any, at this day, are compelled to learn trades, as they do in Europe, where, to get a trade, one must serve seven years as an apprentice. With us there is such an enormous demand for mechanical labor, that many are willing and obliged to receive inferior work, or none at all. There is so much haste to be rich, the boy gets journeyman's wages, the journeyman becomes foreman, the foreman, contractor and man- ager, — and this they do in comparative ignorance, or with very small qualifications for the positions they occupy. Conse- quently, for want of competent workmen, inferior goods flood our markets. The Editor is a name given to a steamboat on the Missis- sippi ; and it is a very good name — one of the best" ever be- stowed on a steamboat. The editor is a working engine, whose fires are going by night and by day. Now he sails against the tide, now with it, going along at a dashing rate, until he sud- 244 NOTES ON PRINTING. denly comes up against some hidden snag, which, but for sheer luck, would have shivered his timbers in pieces. Escaping this he starts off on another track, putting the water in agitation and leaving the snag and a wake of troubled waters behind him. He serves everybody but himself, carries freight and passengers in unknown quantity, and keeps on puflE — puflBng, down stream and up, until his powers are overtasked and the boiler bursts ; but, fortunately, kills no one but himself — and who cares for an editor ! The late Mr. Cobden was in the habit of expressing a wish that all the newspaper men in London could be collected in Hyde Park, that the citizens might go there " and see by what a fearfully ugly set of fellows they were governed." Had he lived in this country he might have said as much for a free ex- hibition of our rulers and oflSce-hoIders. In America, the public journal, since the first one was pub- lished, has been a welcome visitor to the dwellings of the rich and the poor. It is a friend that " sticketh closer than a brother." It brings before the mind a world of business, ram- bles over the past, and reaches forth to the future. It tells us of joy and peace, tumult and war, touches every sympathetic heart, and comes, with fresh tidings from all nations, to inter- est and instruct men, women, and children, from one end to the other of our wide continent. INTERVIEWING AN EDITOR. Tom Smith tumbled into the sanctum one day, In a boisterous, blustering sort of a way. Coarsely clad, face unshaven, each separate hair Standing up for itself, with a devil-may-care Look about his whole make-up, and a club in his hand. In a rough way he spoke : " Now you just understand I'm not going to have you saying things about me That ain't so, in your confounded paper ; I'll be — [Never mind the hard words] if I do; just look here — " He took from his pocket the last Gazetteer, And folded it over and over again, Till his eye caught the item he looked for, and then He slammed down the sheet on the editor's table In a manner which said, " Explain that, 'f you are able." INTERVIEWING AN EDITOR. 245 The editor glanced where Tom pointed, and saw, First, a head in small caps, — " In the Toils of the Law ;" Then, " On Monday, Tom Smith 'fore His Honor was brought, For robbing a hen-roost, at which he was caught. He pleaded ' Not guilty,' but that was too thin, F'or when found he'd the bag with the chickens therein. He was tried, and found guilty, and sentenced to pay A fine of ten dollars. He tried to be gay. And remarked, as he paid fine and costs, — ' Oh ! the dickens ! That's a pretty steep price just for three little chickens ! ' " Round the editor's mouth wreathed a beautiful smile. As he looked up at Tom, who had stood there the while, Olosely watching the face of the man of the pen ; — Each looked at each other a moment, and then The editor spoke — and his manner was bland, And his tone of the smoothest : " Do I understand That you're the ' Tom Smith' that is spoken of here As being caught robbing hen-roosts ?" The absence of fear, And the kind, courteous way, sort of set Tom aback, Though of physical courage he 'd never a lack ; And he answered, with less of the rude in his manner Than when he first spoke, — " ' That 's the matter with Hannah.' It was not me at all, sir, but that is my name ; And I do not like, sir, to suffer the shame ; There is no other Tom Smith in town, I believe — " Said the editor, — " Hold on a bit ; I perceive The directory says there are nine Thomas Smiths — Do you really think the eight others are myths ?" ■"Twas a poser; for Tom what were myths did not know. Nor of other Tom Smiths round about him, and so His anger took flight, and the fire left his eye — For a moment he hardly knew how to reply. Then a happ)' thought came to his mind, and he said, — " I don't like that piece, sir, that you have just read. Can 't you say, if you please, in your paper next week, That the ' Tom Smith' who lives out on Cranberry creek Is not the ' Tom Smith' who was fined for hen stealing ?" Said the editor, — " That's not the best way of dealing ; There are eight more ' Tom Smiths,' as you see, in the town, And each one would see it, do doubt, and come down, And want me to publish that he 's not the man. Now would n't it be a good deal better plan To say nothing about it? — 'f you let it alone It will die of itself ; those by ^hom you are known 246 NOTES ON PRINTING. Will know very well that it cannot mean you ; For they know it is something that you would not do, While for those who don't know you, you sure do not care." Tom at once saw the point, and replied, — "I declare You are right ; it is best to say nothing ; forgive My rough speech ; I was mad, and as sure as you live. If you'd spoken up ugly, your head I'd have broke ; But you met me so kindly, so pleasantly spoke, That I could n't strike you ; and you then made me see What a fool I had been 'bout what does n't mean me. I — guess — I'll — subscribe for your paper, and here Is the pay ; you may send it, 'f you please, for a year ; And if I ever get caught a-fooling again With an editor, you may just take up your pen, And write, — ' Tom Smith, of Cranberry creek, is a fool. And ought to be sent to some old woman's school ;' Good day, sir.'' Tom went out, and he swears to this day. You can't find a gentleman, go where you may, Who 's so smart, or so courteous and pleasant can be. As the newspaper editor he went to see. E. F. TOBEB. The Fkiend was the first newspaper printed in the North Pacific. It has become an influential publication. It was com- menced by Samuel N. Damon, who went out as seaman's chap- lain in 1844, and occupied that position for forty years at Hon- olulu, and was called the Father Taylor of the Pacific. He started his paper soon after his arrival there. He died February 8, 1885, aged 70 years. He was held in high esteem by the peo- ple of Honolulu, and his funeral was attended by the king and the diplomatic and consular corps, and other dignitaries. The American Bible Society printing establishment was burned at New York July 20, 1836, with all the books on hand, all the type, etc., including eighteen printing-presses and a steam engine. The flying of carrier pigeons from Halifax to Boston and New York, with condensations of news from English papers just ar- rived, was suggested by Henry J. Raymond, before the period of telegraphy, and was for some time successful. The pony express was at one time in use ; then the chartering of locomo- tives and steamboats. Baron Humboldt, in mentioning an earthquake which destroyed AMERICAN NEWSPAPER DIRECTORY. 247 the city of Caraccas, South America, March 26, 1812, says that though having a population of 40,000 souls, it had no printing- oflBce before 1806. The place was founded by the Spaniards in 1567. Humboldt died April 7, 1835, aged 67 years. A Curious Book. Perhaps the most singular curiosity in the book-world is a volume that belongs to the family of the Prince de Ligne, and is now in France. It is entitled " The Passion of Christ," and is neither written nor printed. ' Every letter of the text is cut off a leaf ; and, being interleaved with the blue paper, it is as easily read as the best print. The labor and patience bestowed on its completion must have been excessive, especially when the precision and minuteness of the letters are considered. The general execution in every respect is indeed admirable, and the volume is of the most delicate and costly kind. Rudolph II, of Germany, offered for it, in 1640, 11,000 ducats, which was probably equal to 60,000 at this day. The most remarkable circumstance connected with this literary treasure is, that it bears the royal arms of England ; but when it was in that country, or by whom owned, has never been ascertained. — Paper World. American Newspaper Directory, 1776. A neat little book, one inch and three quarters by one inch and one quarter, includ- ing margins. It consists of sixteen pages, nearly one and a half by one inch in size, giving an account of all the newspapers then published in the United States, the number being thirty- seven. This Directory was republished in New York by G-eorge P. Eowell & Co., 1876, and seems like " a mole-hill beside a mountain " when compared with the Directory which was com- menced by that firm in 1869, and has been continued by them annually ever since. In 1846 C. Mitchell began, in London, the publication of a Newspaper Directory of Great Britain. A newspaper record of the papers in the United States, Canadas, and Great Britain was published in Philadelphia in 1856, and in 1869 the American Newspaper Directory of George P. Rowell appeared, — the first of its kind in this country. S. M. Pettengill & Co. of New York, H. P. Hubbard of New Haven, N. W. Ayer & Son of Philadelphia, and C. A. Cook & Co. of Chicago, have likewise published valuable Directories, and a number of smaller though like publications have appeared in the United States. 248 NOTES ON FEINTING. Newspaper in India. William Duane was born near Lake Champlain, New York, in 1760. He learned the art of printing, and was in that business until 1784, when he went to India and established a newspaper entitled The World. He was, however, taken prisoner and carried to England, where he commenced the General Advertiser, which later became the London Times. In 1795 he came to Philadelphia and became connected with the Aurora, and was editor of that paper in 1798, and continued the paper until 1822. He afterwards went to South America, and on his return published a book of travels and several other works of merit. He commenced the Philadelphia Legion, and died in 1835, aged 75 years. The first United States patent for a printing-press was granted November 16, 1796. The first type-setting machine was' pa- tented in 1822. History informs us that Conrad Sweynheim and Arnold Pan- nartz established the first printing-office in Rome in 1455. A Norwegian paper was commenced in Wisconsin in 1850, and there are now (1885) seventeen in the United States. There are twenty-four Swedish papers, twenty-six Spanish, eight Dan- ish, nine Dutch, thirteen Bohemian, two Polish, two Portuguese, one Irish, and two Chinese, printed in the United States. There are two Indian papers, also, — half English and half Cherokee. The first newspaper in the German language, published in America, was commenced at Lancaster, Penn., in 1751, by Mil- ler & Holland. Daniel Defoe was born in the parish of Cripplegate, London, in 1660. He was at one time a printer and editor. Defoe wrote 210 works. He was a bold and plucky man ; was burdened with fines ; was imprisoned in Newgate for writing in favor of freedom and the freedom of the press. He wrote " Robinson Cru- soe" late in life, while suffering from physical infirmities that made him a cripple. Posterity has honored him as the author of " Robinson Crusoe ;" though, could the critics of his time have had their way, the story would have been burned. Defoe was cautioned, if he had any regard for his fame, to throw the story into the flames. He died in the place of his birth, April 24, 1731, aged 71 years. Typographical Journals. In France there was one called TYPOGRAPHICAL JOURNALS. 249 Le Gfultenberg et le Senefelder, published at Paris by M. Villet CoUington. A journal was also published in Paris, devoted to typography and lithography, called JL'Imprimerie, by Gabriel Charavay, commenced January 1, 1864. La Typographie Hellvetique is published twice a month at Berne, in Switzerland, in the German language, bvM. F. Kutzli. The Magasin Typographie is published at B^le by M. Haas, a type-founder. Its advertisements are printed in three lan- guages — French, Italian, and German. The Journal for Buchdruckerkunst (Book-Printers' Journal) is published at Brunswick, in Germany, and is the oldest known. It was founded in 1832 by Dr. Meyer. Der Correspondent, the organ of the typographical societies of Gernpany, is published at Leipsic, once a week, by M. Julius Hecht. Archives of Printing -was commenced in May, 1864, at Leipsic, by M. A. Waldous, and contains articles on the more difficult branches of printing. The Veleslavin, devoted to printing, lithography, and engrav- ing, is published at Prague, in the Bohemian language. La Typographie Antrichienne is published at Vienna, twice a month, by M. Edouard Popel. It was commenced Feb. 15, 1865. The Typographic Advertiser is published in London, monthly, by J. & R. M. Wood, type-founders. The Printers' Journal is published in London twice a month, and The Printers' Register monthly. The Scottish Typographical Circular is published in Edinburgh by M. W. Kay, monthly. It was commenced in 1861. The Typographical Adveitiser is published at Philadelphia by Thomas MacKellar. The Printer \s published in New York by John Greason & Co. It was commenced in May, 1858, by Henry & Huntington. It will be seen that these fifteen journals are all devoted, more or less, to printing, — two in France, two in Switzerland, five in Germany, four in Great Britain, and two in America. The Printer, of New York, though mentioned last, is by far the best of the fifteen, and its price is $1.50 a year. Several typograph- ical newspapers in the United States remain to be mentioned, if I obtain notices of them for Part IV. 250 NOTES ON PRINTING. TrpoGRAPHiCAL Societies, embracing all connected with the art, — formed to provide for the relief of worthy members in times of sickness or distress, to relieve their widows and or- phans, and to advance the art of printing, or for the promotion of general interests, or for social union, — exist in nearly all countries, and in all the large cities of the United States and in Canada. Many of the early printers became martyrs to the cause of a free press ; but we have no records to tell us of their privations or of their sufferings during the ages of persecution. We know, from such histories as exist, that Etienne Dolet, of Paris, was accused of heresy, and burned in 1546 ; that Henry Stevens fled from that city to save his life ; that William Carter, a London printer, for publishing tracts in favor of Mary of Scotland, was hung, drawn, and quartered in 1584. As late as 1720 a young man of London was executed for printing a Jac- obite pamphlet. Of sixty-three journalists and printers, mem- bers of the French Eevolutionary Convention of the eighteenth century, eighteen were guillotined, three died by suicide, eight were transported, six imprisoned for life, four died insane, twenty-two were outlawed, and two escaped. In the year 1797 the editors and printers of twenty-nine newspapers were impris- oned in France. Printers and editors in the United States have held oflSces of all grades : they have been judges, mayors, legis- lators, soldiers, governors, senators, and one was vice-president. The Nevt York Typographical Society, the oldest benevo- lent institution for printers in that state, was founded in 1809, and incorporated in 1818. It owns a valuable library, and among its members are numbered many of the most influential printers of the city. It is now reorganized under the general law of the state, and is very beneficial to the sick and indigent. Typographical Unions seem to be to printers what congress is to the nation — supreme legislative bodies. They have existed in all countries and in nearly all the states. I find one at Indi- anapolis, Ind. ; at Philadelphia, Penn. ; at Cincinnati, Ohio ; at New York city ; at Pittsburgh, Penn. ; at St. Louis, Mo. ; at Buffalo, N. Y. ; at Louisville, Ky. ; at Memphis, Tenn. ; at Baltimore, Md. ; at Boston, Mass. ; at Chicago, 111. ; at New Orleans, La. ; at Detroit, Mich. ; at Nashville, Tenn. ; at Mo- bile, Ala. ; at Peoria, 111. ; at Montgomery, Ala. ; at Davenport, PRESS CLUBS. 251 Iowa; at Providence, E. I. ; at Columbia, S. C. ; at Evansville, Ind. ; at Jackson, Miss. ; at Savannah, G-a. ; at Grand Eapids, Mich. ; at St. Joseph, Mo. ; at Toronto, Canada ; and at many other places — a history of which would be of very great value. In 1885, after the inauguration of G-rover Cleveland as presi- dent of the United States, the New Hampshire Democratic Press Company, of Concord, chose for directors, — Charles H. Amsden, of Penaeook ; G-eorge W. Crockett and John M. Mitchell, of Concord ; J. F. Jones, of Contoocook ; Samuel Head, 2d, of Hooksett ; Albert S. "Wait, of Newport ; J. F. Cloutman, of Farmington ; David H. Young, of Manchester ; and Charles G. Smith, of Haverhill. They purchased the People and Patriot, and established it as a Democratic evening daily. At the annual meeting of the New Hampshire Democratic Press Co., at Concord, the following directors were chosen for 1886 : Eliphalet S. Nutter, Concord ; John F. Cloutman, Farmington ; John F. Jones, Contoocook ; Albert S. Wait, Newport ; David H. Toung, Manchester ; Charles G. Smith, Haverhill ; John H, Pearson, Concord ; Samuel Head, 2d, Hooksett ; Frank P. Kel- lom. Concord. PKESS CLUBS. There exists in New York what is known as the Press Club ; and similar organizations have been established in Boston, Bal- timore, Philadelphia, Chicago, and other cities. The New York Club house is on Nassau street, and is in a convenient location for journalists. It is close to all the leading newspaper offices. It is entered through an unpretentious door, from which a stair- case runs upward to another door. On passing through the second door, one sees in front a small dining-room, rather pleas- antly free and easy, and on the left a cosey, well furnished par- lor. The building is high and deep, though narrow. On the floor above the dining-room and parlor is the work-room, which is a large apartment, supplied with tables, desks, newspaper files, and other conveniences. An equally large apartment, with a profounder sobriety about it, is on the next floor. This is the library. Hundreds of valuable books — many of them useful hand-books and dictionaries — stand on the shelves, and good 252 NOTES ON FEINTING. literature is copiously illustrated there. The bound files of New York newspapers, a gift to the club from Mr. Oakey Hall, occupy two big sections of the library. A billiard-room, one of the brightest in town, and a card-room, are on the top floor. The walls of all the rooms are decorated with pictures and por- traits, some fine engravings and prints among them. The club is naturally eager to collect the portraits of distinguished jour- nalists. On the whole, this club-house is delightfully arranged, and it is a place that the visitor is always willing to visit a sec- ond time. It offers extraordinary comforts and facilities to journalists and writers who like to work quietly, beyond the reach of interruption. This year (1885) there are about 500 members of this Press Club, many of whom have earned positions of trust and honor as journalists and printers. The Press Club has given, during the last few years, many concerts, dinners, receptions, and en- tertainments. Its custom is to offer two large receptions each year, and one banquet. Men of distinction in politics, art, lit- erature, science, and trade are invited to the banquets, and their speeches are read with lively interest the day after they are de- livered. A brilliant guest of the Press Club is, of course, ex- pected to make a speech. Several members of the club, espe- cially Mr. Beecher and Mr. Joseph Howard, are listened to with delight at the banquets, because they know what to say and how to say it. A Press Club dinner without the beaming smile and fluent rhetoric of the eloquent Howard would be a particularly sad festivity. There is another association in New York well calculated to be of great benefit. The Press Mutual Aid Association was established in 1880 and incorporated in 1881. This organiza- tion is the only one of the kind in which the journalistic profes- sion is solely represented. The membership consists of two classes : the first class are known as active members, and the second class as auxiliary members. The active members are exclusively members of the Press Club, and they alone are en- titled to vote and to hold office. The auxiliary members are journalists and persons who have been engaged in literary work, that are not members of the Press Club, and they are entitled to all privileges save voting and holding office. The association PftESS ASSOCIATIONS. 253 was organized to secure and maintain a fund for the benefit of the widow, children, or legal representative of each deceased member. — G. E. Montgomery. The London (Eng.) Press Association held its first meeting and was organized in June, 1837. SOME OF THE PRESS ASSOCIATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES. The Editors and Printers' Association of Lynn, Mass., cele- brated Franklin's birthday January 18, 1886, at the Sagamore House, by a banquet, at which a company of about sixty men of thought were seated. Speeches, toasts, and letters were offered, one of the letters being from James R. Newhall, the venerable president, and one from John B. Tolman, a veteran printer of that city. The Maine Press Association was formed at Portland, August 11, 1864, with Nelson Dingley, Jr., of the Lewiston Journal, as president. I am informed that a Publishers and Editors' Con- vention was holden at the Stanley House, Augusta, on Thurs- day, July 1, 1858, with John A. Poor, president, and that at this convention Mr. Hanscom, of the Saco Democrat, exhibited a new inking apparatus for the hand-press. The New Hampshire Publishers, Editors, and Printers' As- sociation was formed at "Wolfeborough, July 24, 1868, with John M. Hill, of the New Hampshire Patriot, as president; The Vermont Publishers, Editors, and Printers' Association was organized at Montpelier, November 8, 1867, with E. P. "Walton, of Montpelier, as president. The Massachusetts Press Association was organized at Bos- ton, September 21, 1869. The Wisconsin Editorial Association was organized at Madi- son, January 13, 1853 (annual meetings since 1857), with Charles D. Robinson, of the Green Bay Advocate, as president. At the twenty-fourth annual session, held at Milwaukee, Octo- ber, 1881, S. S. Fifleld, of the Ashland Press, was elected pres- ident, and E. D. Coe, of the Whitewater Register, secretary. The Northern Wisconsin Press Association was formed in 1871. Its third session was held at Stevens Point, November 20, 1873, with Col. J. A. Watrous as president. 254 NOTES ON PRINTING. The Editors and Publishers' Association of New York grew out of the "Western New York Typographical Association, and its first meeting was held in 1853, with John F. Phelps, of the Mayville Sentinel, as president. The Ehode Island Press Association was organized in 1879. At the sixth annual meeting, Charles A. Lee, of the Pawtucket Gazette and Ghronicle, was secretary and treasurer, and E. F. Tobie, of the Providence Journal, was president. In January, 1883, appeared the minutes of the twenty-seventh annual meeting of the New Jersey Editorial Association. If this was the twenty-seventh, as stated, it would seem to have been organized in 1856 ; but an address by John F. Babcock says, — "At the Trenton House meeting, February 25, 1857, twenty- four newspapers were represented. A constitution was adopted, and David Naar was elected president ; and annual meetings have been held ever since." September 8, 1853, the editors and printers associated them- selves under the title of the Western New York Typographical Association, at the village of Elmira, and had thirty-two mem- bers. At its fifteenth session, 1871, the title Editors and Pub- lishers' Association of New York was adopted ; and in 1874 the title was shortened to New York Press Association. The Providence (R. I.) Press Club was organized February 6, 1883, and celebrated its second anniversary by a banquet, which was one of the most notable social gatherings of the season. A. M. Williams, of the Providence Journal, is president. The Illinois Press Association was started and partially formed in 1865. Its eighteenth meeting was at the Palmer House, Chicago, in 1883, with J. W. Clinton, of the Polo Press, as president. It was fully organized at Peoria, on February 22, 1866, John W. Merritts, of Springfield, being the first presiding officer, and James Shoafif, of Decatur, and E. H. Griggs, of Rockford, secretaries. M. W. Mathews, of the Urbana Herald, was at one time president, and C. L. Clapp, of the GarroUton Patriot, secretary. In 1884, April 27, J. W. Clinton was of the executive committee. At the twentieth annual meeting, in February, 1885, at Jacksonville, M. W. Mathews, of the Ur- bana Herald, was elected president, and Clement L. Clapp, of the GarroUton Patriot, secretary. PRESS ASSOCIATIONS. 255 At the spring reunion at Hotel Vendome, Boston, Mass., May 18, 1885, one of the initiated members of the Suburban Press Association said, — " This association is made up of poor coun- try publishers and poorer editors. Their department of toil is the 'weakly' field. They are the men who think slow but sure. They never go oH half-cocked, like their daily brothers, who professedly and professionally know as much in one day as we do in seven. We, the weekly press-men, are in a common boat, all working for honest dollars and the good of the com- munity — especially for the latter. ' Our aims, our hopes, our fears are one ' — not in number, but in identity. By meeting at stated intervals, these brethren learn to know, love, and esteem each other. Their conferences on matters pertaining to the craft develop a sense of their responsibilities, and impress them more keenly with the advantages of mutual sympathy and or- ganized effort for business protection. In brief, this is the benefit of a ' press association,' and especially of this one." Charles A. Lee, of the Pawtudket Chronicle, who lives on the boundary line between Massachusetts and Rhode Island, is the president, and is credited with publishing one of the best fam- ily newspapers represented at the meeting. At a meeting of the editors and publishers of Colorado, held at Denver, Aug. 7, 1878, the Colorado State Press Association was formed, and W. B. Vickers, of the Denver Tribune, was chosen president, and M. J. Gavisk, of the Bocky Mountain News, was chosen secretary. The first annual session was held at Alamosa, Conejos county, Oct. 25, 1878, when "Willis Sweet, of the Colorado Springs Mountaineer, was elected corresponding secretary. Since 1878, William B. Vickers of the Denver Trib- une, James M. Rice of the Trinidad Enterprise, E. H. N. Pat- terson of the Georgetown Miner, Frank A. Cane of the Alamosa Independent, William R. Havener of the Denver Democrat, Charles B. Wilkinson of the Denver Republican, Michael J. G-avisk of the Denver News, E. P. Slade of the Alma Bulletin, O. J. Goldrick of the Rocky Mountain Herald, and Charles T. Bellamy of the Georgetown Mirror, have died. The Lake Superior Press Association was organized at Mar- quette, Mich., June 2, 1885, with James Russell, of the Mar- quette Mining Journal, as temporary president. After the adop- 256 NOTES ON PRINTING. tion of a constitution and by-laws, Col. J. C. Van Duzen was elected president, and James Russell, secretary and treasurer. Mr. Russell commenced his Daily Mining Journal June 2, 1884. It is published by A. P. Swineford & Co., and edited by James Russell. The Arkansas Press Association was organized in 1873, with seventeen members, and held its twelfth annual meeting at Fay. etteville. Ark., May 7, 8, and 9, 1884, and elected C. C. Col- burn, of the Ozark Democrat, president for 1885, and J. R. Bet- tis, of the Arkansas Democrat, Little Rock, secretary. The proceedings of the session of 1884 occupy a pamphlet of sev- enty-two pages, octavo. The first officers were as follows : President, James H. Sparks, Herald, Fort Smith ; vice-presi- dent, Chas. G. Newman, Press, Pine Bluff ; secretary, Jacob Frolich, Record, Searcy ; treasurer, J. E. Battenfield, Democrat, Russellville. The Minnesota Editors and Publishers' Association was formed in the haU of the St. Paul engine company, Feb. 20, 1867, when D. Sinclair was chosen president, and W. B. Mitchell secretary. In January, 1868, the second annual meeting was held at Inger- soll's hall, in St. Paul, and J. A. Leonard, of Rochester, was elected president. In 1869 the third meeting was held in the rooms of the Historical Society, at St. Paul, under the old offi- cers. In 1870, at the fourth meeting held at the same rooms and place, W. B. Mitchell, of St. Cloud, was elected president, W. J. Whipple, of Winona, recording secretary, and J. F. Will- iams, of St. Paul, corresponding secretary. The fifth meeting was held at the Chamber of Commerce, under the same officers, 1871, as was the sixth for 1872. These officers held over for the seventh meeting in 1873. In 1874 the place of meeting was Minneapolis ; and at this eighth meeting. Liberty Hall, of Glen- coe, was chosen president, and J. K. Moore, of St. Peter, sec- retary. In 1875 there was no meeting held, and the ninth an- nual meeting was at St. Paul, 1876. The tenth meeting was at St. Paul, as were the eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth. The seventeenth annual meeting was held in Mahtomedi, July 30, 1884, when B. B. Herbert, of Red Wing, was elected president, and T. M. Newson, of St. Paul, corresponding secretary. The eighteenth annual meeting was NATIONAL EDITORIAL ASSOCIATION. 257 in the state eapitol, at St. Paul, Minn., in July, 1885. H. A. Castle, of the Farmers' Advocate, St. Paul, was president. Ma- jor T. M. Newson, of St. Paul, corresponding secretary, and C. M. Morse, of the News, Lake Benton, recording secretary. The Editors and Publishers' Association of Alabama was or- ganized in 1871, and held its fourteenth annual meeting at Tal- ladega, April 7, 1885, with J. B. Stanley, of Greenville, Ala., as president, and Tom Baine, Haynesville, as secretary. The site of the city of Talladega was only known as Leslie's Fort, seventy-two years ago, and the eastern part of the state was occupied by Indians. It was near here that in 1813 was fought the battle of Tallasahatchee, and the fort was a place of refuge. The hand of industry, upheld by a free press, has since made the state vocal with the roar of machinery, and rapid pros- perity marks the growth of villages, towns, and cities. The International Editorial Association of America was or- ganized at New Orleans, La., on the 19th and 20th days of February, 1885, and held its second meeting at Cincinnati, Ohio, on the 23d, 24th, and 25th days of February, 1886. Its first president was B. B. Herbert, of Red Wjing, Minn. The second annual session of the National Editorial Associa- tion of the United States was held in Cincinnati, on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday of the last week of February, 1886, and Charles A. Lee, of the Pawtucket Gazette and Chronicle, who was present, says, — " It was organized at New Orleans, a year ago, as the ' International Editorial Association of America.' At the recent session, only representatives from this country being present, the constitution, as amended and adopted, pro- vided for the change of name as above given. Some twenty- five state and territorial associations were represented. The object of the organization is to enlarge the acquaintanceship of editors and publishers throughout the country, and to promote the mutual and business interests of the craft and the profession. The meetings were held in the Odeon, a cosy annex of the mag- nificent Music Hall. The session was a success in every par- ticular, and the larger share of the credit for such success is due to the president, Mr. B. B. Herbert, of Red Wing, Minn., who spent much time and labored earnestly to that end. Nu- merous papers were read and discussed. 17 258 NOTES ON FEINTING. " The association is yet in its infancy, but it is destined, if depart not from its adopted course, to become a power for tl good of the press of this country. It was voted to hold tl next meeting in Denver, in June, 1887. The following name persons were chosen officers by acclamation : President, Chark H. Jones of Florida ; vice-presidents, Gen. Leon Jastremski c Louisiana, E. Hurlbut of Wisconsin, Charles A. Lee of Ehod Island ; corresponding secretary, W. E. Pabor of Colorado recording secretary, C. E. Gilbert of Texas ; assistant recordin secretary, R. H. Thomas of Pennsylvania ; treasurer, James I Bettis of Arkansas. The executive committee consists of on member from each state or territorial association." NEVr HAMPSHIRE PRESS ASSOCIATION. A more observing, critical, or exacting body of men may nc be met with than are those who are and have been connectei with the New Hampshire Press Association, representing no only a great variety of noble personal elements, but every phas of political, educational, and social life. The annual meeting bring truly able men together, when the great-hearted am strong-minded members have abundant opportunity to advis with one another concerning mutual interests and the best mean for the advancement of the fraternity, to talk over the goo( that has been accomplished, to learn the great facts of the age to guard the rights and plead the cause of humanity, and ti cheer each other in the battle for the good of our race and th prosperity of our people and our country. At our doors and ti our care is left a trust that calls for able men, whose saying and doings will benefit and not injure such as come within tb range of our labors, and who are influenced more or less b; what our newspapers teach them. Our great duty, then, is t( devise means to make our state press such as will possess i strong hold on the love and favor of all good men at home an( abroad. Fifteen annual meetings have been holden since the day whei the call for a convention was first issued. The call was to al the publishers, editors, and printers of the state, and such o them as obeyed the call assembled July 24, 1868, first on heart the steamer Lady of the Lake, and later at Eollins hall, "Wolfe NEW HAMPSHIEB PRESS ASSOCIATION. 259 borough, where about forty persons were present, and where the association was formed, with John M. Hill of Concord as president, A. A. Hanscom of Manchester, and George E. Jenks of Concord, secretaries. This meeting was addressed by the veteran printer, Simeon Ide, of Claremont. The second annual meeting was held at Plymouth, July 15, 1869, at the Pemigewasset House. President Hill made a short address, and introduced T. H. Miller, of Portsmouth, as the orator on this occasion ; and later George A. Marden, of Low- ell, Mass., who, in a poem, illustrated the " trials, troubles, and joys of editorial life." Several letters were read, and the exercises closed with promenading, dancing, social intercourse, and music. The third annual meeting was held at Rye Beach, July 27 and 28, 1870, at the Ocean House, kept by the Messrs. Jenness, and decorated by Beals. At this meeting the Maine Association, guests from Vermont, Massachusetts, and other states of the Union, were present. Barnabee's quartette enlivened the pro- gramme, consisting of speeches, poems, and other exercises. On the 28th, the multitude passed from Rye Beach to Frost's Point, by way of the Isles of Shoals, or by land, where they assembled at the Sagamore House, and dined under a mammoth tent, enjoying toasts, remarks, speeches, poems, recitations, music, and the reading of letters. A history of the press in Rockingham county, by Joseph Fullonton, of Raymond, was read. At the fourth annual meeting the festivities were such as could be enjoyed by a union of Massachusetts, Maine, Vermont, and New Hampshire, in a grand excursion to points on the Bos- ton, Lowell, Nashua, Concord, Northern, Vermont Central, Ver- mont & Canada, Grand Trunk, the Connecticut, Passumpsic, Massawippi, Montreal, and other railroads, and at the hotels from Boston to Montreal, Newport, and the mountains, and returning by the Lake Winnipiseogee, 1871. The fifth meeting was held at Concord, in Angelos hall,. Jan. 17, 1872. "A History of the Press in Merrimack County " was read by Asa McFarland, of Concord; "The Press of Grafton County," by William A. Wallace ; " The Press of Coos County," by Henry O. Kent, — after which Mr. Hill gave a reception and 260 NOTES ON PRINTING. collation at his house. P. B. Cogswell, of Concord, was elect president, and C. F. Livingston of Manchester, and H. F. B of Concord, secretaries. The sixth meeting was held at Nashua, Jan. 17, 1873, at t hall of Pennichuck lodge, I. O. O. F., where Edwin D. Sanbo read an address concerning the press in Hanover ; followed 1 the reading of another paper, the press of Strafford count written by George Wadleigh, but read by J. T. S. Libbey. Tl association adjourned to the Tremont House, where a compl mentary banquet was given by the citizens of Nashua. Tl summer excursion was for the week of July 7, to Lancaste and among the mountains. At the seventh meeting, or at a business meeting previou Simeon Ide, of Claremont, presented a history of the newsps pers of Sullivan county. The meeting was held at Odd Fellow Hall, in Manchester, Jan. 20, 1874. After the entertainment! the hall, and the usual number of speeches and other exercisei a reception was given by Gov. E. A. Straw, at his house, whei music and dancing closed the festivities. The eighth meeting was held at Concord, in Odd Fello?i hall, Jan. 18, 1875. At the banquet at the Phenix, H. A. Brow was announced as toast-master, and an unusual number of aj propriate toasts were presented and read, interspersed with musi by the Blaisdell & Ingalls orchestra. The association was ii debted to their president, P. B. Cogswell, for the banquet o this occasion. The ninth meeting was held in the parlors of the Phenix he tel, Concord, Jan. 26, 1876. George E. Jenks, of Concord, wa elected president, and P. B. Cogswell and H. F. Hill, secrets ries. The tenth meeting was a business meeting, as was the nintb and was held Jan. 26, 1877. It was decided to have an excui sion to Mount Mansfield, in Vermont, in the month of June Messrs. E. C. Bailey, John M. Hill of Concord, and Frank "W Miller of Portsmouth, were appointed a committee on summe excursions, and that to Mount Mansfield was planned and sue cessfully carried out by this committee and the oflBcers of th association. It proved to be exceedingly enjoyable in all re spects. Reports of this excursion were published in the news NEW HAMPSHIRE PRESS ASSOCIATION. 261 papers generally ; but there is no account of it published in the proceedings of the association, that I have ever seen, though full accounts are in the newspapers. The eleventh meeting was held at the office of the superin- tendent of schools, in Concord, Jan. 28, 1878. The members, by invitation, dined with the president, George E. Jenks. Frank "W". Miller, of Portsmouth, was elected president, and P. B. Cogswell of Concord, and H. F. Hill of Ashland, secretaries. Papers by Asa McFarland and D. F. Secomb, of Concord, on the press of Merrimack county, were read, mostly concerning Concord newspapers. The twelfth meeting, held at the Phenix hotel. Concord, Jan. 17, 1879, was a business meeting. The officers were the same as chosen last year. The thirteenth meeting was held at Concord, Jan. 19, 1880, at the Phenix hotel. A history of the press of Hillsborough county was read by Edward D. Boylston, of Amherst. The fourteenth meeting also took place at the Phenix, on Feb. 8, 1881. John B. Clarke, of Manchester, was elected president, and P. B. Cogswell of Concord and James D. P. Wingate of Exeter, secretaries. June 18 to June 25, the so- called annual excursion took place. The assembling was at Ayer Junction, and about 120 ladies and gentlemen visited, by way of Hoosac Tunnel, Saratoga Springs, Niagara Falls, Lake Ontario, the Thousand Islands, Montreal, Lake Memphremagog, and home by way of Plymouth. The fifteenth meeting was held at the office of President Clarke, in Manchester, Jan. 17, 1882. The summer excursion occupied the time from July 7 to July 15. Starting from Ports- mouth, the party, 100 in number, went by way of Portland, by steamer, to Castine and Mount Desert ; thence back by Port- land to Gorham, Glen Ellis Falls, Pinkham Notch, and home. The sixteenth meeting was held at Hotel Windsor, Manches- ter, Jan. 17, 1883. At this session, Orren C. Moore of Nashua was elected president, and P. B. Cogswell of Concord, and Syl- vester C. Gould of Manchester, secretaries. A paper by John Farmer, written in 1835, was presented; and one on the New Hampshire Statesman, by George E. Jenks, was read, as was a paper on the daily press of Concord, by P. B. Cogswell. 262 NOTES ON PRINTING. At the seventeenth meeting, the members of the assoeiatioi with their ladies and invited guests, met in Historical Hall Nashua, Jan. 17, 1884 ; and in the evening celebrated the on hundred and seventy-seventh anniversary of Franklin's birth day. The usual business was transacted, and the banquet wa served in the Franklin Opera House. The summer excursio was advertised for June 26 to June 30, and the special feature of the trip were to be a visit to Monadnock mountain, thenc up the Connecticut, spending Sunday at the Sunset Hill Hous in the town of Lisbon. These points, though replete with pic turesque beauty, delightful drives, and generous entertainment it seems did not prove attractive, and the excursion was post poued indefinitely. The eighteenth meeting was held at the Eagle hotel. Con cord, Jan. 19, 1885 ; and a banquet given by the local member was greatly enjoyed, the exercises being exceedingly interest ing. President O. C. Moore said it was just eighteen year since the association was organized ; that it was a good thing as it brought the editors together, causing them to be mor courteous and less pugnacious. For instance, Mr. Hill's candi dacy for governor showed the only reason why he had been de feated was because he was opposed by another newspaper ma: (Currier), who was a little older. The usual business trausac tions are published among the proceedings for 1885. TTPOGKAPHICAL FESTIVALS. The first typographical festival of importance at Concor consisted of an anniversary supper, speeches, toasts, songs etc., given by the typographical fraternity, at the Eagle Coffee House, on Thursday evening, Oct. 29, 1835. The cardreads- " The company of Mr. John W. Moore is respectfully requested D. B. Allison, James R. Adams, Cyril C. Cady, William Whit( J. M. Stevens, committee of arrangements. Concord, N. H. Oct. 15, 1835." There were present a number of invited guests and I think there were over 150 printers, editors, publishers, an apprentices present. The expense for the festival supper wa twenty-five cents for each individual. Such a supper nowwoul cost one dollar a plate. [See letter of Horatio Hill. J TTPOGRAPHICAL FESTIVALS. 263 The following is a letter from an old Concord printer, the youngest of the brothers of Gov. Isaac Hill, of the New Hamp- shire Patriot, to his nephew, Hon. John M. Hill, all of whom were regular and distinguished printers, and newspaper editors and publishers. The letter was written by Horatio Hill, Esq., now a resident of Chicago, 111., in answer to one containing an invitation to be present at the banquet of the New Hampshire Press Association, at the Eagle Coffee-House in Concord, Jan. 19, 1885. It contains so much information relative to Concord printers of 1824 (sixty-one years ago), that it is valuable as a historical document, and will be perused with interest by print- ers of the present day : Chicago, Jan. 28, 1885. My Dear Nephew : — Your invitation brings to my recollection a cel- ebration by the journeymen and apprentices of the master printers of Concord, in 1824. I was at that time (Franklin's birthday) nearly seven- teen years old. Elijah Mansur presided. Isaac Hill, of the Patriot, Luther Roby, publisher, and Amos A. Parker, editor, of the Statesman, George Hough, pubUsher, and George Kimball, editor, of the Concord Register, and Jacob B. Moore, who then had a book and job office, were present as honorary members. The Patriot office was represented by Elijah Mansur, Joseph Manahan, George W. Hill, John R. Reding, Alonzo Jackson, Horatio Hill, and David D. Fisk; the Concord Register by the " old veteran" William Hoit, Moses G. Atwood, Asa McFarland, the twin brothers Alfred and Alvin Beard, and Henry S. G. French; Ja- cob B. Moore's office by Simon Brown, George W. Ela, William W. Prescott, Henry E. Moore, John W. Moore, John B. Flanders, and Cal- vin Tolford; the Statesman by Thomas J. Cuyler and others. The celebration was held at the Columbian hotel (among the last of the landmarks of Concord, remaining ten years ago, on my last visit) , kept by that excellent, accommodating, and jovial landlord, the elder John P. Gass. Of those that were present on that occasion, besides my- self, now living, are John R. Reding, of Portsmouth, N. H., his native place ; George W. Hill, now 81 years old, living at Johnson, Vt. ; George W. Ela, of Allen stown ; and John W. Moore, of Manchester, N. H. Of the apprentices, now deceased, of that time, Simon Brown was for a long time employed at Washington, and afterwards became lieutenant governor of Massachusetts ; Alonzo Jackson, who was, after leaving the Patriot office, until his death, in the editorial department of the Boston Post and Statesman, and who was a congenial and eccentric colaborer of "Mrs. Partington " (B. P. Shillaber), for many years in that establish- 264 NOTES ON PRINTING. ment; the Beards, who established the Tdegraph at Nashua, N. H., and one of whom, at least, made his mark as an editor. Of others present at that celebration, George W. Ela for many years published the Statesman at Concord, and is now a resident of AUeus- town; Henry E. Moore, publisher of the Orafton Journal, at Plymouth, who removed afterwards to Concord, where he published the "New Hampshire Collection of Sacred Music,'' which had a large sale at the period of its publication. He died at an early age. David D. Fisk es- tablished himself as a publisher at Norfolk, Va., and was mayor of that city at the time of the breaking out of the Rebellion. William W. Pres- cott was a native of Deerfield, N. H., and established himself as a printer at Woodstock, Vt. H. S. G. French graduated at Dartmouth, and was afterwards a missionary, and died in India. Recollections of the printers of Concord, from that time until I left the business, in 1835, especially those with whom I was associated, either as fellow-apprentices or employes in my business, and more especially those that were so thoughtful of my welfare during my absence from home, at the time I took the initial final step to make a home of my own, in my early years, are among the treasures of memory, awakened in looking back to the various phases of my life that is so soon to close, with good wishes and respect for all those old friends who may have lived, or shall outlive one who has endeavored to live, the life of an honest citizen and lover of his species, as well as of his country. I am proud of the position and the esteem with which you are held, as has been lately delineated and expressed by the people of your native state, both as a man and as a politician, where the man is sought rather than the politician. It gives me new life, and a wish to live to see honor still conferred upon a long-ago boy and favorite nephew. I am yours, truly, Horatio Hiii. THE PEBSS OF ALABAMA. Charles A. Lee, Esq., editor of the Pawtucket Gazette and Chronicle, who was present at the meeting, says the following paper was read by Mr. J. B. Stanley, editor of the Greenville (Ala.) Advocate, at the recent editorial convention in Cincin- nati : Mr. President and Gentlemen : — The progress of my own state (Alabama), during the past twenty years, has been no less marvellous than the far-reaching social changes that have taken place ; and in the great work which has made the rifle-pit bloom with the flowers of peace, the press has been the zealous and tireless leader. In the work of regenera- tion, the newspapers, gradually growing and developing themselves, have THE PRESS OF ALABAMA. 265 bla,zed the way as the faithful pioneers of an heroic people ; and the few widely scattered, and miserably printed, and well-nigh newsless journals, which remained when the smoke of battle cleared away in 1865, have grown into the numerous bright, newsy, and wide-awake papers of to- day. That spirit of enterprise and progress which has created cities in the wilderness, has sustained and strengthened our newspapers. Sometimes the press may have been a little in advance of the state, but it has never been behind — a mere reflector of that which has gone on be- fore ; and the difference between the ruined and woe-stricken Alabama of '66, and the bustling, busy, prosperous, and happy Alabama of '86, won- derful as it is, is not more remarkable than the difference between our newspaper press of '86 and of that other year, which, if measured by the progress of our people, was ages ago, and if reckoned by the golden rule of our hearts, was the beginning of a new Union, replete with the happi- ness of a nation of brothers. The grand, beautiful, and inspiring hymn of peace and material glory sung by our press is sweet to the ears of our people, but sweeter far is its song of one common flag and one common country. A mutual patriotic understanding exists, and we are all Ameri- cans. Ohio and Alabama are sisters, and the banner of the free reflected in the bosom of her beautiful rivers is mirrored in the clear waters of the Gulf. Sectional bitterness may please the politicians, but it nauseates the people. The old campaign lies, based upon the discord between the states, have had their day. That sort of argument has given place to truth, just as war gave way to peace, and he is a coward who seeks to kindle from the ashes of our unhappy past one spark of sectional hate. These political facts are too apparent, too well founded, and too happily understood to require any special mention, save as they mark the differ- ence between the old and the new. No people can be prosperous unless wisely governed, and no people are so wisely governed as those who govern themselves ; and of all the agencies and institutions of free government, none are so powerful for good as an enlightened press. It is to us a happy fact, that in no country on the face of the globe does the press play such an important part, or is so generously sustained, as in the United States. There are two causes that have operated to bring this about. In the first place, we have the best newspapers in the world ; and, secondly, we are the freest, and, all in all, the most enlightened people. It is said, by those who have had the opportunity of judging, that any respectable morning paper in America prints more general news than the leading papers of the Old World ; and yet it has been only about a half century since the first American daily fluttered out with news from two weeks to two months old. It is safe to say the progi-ess of American journalism has been greater during the last twenty years than it was from 1785 to 1865. The last ten 266 NOTES ON FEINTING. years in Alabama has witnessed more progress in this direction than in all our previous history ; and we are very proud of our record, for more reasons than one. As the typographical, the purely mechanical appear- ance of our newspapers, has been vastly improved, we experience a par- donable pride in the reflection that the improvement in tone and useful- ness has been equally great. The press of no state in the Union is cleaner than ours. There is an entire absence of scurrility, indecency, and discourteousness. Our papers vie with one another in cleanliness, as well as in a desire to intelligently and patriotically serve the people. We have a common cause, common aims, and common interests. We are a band of brothers, dwelling to- gether in unity. And our people are sustaining us. Necessarily the work of Alabama papers is more of a local nature than otherwise, but we would have you understand that we have our eyes open and our hearts set on the interest of our country. We have not come to think that the rustic cackle of our burgs is the murmur of the world, and we hail, with a keen pleasure we care not to disguise, the organization of a National Press Association. We are glad to participate with you, heart and soul, in the undertaking. It marks the beginning of a better national understanding, and happily so, since the highest and truest aims of American newspapers rest in national love and national interest. We desire, most of all things, to foster patriotism, honesty, and efficiency in the discharge of public duties and the execution of the laws, and that grand spirit of progress which has made our country the marvel of the ages. We of Alabama want to help you of all the other states, and we desire you to help us. In material development the end of the next twenty years will find Alabama the equal of the proudest state, if she be not the right royal queen of the sisterhood. Our people, who have in a dozen years created great cities where noxious weeds were wont to grow, need have no fears for the future. Vast fields of coal, mighty mountains of iron, wide-spreading acres of fertile soil, that need but the industrious hand of the husbandman to make them laugh with plenty, furnish glorious themes for the press of Alabama. Independent Press Association. The Concord, N. H., Monitor and Independent Democrat offices were merged under this name Jan. 2, 1867, and consisted of George G-. Fogg, Amos Hadley, P. B. Cogswell, and George H. Sturtevant ; and this association continued until October 1, 1871. Repdbucan Press Association. This Association was incor- porated in 1871. It gathered into its fold what had been the N. H. Statesman, the daily Monitor, and the Independent Demo- crat; and its publications are now the Daily Evening Monitor AMATEUR PRESS ASSOCIATION. 267 and the weekly Independent /Statesman. The association was a strong one at the commencement, and P. B. Cogswell and Edward A. Jenks are now the pillars that sustain this great establishment. They have been connected with the association from the date of its incorporation. Amateur Press Association. The amateur newspapers of this country, in 1870, though they had never attracted much attention from the larger and more important journals, or re- ceived any particular mention from historians, numbered, in that year, about three hundred ; and the editors and publishers of these little messengers held, in 1870, a convention in the city of Philadelphia, Penn., which was largely attended by dele- gates from different sections of the United States. I think the Association then perfected has since held yearly meetings in different parts of the country, over which, or some of which, F. A. Grant, editor of the Boy's Frolic, of South Gardiner, Mass., presided, and which George E. Tewksbury, of Manches- ter, N. H., attended. I do not know that the proceedings of this association were ever published, but if so, I have no doubt that they were interesting. I understand that at the annual meeting holden in New York in 1883, it was reported that there were boy representatives present from nearly all the large cities and large towns of the country. The members of the association, in age, I think, range mostly from fourteen to eighteen years, though some are younger. The first amateur newspaper mentioned as having been represented was published about the year 1870 ; but this was not the first of its kind, for amateur newspapers have appeared from time to time since, and even before, the Revolutionary war. Records concerning them are found among the old biographical notices of eminent men. I remember one excellent amateur literary publication, entitled The Spirit of the Press, issued from the office of the New Hampshire Patriot, Concord, N. H., as early as 1814. One other amateur newspaper was published at Philadelphia, Penn., in 1812, by Thomas Cundle, said to have been the first in that city. The paper claimed as the first of the amateur class of 1870 was named The Boy's Own, and was a praiseworthy specimen. In size it was ten by eight inches, and consisted of four pages. After existing about two years, it was discontin- 268 NOTES ON PRINTING. ued on account of its many competitors. By 1875 there was an amateur newspaper in almost every city of the Union. They were of all sizes, shapes, and degrees of merit. One was about an inch square. Another was published on a postal card, and was called The Critic, and this was as bright and chirpy as its name led one to believe. It dealt in matters of interest to ama- teur journalists, and had quite a large sale. Some were printed very poorly, and others remarkably well. Among them was The Youth's Gazette, 1874. All the papers of this class were short-lived. One of the oldest, if now existing, is the Visitor, of Indianapolis, commenced in 1873. The North Carolina Ama- teur was commenced in 1877. The smallest paper I remember to have seen was the Invisible, of Danby, Vt., a four-page sheet, the pages one inch square, 1880, by L. J. Griffiths. It was estimated, in 1883, that there were, in New York city, fif- teen amateur papers ; in that state, forty ; in New England, fifty ; and enough in the South and West to make the whole number over four hundred. We are not of the number who sneer at the efforts of the young for improvement. The recollections of our own juvenile days are far too vivid to permit us to do so, even if there were not better reasons. We can distinctly remember when we fan- cied a printing-press to be the most wonderful piece of machin- ery, and a printer the greatest man, in the world ; and we are not entirely disabused of the idea, even at this late date. Everything tending to the usefulness and education of the young should be fostered and encouraged, and there are few, if any, better ways than amateur journalism. The necessity of correct orthography, grammar, punctuation, plain penmanship, and concise and logical reasoning, confronts the juvenile editor in his very first effort, and he is never released as long as his connection with a paper continues, be it ever so small. Care- lessly as he may have constructed sentences before, he now sees the imperative demands made by his position, and stands in wholesome fear of criticism. Give the boys a chance. The editing and publication of a paper will keep them out of mischief, if nothing more. Satan has always temptations for idle hands. Many a good printer has graduated from the amateur ranks. It is as a cadetship to PRINTING IN THE MIDDLE COLONIES. 269 the regular soldier. He has the opportunity to learn much of the handling of type, of press and paper, of the language, and even if he goes into another business, he will be better for the association. Give the boys a chance, and a good one. Don't laugh at their efEorts, nor discourage them. On the contrary, assist them in every possible way. They will soon grow to be men. The little sheet may be the stepping-stone to a larger one, and what they acquired in amateurism may be next to invaluable in the professional. Give the boys a chance. They cannot but learn something useful in the connection. No one ever studied in a printing- office without doing so. The type may be but a handful, and the press a seven by nine affair ; — what of it? Ambition grows by what it feeds on, and the small becomes the great. We go with the boys every time in this matter, and are proud of their successes. The many amateur papers now being published show pluck, enterprise, enthusiasm, and a tendency in the right direction ; show determination to succeed, to learn, and even more. Many of the little sheets that have come under our ob- servation reveal talent, that, rightly cultivated, will fit their pos- sessor soon to take a high place in the army of journalists, who are a credit to and a power in our land. New England Amatettb Press Association. On Dec. 28, 1885, this association met at Leominster, Mass. There were present fourteen members from Massachusetts, three from Rhode Island, one each from Maine and New Hampshire. Dur- ing the afternoon these officers were elected : President, W. A. Cawley, of East Concord, N. H. ; vice-presidents. Miss A. K. Richards, E. T. Reed, and A. B. Edwards, of Massachusetts ; secretary, C. W. Small, of Portland, Me. ; treasurer, E. D. Shaw, of Leominster. In the evening there were literary ex- ercises at the Leominster House parlors, by the association. printing in the middle colonies. During December, 1885, there was a grand celebration of the 200th anniversary of the introduction of printing into the middle colonies of North America. This celebration was held under the auspices of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. 270 NOTES ON PRINTING. On the evening of December 11, Rev. George Dana Board- man, D. D., delivered an address in the hall of the Historical Society, and the following evening a dinner was given in the same place, to which were invited representatives of all branches of the craft. In Philadelphia much that relates to the advance- ment of the "art preservative of all arts "had its origin. It was here that in 1685 William Bradford setup his press — the first in the middle colonies of North America. In December of that year, or in the month following, he gave to the public his first venture, an almanac for the year 1686. He followed his trade in Philadelphia until 1693, when, upon invitation of Gov. Fletcher, he carried his press to New York. Before going there, however, he, with William Rittenhouse and others, built, near the Schuylkill, the first paper-mill in America. In Philadelphia his son, Andrew Bradford, subsequently established the first newspaper in the middle colonies. Here the first magazines in America were printed, by Andrew Bradford and Benjamin Franklin, in 1741. Here, in 1743, the first Bible issued in any European language on this continent was printed by Christopher Sower, who, it has been claimed, was the first type-founder in America. The first American edition of the Bible in English was printed in this city by Robert Aiken, in 1782Kand in 1784 the first daily newspaper in the United States was issued by John Dunlap, The Pennsylvania Packet. The very principles on which the liberties of the press now rest were laid down by Alexander Hamilton, a Philadelphia lawyer, in 1735, in defend- ing John Peter Zenger, of New York, for libel. [See Part IV.] Speaking of the first type-founder reminds me of the modern type foundery. Perhaps the most interesting things about the foundery are the tiny casting-machines, that pour out an endless stream of type as long as they are at work. " These snug lit- tle fellows," said the type-founder, patting with his hand the odd little mass of machinery before which he stood, " can throw out more type in one day than a man, working ten hours a day, can count in a month." The metal is kept fluid by a little fur- nace underneath the machine, and is projected into the mould by a pump. The mould is movable, and, at every revolution of the crank, is brought to the spout, where it receives a fresh charge of the metal. A spring in front of the mould holds close THE PRESS. 271 to it a copper matrix, and the stamp of the letter on the matrix is directly opposite the aperture in the mould, which meets the spout of the pump. E. H. Chapin was born in Union Village, Washington county, New York, Dec. 29, 1814. He early became engaged in the ministry at Richmond, Va., and, from 1840 to 1848, was sta- tioned at Charlestown and Boston, but went to New York in 1848, and became known as a pulpit orator and lecturer. In one of his lectures he says, " I love the rumbling of the steam- power press better than the rattle of artillery." Upon these words some one, for the Boston Transcript, writes, — Down the long basement, ranged a-row. All day the swift-wheeled presses go ; Tireless in purpose, future fraught, Heavy artillery of thought ; And instinct with a loyal sense That waits upon intelligence. All day outrings their iron clang And clatter of steel and rhythmic bang. Yes, mere machines for type and ink : And yet I fancy that they think, And that some forceful spirit stirs Within their ponderous cylinders ; For words of wisdom oft are told By the white paper onward rolled. And deep, prophetic lore let fall By the grim type, that knows it all. These paper missiles, random sent, Shall shake the vaulted continent ; Or flash a simultaneous gam To many a quick, receptive brain ; Or battle down some mighty wrong. Or ancient idol, cherished long. Oh ! who can measure, who can guess The giant potence of the press ? Oh ! enginery of boon or blight ! Who dares to wield should wield aright ; Who dares to wield, of this is sure, — So long as earth and days endure, 272 NOTES ON FEINTING. The printed sentence forward speeds To farthest bound of human needs : — And thus I muse amid the clang And clatter of steel and rhythmic bang. People generally, and even those who may be termed steady readers and close observers, have but a faint conception of the magnitude and influence the press of this country has attained. From a careful examination of the pages of the 1885 edition of the "American Newspaper Directory," issued May 1, by Geo. P. Eowell & Co., of New York, it appears that there are 14,147 newspapers and periodicals published in the United States and Canada. Of these the United States has 12,973, an average of one paper for every 3,867 persons. In 1884 the total number of newspapers was less by 823 than at present ; and while the gain this year is not so marked as in some previous years, it is still considerable. Kansas shows the greatest increase, the number being 78, while Illinois follows with a gain of 77. It is curious to notice that New York, the scene of so much political activity during the last campaign, should have only about one third as many new papers as the state of Pennsylvania. As an index to the comparative growth and prosperity of different sec- tions of the country, especially the territories, the number of new papers forms an interesting study, and may well occupy the attention of the curious. GOV. SAMUEL ALLEN AND PRINTING. After the death of John Tufton Mason, in 1688, the title to his estate came to his brother, Robert Tufton Mason, who, on April 27, 1691, sold his title to the lands in New Hampshire to Samuel Allen, of London, for seven hundred and fifty pounds, and Allen at once applied to the king to recognize his title by appointing him governor of the province. On the 15th of Sep- tember, 1698, Governor Allen arrived in the state, and assumed the duties of his ofHce, which he held until the time of his death, May 5, 1705. He was a merchant of some eminence in London, and sustained an unblemished character. He was induced to purchase lands in New Hampshire for the sake of gain, but he never reaped his expected reward. His son, Thomas Allen, FIRST ONE-CENT DAILY PAPER. 273 tried to get possession of the lands belonging to his father's estate, without success. While Samuel Allen was governor, England was wary, and seemed to have foreseen that a free press might be against its designs to bear unlimited rule, and as early as 1698, instructed her governor of New Hampshire to enforce the following in- junction : "And forasmuch as great inconvenience may arise by the liberty of printing in our province of New Hampshire, you are to provide all necessary codes, that no person use any press for printing upon any occasion whatever, without your special license first obtained." New Hampshire, though settled in 1623, at Little Harbor and at Northato, did not have a newspaper until 1756, one hundred and thirty-three years ! England had not licensed any printer, and Gov. Allen did not dare to license any one, lest his official head might suffer " great inconvenience." All printing for New Hampshire was done in England or elsewhere, until the estab- lishment of a press at Cambridge, Mass., 1639. Previous to the establishment of this printing-press the English authorities monopolized the business. All the books and maps of John Smith were printed in London, and he was the author of the first two books written in the colonies, 1607. In 1610 "A true Repository of the Wrack and Redemption of Sir Thomas Gates" was sent to England and there published, as were the works of George Sandys, of Virginia, in 1626. FIRST ONE-CENT DAILY PAPER. Horace Greeley edited the first one-cent daily newspaper ever published in this or any other country. It was sold at one cent until near the close of its brief career. Its owner. Dr. Horace D. Shepard, got his idea from the rapidity with which he had noticed that anything and everything that cost only one cent was sold in Chatham street. He had very little money, but he was so confident of success, if the thing was once begun, that he went to The Spirit of the Times oflSce, where Greeley was then a young compositor, and asked him to be its editor. The clever type-setter declared that two cents was the lowest rate that would sustain a daily paper, and he supported his state- ments with so many solid reasons, that The Morning Post ap- 18 274 NOTES ON PRINTING. peared January, 1843, at the figure named. The bantling had a deal of ill-luck, but still sold several hundred copies daily. On the third day of the third week it received its quietus, hav- ing been put off several days at one cent. The demand was so much larger that the owner believed, that if it had been sold at that price from the beginning it would have prospered. Nine months after, the Sun was issued for one cent, and, as everybody knows, made a fortune. Shepard & Greeley planted the seed which produced that financial fruit. The English cylinder press came into notice in 1813, and the London Times was printed on one of these in 1814, when 1,100 impressions an hour were obtained. In 1823, it was improved so as to print 2,000 sheets per hour. In 1840, a machine press was made, with ten cylinders, on which 25,000 large sheets could be printed on one side in an hour. Since then the Bullock press has come, which feeds itself from a continuous roll of paper, and prints both sides at the rate of 20,000 sheets per hour, or, by a duplicate of the forms, 40,000. Robert Hoe, of the firm of R. Hoe & Co., printing-press manufacturers, died September 14th, 1884, at his summer resi- dence in Tarrytown, N. Y., in his 70th year. He had been in failing health for some time, and about ten days previous to his death was attacked with malarial fever, which confined him to his bed until his death. Mr. Hoe was born in New York, and was the son of Robert Hoe, who came to this country in 1808, from Hose, in Leicestershire, England, and founded the busi- ness house of R. Hoe & Co., the well known manufacturers of printing-presses. "When a young man, the late Robert Hoe, -with his brother Richard M., succeeded to the business estab- lished by their father, which has become the largest of its kind in the world. CoL. Richard M. Hoe, though now over 75 years old, attends daily to business affairs, and walks through his workshops for the purpose of seeing that everything is going right. He is a very kind employer, and the pay-roll of his establishment amounts to $20,000 a week. The oldest English newspaper now published is the Stamford Mercury, commenced in 1695. The oldest magazine now pub- lished in America is the North American Review. PART III. MANCHESTER: HER NEWSPAPERS AND PUBLICA- TIONS. Come, read the encouraging story Of eminent men in the past, Who, long in obscurity toiling, Compelled recognition at last : Of men, who in art, or in science, Or letters, have conquered a place, Or, in the wide realm of invention, Have left a rich boon to their race. Their names upon history's pages Like stars in the darkness have glowed : Like stones that are fit for the wall, They were not to be left in the road. — Stakk. To her newspapers and enterprising citizens the city of Man- chester is chiefly indebted for. her schools, her churches, her manufacturing establishments, her railways, her many elee- mosynary and other institutions, and the grandeur of an inland city, which, though yet young, has made giant strides in honest competition with her sister cities in the forward march of prog- ress. For the bulk of the American people, the daily and weekly newspapers stand in the place of the school and library, guid- ing opinion and forming taste as well as furnishing news. In our large towns and chief cities to-day, the literary ability of the newspapers is commendable. Yet much of all we read is written by reporters, a class created by the needs of our age — a very marvellous class. They are to the modern newspaper editor eyes and ears. They search for sensational matters ; 278 NOTES ON PRINTING. and they are sure to embellish ordinary events with words of learned length and thundering sound. They invent words which shock the reader, until such base coinage becomes common, and receives favor in the next new dictionary. NEWSPAPERS AND NEWSPAPER MEN. A task so novel, and to most people of such questionable utility and interest as the compiling of a history of newspapers in any city, state, or country, may apparently seem to possess little information which can either amuse or edify individuals who have never been concerned in them or in any way connect- ed with them ; and such a history would to many appear neither so remarkable and old as to delight the antiquarian, nor so event- ful as to give it prominence. We all know that newspapers have in all times and in all places monopolized a large share of public attention. We know that the names of many of those persons who have been connected with our public journals are among the most distinguished names of persons in every state and country ; and we know that no country under the sun can show to-day a larger proportion of eminent men connected with newspapers than America. Our cities are full of newspapers. Every surge of popular excitement calls forth a printed sheet ; and the ready use of ink and type has created their universal need. Let the reader ask himself. What do I know about our newspapers or about our newspaper men? and he will answer, Very little, and possibly wish for a history of them. The growth and prosperity of our country have been identified with our newspapers. In the lives of our best public journals there is bound up much of our civil, social, and educational prosperity. They give us the faithful records from which our history must be written ; and but for the written and printed records, which can be and are preserved, events of to-day would soon fade from the memory, and in time be entirely forgotten. Who of us all, without some record to refer to, can state cor- rectly what took place in Concord, Manchester, or any other place, upon a named day five, ten, fifteen, or twenty years ago? Who of us can confidently say when, where, and by whom this or that thing was accomplished, without reference to some record ? INFLUENCE OF THE PRESS. 279 In the preparation of the following "Gathered Historical Notes Concerning Manchester, her Newspapers and Amateur Efforts," the compiler has relied much upon newspapers, Clarke's History, and the statements, from memory, of persons who have lived in the city, or have at some time been connected with Man- chester publications. Hundreds of printed circulars and letters, requesting replies to questions asked, have been mailed. Files of all existing newspapers have been searched for information, and a large amount of interesting history has thus been ob- tained, but much more is wanted. The greater difficulty has been in verifying names and dates, which present many contra- dictions ; and if in this respect there may appear errors, the compiler has the satisfaction of knowing that his " Notes" are as nearly complete as industry, painstaking, and care could make them. From very small beginnings newspapers have increased in number, size, cheapness, and consequence, until they form, in several countries, the most powerful levers in the social life of the people, exercising a marked influence on domestic manners, literature, and usages, until there seems no one earthly power which has contributed more largely to the spread of general intelligence. Andrew Fletcher is credited with the remark, "Let me make the songs of a people, and I care not who makes the laws." He might have added. Let me make the newspapers, and anybody may make the laws ; for the songs and the news- papers of a people will aid the citizens quite as much as will powder and balls in gaining their freedom, and in shaping their politics and religion, their arts, sciences, industries, and inde- pendence. The first American newspapers were imitations of English models. Though the editorials were few, they were original. The intelligence given consisted of ship news, prices current, and items. Sometimes important news from distant states was obtained from passengers on vessels arriving. Long names for newspapers were often used, as if such pompous titles would give to subscribers the full value of the money paid, and make the weekly sales larger. Once Benjamin Frank- lin was accused of publishing vulgar communications, and the subscriber making this charge threatened to stop his paper in consequence. "Do so, if you please," said Franklin, " for any 280 NOTES ON PRINTING. one who can subsist as I can upon sawdust pudding and water, I think can live and continue to print his paper without the patronage you have given him." No wonder, then, that " In this our day so many persons claim The proud distinction of the printer's name." THE COLONIAL PERIOD. In the early period of the American colonies, pamphlets and broadsides constituted the literary food of the people rather than books or newspapers. A catalogue of publications pre- vious to the Revolution gives a list of about 8,000 titles, and more than nine tenths of them are of pamphlets ; but the news- paper press after the revolution crowded the tract, pamphlet, and broadside gradually out of the field. The colonial period was not favorable to literature. All the energies of the early settlers were expended in felling trees, providing shelter from the elements, procuring their daily food, and defending their families from the savages. There was lit- tle cessation from toil ; no respite from danger. The grand scenery of the unbroken forests created no sentiment of admira- tion in the minds of the early colonists ; landscapes were not to be mused upon in poetic reverie, but so many acres of stubborn woods were to be chopped down and burned. The settler found the dense forest his enemy, as well as a shelter for his foes ; and the feeling of hostility has been kept up to the pres- ent day, as too many of our bare, windy hills and arid plains attest. The noble rivers, fringed with shrubs, through which the antlered deer pushed their way, were regarded less as mir- rors of nature's beauty than as obstructions to travel that re- quired bridging. The painted warrior was not the picturesque figure of woodland romance, as in the novels of the present time, but a demon with a torch, tomahawk, and scalping-knife. There was little scope for the imagination ; few letters were written ; few newspapers and books were in existence ; people had little time for literature or amusement. The early settlers had their tasks, and faithfully performed them. Their chief object was to make for their families comfortable homes, and NEWSPAPERS AKD PUBLISHERS. 281 to found colonies on an enduring basis, with religion as the chief corner stone. A catalogue of books, pamphlets, and magazines, to the num- ber of 1676, published by or printed for persons who at some time were residents of Manchester, was published in 1885 by S. C. & L. M. Gould, 52 pages 8vo. It was prepared by John W. Moore, and shows us that the first printed pamphlet having particular reference to Manchester was "A Discourse utter'd in part at Ammauskeeg Falls, in the Fishing-Season, 1739." This discourse was "Printed for S. Kneeland and T. Green in Queen-Street, Boston, 1743," and consisted of 22 pages 8vo. Persons desiring acquaintance with the "Bib- liography of Manchester " will consult this catalogue. The first printing in Manchester was a newspaper by John Caldwell, Octo- ber 18, 1839, and the first pamphlet printed here was an Ad- dress by Eev. Thomas Savage, 1841. The first book printed here was the Life of Seth Wyman, 310 pages, 1843. After which printing and printers flourished here as in other new and growing places, until Manchester has become the leading city of the state. NEWSPAPERS AND PDBLISHERS. In my present efforts at gathering information relative to the several newspapers, periodicals, amateur journals, and other publications, which have from time to time been commenced, and sooner or later, for unstated reasons, discontinued, since the first venture, the starting of the Amoskeag Representative, October 18, 1839, forty-seven years ago, and in my earnest attempts at obtaining even some brief notices of the many ed- itors, publishers, and printers who were actively concerned in producing these publications, and giving them "a local habita- tion and a name," I have been greatly surprised at finding so large a list of evanescent educators in the form of newspapers of varying shapes and sizes ; and I was no less amazed when finding that so little was now known concerning these publica- tions, and the individuals who were engaged in introducing them to the people of Manchester. The first amateur editor of them all, it seems, was as much astonished when his pet paper came to its sudden end as I have been at the appearance of these editorial stars, for, in his last speech, he amazedly leaves on 282 NOTES ON PRINTING. record a couplet proving the editor not only a poet, but the propounder of a conundrum which to this day remains unans- wered : " If I am so quickly done for, I wonder what I was begun for !" The unsuccessful publications, which followed each other in large numbers, were bright and full of animation ; but most of them, after coming upon the stage for a short season, like the butterflies and beautiful flowers of a summer's day, suddenly disappeared, leaving only wings, lifeless bodies, and crumpled leaves in proof that they had once existed only to be early crushed, and to pass into complete worldly oblivion. This would have been the fate of the multitude of short-lived Man- chester publications but for the present effort, which has been greatly aided by a most valuable and curious collection of anti- quarian documents and papers gathered by Mr. S. C. Gould, known as the editor of Notes and Queries, of Manchester, who has carefully preserved copies of all the publications he has been able to obtain, good, bad, and indifferent, and who gave me the arduous yet not unpleasant opportunity of examining these precious printed documents at leisure ; and in doing so, I have found them truthful respecting themselves, so far as names and times of beginning are concerned, as to what was done and said by them during their public life, and what they thought of those around them ; but most of them are dumb when ques- tioned as to the reasons why they did not longer continue their journey, and follow the pleasant road upon which they had so vigorously started out, full of joyful anticipations of happiness, usefulness, and prosperity. Strange as it may seem, the titles of very many of the once promising ephemeral publications, large and small, as well as the names of the once well known individuals who were the pub- lishers, editors, or printers of them, are to-day forgotten, even by the older inhabitants of Manchester, who, when inquired of, can give no information in regard to them, though, at a former period, they may have seen and handled, if they did not actually, subscribe for and read, some of these departed journals. Time, like oblivion and cessation of remembrance, obliterates all traces of these newspapers, and of their publishers and printers MANCHESTER PUBLICATIONS. 283 alike, no one being able to give the dates of their coming or going, or to tell us of the good or evil they accomplished while they existed. Finding that dates even sooner than names fade from the memory, even when one is personally interested in their recollection, I conclude that it would be quite difficult for any one who has lived sixty or seventy years to write his own autobiography, or the history of a friend with whom he may have been well acquainted twenty or thirty years previous, with- out reference to preserved documents and records. I have therefore carefully examined such publications as exist, and from them have gathered such information as they furnished. Judge Potter's History of Manchester, valuable as it is, gave me but little aid concerning the newspaper men or their papers, it having been published too early to mention any except the first journals ; but the smaller and more concise and valuable work of Hon. John B. Clarke, a modern compilation of facts concerning the real history of Manchester, in a chapter entitled " Newspapers," gave me a very excellent description of quite a number of these publications. But little, even there, was found to enlighten me in regard to the publishers and printers of the newspapers mentioned ; and the chapter very truly says, — " Of a number of them, issued for advertising purposes merely, and for gratuitous distribution, and of the several amateur papers published in 1872 and 1873, this chapter makes no mention. It makes brief record, with as much accuracy as possible, of those sheets which professed to be newspapers, or literary journals." "Whatever information I have been able to gain from other sources, and from answers to letters and circulars sent by mail to publishers and others formerly residing in Manchester, whose present address could be ascertained, I have embodied in the brief notices given of such editors, publishers, and printers as have favored me with information in regard to themselves and their publications ; and I regret that I could say so little, and that desired information has been so sparingly furnished. It will be seen that I have noticed many of the Organs which editors manage so well That they seem to possess a vox populi swell ; Whatever it be, they hit the right key, And pipe with the crowd in concert you see. 284 NOTES ON PRINTING. News from all countries and climes they catch, Advertisements, essays, with rhymes to match : These, mixed with all sorts of (f)lying tales. Fill the popular paper, which most prevails. Reading-books. These are supposed to be books containing lessons in reading ; and if the foundations of knowledge are to be laid by reading, the books should be interesting and instruc- tive, for we are beholden to judicious writers of all ages for those discoveries and discourses they have left behind them for our knowledge of men and things. I well remember the few and meagre collections of books in my native town when a boy. Excepting Scripture commentaries, hymn and prayer books, and a few religious biographies, not always inviting to children of ardent temperament, the most fascinating volumes accessible were EoUin's Ancient History, Riley's Narrative, Thaddeus of Warsaw, Pilgrim's Progress, Robinson Crusoe, and some other novels and romances, with the books of poems and the school- books, including the Columbian Orator ; and such furnished the ideal pictures for my boyish imagination to dwell upon. To- day all citizens of Manchester, old or young, are blessed with a choice of reading hooks, free, from the city library, which contains nearly 30,000 volumes. POST-OFFICES IN THE TERRITORY NOW MANCHESTER. The office at Piscataquog was established in 1816, James Parker, post-master. Previous to this time the post-rider from Concord to Amherst delivered all the mail matter on that route. The Piscataquog office was continued under different post-mas- ters to 1840. In 1828 an office was established at Amoskeag, with Samuel Kimball as post-master. This office is yet held by S. L. Flanders, one of the many post-masters since 1828. A post-office was established at Goffe's Falls in 1872. The first post-office in the old town of Manchester was at the Centre, and Samuel Jackson was the first post-master. This was established in 1831. The first in the new village on Elm street was in Dunklee's block, established in 1840, at which time the office at the Centre was discontinued. Mr. Dunklee died soon after, and Paul Cragin was his successor. The office at the new vil- lage was now in the town hall, which was destroyed by fire in FIRST NEWSPAPER AND MEETING-HOUSE. 285 1844 ; then it was in Cragin's house ; next in a small building on Hanover street ; then in the new town hall ; then where the store of Frank W. Fitts is located ; and then in the present post-office block, in 1876, where it has been in the charge of Joseph L. Stevens, on a salary of S2,800 a year. Mr. Stevens, who has given general satisfaction, was succeeded on his re- tirement by Josiah G. Dearborn, who was born in South Weare, March 20, 1829, who has been a teacher in the schools of Man- chester, and has held offices of trust, and been state treasurer of New Hampshire. — Clarke's Mirror. TOTING Manchester's first newspaper and meeting-house. The first newspaper of any kind ever issued from or printed in any portion of the territory now included within the limits of the present city of Manchester, N. H., was a vigorous Demo- cratic publication of very respectable appearance, entitled the Amoskeag Representative, probably so named because Amoskeag village, on the west bank of the Merrimack river, though then a part of Goffstown, had become quite well known as a manufactur- ing place. It received its name from the Namaoskeags, a famous tribe of Indians formerly residing in the vicinity of the wonder- ful great falls, or "place of much fish." Amoskeag had a good reputation throughout the state, and could point with pride to her cotton and woollen manufactory, her mill buildings, post- office, hotel, and stage-house. She could also show her stores, mechanics' shops, her prosperous citizens, and the residences of several influential men. The Amoskeag bridge at the foot of Bridge street, built in 1792, connected Amoskeag village with the infant settlement of Harrytown, just commenced on the sand dunes on the east side of the river, and afterwards annexed to the town of Derryfleld in 1853, though this act was opposed ; and when it was completed, some of the Derryfleld people " de- clared that Harrytown brought with it not only the Old Harry himself, but the small-pox in the bargain." [See Amoskeag Representative . J The flrst meeting-house in the town was built about 1736 by some English settlers, to whom land was granted on condition that a church be built upon it. It was built and used some years until destroyed by fire from burning woods. The next 286 NOTES ON PRINTING. was the one used for a town-house at Manchester Centre. I was commenced, but not finished (though a Presbyterian societ; of eight persons were interested in it), May 21, 1828, and helc some meetings there, and eleven years later, 1839, united wit) a Congregational society at Amoskeag, which society had t minister in 1840. Efforts had been made to build the meeting house at the Centre by the Scotch Irish as early as 1751, anc they voted to raise £24, old tenor, for the purpose of maintain' ing preaching, but did not employ a minister, though they helc meetings in a barn occasionally until 1756. In 1792 the frame of the house was raised, but it was left uncovered. Long before there was a town or village other than that oi the Indians at or near the Amoskeag falls, the savages there had received religious instruction from Rev. John Eliot, the apostle, who was born at Nasing, England, in 1604, and came to New England in 1631, where he assisted in translating the Psalms into Indian verse, and taught the natives to sing them. He also translated and published the Bible in the aboriginal tongue. He died at Eoxbury, Mass., in 1690, aged 86. One of his converts, Simon Botogkom, continued preaching at the falls, and was able to read Eliot's Bible to the Indians, as well as the Psalms. Rev. Mr. Seccombe, of Kingston, also preached at the falls from the text " I go a fishing," as early as 1739, but we find no record of preaching among the white settlers until 1754. This Rev. Joseph Seccombe (often spelled with one c, and sometimes in old manuscripts without the e, as Se- combe and Secomb) was the second minister settled &t King- ston, N. H., and graduated at Harvard college in 1734. He preached his sermon to " The Worthy Patrons of the Fishing at Ammauskeeg" in 1739. It was printed in Boston, Mass., for S. Kneeland and T. Green in Queen street, 1743, and Mr. Sec- combe died at Kingston in 1760. The meeting-house unfinished (though used for a town-house) was left to decay until after the Revolution, and the people were told by Rev. William Pickels, as late as 1803, that " the devil would carry them off through the cracks if they were not closed." It was later sold, and converted into a dwelling- house. In 1812 a Baptist society was organized, which had the honor of being the first in the town of Manchester. The first MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES. 287 permanent church building in the city was erected in 1839 by Congregationalists ; and in the same year the Freewill Baptists built a wooden chapel, which was used by them and by the Episcopalians and a second Congregational society. This was also used as a hall, and by the Wesleyan Methodists, and also for a school-house : it is now a store. After 1839 nearly all the religious societies had places of worship in the new village of Manchester, which has now some twenty-five churches and places of meeting for religious instruction. Manchester and her manufacturing industries are almost one in years. Her cotton and woollen mills have raised, the place from the level of a mere fishing resort to its present position of commercial importance and thriving activity. From a small beginning on the west side of the river, where yarn was spun, the cotton having been previously cleansed by hand in the neigh- boring families, the business has progressed until the corpora- tions of the city employ over ten thousand persons, and have a monthly pay-roll of over four hundred thousand dollars, and daily produce about two hundred miles of cloth. The first cotton and woollen mill at the falls was started about one year before Derryfleld became Manchester ; and cot- ton goods were made here upon the Merrimack river in 1809 ; but a cotton mill had been built at New Ipswich in 1803, the first in the state, and from it came Benjamin Prichard, who . spun cotton for a time in Bedford, and afterwards, in company with others, built a small mill at Amoskeag, which became the property of the Amoskeag Cotton and Woollen Manufacturing Company. For this company a smart weaver was paid thirty- six cents a day — good wages at that time. From this small beginning grew the famous Amoskeag Man- ufacturing Company. These mills were built at the falls ; and that upon the island, below the falls, was burned in 1839. The Amoskeag Company, in 1831, absorbed the mills at the falls. They then purchased 1,500 acres of land, and all the water- power on the river. They became owners of lands on both sides of the river, extending some distance from it. They built a new dam, constructed mill canals, erected mills, leased and sold water privileges and mill sites to other corporations, and laid out the site of a town, building tenement and boarding-houses, 288 NOTES ON FEINTING. and selling lands to all new settlers. Their very liberal policy was attended with deserved prosperity and success. The Stark Mills Corporation was chartered in 1838. They own fifteen acres of land, occupied for mills, boarding-houses, etc. They manufacture cotton and linen goods, the cotton being sheetings, drillings, duck, and seamless bags : the linens are towelling and crash. The Manchester Mills Company was or- ganized in 1839 for the manufacture of dress goods ; but previ- , ously the Amoskeag Company had made the fabric for delaines, having the printing done elsewhere. The Manchester Print "Works and Mills were first chartered in 1847 as Merrimack Mills, and were rechartered in 1873 by the present name. This com- pany owns about forty-three acres of land, .some on both sides of the river, and has six mills. The total product for 1883 was 27,664,916 yards of cloth, 12,048,872 of print, and the remain- der worsted goods. There were printed and dyed over 22,000 miles of cloth. The Langdon Mills Company, organized in 1860, has two mills, and its goods comprise the finer grades of shirtings and sheetings. In 1883 these mills made and sold 5,154,006 yards of cloth. The Amory Manufacturing Corporation was chartered in 1879, and employs eight hundred operatives in the manufacture of fine and medium shirtings, sheetings, and jeans, of which 11,470,737 yards were made in 1883. The Namaske Mills Corporation was organized in 1856 as the Amoskeag Duck and Bag Mills, but in 1866 the name was changed. The mills are owned by the Amoskeag Company, which makes ginghams and shirting flannels. The Derry Mills Corporation was organized in 1865, and these are situated on Cohas brook, at GofCe's Falls. The average weekly production is fifteen thousand yards of cassimere, two hundred dozen stockings, and four thousand pounds of shoddy, with a daily consumption of five hundred pounds of wool. The Amoskeag Company, in their site for a town, began with Main street, Elm, and other streets running north and south, with other streets from the river east, reserving land for public squares, and have since sold lots to build the city as it now stands. AMOSKEAG KEPKESENTATIVE. 289 Amoskeag Representative. This pioneer newspaper of the new village of Manchester was a Democratic publication, con- sisting of four pages, having five columns on each page, the pages measuring 17 by 11 inches in size. It was published every Friday morning, at Dunklee's brick building, No. 37 Elm street, by John Caldwell, and the price demanded for it was $2 per year to persons living out of the state, who receive their papers by mail, payable when ordered ; and the same price to persons anywhere, receiving their papers in bundles by post- riders, carriers, and by stage, $1 payable on subscribing ; but to such persons as received their papers by mail, within the state, the price was $1.50. This low price within the state, by mail, was in consequence of saving fifty cents charged for the private conveyance. The Representative was commenced Oct. 18, 1839, when the number of people in the new village had considerably increased, on account of the second sale of lands made by the Amoskeag Manufacturing Company, and when the buildings were sufficient to warrant the purchase of afire-engine ! The " new village," as the settlement upon the company's land was called in 1839, was allowed by the town to take meas- ures for protection against fires, and to choose fire-wardens. The first engine purchased was named Merrimack No. 1 ; and the first engine-house was built on Vine street, though the Stark Mills (private property) had owned a fire-engine previous to this time, and one had been bought by the citizens of Piscataquog village, then a part of Bedford. Many of the weekly newspapers of New England, at that time, were published on sheets of about the same size as that chosen for the Representative; and Friday, lucky or unlucky, was the day very generally selected as publication day by editors and printers, because on that day, by mail, by the car- riers, stage-drivers, and post-riders, their newspapers would reach distant subscribers in season to be perused on Saturday and Sunday. No subscriptions were received for a less period than six months, but single papers were sold for six cents each. Advertisements not exceeding six lines were inserted for 75 cents ; seven lines and upwards, at $1 ; per square, $1.25 ; more than a square, at the same rates, — all to be paid for when left at the office. Such was the beginning of the newspaper busi- 19 290 NOTES ON FEINTING. ness in Manchester ; and this paper started with over five col- umns of advertising, and with a very respectable list of sub- scribers. On commencing the Amoskeag Representative, John Caldwell, the editor, says, — " The principles we shall attempt to sustain are the principles of the Democratic party. We shall support the administration of the state and national government." The party, of which Mr. Caldwell was a working member, was then in full power. Martin Van Buren, who succeeded Gen. Andrew Jackson as president of the United States, in 1837, was in of- fice, and John Page was governor of the state of New Hamp- shire, while the government officers of the state and nation were mostly Democrats. The publisher of the Representative at that time, and for the several years he resided in Manchester, was an unflinching Democrat ; and his paper, for some time, or until after the commencement of another paper {ihe. Amoskeag Memo- rial) , had a large circulation, not only among the Democrats, but among their opponents, in the town, county, and state, — the ed- itor having stated that it would be "an interesting family newspa- per, and that the readers who desired literature, education, amuse- ment, miscellaneous articles, as well as politics, commerce, and the news of the day, would find all these subjects treated of in his paper, while personal abuse and slander would be excluded." Mr. Caldwell was born in Portsmouth, N. H., and became the owner of extensive lands in the town of Newington, originally a part of Portsmouth and Dover, a place early settled. He had published a newspaper at Portsmouth called the Courier, in 1880, and had been engaged in the newspaper business at Ames- bury, Mass., before removing to Manchester. Soon after the commencement of the Representative news- paper in the new village, lots to the value of about $70,000 hav- ing been sold, some as high as forty-six cents a foot, buildings began to go up rapidly, and business began to be brisk. In 1840, four churches were erected, and Granite bridge was built; the Amoskeag Insurance Company was organized ; the Amoskeag Memorial newspaper, and a political campaign paper called the Manchester Workman, were commenced. The population had grown to 3,300 or more. Until now the name Amoskeag com- menced many important head-lines ; but the Manchester Wcyrk- MANCHESTER KEPRESENTATITE. 291 man broke that charm, and Manchester began to assert her authority. The Amoskeag Bepresentative was prompt to drop from its title the name Amoskeag, now no longer needed. The paper was enlarged Jan. 22, 1841, and the head changed to Manchester Bepresentative, with the motto, from the saying of Thomas Jefferson, author of the Declaration of Independence, who was elected president of the United States in 1801, when the bitterness of party spirit raged with great violence, — "I have sworn upon the altar of God eternal hostility to every form of tyranny over the mind of man." The prefix Amoskeag, which was thrown aside to make room for Manchester, was not dropped without an apology. The editor says, in regard to the act, — " Amoskeag would not have been inserted in the first place, had Manchester been favored at the time with a post- office in the new village." This shows us that Manchester had not arrived at the dignity of a post-town then : in fact, the first town-meeting in the present citj' was holden at a hall on Am- herst street, in 1841, and a town-house was not built until 1842, in which year the custom of printing a town report was intro- duced. In the charter of the town of Derryfield, afterwards Manches- ter, a valueless gore of land, unincorporated, bore the name of Harrytown. Some persons had settled on this gore, because roads had been opened through to Chester, and it was annexed to Derryfield in 1793, which town and Litchfield, down the river, sent a representative to the legislature ; and at the town- meeting there was fighting among the voters, and an appointed duel; — but all difficulties were settled, at the tavern, by pota- tions of good liquor ! The enlarged and beautified Manchester Bepresentative was six columns to the page, and the pages were 18 by 13i inches in size ; and the editor said to his subscribers, that the reader could " imagine the joy with which this enlargement would be greeted, for the paper now stands on a foundation not to be shaken by the united artillery of federal whiggery ; and now the corporations and their hireling struts will not prevent the full expression of political truths, as expressed in our motto." In August, 1842, the editor of the Bepresentative says,—" I received to-day a copy of my paper, returned from Isaac Hill, 292 NOTES ON PRINTING. with the endorsement upon it, ' Keep your dirty sheet at home.' This was in Hill's handwriting, signed ' Jackass.' That Hill should sign himself ' Jackass ' is certainly appropriate, and will coincide with his long-eared conduct since he was purchased by the Boston aristocracy. Isaac has recently received an appoint- ment to print the post-offlce blanks for the coon-skin adminis- tration, and after receiving it he writes on newspapers sent through the mail, in violation of the laws which such officers are sworn to observe to the letter." On Friday, Dec. 2, 1842, the Representative was published at No. 88 Broadway. This was next to 87 Exchange Building, at the south corner of Manchester street, where a public reading- room had been fitted up ; and it was then expected that Elm street would be, as it was for a time, called Broadway. For reasons now unknown, the Representative ceased to exist after this time ; th6 editor only saying, in explanation of the event, that he " had disposed of his entire establishment to Messrs. "William H. Kimball and Joseph Kidder, proprietors of the Jlfan- chester Democrat, just established by them." The Democrat office was in the second story of Kidder & Dunklee's block, af- terwards Kidder & Chandler's old family store. [See other publications by Mr. Caldwell. TTie Gleaner, com- menced Nov. 5, 1842 ; the Manchester Palladium, commenced May 21, 1846 ; the Manchester Magazine, commenced January, 1840.] It is stated in some of the notices of the Democrat that it was sold to Kimball & Currier (Moody Currier, now governor of the state, then editor of the Democrat) ; that Charles H. Brown, of Manchester, assisted in printing the first number of the Amoskeag Representative, Oct. 18, 1839 ; and that he helped work the first number of the Amoskeag Memorial, Jan. 1, 1840. [See Manchester Democrat.] Allodium. The Manchester Allodium was commenced Jan- uary 14, 1843, by Burseil & Hamlet, who were the editors and proprietors. The office was at No. 2, Union Building, but Mr. Burseil must have directly made a transfer of his interest, as the second number bore the names of Hamlet & Haradon. The paper was intended to take the place of the Semi- Weekly Adver- tiser, and was ornamented with wood engravings in profusion. It was not political, but inclined to literature, and arose from MERRIMACK RIVER. 293 the Advertiser, Willard N. Haradon having purchased that estab- lishment from Joseph C. Emerson, together with the Iris and Literary Souvenir, which was continued. In April, 1843, E. D. Boylston, of the Amherst Cabinet, became the owner of the Allodium and of the Iris and Souvenir, changing the Allodium to that of Transcript, and the name of Iris and Souvenir to that of the Wew Hampshire Magazine. Allodium seems now a queer name for a weekly newspaper. Writers define allodium to be every man's own land, possessed in his own right, without owing any rent or service to any superior ; and I imagine that Burseil & Hamlet desired that the name of their newspaper should indicate that it was their property, and that it would be independent, and free from the control of mill-owners and cor- porations. At this time Manchester had greatly outgrown what was then called the old town, or Manchester Centre, and, as the inhab- itants of the new village on the " sand-banks " were anxious to control town affairs, there was considerable ill-feeling created as early as 1840 ; and at the town-meeting for that year, Pot- ter's History says, "thirty constables" were required to keep the people in order. The new village, however, was able to out-vote the old town, and as the two sections had nominated separate town officers, there was quite a sectional squabble, and all votes were disputed. Finally they agreed that the two parties should form in lines, and thus remain until counted by the selectmen. The old town people, while this was going on, or such of them as did not go into line, voted to adjourn, and the meeting was dissolved. The next day the people reassem- bled, when the new village was victorious. John Stark, who favored the old town, told the Manchester people that " they were a set of interlopers, who had come to get a living on a sand-bank ; " but the voters of the new village had got the town, and they kept it. In 1836 the old meeting-house at the Centre was repaired for a town-house, and in 1837 it was painted. MERRIMACK RIVER. We first hear of this river through one De Monts, who wrote from the banks of St. Lawrence, in 1604, saying,—" The Ind- 294 NOTES ON PRINTING. ians tell us of a beautiful river, far to the south, which thej call the Merrimack. Its fisheries and planting grounds afford scenes for many an Indian story." In 1605 Champlain discov- ered this river, its position being marked out for him with a coal, upon a board, by some Indians whom he met upon the beach near Odiorne's point, which point he had discovered in 1604 — the place where David Thompson and others first settled in 1623, because it was almost surrounded by water, and seemed a very safe place, which, at high tide, was completely surrounded by water. The Merrimack is one of the principal rivers of New England. Its north branch rises near the White Mountain notch. Its east branch proceeds from the Winnipiseogee lake, — now Winnipesaukee, — and pursues a south course, 78 miles, to Chelmsford, Mass., thence east to the sea, at Newburyport, receiving many tributary streams on its way. There are numer- ous falls in this river, the most noted being the Amoskeag. There are many bridges and some ferries on the river. Its waters are pure, and on its banks are many flourishing villages, towns, and cities. The name of the river was originally written Merramacke and Monnomake, which in the Indian language signified a sturgeon. Its width varies from 50 to 120 rods, and at its mouth it is half a mile in width. The Merrimack has ever been a source of profit to the inhab- itants upon its banks — not only to us and our fathers, but to the Indians. Where Manchester has built a city, the Penacooks had their head-quarters. Here resided the Namaoskeags, the name Amoskeag being in some documents written Namaske, Naumkeag, and Naimkeak. Upon the bluff east of the falls was a large Indian village, where John Eliot, about 1650, preached and taught school (when the Indians assembled there to worship God and to keep the Sabbath) , and he taught them to become praying Indians. The first road from Londonderry to "Ammauskeag falls" was built in 1729, and tradition says the Eev. Mr. McGregor was the first person from Londonderry to visit the falls. The first bridle-path from Nashua to Amoskeag was cut by the Indians, who not only cleared the path, but marked the trees for John Eliot, in 1648. At Namaoskeag, prior to 1650, stood an Indian village, and old Harrytown has the honor of being the place where the first preaching and the THE CITY AND STATE. 295 first school, north-east of Exeter, in the state, was estab- lished. Amoskeag and Amoskeag falls were well known in the early days of New Hampshire. The falls consisted of three pitches, and, within a distance of half a mile, the water falls between forty and fifty feet. The vicinity of the' falls was anciently much visited by the Indians, as the sachem Wonolanset resided there, and the tribe under him was sometimes molested by the Mohawks, who carried terror to the hearts of all the eastern Indians. In time of war between these hostile tribes, those living in the neighborhood of the falls concealed their provi- sions in the large cavities of the rocks. The holes are of various sizes, and are worn perpendicularly into the solid rock several feet. Some of them are more than eight feet in diameter. The facility of procuring fish drew the attention of the natives to this place. Stone implements and human bones have been found in abundance, rendering it certain that this was an impor- tant spot to the Indians, and that it was once thickly peopled by them. THE CITT AND STATE. The city of Manchester was the first incorporated city in the Grranite State. It has become the largest and most wealthy. It ranks, in the value of its cotton and woollen manufactures, as the fourth manufacturing city in the United States. It was incorporated June, 1846, and the first city officers were chosen the next August, the first mayor being Hiram Brown. The city is in congressional district number two, councillor district num- ber three, and forms the whole of senatorial district number three. There are several distinct villages of former importance now included in Manchester city, which was the old Harrytown and Derryfleld. The city stands upon ground taken in part from Londonderry, Chester, Bedford, and Goffstown, taking in the large village of Piscataquog from Bedford, and Amoskeag from Goffstown ; but the tract of land between the line of Chester and the Merrimack river, which was over a mile wide and about eight miles in length, extending from the town of Hooksett on the north to the town of Litchfield on the south, and which had ■ generally been considered as worthless, and which, on that account, had been 296 NOTES ON PRINTING. left outside of all town lines by the old grants and by the pro- vincial surveyors, when mentioned at all was called by the names of Harrytown, Henry'sburg and Henry'sborough, and later, as granted to Ephraim Hildreth and others, who fought the Indians under Capt. "William Tyng, called Tyngstown for a time, in honor of the captain, and was made three miles in width ; but was more generally known as Harrytown, until united with the incorporated town Derryfleld. It was said of the settlers, when they went to make homes in Harrytown, that " they had gone to the Old Harry." But this despised depos- itory of sand-banks was not made in vain, for it was destined to become, what it now is, the site of the city of Manchester. To this day the soil of the city is light and sandy, and cannot be depended on for agricultural purposes to any great extent. Some portions of the town have been made very productive, and easy of cultivation ; but nature supplied the place with other advantages, which formerly gave subsistence to the aborigines, as well as to the first white settlers on the banks of the river, though the inhabitants here in 1722 were compelled to build a fort near the present city, to protect themselves and families from the Indians, who were numerous about the falls in the fishing season. Motte's abridgment of Philosophical Transactions says, — "At a place called Amoskeag, a little above the hideous falls of Merrimack river, is a rock in the midst of the stream, at the top of which are a gi-eat number of pots, made exactly like bar- rels or hogsheads, of different capacities, some so large as to hold several tons. The natives know nothing of the time they were made, but the neighboring Indians have been wont to hide their provisions in them, in their wars with the Maquas, affirm- ing that God had cut them for that use for them." It must be remembered that New Hampshire and Massachu- setts were long united under one government. The governor, Jonathan Belcher, of Cambridge, resided in Massachusetts, but the lieutenant-governor, David Dunbar, was a resident of New Hampshire. The governor did not know much about this state until commissioners were appointed to settle the boundary lines, when, for the first time, he, with a party of friends, made an excursion of three days to the falls of Amoskeag, and wrote HISTORICAL NOTE. 297 home that he " was much pleased with the fine soil of Chester and Londonderry, and greatly astonished on viewing the mighty falls of 'Skeag." Historical Note. History ascribes the discovery of New Hampshire to Capt. John Smith, who was not only an intelli- gent man, but a skilful navigator. He seems to have been born with a roving and romantic genius. He delighted in extrava- gant and daring actions ; and at an early day (1614) he explored Virginia and parts of New England. He was a captive among the natives, and was saved from death by an Indian maiden. He sailed along the coast of New Hampshire ; gave his name to a group of islands long called Smith's Isles, but for some un- known reason, later, named the Isles of Shoals, which name they yet retain. He examined the coast from Penobscot river to Cape Cod, and found the Piseataqua river to be a safe harbor with a rocky shore ; and better for him than all this, he gained the credit of being the discoverer of a state, to which Capt. John Mason, the original patentee, gave the name New Hampshire. Smith died in London, Eng., in 1631, in the fifty-second year of his age. Mason died at Portsmouth, N. H., Nov. 26, 1635. History does not state all the facts concerning the discovery and settlement of New Hampshire, or of Manchester ; but it is true that the territory now within the bounds of the state was visited by white men as early as June, 1603, twenty years prior to its permanent settlement upon the banks of the river Piseat- aqua. Samuel de Champlain, a native of Saintonge (who was commissioned by the king of France, in 1603, to prosecute dis- coveries in the new world) , discovered the Isles of Shoals July 15, 1605, and was at Odiorne's Point, now in Dover, the next day. He also discovered the Merrimack river ; and this was nine years before Capt. John Smith is known as a visitor to the Isles of Shoals, which he named Smith's Isles, in 1614. The first settlements were made in New Hampshire at Dover and Portsmouth, in 1623, by Edward Hilton, William Hilton, and David Thompson, with others, sent from England to found a plantation on Piseataqua river, to cultivate the vine, discover mines, carry on the fisheries, and trade with the natives. The two Hiltons, with some associates, settled at Dover Neck, about seven miles from Portsmouth. Thompson and his associates 298 NOTES ON PKINTING. settled nearer Portsmouth harbor. The next settlement was made at Exeter, in 1638, by Rev. John Wheelwright and others ; and in the same year the town of Hampton was settled. All these settlers encountered many difHcnlties. Their land was granted over and over again, causing many disputes ; and in 1641 these settlers became connected, for safety, with Mas- sachusetts. But in 1679 New Hampshire was made a royal province by commission from Charles II, and the first general assembly met at Portsmouth in 1680; but the province came under the protection of Massachusetts again until 1741, when the boundary between these states was settled, and Benning Wentworth was appointed governor of New Hampshire, who remained in office until the Revolution. The first house erected in New Hampshire, of which we have any account, was built in Portsmouth, on a point of land known at that time as Little Harbor, by Humphrey Chadbourn, in 1631, and was called " The great house." It was near the river, and three miles from its mouth. The river bank above this house was called Strawberry bank. The house stood a few rods north of a commanding eminence, where there had once been an an- cient fort ; and here lived Capt. John Mason, and later, his grandson, Robert Tufton Mason, it being then known as Mason hall. Richard Cutt, in 1681, lived in the "great house," and described it as "standing near the corner of Court and Pond streets." The old Wentworth mansion at Little Harbor, Ports- mouth, is now (1886) advertised for sale. I hope it will go into the hands of some person who will preserve it for the state, with its history. In 1645 Capt. Smith brought a negro from Guinea to Ports- mouth, and sold him as a slave; but he was later, by the proper authorities, sent home, the sale of negroes not then being law- ful. The first house built in Manchester, on land sold by the Amoskeag Company, was erected by Mrs. Anna Hayes, of Lon- donderry, in June, 1839, at the west corner of Chestnut and Concord streets, opposite Concord square. The first machine shop in Manchester was erected in 1840 ; and the first locomotive was built in 1849 for the Northern Rail- road. In 1851 the Amoskeag Manufacturing Company exhib- AMOSKEAG MEMORIAL. 299 ited goods at the World's Fair in London, and received the prize medal. Among the speculators whom the discovery of a western con- tinent brought into notice, in the old world and in the new, were Sir Ferdinando Gorges and Capt. John Mason. These men, with their associates, obtained from the English government, Aug. 10, 1622, a grant of land called Laconia, which included the greater part of the territory now known as New Hampshire, with the intention of establishing a plantation near the river Piscataqua, and there carrying on the fishing business. Gorges had been engaged in various enterprises concerning New Eng- land ; had fitted out ships, at his own expense, for traffic with the natives ; was a man of great energy, had rendered many services to the government, and had much influence at court. He was attached to the navy, and was governor of Plymouth, in Devonshire. Mason entered zealously into the scheme of mak- ing a fortune in New England, and did settle there. He was a merchant in London, and a sailor, concerned in the fisheries at Newfoundland, of which place he was governor. After dissolv- ing partnership with Gorges, Mason became the sole proprietor of the land west of the Piscataqua, deriving his title from the' king of England, who claimed to be the owner. Time, how- ever, produced other and previous owners. Rev. John Wheel- wright, of Braintree, Mass., May 17, 1629, obtained from Pas- saeonnaway, and other chiefs of the Indian tribes on the Merrimack river (the original proprietors), a deed of lands embracing a part of Mason's grant, causing much strife and long continued disputes. Amoskeag Memoeial. The second newspaper published in the new village of Manchester was entitled the Amoskeag Me- morial, and was commenced on Wednesday, Jan. 1, 1840, by Joseph C. Emerson. The office was in Plumer & Goodwin's building. No. 43 Elm street, which was afterwards known as the " Old Ark," it having formerly been a meeting-house in the town of Goffstown, and from there removed to Manchester new village in 1838. The name Amoskeag was placed in the title for the same general reasons given for using that prefix to the Amoskeag Representative [which see]. Directly on the appear- ance of the second newspaper in Manchester, the editor of the 300 NOTES ON PRINTING. Amoskeag Representative commenced a third publication, under the title of the Manchester Magazine, devoted to literature and miscellaneous subjects, as a match for the Memorial; but only continued its publication for a few months. The Memorial consisted of four pages, five columns to each page, and the pages measured 16f by 11^ inches each in size. The terms were $1.50 per annum, payable in advance in all eases ; but if not so paid, fifty cents was added to the sum first mentioned. The paper was devoted to morality, literature, sci- ence, biography, history, and anecdote. All communications were to be post-paid, and directed to the publisher. The editor said, — " We shall carefully avoid entering into any contest upon political, religious, public, or private affairs, but shall de- vote our paper to useful knowledge. We have engaged many excellent writers as contributors, and hope to make a paper well worth patronage. The Memorial will be a nice family news- paper, and is intended to add to the stock of useful knowledge ; to refibe the taste for, and cherish the best impulses of, the heart and mind ; to instruct as well as amuse." The Memorial was a neutral paper, politically, when started ; ' but in 1842 it commenced to advocate the principles of the Whig party. The name was changed to Manchester Memorial Jan. 6, 1841, and on Feb. 17, 1841, Joseph Kidder became its editor, having sold to Mr. Emerson a paper called the People's Herald, a semi-monthly publication, four numbers of which had been issued at Pembroke by Mr. Kidder, and which was now united with the Memorial, under the title of Manchester Memorial and People's Herald. The expectation was to enlarge this paper Dec. 8, 1840 ; but it was not enlarged until June 9, 1841, when it became the size of 18 by 14 inches, with six columns to a page, with the price lowered to $1 a year. On May 26, 1841, O. Dana Murray became associated in business with Mr. Emerson, as editor and publisher, and Mr. Kidder retired from the paper. In January, 1842, the new firm changed the head to the original Manchester Memorial, with a motto similar to that first used. The office was now at No. 2 Union Building, Elm street, and the day of publication was Friday. On Sept. 2, 1842, the Me- morial was sold to Samuel F. Wetmore and A. A. Wallace, both young men well known in Manchester, and both printers by profession. JOSEPH C. EMERSON. 301 Emerson & Murray, at the time of sale, said, — "Within one year we have increased our circulation from 800 to 1,500, and our success has been unprecedented. We now shall give our entire attention to the other works we publish — the Literary Souvenir and the Iris." The firm of Wetmore & Wallace con- tinued the Memorial until Aug. 21, 1844, when it passed into the hands of Mr. Wetmore. It appeared with a new head in January, 1843, and was then published at Chapel Hall, in Union Building. Mr. Wetmore changed the name of the Memorial, Sept. 6, 1844, to Manchester American, and employed John H. Warland (who had formerly been connected with the Olaremont Eagle) as the editor of the new paper. In the same month, the next year, September, 1845, the first semi-weekly paper in Manchester was commenced by Mr. Wetmore, with Mr. Warland as editor. He retired in January, 1846, but the paper was con- tinued by the publisher. April 9, 1846, James O. Adams, of Concord, became the proprietor of the weekly and semi-weekly American, but he only continued the weekly. Mr. Adams sold the establishment to Gen. Joseph C. Abbott and Edward A. Jenks in May, 1852, who soon after bought the Saturday Mes- senger, calling their united papers the American and Messenger. It was published by Abbott, Jenks & Co., Mr. Abbott being the editor. A daily paper was issued during the campaign of the year 1850, and they commenced the Daily American in 1854. There had been published one daily paper previous to this time, during the campaign of 1848, and one during the progress of the Par- ker murder trial ; but the American was the first designed for permanence. Charles G. Warren, later, bought an interest in this establishment, when it was published by Abbott & Warren. In 1857 both the daily and weekly American were sold to John H. Goodale, who united them with his Manchester Democrat.. [See that paper.] Joseph C. Emerson was born in Weare, N. H. He was a son of Joseph Emerson, who was born in 1776, and died July 14, 1842, aged 66 years. This son served his time as an apprentice at the printing business, in the office of the Baptist Register, at Concord, and was engaged in business there for some time pre- vious to his removal to Manchester. After leaviug Manchester he became a resident at 673 Wilson avenue, Cleveland, Ohio. 302 NOTES ON FEINTING, In 1840, the year in which the Memorial was started, the small-pox broke out in Manchester, atHallsville, and Mr. Aiken died of it. No one dared to bury the corpse ; but at length Dr. Thomas Brown took the body upon a wheelbarrow, conveyed it to the cemetery, and buried it in the north-east corner of the same. The disease did not spread, and all excitement was soon allayed. Who was this Dr. Brown? He was born in Andover, N. H., August 1, 1792; studied medicine; practised in North Deerfleld, then at Concord, and later at East Cambridge, Mass., from which place he removed to Manchester. He was known as a successful practitioner, with a large and warm heart and open hand, and was by some known as the "Apostle of Temperance." He died at Manchester, Aug. 15, 1849, aged 57 years. He lived beloved and died lamented. Samuel F. Wetmoke was connected with quite a number of publications in Manchester. In June, 1843, he was a delegate to the Diocesan Convention from St. Michael's parish, which was organized Nov. 29, 1841. The convention was held at Do- ver, and the journal of that year was printed by Wetmore & Wallace, at Manchester, and in 1844 the journal was prepared by S. F. Wetmore, at the Memorial office, Manchester, and in 1845 the journal was printed by Mr. Wetmore, at the American office. In 1846 he worked in the Independent Democrat office at Concord ; and here we lose trace of him. A letter from O. D. Murray says, — In the spring of 1841 I purchased of Joseph C. Emerson a half interest in the Manchester Memorial and People's Herald. In the latter part of 1842 we sold the office to Wallace & Wetmore, Mr. Emerson con- tinuing in business as a job printer, and I going to Nashua, where, on the 1st of January, 1843, in company with Augustus I. Sawtelle, we commenced the publication of The Oasis. During my stay in Manches- ter I was editor of the Memorial, and also joint publisher of The Iris, a monthly two-columned octavo, of which Mr. Napoleon Bonaparte Ever- ette was editor until his death in Manchester in 1842. We also pur- chased and published a weekly, removing it from Lowell, Mass., but I am unable to recall the name, and cannot find the file, it probably being sold among a lot of old papers when my wife found it necessary to have " room in which to turn around." I think Elder T. M. Preble was editor and perhaps publisher, but I am not certain of either, as I am unable to retain names in my memory. AMATEUR NEWSPAPERS. 303 Orlando Dana Murray was born in Hartland, Vt., March 12, 1818. He served an apprenticeship of three years in the Nashua Gazette office, commencing May 1, 1834, when Gen. Israel Hunt, Jr., was editor and proprietor. During the seven years he was employed there the ofl3ce was sold (in 1837) to Morrill & Dinsmore of the True Sun, New York city. In the following year, 1838, Wm. H. Dinsmore sold his interest to his partner, Paul Morrill, who in the same year sold the office to Charles P. Danforth, who continued editor and proprietor until 1845, when he sold to Wm. H. Hewes, who in three months sold to Wm. Butterfield, who in turn in six months sold to the present proprietors, B. B. & F. P. Whittemore, Mr. Butterfield taking charge of the New Hampsldre Patriot. In a letter, Octo- ber 19, 1885, Mr. Murray says, — When I left the Gazette office, in 1841, I purchased a half interest in the Manchester Memorial, which office in 1842 was sold to Wallace & Wetmore, and in January, 1843, I commenced the publication of The Oasis in Nashua, in company with Augustus I. Sawtelle, who sold his interest to Horatio Kimball, and the paper was published by Murray & Kimball until September, 1849, when I sold my interest to J. R. Dodge, and established, with others, the card and glazed paper business, con- tinuing in that business until January 15, 1883, at which time I retired from active business. Augustus I. Sawtelle was born in Brookline, N. H., learned his trade in the Amherst Cabinet office, and soon after selling his interest in The Oasis went into the clothing business in Manchester, and during the War of the Rebellion joined the Union army, and died in St. Augustine, Fla. AMATEUR NEWSPAPERS. Under this head I might class a considerable number of jour- nals, which have been commenced and for a time were pub- lished, but which ended a brief life as quietly as they came into existence. These were generally in the care of persons who were not acquainted with the art of printing, or publishing and editing newspapers, but who engaged in such enterprises merely for the novelty, amusement, or experiment of a seat in the edi- torial chair. Imitations in journalism, though seldom success- ful, have sometimes resulted in something more than mediocrity 304 NOTES OK PRINTING. such as even men of age have often been forced to be content with. It has been said that Yankees are, or suppose they are, born journalists ; and one might suppose this a truth if he were to undertake to collect, examine, and particularly make mention of the very large number of persons who have from time to time commenced amateur journals in Manchester as editors and proprietors, though the place is by no means an ancient or even a very old city. It is possible that a very large majority of the_ amateurs sooner or later learned from experience that there was but one school at which they ought to have been educated, and that this one school was located in a well conducted book, job, and news- paper printing-office. Journalists are not made to order in this or other countries. They must begin to learn from those who have learned before them, and must expect to faithfully serve in every subordinate place, from that of the " printer's devil" to that of editor and proprietor. Since the time in which I learned the art of printing, journalism has become more power- ful than all other levers of progress existing. It has come to be the first power in America ; and to-day the pulpit, the platform, the school-house, and the college are all subordinate to the press and the newspaper. I early learned that the printers' art or trade was such a busi- ness, if well understood, that he who followed it with industry and regularity need never be ashamed of it as a profession, be- cause many of our best statesmen and writers were educated as printers. In Europe I could point out more than one royal type-setter ; and one of this class has lately been brought to notice. The late Prince Leopold, Duke of Albany, who died in 1884, was a printer, and in 1879 set type in one of the largest newspaper offices in London. He learned practical printing when a boy at the printing-office of his uncle in Germany. He was an accomplished type-setter, a good linguist, and a musi- cian of much ability. If we examine our newspapers and periodicals, we find but a small portion of the older and more valuable ones edited by men who received in early life a college education ; but they were generally conducted by persons who were educated in the print- ing-oflfice. Among modern editors of our own time we find AMATEUR NEWSPAPERS IN INDIA. 305 some of the most eminent were educated in that best of all schools, the printing-office, when it was a school for regular apprentices. President Smith, of Dartmouth college, says, " I think I am a better president for having been a printer." He was an indentured apprentice, and learned the art of Simeon Ide, of Claremont, N. H., in 1819. Dr. Withington, of New- buryport, Mass., says, "Printing brings as much literature be- fore the mind as a college ;" and he was an apprentice in the office of Joseph T. Buckingham, of Boston, in 1808. Horace Greeley was born at Amherst, N. H., February 3, 1811. He came from a family of farmers and blacksmiths, and became an apprentice to the art of printing at the age of eleven years, and worked in the office of the NoHhern Spectator at East Poultney, Vt. ; from thence he went to New York, and became the founder of the New York Tribune. Self-made editors were many of them eminent men, from Benjamin Franklin to men of our time. Among them we will only mention Benjamin Russell, of the Co- lumbian Centinel from 1784 to 1828 ; John Russell, of the Bos- ton Gazette from 1795 to 1823 ; J. T. Buckingham, of the New England Galaxy from 1817 to 1828, and of the Boston Courier from 1828 to 1851. Many like these can be named in every New England state, and particularly in New Hampshire. It has been estimated that the type used upon one issue of the newspapers of this country weighs 6,700,000 pounds, and would set up 2,875 ordinary 12mo books. The composition done on the dailies in one year would fill 10,000 volumes of the size of Appleton's Cyclopaedia. Eight thousand presses are required for the press work, and the proof slips, pasted end to end, would much more than cross the continent. AMATEUR NEWSPAPERS IN INDIA. In 1818 the young son of Dr. Marshman, a youth of barely twenty years, with the advice and assistance of his father and Dr. Ward, published at Serampore, near Calcutta, the first newspaper in the language of the country. It was called the Samachar Durpan, or Mirror of News. Its establishment was the occasion of a rather hot discussion between Missionaries Carey, Marshman, and Ward. Carey steadily opposed it, but the young man was enthusiastic and persevering. The paper 20 306 NOTES ON PRINTING. was received with great favor, both by resident Europeans and intelligent natives. Two weeks later a native started a paper called The Destroyer of Darkness, and still later another paper appeared, published by a Brahmin of the Brahmins, and headed The Moon of Intelligence. Not more than two or three English papers were then pub- lished in India: now there are about 100 English periodicals in that country. Of native periodicals there are over 300, in many languages, dialects, and characters, — the Persian, Hindoo, Ta- mil, Arabic, and Burmese characters taking the lead. The larger part of the other languages — Urdeu, Gujarati, Mahratti, Bengali, Punjabi, and others — use some one of the above char- acters, though the languages may be as different as English, French, and Italian, that use the Roman letters. There are a number of religious papers, but not all to be ap- proved for Sunday reading. The Jains, who have large com- munities in Central India, require an organ. Their religion is Tcry similar to that of the Buddhists. The Hindoos have gods without number, and standing matter in their papers is an in- scription to G-anesh, the god of learning. The Mohammedans use altogether the Persian or Arabic characters. The fanaticism of their religious faith makes them an uneasy political element, and English officials keep careful eyes on Mohammedan publi- cations. The Christian religion is represented by a number of periodicals in all languages. The mission publishing houses do the best and most work, sending out yearly millions of pages of all classes of good reading. Indian theists are in force, and support several papers. The Brahmo Somaj, whose organ is The Indian Mirror, frequently quoted by English and American papers, is a mince-pie sort of religion. During the past fifty years wise Hindoos have been collecting from all the Vedas and Indias many religions and many good things, but as yet they have not succeeded in finding the right proportions. Papers representing trades and occupations are mostly Eng- lish, separate periodicals being published in the interest of ship- ping, tea-planters, the jute trade, civil service, the army, and sporting. Native journals make careful trade-notes, and in all matters affecting their commerce, foreign quotations are as well known to them as to us. AMATEUR NKW8PAPEKS IN INDIA. 307 The making-up of a paper in India would seem a strange process to an American printer. Tiie native compositors who use type sit on the floor with their cases about them ; in fact, most of the work is done on the floor. Many of them who set type for English papers do not know the English language. They become very expert, and set type day after day without understanding more than the few words they have been able to pick up in the course of their work. The advertising is chiefly of foreign goods imported into India. The native people are too cautious to expend much money in advertising. Newspa- pers in the vernacular are mostly lithographed. Type has been adapted to the vernacular characters, and is less difficult to read than the lithographed works ; but a finely lithographed news- paper or book is as much superior to type as the painting of a master is superior to a chromo. The press-work is done by hand, as native labor is cheaper than engines and great presses. Illustrated papers are rare. Head and tail pieces, in conven- tional flower and geometric designs, are often very fine, but rep- resentations of places or persons are little more than outlined, and without proportion or perspective. The mission presses have introduced many European and American cuts, but they are only a little more interesting and intelligible to native read- ers than their pictures would be to us. In the names of newspapers the people of India, in a most marked manner, exhibit their poetic, aristocratic, and affection- ate natures. The Friends, Benefactors, and Well - Wishers of various classes and causes exceed all others. Various "lights" stand next, as Light Reflector, Mountain of Light, Glittering Sun, Rise of the Full Moon, and Woman Enlightener. Other titles can be mentioned : Diffuser of Sweet News, Pleasure of Hearts, Victory of Islam, Strewing of Moses, Preventer of Early Marriages, Light of Morality, All-Producing Tree, Ocean of Knowledge, and Sea of Medical Knowledge. Nepaul claims to have the smallest paper in the world, issued monthly, but they are evidently not acquainted with the ama- teur press of America. The name of the government gazette of the royal palace of Bangkok, Buddhistic in teachings, and sent only to officials in the capital and provinces, strikes one as good to sneeze by, — JRahcha-kech-chahum-bake-sah. — Leslie's Popular Monthly. 308 NOTES ON PRINTING. Argo. The High School Argo, a monthly eight-page paper, published for the interests of the school, was commenced in January, 1884, under the management of the senior class, and edited by Maude Whittier and Thomas C. Baldwin, aided by three assistants each. The business manager was F. T. Dunlap. The name Argo was that of a ship in which Jason and his com- panions sailed to Colchis in search of the golden fleece, and also of a constellation in the southern hemisphere. The pages are 10 by 7J inches in size. The head embraces the seal of the state. The price is fifty cents a year, and the printing was neatly done by John B. Clarke. In June, 1884, the Argo passed into the hands of the class of 1885, and with its "now good-bye" disappeared. Amateur Independent — a semi-monthly publication, com- menced in Manchester, Nov. 10, 1876, at fifty cents a year, in advance. Its size was 8J by 6f inches, and it was edited by F. Gr. Alger, W. H. Page, and G-. F. Jackson. Mr. Page was a card and job printer at 156 Laurel street. One of the objects of this paper was to report the doings of the city schools. One of the editors is credited with inquiring of another "if it was true that Mr. Blank had put a period to his existence." " Oh, no !" was the ready reply ; " he only put a colon, and is now in a fair way of recovery." American Young Folks — a well conducted and very nicely printed eight-page quarto, illustrated, monthly paper, furnished to subscribers at seventy-five cents a year. It was commenced in 1874, at Topeka, Kansas, and was purchased by George W. Brown, and removed to Manchester, in 1883, when it had reached its ninth year. In April, 1884, James M. Adams be- came associate editor. This paper was united with the Boys and GHrls of New Hampshire in March, 1882, and continued as a semi-monthly until 1885, when its subscription list was sold to the Youth's Companion, Boston. Ash-Street Gazette — a small newspaper issued by the pupils of the Ash-street grammar school, November, 1883. In size it is 5 by 3f inches, and the price is one cent. The editors desire their friends to " excuse all mistakes, this being their first at- tempt." It is published monthly by Lewis W. Crockett, school printer, and George Chandler, son of Henry Chandler. The MANCHESTER PRESS. 309 Mirror says, — " It is not as wide as a door or as deep as a well, but is as bright as it is little." Advertiser. The Advertiser was a small weekly paper which first appeared Dec. 2, 1878, the publication office being at No. 2 Plumer's Block, Manchester, and the publishers being L. H. Cheney & Co. The size of this sheet was 9| by 6f inches. It was intended for advertising purposes and for free distribution among the people. Aeronadt — a paper giving a full account of the state fair holden in Manchester during the last days of September and the first days of October, 1873. It contains an account of the balloon voyage through the air, by Samuel A. King, who trav- elled over 500 miles in less than thirteen hours. The story of this voyage is highly interesting, being written by Luther L. Holden, a journalist, aeronaut, traveller, and musical writer, of Boston, Mass., and the prince of conductors on the Raymond excursion trains. The balloon landed at Sayabec, in the province of Quebec, Canada. Mr. Holden, who had accompanied several persons previous to this time on sailing excursions above the clouds, gives particulars of over twenty ascensions and safe re- turns to earth. Advocate op Democracy. Joseph Kidder, of Manchester, in company with John M. Hill, commenced, in January, 1843, at Concord, this campaign paper, for the purpose of exposing a party which had become known as " the new test politicians," which the Advocate considered " very dishonest and corrupt." In August, 1843, Concord decided to invite Col. Kichard M. Johnson to visit that place Oct. 25. He was met near the south end by Col. Franklin Pierce and a cavalcade of citizens, and was welcomed to the city by Ira Perley, Esq. ; after which he was marched by a procession through the principal streets, " mounted on his own white horse," amid the firing of cannon and ringing of bells, and finally to his lodgings at the American house. He was soon after conducted to the hall of the house of representatives, and introduced to the people. He wore the same red vest worn by him at the battle of the Thames, which was pierced by eleven bullet-shots I Later he was dined at the Eagle hotel, when toasts and songs enlivened the occasion. Postmaster William Low took this occasion to ask Mr. John- 310 NOTES ON PRINTING. son, — "Did you, or did you not, in your opinion, killTecumseh?" This important historical question Col. Johnson proceeded at once to answer, after minutely relating the circumstances of the battle, by saying, — " In my own opinion I did kill Tecumseh !" In this opinion Col. Johnson is sustained by the testimony of Mr. Thompson, in his " Late War," 1814, who says the battle was fought Oct. 5. The American army under Gen. Harrison defeated the British, and Detroit fell into the hands of the Americans. The onset was begun by Tecumseh, opposed by Col. Johnson, of Kentucky. The Indians seemed determined to conquer, or die. Tecumseh, having discharged his rifle, sprang forward with his tomahawk ; but, struck with the ap- pearance of the brave man before him, hesitated for a moment, and that moment was his last. Johnson levelled a pistol at his breast, and they both fell to the ground. Thus fell Tecumseh, and with him the last hope of our Indian enemies. Johnson was wounded and Tecumseh was dead. Brazen Age — published in monthly chapters, at Manchester, N. H., by D. S. Morse, M. D. ; commenced Jan. 1, 1862, and continued for three months. The chapters present the author's portraiture of society, in which he sees " a glorious millenninm of intelligence, virtue, and universal freedom. Though the devil of ignorance and superstition rend society for a while longer, the law of progress will finally triumph, and cast the devil out." The three chapters for January, February, and March, — all I have been able to find, — are written in blank verse. Section 1 commences as follows : " We learn from legendary lore there was An age of innocence, far in the past. 'Twas called the Golden Age. Succeeding that, The Silver Age. The third, my subject-theme, The Brazen Age ! the present age of Brass, — The age in which we live. The proof of which. The lack of purity and innocence. Is evidence complete to reasoning minds." The above will give some idea of the style of writing. Chap- ter 2d treats of " Slavery and Gold, twin sisters in sin, and America's illegitimates." Chapter 3d takes up the tribe of MANCHESTER PRESS. 311 reptiles— the " Southern Basilisk and Northern Copperhead." The closing lines are, — " We will be freemen all, despite these knaves : God loves the right, and will reward the brave." Bedford Messenger — a monthly newspaper, published by the officers of the Presbyterian church of Bedford, but printed at Manchester, and devoted to church and town interests, giving news from neighboring towns, churches, and the recollections of old residents. It was commenced in 1879. The size was about 14 by 9 inches, and it was edited by Rev. D. Herbert Colcord, Elder Stephen C. Damon, and Miss Martha Woodbury. The price was thirty cents a year. Local ailairs and advertisements seem to have received considerable attention. Brother. The Brother was printed and published Jan. 29, 1857, by Joel Taylor and Charles F. Livingston, for an Odd Fellows' levee holden at Smyth's hall, for the benefit of the poor, which was a grand success. The paper itself, to say noth- ing of its valuable contents, was a very fine specimen of the art of printing. Its size was about 10 by 7 inches. The motto was, " Feed the hungry, clothe the naked, visit the sick, comfort the widow and the fatherless." Joel Taylor, the well known printer and veteran letter-carrier of Manchester, died at his home May 8, 1881, at 6 .-20 o'clock, of pneumonia, after an illness of a week, aged 63 years. He delivered his last letter Saturday evening, April 30, and went home for the last time. After Thursday, 5th, he was uncon- scious most of the time until his death. He was born in West- ford, Mass., March 22, 1818, and was the youngest of three children. Two years later his father died, and in 1827 his mother removed with her children to Lowell. After a brief time in the public schools, and a term or so at the late Prof. Crosby's literary institution at Nashua, he entered a printing-office in Lowell, when a little over twelve years of age, as an apprentice, and rose step by step until he became joint proprietor in the firm of Stearns & Taylor, job printers, and for several years he was city printer, and one of the publishers of the Lowell Courier. In November, 1847, he removed to Manchester to take charge of the Manchester Democrat, then in the hands of the late Chand- 312 NOTES ON PRINTING. ler E. Potter, and remained until the following year, when he retired, and inaugurated the penny-post system, being commis- sioned Jan. 29, 1849, — an agency subordinate to the general post-offlce, for distributing letters at a penny or other small sum for each. He continued this business until 1856, when he resigned, being chosen city clerk ; but the confinement of the latter office did not suit him, and, resigning after a few weeks, he resumed the penny-post business, and continued in it until 1861. In 1865 the free delivery system was established, and in February, 1866, he returned to that service, and continued in it to the last. He was believed to be the oldest letter-carrier in the country, in point of service, if not in years. When not in the postal ser- vice he followed his trade of printing. He was prominently identified with secret orders, becoming a member of Hillsborough lodge of Odd Fellows in 1849, and "Wonolahset encampment in 1851. He belonged to every department of Masonry, from the blue lodge to the sovereign consistory, taking his first degree in Lafayette lodge in December, 1850, and his last May 1, 1863. He was also a member of the Knights of Pythias, and a charter member of Merrimack lodge, being initiated May, 1870. He served in the city council in 1849 and 1850. He was an active Episcopalian, and a good, true man in all the relations of life. He left a wife and two daughters, both married. His family received about $6,000 from several mutual relief associations to which he belonged, besides a life insurance policy of $2,000 in the Connecticut Mutual. — Independent Statesman. Previous to coming to Manchester, Mr. Taylor had published, at the Courier office, a neat paper entitled The Siww-Flake, royal quarto size, commenced Dec. 19, 1845. In the number before me the editor proposes an atmospheric railway to the moon, and says the transportation of green cheese will be large enough to make the investment profitable. He also asks for encourage- ment to print a new dictionary for the followers of " the modern Carlyleo-Emersonio-German-Transcendental school of philoso- phers." Balm of Gilead, and Practical Universalist. The Balm of Gilead, devoted to the inculcation of truth, morality, and prac- tical religion, was commenced at Concord, but also published at MANCHESTER PRESS. 313 Manchester and at Nashua, in 1842, by J. F. Witherell, and printed by C. Philbrick, at 11.50 per annum ; but the price was soon raised to $2, except when paid in advance. It was an eight-page quarto, and its editors were J. F. Witherell, L. C. Browne, G. W. Gage, C. Woodhouse, and H. Jewett, with Sam- uel Jenkins, E. Francis, and H. W. Morse as assistants. The editorial motto was, " Bind up the broken-hearted ; comfort all that mourn." This was an able paper, and was continued sev- eral years, but finally united with the Gospel Fountain, of Low- ell, Mass., I think in 1846. Bedford Organ. This instrumental newspaper, though only 12f by 9 inches in size, was intended to raise the wind and blow harmonious appeals for an organ to be placed in the church at Bedford, which object was in time accomplished. It was to be published as often as the exigencies of the times demanded, and was begun on May 1, 1867. Bickford's Advertiser — commenced at Manchester on May 10, 1842, and was published once a week for some time, for free circulation and as a receptacle for advertisements. It was quite successful, being well sustained by the business people. One of the printers, it was reported, left his " case," and be- came a physician ; and on being asked why he did so, replied, — " In printing, all the faults are exposed to the eye, but in phys- ic, they are all buried with the patient." Barrett's Capillary Journal — a monthly advertising jour- nal, published for several years after 1867, by J. R. Barrett & Co., of Manchester, who were the proprietors of a once famous hair restorative, for all who " preferred to dye rather than ex- pose gray hairs." The size of this paper was 12 by 9 inches, and it was printed at the Mirror establishment. Business Advertiser, commenced by Frank 0. French, at 231 Elm street, February 27, 1869. It was originally started as the Manchester Business Index, but after issuing three num- bers the head was made as above. Business Monitor. A journal of commercial education, rep- resenting the Manchester business college, and published monthly by Elon F. Brown, principal and proprietor. It was " free to all who desire it." The new series commenced June, 1867 ; size about 13 by 9 inches ; 8 pages in quarto form. Mr. Brown was the editor. 314 NOTES ON PRINTING. Baton, The, commenced in 1884, by Prof. A. G. Sherlock, teacher of music, elocution, gesture, and facial expression, as needed in concert, choir, and operatic singing. Mr. Sherlock played the character of Dick Deadeye 380 times, and originated the part at the Theatre Comique, Loudon, Eng., before the opera of Pinafore was published. For some time he had been engaged in producing light operas in this country. The Baton was a royal quarto of 8 pages, and was continued, being dated at the place where he at the time managed his operatic enter- tainments by local talent. On the morning of January 22, 1886, Prof. Sherlock dropped dead at Antrim, N. H., where he was expecting to produce " Pinafore." His wife, child, and a sister of his wife's were with him. His first operatic venture in Man- chester was the production of "The Chimes of Normandy" in 1884, and in the fall he brought out " Pinafore," in which he took the part of " Dick Deadeye." He was a good organizer, and his efforts here were successful. BOOK AMATEURS. Amateurs of books (says Mr. Sala in Tinsley's Magazine, 1885) have been divided into bibliognostes, bibliomanes, bibli- ophiles, and bibliotaphes. "The bibliognoste is learned in title pages and editions, presses, and places of issue. He knows by heart the criteria of every editio princeps. He has Brunet and Dibdin at his fingers' ends, and can tell you at once that the 'Aristotle ' of Manutius in good condition is worth £50, but that a Bebel is not worth as many sixpences. The bibliomane is a mere collector, who, blessed with a long purse, buys whatever comes in his way. A bit of a bibliomane was Peter the Great, who, when his shelves were built, sent for the booksellers of St. Petersburg and said, — ' Fill those with books.' ' With what books, your Majesty ?' was the not unnatural question. ' With what books ! Why, with big books below, and with little books above.' The bibliophile — the true lover of books — is he who buys to read and to enjoy. The bibliotaphe is he who hides his books away under lock aud key, or who immures them in close- fitting glass cases, and knows little of them beyond their titles and the price which he has paid for each. Nor is it difficult to determine how to class the collector of the famous Perkins MANCHESTEK PRESS. 315 library. Possessed of a large private fortune, and senior partner for many years in one of tiie greatest London breweries, Mr. Perkins would have been a bibliomane had he not been at once bibliophile and bibliognoste, and, we might add, bibliopegist. ' Horace he has,' runs the spiteful epigram, ' by many different hands, but not one Horace that he understands.' Mr. Perkins, it need hardly be said, was open to no such sneer as this. He was not less widely known as an accomplished scholar than as a book collector. His tastes led him to form a library ; his wealth enabled him to form a library which has sold for thou- sands — a library which monarchs might have envied him ; and his bibliognostic skill enabled him to gather together rare and precious works and beautiful copies with an accuracy of choice and of judgment to which the mere bibliomane can never hope to aspire." Camp-Fire. This was kindled in November, 1878, by the Grand Army, Louis Bell Post. The commander in 1884 said, — " I am glad to be able to state that in one of the warmest polit- ical campaigns since 1856 there has not been a single act on the part of post or comrade that would bring reproach on either the department or the order. It is our boast that in the ranks of the Grand Army we are in the true sense of the word com- rades, asking nothing for ourselves that we would not freely concede to others ; and while exercising our rights as citizens, religiously and politically in their proper places, in the post room, we are faithful to the principle of fraternity, a trait ever characteristic of the true soldier." September 11, 1879, a soldiers' monument was dedicated, standing on Merrimack square in Manchester, the corner stone having been laid May 30 previous. The monument is modern gothic, composed of New Hamsphire granite, and bronze orna- ments. The design embodies the threefold idea of a historical and military monument and a fountain. Its cruciform base includes a basin thirty feet in width, inclosed in a parapet of ornamental character. In the centre of each of the four pro- jecting arms of the basin is a pedestal on a line with the para- pet, supporting each a bronze statue of heroic size, represent- ing the principal divisions of service in the army and navy — an infantry soldier, the cavalryman, artilleryman, and the sailor. 316 NOTES ON PRINTING. Alternating in pairs between these figures are eight bronze posts for gaslights, surmounted by our national emblem. The column, fifty feet in height, rising from the centre of the basin, is supported on a circular pedestal four feet in diameter, and is crowned with a capital richly carved with appropriate gothic ornament. Upon this is placed a colossal statue, in granite, eight feet in height, representing Victory with her mu- ral crown, a shield lying at her feet, and holding a wreath and recumbent sword — emblematic of triumph and peace. At the base of the column is placed a shield with the arms of the city, while above are displayed flags and weapons, the trophies of war. Surrounding the circular pedestal is a bronze bas-relief four feet in height, representing such incidents of recruiting, arming, parting from friends, and marching, as tell in a simple and effective manner the meaning of the memorial. The base of the pedestal is octagonal in form, and on its west or front side bears a bronze tablet on which the following words are in- scribed : In honor of the Men of Manchester who gave their servi- ces IN the war which preserved the Union of the States AND SECURED EQUAL RIGHTS TO ALL UNDER THE CONSTITUTION, THIS Monument is built by a grateful city. Above the bas-relief are twelve gargoyles, attached to the cornice of the circular pedestal, and issuing from them are jets of water falling into the basin below. The cost of this monu- ment was about $22,000. The inscription was prepared by H. W. Herrick, of Manchester, and was selected from the large number contributed by a committee appointed for that purpose. Camp-Meeting Daily Heeald. This temporary daily paper was commenced August 21, 1883, by Rev. W. A. Loyne, who was at the time editor of the Mammoth Cave Herald; the daily was published in the interests of the camp-meeting of 1883, and contained reports of the sermons and addresses delivered on that occasion. The price of the paper for the season, by mail, was 25 cents. The size was 12^ by 9f inches. The first camp- meeting in the United States was held in 1799, in Kentucky, on the banks of the Red river, by two brothers named McGee, one MANCHESTER PRESS. 317 a Presbyterian and the other a Methodist. Camp-meetings were introduced into England by Lorenzo Dow, an eccentric Methodist, in 1807. Bela Chapin was a printer at Hanover in 1866, the successor of David Kimball, but sold his office to P. H. "Whitcomb. Charity Annual, issued by the Manchester Woman's Aid and Relief Society to help their fair, October 26, 1875. It was a'large-sized folio. Annuals were first issued in England in 1822, when the For- get-Me-Not was published. The earliest American annual which I remember was The Talisman, published in New York by Bryant, Sands & Verplank in 1827. The Token followed in in 1828 by S. G. Goodrich. Then came the Atlantic Souvenir by Carey & Lea, of Philadelphia. Christmas Item, issued by the pupils of the Business college, on Christmas day, 1879 ; G. A. Baston and Ina S. Hudson, editors. Size 10 by 8 inches. Price 5 cents. The editors say that it would be "Cheap at half the money ; and that they do not attempt to supply a long-felt want, or try to while away an idle hour, not being in the mission field." This sarcasm was not explained, but is supposed to be a decided local hit at some other paper in the field at that time. CotJRRiER Du New Hampshire, — a continuation of Xe Bateau, with change of the name. Published every Saturday by R. C. Chatel, editor and proprietor, and neatly printed by Livingston & Kimball at 75 cents per annum. It is the organ of the Cana- dian people of the state, and is the same size as Le Bateau. Allan C. Clough, for many years employed in the Mirror job office, in October, 1884, accepted a similar position in the office of The Beacon at Cedar Keys, Florida. George F. Canis, formerly of Manchester, N. H., is now, 1885, employed upon the New York World as reporter, having by close application to journalism, to which field his inclination easly tended, won for himself a responsible position upon one of the leading papers of the country. Christian Observer. Librarians the country over have been seeking to discover volume 21 of Tlie Christian Observer, and Bowdoin college is said to have been especially persistent in its search for the missing book. After looking for it for ten years 318 NOTES ON PRINTING. it occurred to Librarian Poole, of Chicago, to examine his set, when he made the discovery that there had never been any volume 21 ; that volume 20 closed with December, 1821, and volume 22 began with January, 1822, the change being made that the volume might correspond with the year of the century. CHINESE ENOTCLOPjEUIA. About the year A. D. 618 the T'ang dynasty was established, and the land had rest from its long internal wars. Under the peaceful sway of this imperial house a library of 80,000 books was collected, and rightly to appreciate this statement it is necessary to remember that though the art of making paper from the inner bark of trees, fishing nets, and old rags had been discovered by the Marquis Ts'ai about a hundred years before the Christian era, that of printing was not known, or at least not generally adopted, till about the year A. D. 1000, under the patronage of the emperors of the Sung dynasty. From that time to the present each successive dynasty has done its part to encourage literature, none more heartily than the Tartar race who now reign. The Emperor Yunglo, of the Ming dynasty, who ascended the throne A. D. 1403, resolved to have a vast encyclopaedia com- piled which should embrace all desirable knowledge. For this purpose he appointed no less than 2,000 commissioners, whO) after toiling for four years, presented the emperor with a nice, handy book of reference in 22,937 volumes. However valuable this work might have proved, it was decided that it was rather too voluminous for the printers ; so the fruit of so much toil was stored in manuscript in the imperial palace at Pekin, where its remains are still treasured. The idea thus suggested was carried out 300 years later by the Manchoo Emperor K'ang-hi, who commissioned the wise men of the empire to illustrate up- ward of 6,000 subjects, by collecting all allusions to them which might be scattered among existing books. This encyclopaedia of extracts was published in A. D. 1726, and consists of upward of 5,000 volumes containing the cream of Chinese literature. A complete copy of this very comprehensive and valuable work has recently been secured for the British Museum, whose own amazing catalogue scarcely eclipses that of the Imperial Library MANCHESTER PRESS. 319 published at the close of the eighteenth century, and enumerat- ing upward of 173,000 volumes on all branches of literature, without including works of Action, dramas, or any books relat- ing to the Taouist or Buddhist religions. It is, however, neces- sary to add that the majority of these books are little more than mere commentaries, by intellectual pigmies of modern days, on the writings of men possessed of a far wider range of thought and freer imagination than these their cramped descendants. — G. F. Gordon Gumming. Church and Home. This first appeared in June, 1880, and was published monthly by the Rev. and Mrs. A. E. Drew, ed- itors. Mr. Drew was the pastor of St. Paul's Methodist Epis- copal church. The price of the paper was sixty cents a year ; size, about 15 by 10 inches. It was in quarto form, and was il- lustrated with wood engravings. From the connection of the editors it may be inferred that the Church and Home was really a gooA family newspaper ! City Messenger and True Republican — commenced in Feb- ruary, 1859, by Benjamin F. Stanton and Hector Canfield, ed- itors and proprietors, at $1 a year ; oflSce, No. 85 Merchants' Exchange. Head motto, "No entertainment is so cheap as reading, and no pleasure so lasting.'' Editorial motto, "No cliques ! Let the people rule ! !" Benjamin Franklin Stanton was born in Brookfield, N. H., March 17, 1834, and died at Bradford, Vt., Sept. 1, 1881, aged 47 years. Crusader, The — a temperance paper, published every Satur- day morning, under the auspices of the State Temperance So- ciety, by Charles L. Wheeler, at seventy-five cents per annum in advance. Devoted to the temperance cause, morality, edu- cation, useful arts, literature, science, business, and general intelligence. Well printed on a royal sheet. Rev. Aug. Wood- bury and Dr. I. S. Cushman, corresponding editors. "We have made inquiries," says the editor, " and have yet to learn that there is an intemperate (thus known to the community) editor in New Hampshire ; yet these men do not labor for the success of temperance. The people want and will have, however, legis- lative bodies not afraid to face any moral question, and editors who will support truth, party or no party." The Crusader was 320 NOTES ON PRINTING. begun at Concord, 1850, but was afterwards (December, 1851) published in Manchester. After 1852 it returned to Concord and was united with the Phoenix, and later the united papers were absorbed by the New Hampshire Gazette, of Portsmouth. The Mirror says, — " Every little while some one discovers that temperance lacks an organ, and issues an address inviting all the sons and daughters of sobriety to subscribe for a new temperance paper just started, and which directly fails for want of support. These papers seem born to die very young, or sell out at a great sacrifice." Conference Messenger — commenced April 14, 1884, by Rev. William A. Loyne, for the benefit of the members of the confer- ence then in session in Manchester ; an eight-page publication, bearing two copies of the paper on one sheet ; size, 15^ by 11 inches. The paper contains a large amount of historical and biographical information. It says, — " Four times before, this conference, organized in 1832, has met in Manchester. One hundred years ago American Methodism was organized, at Christmas." This was the fifty-fifth session of the New Hamp- shire Conference. City Mission and Tract Journal — published by direction of the board of control, and commenced January, 1871, by the then city missionary. Rev. F. G. Clark, 149 Central street. The motto was, " No cross, no crown. To the poor the gospel is preached." City Mission and Poor Man's Friend — published under the auspices of the Manchester City Missionary Society ; price, five cents a copy ; the proceeds of the sale to go into the fund raised at a fair for the benefit of the poor. This was printed at the Mirror oflSce, having the motto, " He that hath pity upon the poor lendeth to the Lord." Christmas Bells and New Year's Call — a four-page folio, large size, designed for advertising Manchester, N. H., goods and merchandise of all descriptions, with appropriate illustra- tions. Published for Manchester readers by J. A. & R. A. Reid, of Providence, R. I., 1885-'86. Daily American. This was commenced Oct. 23, 1852, by Abbott, Jenks & Co., and was published every morning (Sun- days excepted) at No. 3 Patten's Block, Elm street, Manches- ter, N. H., at $3 per year in advance; single copy, one cent. MANCHESTER PRESS. 321 The only reason given for starting this daily is found in an item which says, — " The Union Democrat, taking advantage of a slight asphyxia in the Daily Mirror, has presented itself with a daily sheet ; and as we are not to be outdone, so long as the Whig public depend on us for information, we shall make our Daily American a vehicle of New Hampshire news." The weekly had at this time been published twelve years, having been com- menced in September, 1844, and was now well established. In 1856 the daily was published as an evening paper by Abbott & Warren ; and the same year it was enlarged and published by Joseph C. Abbott & Co., and the price raised to $4. In 1857 the paper passed into the hands of Goodale & Farnsworth ; and in 1861 Mr. Farnsworth became the editor and proprietor, and he reduced the price of it to that originally charged — $3. In 1863, Jan. 1, Walter Harriman was an assistant editor of the American. He gave his energies to the support of the Lincoln administration of the government, and said he " desired to live in peace with all men (except rebels) , and that he should do all he could to save the republic from perdition. Parties are noth- ing : we must grasp the living issues of the day, leaving undis- turbed the entombed questions of the times." The size of this daily was 17J by llj inches. Daily American. The one entitled Manchester Daily Ameri- can was a campaign evening journal, advocating Whig politics, and the election of Anthony Colby as governor. In size it was lOJ by 7J inches. It was published in 1845. The number for March 7, 1845, inquires of the Democrat, — "Who slept in a sled, and mistook the spokes for bed-posts, and the split tongue for a boot-jack?" In 1850 the Daily American, bearing the city seal as a vignette, was published every evening during the trial of persons charged with the murder of Jonas L. Parker, giving full reports of the examination of witnesses, etc., making for the paper very large sales. Edward Augustus Jenks was born Oct. 30, 1830, in Newport, N. H. In April, 1852, he came to Manchester, and in company with Joseph C. Abbott purchased the American newspaper, and subsequently the Saturday Messenger, which papers they pub- lished under the name of American and Messenger, as a weekly, 21 322 NOTES ON FEINTING. which was very largel}' circulated. In 1854, Abbott, Jenks & Co. commenced the Daily American. Joseph C. Abbott was born at the Iron Works, in Concord, N. H., July 15, 1825. He was the son of Aaron and Nancy Badger Abbott, and he died at Wilmington, N. C, Oct. 8, 1881, at the age of 56 years. After the war Gen. Abbott went South, and in 1870 was elected a United States senator from North Carolina. Daily Democrat. This was commenced in 1849, and was published during the session of the legislature, and then con- tinued. In December of that year the paper was accused by some of the party of kicking in the traces, to which the editor replies, — " Whenever the Democrat becomes the pliant tool of a selfish and self-constituted regency, its columns will be con- ducted by some one else than the present editor, who cannot be bribed, muzzled, or gagged by any cabal or clique of politi- cians." The paper was then edited by Goodale & Gilmore. On Jan- uary 1, 1851, Mr. Gilmore retired from the paper. The party directly resolved " that the Democrat had lost the confidence of the Democrats ;" and another resolution declared that it was necessary to take measures for establishing another paper in Manchester. This led to the establishment of the Union Dem- ocrat, which was at once commenced by Mr. Gilmore. In a prospectus the publishers say, — " The paper is connected with no clique or faction of office-holders or seekers, and is not iden- tified with any railroad, manufacturing, or other corporate in- terest. The paper is in favor of free trade and direct taxation, of the restriction of slavery, and of a homestead law ; of pro- tection of settlers on public lands ; no appropriations for local purposes ; in favor of cheap postage, a general railroad law, and a revision of the militia laws." In July, 1850, after the confession of Prof. Webster, the murderer of Dr. Parkman, and the decision of the court in the Wentworth trial for the murder of Jonas L. Parker, the Daily Democrat was discontinued, and was missed by its readers, who had become satisfied that a daily paper was the cheapest product in the market, whether sold for one cent or five. At the present day there is nothing else which costs so much to produce, which MANCHESTER PEBSS. 323 represents so vast and complicated a machinery, and which in- volves the intelligent activity and cooperation of so many men, as the daily newspaper, which is afforded at so low a price. William H. Gilmoee, who started the Democrat, was born at Henniker, Feb. 22, 1823, and died in that town May 2, 1878. Drunkard's Funeral. This hand-bill, purporting to come from a committee, bears the name of Edward P. Offutt, etc., who made the arrangements for the burial, Friday, June 24 ; year not named. Size of poster, 12 by 9i inches. Ceremonies to take place at the Temperance house of Stephen Chase and at the town-house. Clergymen, Rev. Messrs. Sinclair, Upham, "Wal- lace, and Moore. Singing under direction of Mr. Horr. Invi- tations extended to the drunkards, drunkard-makers, and those who rent buildings for the traffic ; also the friends of temperance and the public generally, and all ladies who can walk. After prayer at the house, a procession will be formed, but will stop opposite the deacon's rum-cellar. Loafers' Corner, while the procession is filling up ; then to the town-house. Rum-sellers are invited to join as mourners. The procession will stop opposite the company's tavern for others to join. Then proceed to the grave. The young man was found under the influence of delirium tremens in the woods, and died the death of the drunkard ! The funeral is thus observed as a warning from the grave. Democrat and American. This newspaper (consisting of the Daily American, Democrat, Messenger, etc., united) was pur- chased by S. D. Farnsworth, who came to Manchester as a part- ner of John H. Goodale, who had previously owned these pa- pers, and who, in January, 1862, sold them to Mr. Farnsworth. After being consolidated they were continued under the above head, at 85 Merchants' Exchange, at $1.25 a year, until Mr. F. became a paymaster in the Union army. Mr. Farnsworth then leased his paper to a company, of which Orren C. Moore and James 0. Adams were managers, publishing both a daily and weekly American; but in the same year (1863) Mr. Farnsworth took back the papers and sold them to John B. Clarke, who united them with the Mirror; and the last number of the Ameri- can bears date Dec. 26, 1863. Abthue N. Hall was born at Manchester, N. H., June 17, 324 NOTES ON FEINTING. 1844 ; learned his trade at the office of the Democrat and Ameri- can, 1858 to 1861 ; was reporter on the Boston Daily Atlas and Bee, 1861; reporter for the Manchester Daily Mirror, 1862; managing editor of the Daily Journal, Montpelier,"Vt., 1862-'63 ; foreman of the Manchester Mirror , 1863 ; foreman of the Concord Monitor, 1864-65, and followed mercantile pursuits to 1871 ; was reporter and compositor on the Daily Times, Hartford, Conn., to 1875 ; foreman of the Hartford Sunday Globe to 1878 ; and news editor of the Hartford Evening Post since December, 1878. Miner Hawks, of Bradford, N. H., who was for some time a reporter for the Manchester Mirror, for the Manchester American, and at one time for the Manchester Daily Union, and who wrote sketches of travel in Florida for the Saturday Times, and arti- cles for some of the Boston papers and periodicals, died at Bradford, June 23, 1884. He had an excellent record in mili- tary history. The Mirror of July 8, 1884, says, — " He enlisted as a private in Co. K, First Rhode Island cav- alry, Oct. 31, 1861, when but little over sixteen years old, and served with that regiment until his discharge from a general hospital in Washington, Dee. 21, 1862. A part of the next year he attended the academy in New London ; but on the invitation of the surgeon of the Third regiment South Carolina colored infantry he left his studies and enlisted as hospital steward in that regiment, then stationed at Hilton Head, S. C. On May 24, 1864, he was promoted as second lieutenant in Co. D, Thir- ty-fourth regiment United States colored troops, commanded by the noted Col. James Montgomery, of Kansas, and June 17, 1865, he was commissioned as first lieutenant, and Nov. 6, 1865, as captain of Co. E in the same regiment. For a portion of the time till the muster-out of his regiment, Feb. 28, 1866, Capt. Hawks was commander of the post at Palatka, Fla. At the expiration of his military service, Capt. Hawks, then but twenty- one years old, commenced the study of law in the office of Coop- er & Bisbee, Jacksonville, Fla. Having lost his available funds in an unfortunate investment, he entered the employment of a company at Port Orange, which failed soon after, and Capt. H. returned to Bradford, where • he married a daughter of E. M. Bailey, and removed to Council Bluffs, Iowa. In 1864 he re- MANCHESTER PKESS. 325 turned to Bradford, where his wife died the next year. In 1873 he engaged in the druggist's business in Allston, Mass., and af- terwards in Manchester, where he resided until the death of his second wife. For the last five years he carried on the farm of his aged mother. Capt. Hawks was a fluent and graceful speaker and writer." Daily Item — a small, one-cent paper, published every week- day at No. 2 Globe Block, Hanover street. It was begun Dec. 12, 1877, by the Item Publishing Company. Its size was 9} by 6f inches, the object being advertising. In 1879 it was given the title of The Itemizer Gratis. The editors and proprietors were then Frank H. Challis & Co. It was enlarged with the change of head, and in 1880 was made a weekly newspaper, 12 by 9 inches in size. Fred A. Moore, first editor of the Daily Mirror, was a jour- nalist of considerable reputation, but did not long continue as editor. He went West, and in 1884 we hear of him at Wash- ington, D. C, from whence he wrote a series of interesting let- ters to the Nashua Daily Telegraph, the editor of which paper, Hon. O. C. Moore, is a brother of F. A. Moore. Edward N. Fuller, of Manchester, was the publisher of the New Hampshire Gazette, at Portsmouth, fi-om 1852 to 1858, af- ter which he was for several years connected with the Newark Journal in New Jersey. He was an able writer, and was prom- inent in the centennial celebration at Portsmouth, 1856. He was then in the Gazette office, as was his brother, Frank Fuller, of Utah. E. N. Fuller published at the time a full account of the proceedings on the occasion in a pamphlet of sixty pages octavo. Daily Mirror, Emerson's — a morning daily paper, started Monday, Oct. 28, 1850, by Joseph C. Emerson. F. A. Moore was the editor, and was succeeded by Edward N. Fuller, Dec. 16, 1850. In June, 1851, the Mirror was changed from a morning to an evening paper. It was independent in politics, and enterprising in collecting and publishing the latest news. The paper was quite popular both under the management of Mr. Moore and that of Mr. Fuller, and was always sprightly and readable. Its size was 17^ by 11^ inches. A weekly paper under the same management was commenced Feb. 22, 1851. 326 NOTES ON PRINTING. The establishment did not pay largely above the current ex- penses, and was completely destroyed by fire September, 1851. Mr. Emerson, losing nearly all his property, was compelled to start anew, and his office, having been started on borrowed capital, was mortgaged to William Whittle, Esq., for $1,200, and eventually sold at auction, the purchaser being John B. Clarke, Esq., who had for some time been its editor after Mr. Fuller. The whole establishment brought only $985 under the hammer. Dollar Weekly Mirror, and Mirror & Farmer. Joseph C. Emerson, in his daily Mirror of December, 1850, proposed shortly to publish in connection with that paper a weekly family newspaper, " which will be a valuable and interesting sheet, giv- ing a full quota of news and statistics of the earliest dates." The promised weekly appeared February 22, 1851, and was edited by the same persons connected with the daily Mirror. In September of that year Mr. Emerson's printing-oflflce was de- stroyed by fire, and he lost nearly all his hard earnings in conse- quence. This so crippled Mr. Emerson that he became dis- couraged, and in October, 1851 , he decided to sell the whole estab- lishment, new as it then was, at public auction. It was bought by Mr. Clarke, its editor at that time, who also bought of S. D. Farns worth the daily and weekly American, with which the Manchester Democrat and other papers had been previously united ; and from these grew the Mirror and American, a daily still "flourishing like a green bay tree." In 1863 Mr. Clarke purchased of Francis B. Eaton the New Hampshire Journal of Agriculture, which had previously absorbed the Granite Farmer and the Farmers' Monthly Visitor; and all these different jour- nals were the food which produced the new paper known as the Dollar Weekly Mirror and New Hampshire Journal of Agri- culture. This name was so very ponderous and lengthy that in July, 1865, it was changed to the better and shorter one of Mirror and Farmer. The original publication office was in Pat- ten's block, on Elm street, where it continued until the fire of February, 1856, when it was removed to Riddle's building, on the corner of Hanover and Elm streets, until Oct. 1, 1863, when it was located in Merchants' Exchange building, on the corner of Manchester and Elm streets, from which place it went to the MANCHESTER PRESS. 327 extensive and more convenient quarters in Post-Offlce block on Hanover street, where it is now located. [See Manchester Daily Mirror and American. \ Daily News. Commenced January 1, 1869, by John W. Moore & Co., and devoted to general news and literature, rather than to party or sect. It was intended as a paper for the peo- ple to peruse at their homes, and was faithful to the interests of agriculture, manufactures, the mechanic arts, education, lit- erature, and news. In May of the same year Mr. Moore be- came the sole owner of the establishment, for the purpose of discontinuing the paper, and giving attention to book and job printing, which he found to be rapidly increasing, and more profitable than a daily paper, though even that had more than paid expenses. In December of 1869, Mr. Moore sold the oflBce entire to William E. Moore, who still continues the business, though the old materials were destroyed by the great fire of 1870, and a newly furnished office, of excellent proportions, was established at 896 Elm street, in a better location than that formerly occupied on Manchester street ; and here the business is still successfully continued by the nephew, Mr. William E. Moore. In the Daily News it is stated that the first daily news- paper in the United States was the Pennsylvania Packet and Daily Advertiser. It was commenced at Philadelphia, in 1784, by D. C. Claypoole, who was a descendant of Oliver Cromwell, and who died in Philadelphia, March 19, 1849, aged ninety-two. He sold the paper to Zachariah Poulson, October 1, 1800. Mr. Ponlson's father came to Philadelphia from Copenhagen, Den- mark, in 1749, and died there January 14, 1804, aged sixty- seven. The son, and publisher of the daily, was born in Phila- delphia, Sept. 5, 1761. He published Paulson's Daily Adver- tiser from 1784 to December 18, 1839, and died July 31, 1844, aged eighty-three years. The paper was united with the Phila- delphia North American. The first daily newspaper published was supposed to be the Daily Oourant, of London, England, March 11, 1702, soon after the accession of Queen Anne ; but the London Times says that an English daily paper, called A Perfect Diurnal, was begun on the 9th of March, 1660, of which three numbers were printed. The Perfect Diurnal did not necessarily imply a daily journal : 328 NOTES ON PRINTING. it might be the perfect occurrences of every day, printed weekly or monthly. The Diary or Exact Journal was a weekly paper. The daily paper is at once one of the banes and blessings of modern civilization. It keeps alive, to an almost feverish de- gree, that restless, questioning spirit which belongs, more than any other, to the nineteenth century. It gives a sensational hunger for news, and a sensational hurry to satisfy it. It mar- shals, in straight and narrow columns, the facts and fancies of the world's progress, and deploys them for us in review, like forces before a commander-in-chief. Properly taken, it is a sen- tinel which passes us on to a field of broader ideas and better understandings, where we are brought face to face with great interests and important problems. It gives us the countersign that admits to the secret and dearest interests of humanity. To be conversant with methods, means, and thoughts of other men, to know their trials, struggles, and triumphs, to share their absorbing motives, and be moved by the waves of impulse which toss their chequered lives, is to know one's self more inti- mateh' than ever before, as part of the great human brother- hood. But to any such end as this the paper is only a means. It is the key to the treasure, not the treasure itself. The man who limits his understanding of grave issues, or his interest in vexed questions, to the columns of his favorite sheet, be it rad- ical or conservative, makes a grave mistake. In the nature of things a daily journal cannot be exhaustive, and must reflect more or less the bias of party and prejudice. It requires care- ful reading between and beyond the lines to get the only knowl- edge which is of use in forming honest conviction. To make any such ephemeral utterance arbiter of one's conscience and mould of one's thought, is, at least, as radically wrong as it would be to decline to listen altogether. But to how large a portion of our enlightened race does not the daily paper repre- sent all it ever knows or desires to know of the wonderful world outside. Even when purse and conscience allow them the wide range of a Republican sheet in the morning and a Democratic at night, with a couple of weeklies of no particular political bias thrown in on Sundays, it is still flimsy food on which to build a sound mental constitution. One becomes too engrossed in the petty details, too anxious over the small gossip, of life. The MANCHESTER PRESS. 329 condensation of events looks too pitiless and hopeless, for, as happiness and content rest always in golden silence, while only sin and suffering cry aloud in brazen speech, it is the guilt and the misery of the world which confront us in the newspaper at every turn, instead of its higher experience. Who of us has not, over and over again, risen up from the glance at the resume of the day's news, with the feeling that the world was on the verge of destruction ; that lawlessness, crime, destruction, and bitter wrong were the only arbiters of destiny ? And yet the world is an easier and a better one for the majority of mankind than a hundred years ago, when no one knew or cared what was going on about him. Good or bad, however, the daily paper has become so power- ful and universal an agent, that it is now one of the indispen- sable attributes of existence. It is, perhaps, of all other items, the most absorbing in its claim on the general attention. Echo, The, was printed at Manchester for, and published by, Echo Lodge No. 61, I. O. O. F., of Derry Depot, N. H., Feb- ruary 25, 1880. It was a nice little echo of the many similar efforts by other associations for the announcement of a Fair for the benefit of the order. Size, 12|^ by 9 inches. Echo des Canadiens. Nos Institutions, Nos Droits, Miche- lin, Fitzpatrick & Cie., proprietors. L. Boudreau, editor. Com- menced July 2, 1880, as a weekly newspaper. Price, $1 a year. Economist. A paper designed to show that health, comfort, durability, and economy can be secured by the use of Williams' improved soapstone stove. Published by Charles Williams, at Smyth's block, 1868. Size of the paper, 12|- by 9 inches. Express, The Manchester, was commenced May 10, 1884, by C. Fred Crosby and P. A. Collins, who purchased the printing materials of the Semi- Weekly Record, which was discontinued the last of April, 1884. Emery's Manchester, Amoskeag, and Piscataqtjog Direc- tory AND Advertiser. This long-headed pioneer Directory con- tains much statistical and historical information — the names., places of business, and the dwelling-places or numbers of houses where people reside, and also the popular annual of the day. Brown's Almanac, Pocket Memorandum, and Account Book, for the year 1844. Mr. Emery published this work only for one 330 NOTES ON PRINTING. year, as it caused the commencing of the Manchester Directory for 1845, by S. F. Wetmore, of the American office, which was afterwards published by William H. Fisk, and later by a Bos- ton, Mass., firm, until John B. Clarke undertook to furnish a Directory, which is a credit to him and to the city. Clarke's Directory has been published for a number of years, and has every year improved in value, the sixth regular volume being as near perfection in all respects (and particularly as a political manual, history of business, and record of desirable informa- tion) as it could be well made. PiscATAQuoG VILLAGE, though a placc of importance (before Manchester occupied the sand-banks on the opposite side of the river), has never been much given to newspapers, and I find nothing approaching even an amateur effort at publishing papers in that place, now West Manchester, and little said concerning it in any publication excepting the Directory, which has some- thing to say of that place. " 'Squog" is on the river Piscata- quog, near its mouth, and was once the head of navigation, and a place of much business. Several of the stores were so situ- ated that, by the assistance of a lock at the mouth of the river, the boats were brought up under them, and their freight hoisted from the boats into the stores, by which the vicinity was supplied with the heavy articles of salt, lime, iron, fish, plaster, &c., at Boston prices, with the addition of freight. There was a landing on the south side of the river, extend- ing from the village to the Merrimack, where lumber and other things were deposited to be conveyed to market, and by rafts and boats to Boston and Newburyport. William Parker and Isaac Riddle were the first to commence trade in the village. In 1821, when there were but seven hundred and sixty-one inhabitants in Manchester, there were, in Piscataquog village, a meeting-house, twentj' dwelling-houses, three stores, a commo- dious tavern, several mechanics' shops, a saw-mill, a grain mill, and other buildings. There was a bridge across the Pis- cataquog river, and business was flourishing, there being trade from all the surrounding towns, and the village having a post- office, two attorneys' offices, and one blacksmith, the inhabitants outnumbering Manchester for several years. When the lands of New Hampshire were granted for town- MANCHESTEK PRESS. 331 ships, the white pine trees of certain sizes were reserved to make masts for the royal navy ; and of these there were many in the valley of the Piscataquog river. Some were very large, and tradition says one was of such size as to allow a yoke of oxen to be driven around on its stump. An officer of the king went through the woods and marked all the royal trees, which no one could cut under a heavy penalty. The village was named after the river, which was called Piscataquog, " The place of much deer," by the Indians. There was a post-office in this village fifteen years before one was opened in Manchester. It was established in 1816, and previous to that time the people obtained their letters and papers from a post-rider, who passed through the place on his route from Amherst to Concord. At the grist-mill on Piscataquog river were ground seventy-five thousand bushels of corn, and about the same amount of wheat, annually. The village was annexed to Manchester in 1853. A meeting-house was built in 1820, by Presbyterians of the vil- lage. In 1842 the house was sold to a company named the Pis- cataquog Village Academy, but it was used for public worship. In 1859 a new Presbyterian society was formed. In 1870 the building came into the possession of Mrs. Mary P. Harris, who repaired it, and transferred the property to the Young Men's Christian Association in trust, and since that time regular ser- vices have been maintained. The improvements and number of buildings here since the place became a part of Manchester have been very marked, and the place is known as West Manchester. Emmet Footlight. A paper intended to give information relative to theatres, concert-halls, and entertainments which bad taken place or were to occur in the city. It also contained mis- cellaneous articles and advertisements. Names of the publish- ers and printers were not mentioned ; but the paper was small, and was commenced January 10, 1879. The editor said, — "This journal, whatever may be its deficiencies, will not be a mere personal organ. It will make more of life than a jest. It wiU not borrow the clothes of Harlequin, nor the paint of Colum- bine, nor will it rob poor Pantaloons of his mask. It will go forward in an earnest, fresh, straightforward, manly way, tell- ing the truth, and ignoring politics and sensations." Moral — It died in a few months. 332 NOTES ON PRINTING. End of the World, October 22, 1844. Behold ! the Bride- groom Cometh ! Go yet out to meet Him ! ! This mammoth poster bears the representation of "the heavenly hosts visible in the sky," while the earth is crumbling and the mountains are in flames, and the inhabitants are being buried in the burning debris. The engraving is one foot square. The Miller taber- nacle in Manchester on this day was crowded with saints ex- pecting to go up, amid the wildest prayers ever offered, at 4 o'clock p. M. The time came, but none ascended. Enterprise, The, was one undertaken in the interests of St. Paul's new Methodist Episcopal church, and it was a success, as the splendid edifice erected on Union street will show, as compared with their old house of worship on Elm street. The paper was commenced October 6, 1882. Another Enterprise was published by Frederick C. Dow, for the benefit of a fair, Dec. 15, 1882. Evert Month We Strive to Please. This publication was commenced and was edited by Mrs. S. C. Colt. It was devoted to advertising, though considerable space was occupied with miscellaneous articles. It was an eight-page quarto, begun February, 1867 In January, 1868, it was ornamented with a new head — Colt's Illustrated Scientific Commercial Advertiser. It was printed by Frank O. French here, but later at Albany, New York. Expositor, The, was commenced as a sixteen-page monthly, octavo publication, in March, 1854, at one dollar a year. Num- ber one, the only number I have seen, is devoted to defending the personal character of Chandler E. Potter, Esq., who seems to have been charged by certain persons with corruption in his oflacial acts as police judge, during the attempts made in the city to prosecute liquor dealers. Jeremiah P. Emert was a book-seller, publisher, and sta- tioner at No. 38 Elm street. He was courteous, gentlemanly, and possessed extraordinary tact for business. He was born at Loudon, N. H., in 1819, and died there, at the house of his aged mother (where he had gone for relaxation from business only a few days before), on Friday, October 18, 1844, aged twenty-five years. Joseph Melcher Rowell was born in Derryfield, now Man- MANCHESTER PRESS. 333 Chester, N. H., April 11, 1807. He was associated with George P. Prescott and Chandler E. Potter as publishers of the Monthly Visitor for about two years, 1852 and 1853 ; and this company published Potter's History of Manchester. Mr. Eowell occupies the John Stark residence, near the Industrial school, in Man- chester. George P. Prescott, of the firm of Eowell, Prescott & Co., after leaving Manchester, settled in Richmond, Va., and is now a tobacconist of that place. Levi Bartlbtt, of Warner, N. H., was a distinguished agri- cultural writer. He was born April 29, 1793. In 1844 he be- came a contributor to the New England Farmer. In 1848 and 1849 he was associate editor of the Boston Cultivator and of Mr. King's Journal of Agriculture, at Boston, Mass. For many years he was a salaried writer for the Country Gentleman of Albany, N. Y., and also a correspondent of the Farmers' Monthly Vis- itor of Manchester, N. H., and of several other periodicals of that class. He was the author of Sketches of the Bartlett Fam- ily, published in 1876, which has a high historic value. He was a fine type of a gentleman of the old school, and was famed for nobility of character and honorable principles, as well as for his usefulness in the various offices which he filled. He died at his home in "Warner, October 29, 1885, aged 92 years. Festive Wreath, commenced at Manchester, December 14, 1852, by the first Unitarian society, — a four-page long quarto, from the press of Abbott, Jenks & Co., printed by C. F. Living- ston. The four pages are crowded with articles for the promo- tion of innocent amusement, friendly feeling, and religious charity. The paper is free of advertisements, and very neatly printed. It was named because of the occasion of its publica- tion, a festival, and wreath because prepared by many hands. As early as 1833 Mr. Livingston had published at Saco, Me., a paper entitled A Peep Around the Corner, seven numbers, and a few numbers of the Merry Quest, at Nashua, N. H., in 1835. Charles F. Livingston was born at Saco, Me., October 16, 1818, and was the oldest of seven children of John and Elcy Ellis (Tapley) Livingston. In 1830, out of school hours, he amused himself as chore-boy in the office of the Maine Democrat, published by the Congdon Brothers, and in 1831 in the office of 334 NOTES ON PRINTING. the National Republican, published by Dow & Marble (at the start, and later by Pratt & Hutchins, and by Henry P. Pratt), for the privilege of reading the exchanges. The "amusement" consisted in building and keeping good fires, carrying water up and down, going to the post-office, and working up a good supply of blistered hands as roller boy. [The offlce-boy who built fires a half century ago had few facilities. Matches were almost unknown, and very expensive. The flint, steel, and box of tinder were sometimes used, but could not be relied on. The usual way was to start from home with a live coal in a metal or earthen vessel. Frequently when the distance was a half mile or more the coal would become dead, leaving the boy the alternative of going to the paternal hearth for a fresh coal, or waiting in the cold for smoke to arise from some neighbor's chimney, from whom he could borrow. Coal fires and fires kept over night were unknown.] The proprietors were satisfied with the " reading " arrange- ment ; the chore-boy knew he was getting the best of the trade ! In 1832 he entered upon a regular apprenticeship in the office of the National Republican, and remained till February, 1834, when the office was moved to Calais, Me. That place was too far away, was called " the jumping-off place," and he declined going. A friend informed him that a " good boy" was wanted in the office of the Dover Gazette, which term " good " he inno- cently supposed referred to setting and distributing type. Town-meeting day in March he went into the office. His stay in Dover was brief. Mr. Gibbs boarded his " help," and to make the ends meet kept a cow, several pigs, and many hens. He had also good piles of wood and very dull saws at both house and office, to all which the youngest apprentice, or latest comer, was formally introduced, and requested to see that all were well cared for. What spare time he had between five o'clock in the morning and ten o'clock at night, " after the chores were done," was to be given to work at the case ! The contrast between the Saco office and that in Dover was not favorable to the Gazette. It seemed to the boy that if he did a farm-hand's work he ought to have a farm-hand's pay ; but Mr. Gibbs was too old a financier to be caught with such sophistry, and so the " good boy," who could set as many type as any two MANCHESTER PRESS. 335 in the office, went back to Saeo inside of two weeks. The stage which carried him home had in its mail-bag a letter from Nashua, offering him a.situation in an office there. He accepted, and on the 10th of April was set down at Nashua, which place for the following seven years was his home. He there made the acquaintance of one of the best, most genial and lovable of men, Alfred Beard, editor and proprietor of the New Hamp- shire Telegraph. Mr. Beard was at this time, and ever after, an invalid, and the labor and care of the office fell more and more on the boys. On one occasion, when there were but two in the ofiSce, one of them, Samuel B. Dean, took " French leave," and the " Saco boy," as he was sometimes called (and referred to in print as " devil, scarce knee-high to a Scotch bumble-bee"), for two weeks was assistant editor, foreman, compositor, devil, pressman, roller-boy, and paper-carrier. Tramping jours were not plenty in those days ! Soon after this Mr. Beard's brother came from Boston, and the Telegraph from that time was published by Alfred & Albin Beard. In 1837 the office was burned, and with it all the books, tools, and clothing of Mr. Livingston, except the every-day suit in use. He consoled himself for the loss in the fact that he had crawled into the burning building and saved the account books. He remained in the Telegraph office until January, 1841, and then went to Lowell., Mass., to work in the office of the Courier, published by Leonard Huntress. In 1848 he took a "year off" as civil engineer on the Boston, Concord Sweetland & Co., editors and proprietors. Jones, Miss, prom Concord. Lines to the Honorable Hills- borough Court, and such as know the Widow Jones. Size, 9 by 6. 1872. Junto Organ — a small sheet, newspaper form, devoted to phonography. Commenced May 26, 1852, by Benjamin F. Stanton and William B. Burnham ; but it was continued only for a short time. Juvenile Templar — published at Manchester, without giving any date of time or name of editor. It was pledged to war 23 354 NOTES ON PRINTING. against the use of intoxicating drinks, tobacco, and profanity, and was worthy of support, though diminutive in size, and born to die young. It says, — "America is the typographer's paradise : here types are free, and freemen use them. All the beautiful thoughts of all ages that have swept by us are carried by lightning and steam to the poor man's cottage, aud he who runs may read. One of the great things of our republic is, that it opens to every citizen all the paths that lead to glory : the royal road to success is open to all. Here is freedom to think and to plan for bettering the condition of all in intellectual and moral progress. Here is civ- ilization the world has never known." Kennedy's Pictorial Advertiser. A paper under this title, size 14 by 10 inches, and illustrated with curious engravings, was published at Central block, Elm street, in 1872 and 1873. Whoever was its manager said, — " The paper was edited for glory, and printed for fun." It was issued in quarterly numbers of four pages. This paper, if printed " for fun" only, was bet- ter than some of those which are printed for money, and which gather all the accounts of crimes and invasions of social order, . by mail, by reporters, and telegraph, from a population of fifty millions, presenting readers with a disgusting view of life and morals ; knowingly doing injury by accustoming people to scenes of violence and shame, bad and wicked enough to pre- vent honest persons from allowing them to be read in any re- spectable household, and which should not be allowed thus to pander to vice. Better print " for fun," as did the Advertiser. Henry Kimball died in San Francisco, Cal., Dec. 1, 1884, aged 65 years. He was formerly a resident of Manchester, where he was engaged in the occupation of book-binding. In 1852 he removed to San Francisco, in which city he carried on the same business until the time of his death. C. H. Kimball was born in West Amesbury (now Merrimack) , May 18, 1851. The family removed to Manchester, N. H., soon after, where Charles H. graduated at the high school and the commercial college. He entered the Mirror office in 1870, and in 1875 was local editor and reporter for the Union, and also a compositor in that office. Previous to this, 1873, he was con- nected with the Star of Progress. In July, 1878, Mr. Kimball MANCHESTER PRESS, 355 became proprietor of the Grafton County Journal, at Plymouth, which he now publishes, and from the same oflBce sends forth the Meredith Eagle, the Ashland Advance, and the Republican Star, as weeklies, and the Daily Pemigewasset Pioneer and the Daily Exchanger. The dates of establishing these papers are, — Journal, Nov. 1, 1874; Eagle, April 23, 1880; Star, Sept. 30, 1880; Advance, May 19, 1881 ; Etcchanger, etc., July 7, 1883 ; both dailies, Jan. 1, 1883. Labor Journal. Daniel S. Holt commenced and published this paper semi-monthly, at Smyth's block, south entrance, Elm street, March 24, 1870, stoutly advocating the general interests of the laboring classes. It was in size a royal sheet, and its price was $1 per annum. It was pledged to defend the toiling masses of the country, and relied on their aid for support. Mr. Holt, after continuing the paper for thirteen weeks, discontinued its publication, and removed to Washington, N. H. He came here from Dorchester. L'Ami du Peuple. a weekly newspaper of good size, was commenced April 2, 1881, by Victor Belanger and A. Becard, particularly devoted to literature, history, voyages, emigration, immigration, and news. Price $1 in advance. La Voix du Peuple. A weekly newspaper, royal size, issued in the interest of the French population, and for circulation among the French of Manchester. It was commenced February 25, 1869, and continued for seventeen weeks, by A. L. Tremblay & Co., who were the editors and proprietors. Ladies' Enterprise. A record of the useful and beautiful — exemplified in the original stories, sketches, biographies, and poetry of the times — was commenced in 1854, and was published on the first and fifteenth of every month, at No. 4 Pleasant street, and was edited by Kate Carroll. It was royal octavo in size, eight pages to the number, price $1.50 per annum in ad- vance. In 1855 it became a weekly paper, and was conducted by an association of ladies at Boston, Mass., and at Portland, Me., with E. A. Norris as proprietor and manager, the price being raised to $2. Kate Carroll was not the first nor the last woman who dared to publish a newspaper. Lady editors and publishers are to be found in this and other countries, as will be seen by the following mention of women, and by reference to pages 71 356 NOTES OK PRINTING. to 75 of these Notes ; nor has our country lacked heroines or heroes. Women of Character. Mile. Guillaumin, who died in Paris, 1886, was for twenty-six years the director of La Revue des Economists, and of a great publishing establishment. This re- markable type of a French woman was petite, alert in her move- ment, gay and witty in conversation, but too absorbed to be coquettish. She lived in a handsome flat in the Eue Klchelieu, over her printing and publishing oflSces, where she had her edi- tor, sub-editors, proof-readers, and many of her typographical staff to dine with her once a week, and where she often enter- tained the young women who folded and stitched volumes in her oflBce. She boasted that she never quarrelled with any one in her employment. She believed in equal rights, but was too busy to claim them. One of her common-sense notions was that men were never actuated by chivalry in trade relations, and she held that the sooner women dismissed this delusion the better it would be for them. A colored woman. Miss Carrie Bragg, is editor of the Virginia Xancet, published in Petersburg, Va., the only newspaper in the Union conducted by a colored woman. "American Army of Two." Miss Abigail Bates, so well known as one of the two heroines who frightened away the British during the war of 1812 by sounding the fife and drum, died in Scituate, Wednesday, March 17, 1886, aged 89 years. Her sister and companion "in the army of two," Rebecca Bates, died December 13, 1881, aged 83. The story of the adventure, as told by the sisters, was as follows : They were daughters of the light-house keeper at Scituate during the war of 1812. At one time they were left entirely without guards, even their father being away, and at this crisis a British man- of-war suddenly made its appearance. As the crew made prep- arations to land, the girls, then aged respectively nineteen and fifteen years, were greatly alarmed, but seizing a drum and fife they went into a grove of trees, making all the noise they could. The British, evidently fearing the presence of a large American force, did not land, but soon sailed away. This clever ruse on the part of the two girls probably saved the town and two car- goes of flour then lying within the harbor. Miss Abigail was MANCHESTER PRESS. 357 the drummer and the older sister was the fifer in what the two sisters were wont to describe, in autographic notes which they sold to visitors, as " the American army of two in the war of 1812." La Justice. A weekly French newspaper commenced June 28, 1884, at No. 2, Union block, Concord street, by G. De Tounancour. It is independent in politics, and devoted to the interests of the French Canadian population of the city. Size, quarto, 15 by llj inches. Price 75 cents per annum, and 40 cents for six months. The editor says his paper has been founded at the request of many friends, and will meet the wishes of all who are free from jealousy, unsociableness, envy, meanness, and prejudice. He recommends the French Cana- dians to become naturalized citizens of the United States, the greatest of all republics, and to exchange their condition as British subjects for the noble title of citizens of the United States, a country which God has marked for a grand future among the nations. Le Eateau (Journal hebdomadaire.) A French publication, commenced in 1881 by R. C. Chatel, at 75 cents per annum. Its size was 15^ by 11 inches, and it was neatly printed for the editor and proprietor, Mr. Chatel, by Livingston & Kimball, No. 10 Market street. This firm was dissolved in 1884, and in July of that year Hon. John B. Clarke said in his paper, — ^' " "When we bought the Mirror, nearly thirty-two years ago, we found Mr. C. F. Livingston, the retiring partner of the firm, engaged in the job printing business in Manchester, and during all this time, taking all of the departments into consideration, he has stood at the head of his profession in New Hampshire. The business will be continued by Mr. Kimball." In 1884 the title of this paper was changed to Le Courier du New Hamp- shire, retaining the same editor, proprietor, and publisher. Le Union Nationale. A weekly newspaper of the same size and general character of L'Ami du Peuple, was commenced June 24, 1881, by Roy Brothers, who were the editors and pro- prietors. Price $2 in advance. Lifted Vail. This was a common quarto publication, con- sidered by its editor, J. H. Boardman, of sufficient importance to cause him to procure for it a copyright, as it contained what 358 NOTES ON PRINTING. was, at that time, of some importauce, certain facts about mes- merism and mental communication, by one who had seen and heard of what he wrote. It was printed by William H. Fisk. The editor soon discovered that a publication, however well con- ducted, cannot live by defending a single idea, or obtain sup- port from those who do not believe in the doctrines advocated, and that it was a waste of time and money to "lift the veil," even with capital, brains, and capacity, if people would not look at the thing exposed." Literary G-azette. The Mirror and American of Manches- ter, April 28, 188.5, says, — The late Judge Asa Fowler, when a young man, edited a weekly paper in this city called the Liter- ary Oazette, Governor-elect Currier being associated with him. ["This city" refers to Concord, N. H., where the Literary Ga- zette was published weekly by D. D. Fisk, Asa Fowler, and Moody Currier. It was commenced Aug. 1, 1834, and contin- ued about two years. Cyrus P. Bradley, of Concord, was for a time associated with this paper.] "Hon. Asa Fowler, who died in California, 1885, whither he had gone in the hope of recovering his health, was for many years a very prominent character in the courts, corporations, and political organizations of New Hampshire, and wherever he appeared he left the impress of great natural strength, learning, and industry. He won great success at the bar at a period when only strong men succeeded there. He was a good judge. He managed his financial affairs with great sagacity, and suc- ceeded in most of his political projects. Judge Fowler was a native of Pembroke, where he was born Feb. 23, 1811. He was the ninth of eleven children. He was a graduate of Dartmouth college, and read law in Concord, where, with the exception of a six years term upon the bench, he practised his profession for forty years," [See Part IV.] Abkam Keach was born at Hoosick, Rensselaer county, N. Y., January 18, 1828, and he learned the printing business in the office of the Vermont Observer at Middlebury. He came to Manchester in the fall of the year 1845, and printed the Amer- ican for James O. Adams. He was at this time a partner of John K. Seaver, and Keach & Seaver published The Old Hero, and afterwards the New Hampshire Democrat at Meredith MANCHESTER PRESS. 359 Bridge, which still later was owned by Mr. Keach, who sold it to other parties, and went to Lowell, Mass., where, in 1851, he started the Daily Morning News, which he continued four years as editor and publisher. After selling the News, Mr. Keach became a journeyman in the office of the Boston Daily Adver- tiser, where he has been employed for more than fifteen years. Adoniram Jddson Keach, a brother of Abram Keach, was born at Hoosick, N. Y., in 1831. He was an apprentice and workman in the American office, 1845. He went from Manches- ter to Lowell and to Boston, but for the past fifteen years has been a proof-reader on the Providence, R. I., Journal. John B. Palmer and his brother Noble Palmer worked for Messrs. Keach & Seaver, of Manchester, 1847-'8. They soon took up their residence in Concord, and became notorious as publishers of the Democratic Standard, which was commenced in June, 1856, and continued until August, 1861, when it was destroyed by a mob of soldiers and others on account of its offensive language applied to the soldiers who enlisted at the first call of President Lincoln, many of whom were then in the city. Edmund Burke, of Newport, furnished editorials for the Standard. The Palmers brought suit against the city of Con- cord for damages, and after much litigation the case was settled on payment of $2,000 to the Palmer brothers. Among the Manchester printers was Samuel T. A. Cushing, who, after quitting the business, was for some time with the Cheney Express Company, and died in that service. Saibuel Wood went to Nashua, and engaged in the business of baking. Moses M. Chick left printing, and engaged in the business of a silversmith, then book-binding, at Concord, and finally became a book-canvasser for Boston and vicinity. Elijah Worthman, of the Manchester Democrat office, is now publishing a newspaper at Kockland, Me. Charles L. Wheeler, who was something of a poet, became the editor and publisher of the Literary Messen- ger at Atlanta, Ga. Londonderry Times. There were two papers printed in Manchester bearing this title, — one commenced Jan. 1, 1864, and issued occasionally as an advertising sheet, for the business of that town, for several years, size 12J by 9J inches ; the other published on the occasion of the 150th anniversary of the settle- 360 NOTES ON PRINTING. ment of Nutfield, June 10, 1869. Some other papers were pub- lished in 1864, 1868, and 1869, in the interest of fairs and trade. This town, south of Manchester, was first settled in 1719 by Scotch Irish people, who obtained a grant of land in October from John, a grandson of Rev. John "Wheelwright. The grant was of territory known as the " chestnut country," from the abundance of its chestnut trees, which gave it the name of Nut- field soon after. This grant was composed in part of land now in Manchester, and was the third which covered lands now owned by this city. The first was a gifttoPassaconnaway ; the second was the ancient Chester of 1720 ; the third, Nutfield. From this, Londonderry, whose settlers introduced into this coun- try the cultivation of the potato and the spinning of flax, came the first settlers at Goffe's falls and at Amoskeag falls, in Man- chester. All the New Hampshire settlements in 1658 were claimed by Massachusetts ; but New Hampshire became a royal province in 1679, and was united with others, as New England, in 1686, but subordinate to Massachusetts. There were several grants of land to soldiers, and six grants within the limits of Manchester had been made when the first settlers commenced building at Cohas brook. Literary Souvenir — a weekly paper, originally started at Lowell, Mass., in 1838, by A. B. F. Hildreth, but in its fourth j'ear removed to Concord, N. H., and four months later to Manchester, and was here published by Emerson & Murray, who purchased it May 11, 1842, and at the same time new type to print it from. They employed as editor of the Souvenir an eccentric individual who was then known as S. H. Napoleon Bonaparte Everette, and who added to his long name, for rea- sons best known to himself, the title of " Rag Emperor ; " and who deliberately placed a sign over the door of his oflflce, on which was inscribed " Rag Emperor's Palace." Whatever the object was in thus doing, it is certain that the curious sign, at the time, attracted much attention, and was examined with as much veneration by the street gamins as the editor ever at- tracted. Joshua P. Little, a printer, died Feb. 5, 1840. Livingston & Kimball's Journal — an auuual for the year 1882, with tables calculated as an almanac for this lati- MANCHESTER PRESS. 361 tude. It was beautifully printed, and many of the fine illustra- tions were by American artists. It was published at No. 10 Market street, and a similar annual was published by this firm for 1883. It was an octavo pamphlet, showing excellent speci- mens of printing in colors. Lone Star — a paper commenced in January, 1872, 2 J by IJ inches in size, but changing its name, after one number had been published, to that of the TanJcee Boy. It was printed by George E. Tewksbury, enlarged to 5f by 3^ inches, and again enlarged in February, 1873, to 8 by 4f inches, when the terms for twelve numbers were given at 25 cents. " Born to no master, of no sect are we ; Our only end and aim is to be free ! Who 's in or out, who moves the grand machine, Nor stirs our curiosity or spleen. Secrets of state we no more wish to know Than secret movements of a puppet show." George E. Tewksbury, a native of Manchester, N. H., was connected with several of the amateur publications of the city, and is now in the land department of the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railroad Company, at Topeka, Kansas. Lorgnette. This amusement announcer, and other similar publications, such as The Opera and The Programme, were pub- lished frequently in 1877, 1878, and every year since, in the form of small newspapers, containing advertisements generally sufficient to pay expenses of printing, and being freely distrib- uted among the audience, furnishing reading when the curtain was down. Literary Visitor — a monthly paper commenced Jan. 1, 1859, as the organ of the Excelsior Literary Association, by George W. Batchelder and Martin A. Haynes, who were its editors. Published at No. 85 Merchants' Exchange, Elm street, thirteen numbers being furnished to subscribers for 25 cents in advance. Size, 9J by 7 inches. Only eight numbers of the Visitor ap- peared. Martin A. Haynes, after becoming editor and proprietor of the Lalce Village Times, in 1882 was elected a member of con- gress. Mr. Haynes was the author of a " History of the Sec- ond Regiment New Hampshire Volunteers : its Camps, Marches, 362 NOTES ON PRINTING. and Battles." He wrote a poem read at the second reunion of the New Hampshire Veterans, at the Weirs, in August, 1878. Mammoth Cave Herald — issued at Manchester, N. H., July 25, 1883 ; published by Rev. "W. A. Loyne, pastor of St. James Methodist Episcopal church, corner of Pine andPenacook streets. Its main object was to advertise lectures at that church. Size, 9 by 6f inches. This church was organized June 2, 1881, and was first known as the People's Methodist Episcopal Mis- sion. Services were held in the City hall while the chapel was building, and the singing was congregational. Manchester Courier — chiefly devoted to advertising. Com- menced September, 1874, by T. H. Tuson ; office in Riddle's building, corner of Elm- and Hanover streets. Size, 15 by 9i inches. Manchester American. This was the original name chosen by S. F. Wetmore for a weekly newspaper, growing out of the embers of the Manchester Memorial and People's Herald, which came into the hands of Wetmore & Wallace, and later was owned by Mr. Wetmore, who started the American, Sept. 6, 1844. He also commenced a Semi- Weekly Am,erican and a DaUy American. All these were sold to James O. Adams in 1846, when the weekly became a $2 paper ; but in 1847, after being enlarged, the price was reduced to $1 a year. Mr. Adams, when he first enlarged the Weekly American, gave notice that " with- out an increase of patronage he would be obliged to return to the former size." He continued the enlarged paper, however, until July, or until after the nomination of Gen. Taylor for the presidency, July, 1848, when the paper was transferred to A. Keach and J. K. Seaver, who secured the services of A. Wilson, Esq., as a contributor to the American. Keach & Seaver had commenced a campaign paper entitled The Old Hero, and on becoming proprietors of the Weekly American, hoisted the Tay- lor flag at once. On October 27, 1848, the name of James 0. Adams again appeared as proprietor, and in January, 1849, the paper showed a new, plain head. John K. Seaver was born in the town of Salisbury, Vt., April 22, 1826. In May, 1842, he went into the office of the Vermont Observer, a Baptist newspaper published at Middlebury, to learn the art of printing. After serving three years he became fore- MANCHESTER PRESS. 363 man of the office, and held the position until the paper was dis- continued, when he found employment at "Worcester, Mass., in the ^gis office in that place. He came to Manchester Oct. 1, 1847, and was employed upon the City Report, then being print- ed at the American office. The following winter he was employed by Gilmore & Chase, in the Messenger office ; and in April, 1848, he purchased one half of the American printing-press, and, in partnership with Abram Keach, printed the Manchester Ameri- can, and started The Old Hero, for which B. P. Cilley and others wrote some telling articles. From Manchester, after the elec- tion of Gen. Taylor, the office was removed to Meredith Bridge, where Keach & Seaver published the New Hampshire Democrat; but in 1853 Mr. Seaver sold out and became connected with the Malone Palladium, with his brother, J. J. Seaver, which has given him a paying business for more than thirty years. Manchester Daily Union. This paper was issued as a campaign paper in 1856, and was made 'a, regular daily in Jan- uary, 1859, published at 11 o'clock a. m., Sundays excepted, by James M. Campbell, office, No. 2 Union building, at 63 per annum in advance. It was in size 18 by 12 inches. Manchester Democrat. The Manchester Democrat was com- menced April 26, 1842, by W. H. Kimball and Joseph Kidder, as a weekly newspaper. It was published at No. 37 Elm street, at $1.25 per annum, and had six columns to the page ; size 19|- by 14^ inches. Its motto was, " Our armor Justice — Liberty our shield — we grapple Error, but to truth we yield." The in- troduction says, "According to the best of our abilities and understanding we shall advocate the principles of Radical Democracy, undeterred by either the flattery or petulency of men. We shall fearlessly combat political error so long as we can distinguish between truth and error, liberty and bondage, equality and favoritism. We are determined to merit the sup- port of friends, and command respect from opponents." Ere long we find the names of William H. Kimball and Moody Cur- rier announced as editors and proprietors ; and on December 7, 1842, the Eepresentative was united with the Democrat, and the name of John S. G. Howard inserted as printer. It was said that Mr. Kidder withdrew from the Democrat to become editor of The Advocate of Democracy, a paper published by John M. 364 NOTES ON PRINTING. Hill at Concord [which see], and which was discontinued after the March election of 1843. The copartnership between Kim- ball & Currier was dissolved September 28, 1843, when the Democrat was purchased, October 11, 1843, by Kimball & Davis, but Kimball & Currier continued as editors. On April 10, 1844, the paper was sold to Chandler E. Potter and E. D. Davis (Potter & Davis), and they state that William H. Kimball will continue to write for it. In April, 1845, the Democrat appears with a new head. October 1, 1845, Mr. Davis sold his interest to Mr. Potter. January 21, 1846, the Democrat published the important notice — "A gone Coon ! Memento mori!" — illustrated with a wood-cut representing a coon flat upon his back, and an- nouncing " the departure of John h. warland from the town and state." Mr. Warland had been editor of the Claremoni Eagle, and later of the Semi- Weekly American in Manchester. Mr. Potter continued editor of the Democrat, but in June, 1846, he entered into copartnership with Edward Hutchins ; and this same year Manchester became a city. In April, 1847, Mr. Hutchins withdrew from the paper, and Mr. Potter com- plained " of a systematic attempt to break down the Demowat." August 4, 1848, the head of the paper was changed to The Democrat, it being sold by Mr. Potter to John H. Goodale, who promised that " he would not himself, nor would he permit others through his columns to make use of personal abuse or vituperation ; but would deal with principles, not individuals — measures, not men." In this year, 1849, at a meeting of the Democratic party of Manchester, it was voted to read out Mr. Goodale from among the Democrats, because the paper was supposed to favor the Free Soil party. An attempt had been previously made by certain Democrats to purchase the estab- lishment, but the price put upon it was thought too high, and Mr. Goodale had given notice as follows : " We are not to be read out of the party by the action of any handful of men." The paper appeared August 2, 1849, published by John H. Goodale and William H. Gilmore. Mr. Gilmore retired Jan- uary, 1851, and in 1857 he bought the Daily American and the American and Messenger, and became publisher of the united papers under the name of Democrat and American. MooDT CuRHiEE, of the Democrat, was born at Boscawen, MANCHESTER PRESS. 365 N. H., April 22, 1806 ; graduated at Dartmouth college in 1834 ; edited at Concord the New Hampshire Literai-y Gazette with Asa Fowler ; came to Manchester in 1841 ; was editor of the Man- chester Democrat; practised law with George W. Morrison ; and in 1848 became cashier of the Amoskeag Bank. In 1852 he was treasurer of the Amoskeag Savings Bank ; was clerk of the New Hampshire senate for 1843 and 1844, and a member of that body from the third district in 1860 and 1861. One vol- ume of his poems has been published. He is now governor of the state of New Hampshire. Ephraim Abbott, of the Manchester Democrat in 1849, went to St. Louis, Mo., and commenced there a monthly publication entitled the Valley Farmer. Henry Augustus Gage was born at Bedford, N. H., Oct. 17, 1818, and in the fall of 1834 he entered the Cabinet office at Amherst, N. H., for a four years apprenticeship at the 'printing business ; but ill-health compelled him to leave the office a few months before the time expired, with an impression that the ter- mination of an earthly career was not far away. But an im- proved state of health permitted him to be placed upon the list of journeymen printers, by the veteran editor of the Amherst Cabinet, Richard Boylston, Esq., for a year or more. About 1840, when Manchester was in its infancy, J. C. Em- erson came to the place and established a job printing-office, and in a few months he commenced the publication of the Amoskeag Memorial, and Mr. Gage was invited to assist him in the me- chanical part of its publication, setting the type principally for the first number, the office being in the " Old Ark," at the cor- ner of Elm and Amherst streets. The office was in a small room adjoining the law office of Hon. George W. Morrison, whose genial presence was often an inspiring appurtenance to the print- ing-office. The type and fixtures of the office would hardly be complimentary to an amateur office of the present day, as the press used was a wooden Ramage, only large enough to print one page at a time ; consequently, four " pulls" were required to complete one paper. This was disseminating knowledge under great difficulties ; but as the paper became an assured success, the old Ramage was displaced for a more modern iron press. 366 NOTES ON PRINTING. The Memorial was started as a neutral paper, and well served its purpose until the old Whig party demanded an organ ; and after it passed into the hands of Wetmore & Wallace, they made it a very acceptable political paper. Mr. Gage remained with Mr. Emerson about six months, gaining some knowl- edge of the job-printing business, Mr. Emerson being con- sidered quite an expert in those days. Mr. Gage, after this, assumed the very dignified title of a "travelling jour." for a few years, working on the Amherst Cabinet for a short time, and then being employed in the book and job office of Asa McFar- land, of Concord, for a few months. On returning to Man- chester he commenced work upon the Manchester Transcript, a paper published byE. D. Boylston, Esq., going with that paper to Great Falls, N. H., where he remained for a year or more, then following the journeyman's mission again for a short time, when he saw a " fat take " at Lowell, Mass. ; and there, in connection with Messrs. Stowell & Young, he engaged in the publication of a labor reform paper. But, as labor reform was a plant of slow growth in those days, the paper soon collapsed, and the small accumulations went with it. When Mr. G. bought a northern-bound railroad ticket, he could not look back upon the past few months with a great degree of satisfaction. Upon arriving in Manchester, in the fall of 1845, he worked in the American office for James O. Adams, Esq., who very kindly placed him at the head of his job-printing department. In 1848 Mr. G. purchased a half interest of William H. Gilmore in the Manchester Messenger, and, in connection with Israel P. Chase, commenced the publication of that paper as an indepen- dent journal, with a fair degree of success. Soon, however, Mr. Chase, thinking it would be more profitable to handle gold than type metal, struck out for the gold region, leaving the paper mainly in the care of Mr. Gage. The Messenger went through various changes of proprietorship, and at one time F. F. Forsaith was one of the publishers. Finally it was merged in the Weekly American, and published under the firm name of Abbott, Jenks & Co., for some two years. Upon the retire- ment of Mr. Jenks and Mr. Gage from the paper, it was con- tinued under the firm name of Abbott & Warren. In 1861 the paper was sold by Mr. Abbott to S. D. Farnsworth, and H. A. MANCHESTER PKESS. 367 Gage purchased the job-printing department and continued that business. Finally, the American was sold and united with the Daily Mirror, and is now known as the Mirror and American. [See that paper.] John H. Goodale was born Oct. 2, 1816, in Deering, a farm- ing town of Hillsborough county. He worked on the farm till his seventeenth year, when he went to Newbury, Vt., where he prepared for college, and entered Wesleyan University at Mid- dletown, Conn., in 1836, and graduated in 1840. Returning to Newbury, he taught for a year and a half in the institution where he fitted for college. He went to southern Georgia in December, 1841. For nearly five years he had charge of a boys' school at Columbus, Ga., his pupils being largely the sons of cotton-planters. In 1847 he returned to New Hampshire, and for a short time was a teacher in the New Hampshire Conference Seminary at Tilton. In August, 1848, in partnership with William H. Gilmore, he bought of Chandler E. Potter the Manchester Democrat, at that time the organ of the Democratic party in the city. The year 1850 was a period of unusual excitement at the North, on account of the enactment by congress of the fugitive slave law, and other acts favoring the extension and nationalization of slavery. The Democrat, in its editorials, had denounced the law, both before and after its passage. A minority of the party were also opposed to the law, and among them Hon. John At- wood, the nominee of the Democratic party for governor. Their views were not extreme : they did not propose to interfere with slavery in the states where it existed, but they denied the right of government to compel Northern men to be slave-hunters, and were unalterably opposed to its extension into new territories. The Democratic leaders, however, would not tolerate any free- dom of opinion on the subject of slavery. Mr. Atwood was de- capitated, and the timid were driven back into the ranks. The editorials of Mr. Goodale were so obnoxious that he was for- mally read out of the party, and the Union Democrat was estab- lished with the intention of crushing out the " abolition element" in the party and in the state. In January, 1851, Mr. Goodale purchased the interest of his partner, Mr. Gilmore, and became sole proprietor. The Man- 368 NOTES ON PRINTING. Chester Democrat represented the views of the Free Soil party in Manchester and Hillsborough county, who, though reliable and determined, were few in number ; and the position of the editor for several years was far from one of ease and pecuniary profit. The Democracy maintained their ascendancy in the state elec- tions of 1851, 1852, and 1853, and their most prominent leader was elected president in the fall of 1852 ; but in the state elec- tion of 1854 there was a manifest increase of Free Soil strength, and the Democrats failed to fill the two vacant United States senatorships. The next year (1856) they were defeated by a large majority. The Democrat, in the meantime, increasing in circulation, continued to be a distinctive anti-slavery paper till the reconstruction of political parties in 1856, when the oppo- nents of slavery extension were consolidated under the name of the Republican party. In 1857, Mr. Goodale, in partnership with S. D. Farnsworth, purchased the daily and weekly American, and, uniting the two newspapers (the Democrat and the American) , continued the daily and weelsly issue till after the election of Mr. Lincoln, in November, 1860, when he sold his interest, and retired from active newspaper life. During 1862 and 1863 Mr. Goodale resided in Northfleld. A few months after the death of his wife, in the last-named year, he left for California, reaching San Francisco in April, 1864. For two years he had charge of a high school at Crescent City, in northern California. In 1867 he was on the travelling staff of the Alta California, and in that capacity visited Alaska pre- vious to its annexation, and witnessed the lowering of the Rus- sian and the raising of the American flag, at the government house at Sitka, in October, 1867. In September, 1869, he re- turned to New Hampshire. In June, 1871, he was elected sec- retary of state, holding the office one year. During 1876, 1877, and 1878 he was superintendent of the public schools of Nashua. Among his miscellaneous writings are a series of articles which appeared in the Knickerbocker in 1847, under the title " Letters from the Gulf States." A similar series, describing the climate, scenery, and inhabitants of Alaska, were published in the Chi- cago Tribune in 1868 ; and the historical sketch of Nashua, which appears in the recently published History of Hillsborough County, was written by him. MANCHESTER PRESS. 369 Mr". Goodale in 1848 married Celestia S. Mooney, daughter of John Mooney, of Northfleld, who died Oct. 12, 1863. In 1S71 he married Josephine B. Atkinson, of Tilton. His only child is a daughter, ten years of age. For the past fifteen years he has resided at Nashua, and of late has passed the summer months on a farm overlooking Asquam lake, in Holderness. Charles G.Warren was born in Rochester, N. H., Sept. 24, 1837. At the age of fifteen he came to Manchester, and in November, 1852, became an apprentice in the American office, owned by Messrs. Abbott, Jenks & Co. On Sept. 10, 1855, he became a partner in the business, Mr. Gage retiring. Not long afterwards Mr. Jenks also retired, and the firm became Abbott & Warren. In the early part of 1857 the establishment was sold to Mr. Farnsworth. Soon after retiring from the Avierican, Mr. Warren left Man- chester for Sioux City, Iowa, then in its infancy. Its people, largely from New Hampshire, bad offered a liberal bonus to whoever would start a newspaper there, and Mr. Warren went thither, with the purpose of engaging in the printing business and securing the bonus. He was joined at Dubuque by Gen. Abbott, and, together with several other gentlemen, they jour- neyed in the month of April across the state of Iowa, from the Mississippi to the Missouri, in a farmer's wagon which was owned and had been driven from Indiana by one Phil Clark, who was taking the long drive to locate lands near Sioux City. He had split rails in early life with Abraham Lincoln, had been on terms of close friendship with him for many years, and honestly regarded him as the greatest man living. In plain and homely but earnest and entertaining speech he would talk of him by the hour. At that time the future illustrious president was almost entirely unknown at the East, and when, during the following year, he won popular reputation by his great debate with Mr. Douglas, probably no journalist in the country knew so much about him as Gen. Abbott, whose guest he became on the occa- sion of his first visit to Boston. The trip across Iowa occupied ten days, and might have been taken still more leisurely, so far as Mr. Warren was concerned, inasmuch as he reached Sioux City (then an extreme frontier settlement, with bodies of departed Indians, after the Sioux 24 370 NOTES ON PRINTING. custom with their dead, still reposing in the branches of trees upon its town site, as yet undisturbed by encroaching civiliza- tion) too late to secure the prize he had journeyed so far to ob- tain. A gentleman from the Gazette oflBce in Cincinnati had preceded him by several weeks, and was nearly ready to add to journalism the Sioux City Eagle. But after getting the business well started, he arranged with Mr. Warren to run the establish- ment a few weeks, to enable him to return to Cincinnati to set- tle up affairs, which had been hurriedly left. The paper pros- pered so well, however, in the hands of Mr. Warren, that the owner prolonged his absence until the spring of 1858. Upon his arrival, Mr. W. had intended to return to Manchester ; but his friends proposed that if he would remain with them, they would buy the Eagle establishment and give it to him. The owner, however, refused to sell for a reasonable sum, and Mr. Warren returned to Manchester. Not long after his return he received a letter from the mayor of Sioux City (Col. Robert Means, of Exeter), advising Mm that a company had been formed to establish the town of Yank- ton, in Dakota, and proposing that if he would come back and join them, and start a newspaper there, they would bear all ex- penses. The letter closed thus : " Come, come, come." Butthe boy (for he was yet a minor) declined the flattering offer. His ambition in the direction of pioneer life had been fully satisfied. In October, 1858, Mr. Warren went to Andover, Mass., where for nearly eight years he was connected with the widely known Andover printing-house, one of the oldest book-printing estab- lishments in the country. For six years he managed the printing department, and edited the Andover Advertiser. Health failing, in the spring of 1866 he removed to Burlington, Iowa, which has since been his home. The change of climate proving salutary, not long after his arrival there a new sign was painted, bearing the names of Parsons, Berry & Warren, wholesale dealers in stoves and tinners' stock ; and Mr. Warren entered upon mer- cantile life. Business taking him to Boston twice a year to purchase goods, he became favorably known among tin-plate importers, and in February, 1873, he was prevailed upon by Messrs. Richards & Co., of Boston, a large metal house, dating back to 1806, to sever his Burlington connection and become MANCHESTER PRESS. 371 their agent in the large Western cities. He thus represented them for several years. Among the tin-plate importers and metal dealers of the coun- try, only two houses command the highest rating on the agency books — Messrs. Phelps, Dodge &Co., of New York, the largest house in the world in this line of trade, and Messrs. Fuller, Dana & Fitz, of Boston. After declining an unsolicited offer from the former, on account of the field of labor contemplated, Mr. "Warren accepted a position with the latter house, Aug. 1, 1876, and continues to represent them in the "West, with head- quarters at Chicago. In April, 1882, he visited England in the in- terests of his house, and again in January, 1885. He commands the largest business in the "West ever done by a Boston metal house, travels 60,000 miles or more a year, enjoys his work, and would not give up his position to become government printer. On June 11, 1860, Mr. Warren was married in Manchester to Miss Harriet E. Marden, by Rev. W. H. Fenn, then pastor of the Franklin street church. They have four children — one son and three daughters. [I was foreman in the American oflHce in 1852, when, one af- ternoon in November, a small, freckle-faced boy walked into the counting-room, and said to Mr. Jenks that he had " come from Rochester to take the place his sister had engaged for him, to learn the printing business." Mr. Jenks put his hand on his head, and, with one of his prettiest of pretty smiles, replied, — " I am afraid that you are yet too small, my little man, to do much in a printing-oflSce." That night, when the "little man" went to his dreams, he had the satisfaction of knowing that he was big enough to have earned twenty-five cents at over-work, as roller-boy, the first evening ! This fact illustrates his make- _ up. When any extra work was in hand he could be relied onto " pull through" every time. He had come to " learn," and by taking interest in all oflBce details, pushed rapidly to the front, thereby making himself indispensable. Mr. Jenks learned that size had nothing to do with capabilities. — c. f. l.J Manchester Magazine. This was a neutral and literary newspaper, quarto size, neatly printed, twenty-four pages to the number, at $1 per year, each number containing an engrav- ing. It was continued three months, by John Caldwell, of the 372 NOTES ON PRINTING. Representative, and was mainly filled with articles from the lat- ter paper. It was commenced directly after the appearance of the Amoskeag Memorial, January, 1840. The title was en- graved by H. W. Herrick. The first number has a fine view of the town-house, which was built opposite the north-west corner of Merrimack square, during the summer of 1841, of brick, 90 feet in length by 66 feet in width. It had the post-oflSce and four stores on the first floor ; a town hall, 63 by 70, with two rooms for ofHces, on the second floor ; and a hall for armories in the attic, which was used by military companies. The cupola bore an eagle on its summit, of fine proportions ; and it had a clock, and a bell of 2,800 pounds' weight. The total cost of the building was $17,000. Manchester Palladium — commenced May 21, 1846, and published every Thursday morning by John Caldwell, at $1 a year. Motto, " I have sworn upon the altar of God eternal hostility to every form of tyranny over the mind of man." — Jefferson. Office, Exchange building, No. 88. " The Palla- diura is the organ of the Democracy — not a part, but the whole ; not for the exclusive benefit of a few favorites only, but for the best interests of the greatest number." The paper continued about six months. Manchester News — commenced Aug. 4, 1852 ; size, 2J by 2 inches ; ten numbers to the volume. Office, No. 12 Concord street. Published weekly by Smith & Porter. When first printed the size was 2 by 1 inches. Charles A. Smith became the proprietor of a crockery store in Patten's building. Dryden once said, — "Some tell, some hear, some judge of news, — some make it ; and he that lies most loud is most believed." News has become our morning, noon, and evening want. Manchester Musical Monthly — commenced and published for C. P. Trickey, 1085 Elm street, at his music- and book-store ; sixteen pages quarto to the number, eight pages of which con- sist of music, the remaining eight pages devoted to musical news and advertising. Manchester Phonograph. This was an eight-page quarto, commenced Oct. 5, 1878, as a weekly paper for gratuitous dis- tribution, by E. P. Kimball, No. 1 Post-offlce block, and was MANCHESTER PRESS. 373 devoted to social news. It was printed by Livingston & Kim- ball. Manchester Operative — commenced Dec. 30, 1843, at No. 43 Elm street, in the third story of the building known as "The Ark," and published every Saturday morning by Willard N. Haradon, at $1 a year in advance. It was very popular, and had a large circulation among the mill people. It was removed to Lowell Nov. 16, 1844, and there united with the Operatives' Magazine and Loiuell Offering. When commenced, it was edited by Mr. Haradon ; but on Feb. 24, 1844, the names of John G. Sherburne and E. R. Wilkins appear as conductors and publish- ers, Mr. Haradon being the printer until March 30, when his name appears again as the publisher, changing to Haradon & Wilkins April 20, and again to Haradon, Aug. 30, 1844. In September, 1844, the Operative was published by an association of printers — W. N. Haradon, George S. Wilson, J. C. Stowell, and Samuel E. Young being the printers, and J. C. Stowell the editor. The paper was royal in size, and well printed. Manchester Opera-House — published by the managers at different and distinct dates, announcing the performances at this play-house and other places of amusement after 1881. Manchester Polymecrian — commenced in 1872, without men- tion of publisher or editor, as an advertising sheet ; size, 8J by 5|- inches. Its name was perhaps used as indicating many kinds ■of business carried on by persons of various learning, or having many things to mention in advertisements. Manchester, previous to receiving this name, had been known as the Sand Banks, Waste Lands, Harrytown, Henrysburg, Henrysborough, Tyngstown, Tyngsborough, Derryfield, and Namaoskeag, which names as now read may be considered as meaning what has become Manchester, Hillsborough county, state of New Hampshire, though not known by that name until 1810, when the place was so christened by an act of the state legisla- ture at the request of a committee chosen for the purpose by the inhabitants, then numbering 615 persons. The name for the town was changed from that of Derryfield to Manchester, in com- pliment to Samuel Blodget, who between 1794 and 1807 had expended his fortune, and such funds as he could raise by 374 NOTES ON PRINTING. establishing a lottery scheme, in building a canal at the falls for boats and lumber to pass through. Mr. Blodget was born at "Woburn, Mass., April 1, 1724. He had conceived the idea of building a canal around Amoskeag falls, and coming to Derry- field, took up his residence near the place of his future labors. After completing the canal, he lived to pass through upon the first boat making the attempt, and to witness the complete success of his labor. He was the pioneer of internal improve- ments in New Hampshire ; and though he saw and knew that the territory about his canal was a long strip of waste lands, — a region of sand-banks, which had been offered for sale at nine pence an acre without finding a purchaser, and that the whole territory where Manchester now stands had been offered for a yoke of yearling steers and a buck-handled pocket knife with three blades, and the trade prevented because the knife was more valuable than the land, — yet Mr. Blodget had often pre- dicted that this territorj', which produced only lumber, fish, rocks, sand, and mullein-stalks, would in time become the " queen city of the state, and be known the world over as the Manchester of America." Eev. Cyrus W. Wallace, in his Centennial Address, 1851, says, — " The change of name of Derryfield to Manchester in 1810 was suggested and mainly effected by the efforts of a man, then a resident of the town, by the name of Stickney, who pre- dicted ' that as a manufacturing place, Manchester of New England would one day vie in importance with the Manchester of Old England.'" Mr. Wallace also relates the following story: "An old gentleman of Manchester told me that his father owned here 400 acres of land, and he was an only son. The father wanted the son to stay with him on the farm, not then worth ninepence an acre ; but the son chose to go where land was better — for a grasshopper had been found on thfs land wiping the tears from his cheeks, and giving as a reason for his grief that the last mullein leaf was wasting, and death by starvation must follow." Since the incorporation of the city of Manchester, 1846, it_ has grown steadily, rapidly, and healthfully. From a popula- tion of 615 souls in 1810, the place increased until it became a city ; and it would be difficult to find another containing so MANCHESTER PRESS. 375 many industrious citizens and so few drones. Many people here have become wealthy. Many have been honored at home and abroad. The best and most respected citizens have been such as were neither too idle nor too proud to be busy at their desks and in their workshops. The numerous corporations have been managed with signal ability and honesty. They have dealt liberally with the city and with the people. The streets have been extended in all directions ; business blocks, and many elegant residences and public buildings, as well as com- fortable homes, have been multiplied as demanded by the un- checked growth of the city, and Manchester has become, in pop- ulation, business, and wealth, at least one tenth of the state. She pays one ninth of the state tax, produces one eighth of the manufactured goods made in the state, is the fourth city in the Union in the value of her cotton and woollen manufactures, the third city in New England in increase, and the first city in the world in liberality and enterprise. Her people are a working people, self-reliant, ambitious, sagacious, energetic, and pros- perous. The earliest enumeration which we find of the inhabitants of New Hampshire was made in 1680, when the province contained only four towns, and there were in the state " between two and three hundred voters." The lands which we cultivate, the riv- ers, the forests, the valleys, and the mountains, were then owned and occupied by a different race of the human family, of which little is known , for they have been exterminated by the Euro- peans, and most of their memories perished with them. Among these natives the various tribes on the Merrimack river and its tributaries were numerous and powerful, and around the falls of Amoskeag have been discovered many traces of the Indians who here enjoyed their best fishing-grounds. The Manchester of to-day is the wonderful outgrowth of a town which once had the name of being the poorest in the state. It was of so little value, except for the fish which were so plenty in its rivers and brooks, that no one thought of settling upon the territory unless above or below the worthless sand dunes of Harrytown. In 177.5 the town contained only a population of 285 souls, and these were settled above the falls and down at Goffe's below, all some distance from the falls, though now within the city 376 NOTES ON PRINTING. limits. In 1790 the population had increased to 362 ; in 1800 the number of inhabitants was 615 ; in 1820 the total was 761 ; in 1830, 837; in 1840 the number was 3,234; in 1843, 5,000; in 1844,6,036; in 1846,10,125; in 1878,28,000; in 1880, 32,458 ; and in 1882, 36,543 ; in 1884, 38,000,— Harrytown, Tyngstown, Derry field, and parts of other towns having been absorbed by Manchester. Manchester Eagle. An advertising sheet commenced De- cember 16, 1879, by T. H. Tuson, No. 885 Elm street. Size 11 by 8 inches. Consequently some thought the name Eaglet" would have been more appropriate. It did not cause much excitement among any but advertisers, who liked it because the editor promised that if it injured any one he would have the bird caged at once. Manchester Illustrated Bulletin. A quarterly semi-occa- sional, and sometimes oftener, publication, in the interests of the people, and for the amusement and benefit of the whole communit}', was, in 1873, commenced by J. W. C. Pickering. Terms : Nothing, payable in advance. Notes at 10 per cent, interest. Size, royal. This was, of course, an intensely funny paper, and had a large circulation. The illustrations were very appropriate, and as laughable as the Bulletin. Manchester Engine. This was not a machine for throwing water, for propelling vessels, railway trains, &c., as one might suppose, but a journal of fun and frolic intended to make the melancholy smile and the blue devils scamper away. It was published in 1840 without exposing the names of printers or editor, and was illustrated with comical wood-cuts. The editor of this paper once, with a relative residing in Washington, visited the treasury department and the vaults where millions of revenue have been stored. The guide, notic- ing the interest of the young editor in the packages of bills, which had the value of the contents printed in plain figures on the outside of each, picked up a package marked $10,000,000, and, handing it to the editor, inquired, "What would you do with that if it were all your own?" " I 'd go directly back to Manchester and start a daily newspaper," replied the editor. "Try me, and see!" The guide, as he replaced the precious package, said he wished he could bestow the money where it MANCHESTER PRESS. 377 would be so well expended, and said, " You can state that you have actually had the amount in your hands." Manchester Mercantile Advertiser. This was commenced July 3, 1885, by Charles H. Chase, and published weekly for about five months, at No. 49 Elm street, at 25 cents per annum, in advance. Size, llj by 7| inches, and was printed by Potter & Davis. Mr. Chase, the editor, was a book-seller, a dealer in dry goods, and a watch-maker and jeweller. His paper was filled with miscellaneous matter, spicy editorials, and advertise- ments. After discontinuing the Advertiser, he was connected with the Saturday Messenger. The Advertiser gives its readers, the merchants, a gentle hint about advertising in the following parody of the Willow song : A merchant alone in a desolate store Sang " Willow, tit-willow, tit-willow!" I said to him, " Why are you pacing the floor, Singing 'Willow, tit-willow, tit-willow'?" "Alas!" he replied, as he smothered his cries, " I thought it was nonsense to advertise. And now I've no custom except the flies : O willow, tit-willow, tit-willow !" Manchester Daily Mirror and American — a paper which was established in 1850, and has grown up with the city to be the leading paper in it, and is taken by all the people who have money to spend in this thriving place of 38,000 inhabitants, whose cotton mills produce 245 miles of cloth every day, and whose mechanics build fifteen locomotives each month and fifty steam fire-engines a year, and an endless variety of other products of skill and industry. The manufacturing corpora- tions employ 11,000 operatives, and pay over $400,000 in monthly wages. Hon. John B. Clarke, the editor and proprietor of this paper, was born at Atkinson, N. H., Jan. 30, 1820, and entered Dart- mouth college at the age of nineteen years, graduating in 1843. He studied law, and was admitted to the bar of Hillsborough county in 1848. From 1849 until 1851 he travelled in Califor- nia, Central America, and Mexico ; but in 1851 he returned to Manchester and established himself as a lawyer, applying him- 378 NOTES ON PRINTING. self to the practice of his profession with success, until Febru- ary, 1852, when, at the request of Mr. Joseph C. Emerson, he took charge of the editorial department of the Daily Mirror, which paper he purchased ; and subsequently he purchased the Daily and WeeMy American, the Weekly Democrat, Axidi the New Hampshire Journal of Agriculture, and combined them with the Mirror, changing the name of the Dollar Mirror to Mirror and Farmer, and the Daily Mirror to Mirror and American. [For a full notice of Mr. Clarke, written by John "W. Moore, see " Successful New Hampshire Men," pages 311 to 316. J MiRROK AND Farmer, published at Manchester, N. H.j was established in 1850, and has a larger circulation than any other weekly agricultural and family paper published in New England, except one. Since its enlargement in 1882 it has gained more than 11,000 subscribers, and its circulation is now more than 25,000. It circulates on its merits. Every person who sub- scribes for it does so because he or she wants it, and pays for it in advance, — a fact which makes it an exception to every other of its class in the Eastern states. It circulates chiefly in the four northern states of New England, but reaches patrons in every other Northern and "Western state, clear to the Pacific coast. Its readers number more than 150,000. They read it carefully and thoroughly, and believe in it. They include not only the intelligent, progressive, well-to-do farmers, but the most prosperous and enterprising tradesmen, who have many wants, and the money to pay for what they need. They buy freely and pay promptly. The editor says, — " The advertising rates of the Mirror and Farmer are, in proportion to its circulation and influence, lower than those of any other agricultural paper in the country, being but 18 cents each agate line, $2.52 an inch, for each insertion, with liberal discounts for large orders." The circulation of the Mirror and Farmer, November, 1885, as lam informed, is 25,440 copies weekly. Arthur E. Clarke, the elder son of John B. Clarke, was born in Manchester, May 13, 1854, and graduated at Chandler Scien- tific School, Hanover, in 1875. He has travelled in Europe, and in- 1879 published, for private circulation, a volume of his letters written for the Mirror while on his tour. In the Mirror MANCHESTER PRESS. 379 office he fills any place wanted, — generally writing the reviews, and looking after the condensing of news, the agricultural de- partment, and the making up of the Mirror and Farmer. William C. Clarke was born in Manchester, March 17, 1856, and graduated at Chandler Scientific School, Hanover, in 1876. He is married, and in the Daily Mirror office occupies the re- sponsible position of chief local reporter and city journalist. These sons are great helps to their father, the editor and pro- prietor ; and the three are capable of making the Mirror, both the daily and weekly, more and more acceptable to the people of New England and the whole country, every year. Mirror Printing Establishment. This turns out a very large amount of work in all departments annually, and for six years of its existence did the state printing. Mr. Clarke, in addition to all his other work, has published, within a few years, " San- born's History of New Hampshire," " Clarke's History of Man- chester," " Successful New Hampshire Men," and his annual " Manchester Directory." Books can be written, printed, bound, and made ready for sale, all in this establishment. Mr. Clarke informs me, that " to say nothing of miscellaneous job-work, he has averaged three forms of book-work a day for two weeks in November, 1885. Formerly, one form a day was considered rapid work." Speaking of his newspapers, Mr. Clarke says, — " Nothing has astonished him so much during thirty-three years last past, or in his whole experience in journalism, as the grad- ual increase in the circulation of the Mirror and Farmer, which will soon reach 26,000 copies per week." Eight-Page Mirror. December 22, 1885, the editor says, — " The Mirror and American of to-day is an eight-page paper of forty-eight columns — just double its size six years ago. It will never be any smaller while we own it. Compared with the little Mirror that was established in Manchester in 1850, and that came into our hands two years later, this is a mammoth sheet. It is also, by comparison, at least, a very costly, bright, newsy, and influential journal. But it is no larger and no better than its patrons deserve, or than their handsome support warrants. It is necessary, in order to give advertisers ample space and readers all the news, comment, correspondence, and diversified miscellany, which, in these days of sharp newspaper competi- 380 NOTES ON PRINTING. tion, wonderful newspaper enterprise, and great newspaper re- sources, they naturally expect in a paper that keeps abreast of the times. This generation is one of voracious readers, shrewd and courageous advertisers, and no small paper satisfies either class. Happily, this is also a time when white paper is very cheap, when machinery does wonderful work, and when a paper with a great constituency behind it can afford to give a great deal for a little money. " So the eight-page daily Mirror and American has come to stay. Its shadow will never be less. It is not our habit to make promises for the future in regard to the Mirror. When we are ready to take a step in advance, we take it. "We are ready now, and we go ahead. We shall be ready again when- ever it is prudent, perhaps very soon, for the patronage of the Mirror establishment grows beyond anything we dreamed of ten years ago. The daily never^before had as many subscribers or as valuable advertising support as now, and in three years the circulation of the Mirror and Farmer has grown from a little over 13,000 to 25,440, with a corresponding increase ia influence and advertising receipts." Manchester Mirror. This is the title by which the Daily Mirror, the Mirror and American, the Mirror and Farmer, or Weekly Mirror, all by Hon. John B. Clarke, are called and known in the state and city better than by any of the other titles applied before the separate papers were united. To show to what dimensions the Mirror has grown, I copy from an article published in 1885 by Mr. Clarke on " Newspaper Postage," in which he says, — Of course we have a pecuniary interest in this matter, a larger one we dare say than any of our readers suppose, but we intend to ask nothing that is not right ; and that we want. Our postage bill during the last six months of 1884 was eleven hundred and thirty-one dollars and eighty-nine cents, and for the first six months of this year it will be more than that; and this we say is too much to pay for distributing the weekly Mikroe AND Farmer, even though its circulation be nearly 28,000, because it is twice as much as it costs the post-office department to do the work ; and it is not and should not be the policy of the government to make money out of its postal business. Until a comparatively recent period news- paper postage was paid by subsci'ibers, and being scattered in small amounts was little felt ; but when it was all loaded upon publishers it MANCHESTER PRESS. 381 became a burden which, to say the least, should be no heavier than is necessary to meet the actual cost." Roger Williams Woodbdrt, editor of the Daily Times of Denver, Col., was born March 3, 1841, at Francestown, N. H., and in " his teens" learned the printer's trade in the office of the Manchester Mirror. When the Rebellion broke out he be- came a private soldier, and rose through the regular grades to captain, and was chief of ordinance of the Tenth Army Corps on the staff of Major-Genera;l A. H. Terry. Returning after the war, he became local editor of the Mirror until 1866, when he went to the Colorado gold mines ; but he soon " returned to his first love," and became managing editor and part proprietor of the Daily Tribune at Denver, which he sold in December, 1871,. to another party, and in 1872 he commenced the Daily Times, an afternoon journal, which proved to be the best paying news- paper property in the state. Rounds' Printers' Cabinet men- tions the Times printing-office as one of the best between St.. Louis and San Francisco, and Capt. Woodbury as a gallant sol- dier, an excellent editor, a self-made gentleman, and an 18° Grand Master Mason, whose strong arm, stout heart, and good; principles have given him an elevated position, with the confi- dence and esteem of his fellow-citizens. A son of the captain- is now one of the proprietors of the Times. Henry M. Putney was born at East Andover, N. H., and has long been connected with the Manchester Mirror and Amer- ican. He is the author of the humorous political letters over the signature of " Put's Boy," which have attracted much atten- tion. One of his brothers is editor of the Nebraska Signal^ Fairmount, Neb. The father, Henry Putney, formerly lived in Dunbarton, N. H., and was a director of the Amoskeag Bank. The mother, Abigail M. Putney, died at East Andover, in Feb- ruary, 1886, aged 71 years. She was a very energetic, vigor- ous woman, both in body and mind, and bequeathed to the large family which she raised many of her strong mental and physical characteristics. To her children she was a most devoted mother : her life was bound up in them. She gave to them a love of uncommon strength, tenderness, and unselfishness, and her supremest happiness was in adding to their well-being. These 382 NOTES ON PRINTING. children numbered eight, seven of whom are alive to-day to mourn a mother who idolized them. Miss Olive Rand, for many years connected with the Mir- ror and American as a local writer and proof-reader, in March, 1886, commenced a series of "Letters from the Land of the Aztecs," where she is now for the second time visiting, and gath- ering most valuable and interesting information for publication. In 1884 Miss Rand published "A Vacation Excursion from Massachusetts Bay to Puget Sound," a book 12mo size of 203 pages, and her series of " Letters-from the Land of the Aztecs" will be of like value ; these are published in the Daily Mirror, 1886. First Settlers in the Territory of Manchester. A cor- respondent of the Mirror says, — Existing records inform us that the first white settlement upon any part of the territory now embraced in the boundaries of Manchester was made in 1722 by John Goffe, Jr., Edward Lingfield, and Benjamin Kidder, who came from Massachusetts, and built homes for themselves and their fam- ilies on Cohas brook, Gofife's house being nearly opposite the falls that have since been known as GofFe's falls. Eleven years afterwards, in 1733, a settlement was made at Amoskeag falls on the Merrimack river by Archibald Stark, John McNeil, and John Riddell, who came from Nutfield, now Londonderry, supposing that the lands on the east side of the river, then Harrytown, were included in a grant to Londonderry. John Goffb came to Londonderry from Boston with the first Scotch Irish emigrants to that town. He was born in Boston in 1679. He came from Londonderry to reside with his son, John Goflfe, Jr., on Cohas brook, where he remained until his death, August 9, 1748, aged 69 years. John, Jr., became a distinguished officer in the French and Indian wars. He died in Bedford at the age of 85 years. Benjamin Kidder came here in 1722, probably from Billerica, Mass. His father-in-law was John Goffe. He was one of Lovewell's soldiers, was taken sick at Ossipee lake, and did not long survive. Edward Lingfield married a daughter of John Goffe, Esq., and set- tled here about 1722. He was with Lovewell at Ossipee. Archibald Stark: was born in Scotland in 1693, and came to Lon- donderry, and later to Harrytown, in 1736, and was the father of Gen. John Stark. He died in June, 1758, aged 65 years. John Hall came to this country about 1730. He settled at the Cen- tre, and kept the Hall tavern, which was destroyed by fire in 1852. He was instrumental in procuring the charter of Derryiield in 1751. MANCHESTER PRESS. 383 John McNeil came to Harrytown from Londonderry, and was the first settler at the great falls in 1733, on land between Elm and Canal streets. He was the father of Gen. John McNeil. In 1735 Ephraim Ilildreth and several other Massachusetts men re- ceived, as a reward for services in the wars with the Indians, a grant of a tract of land three miles wide on the east bank of Merrimack river, extending from Suncook to Litchfield, and Mr. Ilildreth built a saw-mill upon Cohas brook, which was the first mill built in Manchester, This grant was of the territory of Harrytown, but Hildreth's party gave it the name of Tyngsborough, in honor of Captain William Tyug, under whom they had served as soldiers ; and it was for a time called Tyngstown. In 1740, after the boundary line between New Hampshire and Massachu- setts was settled, Tyngstown, being in New Hampshire, was, on Septem- ber 3, 1751, incorporated as Derryfield, the first town-meeting being held on the ninth day of that month at Manchester Centre, where for nearly a hundred years Hall's tavern and other buildings were used for transact- ing town business. The people of Derryfield made some progress, but progress was slow until after the Revolutionary war. Until 1740 Massa- chusetts had claimed all the lands on the southerly side of New Hamp- shire, beginning at the sea, and running from thence northward to the crotch, which united the Pemigewasset and Winnipiseogee rivers in the present town of Franklin — thence due west to the south sea, or Pacific ocean ! In 1792 a bridge across the Merrimack river was built at the foot of the present Bridge street, and called McGregor's bridge. It did good service until 1815, when it was replaced by another, which was carried away by a freshet in 1861. It was named for Robert McGregor, who lived just across the river in Goffstown. In 1881 a very excellent bridge was built to take the place of its predecessor, and given the same name. It is a double decked iron structure, with stone piers. It spans both canals and the river, and its cost was about $80,000. In 1794 a canal was commenced around Amoskeag falls, and was finished in 1807. Manchester Workman — a campaign paper, commenced July 4, 1840, by Joseph C. Emerson, of the Memorial, advocating the claims of Gen. Wm. Henry Harrison for president of the United States, and which was discontinued after he was elected. It was 16^ by 11^ inches in size, called a royal sheet, and was continued until January 1, 1841, for 50 cents a year in advance. Motto, " Let us improve every opportunity to disseminate truth." OflSce, No. 43 Elm street. The editorial head of this paper presents a log cabin, with the clothes hanging upon the line at one end, and the cows in front, back scenery woods ; and the 384 NOTES ON PRINTING. editor is supposed to be inside writing his address, in whicli he says, — "We have heretofore been a friend and supporter of the administration, believing its principles right ; but now we doubt their correctness, and shall seek a change, and shall support Gen. Harrison." Manchester Weekly Budget — a thirty-six column, massive newspaper, commenced on Saturday, June 16, 1883, at No. 21, Globe block, Hanover street, at $2.00 a year ; William M. Ken- dall, Jr., and David M. Ladd being announced as the editors and proprietors. In the opening editorial, the editors say, — " We like the jingle of Manchester; our latch-string is on the outside ; we have nailed our flag to the mast, and if we do not get starved out, we have come to stay. We have taken as a motto, 'Fear God, tell the truth, and make money.'" The Budget shows a neat and well balanced head, is chatty, and full of common talk ; and presents the mills of the city, with the public buildings, well grouped. The paper is certainly large enough to contain the doings and sayings of the people in-doors and out. Its inside pages are devoted to local topics, and the outside, to miscellaneous and other matters calculated to be of interest to all its readers, old or young. The Budget, in 1885, claimed to have a circulation, in the city and near-by towns, of 8,000 copies. It is now published at 1020 Elm street. William Martin Kendall was boru in Woodstock, Vt., November 24, 1854 ; educated in the common schools at Wood- stock, Vt., and Lebanon, N. H. ; attended Vermont Methodist Seminary at Montpelier two terms ; acquired balance of educa- tion by serving a three years apprenticeship in the office of the Granite State Free Press, E. H. Cheney, proprietor, at Leba- non ; published Youth's Standard (monthly) at Lebanon, 1872- '73, and Young American, same town, 1874 ; started the New Hampshire Weekly News and Connecticut Miver Valley News in January, 1876. The last two publications were merged in the Laconia Democrat (Laeonia, N. H.), in June, 1876, when Mr. Kendall succeeded 0. A. H. Vaughan, deceased. In con- nection with the last newspaper, Mr. Kendall started the Graf- ton County Democrat at Plymouth, in January, 1878 ; disposed of the above papers to Lewis & Vaughan, July 1, 1878; estab- lished Kendall's Dollar Weekly at Lebanon, Jan. 1, 1879, and MANCHESTER PRESS. 385 continued the same one year, after which he was associate edi- tor of the Argus and Patriot, Montpelier, Vt., for some time ; in 1881 was New England travelling agent and special correspon- dent for the Boston Post; located in Manchester in March, 1883, and started the Budget, with David M. Ladd, June 16, 1883, under the firm name of Kendall & Ladd. David Marshall Ladd was born in Enfield, N. H., Nov. 5, 1859, and was educated in the common schools of Enfield; graduated at Canaan Union Academy Aug. 22, 1876 ; published Advertiser (monthly — first and only regular publication printed in the town) at Enfield, 1877-8, in connection with job-print- ing business ; removed to Boston, Mass., January, 1880, where he was employed by Perry, Cook & Tower, 105 Bedford street ; was New England travelling agent for Richardson, Howe & Lovejoy, nearly two years ; established the Boston Novelty Ad- vertising Co. in 1882 (Chas. E. Daniel and Wm. Haywood, partners), and continued the same till May, 1883, when he located in Manchester, and associated himself with William M. Kendall in the publishing of the Weekly Budget. Manchester Daily Budget was commenced on Monday, February 15, 1886, by the publishers of the WeeMy Budget. The editor says, — " It will be issued every evening for the pres- ent. The Budget is the only journalistic friend the working people have in Manchester." The paper is of large size, 24 columns to the number, and is filled wholly with matters relat- ing to the lock-out. Number 2 of this paper says, — " The Budget is gratified to observe that the brakemen in the various sections of the country are organizing to reduce their perils and increase their incomes. The Budget bids them G-od-speed." LovETT M. Wood, of the Budget office, went to Brooklyn, N. Y., in August, 1884, and Herbert W. Eastman succeeded him as local editor. Mr. Wood became the proprietor of the Maple Leaf, a humorous paper published in Albert county. New Bruns- wick. Orren C. Moorb was born at New Hampton, N. H., Aug. 10, 1839 ; learned printing in the office of his brother, F. A. Moore, at La Crosse, Wis. He worked in the American office at Man- chester, N. H., several years. In 1866 he became connected with the Nashua Telegraph, and November, 1867, was its editor. 25 386 NOTES ON PRINTING. He erected the Telegraph block at a cost of $32,000, where the paper is now printed. March 1, 1869, Moore & Langley com- menced the Daily Telegraph. Previous to going to Nashua, Mr. Moore and James O. Adams were managers of the daily and weekly American, at Manchester. Cornelius Van Ness Dearborn was born in Corinth, Vt., May 14, 1832. He came to Manchester in March, 1854, and studied law with Hon. I. W. Smith, and was admitted to the bar in 1855. He went to Nashua and became connected with the Nashua Telegraph after the death of Albin Beard, September, 1862, and sold it to O. C. Moore, — since which he has been reg- ister of probate, and treasurer of the Nashua & Lowell Eailroad. Mr. Dearborn died suddenly at his home in Nashua, Sunday, April 19, 1886, of congestion of the liver, aged 54 years. He was a lawyer by profession, but had been mostly engaged in the banking business. For more than thirty years he was the national bank examiner for New Hampshire, an oflSce which he held at his death, and had been prominently connected with the management of several Nashua banks. He was a good citizen, a successful business man, and a reliable gentleman, whose loss will be widely felt. Manchester Republican — published every Thursday, at No. 85 Merchants Exchange, Elm street, by B. F. Stanton & Co., at $1.00 a year in advance. The company consisted of B. F. Stanton, H. Canlield, and 0. C. Moore. The paper was com- menced in 1859. The publishers were practical printers, and performed most of their work with their own hands. The Be- publican was not the organ of any persons but the publishers ; and the editors said at the outset, — " When we find that we cannot sail our craft ourselves, we shall haul down our colors, and let the thing go ashore." Of this Republican company. Hector Canfleld became a clergyman, and settled at North Attleboro', Mass. ; Orren C. Moore became proprietor of the Nashua Telegraph. The Republican changed its name under the management of the company, while Canfleld was preaching at Pittsfleld, and was for a time known as the City Messenger and Manchester True JRepublican, by Stanton & Canfleld. Manchester Traders' Circular — a monthly journal, devoted to the interests of the business community ; published by F. W. MANCHESTER PRESS. 387 Fitts and G. H. Tanswell. It was begun Oct. 1, 1872 ; terms, fifty cents a year. It was printed by C. F. Livingston, in "Wells block. Manchester Transcript. This was a new name applied to the Manchester Allodium after it had passed into the hands of E. D. Boylstou ; and was devoted to religion, literature, educa- tion, and local and general information. In a short time it was removed to Great Falls, N. H., where it ceased to exist. Manchester Trade Journal — a synopsis of the leading man- ufacturers and merchants ; devoted to the best interests of the city. It was printed by Livingston & Kimball, and was a large 28-coluran paper, for gratuitous circulation, in 1882. The editor says, — " The power of print is well known, but not well under- stood. A printed sentence has a wonderful advantage over one that is written or spoken. This is one of the many reasons which gives an importance to advertising. But advertisers, even those of experience, do not comprehend as well as they might the capacity to influence, to persuade, to convince, which lies in printed matter. Spoken words require the graces of elo- cution and the force of eloquence, yet even then fade away into nothingness if not caught in their flight and printed. But there is something in the silent language, the quiet assertion, and the sense of permanence about printed matter, which gives it a marvellous force and influence. Business men should never per- mit themselves to lose sight of what may be accomplished by a persevering use of the printing-press. Learn to advertise, and then the ' how, when, and where' of it, and you will have a knowledge worth having." Herbert W. Eastman was born in Lowell, Mass., Nov. 3, 1857, and attended the public schools in that city until he was thirteen years old. He then moved to Boston, and was em- ployed in a wholesale and retail importing house until 1873, when he came to Manchester to reside. He went to the Lincoln street grammar school, and graduated in the class of '74. Soon afterwards he went to work in the Mirror office, at first having charge of the daily mailing department, and in spare hours studying wood engraving, gaining the principles of the art by the aid of a half dozen tools, a hand-book, and a little ingenuity. Several articles upon agricultural and other subjects were illus- 388 NOTES ON PRINTING. trated by cuts of his making. In 1875 he left the Mirror and entered the employ of Campbell & Hanscom, publishers of the Union. In this office he was employed in every department, from the press-room to reportorial and editorial work, and proof- reading. When the Union was made a morning daily by Hutchins, Eiedel & Co., in November, 1879, he was assistant local re- porter. When Edgar J. Knowlton, who was at the head of the local department, resigned, June 6, 1880, Mr. Eastman was pro- moted to the city editorship of the paper, which position he held untilJan. 22, 1881, when he resigned on account of ill-health. After a severe illness of two years, he accepted a position on the Analecta, published in Dunbarton. In August, 1883, he was offered the city editorship of the Union, but declined. Aug. 1, 1884, he became city editor of the Weekly Budget, of Man- chester, also having charge of all country news items, doing some of the drawing for cartoons, and writing numerous local articles of a historical and industrial nature. He now holds the same position. Methodist Witness, The, was issued Nov. 1, 1884, by the First Methodist Episcopal church of Manchester. Its make-up is largely of advertisements, but it contains some good reading matter, among which is an essay read by the Rev. J. W. Presby, pastor of the church, before a centennial meeting of the denom- ination. The publication of the sheet is due to the efficiency and energy of Mr. Presby. Manchester Weekly Times — a large-size, independent family newspaper, commenced by Everett Brothers, and published at 1100 Elm street. It was edited by H. H. Everett and A. G. Everett. Price, $1.50 a year. It was discontinued in 1883, and the establishment was sold at auction in June, 1883. [See Times.] Manchester Standard — an advertising and miscellaneous paper, four pages quarto ; commenced April, 1885, by Talbot & Co., opposite City hall. Advertising in Japan sometimes attains a height of originality and force unsurpassed in the most progressive country. A book-seller of Tokio advertises, — " Books elegant as a singing girl ; print clear as crystal ; paper tough as elephant's hide. MANCHESTER PRESS. 389 Parcels done up with as much care as that bestowed on her hus- band by a loving wife," — and other advantages which, it is strange to say, the advertiser finds " too many for language to express." — Foreign Letter. Manchester Whig— commenced January, 1852 ; size. If by 1 inch ; enlarged March 20, 1852— size, 2 by 2f inches. Pub- lished every now and then by J. S. Moulton, at the Whig oflBce, No. 9 Concord street. Charge for advertising, one cent for every six lines, each insertion. Three volumes of this paper were published, making 21 numbers. Jacob S. Moulton was born in Manchester, April 30, 1837, and died Aug. 28, 1859, aged 22 years. Manchester Saturday Messenger — a weekly journal, devoted to literature, education, science, the arts, mechanics, agricult- ure, amusement, and general intelligence — was commenced at Manchester, Nov. 29, 1845, by Charles W. Chase. On March 28, 1846, it was published by J. E. Davis, Jr., and Israel P. Chase. Aug. 15, 1847, it was sold to William H. Gilmore and Israel P. Chase. Joseph Kidder was its editor from its com- mencement until Nov. 20, 1847, when Mr. Chase became its editor until June 24, 1848 ; then Francis F. Forsaith took charge of that department. On Nov. 24, 1849. the paper was published by Gage & Forsaith, No. 6 Union building, at $1 per annum. It appeared in a new dress, and was enlarged by the addition of one column to each page, and with a new head, showing as a vignette the state and city coat-of-arms, as well as a view on Canal street, foot of Stark street, and the Amos- keag mills, with the Print Works in the distance. This was de- signed by H. W. Herrick, and engraved by J. W. Stafford. Mr. Forsaith was succeeded, Jan. 25, 1851, by Benjamin F. Wallace. Up to this time the Messenger had been neutral in politics, but Mr. Wallace made it an advocate of old national Whig princi- ples, advocating also American labor and honest industry as the main pillars of national prosperity. When Mr. Forsaith disposed of his interest in the Messenger to Mr. Wallace, of Bedford, the paper had, under Forsaith, been well and judiciously managed, and he retired with fewer enemies than usually falls to the lot of the editorial fraternity at such times. Mr. Wallace changed the purposes of the paper when he hoisted the Whig flag, and at the 390 NOTES ON PRINTING. same time he supplied an unusual amount of editorial matter. In November, 1851, Mr. Wallace became sole proprietor; and in April, 1852, after being in it a year and three months, he said " the change from neutral to Whig lost him only a few subscrib- ers, and that they were rabid Democrats." Oct. 23, 1852, the Messenger was removed to Patten's building, sold, and united with the weekly American, and called the American and Messen- ger. It was now published by Abbott, Jenks & Co., and was enlarged, furnished with a new head, and published Saturday, at $1.50 per annum. This firm also published a daily paper. Joseph Kidder was in 1842 connected with the Manchester Democrat, in which was merged the Manchester Representative. He was also concerned in the Manchester Memorial, to which was united his People's Herald; was once editor of the Advocate of Democracy; was one of the proprietors of the Saturday Messen- ger, and was a writer for several other papers. He was, from 1881 to March, 1884, editor of the department devoted to the Independent Order of Odd Fellows, in the Concord, N. H., Statesman, but was never for any great length of time editor or proprietor of any one paper, though his name has appeared quite often as a temporary editor or owner of quite a number of the newspapers of Manchester. Dr. Israel P. Chase was in 1875 one of the publishers of the Hillsborough Messenger. He was in early life a practical printer, and was interested in printing and publishing until the death of his son, James P. Chase, when he sold his printing-office to Holton & Thompson. Massabesio. This was a very elegantly printed weekly paper for gratuitous distribution, devoted to social news in Manchester and vicinity, and published in the interest of the Massabesio house, during the season of 1878, by W. C. Offut & Co., circu- lating 3,000 copies weekly. It was an eight-page paper; size of page, 12-^ by 9|- inches. It was made very interesting by short stories, poems, and some of the thousand and one exciting legends of the lake. Printed by Livingston & Kimball, 10 Mar- ket street, Manchester ; commenced June 1, 1878, and continu- . ing until the close of the season, October, 1878. The first steamboat, " Daisy," was placed upon the lake this season by H. J. Eaton, of Concord, N. H. MANCHESTER PRESS. 391 Masonic Temple Bulletin. The temple was destroyed by the great fire of July 8, 1870. It was erected in 1855, and cost $50,000. A new temple, of French style, was erected, and ded- icated Dec. 26, 1870, on the same ground, on Hanover street. It was four stories high, with a Mansard roof. This paper contains the advertising business of the firms occupying the building. Size, lOf by 7f inches. There are in Manchester nearly 200 distinct organizations and associations, such as the Masonic, Odd Fellows, Knights orders, temperance, benevolent, relief, German, French, Irish, religious, and other societies and clubs ; also a large number of companies for miscellaneous manufac- tures ; some dozen military companies and bands ; several or- chestras and singing societies ; some literary and art clubs, and many secret lodges. There are 25 halls that are used more or less for the different organized societies, — Music hall, Smyth's hall, the City hall, and the Opera house generally being selected for operatic, theatrical, musical, and concert purposes. A num- ber of halls are in the large blocks and public buildings. There are nearly 300 streets and roads in the city. Lord Montague, Grand Master of England in 1733, appointed Henry Rice Grand Master of Massachusetts. Three years pre- vious, in 1730, Daniel Coxe, Grand Master of New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, warranted the first Masonic lodge in America — St. John's lodge of Philadelphia. Merchants' Own Journal. " Independent in everything, neutral in nothing." Commenced November, 1848, by W. N. Haradon and F. D. Storer ; office. No. 2 Museum building ; 2,000 copies distributed every week gratuitously. Terms for persons who desire the paper regularly, $1 a year. Size, 14 by 9 inches. Published every Saturday morning. Manchester was young when this paper was commenced, but it was well printed, and the editor says, — " Onward is the order of the day, and we do not mean to be found behind the times." Messenger. Published by the ladies of the Christian society, November 18, 1880 ; size, 11^ by 8J inches. Motto, " Charity for all." " There is a newspaper field for women which is very little cultivated. It is the conducting of local newspapers, the weekly home papers of the country towns that give the events of the locality in which they are 392 NOTES ON PRINTING. printed. I want to tell you what I struck in my travels, when I was play- ing tramp printer. It was in Massillon, Ohio. There was an office there where a weekly paper was printed, which was conducted in all its depart- ments by women. The proprietors were two sisters. They were both type-setters. They had a female apprentice. The elder sister was the editor, but the younger one was a good local writer. They had a 'patent outside' for the paper. All the rest of the work these three persona did. They even ran the press, on which they printed an edition of 900 or 1,000. It was a power press, one of the drum cylinder kind that turned with a big crank. Occasionally they sent out and hired a man to turn this press for them on publication day, but often they worked the press themselves. They were none too rich, and they saved this expense if possible. The peculiar feature of the office was its extreme neatness. There were no piles of dirt swept up into corners. There was no ' pi' under the stands that bore the cases. There was a pot or two of flowers in each window, and a canary bird sang in a cage above the type-rack. The old tramps ranging through the country then used to go in and take a look at the office. It was different from anything else they saw anywhere. They used to shake their heads, and go off muttering. They never asked for work. They knew that they could n't spit tobacco juice on the floor of such an office. There was no ' hell box' in which to dump their ' pi,' and it did n't seem homelike to them ; so they gave it a wide berth. The proprietors got married. Their weddings were within the same month. The office was sold to a man. The flowers wilted. The canary died. It is worth while to note, though, that two successful political newspapers in Ohio, one in Alliance and one in Circleville, have been edited by women. Their names are Mrs. Mattie McClellan Brown and Miss Lillie Darst. Miss Darst was once record clerk of the Ohio sen- ate." — New York Tribune. Methodist — an advertising sheet for the fair of St. Paul's Methodist Episcopal Society, December 16, 1869. This church was organized December 16, 1839, and built a chapel on the corner of Hanover and Chestnut streets, where the residence of Nathan Parker now stands.* In 1843 they built a brick church on Elm street, but in 1882 sold it, and worshipped in Smyth's hall while building their new church, corner of Union and Am- herst streets, which they occupied in April, 1883. Monthly Advertiser — commenced Sept. 3, 1847, at the ofl5ce of the Manchester American, by J. O. Adams ; issued for gratu- itous circulation, and as a medium for advertising ; size, 10 by * This land has beeu sold to the U. S. government, on which will be erected a govern- ment building. MANCHESTKR PRESS. 393 12 inches. It was the intention that the Advertiser should take the place of handbills, giving to merchants the benefit of cheap advertising. Monthly Review of standard and popular books and music, commenced June, 1882, by C. H. Kimball, Post-office block, Manchester, N. H. ; 34 pages 8moto each number. It is chiefly an advertising monthly, with music. Monthly Literary Union — an illustrated periodical, devoted to choice literature, science, and art ; issued as a supplement to the Manchester Daily Union and Union Democrat, by Campbell & Hanscom, new Union building, Manchester street ; price, to non-subscribers, 10 cents per copy. This was a very valuable publication, and was sent without charge to all advance paying subscribers to the Union Democrat. It does not bear any date, but 12 numbers comprise a volume. Moore's Musical Record was begun at Manchester, January, 1867, and was published monthly by John W. Moore & Co. until 1870, when Mr. Moore became the editor of the New Hampshire Journal of Music. The Record was then discon- tinued ; but the name Musical Record was afterwards given to a paper started by Oliver Ditson & Co., of Boston, who still publish it weekly ; and it has been edited by Dexter Smith. John W. Moore was born at Andover, N. H., April 11, 1807. [See pages 113, 114, 150. J In 1827 he commenced his first weekly newspaper in Maine. In 1838 he commenced the Bel- lows Falls Gazette, which is now the Bellows Falls Times. Dur- ing the twenty-three years of his residence in Vermont, he was appointed postmaster by Hon. Francis Granger, in 1841 ; re- appointed by Hon. C. A. "Wickliff, in 1843 ; and again by Hon. N. K. Hall, in 1850. In 1863 Mr. Moore removed to Man- chester, N. H., where he has since resided. For a list of his publications, see "Bibliography of Manchester," published in 1885. The Musical Record, speaking of Goffe's Falls, says, — " Opposite Goflfe's Falls, on the west bank of the Merrimack, is an an- cient grave-yard. The inhabitants living there cannot tell when or by whom it was owned. They know that the land there had been cleared for more than one hundred years, and that skeletons have been exhumed, supposed to have been those of the aborigines, as some were buried in a 394 NOTES ON PRINTING. sitting posture, and all with their heads towards the south. Indian imple- ments of very excellent finish being found here made from green stone, it is supposed that there was an ancient settlement near, before the white people came. Goffe's Falls was the place where, in 1722, the first known white settlers of Manchester built a house. The name was originally applied to the falls on Cohas brook, and afterwards to the rapids in the Merrimack river, just above the mouth of the brook. It is likewise the name of a village, where there is a railroad station ; and a post-office was here established in 1872. The Derry mills are located at Goffe's Falls, and are three in number. There are three dams on the brook, with a fall of fifteen, thirteen, and nine feet respectively, amounting to one hundred and fifteen horse-power in all. These mills contain about thirty-five hun- dred spindles, and give employment to one hundred and sixty operatives. The average weekly production is fifteen thousand 3'ards of cassimere, two hundred dozen stockings, and four thousand pounds of shoddy, with a daily consumption of five hundred pounds of wool. One mill, with eight looms and six men, makes four hundred yards of crash towelling each day. Col. John Goffe, in the seven-years war between the British and French, at one time, between 1754 and 1761, with Robert Rogers and John Stark as captains, did much good service. Goffe's men dressed in very odd clothes, wore their hair long, or tied in queues, their heads protected by woollen night-caps. Goffe's Falls at one time was known as Moore's village, but did not retain that name. Morgan, Walter M., of Manchester, in 1884 became the editor of the ^gis, a college journal, published at Hanover, N. H., by the students of Dartmouth college. Moloch of Orthodoxy, The, or the two faces of that system exhibited in caricature, with a burlesque on the sophistry by which the two are attempted to be reconciled. New Hampshire. A weekly newspaper, devoted to the mate- rial interests of the state and the promotion of all measures of public utility, commenced January 21, 1882, by Henry H. Met- calf , who was the editor and proprietor. It was an eight page quarto, 12J by 9f inches to the page. Price $1 per year in advance. The oflSce was at No. 7 Opera House block. The paper was excellent in every respect, and furnished much val- uable historical matter relative to the state. There are to be found in most new countries and states men hardy enough to brave the rigors of the ocean, to face the dangers of unexplored lands, and to endure the inclement seasons of an untried climate for the prospect of gain, or the hope of personal liberty. A MANCHESTER PRESS. 395 howling wilderness, inhabited by savages, or filled with wild animals, though its front may inspire awe, cannot subdue the desire of the adventurer. He fancies mines of wealth concealed in the recesses of every newly discovered place or country : golden dreams cheer his midnight slumbers, and inspirit his hours of wakefulness. The oppressed, and those who imagine they are heavily burdened by tyranny, as in the case of the Puritans who came to America in 1620, will court new dangers on sea and land to escape what is hateful to them in political or religious oppression. The prospect of gain, however, it seems evident, had a powerful influence with the early white settlers of the territory of New Hampshire and of Manchester, who were of different habits from the Plymouth, Mass., settlers. A few humble fishermen were the first permanent white settlers on the soil of the G-ranite State. They were fishermen at home, and were employed by speculators and traders of England to go to the new world to carry on the fishing business, and estab- lish trade with the natives of America in New England. Fish of all kinds were then plenty in all the waters of New Hamp- shire ; and in some of the rivers shad and salmon were so numerous as to crowd each other. A fisherman could scarcely put his hand into the water near Amoskeag falls without touching some of them ; and for many a year the alewives and lamprey eels were on the Merrimack river called " Derryfleld beef." It has been estimated that fish enough were annually salted down in the vicinity of Amoskeag falls to equal three hundred head of cattle. After the state became settled, it was not a rare thing to see a hundred men fishing along the river at one time ; and it was a common saying " that people around the falls ate so many shad that the bones protruding from their backs prevented the removal of their inside garments." The first settlers on the Piscataqua river and at Dover neck were proud of being called fishermen, because the Saviour chose many of his disciples from among the fishermen of Galilee ; and though the settlers at Odiorne's point and near the mouth of the river came there for gain, and for the benefit of those who em- ployed them, they were never ashamed of being called fish- mongers. The New Hampshire was a credit to its editor, and worthy of 396 NOTES ON PRINTING. support from the people of the state. No one but the editor of such a publication has a proper idea of the care or the time necessary in managing such an undertaking, nor does any one think of the fact that a capable editor does more for his readers by his selections than by the quantity of original matter he offers. An editor ought to be estimated and appreciated by the general tone of his periodical, its manliness and dignity. The mere writing part of editing is but a small portion of the work. New Hampshire Advertiser. A large size weekly paper, commenced in 1865 by Houghton Brothers as editors and pro- prietors, corner of Elm and Hanover streets : price $1 a year invariably in advance. It had a nicely engraved head, present- ing the native American in all his primeval dignity, the state seal, the dwelling of civilized man, and the angler taking fish from the flowing river, with a group of mountains as a back- ground for the hardy hunter. New Hampshire Journal op Education. This magazine was established in January, 1857, as the organ of the state teachers' association, and Edwin Bartholomew was the original publisher at No. 79 Merchants Exchange. Kev. William L. Gage, afterwards settled at Hartford, Conn., was the editor, with Jonathan Tenney, Benjamin F. Wallace, and Simeon D. Farnsworth, all of Manchester, as associate editors. These were not all the persons who were honored as editor's assistants, for nine other names are mentioned as associates, — George W. Gardner of New London, Joseph G. Hoyt of Exeter, Moses L. Morse of Dover, Aurin M. Payson of Portsmouth, Elihu T. Quimby of New Ipswich, Cyrus S. Richards of Meriden, Edwin D. Sanborn of Hanover, Milan S. Stebbins of Nashua, and Henry E. Sawyer of Great Falls ; but Mr. Gage appears to have been editor-in-chief. Such an array of talent has never ap- peared at the starting of any magazine here. The pamphlet in size was a common 8mo, of 32 pages to the number, having a printed paper cover, and was attractive in its make-up. After one number the name of Nathaniel E. Gage, m. d., appears as publisher, and after the fifth number the Journal was printed by Goodale & Farnsworth, No. 71 Merchants Exchange. One year from its commencement the Journal was removed to Concord, and was there continued until the end of the year MANCHESTER PKESS. 397 1862. Its removal was accompanied with a change of manage- ment. A non-resident board of twelve persons was chosen, and one resident of Concord, Mr. Sawyer, to conduct the publi- cation. It was now edited by Rev. Henry E. Sawyer, John P. Newell, and John W. Ray, all of Manchester. Rev. "William L. G-age, editor-in-chief, had been settled in Boston, Mass.,, but receiving a call from the Unitarian society of Manchester, came to them, and was ordained on June 25, 1856. On being appointed as editor of the Journal of Education in 1857, he said in the first number of that magazine that "he did not come before his audience with a formal bow, prefacing a pleasant, story, or a fine entertainment, but to meet his friends with g, hearty shake of the hand, and with a real sympathy, hoping he- might live to see the day when the schools of his native state- would not be behind those of any state in the country, nor the people of New Hampshire less liberal in supporting them.'" The Journal, after going to Concord, was printed by P. B.. Cogswell, Esq. John P. Newell was born at Barnstead, N. H., July 29, 1823 ; graduated at Dartmouth college in 1849 ; came to Man- chester in 1851 ; was mayor of the city in 1873. He was one of the editors of the Journal of Education for a year or more. Nation. The Nation is the name given to the Guardian,. now, May 31, 1884, discontinued, and hereafter to be known by the new name, and to be published by the Nation Printing Company every Saturday, Concord street, at $2 a year. The- paper is enlarged, and consists of eight pages folio, 14 by 20. Mr. P. J. Flood, who had been connected with the Guardian,. has sold his interest in that paper to Mr. C. L. Fitzpatrick. The editor of The Nation gives the reason why this new paper is begun, — that "through its columns the people can cry down that oppression which so closely resembles landlordism in Ire- land, and which caused so much misery and bloodshed in that unhappy country." The editor's name is not announced, but he promises to make "the overseers and mill-owners ashamed of themselves, — that is, if they be human, and believe that there is a God in heaven who is in higher authority than they are !" Fkancis Brown Eaton, son of Peter Eaton and Hannah Hale Kelley, was born in Candia, N. H., Feb. 26, 1825, and married 398 NOTES ON PRINTING. Lucretia, daughter of John Lane, Esq., and Nabby (Emerson) Lane, Jan. 1, 1854. He was educated at the common and high schools of Candia, and at the academy in Pembroke and the New Boston academy. He was assistant editor and Washing- ton correspondent of the Manchester American in 1853 and 1854, and published a history of his native town, Candia, in 1852, con- sisting of 152 pages 8mo, with a map and illustrations. Mr. Eaton was librarian of the Manchester city library from 1855 to 1863, when he became connected with John W. Moore in the book-selling business. From October, 1863, to October, 1864, he was assistant editor of the Daily Mirror, and from November, 1864, to March, 1865, was assistant editor of the Boston Daily Advertiser. From July, 1865, to June, 1866, he was employed on the Boston Journal. He was appointed as United States inspector of customs, stationed at Montreal, P. Q., and at Portland, Maine, in 1866, which office he held until 1869. In November, 1869, he returned to the book-selling business in Manchester, which he continued to June, 1880. He has been long a director of the First National Bank of Manchester, a vice- president of Merrimack River Savings Bank, and a deacon of the Franklin street Congregational church. New Hampshire Jotjrnal of Agricdltuke. This paper orig- inated from the Oranite Farmer and Visitor. It was com- menced Dec. 11, 1858, by William H. Gilmore and Warren Martin. The editors, both of Weare, were Zephaniah Breed, of the agricultural department, and Moses A. Cartland, of the ed- ucational and miscellaneous departments. It was published at rooms over Perry's drug store, in the Merchants' Exchange building. The Journal appeared with a very heavy, elaborate, and well engraved head, representing implements of agriculture, animals, and a variety of mountain and other scenery, including railway and steam mills, farm buildings, etc., very pleasant to look upon ; and was a paper for the farm, the work-shop, the school-room, and the fire-side; large in size, and well worthy of patronage. Price, $1.50 per annum. In 1861 this paper passed into the hands of Francis B. Eaton, who published it until Jan- uary, 1863, when he sold it to John B. Clarke, who united it with his Dollar Weekly Mirror, using both titles for the head of the same. MANCHESTER PRESS. 399 Zephaniah Breed was born in Henniker, N. H., March 10, 1819, and has followed farming, in the town of "Weare, success- fully from his youth. In 1858 he consented to become connect- ed with the New Hampshire Journal of Agriculture as its editor, which situation he filled with ability until some time in 1860. He was well qualified for writing upon all subjects relative to farming, and knew the best methods, and how to present them to the farmers of the state, from actual experience. His agri- cultural knowledge gave him opportunity to impart much useful information to his readers, who could place implicit reliance upon his statements ; and the editorials from his pen were the more valuable to farmers, because they were from a farmer of sterling worth. Mr. Breed was and is still well known as a de- termined hater of grog-shops, and a consistent advocate of tem- perance. Moses A. Cartland was born in Lee, N. H. He taught school at Clinton Grove, Weare, N. H., for quite a number of years, where he was considered an excellent teacher, having the faculty of developing the manhood and womanhood of his pupils. He was the miscellaneous editor of the Journal of Agriculture, at Manchester, from 1858 to some time in the year 1860. He was a ready writer, a man of marked ability, and a prominent reformer, who had few equals as a warrior against slavery and the dram-shop, considering intemperance something that de- served his most intense hatred. He died at Providence, R. I., in July, 1863, in the full vigor of manhood, lamented by a large circle of personal friends, and by many who never saw him, but who admired him for his noble character. At the time of his death his residence was in Lee, N. H., on the old homestead of the Cartland family, where his brother Jonathan yet resides. Nbvt Hampshire Journal of Medicine — a monthly octavo magazine of thirty-six pages to a number ; commenced at Con- cord, August, 1850, E. H. Parker being the editor. In October of that same year Dr. George H. Hubbard, of Manchester, be- came associate editor, and in October, 1853, he became the sole editor, and the magazine was removed to Manchester in July, 1856, where it was continued until December, 1859, when it was, at the close of the eighth volume, discontinued. Dr. Edward H. Parker, at the time the Journal was commenced, was engaged 400 NOTES ON PRINTING. with C. P. Gage, M. D., of Concord, in the management of a private medical school there ; and students could then obtain board, in good families, at $1.75 per week. The Journal was published bj' G. Parker Lyon, at No. 168 Main street, at $1 a year in advance. Dr. Hubbard, on becoming associate editor, was announced as from Washington. He was at the time liv- ing at the corner of Elm and Hanover streets, in Manchester. The Journal, when removed by Dr. Hubbard, was printed by Abbott & Warren, at No. 84 Merchants' Exchange. In Octo- ber, 1856, it was printed by William H. Fisk & Co., at No. 85 in the same building, but in 1858, by Fisk & Stearns, at No. 4 Methodist Church building. New Hampshire Journal of Music. This monthly publication was commenced Jan. 1, 1872, by Imri S. Whitney. It took the place of Moore's Musical Record, Mr. Moore having transferred his entire subscription list of the Record, and his stock of music and musical instruments, to Mr. Whitney, who engaged Mr. Moore to edit the paper, which appeared in the name of the owner, and was so continued. The Journal had a very exten- sive circulation among musical people and others in the states, as well as in New Hampshire, though it never largely circulated in Manchester. It continued monthly, and with occasional sup- plementary numbers for free circulation, until 1882 ; but after five years as editor, Mr. Moore only furnished articles for it as ordered by the publisher. The Journal was printed by William E. Moore for several years, and then by Thomas H. Tuson, at No. 7 Riddle's building, 885 Elm street. Marshall Parker Hall was born Aug. 11, 1838, in Gilford, N. H. (now Laconia). He lived in Manchester from 1839 to 1845, and in Laconia from 1845 to 1856. He was educated in the district school and at Gilford academy, and served an appren- ticeship of three years in the office of the Belknap Gazette, at Laconia. He worked in the offices of the Manchester Democrat, the Daily American, the New Hampshire Journal of Medicine, and job offices in Manchester, from 1856 to 1858. He taught school in Scioto county, Ohio, from 1858 to 1861, and printed the New Hampshire Journal of Agriculture from 1861 to 1862, when his connection with the printing business ceased. In Man- chester he held the office of city librarian three years ; was a MANCHESTER PRESS. 401 member of the school board fifteen years, and secretary of that body eight years. He was a delegate in the constitutional con- vention of 1876, and author of the amendment to the state con- stitution, then adopted, prohibiting the use of the public money for sectarian schools. New Hampshire Magazine : "Devoted to Literature, Educa- tion, Morality, and Religion. Published monthly at the low price of $1 a year, invariably in advance. E. D. Boylston, Ed- itor and Proprietor," Manchester, N. H., August, 1843. From the editor's able "Address to the Public," we plainly understand that he " will not tread on others' ground, or encroach upon others' rights." The state at that time had no other periodical such as he proposed to publish, and therefore it was thought that the members of the educational conventions, associations, and societies, as well as the people who had been calling upon the press and newspapers to come to their assistance in the good cause, would zealously favor a magazine exclusively devoted to the interests they advocated. It seems they did not live up to their professions, but, on the contrary, left Mr. Boylston to support his magazine as best he could without their influence. Scarcely one of them all became the patrons of the very cheap and very excellent publication he had offered them ; and this, too, when the state was overrun with foreign periodicals of less value, some di which were in character offensive to morality and religion, and injurious to the cause of education. Mr. Boylston's magazine was well conducted, handsomely printed, had a nicely designed and finely engraved title-page cover, and in every number an engraving — that for No. 1 being a good view of the town-house, and the one in No. 2 a splen- did view of the tomb of Gen. John Starlj, and of the river and hills in the west, engraved for the work by H. W. Herrick, formerly of Nashua, but then a resident of Manchester. The magazine contained 24 octavo pages to the number, filled with original and well selected articles, exhibiting much literary tal- ent. It was favorably mentioned by the press of New England. Not meeting with the anticipated success necessary for support in Manchester, Mr. Boylston (after six months) , with the hope of better success, removed his magazine to Great Falls, and there opened a book, card, and fancy job printing-office, where 26 402 NOTES ON PRINTING. the other six numbers of his magazine were printed. In the removal notice he simply says, — "In consequence of new arrangements in the business of the publisher, this magazine will be published hereafter at Great Falls, N. H., instead of Manchester." In the last and twelfth number, completing the first and only volume published, a volume title appears as follows: "TAe New Hampshire Magazine : Devoted to Literature, Education, Moral and Eeligious Beading. Embellished with Engravings. E. D. Boylston, Editor and Proprietor. Vol. 1. Published at Manchester and Great Falls : 1843-4." In his closing remarks the editor says, — " Kind Reader — our pledge is fulfilled. The magazine has been continued to the close of the volume, although at no small loss to us. The experiment has been tried, and proved a most perfect failure." Richard Boylston was born at Springfield, Mass., where he was initiated into the mysteries of type-setting and press-pulling at the Federal Spy office, but afterwards graduated from the office of the Columbian Gentinel, and was, after that, armed with a diploma of commendation signed by the far-famed editor of the Centinel, Benjamin Russell, giving him the character of sobriety, industry, and fidelity. Thus armed he went to Amherst, N. H., and purchased the Farmers' Cabinet in 1809. The un- counted sheets he pulled upon an old Ramage press, the long hours, days, months, and years he patiently labored, rendered his life happy and useful, and enabled him to live in his old age in the best style of a highly esteemed country gentleman, after having been forty-seven years editor of the Cabinet, and for forty years the sole proprietor, when his son, Edward D. Botl- STON, became partner and assistant editor. Of him we learn that he practised printing in his native town. After serving a regular apprenticeship in his father's office, he became assistant editor of the paper. He removed to Manchester, April, 1843, and from thence to Great Falls the same year. He returned to Amherst January 1, 1851, and soon purchased the Cabinet, of which paper he has been the chief editor since. [See Manchester Transcript.'] Mr. Boylston published in 1881 " Fragrant Mem- ories : or. The Dead of a Hundred Years," a poem read at the centennial of the town of Amherst, 1860, 36 pp. ; "The Cross MANCHESTER PRESS. 403 of Christ," a poem 42 pp., in 1882 ; "Tlieme of the Ages," a poem read at the dedication of the Y. M. C. A. rooms in Con- cord, 24 pp., in 1883 ; "An Historical Sketch of the Hillsborough County Congresses, 1774 and 1775, with Court and other Rec- ords of the Revolution," 53 pp., in 1884, and has been solicited to write the history of Amherst for the forthcoming volume, the History of Hillsborough County. The Farmers^ Cabinet has been owned in the family of Boylston for seventy-seven years. It was established in 1802, and came into the hands of Richard Boylston in 1809. The Boston Journal of February 5, 1885, says, — The Farmers' Cabinet has been published at Amherst 84 years by the Boylston family, and during that time neither a subscription, advertise- ment, or printing job has been solicited. The item quoted is incorrect. Mr. Boylston bought the Cab- inet in 1809. It was commenced November 11, 1802, by Joseph Gushing, and continued by him until October 17, 1809. After selling it to Mr. Boylston, Cushing went to Baltimore, Md., where he was successful as a publisher, and largely honored as a citizen. Mr. Cushing, before establishing the Cabinet, had been one of the publishers of The Village Messenger at Amherst, a paper which succeeded the Amherst Journal and New Hamp- shire Advertiser January 9, 1796, and was succeeded by the Cabinet. New Hampshire Journal (Prescott's, Congregational). This paper is published and printed at Montpelier, Vt., by W. W. Prescott, but is dated at Concord, N. H., and all matters pertaining to the editorial department, including church news, is to be forwarded to Rev. George B. Spalding, d. d., the editor, Manchester, N. H. It grew out of other papers, purchased by Mr. Prescott in 1880, who is now the publisher, and who uses the same matter in his several publications. [The old New Hampshire Journal, a political newspaper commenced at Con- cord by Henry E. Moore, and edited by Jacob B. Moore, Sep- tember 11, 1826, and which was united with the Concord States- man May 21, 1831, must not be confounded with the present publication.] 404 NOTES ON PRINTING. George Bdrley Spalding, d.d., pastor of the Franklin street Congregational society, Manchester, N. H., was born in Montpelier, Vt., August 11, 1835, and graduated at the Univer- sity of Vermont in 1856. His newspaper engagements com- menced with letters from the South, written for the New TorJc Courier and Enquirer during a residence at Tallahassee, Fla. He studied theology in 1858 at New York, and was editor of the New York World, and a correspondent of the New York Times. Later he was one of the editors of the Watchman and Reflector for five years. He graduated from the Andover The- ological School in 1861, since which he has preached in several states, but was settled at Dover, N. H., until his removal to Manchester, 1882, and is now the editor of the New Hampshire Journal, published in the interests of the Congregational churches of the country. In September, 1885, Dr. Spalding removed to Syracuse, N. Y., and was succeeded as editor of the Journal (which position he had held for five years) by Eev. John Q. Bittinger, who is a resident of Haverhill. New Hampshire Real Estate Bulletin — published by D. P. Small, the editor and proprietor, once a month, at No. 9 Smyth's block ; price, 25 cents per annum ; size, 19 by 13 inches. It was a 4-page folio, devoted to the purchase and sale of real estate. NEVf Hampshire Reporter and Insurance Gazette — a paper commenced August, 1866, by John C. French as a business ad- vertiser. Its motto reads. " If a man provide not for his own, and especially for those of his own house, he hath denied the faith, and is worse than an infidel." In size this paper was 12 J by 9 inches. It was continued until 1869, when it was published by John C. French and J. H. Thurber, the latter having an office in Nashua, where the paper was published in 1871. John C. French, the editor and proprietor of the Suncodk Valley Times, a weekly paper established by him at Pittsfield, N. H., and who at one time published and edited an insurance journal at Manchester, was born March 1, 1832, at Pittsfield, N. H., but settled at Manchester in 1866. He was instrumen- tal in procuring the construction of the Suncook Valley Railroad, and in establishing the New Hampshire Fire Insurance Com- pany. While connected with the Times newspaper, he estab- lished a reputation as a vigorous, versatile, and popular writer. MANCHESTEK PRESS. 405 Elbridge Drew Hadlet was born at Deering, N. H., Sep- tember 16, 1842 ; studie'd law with Judge David Cross, and became assistant editor of the New Hampshire Reporter and Insurance Gazette, with John C. French, editor and proprietor. Mr. Hadley was also an assistant reporter, with James O. Adams, on the Mirror and American, of Manchester. He was admitted to the bar, September, 1869, at the Nashua term, and soon after located at Luverne, Minnesota, where in 1874 he was assistant editor of the JRock County Herald until 1876. He married Miss Mary E. Bourne, of DeWitt, Iowa, June 30, 1873. New Year's Cali, — an advertising paper, published occasion- ally by Littlefield & Hayes, pharmacists. No. 153 Elm street, corner of Manchester street, for free distribution. It was printed at the Mirror office, the size being 12|- by 9 J inches. New Hampshire Temperance Journal — published on the first Saturday of each month ; commenced December, 1881 ; devoted to the order of Good Templars ; Maurice E. Muzzey, proprie- tor ; Frank E. Hopkins, editor, who invites contributions to the paper, remarking that "It is not necessary that everything should be written with grammatical accuracy ;" — a sensible re- mark, and the first editorial proves it so, it being, — " 'Hullo, just what I've been looking for !' as the bean-vine said to the pole." The size of this journal was 11 by 8|- inches. Price, 25 cents. In 1883 Hopkins Brothers published this paper semi- monthly, Mrs. Mary J. Fife superintending the department of Sons of Temperance news. Ninety -Nine Cent Bulletin — published^ by the Boston 99- Cent Store, 1876, at No. 1010 Elm street. Its size was 9i by 7} inches. It boldly asserted that " the man who can sell you as much for one dollar as you formerly got for two, is something of a philanthropist." The Bulletin continued to reiterate this information for several years, and no one undertook to prove that it was an untruth. It is said that an old negro and his son called on the editor of this paper with the expectation that the son could get work in the oflfice. " What can he do?" inquired the editor. " Well, nuthin' but edit at first ; but arter a while he might learn ter black yer boots an' sweep de flo'," replied the old man. Nineteenth of December, 1873 — the title of a newspaper of 406 NOTES ON PRINTING. large size, printed by Campbell & Hanscom, for the Unitarian Society, and circulated freely to eaus6 people to remember that day, not only as the 19th of December, the publication day of the paper, which was devoted to the interests of the fair and levee of the society at Smyth's opera house, but that, on this 19th day, the original operetta of Pepeti, in five acts, would be performed. The First Unitarian Society was formed in Man- chester, March, 1841, and the first pastor was Rev. Oliver H. Wellington, ordained in 1842. Notes, Queries, and Answers — a valuable publication, com- menced July, 1882, by S. C. & L. M. Gould ; size, a common octavo, sixteen pages to the number. Terms, $1, in advance, for ten numbers. Volume 1 bears the name of N. B. "Webster, of Norfolk, Va., as editor. The Notes are miscellaneous, literary, scientific, and historical, intended for teachers, pupils, and prac- tical or professional men. In the May-June number, 1883, Mr. Webster publishes his valedictory, and retires from the chair editorial ; but the magazine is continued by the same publish- ers, Mr. S. C. Gould becoming the editor. Two volumes have been completed,— Nos. 1 to 20 (July, 1882, to February, 1884) comprising volume 1, and Nos. 21 to 42 (March, 1884, to De- cember, 1885) comprising volume 2. Volume 3 commenced Jan- uary, 1886, adding the words The Bizarre as a prefix to Kotes and Queries, in history, folk-lore, mathematics, mysticism, art, science, etc. The publishers are both practical printers, and the editor has been corresponding secretary of the New Hampshire Press Association since 1883. While he was employed in the oflSce of the Mirror and American, in Manchester, and since that time, he has collected specimens and many complete files of the publications of Manchester and vicinity, to which I have had access, and from which I have derived considerable very impor- tant information concerning the names of the publications, the changes made in them, and the dates of their commencement and discontinuance. Most of the small and amateur papers sprang suddenly into existence, and quite suddenly disappeared. After 1851 we have many examples of the folly of the mania which caused boys, and persons who, without any particular knowl- edge of printing, and without serving any apprenticeship to the business, undertook the publishing business only to fail of sue- MANCHESTER PRESS. 407 cess. For a list of the publications of S. C. Gould, see " Bib- liography of Manchester," page 20, 1885. Sylvester Clark Gould was born in Weare, N. H., March 1, 1840. From 1854 to 1858 he was employed as clerk in a dry goods and grocery store. In 1859 and 1860 he attended school atBoscawen academy, of which Jonathan Tenney was principal. He entered the office of the daily and weekly American Feb. 24, 1862, where he learned the printer's trade. These journals were published and edited by Simeon D. Farnsworth, who, on being appointed paymaster in the army in 1863, leased the newspaper establishment, April 17, 1863, to Henry A. Gage, James O. Adams, and Orren C. Moore, which was run under the firm name of Gage, Moore & Co. On August 13, 1863, Mr. S. C. Gould purchased the interest of O. C. Moore in the lease, Mr. Moore still acting as editor, Henry A. Gage as publisher, James O. Adams as reporter, and S. C. Gould as clerk and telegraphic reporter. On Dec. 24, 1863, S. D. Farnsworth, returning on a furlough to Manchester, bought off the lessees, and sold the newspaper establishment to John B. Clarke, and the papers were pub- lished as the Mirror and American, Dec. 28, 1863. From this time to March 16, 1863, Mr. Gould settled up the affairs of the American office, and then entered the Mirror office as composi- tor, job printer, and temporarily as reporter, till Dec. 24, 1868. Jan. 1, 1869, John W. Moore, Samuel C. Merrill, Charles W. Clough, and S. C. Gould associated themselves together under the firm name of John W. Moore & Co., and commenced and published the Daily News. In February, 1869, Mr. Gould dis- posed of his interest to J. W. Moore, and entered the daily and weekly Union office as compositor, and continued till July 5, 1869, when he again entered the Mirror office as job printer, and continued till May 1, 1871. Mr. Gould entered the service of the Concord Railroad May 27, 1871, and in 1874 became de- pot master at the passenger station, under Major Josiah Ste- vens, who was station agent, and has continued in that capacity to the present time. July, 1882, Mr. Gould, and his brother, Leroy M. Gould, began the publication of, and have since conducted and pub- lished, a monthly magazine entitled Notes and Queries, Mr. S. 408 NOTES ON PRINTING. C. Gould being the editor. It is now in its third volume, and 1886 will complete three volumes, or fifty-four numbers. Mr. Gould has been identified with the press, as printer, reporter, editor, and correspondent, for twenty-five years in Manchester. He has written correspondence for several New York and Penn- sylvania papers, — the Mathematical Magazine of Erie, Penn., Educational Notes and Queries of Salem, Ohio, and the Liberal Freemason of Boston, Mass. He has contributed to the press of Manchester on various subjects, together with some poetical ef- fusions, under the pseudonym of " Godfrey." He has published several addresses delivered before fraternal societies, also a "Bibliography of Manchester" literature containing upwards of 2,000 publications. He has one of the largest collections of state literature in the state, containing many rare and choice works. He was elected corresponding secretary of the New Hampshire Press Association Jan. 17, 1883, and has been continued in that ofHce since. Leroy M. Gould. The subject of this sketch was born in Weare, Hillsborough county, N. H., Jan. 18, 1850. At the age of seventeen years he selected the trade of a printer to be his vocation, and consequently entered the oflBce of the Daily Mirror and American and Dollar Weekly Mirror, on the 6th day of November, 1867, as an apprentice ; and after serving the regu- lar term of three years as such, entered the office of the Daily Union as newspaper compositor, and was also employed for a term as job compositor in the office of the Nashua Telegraph. During the fall of 1872 be worked on the Border City Herald, at Fall River, Mass. After the presidential electioD had taken place he returned to his native state, and worked for a time in the book department at the Daily Monitor office, and has con- tinued at the business nearly all the time since, having worked in the several offices in Concord. He is at present employed in the job department at the Monitor office. Mr. Gould married Miss Julia A. Abbott, of Concord, on the 2d day of January, 1875. On May 3, 1876, a daughter was born to them, who is now a bright and promising girl of ten years of age. Mr. Gould having been possessed of a literary turn of mind, in the fall and winter of 1877-8 he learned the art of short- hand writing, having embraced the system of Mr. Isaac Pitman, MANCHESTER PRESS. 409 the inventor of phonography. Finding the art a very pleasant study, as well as useful, he made himself proficient in the same. In the fall of 1883 he commenced teaching the " much coveted art." Mr. Gould has successfully taught it each winter since, and at the present time has a class of young men under his in- struction. In July, 1882, Mr. Gould became associated with Mr. S. C. Gould, an older brother, in the conducting and publishing of a monthly magazine, bearing the name Notes and Queries, with Answers. He has also contributed somewhat to its pages. The subject of this sketch is a thinker, and loves to delve into the deep, curious, and quaint in literature, history, and ancient lore. January 17, 1874, the printers of Concord formed a society known as "Franklin Chapel, No. 1, United Brethren of the Black Art," the chief objects of which were the proper observ- ance of Franklin's birthday, and the moral and intellectual im- provement of its members. Mr. Gould was a prominent factor in its formation, and always took a lively interest in its welfare, he constantly taking part in its debates and literary exercises. Jan. 17, 1883, he became a member of the New Hampshire Ed- itors and Publishers' Association, and has since taken an inter- est in its meetings and general welfare. He is also a prominent member of the Masonic fraternity and the order of Odd Fel- lows. Old Hero — a campaign paper issued in 1848 from the office of the Manchester American. It advocated the election of Zachary Taylor to the presidency of the United States, and was discontinued after his election. Our Horn, " through which we blow." Published by Fitts & Kennedy, 1874. Size, 12^ by 9 inches. These enterprising merchants seem to have had great faith in advertising, as their different publications prove. Old Citt Hall Drug Store's Journal and Advertiser — commenced Dec. 17, 1874, and devoted to the science of home- life. Published quarterly by Canney & Wiley, No. 4 City hall ; but it was printed at the office of the Times, Pittsfield, N. H., in large folio size. Orphan's Advocate — published at Manchester, Nov. 13, 1873, 410 NOTES ON PRINTING. in behalf of the Catholic orphan asylum. Large size ; printed by Campbell & Hanseom. Object, to advertise the fair and make it pay. The St. Patrick's orphan asylum was instituted in 1870, and purchased the Harris estate, corner of Hanover and Pine streets, costing $55,000. It furnishes a home for orphans, for the sick and needy, and for women, under the direction of the Sisters of Mercy. An old ladies' home adjoins this institution, which was established in 1880. Our Mutual Friend — an advertising paper, published for sev- eral years by Frank Fitts and Edwin Kennedy. It was com- menced in 1874. In 1879 it was continued by Mr. Fitts. Its size was 12J by 9 inches. Our Paper was commenced Jan. 21, 1877, and was published every Sunday (but probably printed by Saturday), for the bene- fit of the Tabernacle Methodist Episcopal church, by the pastor. Rev. Jay Benson Hamilton, the editor, publisher, and printer; house, 21 Harrison street. Size, 5J by 3| inches. The second volume commenced enlarged to 6|- by 4^ inches. It contained the regular programme of the services, and the editorials were well written. It received advertisements at $4 a column. After Mr. Hamilton removed from Manchester he published Our Paper on Saturday, at No. 26 Franklin street, Lewiston, Me., enlarged to 10 by 61 inches, at 25 cents a year. Owl. The Owl was the name of a scurrilous paper which ap- peared in Manchester by night, at times, during the year 1840. The Manchester Democrat, March 12, 1845, speaks ot The Daily Old as delighting in " the dark and hidden recesses of the night, and preying upon the unwary of its own tribe, reckless of dis- crimination, and pouncing upon the innocent dove, the hawk, the sparrow, and the jay alike." So the Owl lived several years, and is credited with at least one bright speech, when it said, — " We have struck a new scheme. On the green shade we wear over our eyes, when reading proof or grinding out copy, we have printed, ' lam busy.' When a man that we don't care to talk to comes in, we stoop still lower over the desk, so that he can see it and take the hint ; but when the other kind of a man, a good jovial fellow, comes in, we push the shade up over our bald spot where he can't read the legend, smile benignantly at him, and open the conversation by asking him for a cigar." MANCHESTEK PRESS. 411 Our Scnday-Schooi, Annual Offering — a paper published by the Londonderry Methodist Episcopal Sunday-school ; com- menced January, 1872, and which the officers of that church and school propose to continue annually ; size, quarto. Motto, "Fear God and keep his commandments, for this is the whole duty of man." Egbert Eaikes, of the English Gloucester Journal, and founder of Sunday-schools, was born in Gloucester, Sept. 14, 1735, and died there, April 5, 1811, aged 76 years. The first school was opened in 1781, Mr. Raikes being assisted by Rev. Mr. Stock, who was curate of the parish at that time. It would have been fortunate had Raikes, or some other good man, opened a Sun- day-school in Manchester, New Hampshire, where, in 1752, there was an effort made to settle a minister in connection with Bed- ford ; and in 1754 it was voted to build a meeting-house. This was not of any effect, but in 1758 it was voted to build a meet- ing-house at the Centre. No preacher was employed until 1765. Quarrels continued until 1793. The galleries had not then been finished, and the house began to go to decay, and was never completed, though in 1803 Rev. "William Pickles preached there. He was a native of Wales. He came to Bedford in 1787, but was not settled, as his enemies charged that he was of dissolute habits ; and Lieut. John Orr offered to bet $50 that the charge was true. "William Riddle was chosen to go to Philadelphia, where Pickles had resided, and investigate, his decision to be final. He went on horseback, and found the charge untrue. Orr paid the bet, and the money was spent at Riddle's store for liquor for the people of the town. And Pickles preached occa- sionally until 1804, when he went to Maine, where he remained until he died. Manchester now has seventeen religious societies that own church property worth more than a million dollars, and also several others that have comfortable and less expensive places. for public worship. She pays annually for the support of schools more than $50,000, owns some of the finest school buildings in New England, and a large and well selected public library. She has a well equipped fire department, a fire-alarm telegraph, a system of water-works that cost nearly a million dollars, and a. paying horse-railroad. She has wide, regular, paved streets. 412 NOTES ON PRINTIKG. beautiful squares, and commodious public buildings, and five national banks and six savings-banks, holding over ten million dollars. Her corporations run over 400,000 spindles, employing 10,000 operatives, who receive over $400,000 monthly in wages. Her locomotive works can build fourteen locomotives a month and fifty steam fire-engines a year ; and her many private man- ufactories furnish employment to hundreds of mechanics and operatives. The people are as proud of their city as the city is proud of her people. Manchester supports more than sixty pub- lic schools, affording every facility for the education of youth, from the nursery to the college, and even provides books for the poor. Pictorial Gridiron — a paper published by Daniel Pratt, Jr., the great American traveller, and president of the Gridiron, who was a self-nominated candidate for president of the United States in 1864. The paper was published several years, and was devoted to the Pratt family, and Daniel, of Chelsea, Mass., in particular. The support this and other pictorial publications have received before and since 1864 may well cause us to en- quire. What must be the taste and the forbearance of a people who accept or submit to the vile pictorial features of the press? To a man of intelligence they are an offence that excellence of other features can hardly palliate. These pictures distort, belie, and falsify the original in a most hopeless way. They are made without art ; they are published without conscience. If the cave-dwellers and the mound-builders were living, such papers would find their best constituencies among them. The pictorial efforts of the savage who scratches a few outlines on a piece of bark are productive of as good pictures as these. The pub- lishers know this, for they use the same cuts, with a substitution of names, and palm them off on such purchasers as are unfamil- iar with the original. Perhaps there are some readers who ad- mire the pictures that are found in such pages ; — if so, there is a financial reason why they are produced. While publishers may try to excuse themselves on this ground, it asserts the existence of a class of people in this country that come very near being devoid of the instincts of civilized beings, for surely no others would look on these pictures with favor ; such people are not a whit above the hieroglyphics and bone etchings of the prehis- MAKCHESTER PRESS. 413 toric centuries. The daily paper that depends on these people and on such pictures for its welfare is poor indeed, and can hardly take so much pride in itself as it ought. It is a libel on a man to publish such caricatures of him as are found in some daily papers. If the hopes of an aspiring politician are to be blighted ; if the fair fame of an estimable person is to be wrecked ; if the respect of the populace for any man is to be ruined and turned into distrust, — the publication of a villanous cut of him, such as may be seen any day in a daily paper, is the surest and shortest means of accomplishing the end. Until a grand jury indicts the offending newspapers, an outraged pub- lic ought to wage an indignant warfare against them. Penman's Gazette — a large-size quarto, monthly paper, de- voted to penmanship ; commenced in Manchester, January, 1876, at No. 859 Merchants Exchange, by G. A. Gaskell, editor and publisher, who, in connection with Bryant & Stratton, opened a business college, and since 1865 has had commercial schools in New England, and has published several papers in regard to them, as well as annual circulars, previous to the Penman's Ga- zette, which was removed in 1881 to New York. The Business College Monthly, published in 1874, was also a Manchester paper, by Gaskell, Bryant & Stratton; established in 1865. Mr. Gaskell became well known in New Hampshire and else- where by his " Compendium" and his school, before removing to New York. He was found dead in a Jersey City swamp May 18, 1885, at the age of 45 years. It was supposed that he fell down an embankment. Pioneer. The Pioneer, a daily and weekly paper, was com- menced at the Reform school, Manchester, December 24, 1875 ; published by the boys of the school. The weekly was a large, twelve-column paper ; — price of daily, 30 cents a month ; weekly, 20 cents a month; size of the daily, 11 by 7^ inches. This school was chartered in 1855. The farm contains 110 acres ; the buildings were erected in 1858. In 1865 there were about 100 boys and girls at the school. The buildings, some of them, were burned December 20, 1865. The old house was built in 1765, and was once the residence of Gen. John Stark. The new buildings of this institution were erected soon after the fire. The Pioneer says, — "Since amateur and school journals have 414 NOTES ON PRINTING. come into existence and have been afforded at half price or less, the era of general wit and scope has been broadened by the en- terprise of the press. We are, perhaps, the best informed peo- ple in the world on matters of the passing day ; but writers for the press, imperfectly paid, imperfectly supported, get to have imperfect responsibility. The tendency of this lowering of prices is to drive character and experience out of the press, and introduce the reign of gypsies, eaves-droppers, and news pick- pockets. We see no general law, no public demand, for a cheaper article in the way of a newspaper. There is a demand for a better article — one that shall be nearer the standard of in- tegrity, patriotism, and thought." Another institution in Manchester is the jail, which had for many years been located at Amherst, one of the seats of justice in Hillsborough county, and was, after Manchester had become a city, removed to a new building erected at Manchester in 1863. It stands upon a lot bought of the Amoskeag company, containing 187,000 square feet. It is a prominent brick build- ing, attractive and convenient, having good accommodations for the jailer's family in the front part, and for seventy jail in- mates. It is just south of the Valley cemetery, on the southern verge of the city. The Reform school is situated on the river road, a mile and one half north of the city. It was built in 1856, on a lot where stood the house of Gen. John Stark. The farm contains about one hundred acres on the river, the Concord railway, and river road. It cost $11,000, and the buildings put upon it cost $34,000. This institution is under the management of a board of trustees, by whom the superintendent is chosen ; the whole under the control of the governor and council. The farm is fertile, and is cultivated by the inmates, about one hundred in number. Upon it are two springs. Besides the superintendent, matron, and men employed, there are all the necessary teachers. The inmates are mostly boys. The building was nearly de- stroyed by fire in 1865 ; and the Stark house was consumed, where the inmates were lodged. The inmates occupied another house until the school-building was repaired. George B. Peaslet, son of the late Alden D. Peasley, and nephew of the late Charles F. Peasley, of Manchester, N. H., MANCHESTER PRESS. 415 died in Boston, on Saturday, December 19, 1885, aged 22 years. He formerly resided in Manchester, and worked in his uncle's printing-oflBce. He was unmarried, and was buried in Manches- ter. Charles F. Peasley, the uncle, was the proprietor of a job oflflce for some years before his death. Pioneer, The. This weekly paper, commenced at Manches- ter September 20, 1879, was published by the Pioneer Publish- ing Co. ; office, Smyth's block. Price $1 a year. Size 12J by 9 inches. It was enlarged to double the original size in 1880. This was not the reform school Pioneer. Pickering's Weekly Bulletin. J. W. C. Pickering, editor and proprietor, commenced this paper October 2, 1878. Pub- lished for his particular advertising interest. Size 14i by 9} inches. Printer's Bulletin. Published at Manchester by Charles F. Livingston September 28, 1869, who announces the removal of his printing house from Smyth's to. Wells's block in Octo- ber. He circulated 25,000 copies of this paper for the ben- efit of his business. The Bulletin well answers a remark un- guardedly made by some one in its hearing in a sneering man- ner, — " He was only a printer!" And asks, "How does the term apply to Prince Frederick William, William Caxton, George D. Prentiss, Charles Dickens, M. Thiers, J. Gales, Geo. P. Morris, N. P. Willis, Senators Dix, Cameron, Niles, Bigler, King, Blaine, and to Ben. Franklin, H. Greeley, Watterson, Eeid, Bowles, W. C. Bryant, H. J. Raymond, Halstead, Curtis, Hudson, Bennett, and thousands of other printers, editors, and publishers ?" Of the printer's devil employed in the Bulletin office, Alvin Robinson, in a poem of his, says, — " He patched the windows to shield from storms, He leached the lye to wash the forms, He watched to close the open door, He washed the rollers, he swept the floor, He rolled the forms like a tired snail, While' the pressman pulled the devil's tail. " He gave the editor's horse his food, He took the proofs, he carried the wood, 416 NOTES ON PRINTING. He built the fires with a smutty face, He blowed the dust from the dirty case, He carried the papers in sun and shade : And thus he was learning the printers' trade." Martin Luther once threw his inkstand at the devil, hitting him in the forehead, and since that time the old fellow has taken to ink as a steady diet, which has suited him better than a Diet of Worms. But Luther's devil was a different character from the printer's devil. An old newspaper states that this name was originally applied to Benjamin Franklin while a boy in his brother's printing-ofHce. Another paper corrects the above statement, and says that " Faust, when it was supposed that he was in league with the devil, was called a printer's devil, until he explained the process of creating so many exact copies of the Bible." Think of it — the devil a printer of the Bible, and offering them for sale ! Public Forom. The Public Forum was a weekly Democratic newspaper commenced in Manchester, September 30, 1871, by George J. Foster & Co., at No. 5 Riddel's building, large size, $1.25 per annum. It was edited by J. L. Foster. After thir- teen weeks the paper was removed to Dover, and its name changed to Foster's Democrat. Public School Journal. Commenced at Manchester in Octo- ber, 1881. Published on the third Wednesday of each month. Size 9 J by 1^ inches. Price 25 cents a year. Devoted to the interests of the schools. F. E. Hopkins and N. M. Hall, ed- itors and proprietors. The subject of schools was frequently brought before the town soon after its incorporation, but without success. The town was too sparsely settled, and the inhabitants too much embarrassed by Indian and French wars, and by other difficul- ties, especially by the Eevolution, to do much for schools, and none were established by the town, though several were main- tained at times by voluntary subscription. Not until December 25, 1781, did the town vote to hire a schoolmaster, and then for nine months. There were no school-houses, and the school was taught at private houses in different sections of Derryfield, but there were few schools until 1791, when a law was passed to raise a school tax ; yet the town records only show the largest MANCHESTER PRESS. 417 amount raised for schools in any one year previous to 1801 to have been $59. There were then two school-houses — one at the Falls and one at the Centre. Jonathan Rand was the first school-teacher in the town. The wages paid were from $8 to $12 per month. This state of schools improved slowly until 1844, when schools increased as the town grew, and in 1856 there were 40 schools, 48 teachers, and 2,500 scholars. If there is anything Manchester prides herself in showing strangers now, it is her schools and her public library. The schools afford every facility for the education of youth, from the nursery to the college. They consist of a high school, a train- ing-school, five grammar, forty-two middle and primary, nine suburban, and two evening schools. They are located in build- ings supplied with all the appointments which an approved sys- tem of education demands, and are taught by about ninety teachers, who furnish instruction to 4,000 pupils. There are also a number of excellent private schools. In addition to these, which are open to pupils of every nationality, creed, and class, there are several Roman Catholic schools, in which more than 2,000 children are educated agreeably to the beliefs of that peo- ple at the expense of the Roman Catholic church. The old town was divided into four school-districts in 1784, but not until 1795 was there a school-house in Derryfield. The first one was built by private subscription, and in 1798 the town voted to buy that and to build two more. The first school- house at the Centre was built in 1809. The first houses were small, one-story structures ; now the school property exceeds $280,000. A fact which speaks well for the intelligence of the early settlers is, that in 1795 a social library society was organ- ized, which was incorporated in 1796, and then contained more than 100 volumes of the best works attainable. In 1854 the city councils authorized the establishment of a public library. A social library had been established in Derry- field in 1795, which continued till 1833. The Manchester Athenseum was established February 19, 1844, and in 1846 it received a gift of $1,000 from the Amoskeag company, $500 from the Stark mills, and the next year $500 from the Print Works. In 1854 the library had 3,000 volumes, and was made a city library, free to all, the city agreeing to make an annual 27 418 NOTES ON PRINTING. appropriation of $1,000 for books and expenses. The library prospered until 1856, when it was nearly destroyed by fire. Its remains were preserved, however, and in July, 1871, the library was located in a building of brick, on Franklin street, costing $30,000. There are now in this library about 18,000 volumes, and with it is a reading-room well supplied with the periodicals of the day, open day and evening. The library has received many donations in books and in money. It is managed by a board of trustees. The librarian receives a salary of $800, and the annual cost of the library, outside of the appropriation, is not far from $2,000. Thirty-flve thousand of the books are read every year. EisiNG Faith — a religious newspaper, published monthly at Manchester, the editor and business manager being Henry Powers ; associate editors, William H. Savage, A, M. Pendle- ton, J. B. Harrison, and James De Normandie. Its religious belief was, substantially, that unanimously adopted by the New Hampshire Unitarian Association, at Concord, Oct. 30, 1878. It was commenced in December, 1879, and was an eight-page quarto. Price, 50 cents a year. "William E. Moore, printer, No. 2 Union building. Elm street. Royal Kitchen — a large-size journal, devoted to the interests of housekeepers. Published and edited by Eager & Eobinson, 776 Elm street, Manchester. Its size was 14 by 10 inches, and it was illustrated. Rtdek's Real Estate Guide — devoted to the interests of real estate in New Hampshire, and sent free to any address on re- ceipt of a three-cent postage stamp. Edited and published by C. G. B. Ryder, No. 9 Smyth's block. Commenced in February, 1879. The size varied as advertising required. Review — a monthly, of four pages, 3J by 5 inches. Newton M. Hall, editor and proprietor. It began in May, 1879, and twelve numbers were published. The Daily Mirror noticed this sheet as follows: "One of the pupils of the Franklin-street grammar school is the editor of a small sheet, which he issues monthly, without the assistance of any one, and sells to his friends at the rate of 25 cents per year. It is mainly devoted to the discussion of political topics, of which the young editor manifests uncommon knowledge, and which he expresses re- MANCHESTER PRESS. 419 markably well. "We publish his editorial as printed in the last issue of the Review." RuGGLEs's Map OF New Hampshire, etc., 1810; with views of Bellows Falls and the Mansion House hotel, by O. T. Eddy, engraver, Walpole, N. H. On this map appears a part of Ver- mont, where was Long pond, once the scene of a runaway. In June, 1810, from an attempt to sink a drain in its northern bank, the whole pond burst out, making great destruction, and noth- ing remained but a brook running north. This was for many years the best map of the state in exist- ence ; but Philip Carrigain, Esq., of Concord, prepared a large map to take its place, being authorized by the legislature to do so, and to aid the work, surveys were ordered by towns. The map was completed in 1816, and was a credit to the author and to the state. Mr. Carrigain was born in Concord, Feb. 20, 1772, and was secretary of state for some years, and clerk of the sen- ate afterwards. He died March 15, 1842, aged 70 years. He was social, kind, talented, and witty. "While Carrigain's map sold well, a letter was received from John Randolph, sealed with his armorial seal, ordering a map, and Mr. Carrigain was called upon to explain the motto it bore — " Fari quae sentiat" (to speak one's mind) . For a joke, Mr. Carrigain, after pro- nouncing it an admirable motto, gravely informed the persons wanting to know what it meant in English, that its meaning was " For God and my country," which translation was accepted as the true one. Record — a semi-weekly newspaper, published on "Wednes- days and Saturdays, at Manchester, N.H., by Frank H.Challis, editor and proprietor ; commenced Saturday, Dec. 1, 1883 ; price, $1 a year. The only penny paper in the state ; size, 15 by 11 J inches. The editor " apologizes for himself, his reporter, proof- reader, and all hands," for starting his paper when a hard win- ter is in view, but says, — " We are bound to keep up with the procession, but may soon want a free dinner." One column of the Record opens a well packed knapsack of good things for the Grand Army, the Sons of "Veterans, and the National Guard. The Record is newsy and readable. Mr. Challis is a Manches- ter man, and has heretofore been connected with several small amateur and advertising publications in this city, but none have 420 NOTES ON PRINTING. been successful. Even this semi-weekly he discontinued in April, 1884, of which act the Budget (a paper that never suffers such a misfortune to occur without laughing at it) says, — " Suc- cessful and remunerative journalism is a peculiar gift, and it is n't every young and blooming aspirant that can run a news- paper and make money, no matter if he has lived in Manchester for years." Eeal Estate Advertiser — published monthly, for free dis- tribution, by Merrill Brothers, editors and proprietors, Nos. 7 and 9 Straw's block, 1878 ; size, 15 by 9^ inches. The editor " Once upon a time a certain man got mad with the editor, and stopped his paper. The next week he sold his corn at four cents below the market price. Then his property was sold for taxes because he didn't read the sheriff's sale. He was arrested and fined eight dollars for going hunting on Sunday, and he paid thirty dollars for a lot of forged notes that had been adver- tised two weeks, and the public had been cautioned not to ne- gotiate for them. He then paid a big Irishman, with a foot like a forge-hammer, to kick him all the way to the newspaper office, where he paid four years' subscription in advance, and had the editor sign an agreement to knock him down and rob him if he ever ordered his paper stopped again. Such is life without a newspaper." Eepitblioan Volunteer — a campaign paper of 1880, published by the state central committee, and commenced August 12, at Manchester ; price, 2.5 cents for the campaign. Motto, " For the war against those who would shoot, steal, or starve the gov- ernment to death." It advocated the election of James A. Gar- field and Chester A. Arthur for president and vice-president of the United States, and Charles H. Bell for governor of the state. Republican — a paper published by a committee from the Re- publican party, who were in favor of a reSlection of James A. Weston as mayor of Manchester, though he was a Democrat,, who had been once elected, and by Republican votes, on account of his popularity. This paper was commenced on Dec. 5, 1868, and was discontinued after the election. It strongly reminded both parties of the two Tennessee editors who had long quar- relled for " party spoils," and who at last repaired to the field MANCHESTER PRESS. 421 to fight, but on that field discharged their pistols in the air, set- tled their difficulties, and agreed that one should sell his paper to the other, and that the one selling out should be a partner in the office continued, and that all income should be divided equally between the two. Semi-Weekly Advertiser — commenced by Joseph C. Em- erson, at Manchester, December, 1842 ; size, 13 by 9 inches ; price, |1 a year. It was published during the political cam- paign, for about five weeks, and was edited by Col. Isaac Kins- man, of Pembroke, N. H., a gentleman possessing every requi- site to make it interesting, and issued every Tuesday and Fri- day morning. Col. Kinsman had been principal of the Literary Institute at Pembroke. He was born at Wilmot in 1813, grad- uated at Dartmouth college, and was possessed of fine talents. He died in Pembroke, November, 1843, aged 30 years, from hem- orrhage of the lungs. Mr. Emerson sold his newspaper prop- erty to Willard N. Haradon, January, 1843. In the last paper he says, — " Farewell the old type.' Farewell the silent leaden messengers, which have told in living light the story of many a day, — of wars and rumors of wars, of marriages and deaths, of joys and sorrows, of violent deaths and happy reunions, of storm and flood and fires, of accidents and pleasure excursions, which have told the mother of the wanderings of her boy, and the maiden the tale of her lover. The story of man's ambition and woman's vanities, and the good deeds of good men and the bad deeds of bad men, have been faithfully set forth. The aspiring graduate has seen his name in print, and the drunkard his in the police court. The little types formed into words have made their appearance, and now, after their faithful toil is ended, they will go back to the foundry, to ap- pear again both bright and brittle. Their usefulness is now ended, but others will take their place, and the ceaseless work •of the newspaper office will continue — no cessation, no rest." Star of the East — edited and published by the ladies of the First Baptist Society, Manchester, Feb. 7, 1872. Price, 10 cents. A sixteen-page paper, lOJ by 7| inches in size ; printed by William E. Moore. The First Baptist Society of Manchester was the first denomination which organized a church in the town. It was formed July 26, 1835, as a branch of the Goflfs- 422 NOTES ON PRINTING. town church. The members held their first meetings in private houses, but in 1840 erected a brick building on the corner of Manchester and Chestnut streets, which was destroyed by fire in 1870 ; but they erected a new church on the corner of Con- cord and Union streets, soon after, costing $60,000. Stak of Bethlehem — a religions Universalist paper, com- menced January 2, 1841, by a company called the Fraternal Association, of which A. C. Bagley was agent. It was edited by Abel C. Thomas and Thomas B. Thayer, and was published at Manchester, Lowell, and Barnstable, Mass. It had several publishers and different editors, at different times and places. At Manchester, Eev. William L. Gage was one of the editors. After it was removed to Lowell it was made nearly double the size originally adopted, which was 14^ by 9J inches, at $1 a year. D. H. Jacques was the proprietor in 1846, and W. Bell the editor. The Manchester agent was C. H. Chase. Clarke's " History of Manchester" says, — " It was a curious fact that the type for the first number of the Star was once all ' set for print- ing;' but some pecuniary diflBculty arose, and it was ' distrib- uted' without having been used." United with the Gospel Fountain, Nashua, 1845. While published at Lowell, the paper was edited for some time by Rev. A. A. Miner, who was bom at Lempster, N. H., Aug. 17, 1814, and who was instrumental in founding Tufts college, and who has since resided in Boston, Mass. Sons' Advocate — an advertising paper of four pages folio, published by W. W. Brown, camp No. 1, Sons of Veterans, an organization formed on principles of " friendship, charity, and loyalty," in 1883. Its object was the announcement of an enter- tainment, Feb. 10, 1886. Stars and Stripes — a political newspaper, commenced at Manchester, Sept. 23, 1854. It was of large size, and was pub- lished every Saturday by M. De Lafayette Stevens, in Patten's building, on Elm street, at $1 in advance. Motto, " Our own countrymen first, the ' rest of mankind ' afterwards." The pub- lisher is not willing to tell the editor's name, but declares that it is " neither John B. Clarke, James M. Campbell, Judge C. E. Potter, nor any other gentleman ever in any way heretofore con- nected with the press of Manchester." It was said that Jona- MANCHESTER PRESS. 423 than Tenney, then principal of the high school, and afterwards the superintendent of public instruction for New York, was the editor. The paper was the organ of the Know-Nothing party. On the commencement of the second volume, Edwin Bartholo- mew became the editor and proprietor, and at one time Benja- min F. "Wallace was connected with the paper. In 1857 the office was at 85 Elm street. Merchants' Exchange. The paper was finally removed to Laconia, and united with the Winnipe- sauJcee Gazette. Jonathan Tenney, A. M., was born at Corinth, Vt., Sept. 14, 1817, and learned the printer's trade in the office of the JSfew Hampshire Observer, at Concord. He graduated at Dartmouth college in 1843. The Know-Nothing movement of 1854 created a great demand for this paper, and the name of the editor was not made public until he had resigned his position in the high school. The paper was owned by John B. Clarke until Nov. 15, 1854, when it was purchased by Tenney & Stevens, and pub- lished by them until April 2, 1855, when it was purchased and published by Mr. Tenney, until it passed into the hands of Ed- win Bartholomew, who continued to be the proprietor until it was removed from the city. The motto of the paper was, at one time, "Americans shall rule America." Its circulation was 6,000 under Mr. Tenney's management. The paper was recog- nized as largely influential in transferring the state government from the Democratic party, which had held it for many years, to the Republican party. Mr. Tenney's tastes did not lead him to prefer political life. He was a teacher; and, receiving the appointment of school commissioner for Hillsborough county, and being secretary of the state board of education, he gladly gave up the Stars and Stripes after one successful year, and devoted himself to his official affairs and studies, and to institute work. Subsequently he successfully managed Elmwood Institute, in Boscawen, for about ten years, when he sold out, and taught awhile in Newton, Mass. ; but he soon went to Albany, N. Y., holding the office of deputy superintendent of public instruction, and where he en- gaged in literary work. He is a graduate of Dartmouth college, and was for five years principal of Pembroke academy, from 1844 to 1849. 424 NOTES ON PRINTING. Edwin Bartholomew was a journeyman printer, who came to Manchester from Boston, Mass., and became editor and propri- etor of the Stars and Stripes until the paper was removed to Laconia, when he returned to Boston, and died in Cambridge, Mass., in 1867. M. De Lafayette Stevens, the original publisher of the Stars and Stripes, JohnMcIntyre, A. H. Barnet, and A. Bunten, were printers who were concerned in the paper while it was published at Manchester, as was B. F. Wallace, until it was united with the Winnipesaukee Gazette. Semi- Weekly American. This was commenced September 1, 1845, and was published on Mondays and Thursdays of each week, by S. F. Wetmore, who is " assured that the publication is called for by the citizens of Manchester and the Whig party." Mr. Wetmore secured the services of John H. Warland as edi- tor, a gentleman of education and talents, well known at that time as a sterling, unflinching Whig, who had become popular as late editor of the Claremont Eagle. The American was small, four columns to a page, and in size 17 by 10 inches, printed upon good paper, and quite neat in appearance. Mr. Warland says, — " It will be our special aim to give matters of local news and passing interest, making the American an accept- able family and business journal. Not wholly a stranger to the Whigs of New Hampshire, the editor does not deem any ex- position of his views necessary on this occasion. He will espouse the right and true, and condemn the wrong. The paper will speak for itself." April 9, 1846, this paper passed into the possession of James O. Adams, of Concord, N. H., as edi- tor and publisher, and with the next number (61) the semi- weekly ceased, Mr. Adams thinking the patronage would not warrant its continuance, but the weekly paper connected with it was continued. For this oflBce Mr. Wetmore had procured one of Gilman's patent card presses, the first one used in Manches- ter. It was invented and made at Troy, N. Y., that year. In the American of March 19, 1846, the " Old Man of the Moun- tain" predicted that a railroad would run through the Franconia Notch sometime, and that there would also be a railroad to the top of Mount Washington, both enterprises then as far from any prospect of realization as travel by the aid of balloons to MANCHESTER PRESS. 425 Europe now is impossible. Nathaniel P. Rogers was at that time the author of many letters to the newspapers, over the sig- nature of the " Old Man of the Mountain," he having a style peculiar to himself. After his death, a work entitled " News- paper writings of N. P. Rogers," was published in Manchester, 1849, by W. H. Fisk, 280 pages, compiled from the Herald oj Freedom, a paper edited by Rogers. John H. Warland, the editor of the Semi-Weekly American, was not only an able political writer, but a 'respectable poet, as will be seen by his songs. He acquired a good reputation in Massachusetts before going to Claremont, N. H., in 1836, where he labored earnestly for the "Whig party in that place till the spring of 1842, his paper at the time being considered one of the most able ones in the state. At this time, upon the death of his wife, Mr. "Warland sold his interest in the Eagle to his part- ner, Joseph "Weber, and removed to Boston, where for a while he edited the Atlas, and also the Boston Daily American, before coming to Manchester in 1845. Mr. "Warland was with the gal- lant Col. Ransom, of "Vermont, as interpreter, during the entire Mexican war of 1846, entering the city of Mexico with the U. S. forces under Gen. Scott. His correspondence published in Boston papers during this campaign was of a highly interesting character. In January, 1849, he was engaged as editor of the Lowell Courier, continuing in that position till June 30, 1853. The death of Mrs. "Warland, a polished Christian lady, was a heavy blow to Mr. "Warland, from which he never fully re- covered. He was born at Cambridge, Mass., April 20, 1807, and died at an asylum in Taunton, Mass., July 7, 1872, aged 65 years. The youngest son is now living, and is captain of a China clipper ship. The Amoskeag Locks and Canal Company opened boating on the Merrimack to Concord June 23, 1815. Boats arrived at the Concord landing in three days and a half from Boston ; and it is recorded as an evidence of the value of the canal, that the quantity of goods brought up averaged one thousand five hun- dred tons annually, while the freight down was much greater, and for that time wonderful. The Amoskeag canal was built by Samuel Blodgett, who was born at "Woburn, Mass., April 1, 1724. He commenced the canal in 1794, and lived to see boats 426 NOTES ON PRINTING. pass up and down it when finished, the first of May, 1807 ; but he died four months later, on September 1, 1807, and his great and successful canal became the property of the Middlesex Com- pany. It was afterwards made more perfect, and extended in 1816, $60,000 being expended on improvements. It was of great public utility until the building of the Concord Railroad, which was opened on September 6, 1842, the locomotive Amos- keag drawing three passenger cars from Boston having arrived. The grounds about the depot were thronged with people to be- hold the wondrous sight, greeting the train with cheering shouts amid the ringing of bells and thunders of cannon. Until this time it was considered the proper thing for people living in the Harrytown village to prefix Amoskeag to important enterprises but when Manchester began to absorb the lands and business even the newspapers forgot that they once hailed from AmoS' keag, and substituted Manchester for the no longer coveted vil lage cognomen. The old town of Derryfield became MancheS' ter, giving up a name she had been proud of from 1751 to 1810 but the old Hall tavern at the Centre continued to do duty as a town-house until young Manchester was of age, though that tavern was separated from the river settlements by a dense for- est for many years ; but the new Manchester at length took not only the old town and its business in out of the cold, but also the villages on both sides of the river, and the sand banks of Harrytown became the site of the present city. The principal manufacturing companies in Manchester now (1886) are,— The Amoskeag Company, formed in July, 1831 . Its agent is Herman F. Straw. Stark Mills Company, chartered in 1838. Agent, Stephen N. Bourne. Manchester Mills Company, organized in 1839. Agent, Charles D. McDuffle. Langdon Mills Company, chartered in 1857, organized in 1860. Agent, William L. Killey. Amory Manufacturing Company, chartered July 1, 1879. Agent, G. P. "Whitman. Namaska Mills Company, organized in 1856. Agent, J. Wal- ter Wells. MANCHESTER PRESS. 427 Derry Mills Company, organized 1865. Agent, George F. Lincoln. P. C. Cheney Paper Company, makes seven tons of paper per day. Amoskeag Paper Mill Company, John Hoyt & Co., makes five tons book and news paper daily. Olzendam's Hosiery Mill, makes 25,000 pairs of stockings a week. Abraham P. Olzendam, proprietor. Manchester Locomotive Works. Agent, Aretus Blood. Manchester Gas Light Company. Agent, Lyman P. Ger- ould. Samuel Blodgett, who built the canal around the falls be- tween the years 1793 and 1807, led a very busy life, and his name is identified with the improvements and water-power of the river. The following anecdotes, related by one who knew him, have come down to us : Mr. Blodgett held many important ofHces in New Hampshire before the Revolution, but for some cause he took no active part in political affairs. At one time he was a deputy of the King's Woods, at another time a sutler in the French and Indian wars, and when Fort William Henry was taken by the French he was found concealed under a bateau, but was suffered to go at liber- ty after being plundered of everything but his scalp, and he was never after partial to military service. Blodgett Concert. Judge Blodgett, when in Philadelphia, trying to sell the stock of his canal, found himself without money to pay his board bills, and the idea struck him of giving a concert. He at once issued bills advertising a " categorical concert." The hall was crowded, the curtain rose, and Blodgett came forward with his instruments of music enclosed in a bag upon his arm. After a short address to his audience he threw his bag upon the stage, and then the concert commenced accord- ing to appointment, by terrible discords from the number of cat performers ! The audience enjoyed the novelty, acknowledged themselves sold, and by the sell Blodgett raised sufficient money to pay his bills and his passage home. His last speculation was the discovery of the " Elixir of Life," for prolonging life far beyond the usual age of man. Practising his theory, at the age of 83 he was confident that his medicine was a success, but 428 NOTES ON PRINTING. he took a sudden cold, without suflScient clothing to protect him, and soon died a victim to the belief that early rising, violent exercise, and wearing the same clothing winter and summer, would preserve his health and prolong his life. Stak of Progress. This paper was commenced at Manches- ter in May, 1873, by the Star Publishing Company. It was 5} by 4 inches in size ; but was enlarged, in June, to 8^ by 6J inches, and appears with two heads, as large as it can carry: — one, Star of Progress ; the other, Amoskeag Journal. Its edi- tors and proprietors were C. H. Kimball, F. H. Challis, and F. E. Webster. In May, 1874, the editors give notice that the jStar will shine no more, but the subscribers will be supplied with the Starry Flag. -F. E. Webster was, in 1876, one of the editors of the Grafton County Journal. 8takrt Flag — a paper, 8J by 6 inches in size, showing the star-spangled banner in its head, was commenced October, 1873, by O. N. Flanders, the type-setter and editor ; the press-work was by T. H. Tuson ; price, 25 cents a year ; the paper to be " the champion of the right and the opposer of the wrong." After twelve months, the Flag, all tattered and torn " in the service of amateurdom," was furled, and the subscribers sup- plied with the Boy's Herald. Mr. Flanders, in 1876, was con- nected with the Journal, at Plymouth, N. H. State Fair Bulletin — a paper issued each morning during the September fair, at Manchester, 1860, from the oflSce of the Journal of Agriculture, for gratuitous circulation upon the fair grounds and the street. It contained the programme for each day, and a full report of the doings of the day before. This was the eleventh state fair in New Hampshire. Size of paper, 14 by 94 inches. One of these bulletins, called the Mirror State Fair Bulletin, was published by John B. Clarke during the September fair of 1874. It was the size of the Daily Mirror. An Agri- cultural Bulletin — size, 10 by 6i — was published at Concord in the interests of the different organizations of the state in 1872 and 1873. Sunday Globe. This Sunday newspaper was commenced in Globe block, Hanover street, February 7, 1875, by Ai Rollins and S. S. Kingdon, and completed on Saturday night, so as to give all news on Sunday morning. It had a field of its own. MANCHESTEE PRESS. 42* and entered into no rivalry with existing journals. It was independent in politics, and remained so as long as published. In May, 1876, Mr. Rollins retired from the Globe, and it was afterwards published by his partner, Samuel S. Kingdon. In January, 1877, the oflace was removed to Straw's block on Elm street, soon after which the paper was discontinued. The Qlohe was a very good family newspaper, bright, cheery, and interest- ing. It was printed on the Mirror press after the first three numbers, which were worked on a hand press in the oflBce of William E. Moore. The Globe hits off modern journalism, and the rage for inter- viewing people for opinions, as follows: "The reporters being paid by the line, make the most of everything ; and if a barn blows down, there will be a diagram of the premises ; view of the barn before being blown down ; view of the barn while being blown down ; view of the ruins ; interview with the hired man,. who said he always knowed it was agoing to blow down ; inter- view with the owner, with his and other theories on barns' blow- ing down ; interview with Prof essor Mugwump, the distinguished Chicago savant, with his views as to the reason why barns blow down rather than up ; comparative table of barn mortality in this and other states for the last forty years, showing percent- age of barns blowing down compared with the illiterate vote ;. history of barns from the earliest times to the present ; state- ment of loss — five hundred dollars." Now for a word about the origin of the Sunday newspaper. Tears ago a smart American said to a London newsboy one Sat- urday afternoon, when the urchin cried out, — " 'Ere's ter-mor- rer's Times " " If you veill cry out the Sunday Times, I will take one." The boy said, " All right. 'Ere's yer ter-morrer's- Sunday Times." The paper was then printed during the week, and sold on Saturday evening. And to-day only two of the great London dailies publish a Sunday edition. The New York Herald was the first of the American dailies to publish a Sunday edition. This was in 1841 ; but during the war, one by one the great dailies of New York and New England came in. In the case of the state which published the most papers in 1882, the average circulation of the Sunday edition was 60 per cent, of the circulation of the daily editions ; and an investigation proved 430 NOTES ON PRINTING. that in four Massachusetts towns the Sunday paper went into every other house. Ai KoLLiNS was born in North Hampton, N. H., December 23, 1844. He came to Manchester, and in company with S. S. Kingdon commenced the Sunday Globe February 7, 1875, and dissolved his connection with that paper May 9, 1876. He was engaged at the Mirror oflSce from 1876 to 1880, when he went to the office of Eand, Avery & Co., Boston ; from whence, in July, 1881, he went to San Francisco, California, and took charge of Bacon & Co.'s printing-office in that city until Octo- ber, 1883 ; since which he has been with A. L. Bancroft & Co. as a proof-reader. This house is the largest publishing house on the Pacific coast. Their publications are principally law and school books. Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of the firm, is the author of a series of Pacific coast histories in about forty volumes, which have given him quite a reputation as a historian. In a letter from Mr. Rollins, he says, — " You have heard of the young man . who was kicked by a mule, and had his countenance disfigured, and who, on asking if he would ever again be as handsome as he was, was told by his father that in all reasonable probability he would never again be quite so good looking, but that he would know a great deal more. So of my newspaper experience in Manchester, — though unsuccessful, it brought me friends and acquaintances whom I shall ever value highly." A correspondent of the Sunday Globe says, — " Though it is true that Captain Smith discovered portions of New Hampshire in 1614, it is also true that Martin Pring, in 1603, examined the Piscataqua river for three or four leagues eleven years previous to Smith's visit, and thus made the first known discovery of New Hampshire. His expedition was one undertaken by pri- vate enterprise, in two vessels. Pring was not credited with the discovery, possibly because a man who had made the voyage to New England, and who came with him, had the previous year been all along the coast with Captain Bartholomew G-osnold, from Falmouth, England, and in the capacity of pilot had knowl- edge of the coast from Massachusetts to Maine, and who with Gosnold made land in New Hampshire in 1602, but made no claim as a discoverer, though he much aided Pring. Samuel de Champlain and others visited New Hampshire, and was at MANCHESTER PBESS. 431 Odiorne's Point, now in Dover, in 1605. He also discovered the Isles of Shoals in this year, and the Merrimack river. At Odiorne's Point, he says, — " I discovered a canoe, and near it five or six savages dancing on the shore. I made the savages each a present of a knife and some biscuit, which they received with joy." Champlain was the first white man to tread the soil of New Hampshire. Saturday Night Dispatch. A large weekly newspaper, be- gun January 24, 1874, by Merritt S. Hunt, who had been con- nected with papers at Pittsburgh and Titusville, Penn. It was published at No. 3 "Wells block, Spring street, and was devoted to entertaining literature, and general and local news. M. S. Hunt, editor and proprietor. fl.oO per year. Mr. Hunt, in his "overture," remarks "that there is an opening for a first class family newspaper, and there is a call for a lively and enterprising local paper ; and also a demand for a fearless and incorruptible independent newspaper; — and such a paper we pledge ourselves to make the ' Dispatch.' We wish to remark, that the paper is neither supported or conducted by any moneyed interest, religious sect, or political party. We depend entirely upon the favor of the people at large for success. We shall use our utmost endeavor to make their interests our own, and we are ready to accept the issue, be it success or failure." The Dispatch was a 32-column, large size sheet, well filled with entertaining literature, and general and local news. From Sep- tember 1 to December 1, 1874, James O. Adams was associated with Mr. Hunt. After this the paper was owned by M. S. Hunt and Henry H. Everett until March 31, 1877, when Mr. Everett sold his interest in the paper to Mr. Hunt. On April 21, 1877, the Dispatch was conducted by M. S. Hunt, Frank H. Challis, and Will E. Gilmore. September 8, 1877, Mr. Hunt is again sole proprietor, and he now changed the title to the Manchester Dispatch. January 6, 1878, the paper and office passed into the hands of Andrew J. Hoyt, and was soon after discontinued. Mr. Hoyt was of the Exeter News Letter. Merritt S. Hunt was born at Peacham, Vt., November 14, 1842, and after considerable experience in conducting news- papers at Peacham and St. Johnsbury, Vt., and at Eagle Rock, Penn., came to Manchester, after closing editorial labors at 432 NOTES ON PRINTING. Pittsburgh and Titusville, and commenced the Dispatch, 1874. Returning to Peacham, after selling his paper here, he engaged in teaching school, and later in mercantile business in his native town. Spt. The Manchester Spy was commenced August 24, 1850. Its size was about 13 by 9 inches, and it was published every Saturday morning by W. Newell Haradon at No. 2 Museum, building, for $1 per annum in advance, and was " independent in everything — neutral in nothing." Mr. Haradon, the editor, in the words of Hamilton, says, — " The liberty of the press consists in the right to publish the truth with good motives and for justifiable ends, though reflecting on government or individ- uals ;" and the paper in many respects represented this belief. It certainly took large liberty with matters and things which perhaps might as well have remained unmentioned ; but the liberty of the Spy was never curtailed, nor was the editor ever prosecuted that I know of for anything said in his paper, or complained of, all the articles being considered as amusing rather than slanderous. It might have been different had the paper been published somewhere else, as in China, for instance. There the dangers attending editors are well illustrated by the fate of one whose crime was set forth by the judges of a court there, who charge that he presumed to meddle with the great dictionary, and had contradicted some of its definitions. He had mentioned the name of Confucius disrespectfully, and said that himself was a descendant of Whang-See ! If there was in these charges anything reprehensible, it was the claiming of so illustrious a genealogy. On these charges the court decided that the criminal editor should be cut in pieces, his print-house confiscated, and his family, including the printers, put to death, all but his concubines, children, and attendants under sixteen, years of age, and these shall be exiled and given as slaves to some grandee of another empire. Later, the sovereign, by peti- tion of many friends of the editor, issued an edict mitigating the severity of the punishment by forgiving the family and the printers ; and instead of cutting the editor in pieces, it was or- dered " that he should only have his head cut off, and the sons of the editor shall be pardoned until they be found guilty of a. second offence." MANCHESTER PRESS. 433 The editor of the Spy early promised " to publish nothing prompted by mere malevolence, and to suppress nothing of in- terest to society." In August, 1851, he says he is " about to enlarge the Spy, and that he will make the paper such as will cause the feathers to fly, and kick dull care to the devil." It was enlarged to 17 by llf inches. In 1852 it was sold to the publishers of the Farmen' Monthly Visitor, and was incorpo- rated with that paper. Mr. Haradon died in Manchester, April 30, 1872. Telescope. This was a weekly newspaper published for some time at the Spy oflSce, in size ISJ by 9 inches. It was much such a paper as the Spy, published with the same motto, and containing many of the same editorials, with wood engrav- ings of the same style. It was commenced in 1848 by W. N. Haradon, and was small in size at the first, but was later en- larged. The editors were Haradon & Kieley ; office at No. 66 Riddle's building ; but it was soon removed to No. 2 Museum building. In January, 1849, the paper was enlarged to 19 J by 13f inches. In February Mr. Kieley retired from the paper. In January, 1850, the Telescope returned to its original size, and at length merged with the Spy, though in April, 1850, the editor gave notice that in May the Telescope would be made the largest paper published in New Hampshire. This promise not being fulfilled, one of the papers of the time said : "The editor of the Telescope, who promised us a big thing, retires, and per- haps with a complete conviction that all is vanity; From the hour he started his paper to the present time he has been solic- ited to lie upon every subject, and cannot remember ever having told the truth without diminishing his subscription list or mak- ing enemies. Under these circumstances of trial, and having a. thorough contempt for himself, he retires in order to recruit his. moral constitution." Temperance Banner. This paper, 13J by 9f inches in size, was commenced at Concord in 1847, and removed to Manches- ter. It was published for the State Temperance Society, of which Dr. Thomas Brown was president, on the first of every month, and was printed at the oflace of the Democrat. The paper makes the following sensible appeal : "If you are a Dem- ocrat, remain a Democrat still, but a Temperance Democrat ; 28 434 NOTES ON PRINTING. or if you are a Whig, remain a "Whig, but a Temperance "Whig." The paper was partly edited by Moses A. Cartland, of "Weare, and partly by the board members. After three years it returned to Concord, and was united with a journal there. April 14, 1848, the publishers of the Democrat said, — "We work off twelve thousand Temperance Banners monthly." I have seen a statement that William Lloyd Garrison was the first editor of a temperance newspaper. It is true that he estab- lished the second total abstinence paper in this country, called The Journal of the Times. It was printed at Bennington, Vt., in 1827, and there was one published in Boston about the same time by William Collier, a Baptist clergyman ; but the first tem- perance paper I have ever seen was published by Flagg & Gould in 1825, at Addover, Mass. It was entitled Tlie Jour- nal of Humanity, and was devoted to total abstinence from everything that could intoxicate a person. Times. A large-sized weekly newspaper, commenced at No. 1096 Elm street, January 26, 1878, by Everett & Aldrich, con- sisting of 32 columns. It was Republican politically, but claimed and exercised the privilege of criticising, condemning, or commending the acts of the party, as they appear to pro- mote or injure public interests. At the close of "V'ol. 1, Mr. Aldrich retired from the Times, and it was afterwards published by Everett Brothers, until the close of Vol. 3, when it passed into the hands of Henry H. Everett. One prominent feature of this paper was a department under the head of " The Vets' Budget," which was filled with stories, anecdotes, and miscel- laneous matters relating to the war of the Great Rebellion, and the doings of the Grand Army. This department was so pop- ular with the soldiers and their friends that several other papers here and elsewhere opened their columns to similar depart- ments. The Times also published much interesting matter rel- ative to the many secret and other societies of the city. On March 3, 1883, the editor of the Times, under the head "An Unexpected Result," mildly says, — "Without a moment's no- tice, a party who holds a claim against the office for about one third the value of the bare material suddenly foreclosed, and we have assented to dispense with any delay, and to dispose of the office at public auction, on Tuesday next, the 6th instant." MANCHESTER PRESS. 435 Traders' Advertiser commenced October 25, 1865, and pub- lished weekly by Gage & Houghton, 85 Merchants Exchange, in Manchester. It was mainly an advertising sheet, though having some editorials, miscellaneous articles, and news items. Trade Journal. Commenced at Manchester, March, 1867, and published monthly by W. S. Lamson, No. 3 Music Hall building, for free circulation. Size 11-^ by Si inches. The main object, after advertising, was to amuse by presenting a budget of fun to scare away the blues and enliven the family circle. The Tradesman, commenced at Manchester, October, 1882 ; devoted to advertising, no name appearing as publisher. Size lOJ by 7i inches. The- True Friknd. "A fountain of gardens, a well of liv- ing waters, and streams from Lebanon. Cast thy bread upon the waters, for thou shalt find it after many days. Take away the dross from the silver, and there shall come forth a vessel for the refiner." Manchester, January 13, 1860. Size 10 by 7 inches. Price five cents a copy. The True Republican. A weekly journal, edited by an association of young men, commenced February 24, 1859, and published by B. F. Stanton, at Manchester. It supported Ich- abod Goodwin for governor- of the state. Mr. Stanton after- wards was publisher of the Lake Village Times, and later was the proprietor of the Bradford Opinion, Vt. Temperance and School Celebration, July 4, 1845. Ad- dress by Rev. Mr. Cilley ; music by the Band. Addresses by Rev. Messrs. Foss, Dexter, Briarly, Moore, and Tillotson, with appropriate singing. A broadside. Terrible Fight in Lowell ! The widow Butler nearly killed by Laughable Smart. Two page 8mo. No date. Union Democrat was commenced on the 31st of January, 1851, by William H. Gilmore & Co., of Manchester, Mr. Gilmore being the general manager, and the proprietors being an associa- tion of gentlemen in favor of the union and constitution of the states. Several gentlemen assisted as editors of the first few numbers. On the 14th of February, 1851, James M. Campbell, of Henniker, was announced as the editor, which position he occupied, with a slight interregnum in 1861-2, for over twen- 436 NOTES ON PRINTING. ty-flve years; — he retired April 1, 1876, on account of ill- health. On the 18th of June, 1852, Campbell & Gilmore pur- chased the paper of the original proprietors, and published it until August 15, 1855, when Mr. Campbell became sole proprie- tor ; and he continued to February 5, 1856, to publish it. On that date the office was destroyed by fire, the proprietor recov- ering only $1,000 insurance. The paper, which had been issued from Patten's bloclr, was afterwards printed in Union building, over the Manchester Bank. On the 18th of May, 1861, Hon. Walter Harriman purchased one half of the paper. It was published as the Weekly Union by Campbell & Harriman until September 9, 1862, Mr. Harriman being the editor. Mr. Camp- bell then purchased the establishment, and restored the original title, which for a time had been the Weekly Union. April 1, 1863, Col. Thomas P. Pierce became the associate of Mr. Campbell, and they commenced the Daily Union, which had be- fore been issued at intervals, but was continued regularly now. Col. Pierce sold his interest in the papers on January 1, 1864, to Mr. Charles Lamson ; and August 1, 1864, the owners were J. M. Campbell & Co. Mr. A. A. Hanscom, at this date, bought the interest of Mr. Lamson, and the firm became Campbell & Hanscom. September 1, 1872, George A. Hanscom purchased one half of his brother's interest, and Mr. James L. Campbell purchased one half of his father's interest. These four per- sons managed the paper until April 1, 1876, when the partner- ship was broken by the retirement of the senior Mr. Campbell, who sold to the remaining partners. On the 8th of July, 1870, the office was threatened with a second destruction by the great flre which burned the block of buildings between Hanover and Manchester streets, back of Merchants Exchange. The press on which the paper had been printed was destroyed, but the direct loss to the Union establishment was not great. July 4, 1876, the Daily Union published a centennial number of the paper, in honor of the glorious Fourth of 1776. The state declared itself free from the rule of Great Britain on June 11, 1776, nearly one month before the Declaration of Independence was made by the United States ; and the Union chose to cele- brate the day by publishing for its subscribers this neat and well filled little 6f by 4^ paper, containing among other matters a MANCHESTER PRESS. 437 real hearty " 'Rah for the Granite State." It is probable that no paper was ever commenced in New Hampshire under more favorable circumstances than the Union Democrat. It was born under the care of the united party ; it had more than sixty prominent and influential god-fathers to watch over its growth and prosperity, and to minister to its wants. The party named it, procured it nurses, and found for it managers and editors, men of sound Democratic principles, men of ability, intelli- gence, and patriotism. All the paper had to do for itself was to swallow its pap, grow strong and healthy, and in time repay its supporters by supporting the party and its friends. In 1874 the Union Democrat office was in the new building, completed in February of that year by the proprietors for their own use ; and here the editor says, — " We have been called upon to increase the amount of machinery necessary for our work." The paper at this time was the largest one in the state, was devoted to democracy, general news, agriculture, and mis- cellaneous literature. Price, $1.50 per year. Of the editors, James M. Campbell was the first employed. He was born in Henniker in February, 1817. When quite a young man he went to Fredericksburg, Virginia, where he was engaged in news- paper work. Returning home he was made editor of the Union in 1851, continuing, as editor and as part owner, to manage that journal until 1876, when he removed to Florida, where he en- gaged in orange culture, with a view of restoring his failing health, which had become impaired during his arduous editorial labors. He died at Sorento, Florida, April 30, 1883, aged 66 years. Walter Harriman, son of Benjamin E. Harriman, was born at Warner, April 8, 1817; in 1861 he became associated with Mr. Campbell as editor and one of the proprietors of the Weekly Union, as it was called while he was connected with it, at Man- chester. In 1868 he was elected governor of the state. His services to the towns in which he has resided, to the government, and to his native state,, as a legislator, oflScer of the Union army, and in the other oflSces he filled with credit, together with his gifts as an orator, made him as well known as any man in New England. He also acquired reputation for writing a very valu- able historv of his native town — Warner ; and he has been a 438 NOTES ON PRINTING. contributor to various standard publications. The degree of A. M. was conferred upon him by Dartmouth college in 1867. The following appeared in the paper after his death : Ex-Gov. Walter Harriman, who had been in ill-health for more than a year, died at his residence in Concord, 1883. For ten weeks he had been confined to his bed, gradually wasting away in strength, and many times fluctuating between life and death. He died of heart disease, and his age was 67 years, 8 months, and 17 days. For more than a genera- tion past Governor Harriman had been closely identified with the politi- cal history of New Hampshire. He had served as representative, sena- tor, treasurer, secretary of state, and governor, with marked ability. He was the editor of the Manchester Union when the war broke out, and he then laid down his pen and took up the sword, being made colonel of the 11th Regiment New Hampshire Volunteers ; and every survivor of that regiment will receive the announcement of his death with sorrow, for he had a warm place in their hearts. For eight years after his retirement as governor of the state, he was naval officer of the port of Boston ; and in 1879 he published a history of Warner of 581 pages ; and in 1882 he made a journey to the Holy Land, and in 1883 wrote " Travels and Observa- tions in the Orient." He married Apphia K., daughter of Stephen Hoyt, of Warner, in September, 1841, who died two years afterwards. In October, 1844, he married Almira E. Andrews, of Sutton, by whom he had three children, — Georgia, wife of Joseph R. Leeson, of Boston; Walter Channing, of Exeter, and recent solicitor of Rockingham county ; and Benjamin E., a physician, who died at his father's residence in May, 1880. Alpheus a. Hanscom was born in Eliot, Maine, March 25, 1818, and, previous to his connection with the Union Democrat, had been the editor and proprietor of the Maine Democrat at Saco, from March 1, 1843, until May 15, 1864. He is now edi- tor and proprietor of the Daily Times at Portsmouth, N. H. George A. Hanscom, a brother of Alpheus A. , learned the printing business with his brother at Saco, after which he fol- lowed the sea as captain of a merchant vessel ; but on Septem- ber 1, 1872, he became connected with the Union Democrat, and James L. Campbell, son of James M., was with him admitted as a fourth partner at the same time, under the firm name of Campbell & Hanscom. The two last named are now editors and proprietors of the Lowell Times in the city of Lowell, Mas- sachusetts. MANCHESTER PRESS. 439 George H. Colby, statioa agent at Plymouth, N. H., 1885, was formerly a resident of Manchester, and the first reporter for the Daily Union, obtaining for it its first subscriber. The Union Democrat was purchased, November 10, 1879, by Stilson Hutchins, J. C. Moore, and J. H. Riedel. Subsequently J. C. Moore bought out the other two partners, and now pub- lishes the paper under the firm name of the Union Publishing Compan}'. CoL. Thomas P. Pierce, of the Union Democrat, was born in Chelsea, Mass., August 30, 1820. He came to Manchester, and' was appointed post-master here in 1853, continuing in oiBce until 1861, when he removed to Nashua, where he has since been a resident. He was with Gen. Scott at the surrender of Mexico, and in 1861 was commander of the 2d New Hampshire regiment, and in 1862 commanded the 12th regiment. Alpheds Hanscom was born in Eliot, Maine (then a part of Kittery) November 29, 1795, and was educated in the common and grammar schools of his town and at Phillips Exeter Acad- emy. He was a farmer and school teacher, working on his farm in summer, and teaching school in the winter, for most of his active business life. He married Mary Libbey May 20, 1817, a native of Eliot, born March 17, 1797, to whom were born seven children, all at Eliot. Mr. Hanscom and his wife were mem- bers of the Congregational church at the time of their marriage ; and he was, when yet a young man, chosen a deacon of the church, aud held the office till his death. He was always much interested in schools and educational affairs, and was usually one of the town school-committee. He was one of a few citi- zens of the town who instituted the Eliot academy, which, start- ing in 1839, flourished for a number of years, the first preceptor being Israel Kimball, then just graduated from Bowdoin college. Deacon Hanscom was also one of the earliest and most active temperance men of his town, taking a prominent part in the reform from the old custom of drinking cider and liquors, and offering them to all company and to workingmen in one's era- ploy. This was the practice in Eliot till about 1830. Mr. Hanscom died August 24, 1847, and his wife died January 9, 1851. James William Hanscom was born in Eliot, October 22, 1827, 440 NOTES ON PRINTING. and was fitted to enter college at the Eliot academy, and gradu- ated at Bowdoin college in 1846. He was a school teacher in Portland for a short time, when he became preceptor of Thorn- ton academy at Saco. While thus employed he fell sick with dysentery, and after one week died, August 22, 1847, at the house of his brother Alpheus. He was an excellent scholar, and had high aspirations as a student. Daniel Hanscom was born at Eliot, June 1, 1820, and is by trade a house carpenter ; resided after his marriage on the farm that had belonged to his father, in Eliot. About twenty-five years ago he sold his farm to Sylvester Hanscom, and moved with his family to Cambridgeport, Mass., where he now resides. JtJLiA Hanscom was born at Eliot, June 14, 1823, and was married, first, to Amos Sargent, of Dover, N. H., who died after a few years. She then married Joseph L. Grant, of Dover, who lived but a few years after their marriage. She has a son by each of these marriages, now living. Bedford Webster Sargent, now captain of the steamsiiip Indiana, of the Philadelphia and Liverpool line, has his family in Kittery, and visits home for a few days while his ship is in Philadelphia. Charles Hamilton Grant is first mate on the steamship Westernland, of the line from New York to Antwerp, and has just taken his wife and two sons from Kittery to Antwerp to reside. The mother of Messrs. Sargent and Grant resides in Kittery. Abby M. Hanscom was born at Eliot, November 17, 1838, and married John R. Dinsmore, of Kittery ; and they have resided there till the present year, when they removed to a farm in Eliot, where they now live, with their two sons. John Hanscom was born at Eliot, June 11, 1830, and lived upon his father's farm till he was about eighteen years old, when he went to Saco, where he taught school for a while ; then learned the printing business with his brother Alpheus, and was employed by him in the office of the Maine Democrat till Alpheus sold the paper and moved to Manchester, N. H. John then established himself in the job-printing business in Biddeford, residing with his family upon a farm on the Ferry road, Saco, till 1884, when he moved to Biddeford. In 1882 he started the Maine Sentinel (Democratic paper) at Biddeford, there being no Democratic paper in York county. The paper at once ob- MANCHESTER PRESS. 441 tained a good circulation, and has ever since been well sustained. He held the office of collector of customs at the port of Saco during President Johnson's administration. George Albert Hanscom, born in Eliot, Me., June 25, 1836 ; attended the district school and an occasional term at the Eliot academy till February 1, 1851, when he went to Saco, entering the office of the Maine Democrat, and living in the family of its editor and proprietor, A. A. Hanscom. He became a very effi- cient printer, but thinking he would prefer some other business, on May 30, 1853, he went to sea, fully intending to make that profession a life business. He was in the East India trade, on American merchant ships, until September, 1864 (having, in the meantime, been promoted through the various grades to chief officer). Then he left a ship in Antwerp to go home via Liver- pool as passenger. In Liverpool he was invited to join a new line of steamers then being built in England, and largely owned by American merchants in Bombay, to run East Indian cotton into Liverpool market via the Red sea, the supply of American cotton being cut off by the civil war. He joined the service in October, 1864, as chief officer ; was promoted to captain in 1865, and ran various steamers of the company from Bombay to Suez, whence cargo and passengers were transported to Alexandria by rail, reembarking there for Liverpool. This was continued till the Suez canal was opened, when he was among the first to take a large steamer (360 feet in length and 20 feet draught) through the canal. He continued steamshipping until June, 1872, when, after nineteen years' service, in which he had never been " unattached" to a ship more than three months at a time, and only once so long, he left the sea, and in July entered the office of the Daily Union at Manchester, then owned and pub- lished by Campbell & Hanscom (James M. Campbell and Alpheus A. Hanscom). Soon after (September, 1872) he and James L. Campbell (son of James M.) were admitted as partners in the firm of Campbell & Hanscom. Subsequently Mr. Campbell, Sr , sold his interest in the paper to the other partners, and went to Florida to reside. On November 10, 1879, the firm of Campbell & Hanscom sold out their papers and printing-office, and their firm and business was closed. George A. Hanscom and James L. Campbell then went to Lowell, Mass., and bought the Lowell 442 NOTES ON PRINTING. Morning Times newspaper and printing-oflRce, taking possession December 15, 1879. They took ttie firm name of Campbell & Hanscom, and the paper, much enlarged and improved, is still printed by them. George A. Hanscom married, July 6, 1858, Lizzie Deering, daughter of William Deering, of Sacn, Me. Their children are Elizabeth Deering Hanscom, born at Saco, Aug. 15, 1865 ; Will- iam Hendee Hanscom, born at Saco, March 27, 1869 ; Sarah Margaret Hanscom, born at Manchester, Oct. 31, 1876, and died in infancy. Alpheus Augustus Hanscom was born in Eliot, Me., March 25, 1818. He worked upon his father's farm, attending the district school winters, till he was sixteen years old, when he became an apprentice to the tanning and currying business with his uncle, David Libbey, of Portsmouth, living in his family. He remained there two years, when, preferring some other busi- ness, he returned to his father's in Eliot, and in March, 1836, entered the ofBce of the Dover (N. H.) Gazette, then owned and published by John T. Gibbs. He remained there three years, till he was twenty-one years of age. During this time he became a member of the Congregational church, then under the pastoral care of Rev. David Root. He worked a short time as journeyman in the Gazette office, and then went to Boston, where he was for a time compositor in a book printing-office. In the fall of 1839 he returned to his father's in Eliot. Find- ing the newly established Eliot academy in operation, he re- mained there for two years, attending the academy as a student and assistant teacher, and at times working on his father's farm. In the winter of 1840-41 he taught the district school in the Shapleigh district. At that time his father taught the school in another district, his brother James attended the acad- emy, and the younger children of the family attended the school of another district, members of the family starting each morn- ing for four different schools in the town. In the fall of 1841 A. A. H. went to Saco, and worked as a journeyman in the office of the York County Herald (Whig paper), then owned and published by Stephen Webster, contin- uing there till the paper was discontinued, in the spring of 1843, when (March 7, 1843) he bought of Michael Beck the Maine MANCHESTER PRESS. 443 Democrat newspaper and printing-office in Saeo. He continued to be the editor and proprietor of the paper till May 15, 1864, when he sold out to "William Noyes & Son. During the time he served several terms on the school committee of the town, and as school-district agent ; was treasurer of York county three years ; and held the office of collector of customs of the port of Saco four years, being commissioned by President Pierce in the last year of his term, and continuing till the last year of Presi- dent Buchanan's term, not asking for a reappointment. In 1864, August 1, A. A. H. went to Manchester, N. H., and by purchase of Charles Lamson, became owner of one half interest in the Manchester Daily Union, and partner with James M. Campbell, owner of the other half, under the firm name of Campbell & Hanscom. Here he took charge of the financial concerns of the company, Mr. Campbell attending to the edito- rial department until the retirement of Mr. C, when Mr. H. became the chief editor. In September, 1872, George A. Hanscom (brother to A. A.) and James L. Campbell (son of James M.) were admitted as partners in the firm. On Novem- ber 10, 1879 (Mr. Campbell senior having previously sold his interest to the other partners) , the paper was sold out, and the firm and business of Campbell & Hanscom closed. On December 15, 1879, A. A. H. bought and took possession of the Portsmouth Daily Evening Times and the States and Union, and the printing-office connected, and moved his family to Portsmouth, N. H., where he continues to reside and publish these papers. He is at present Collector of Customs of the port of Portsmouth, having been appointed by President Cleve- land to that office on July 1, 1885. A. A. Hanscom was married September 20, 1843, to Mary Milliken (daughter of Arthur Milliken, of Saco), born in Troy, N. Y., September 18, 1820, where she lived till the removal of her father to Saco in 1841. Their children are, — Julia, born at Saco, April 18, 1845, now wife of O. J. Corson, and residing in Manchester, N. H ; Alpheus, born in Saco, March 1, 1849, and died May 7, 1850; Charles, born at Saco, May 23, 1851, and died June 13, 1851 ; Mary Libbey, born at Saco, Decem- ber 25, 1854. Campbell & Hanscom publish the Lowell, Mass., Morning 444 NOTES ON PRINTING. Times, daily, which is now in its thirteenth year, and also the Lowell Weekly Times, which has reached its fourteenth year. These gentlemen were formerly connected with the Union Dem- ocrat at Manchester, N. H. Joseph Clifford Moore, editor of the daily and weekly Union, was born in Loudon, N. H., August 22, 1845, and early removed with his father's family to Lake Village, and came to Manchester in 1879, but yet retains his residence at Lake Vil- lage. He was a member of the state senate in 1880, and in 1884 received the degree of A. M. from Dartmouth college. In 1885 he was elected president of the New Hampshire Club. The Manchester Union establishment was purchased Novem- ber 10, 1879, by Stilson Hutchins of Laconia, Joseph C. Moore of Lake Village, and John H. Eiedel of Boston, Mass., and J. C Moore was appointed as company managing editor. In 1881 Mr. Riedel sold his shares to Hutchins and Moore, and in 1882 Mr. Hutchins sold his interest in the establishment to Mr. Moore, who has since ably conducted the papers. Among the gentlemen who have been engaged in various capacities at different dates upon the daily and weekly newspa- pers by Mr. Moore, I And, in 1881, Henry H. Metcalf ; in 1882, B. F. Sauraan and George F Parker ; since which John T. Hulme, Edward J. Burnham, Edgar J. Knowlton, Herbert W. Eastman, Henry H. Everett, Walter E. West, Willis T. Dodge, John B. Mills,_ Herbert N. Davison, True M. Thompson, George F. Richards, C. Fred Crosby, Mrs. L. A. Scott, Mrs. Etta F. Shepard, and probably others who are not here mentioned, have had engagements under Mr. Moore's direction, showing that help has not been wanting to make the newspapers both readable and acceptable to the patrons of the Union. Since the Union came into the hands of the new firm the cir- culation has increased, that of the weekly fivefold, and that of the daily tenfold. James Latham Campbell was born in Henniker, N. H., Feb- ruary 15, 1848. He was a son of James M. and Zillah D. Campbell. Owing to the death of his mother when five years of age, he lived for several years in Henniker on the farm of his grandfather. Removed to Manchester about 1858, and at- tended school. Learned the printing business in the office of MANCHESTER PRESS. 445 the Union Democrat, becoming foreman of the mechanical de- partment in 1870. In 1872, September 1, he became a member of the firm of Campbell & Hanscom, in company with his father and Messrs. Alpheus A. and George A. Hanscom. James M. Campbell sold his interest to the other three members April 1, 1876. The new firm continued as publishers of the paper until November 10, 1879, when they sold out to Hutchins, Riedel & Co. James L., during his proprietorship, had, besides the supervision of the composing-room, aided in the compilation of the news, especially that of the state, and was an expert proof- reader. On December 15, 1879, in company with George A. Hanscom, James L. Campbell formed a new firm, Campbell & Hanscom, purchased the office and good- will of the morning and weekly Times at Lowell, Mass., in the publication of which they are now engaged. J. L. Campbell was married November 22, 1871, to Kate L. Porter, at Manchester, and they have three children. Mr. Campbell says that he " never ran for a political oflSce, and that he never has been in state prison !" Charles Powhatan Campbell, eldest son of James M. Campbell, was born at Fredericksburg, Va., December 25, 1845, and died at Brighton, Mass., July 24, 1871. At an early age he learned to set type in the office of his father, and followed the business for many years ; but being of a studious turn of mind, showing a marked degree of intellectual ability in his ear- liest years, he resolved to obtain a classical education. Pre- paring himself at Northfield, Vt., and at Cambridge, Mass., he entered Trinity college at Hartford, Conn., in 1867, where he proved his superior scholarship at graduation, July 13, 1871, by winning one of the two prizes awarded on the occasion. It was his intention to continue his studies and qualify for the minis- try ; and it was on his way home, while arranging to enter the Episcopal Divinity school at Cambridge, Mass., that he was attacked with dysentery, and died, as above stated. Mr. Campbell was a man of great amiability of character, of a serious and contemplative mental organization. He was a member of Grace church of this city, one loved and esteemed by a wide circle of friends. His sudden death at the portals of usefulness, following so immediately upon his graduation with high honors and bright outlook, was a sorrow from which his father never recovered. C. F. Livingston. 446 NOTES ON PRINTING. Union Democrat and New Hampshire Agriculturist — a weekly newspaper for the farmer, the family, and general reader, published every Tuesday by Hutchins, Reidel & Co. ; Stilson Hutchins, of Washington, D. C, editor. Price, $1.25 a year, in advance. It is an 8-page folio of large dimensions, and was, until 1879, the Union Democrat. In 1880, it was ornamented with a very neatly engraved head. [See The Union Democrat.'] Universalist Herald, an advertising paper ; the Dinner Bell, the Unitarian ; and one by the Unitarian society, entitled Tur- key Dinner and Mother Goose, were large sized, fair papers of 1878. Union Sergeant — commenced by a committee of the W. W. Brown Camp No. 1 , Sons of Veterans, of Manchester, Febru- ary, 1885. The paper appears as an advertising sheet, particu- larly devoted to a series of dramatic entertainments to be given by the ofHcers and brothers of the camp, at Smyth's opera house. Vesper — printed as an advertising sheet, Smyth's block, Oct. 11, 1878, by C. L. Fitzpatrick, in the interest of the Vesper Boat Club levees. Several other advertising papers appeared this year. Voice of the Fair, for 1881, 1882 ; the Helper, by the ladies of the Merrimack-street Free Baptist society ; the Gh'ottan Ad- vocate, for the benefit of the Orphan's Home, Nov. 8, 1878 ; and several other papers for the various fairs, were published in Manchester from 1869 to 1883. Voice is the name of a small paper 7^ by 4} inches in size, four pages, published at Manchester by W. A. Loyne, pas- tor of St. James Methodist Episcopal Mission church, corner of Pine and Penacook streets, in the interests of the church, monthly. Mr. Will E. Hopkins is associated with Rev. Mr. Loyne in conducting the Voice. Commenced November, 1883. Price, 10 cents for the winter. Workingmen's Advocate. Motto, ' ' Life should be a struggle to help others." Commenced at Manchester, January, 1878 ; size, 12 by 9 inches ; price, good-will. Edited by John M. Berry, " who knows it wont suit some, but hopes it may benefit many." Mr. Berry also published the American Housewife in MANCHESTER PRESS. 447 1878, devoted to the true interests of our homes. This was the same size as the Advocate. Price, 5 cents. Origin of the Post-Offioe. The post-ofHce is an example of the mode in which things change while names remain. It was originally the office which arranged the posts, or places at which, on the great roads, relays of horses and men could be obtained for the rapid forwarding of government dispatches. There was a chief post-master of England many years before any system of conveyance of private letters by the crown was established. Such letters were conveyed either by carriers, who used the same horses throughout their whole journey, or by relays of horses maintained by private individuals, that is, by private post. The scheme of carrying the correspondence of the public by means of crown messengers originated in connection with foreign trade. A post-office for letters to foreign parts was established "for the benefit of the English merchants" in the reign of James I, but the extension of the system to inland letters was left to the succeeding reign. Charles I, by a proclamation issued in 1635, may be said to have founded the present post-office. By this proclamation he commanded "his post-master of England for foreign parts to settle a running post or two, to run night and day between Edinburg and London, to go thither and come back again in six days, and to take with them all such letters as shall be directed to any post-town in or near that road." Neighboring towns, such as Lincoln and Hull, were to be linked on to this main route, and posts on similar principles were direct- ed to be established on other great high roads, such as those to Chester and Holyhead, to Exeter and Plymouth. So far no monopoly was claimed, but two years afterward a second proclamation forbade the carriage of letters by any mes- sengers except those of the king's post-master-general, and thus the present system was inaugurated. The monopoly thus claimed, though no doubt devised by the king to enhance the royal power and to bring money into the exchequer, was adopt- ed by Cromwell and his parliament, one main advantage in their eyes being that the carriage of correspondence by the govern- ment would afford "the best means to discover and prevent any dangerous and wicked designs against the commonwealth." The opportunity of an extensive violation of letters, especially 448 NOTES ON PRINTING. if they proceeded from suspected royalists, was no doubt an at- tractive bait ; and it is rattier amusing to notice how the tables- were thus turned on the monarchical party by means of one of the sovereign's own acts of aggression. However, from one motive or another, royalists and parliamentarians agreed in the establishment of a state post, and the institution has come down without a break from the day of Charles I to our own. Weekly Amulet. This was discontinued October, 1841, after the publication of seventeen numbers. Wonders of the World — an almanack and advertiser, by Tebbetts Brothers, of Manchester, N. H., 1886, principally de- voted to the wonders of seven barks of plants in curing disease. Weekly Budget. See Manchester Weekly Budget. Weekly Recorder — devoted to politics, agriculture, litera- ture, miscellaneous reading, and general intelligence. Com- menced at Fredericksburg, Virginia, in 1844, by J. M. & J. C. Campbell. Price, $2.00 per annum. Its editorial head is orna- mented with the seal of the state. [See Campbell article Union Democrat.] Welcome Visitor and Business Index — commenced at Man- chester in May, 1882, for free circulation ; H. L. Bartlett, pro- prietor, 1208 Elm street. It is the intention of the publisher " to make this the best advertising monthly in this city, and by- and-by publish it weekly." Size, 16 by llf inches. Wilson's Union Almanac. For Hillsborough and Rocking- ham counties, and the state of New Hampshire, for the Year of our Lord 1862 ; astronomical calculations for the meridian of Manchester, by James M. G. Beard ; issued by Henry P. Wil- son, No. 153 Elm, corner of Manchester street. This was also published for the year 1863 ; 18mo, 36 pages ; printed by Gage & Farnsworth. White Mountain Torrent. " No weapon but truth ; no law but the law of love." Commenced weekly by J. R. French, 1843 ; oflflce. No. 2 Low's block. Concord, N. H., where it de- served encouragement. Terms, 50 cents a year in advance ; size, 12 by 9-J inches. Among the contributors is found the names of John Pierpont, George Kent, John G. Whittier, Moses A. Cartland, and " The Old Man of the Mountain" (N. P. Rogers). On commencing volume second, 1844, the motto was- MANCHESTER PRESS. 449 changed to "This is not the cause of faction, nor of party, nor of any individual, but the cause of universal mankind." And the paper was published at Manchester, after leaving Concord, by Willson, Young & Co., at No. 43 Elm street, with Moses A. Cartland as editor. The third volume was published at Concord and Portsmouth by George S. Willson, T. H. Miller being the Portsmouth agent. In 1846, the paper returned to Concord, and was published by E. S. Chad wick. It was enlarged after coming to Manchester, September, 1843 ; but it remained here only till November. Later it was devoted to temperance, schools, intelligence, and public morals. S. E. Young says, — "It was a small, monthly, temperance paper, commenced at Concord in 1842 by John R. French, since well known as a newspaper publisher and editor, and as sergeant-at-arms of the United States senate. It labored on the ' moral suasion' side of the question. In 1843 or 1844 the Torrent was purchased by George S. Willson and Samuel E. Young, printers, of Con- cord, and removed to Manchester, and published by Willson, Young & Co., with Moses A. Cartland, then of Weare, as edi- tor. Mr. Cartland was an intimate friend of the poet Whittier, and was the 'friend' referred to in Whittier's beautiful poem, ' In Memoriam.' The Torrent did not survive its removal more than a year." Y. M. C. A. Such was the head of a large paper started Feb- ruary 5, 1879, as an exponent of the financial needs of the Young Men's Christian Association of Manchester. The asso- ciation had existed for about thirty-two years, having been or- ganized in March, 1854. The paper compares well with adver- tising sheets, which contain only notices of wants and bargains in goods, and are patterned after the English supplements, which contain no matter except advertisements. The merchant,, the manufacturer, the banker, the patent-medicine men, all trades, alike, make their announcements through these columns. And! the same style of advertising is also quite general in all Euro- pean countries ; but with us, few people read advertising sheets, and the majority of them are used for kindling fires, or find their way into the receptacle for paper-rags. November 2, 1885, the Mirror says, — " The Young Men's Christian Association of this city is in a very depressed condi- 29 450 NOTES ON PRINTING. tion. Religious meetings are no longer held. For lack of funds the association hall has been given up, and the reading-room only is now open. The organization is still kept up, but the work of the association is for the present at a stand-still." The Young Woman's Christian Association was organized September 23, 1872, and has held its meetings at rooms in the Franklin-street church, which society was organized May 7, 1844. Young Men's Christian Association Monthly News — com- menced at Manchester, June, 1881. Motto, " Christ the hope of glory ;" engraved head, showing the cross as an emblem ; published at the office of the Mirror and American; size, 8J by 6J inches ; price, 25 cents. It gives the outlines of the doings of the association, and is copyrighted by C. L. Rhoades. Feb- ruary 3, 1882, this paper was published at the office of F. E. Hopkins, job printer, reduced in size, and called Weekly News. PART IV. NEW ENGLAND EDITORS, PUBLISHERS, PAPERS, AND PRINTERS. "I call to remembrance the days of old, and the men who were known in their day and generation. The Press, and the men of the Press who came to bless all lands.'' " The Pen and the Press, blest alliance ! combined To soften the heart and enlighten the mind ; They were made to exalt us, to teach us, to bless, Those invincible brothers, the Pen and the Press." [This Fourth Part of the Notes on Printing contains brief notices of quite a number of newspapers and publishers not mentioned in either of the previous parts. It will be found particularly valuable on account of the necrological records of eminent and successful editors, publishers, and printers who have "lived, labored, and died" in New Hampshire or New England, leaving works worthy of preservation, some of which are named in connection with the biographical and autobio- graphical articles which the compiler has been able to collect while the preceding portions of his work were passing through the press. For many of the obituary notices, the compiler is under obligations to the Boston Journal, and other New England newspapers.] Abolitionist, an anti-slavery paper, commenced at Concord, by David D. Fisk and E. G. Eastman, January 24, 1835. After four weeks it became the Herald of Freedom, and was managed by Albe Cady, George Kent, Amos "Wood, and others, Elbridge G. Chase being the printer. David D. Fisk afterwards estab- lished himself as the publisher of a newspaper at Norfolk, Va., and was mayor of that city in 1860. Albe Cady, Esq., was one of the first movers in establishing the Episcopal Church at Con- cord, in 1817, and in the absence of a rector he usually read the service, first in the old court-house, and later in the hall over the Green store, north-east corner of the state-house yard. He 454 NOTES ON PRINTING. was a man of fine literary acquirements, and was highly es- teemed for his integrity and usefulness. He died July 6, 1843, at the age of 73 years. About the time this newspaper was started, Amos Kendall, then postmaster-general of the United States, was frequently importuned to give orders to town post- masters that any or all abolition newspapers should be excluded from the mails ; and many post-masters, in the interests of the slave-holders, did detain and destroy, without authority, such publications as they at the time considered incendiary. James E. Adams, with Perkins Kimball, in 1834 commenced a Universalist newspaper, edited by John G-. Adams, at Con- cord, called Star in the East. It was very neatly printed. At this oflSce was published Priestcraft Exposed, 1833 to 1836, by Hayes & Kimball (Willard Hayes, John S. Kimball). Anti-Tobaooo Gem, and Temperance Brief, Illustrated. Published quarterly by C. H. Shepherd, Melvin Village, Tuf- tonborough, N. H. Commenced in the winter of 1882. Eight pages to the number, of quarto size. Especially designed to save children from being wrecked on the most dangerous rock that lies hidden on the coast of appetital habit. Price, 12 cents. New Series, 1883. The only paper of the kind in America. C. H. Shepherd was born in Dover, N. H., January 31, 1837. He is not a printer, but makes and sells a very inter- ting paper. Ammonoosuc Reporter. This was commenced in July 1852, by F. A. Eastman, and was the first paper ever printed at Lit- tleton, N. H. Mr. Eastman went to Chicago, 111., where he was postmaster for a time, until he became editor of a "Wisconsin newspaper. The Reporter in 1855 became the White Mountain Banner, Since which Littleton has had the People's Journal, Littleton Gazette, White Mountain Republic, Littleton Journal, and The Republic. The Journal is published by B. F. Eobin- son, beginning January 1, 1880, and The Republic is yet pub- lished by George C. Furber and D. 0. Wallace. Thomas Bailey Aldrich was born in Portsmouth, N. H., November 11, 1836. He early became known as a writer for the Evening Mirror, the J3bme Journal, and the Saturday Press, of New York. His first poem was published in 1854. All his po- ems are exquisitely tender in sentiment, and evidently inspired CHARLES WARREN BREWSTER. 455 by sympathy with nature. I think he was one of the editors of Harpers^ Magazine, and that he now edits The Century. Ethan Allen's Bible, known also as the " "Vermont Bible," sometimes spoken of as something quite too awfully wicked to be read or preserved, was "Reason the only Oracle of Man," &c. It was printed at Bennington by Haswell & Russell, 1784, and is neither a learned nor a stupid book ; not of the Tom Paine order any more than the Unitarian writings of Theodore Parker. It was a sort of rough platform for infant Unitarianism, charge- able in part to Allen and in part to an Englishman named Thomas Young, who helped produce it. Adam and Eve Newspaper. This was a name applied to the Boston News-Letter when it was, by authority of Massachu- setts Bay, joined together with the Boston Post-Boy, and pub- lished in two equal parts : one half, or two pages of the Gazette, being called The Massachusetts Gazette by authority, and one half the Post-Boy, making four pages in all, — the Post-Boy por- tion containing only articles approved by the civil and religious authorities. David Atwood was born at Bedford, N. H., December 15, 1815, and was brought up to work on his father's farm. In 1832 he went with an older brother to Hamilton, N. Y., and there served an apprenticeship to the printing business', and in 1839 commenced the Hamilton Palladium ; after which he bought the Daily State Journal, at Madison, Wisconsin, where he is highly respected. Charles Warren Brewster was born in Portsmouth, N. H., September 13, 1802, and for more than fifty years was engaged In the printing business, and was one of the oldest and most successful journalists of New Hampshire. He was not only one of the editors, but one of the poets of Portsmouth, as his poem at the Centennial Celebration, 1856, proves. He was for many years editor of the Portsmouth Journal, and died in that city August 4, 1868, in the sixty-sixth year of his age. The Journal succeeded the Portsmouth Oracle, and was commenced in 1821. Mr. Brewster began to learn printing in 1818, in the Oracle office, with Charles Turell, and was connected with the Journal till his death, the Oracle becoming the Journal. He was a descendant of Elder William Brewster, who came over on 456 NOTES ON PRINTING. the Mayflower. In 1853, his son Lewis W. Brewster was a partner in business with his father, and later proprietor of the Journal. John H. Brewster was born at Portsmouth, N. H., February 9, 1808, and was by profession a practical printer and journal- ist. In early life he worked at his trade in most of the large offices in Boston, and had an intimate acquaintance with all of the old time editors. He spent about twenty years in Cincin- nati, 0., where he engaged in job printing. Returning East, he located in Claremont, and became one of the publishers of the Eagle. He next became proprietor of the principal paper in Amherst, Mass., which he edited for many years, and was also printer to the college. He afterwards returned to New Hampshire, and published the Laconia Gazette until his retire- ment from active business some years since. Mr. Brewster, however, never entirely relinquished his connection with news- papers, being up to the last weeks of his life a valued correspond- ent for several prominent New England journals. Although a man of strong political convictions, and doing yeoman service for his party through the columns of his paper, Mr. Brewster was never an aspirant for political honors, and although often solicited to stand for offices of honor and trust, invariably de- clined to be a candidate. He died suddenly of apoplexy at the residence of his brother-in-law. Col. Moses Hunt, of Charles- town District, Mass., January 30, 1884, at the age of 76 years. Simon Brown was born in Newburyport, Mass., and served his apprenticeship with Hill & Moore in the office of the New Hampshire Patriot, at Concord. He succeeded B. B. French as editor of the New Hampshire Spectator, and was eminently useful in his public and private life. Through the influence of Isaac Hill, he was appointed Librarian of Congress, and resid- ed some time in Washington. Later he settled in Concord, Mass., where in 1835, he was elected lieutenant-governor of that commonwealth, and was editor of the Neiv England Farmer until the time of his death, February 26, 1873, in his seventy- first year. Samuel Dana Bell was born in Francestown, N. H., Oct. 9, 1798 ; came to Manchester in 1839 ; in 1869 was appointed chief -judge of the superior court ; was an early member of the EEV. HOSEA F. BALLOU. 457 Historical Society, and for several years its president. He died in Manchester, July 21, 1868. "When he came to Manchester, it was a small village. He took a deep interest in the growth and prosperity of the place, and was esteemed as an honest man. Jacob B. Bkown, son of Dr. Thomas Brown, of Manchester, N. H., was born at Deerfield, August 15, 1829. He went from Manchester to California, in May, 1850 ; came back in the early part of 1854, and returned to San Francisco in August of the same year. He had been a clerk in the post-office, where he was employed by his uncle, Jacob B. Moore, and while thus em- ployed became editor of The Pathfinder, and was a contributor to several other newspapers. He wrote, in 1856, some of the most spicy, telling, and witty articles published in the California newspapers. He died at Nevada, March 25, 1859., in the 30th year of his age. One of the San Francisco papers said of Mr. Brown, — " His urbanity and kindness of heart many of our cit- izens can never forget. A friend, who knew him well, pro- nounces him ' the best Republican that ever broke bread.' May the green sod rest lightly upon him ; may the flowers that blush around his grave be as choice and perennial as the garlands which loving hearts here, and in his native land, weave about his memory." Samuel Bragg, Jr., purchased The Phoenix newspaper of Samuel Bragg, Sr., of Dover, N. H., in 1795, and changed its name to The Sun, Dover Gazette, and Strafford Advertiser, which he continued until December, 1811, when the office was burned, proving a total loss. In that month, soon after the fire, Mr. Bragg died. Rev. Hosea Ballou, editor of the Universalist Magazine, was born at Richmond, N. H., April 30, 1771. In 1831 he commenced with his nephew, H. Ballou, 2d, the Universalist Expositor, afterwards the Quarterly Review. After a ministry of thirty- five years, he died at Boston, June, 1852, aged 81 years. Rev. Hosea F. Ballou, eldest son of Rev. Hosea Ballou, of Boston, died at his home in Wilmington, Vt., May, 1881, aged 82 years. He was born in Dana, Mass. He early removed with his father to Barnard, Vt., thence to Portsmouth, N. H., and afterwards to Salem, Mass., where he left his father for a home in Monroe, Mass. After spending some time in Boston 458 NOTES ON PRINTING. in preparation, he commenced preaching in Whitingham, where he remained twenty-four years, finally removing to Wilmington, where he was settled over the Universalist church for upwards of twenty years. He was concerned in several newspapers as editor and correspondent. During his ministry he had attended 1,350 funerals, and officiated at nearly as many weddings. Bristol Weekly Enterprise, commenced by R. W. Mus- grove, at Bristol, N. H., June 22, 1878. A small folio, four pages, 14 by 10 inches in size. Enlarged in January, 1879, and in June, 1884, it became a 32-column paper, and was printed upon a Campbell cylinder press, and had a circulation of 1,500. Joseph T. Buckingham was born at Windham, Conn., Decem- ber 21, 1779. He learned printing in the office of David Car- lisle, publisher of the Farmer's Museum at Walpole, N. H., and was intimate with the wits who wrote for that famous journal. He next worked in the office of the Gh'eenfield Gazette. In 1806 he commenced the Polyanthus. In 1809 he began Tlie Ordeal, and in 1817 The N. E. Galaxy and Masonic Magazine, all at Boston. In 1828 he sold the Galaxy, and gave bis whole atten- tion to the Boston Courier, which he had published for four years. In July, 1831, he, with his son Edwin, commenced the New England Magazine. His son died in 1834, at the age of 23 years. Mr. B. retired from business soon after, and went to reside in Cambridge. In 1858 his brother members of the M. M. C. Association, to the number of forty-five gentlemen, gave the veteran printer a surprise by calling on him in Cambridge, he being, in December, 1857, 78 years of age. Among his guests were several of his boyhood friends. He was present at the Boston Printers' Banquet in 1859, and addressed the com- pany, concluding with a toast which was received with great applause. He died at Cambridge, Mass., November 4, 1861, aged 82 years. Hon. Edmund Burke, of Newport, N. H., died January 25, 1882, aged 73. He was born in Westminster, Vt., January 23, 1809. His father was a farmer in moderate circumstances. The son labored at home until he was 15 years old, and having up to that time for an education only the meagre advantages of the common school. The father greatly desired that Edmund should have a collegiate training, but was not in a condition to EDMUND BURKE. 459 meet the necessary expenses. It was, however, decided that the son should become a member of one of the learned profes- sions, and he began the study of Latin with the purpose in view of reading law. A year later he entered the office of Hon. Will- iam C. Bradley, of Westminster, an eminent jurist. Young Burke pursued his studies for nearly five years, and was then admitted to the Windham (Vt.) Bar. Soon afterwards he be- came a member of the Cheshire (N. H.) Bar, and in April, 1830, he emigrated to Coos county. His first location in that section was at Colebrook, from which place he removed to Whitefield, where he remained in the practice of his profession until 1833, when he went to Claremont, N. H., to take charge of the Argus newspaper in that town. That sheet under his control was decidedly Democratic in its politics. In 1834 Mr. Burke removed with his paper to Newport, which place was, with the exception of a five years residence at Washington, D. C, afterwards his home. A little later the Argus was united with the N'ew Hampshire Spectator, then owned by Hon. Simon Brown, the new paper having the title of Argus and Spectator, and being under the editorial control of Mr. Burke. So ably and successfully was the paper conducted that its manager acquired a national reputation, and the result was that ex-Pres- ident Polk, and Felix M. Grundy, U. S. senator from Tennessee, offered Mr. Burke the editorship of the Union of Nashville, the leading Democratic organ of that state. The position was accepted, and a valedictory published in the Argus and Spec- tator. The many political friends of this young editor were so anxious for him to remain in New Hampshire that they pledged him a Democratic nomination for Congress. The unexpected compliment could hardly be declined under the circumstances, and permitting his name to be used, Mr. Burke received the nomination in the summer of 1838, and in March following he, with his colleagues on the ticket, was elected a representative to the twenty-sixth congress of the United States, being then but thirty years of age. He was subsequently twice reelected to that office. Regarding his congressional career, it is only justice to say that it was creditable to himself and honorable to his state. His speeches gained for him great popularity in his party. His 460 NOTES ON PRINTING. addresses upon the independent treasury and upon the tariflf showed great intellectual labor, and bore evidence of deep and critical research. His eloquent and earnest defence of New Hampshire against the rude and unprovoked attack of a Mr. Arnold from Tennessee gained him many compliments in his own state, irrespective of partisan affiliations. At the termination of his congressional life he was tendered by President Polk the office of commissioner of patents, which he accepted and assumed May 5, 1845. He performed the •duties of that position until the accession of Gen. Taylor to the presidency. While in that office Mr. Burke displayed the same indefatigable habits of industry which had distinguished him in other places. While at Washington he wrote those famous papers upon the tariff, entitled " Bundelund Essays," originally published in the Washington Union, but which were subse- quently circulated in pamphlet form in every town in the Kepub- lic. After leaving the Patent Office, Mr. Burke formed a con- nection with Thomas Ritchie, by which he became a joint editor of the Washington Union. In 1850 his connection with that paper having expired, he returned to Newport with his family, resuming the practice of his profession, and engaging to a con- siderable extent in literary pursuits. For a long time he occu- pied an eminent rank as a lawyer, but some years ago he prac- tically retired from active labor. He collected a miscellaneous library which was reported to be worth $20,000, while his col- lection of law books was estimated at half as much more. In his latest years his greatest happiness was in the reading of literary works, and in collecting rare volumes for his library. He was prominently connected with the Unitarian denomina- tion. Mr. Burke married, first, Ann Matson, and second, Mary Elizabeth Whitney. The latter, and a daughter, Mrs. Col. George H. Dana, survive him. The deceased left a property supposed to aggregate nearly, if not quite, 8200,000. George W. Bazin was born in Portsmouth, N. H., in 1794, and there learned the printer's trade. Went to Boston in 1822, and became printer of the Universalist Magazine, and continued in connection with it for forty years. He was in the Eastern Argus office at Portland six years. He died in Boston, Decem- ber 21, 1873, in his 80th year. BELKNAP COUNTY GAZETTE. 461 "William Buer was born in Hingham, Mass., and learned hi& trade in Boston. He went to Limerick, Me., early in life, and in 1832 became principal editor of the Morning Star, which paper was commenced in 1826. Mr. Burr was manager of the /Sto»' until his death, November 5, 1866. The Star was removed to Dover, N. H., in 1833, and is now published in Boston, Mass. It had been printed in Dover, N. H., as the organ of the Free- will Baptists, for over forty consecutive years. Belknap County Gazette. This county was by the legisla- tqre of 1840 set off from Strafford and given a separate countv organization. It then had no newspaper ; but small as the county was, it had the ambition to possess a county paper, and one was started the next year (1841) at Meredith Bridge, now Laconia, entitled Belknap Gazette. This was a small-sized weekly paper of four pages. Democratic in politics, edited and published by Charles Lane, subsequently for many years clerk of the Boston, Concord & Montreal Railroad. Mr. Lane con- tinued the publication of the Gazette several years, and about 1846 sold the paper to parties who changed its political char- acter, and it was ever after a Republican paper, but passed through the hands of several editors and publishers. Mr. Lane died in 1876. Sands Vittum, of Meredith, became the publisher of the Gazette in 1846, and so continued till 1849. Mr. Vittum studied law while acting as editor of the Gazette, and afterwards removed to Barraboo, Wis., where he secured a large and lucrative prac- tice, served in the senate of that state, and died in 1878. Caleb P. Smith, of Sanbornton (now Tilton), succeeded Mr. Vittum as publisher of the Gazette in 1849, continuing in that position two years or more. Mr. Smith was also post- master for a portion of the time, afterward being appointed to a clerkship at "Washington, where he died about 1853. A. C. "Wright, of Lowell, Mass., and Corydon "W. Cook, of Laconia (Wright & Cook) , became the publishers of the Gazette in 1850. Mr. Cook soon retired, and Mr. Wright continued the sole publisher till 1852, when Rufus C. Stevens, a practical printer of Concord, N. H., became proprietor. Mr. Stevens changed the name of the paper to Winnipisaukee Gazette, con- tinuing its publisher till 1866, leaving at about that time for the 462 NOTES ON PHINTING. West, and locating at LaSalle, 111., where it is believed he still resides. E. Bartholomew in 1856 came from Manchester and assumed control of the Gazette, and continued its publication till 1859. Mr. Bartholomew was a practical printer, and is believed to be the first printer in Belknap county who employed female com- positors. Soon after leaving the Gazette he removed to Boston, and there died from injuries received at a fire. B. F. Wallace, of Manchester, became the next publisher of the Gazette, in 1859, but retained the position only a few months. John H. Brewster was the next and last publisher of the paper, taking it in 1860, and changing its name to Belknap County Gazette. In a little more than a year, and during the overpowering excitements attending the commencement of our great civil war, the Gazette came to its end, after a struggling existence of just twenty years. S. E. Young. Belknap Tocsin. This paper was started at Laconia in 1881 by Hackett Bros. (Charles W. and AUan J.), and several months later E. H. Wilcomb was admitted as a partner, and the firm was Hackett Bros. & Wilcomb. It was a large four-page weekly, and in politics Republican. In 1883 Mr. Wilcomb became sole proprietor, and conducted the paper till 1884, in which year it was discontinued. S. E. Young. Rev. Franklin Butler was born in 1815, and was a graduate of Vermont University in the class of 1836. He was for sixteen years pastor of the Congregational society of Windsor, Vt. (1842 to 1858), after which he was editor of the Vermont Journal until the close of his life. He died at Windsor, May 23, 1880, aged 65 years. His first editorial work was on the Vermont Chronicle when published at Windsor. Ira Berry served a regular apprenticeship with John Mann, of Dover, N. H., after which he was publisher of the Age at Augusta, and from 1834 to 1837 was connected with the Eastern Argus, and still later he was interested in the Amulet, Gospd Banner, and Norway Advertiser. He was a good printer and an excellent musician, and for a considerable time worked as a journeyman printer at Concord, N. H., where he was highly esteemed by all who knew him. Nathaniel B. Baker was born in Henniker, September 29, SAMUEL L. CHASE. 463 1819, became joint proprietor of the New Hampshire Patriot with H. H. Carroll from 1841 to 1845, and in 1854 was governor of the state. Boston Herald. This now famous newspaper was originally The American Eagle, commenced by a company of ten journey- men printers, who in 1846, on August 3l, started the Herald, with William 0. Eaton as editor. Size, 9 by 14 inches. In 1847 the proprietor allowed one editor to give Whig political views, and another to talk Democracy. Joseph Snelling became editor in 1847, and died in 1848. In 1849 changes were made, and in 1855 the paper was published by Edwin C. Bailey, George G-. Bailey, and A. M. Lawrence. In 1869 Edwin C. Bailey sold the paper to R. M. Pulsifer & Co., the circulation then being over 50,000, and in 1872 it was near 100,000. In 1873 E. C. Bailey became editor and proprietor of the New Hampshire Patriot, at Concord. Berlin Budget — published during a sea voyage by Miss Whit- more, of the clipper ship Berlin, of Bath, Maine, which arrived home August, 1885. The paper made its appearance every Sunday morning. Miss Whitmore was probably the first female who ever published a regular newspaper during an entire voyage. She is a native of Gardiner, Maine, and her father is a sea captain. Nathan Crosbt was born at Sandwich, N. H., in 1798. He was a brother of Josiah, Dixi, Thomas, and Alpheus Crosby, the three last having filled professorships at Dartmouth college. Nathan became agent for the Massachusetts Temperance Union in 1839, and became a resident of Lowell. In 1846 he was appointed judge of the police court in Lowell, where he died February 11, 1885, aged 87 years. He edited the Temperance Journal and Advocate for several years, and was a contributor to the local newspapers. Samuel L. Chase, a native of Cornish, N. H., who served his time in the oflSce of the Republican and Teaman, at Windsor, Vt., in July, 1834, commenced the Sullivan ^gis, or intended to start it ; but the name of National Eagle was decided upon, and the first paper issued November 1, 1834, John H. Warland being editor, and S. L. Chase, publisher. In January, 1836, Joseph Weber bought the establishment. 464 NOTES ON PRINTING. Arthdk Chase, Esq., an attorney at law in Claremont, and a son of the Rt. Rev. Carlton Chase, late bishop of the diocese of New Hampshire, bought the Eagle establishment of Simeon Ide, Esq., January 16, 1868, and transferred it to his brother-in-law, Thomas J. Lasier, who had previously been engaged at the West in publishing a weekly newspaper, and who continued the Eagle until October, 1875, when it was sold to Robert L. Smiley. On January 1, 1878, Arthur Chase, who was its nominal pro- prietor, sold it to Harry C. Fay. It has had a number of owners and editors : has celebrated its fiftieth birthday, and is yet flour- ishing. Schuyler Colfax was born in New York city on March 23, 1823. He removed to Indiana in 1836, and was for some time a clerk in a countrj' store. After studying law, and working as a printer and newspaper reporter, he established at South Bend, in 1845, a Whig newspaper called the St. Joseph Valley Register, of which he remained proprietor untir 1850. He was elected speaker of the house in the XXXVIIIth congress in 1863, and was twice reelected. In 1868 he was nominated and elected vice-president of the United States, with Gen. Grant. Died at Omaha Depot, in Mankato, Minnesota, January, 1885, aged 62 years. After the death of Horace Greeley in 1872, William Orton purchased the New York Tribune, with the design of making Schuyler Colfax editor; but just then Mr. Colfax was charged with complicity in the Credit Mobilier matter, and Whitelaw Reid became the controller of the paper and has con- tinued such since. The friends of Mr. Colfax have believed him innocent of the charge made, and no proofs have ever made him guilty. Cheshire Gazette, a newspaper, demy size, commenced at Walpole, N. H., in 1825, by Francis Parton. Price $1.75 per annum, payable half yearly. It supported David L. Morril for governor in 1826. At this time the New Hampshire Sentinel was the only paper at Keene, or in the county, and was receiv- ing a patronage seldom experienced by a country paper. It had the whole control of political affairs there, and the Gazette was started because some thought that Mr. Prentiss was becom- ing unpopular. The young Republicans, however, did not find the Sentinel asleep, and were unable to sustain the GazettCy which, though a live paper, was soon discontinued. NAHTJM CAPKN, LL. D. 465 Bartholomew Close, of England, was the originator of the patent inside, or outside, newspaper, or partially printed sheets. W. E. Baxter, of the Sussex Agricultural Press, was, in 1872, the proprietor of no less than twenty-four different papers, all printed wholly or in part at the same office. There are now a large number of papers in this country published at different places on this plan. Nahtjm Capen, LL.D., was born in Canton, Mass., April 1, 1804, and, after receiving his education in the public schools of his native place, went to Boston, and at the age of 21 years went into the publishing business as a member of the firm of Marsh, Capen & Lyon. He continued in this business a long period, with various changes in the style of the firm. Possessed of literary tastes, he was an author as well as a publisher, and during his whole life-time kept his pen employed. He was a frequent contributor, anonymously and over his own signature, to newspapers and magazines, and was engaged in the last por- tion of his life in the completion of " The History of Democ- racy," a work projected years ago, and intended at first to com- prise three volumes, but which is to include four. One volume has already been published, two more are completed, and the fourth is so far completed that the work will be readily brought to a conclusion by others. Mr. Capen wrote a "Biography of Dr. J. F. Gall," and edited his works translated from the French ; wrote a "Biography of Dr. J. G. Spurzheim," prefixed to that scholar's work on Physiognomy ; and was the author of various works on history, political economy, etc. He edited the Massachusetts State Record from 1847 to 1851, was the prin- cipal editor of the "Annals of Phrenology," and edited the writ- ings of Hon. Levi Woodbury, ll. d. He was among the first to memorialize congress on the subject of international copy- right, and a letter of his published by the United States senate led to the organization of the census board at Washington. Mr. Capen was appointed as post-master of Boston by President Buchanan in 1857, and held the office until 1861. During his. term he was an earnest advocate of the free delivery system, and he established the custom of collecting letters from the street boxes. Mr. Capen was an honored member of the Ma- sonic fraternity, into which he was received under very peculiar 30 466 NOTES ON PRINTING. circumstances. At the time of the Morgan excitement in 1826 or 1827 Mr. Capen was applied to to publish the secrets of Free Masonry, and was promised large profits if he would consent to give the work the influence of his firm, and take measures to insure it an extensive circulation. He prevailed upon the appli- cant to abandon his purpose as a wicked one ; and though not himself a Mason, so reasoned with the would-be apostate that finally the latter confessed his fault to the Grand Lodge, and sub- mitted himself to its judgment. Mr. Capen had intended to become a Mason, and his action in this matter was recognized by the adoption of resolutions of thanks by the Grand Lodge, whose officers attended the ceremonies of the conferring upon him, in Columbian Lodge, September 6, 1827, of the several degrees of Freemasonry, the grand master presiding. The Chapter degrees and those of the Commandery were also con- ferred upon him with marked honors. He was corresponding secretary of the Grand Lodge from 1833 to 1840, and while hold- ing the office visited Europe in 1835, and officially commu- nicated with the Grand Lodge of England. Mr, Capen has always been an industrious man, giving careful attention to all matters in which he was interested, and taking an especial in- terest in the history of American politics. He received the degree of LL. D. from the Washington and Lee University of Virginia in 1874. He died at his home in Dorchester, Mass., January 8, 1886, aged 82 years. Christian Reporter. The name of a small monthly publi- cation commenced at Concord, N. H., by Rev. Benjamin P. Stone, in 1863. It was continued two years. Benaia Cook, for some years connected with the Cheshire Republican^ a Democratic newspaper, and afterwards with the Keene News, died September 18, 1872, aged 51 years, and the Republican went into the hands of Julius N. Morse in 1868. At this office, in 1874, George D. Burton, who had been con- cerned in a printing-office at New Ipswich, commenced the New England Star, which circulated over five thousand copies in 1876, when it was sold to William M. Pemberton, of Ansonia, Conn. The Star office, after the paper was printed in New Ipswich, was completely destroyed by fire. The Cheshire Republican, now fifty-one years of age, is published by J. D. CONTOOCOOK TRANSCRIPT. 467 Colony & Sons. J. D. Colony, the editor, has celebrated his 81st birthday. Amasa Converse was born at Lyme, N. H., in 1795 ; settled at Notaway, Va., in 1825 ; became editor of the Southern Re- ligious Telegraph at Richmond in 1827 ; of the Idterary and Evangelical Magazine at Philadelphia in 1839 ; and of the Christian Observer at Louisville, Ky., in 1869. He died in 1872, aged 77 years. Benjamin Farmer Carter, an old and respected citizen of Newburyport, died there in 1884. He was born in Newton, N. H., August 2, 1807, and in early life was a school-teacher. Subsequently he was treasurer of the Eastern Christian Publish- ing Association, and published the Christian Herald, the organ of the Christian denomination, and the oldest religious paper in the country. At that time this paper was printed at Exeter, N. H., but subsequently it was transferred to Newburyport. In 1845 and 1846 Mr. Carter was treasurer of Rockingham county, N. H. Removing to Newburyport in 1850 he continued attending to the duties of the publishfng association for a time, and in 1852 opened an office for the transaction of an insurance business, which was one of the first local fire insurance agencies in the state. Still continuing in this business, in 1856 he be- came one of the proprietors of the Newburyport Herald, with- drawing in 1861. He afterwards added the sale of musical instru- ments to his business, and for many years had been the largest dealer in pianos and organs in Newburyport. Mr. Carter was a man of upright character, and of the strictest integrity. Coos County Democrat. This was the name of the second newspaper of Coos county, having been started at Lancaster only a few months later than the ^gis, or about 1838, by James M. Rix, who was at one time president of the state sen- ate. Mr. Rix was a practical printer, and learned his trade in the oflBce of John R. Reding, at Haverhill. He was well known in northern New Hampshire, having held some of the county offices. He died in March, 1856, at the City Hotel in Boston, Mass., while still a young man. Before going to Coos county Mr. Rix married in Concord, where he had worked some time at printing. S. E. Young. Contoocook Transcript was commenced by John R. Miller 468 NOTES ON PRINTING. and Kendall C. Scott, June 2, 1849. Later the name was changed to Peterborough Transcript, which name it still retains. Eev. William Cogswell, of Gilmanton, N. H., graduated at Dartmouth college in 1811, and became well known as the author of several literary works, and for his connection with periodical publications, such as the American Quarterly JRegis- ter and the New Hampshire Bepository. He died April 18, 1850, in the 63d year of his age. Concord Statesman and Register. Thomas G. Wells, who learned printing in the Patriot office. Concord, N. H., was con- nected with Mr. Kimball for a short time in publishing this paper, but sold his interest in it to Moses G. Atwood, and went into business at San Francisco, Cal., whence he removed to Cam- bridge, Mass., and was there connected with the University Press. Charles Carleton Coffin was born at Boscawen, N. H., July 26, 1823, was educated at the Boscawen academy, and attended Pembroke academy for one term, 1843. He also had the reading of three Concord newspapers and the books of the Boscawen circulating library, and when he visited Concord he always received great pleasure from looking at the books in the store of Marsh, Capen & Lyon. In 1845 he became an engineer on the Northern, and later on the Portsmouth and the Claremont railroads, though he did not long follow that profession. He early began to write articles for the Concord newspapers, some of which were copied by Littell's Living Age. From 1850 to 1854 he was a contributor to the Boston Transcript, Journal, and Congregationalist, and the New York Tribune. He wrote for the Student and Schoolmate, and was for a time editor of the Practical Farmer. In 1854 he was employed on the Boston Journal, and in 1856 was assistant editor of the Atlas and Bee. In 1858 his letters from Canada were written for the Journal, and in 1860 he became the night editor of that paper. In 1861 he became a field correspondent of the Journal. He followed the army every- where, as his letters over the signature of Carleton prove, until the fall of Richmond and the surrender at Appomattox. During his long service as war correspondent he found time to write "Days and Nights on the Battle Field," "Following the Flag," and "Winning His Way," — three valuable books. MOSES DAVIS. 469 In 1866, as correspondent of the Journal, he made the tour of Europe, and visited all parts of the Old World, and in 1869 he published "Our New Way Round the World," followed by several other highly interesting works, of which his "Boys of '76 " was so popular that fifty copies are in the Boston Public Library, and all in constant use. He also published a history of his native town, Boscawen. He is a resident of Boston, Mass., where he has held many oflBces, and his pen is seldom idle. He is preparing a history of the mighty struggle for the preserva- tion of the United States government, and for this work his ' actual experience as a war correspondent will enable him to give the facts, as he had abundant opportunity of gathering them. William Clark was an apprentice of George Hough's, at Concord, and became pastor of a church at Wells, Maine, and an agent of the American Board of Foreign Missions. MosES Davis was a native of Concord, N. H., born February 23, 1777, and learned printing of George Hough. He was a brother-in-law of Elijah Russell, and his partner in the publica- tion of the Mirrour from October 29, 1792, to 1799. The size of this paper was 8 by 14 inches, and it was sometimes printed upon paper of so poor a quality that the Concord minister. Rev. Israel Evans, who received a copy free, complained of it to Mr. Davis, who, after respectfully hearing the very discouraging remarks concerning his newspaper, said, "I know the Mirrour has sometimes been printed badly and on poor paper, because we could not procure better, but it is as good as the pay ; you give me exceeding poor preaching, and I give you a poor paper in exchange." Mr. Davis went to Hanover, and there com- menced the Dartmouth Gazette August 27, 1799, which he con- tiued until his death, July, 1806, at the age of 29 years. He printed the Farmer's Almanac for 1799 before leaving Concord, and he published the Literary Tablet at Hanover from 1803 to 1806. Charles Spear became owner of the Gazette after Mr. Davis died, and continued it until 1819. Its contributors were college boys. The editorials were few and generally spicy, and foreign news as well as local events received particular attention. Joseph Dennie, the elegant essayist of the old American 470 NOTES ON PRINTING. newspapers, was born at Lexington, Mass., August 30, 1768. He became conductor of the Farmer's Museum at Walpole, N. H., in 1796, which paper was established by Isaiah Thomas and David Carlisle in 1793. In 1799 he left for Philadelphia to edit the United States Gazette. He there commenced the Port Folio as a weekly, which he continued till the time of his death. His successors were Paul Allen, Nicholas Biddle, Charles Caldwell, John E. Hall, and others, to 1827. The whole series of the Port Folio embraces forty-seven volumes. Mr. Dennie died January 7, 1812, in the 44th year of his age. William A. Drew was born in Kingston, Mass., December 11, 1798. He commenced the Christian Visitant and united it with the Christian Intelligencer, at Portland, Me. Removed the paper to Gardiner in 1827, but made his home in Augusta. He established the Gospel Banner in 1835, and was afterwards editor of the Mural Intelligencer, and also wrote for the Maine Cultivator and the Augusta Courier. Died in Augusta December 2, 1879, aged 81 years. James Dickman, from Augusta, Maine, came to Dover in 1825, and commenced the Dover Gazette and Strafford Advertiser, a Democratic paper. Happening at Dover, the writer of this engaged to work for Mr. Dickman, and wrote some articles, not political, for it during his stay in Dover. Mr. Dickman sold the paper in 1827 to John T. Gibbs and Joseph Turner, jour- neymen in the ofHce, who continued it until July 13, 1830. It then passed into the hands of Mr. Gibbs, who, in 1858, sold it to Joseph H. Smith and Joshua L. Foster. In August, 1868, it was purchased by Edwin A. Hills, and removed to Lowell, Mass., and united with the Middlesex Democrat. Luther P. Dcrgin was born in Sanbornton, N. H., October 21, 1823. His first engagement connected with printing was in the capacity of newspaper carrier for the Lowell Journal in 1838, and this led to his becoming an apprentice in that office, under the care of Leonard Huntress. In 1843 the paper passed into the hands of Gen. William Schouler. He remained in that establishment until 1846, when he entered the employment of Benjamin H. Penhallow. Afterwards he became foreman of the office of the Courier at Lowell. After this he worked as a journeyman printer at Springfield, Mass., at Concord, N. H., DARTMOUTH HERALD. 471 at Portland, Me., at Manchester, N. H., and in 1863 became foreman in the printing-office of Morrill & Silsby (now Silsby & Son), Concord, N. H., where he has remained ever since. Mr. Durgin, at Concord, has been a member of the common council, of the board of aldermen, a member of the New Hamp- shire house of representatives, one of the water commissioners for nine years, a member of the independent order of Odd Fel- lows since 1866, and was a member of the Grand Lodge of Mas- sachusetts, and of the National Division of the Sons of Temper- ance. He is a Methodist class-leader, and has been superin- tendent of a Sunday-school for twelve years, a member of the Y. M. C. A. executive committee, and of the Winnipesaukee C. M. Association, is a member of the Grand Lodge I. O. O. F. of New Hampshire, which made him D. D. Grand Master. He belonged to Penacook Encampment, and withdrew to become a charter member of Tahanto Encampment ; is also a member of the Temple of Honor. He owns a choice library, and is a contrib- utor to the newspapers of the day. He has labored nearly forty- seven years at the printing business, weighs about 200 pounds, and in 1885 worked on an average of ten hours every day during the year. He says he has continued in the printing business from a real love of it, and that his ardor does not cool by age. Dartmouth, The, a literary periodical, was commenced in 1839, and continued for about five years. Among its editors were J. E. Hood, James O. Adams, and B. P. Shillaber. It was printed by E. A. Allen, who later published The Experiment, The Amulet, and The Iris. J. E. Hood was later concerned in a number of publications, and gained honorable distinction in a wider field of editorial labors. He died in Colorado in the year 1872. Dartmouth Herald, a weekly paper commenced at Hanover, N. H., June, 1820, by Bannister & Thurston. Size 20 by 12 inches, folio. It says, — " The ' liberty of the press ' is becom- ing to be liberty to abuse antagonists, and all who step out of the traces of party. Newspapers are compelled to move in nar- row grooves, and sometimes become scandal-mongers, or malig- nant, blackmailing, partisan publications, requiring more brass than brains to sustain them." Many of the papers started in Hanover were small in size and short-lived, having little patron- 472 NOTES ON PRINTING. age from the college faculty or the students. The Herald was discontinued in 1821. Daily Tocsin. A daily evening paper with this name was issued from the office of the weekly Tocsin at Laconia, N. H., in 1882, and received quite a good, but not a sufficient, support. It was discontinued in 1884. Democratic Republican. "The Tyrant's Foe — the People's Friend," was commenced at Walpole, N. H., in 1812, by Folsom & Pool. Office directly over the post-offlce, a few rods south of the Walpole Coffee House. Price $2 per annum. Demy size. No. 41, the only copy I have seen, is dated April 12, 1813, and contains some war news, and the New Haven Blue Laws. Democratic Spy was commenced at Sanbornton, October, 1829, by Hugh Moore, and soon after removed to Gilford. Eastern Argus was commenced September, 1803, by Calvin Day and Nathaniel Willis, at Portland, Me. Mr. Willis was the father of N. P. Willis, the poet, and of Mrs. Parton (Fanny Fern). He died May 27, 1870, aged 90 years. The present publishers of the Daily Eastern Argus are John M. Adams & Co. Parker Emerson was born in Boston, Mass., 1809. He was employed in the office of the Atlas, and later on the Traveller to the time of his death, November 4, 1884, aged 75 years. He was an old and well known printer. Jonathan Elliot was born near Carlisle, Eng., in 1784; came to New York in 1802 ; removed to Washington, D. C, in 1814, where he was editor of the Washington Gazette for thir- teen years. He died March 12, 1846, aged 61 years. He was a book printer, and served his time in England. He was the author of several valuable works. John English was born at Newbury, Vt., in 1811 ; followed printing in Haverhill, N. H. In 1844 became a Methodist min- ister. Died March 26, 1884, aged 73 years. George Valentine Edes was born in Boston, Mass., Feb- ruary 14, 1799, and learned the art of printing of his uncle, Peter Edes, of Augusta, Me., where he worked on the Kennebec Gazette in 1808, his uncle's newspaper. In the year 1815, soon after the second war with Great Britain, he moved to Bangor and set the first type used in printing the Bangor Weekly Regis- ter. In 1822 he worked as a " jour" on the HalloweU Gazette, WILLIAM ELDER. 473 and in 1824 on the Portland Advertiser, where Erastus Brooks, afterwards editor of the iVew Tork Express, was then the prin- ter's devil, or youngest apprentice. From Portland, with Mr. Copeland as partner, he went to Norridgewock, and commenced there the Somerset Journal, of which paper he was the editor. In 1838 he removed to Dover, Me., and commenced the Piscat- aquis Herald, which became the Farmer, and later the Observer. He belonged to a family of journalists and printers, having set type under the government of Thomas Jefferson, and every pres- ident down to 1876. He possessed the watch of his grand- father, which had kept time for one hundred and seventy years. He used a composing-stick once owned by his grandfather (in Boston, before the Revolution), Benjamin Edes, a fellow-work- man with Benjamin Franklin. He had been a printer, boy and man, sixty-eight years, and for more than half a century was engaged in newspaper editing and publishing. He died in 1876, aged 77 years. [See Peter Edes.j Eclipse. A nicely printed quarto, eight pages to the num- ber, commenced at Tilton, N. H., in 1883, by the senior class of the New Hampshire Conference Seminary and Female Col- lege. F. C. Lyford, editor ; published monthly during the school year for 50 cents. George Burnham Munsey, printer. Exeter News-Letter, a paper commenced May 10, 1830, by John Sherburn Sleeper, a native of Tyngsborough, Mass. It was not political. He sold it to John C. Gerrish, April, 1833, and Mr. G. sold it to a company of which Samuel Hall was manager, after 1840. The paper was long edited by John Kelly, who was a native of Warner. It was later edited by C. H. Bell and others, and since by Andrew J. Hoit. It is now fifty- six years old. William Elder, one of the oldest printers in Boston, died November, 1884, aged 83 years. Mr. Elder was born in Bel- fast, Ireland, but spent the greater portion of his life in Boston. He was located as a book and job printer for thirty years at 52 Leverett street, and enjoyed the respect and esteem of hia neighbors and business acquaintances, pursuing his chosen pro- fession in a quiet, industrious, and successful manner. One of his sons, who worked with his father, still carries on the busi- ness. 474 NOTES OK PRINTING. Petek Edes was a son of Benjamin Edes, of Boston, who was a well known colonial printer, and who helped Peter to estab- lish the Kennebec Intelligencer, at Augusta, Me., in 1796. This was the first newspaper in that county, except the Eastern Star at Hallowell, commenced in 1794. Peter, however, did not like Augusta, and after twenty years removed to Bangor, taking his printing materials to that place by a team of six oxen. Here he published the Bangor Weekly Register until 1818. He died at Bangor, March 29, 1840, aged 83 years. His paper was the first in that place, and was commenced in 1815. James Burton continued the Register until 1831. Benjamin Edes made his escape from Boston with a press and a few types during the war, and opened an office in Water- town, where he continued the Boston Gazette. He returned to Boston in 1776. Eagle. The name of the first newspaper at Hanover, N. H. It was commenced by Josiah Dunham, a. m., July 22, 1793, and was published by Benjamin True in 1794 or 1795, and was con- tinued to 1799. Its size was 18 by 29 inches. Evening Democrat. The publishers of the Laconia Dem- ocrat commenced in 1883 the publication of a daily evening paper, with the above title. It was conducted by them about a year, and then discontinued. Benjamin Franklin, ll. d., was born in Boston, Mass., Jan- uary 17, 1706, and served an apprenticeship with his brother, James Franklin, at the printing business. He showed a philo- sophic mind from his earliest years, and by the continual exer- cise of his genius prepared himself for those great discoveries in science which have associated his name with that of Newton, and for those political reflections which have placed him by the side of a Solon and a Lycurgus. Soon after his removal from Boston to Philadelphia, in concert with other young men he established a small club, in which various subjects were dis- cussed, which was the source of the most useful establishments in Pennsylvania calculated to promote the cause of science, the mechanic arts, and the improvement of the human understand- ing. His history is too well known to need an extended notice in this work, as are his services to his country ; but there can never be too much study of the doings and sayings of such BENJAMIN FRANKLIN. 475 men, and even anecdotes concerning them have a charm for American readers, and for all printers. Dr. Franklin died at Philadelphia, Penn., April 17, 1790, aged 84 years. An English writer says of Franklin, — He was the * of his profession, the type of honesty, the ! of all ; and although the ^ of death has put a . to his existence, every § of his life was without a ||. The following is from his almanac : " The world's a printing-house ; our words are thoughts ; Our deeds are characters of several sizes ; Compositors the people, of whose faults The parsons are correctors. Heaven revises ; Death is the common press, from whence being driven, We're gathered and bpund — for hades or for heaven." At the age of twelve years Franklin was a printer's devil, very fond of useful reading. From twenty-seven to forty he taught himself the languages. At forty he studied electricity. In 1752 he brought electricity from the clouds by his kite, and invented the lightning rod. In August, 1784, Franklin wrote, among other things, to William Strahan, an eminent printer of London, and afterwards a member of parliament, — You say we have been successful : when I worked with you we were journeyman printers. You are a member of parliament ; I am an agent for the American provinces. We have risen by different modes. I, as a republican printer, always liked a form well planed down ; being averse to those overbearing letters that held their heads so high as to hinder their neighbors from appearing. You, as a monarchist, chose to work upon crown paper, and found it profitable ; whilst I worked upon pro patria (often caWeA foolscap) with no less advantage. Both our heaps held out very well, and we seem likely to make a pretty good day's work. It seems to me that the compositors in your chapel do not cast off their copy well, nor perfectly understand imposing ; their forms are pestered by outs and doublets. They were wrong in laying aside some yaces and head-pieces. There are a number of presses upon which Franklin worked, and each is claimed by the owner as the press Franklin once owned. 476 NOTES OK PRINTING. The identical press which Dr. Franklin worked in London in 1725 and 1726 was brought to America and deposited with the Philosophical Society of Philadelphia after it had long been •exhibited in London for the benefit of the Printers' Pension Society. A press, considered the oldest in America, is preserved in the Patent OfBce at Washington, and is said to be the one upon which Franklin worked when a printer. It resembled the Ram- age. The frame, platen, ribs, and part of the bed are of wood; but the bed on which the types rest is of stone, and the screw is iron, large enough to raise a building, and the posts are thick enough for sills. Its worm-eaten appearance compares well with the old press of Stephen Day, upon which the first printing was done at Cambridge, Mass. I find among some old documents the following toast, given, I think, at a celebration in Concord, N. H., so long ago that I do not remember the date : Benjamin Franklin. The Philosopher, Statesman, and Journeyman, who often signed his name as B. Franklin, Printer. He gave new lustre to Literature, new language to Science, new glories to Freedom, and new dignity to the Useful Arts. franklin's resting-place. " Such was his worth, his loss was such. We cannot love too well, or grieve too much.'' In one corner of the burying-ground, best known as Christ's church- yard, Philadelphia, repose the remains of Franklin. On entering the church-yard from Arch street, attention will unavoidably be directed to his humble tomb by a well trodden path which leads from the gate to the marble slab which bears the simple inscription, which will at once strike the beholder with wonder, viz., " Benjamin and Deborah Franklin." With wonder, we say, because we are accustomed to see the stones cov- ering the tenements of great men inscribed with eulogiums : but the one we are now beholding has nothing but the words above quoted, and the year in which it was placed there. And this is the grave of a man who might once have been seen a run- away boy in the streets of Philadelphia, seeking employment as a print- er ; and again, as editor and proprietor of the United States Gazette, long so ably conducted by Mr. Chandler ; — once trying experiments with FARMERS MUSEUM, OR LITERARY GAZETTE. 477 a simple paper kite ; again, astonishing the world with the discoveries made through its instrumentality. — Scientific American. Franklin Correspondent. Published on the 15th of every month by Gerry & Towne. Terms 10 cents a year in advance. Size 8i by 6 inches. Oflace, Central street, Franklin Falls, N. H. F. H. Gerry was a dealer in dry and fancy goods, and O. A. Towne was a bookseller, stationer, and job printer, formerly connected with The Socket, at North Boscawen, N. H. The Correspondent was continued two years. Dr. John Farmer came to Concord to engage in the apoth- ecary business, from Amherst, N. H., in 1821. He was a most worthy and excellent man, and entered into business with Dr. Samuel Morrill, and was called Dr. Farmer on this account^ never having entered the medical profession. He was born in Chelmsford, Mass., June 12, 1789, and became distinguished as- an antiquarian and genealogist. He was connected with Jacob B. Moore in several historical works, and remained in Concord until his death. He was distinguished as a writer, honored as- a man, beloved as a friend, and revered as a Christian. A "Memorial, with Eeminiscences of Dr. Farmer," was published in Boston, Mass., 1884, by Eev. John LeBosquet, formerly a. Concord printer connected with Jacob E. Perkins in publishing- the Olive Branch, a quarto of eight pages, commenced in 1832. Dr. Farmer died at Concord, N. H., August 13, 1838, at the age of 49 years. Farmers' Cabinet was commenced November 11, 1802, by Joseph Cushing, and continued by him until October 17, 1809, when it passed into the hands of Richard Boylston, and is the only paper, except the Portsmouth Journal, which has been con- tinued by the same family, father and son, so long as nearly three fourths of a century in this state. Farmers' Museum, or Literary Gazette. This was com- menced in 1793, and was among the best of the early newspa- pers. It contained contributions from the brightest wits and best writers of that day. After Mr. Dennie removed to Phil- adelphia, and started his Port-Folio there, Thomas Moore, who. was then living in the United States, contributed original poems- for its pages. The Museum was printed " at Walpole, New- hampshire, by David Carlisle, for Thomas & Thomas, by whom. 478 NOTES ON PRINTING. subscriptions and advertisements for this paper, which has an extensive circulation throughout the United States, are received at the Printing-Offlce and Bookstore in Walpole, and by Isaiah Thomas in Worcester. J^°The price of the Museum, printed on common paper, is one dollar and fifty cents per annum, and on the superfine, two dollars and fifty cents. "Hither, each week, the peasant shall repair To sweet oblivion of his daily care. Again the Farmers' News, the Barbers' Tale, Again the Woodman's Ballad shall prevail." — Goldsmith. The Museum had during its life several different heads, as well as editors and publishers. The copy before me is dated April 21, 1801, and is No. 420. On the left hand corner — Columbian Independence, XXVth year. On the right hand corner — Fed- eral Government, Xlllth year. The vignette shows a spread eagle perched upon a shield, with agricultural implements pro- jecting from the sides and held in place by full-leaved branches of laurel and a wreath of flowers. The pages measure 17:J- by lOf inches. The paper is hand made, and the printing well executed. In 1797 the head of this paper was Farmers' Weekly Museum : or New Hampshire and Vermont Journal. In 1793 the head was The Farmers' Weekly Museum. Later it was called Farmers' Museum : or Lay Preacher's Gazette. [See Jo- seph Dennie.J The New England Farmer was edited at one time by Thomas G. Fessenden, who was an intelligent farmer, and who made some improvements in methods. Eev. Henry Coleman also edited it once. He afterwards became the state agricultural commissioner. It became the property of Joseph Breck & Co. when that firm was formed, and afterwards was edited for a while by Mr. Breck himself. It was finally sold to an Albany man, and merged into the Homestead. The present New Eng- land Farmer is another paper started later. The following characteristic toast was given at an agricul- tural dinner by Mr. Fessenden while he was editor of the ^ew England Farmer : "The Battle of the Cowpens : — May Americans always FIRST AGRICULTURAL STORE. 479 beat in Cow pens, Calf pens, Sheep pens, Pig pens, Author's pens, and all other pens." Edward John Fossitt, music printer, was born in Boston, September 18, 1801, and was graduated at the Quincy school. He had been employed in the United States treasury depart- ment, and was a member of the Massachusetts house of repre- sentatives in 1844, serving on the Committee on Printing. Newell A. Foster was born in Canterbury, N. H., in 1814. He was the youngest son of Asa Foster, a Eevolutionary soldier. Newell went from Concord, where he learned the trade of a printer, to Maine, and established at Portland, in 1862, a Re- publican newspaper, entitled the Portland Press, which he con- ducted until the time of his death, which occurred at Boston, Mass., in 1868. His age was 54 years. He held several offices in Portland and in Maine from 1862 to 1868. Free Press. An anti-Masonic newspaper, published in Bos- ton, Mass., by George Griffin, 1830. Motto, " No secret socie- ties." Mr. Griffin was a brother of Joseph Griffin, and an ap- prentice in the Maine Baptist Herald office. He went from Brunswick to Andover, Mass., and was subsequently a printer in Boston, where he died, December, 1859, aged 55 years. His brother Joseph, author of the Press of Maine, says George leaves " in memory a good report of his character as a brother, father, and Christian." Mr. Griffin was, at the time of his death, a merchant in Boston. FiTCHBURG Sentinel. Commenced December 30, 1838, and on May 6, 1873, became a daily. The Fitchburg Tribune, weekly, was commenced a few years later. Thomas Green Fessenden was born at Walpole, N. H., April 22, 1771 ; was one of the Walpole writers for the Farmers' Museum. He was editor of the Weekly Inspector of New York, and later of The Beporter of Brattleborough, Vt., 1815. Then he was editor of the Bellows Falls Intelligencer till 1822. He then removed to Boston, Mass., and commenced the New Eng- land Farmer, and at the same time edited the Horticultural Register and the Silk Manual. He died at Boston, November 11, 1837, aged 66 years. First Ageicdltural Store. N. P. H. Willis, of Boston, Mass., born in 1812, says his father started the first store, 480 NOTES ON PRINTING. devoted exclusively to the agricultural business, which was ever known in the world. The store was on the spot in Boston where Faneuil Hall market now stands. First Seed Business. John B. Russell, of Boston, Mass., be- gan the distribution of seeds in paper packages and boxes, with directions printed upon them, in 1822. He was long known as " Garden-seed Russell." He had a store in the building where the New England Farmer was printed, and in 1885 there was to be seen a hole in the floor which was worn by the heel of the printer as he turned it at the press. Mr. Russell issued the first seed catalogue ever printed, in 1827. He is now living in New Jersey, and is 85 years old. Mr. Willis died in January, 1845. Miss Ann Fleet, the last member of the Fleet family, died in Boston, in 1860, aged 89 years. Her grandfather, Thomas Fleet, came from England to Boston in 1712, and established himself soon after as a printer in Pudding Lane, now Devon- shire street. He was the publisher of "Mother Goose's Mel- odies." In 1733 Fleet became publisher of The Weekly Re- hearsal, and changed its name two years later to The Boston Evening Post, which became a very popular newspaper. He purchased a building at the northerly corners of Washington and Water streets, where he had his printing-office over thirty years, and where his sons, Thomas and John, were his partners. John Fleet succeeded his father April 24, 1775, and discontin- ued the paper, but continued printing until 1808. Henrt S. G. French was born at Boscawen, April 17, 1807; served an apprenticeship with George Hough at Concord ; be- came a clergyman and a missionary ; died at Bankok, in Siam^ February 14, 1842. His son, Henry A. French, became an apprentice to McFarland & Jenks, publishers of the Statesman, Concord, and afterwards was foreman of the Patriot office (Wm. Butterfleld editor and proprietor). He then went to Greeley^ Col., where for several years he published the Tribune. Dr. .John W. Francis was born in the city of New York,. November 17, 1789, and early became a contributor to the Med- ical and Philosophical Register, which was founded by him in 1810 ; and he was also one of the editors of the Medical and Physical Journal of New York for nearly fifty years. He com- piled " Reminiscences of Printers, Authors, and Book-Sellers of FIRST BOSTON DIRECTORY. 481 New York." He learned the art of printing of George Long. In regard to political affairs, he held the opinion that " it mat- ters little who holds the helm, if the ship of state is rightly steered. Keep her off the breakers and away from icebergs, and crew and passengers will alike try to urge her onward in a prosperous voyage. We want no rash experiments in finance or ordinary legislation. Secure to every citizen an opportunity to wield his talents and energies for his own and his neighbors' good, and it is a matter of minor importance who hold the offices. Let officers be upright, vigilant, competent, and cour- teous, and the country will prosper." Dr. Francis attained the highest position in the medical, literary, and artistic world, and died February 8, 1861, aged 72 years. Free Press. The constitution of New Hampshire, 1784, declares that " the liberty of the press is essential to freedom in a state ; it ought therefore to be inviolably preserved." This wise provision is still in force. Bancroft's History of the United States informs us that " the press generally was as free in America as in any part of the world." In 1735 John Peter Zenger was tried for publishing false, scandalous, malicious, seditious libels against the royal govern- ment of the colony of New York : but all the power of the Eng- lish common law of libel failed to coerce a verdict of guilty. This trial laid the foundation of the liberty of the press in America. In 1755 Rev. William Smith, of Pennsylvania, was sent to jail for six months for having published a pamphlet reflecting on the government. In 1769 Gen. Alexander Mc- Dougal, of New York, was imprisoned several months for libel on the government ; and the records of the colonies show many instances of the severity exercised by the authorities towards printers of newspapers. The stamp act of 1755 to 1767 caused the discontinuance of several newspapers. George Foster was born in Andover, Mass., in 1810. He held several town, county, and state offices, and for eleven years edited the Andover department of the Lawrence Amer- ican, and at one time edited the Andover Advertiser. He was killed by the cars at Wilmington Junction, October 24, 1885, at the age of 75 years. First Boston Dikectort issued by John Norman, 1789, at 31 482 NOTES ON PRINTING. Oliver's Dock. It contained 1,500 names. [See Mass. Regis- ter.] John J. Fkeeman, colored editor of the Progressive Amer- ican, for the past fifteen years has stood as a sentinel on the ramparts of journalism in New York, and as a faithful cham- pion of the colored population of Gotham, battling for the rights of the negro race. He was tendered, April 27, 1886, a complimentary testimonial in money, speeches, and presents from his friends who approve his editorial labors. The meeting was attended by many distinguished colored and Caucasian cit- izens. First American Postage Stamp. Frederick M. Palmer, the Boston physician who jumped from a Portland steamer in May, 1886, and was drowned, together with his four-year-old grand- child, was Brattleborough's post-master during Polk's adminis- tration. He was the originator of the first American postage stamp, which was engraved by Thos. Chubbuck, of Springfield, Mass., for the post-master's personal use. These stamps were in use long before the government decided to use stamps for prepayment of postage. The Palmer stamps bring a fabulous price, one having been recently sold for 8145, while a few years ago one sold for $300 at auction. Dr. Palmer married for his first wife the youngest daughter of the late Judge Asa Keyes, of Brattleborough. Philip Freneau was born in New York, January 2, 1752. He became very popular as a political versifier of the Revolu- tion. In 1791 he edited the National Gazette at Philadelphia, and later the Jersey Chronicle. He published a literary paper, the Time-Piece, at New York, March 13, 1797, which was print- ed three times a week. He died December 18, 1832, aged 80 years. He was a staunch Whig in the Revolution, a soldier as •well as a patriot, and wrote a large number of songs. It is a remarkable fact that the most original poetic writers, such as Hopkinson, Trumbull, and Freneau, have been little noticed. Peter Freneau, brother of Philip, published, in South Carolina, the City Gazette. He died in 1813, in the 57th year of his age. Charles W. Folsom was boi-n at Tamworth, N. H., Septem- ber 1, 1842 ; settled at Rochester, and in 1867 became editor of the Courier, commenced by J. F. Place in 1864, who was sue- JOHN GAKFIELD. 483 ceeded by George C. Foster, who sold it to Mr. Folsora. The editor gives the following directions to a person who desires to know how to write for a newspaper : "Write upon pages of a single size. Cross all your t's, and neatly dot your i's. On one side only let your lines be seen — Both sides filled up announce a verdant green. Correct — yes, recorrect — all that you write, And let your ink be black, your paper white. For spongy foolscap of a muddy blue Betrays a mind of the same dismal hue. Punctuate carefully, for on this score Nothing proclaims the practical writer more. Then send it off, and lest it merit lack. Inclose a postage stamp to send it back : But first pay all the postage on it too ; For editors look black on six cents due. And murmur, as they run the effusion o'er, "A shabby fellow and a wretched bore !" Yet ere it goes, take off a copy clean — Poets should own a copying machine : Little they know the time that's spent and care In hunting verses vanished — who knows where? Bear this in mind, observe it to the end. And you shall make the editor your friend." John Garfield was born in Langdon, N. H., April 10, 1815. He worked on his father's farm until seventeen or eighteen years of age, when he made up his mind that he was not made for a farmer. He left his home and went to Fitchburg, where he entered the office of Mr. Cook, and served his apprenticeship to the printing business. In 1836 he bought an interest in the Worcester County Bepuhlican, the only paper printed in Fitch- burg at that time. In 1838 he founded the Fitchburg Sentinel^ and continued its publication until 1841, when he sold out. He then resided in Boston a short time, then went to Milford, N. H., where he was editor and proprietor of the Milford Bepuh- lican. In 1859 he moved to Nashua, where he followed the printing business four years. He then returned to Fitchburg and purchased an interest in the Sentinel, with which he con- tinued until 1871, when he sold out. Afterwards he established 484 NOTES ON PRINTING. a job ofHce in Fitchburg, and continued it until 1877, when he retired from active business, but continued worliing in the Sen- tinel office as his health would permit until 1885, when his health broke down. He died at his home in Fitchburg, Mass., August 19, 1885, aged 70 years and 4 months. He was an excellent printer, highly respected by those who knew him. GoFFSTOWN Enterprise. An annual publication, by Henry E. Blaisdell ; commenced as an advertising sheet January 1 , 1870. The Goffstown Union was published by Mrs. G. D. Davis. Printed at Manchester. Goffstown Herald. Published by the editress, Mrs. H. L. Harvey, in the interests of the Methodist society, December, 1871. The Goffstown Advertiser was published by Frank E. Paige. Printed at Manchester. Dr. Jacob H. Gallinger was born at Cornwall, Province of Ontario, Canada, March 28, 1837. He learned the art of print- ing, and was a publisher and editor at Cornwall. Subsequently he studied medicine, and was graduated from a Cincinnati col- lege in 1858. He began practice in that city, and was after- wards at Keene, N. H., removing to Concord in 1862. He soon obtained high rank as a homoeopathic physician. He has mingled largely in political life. He was a representative in the legislature in 1872 and 1873, a delegate to the Constitutional Convention in 1876, and a member of the state senate in 1878 and 1879 ; the latter year he was president of that body. He has long been a member of the Republican state committee, and as chairman of the same in the eventful campaign of 1882 proved himself to be apolitical manager of marked ability. He was appointed surgeon-general on the staff of the late Gov. Head, with the rank of brigadier-general. As an orator he has been known in our state. He is a gentleman of fine personal presence, possessing great popularity with the mass of voters. Dr. Gallinger was elected a member of congress from the sec- ond district of the state in 1884. Gilmanton Museum, commenced in 1800 by Elijah Russell, and was followed in the same year by the Gilmanton Gazette and Farmers' Weekly Magazine by Leavitt & Clough. In 1805 Dudley Leavitt published the Miscellaneous Repository, and Farmers' and Tradesman's Magazine. GREAT PALLS REPOBTER. 485 Gkafton Journal. A newspaper commenced January, 1825, at Plymouth, N. H., by Henry E. Moore, who went there from Concord for the purpose. The paper in size was Hi by 10} inches. Price $1.75 per annum. In 1885, sixty years after, the following notice is found in Kimball's modern Grafton County Journal : Cash will be paid at this office for copies of the old Orafton Journal, published here over 60 years ago, the first newspaper ever printed in this town or region ; the White Movntain Bugle, the second weekly, issued over 25 years since ; and the Star of 1874, which quickly became the Orafton County Journal, had no connection with the Star now in existence. The compiler of these notes would like to see a file of the old Grafton Journal, on which he worked during its continuance, or until he returned to Concord, where Henry E. Moore became publisher of the New Hampshire Journal. Henry E. Moorb published at Concord the New Hampshire Collection of Church Music, the Northern Harp, the National Choir, a collection of anthems and choruses, the Musical Cate- chism, and the Merrimack Collection of Instrumental Music. These six publications had large sales. He was well known throughout New England as a teacher of music, and removed to East Cambridge, Mass., in 1838, where he had calls for teaching in the vicinity of Boston. Here he commenced the publication of the Boston Eoliad, a musical newspaper, 8 pages, quarto. He was born at Andover, N. H., July 21, 1803; served his time at printing in the New Hampshire Patriot oflBce ; but music had more charms for him than all the mysteries of the temple of Faust, and he forsook the clicking of the types for the sweeter tones of the harp and organ, and became famous as a teacher, performer, and composer. He died at East Cam- bridge, Mass., October 23, 1841, aged 38 years. Abnkr Greenleaf, of Portsmouth, died September 28, 1868, aged 83. In 1834 he was one of the publishers of the New Hampshire Gazette, continuing thus engaged to 1841. Green- leaf & Son continued it until it was sold to Wm. P. Hill, 1847. Great Falls Reporter, and Dover and Somersworth Adver- tiser, the first paper printed in Somersworth, was issued in Feb- ruary, 1830, by George Carr. 486 NOTES ON PRINTING. Ambrose H. Goodridge learned printing at the University Press office in Cambridge, Mass., and was employed at the office of the Boston Atlas in 1857. He was later proof-reader for the Traveller and Courier. He was a member of the Franklin Typo- graphical Society of 1832, and was one of the most perfect proof-readers in Boston. He died in Cambridge in 1883, aged 75 years and 8 months. George Rex Graham, forty years ago, was well known as the founder and editor of Graham's Magazine, and as the owner of the Philadelphia North American newspaper. He twice made and lost handsome fortunes. He is now (1885) in the 73d year of his age, blind, poor, and partially helpless, but his health is quite good, and he has many friends to care for him. He was born at Philadelphia in 1813. Having a taste for literature, in company with Charles J. Peterson he purchased The Casket and the Gentleman's Magazine from Wm. E. Burton, the comedian, and in 1841 started Graham's Magazine, and among a strong array of talent was assisted by William B. Kinney of the New- ark Daily Advertiser. Becoming rich, he purchased the United States Gazette, and uniting it with his North American, for a time made piles of money ; but, putting too many irons in the fire, he failed in 1848. At length he became enabled to pur- chase back his magazine. In 1853 he went to New York, and there gained and lost another fortune in Wall street, since which he has been a reporter on the New York Herald, and editor of a Newark, N. J., newspaper until becoming blind, but is well cared for, happy, and contented, hoping to gain his eye-sight among loving friends. Alfred Gilman was born in Portsmouth, N. H., in 1812. He learned printing in Nashua, after which he worked in the Lowell Mercury office in 1829, and later published the Album, a ladies' paper, and next the Evangelist, of Lowell. In 1834 he went to Laconia, and started the Citizens Press at that place. Returning to Lowell he was post-master from 1849 to 1853. George A. Gordon was born in Dover, N. H., July 17, 1827. During the presidency of James Buchanan he published the Lawrence Sentinel. He went South, and became connected with the Charleston (S. C.) Mercury. Granite Freeman. Commenced at Concord by J. E. Hood, JOSEPH GKIFFIN. 487 June 20, 1844, and continued until May 6, 1847, when it was united with the Independent Democrat. John A. Goodwin, editor and one of the proprietors of the Vox Populi of Lowell, died September 21, 1884, aged 60 years. He was formerly editor of a paper in Lawrence, and represented that city in the legislature. He went to Lowell in 1854. He had been editor of the Lowell Conner and Citizen, and was rep- resentative to the legislature from Lowell in 1857, and 1859-1861 , filling the speaker's chair in the latter years. He was post- master there from 1861 to 1874, and had filled several local oflSces. Sixty years ago there were only twelve houses on the terri- tory now the city of Lowell, Mass. Lawrence was then a tract of pasture and swamp land, and Holyoke was a farming dis- trict, with eight houses and a saw-mill, forty-two years ago. In 1821 a canal had been dug around Pawtucket falls for boats, which ascended the Merrimack through other canals to the upper landing in Concord, N. H., from Boston. In 1827 the first railroad in America was completed, three miles in length, from Quincy to Neponset river. The same year another was opened, nine miles long, in Pennsylvania. The Boston & Prov- idence Eailroad was opened June 11, 1835, and the Boston & Lowell, June 24, 1835. Stages ran from City Tavern, Boston, to all parts of that city to take passengers to the Lowell depot in time for the tvain, free of charge. With the train one box car ran for the purpose of taking merchandise and packages to Lowell, — a sort of express company car. Manchester was dur- ing this period a worthless sand-bank. George "W. Gage was born in New London, N. H., in 1816. Came to Manchester in 1840. "Was assistant editor of the Star of Bethlehem. Removed to Canandaigua, N. Y.,and died there, October 5, 1869, aged 53 years. Joseph Griffin set up the first press at Brunswick, Maine, December, 1820, and commenced the Maine Intelligencer, which was soon discontinued ; and in 1824 he commenced the Maine Baptist Herald. In 1830 he sold his paper to William Noyes, who called it the Brunswick Journal. Mr. Griffin, in 1872, pub- lished his history of the press of Maine, a valuable book of 284 pages, octavo. This work was prepared and published in his 488 NOTES ON PRINTING. old age ; and a second edition, with supplementary matter, was printed in 1874, in which year he died, November 18, at the age of 76 years. He was born at Andover, Mass., October 8, 1798, and learned his trade there of Flagg & Gould. Nathaniel G-reene was born at Boscawen, N. H., May 20, 1797. When Isaac Hill established the New Hampshire Pat- riot at Concord, Greene was the first apprentice taken to learn the art of printing. He afterwards edited the Concord Gazette for some time, and then was engaged on the Portsmouth Gazette. In 1815 he became editor of the HaverMll Gazette, at Haverhill, Mass., and later, in 1817, started Vae Essex Patriot, and in 1821 commenced the Boston Statesman. In 1829 he was post-master at Boston, and sold the Statesman to his brother, Charles G. Greene, of the Boston Post. William Goddard was long connected with the press. He established the first newspaper in Providence, the Gazette, in 1762. He was editor of Parker's Gazette of New York, and commenced the Pennsylvania Chronicle in Philadelphia, in 1 767. In 1778 he started the Maryland Journal, which was published till 1792. After the Revolution he retired to Rhode Island, and died at Providence, in 1817, in the 78th year of his age. Horace Greeley was born at Amherst, N. H., February 3, 1811. At the age of fourteen he became an apprentice in the printing-office of the Northern Spectator, at Poultney, Vt. He went to New York, in August, 1831, as a journeyman printer, lu 1834, with Jonas Winchester, he commenced the New Yorker, on which he engaged Jacob B. Moore, of Concord, N. H., as an assistant editor. In 1838 he published the Jeffersonian. On April 10, 1841, he commenced the New York Tribune, a great power in the journalism of this country, so far as ability and influence were concerned. Mr. Greeley had the tact to express his ideas so that they were clearly understood by his readers. His language was plain, and seldom failed of its intended effect. He was Intended by nature for an editor, and began right, when an apprentice, by preparing matter for the paper at Poultney. He commenced at the foot of the ladder, and steadily ascended. The Tribune was a Republican journal, though Mr. Greeley was often read out of the party, and still his independence made him attractive generally. Cobbett and Greeley were masters of HORACE GREELEY. 489 good newspaper paragraphs. It is to be regretted that Mr. Greeley ever consented to be a candidate for the presidency. He died November 29, 1872, aged 61 years. Though very suc- cessful as a newspaper man, he met many losses in other direc- tions. In the history of his country Horace Greeley must always stand as a grandly prominent figure in a time which brought out great men ; as a leader in public opinion when public opinion created public measures ; as an influential adviser in matters which created armies and fought them to results. It was a time when mind, and soul, and heart were needed, and he gave them. It was a time when to be an honest leader was to be a saviour of his country, and he was not found wanting. His office stormed at night, and his life threatened, — even then his pen was still moving for the good of those who cursed him, and the morning found his words ready to go out over the land, to advise or to direct, to cheer or to censure, but always for lib- erty, alwaj's for right, always honest in feeling and in pur- pose. Much, too, must be said by his biographer of the part which the great man has taken in those matters of political economy which so deeply affect the welfare of our country ; of his deep interest in agriculture and manufactures, and in the develop- ment of our mineral wealth ; of his influence in the making and execution of our laws, and of our social welfare. It would be difficult, indeed, even to catalogue the many ways in which the power and goodness of Horace Greeley have been exerted ; neither in these few words of record and of regret would it be appropriate to touch them with so light a hand. It is as a journalist that we most love to consider him, — the man who took up his small paper in the large city, and who made it great ; as the editor who commanded success by force of mind, and who held it firmly for thirty years ; the great po- litical writer, whose words convinced a people, and guided while they supported an administration, and encouraged its armies. He was a journalist by divine right, and in making his paper great he used it for great ends. No journalist ever reached so high a place in the hearts of his countrymen, none have ever accomplished so much work, or work of so high an order, and 490 NOTES ON PRINTING. no one has brought to the profession of journalism so large and comprehensive a brain as Horace Greeley. He was nominated for our highest oflSce in the year he died : but he has accomplished that to which the honor of office is as nothing. For him titles were of no value. He knew the hol- lowness of fame and of ambition. For him flattery had no sweetness, though he desired the good opinion of his fellows, and delighted in just commendation. So, too, harsh criticism did not greatly disturb him. It had too often been poured upon his acts to be a matter of any moment. He had heard bodies of men curse him and his measures, and had seen them live to vote him thanks. His happiness lay in consciousness of purity of motive, and his highest satisfaction was in having labored in all things for the greatest good of mankind. Of his work it may well be said, it is done. It is well done, and its results will live forever. Mr. Dana, of the New York Sun, said of Mr. Greeley, — But, after all, it is not as a man or as a politician that he is to be judged. In his mind his newspaper was the predominant object. He thought of it, loved it, lived for it beyond all other things. It was, in his opinion, his own best self, enlarged, glorified, and made permanent: but he sought for it extended influence rather than increased profits, and he never sacrificed his opinions to the desire for its prosperity. In this respect no honester man ever lived. And, finally, let us say of him that his influence and his efforts were uniformly exerted in favor of manly industry, independence, and honesty, and that the world at large, and the young men who are now coming to manhood in this country, are more able to help themselves, more upright, more under the dominion of truth and morality, because Horace Greeley has lived among them and taught them. Oreeley's Politician's Register, known as the Whig Almanac and as the Tribune Almanac, was for many years published by him, and has been continued by others since his death. It was originally stereotyped, but the plates of the earlier issues were consumed by Are in 1845, and it became impossible to procure full sets ; but the new art of photo-lithography enabled the pub- lishers to reproduce the old issues, and a limited number was thus printed, of which a volume is preserved in the New York Historical Society library. This almanac has long had the rep- FRANCIS BRET HARTE. 491 utation of a standard book of reference for political and statis- tical information, and is among the most valuable of American annuals. Greentille (N. H.) Advertiser. This is the only newspaper in the town, and was commenced by C. E. Hall, who continued it five years, when C. F. Marshall became the editor. Granite Pillar, a temperance paper, commenced at Exeter, N. H., in May, 1841, by A. R. Brown, from East Kingston, and edited by Joseph Fullonton, of Danville, who soon became settled at Raymond as a clergyman, and who in 1870 furnished a " History of the Press of Rockingham County," for the New Hampshire Press Association. The Pillar stood erect at Exeter for two years, when Mr. Brown became a citizen of Lowell, Mass. Mr. Fullonton was a painstaking newspaper corre- spondent during his life, who left a record of an honorable Chris- tian character. He died at Raymond in 1881. M. Ferdinand Gagnon, editor of Le Travailleur and a prom- inent French Canadian citizen of Worcester, Mass., died April 15, 1886. He was born at St. Hyacinthe, Canada, June 8, 1849. and came to "Worcester in 1869. He started the publication of L'Etendard National, and soon sold it to Montreal parties. In 1873 he published Le Foyer Canadien. In 1874 he established La Travailleur. The deceased was well known in Manchester, N. H., having established the first newspaper ever printed in the French language in that city. It was styled La Voix du Peuple, and the first number appeared in March, 1869. He continued the publication of this paper for nearly a year, when he removed to Worcester, Mass. William Dean Howells was born in Martinsville, Belmont county, Ohio, March 1, 1837; removed to Hamilton with his father in 1840, and there learned the art of printing in his father's oflRce, and afterwards was connected with the Cincin- nati Gazette, and still later with the Ohio State Journal at Colum- bus. He wrote for the Atlantic Monthly and other magazines, published a number of books, and in 1861 was consul to Venice. In 1870 he was editor of the Atlantic Monthly. His poems are graceful, and leave an abiding impression of artistic feeling and melody. His novels are among the best. Francis Bret Harte was born in Albany, N. Y., in 1837. 492 NOTES ON PRINTING. At the age of seventeen he was a school teacher in California, where, in 1868, he founded the Overland Monthly, and was its editor. Many of his poems are full of humor, expressed in the slang of the California miners. He is known in New England by his writings for the Atlantic Monthly, and by his published poetic and prose publications. Heney O. Houghton was born in Sutton, Vt., in 1823, and was once a " printer's devil" at the office of the Burlington Free Press, and graduated from the University of Vermont. He is now the head of the firm of Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Boston and New York, successors of J. R. Osgood & Co. in the book publishing business. Jonathan A. Hadlet was born in Goffstown, N. H., May 9, 1800. The family moved to Riga, N. Y., in 1816. Jonathan learned printing in the office of Thurlow "Weed at Rochester. In 1828 he commenced the Palmyra Freeman, and afterwards other papers in that state. In 1847 he went to Wisconsin, and commenced the Watertown Chronicle, which he continued until September 7, 1853. He held several important offices in the. town and state, and in 1862 he was appointed printing clerk for the state. He died at his residence in Watertown, September 24, 1868, in the 69th year of his age. He was the first editor who exposed the impudence and absurdity of Joseph Smith in pretending to be a prophet. Hillsborough Republican and New Hampshire Clarion was commenced in 1829, and was edited by Elijah Dunbar until April 29, 1831, when it was discontinued. The publishers were William P. and John S. Dunbar. Leonard Huntress was born in Rochester, N. H., and learned the printer's trade in the office of the Portsmouth Journal. He went to Lowell in 1832, and worked for Eliphalet Case, and afterwards published the Lowell Journal and Courier. He sold this paper to Gen. Wm. Schouler. After engaging in various other pursuits he went to North Tewksbury, where he died July 19, 1885, aged about 74 years. He owned and carried on a fine milk farm, and was largely interested in all the advanced ideas of farming. He was chairman of the board of county commis- sioners for about fifteen years. Josiah Gilbert Holland was born in Belchertown, Mass., MRS. SAKAH JOSEPHA HALE. 495 July 24, 1819. In 1849 he became associate editor of the S'pringfield Republican. In 1870 he became editor of Soribner's Monthly, in New York. His novels and other works have had large sales, and are commended for their earnest religious les- sons. Benjamik Eotce Hitchcock, aged 80, said to be the oldest printer in the United States, died at his home in New Haven, Februarj' 31, 1886. Mr. Hitchcock was born in Bethlehem, Conn. His brother, the late Samuel Johnson Hitchcock, was a graduate of Yale college, and one of the most learned judges of the superior court Connecticut ever had. Mr. Hitchcock learned the printer's trade when a young man, and in 1829, in company with the late James F. Babcock, issued the first copy of the New Haven Palladium, which is the oldest paper in the state. In 1834 Mr. Hitchcock was mayor of New Haven. Mks. Sarah Josepha (Bdel) Hale, for many years editor of Qodey's Lady's Book, and an active worker for the education of women, died in Philadelphia, April 30, 1879. She was a, native of Newport, N. H., where she was born October 24, 1790. When about 24 years old she was married to David Hale, a prominent lawyer, who died in 1822, leaving her with five chil- dren to support. She resorted to the pen as a means of sup- port, publishing in 1823 "The Genius of Oblivion, and Other Original Poems." In 1827 she published " Northwood, a Tale of New England," and during the same year was invited by Eev. John L. Blake, an Episcopal clergyman, to come to Bos- ton and take charge of a ladies' magazine which was about to be established. After some hesitation she decided to accept, and before leaying New Hampshire she had furnished the edito- rial matter for four numbers of The Ladies' Magazine, the pub- lication of which had commenced on her acceptance of the prof- fered task. In April, 1828, she removed to Boston, where she made many friends, and did excellent work, publishing several volumes, and engaging in various philanthropic or patriotic undertakings. The Seaman's Aid Society owes its existence to her efforts, and she was very prominent in the movement among women which resulted in the completion of the Bunker Hill Monument. In 1837 the Ladies' Magazine having been united with Godey's Lady's Booh, published in Philadelphia by Mr. 494 NOTES ON PRINTING. Louis A. Godey, Mrs. Hale became editor of the consolidated periodical, remaining in Boston, however, until 1841, when she removed to Philadelphia, which city was her home until her death. In her new connection she continued to advocate the cause of woman's advancement, urging that teachers of girls should always be of the female sex. It was in the Lady's Book that the idea of a National Thanksgiving was first advo- cated, this being in 1846 ; and Mrs. Hale during her later years took great satisfaction in the indorsement her suggestion had at last received in the annual proclamation by the president of the United States for a day of thanksgiving for the nation. The idea of educating women for medical and missionary service in heathen lands was another thought of Mrs. Hale's, and she devoted much labor to the securing of its practical adoption. In 1850 the first medical college for women ever founded was established in Philadelphia, and thus the opportunity was pre- sented. The Ladies' Medical Missionary Society was formed, and under its auspices two ladies prepared for the great work of treating the diseased bodies and undeveloped minds of women in heathendom. An obstacle arose in the unwillingness of the missionary societies to send out single women, and so the two candidates were given work at home. But the idea was not abandoned, and in 1860 the Woman's Union Missionary Society for Heathen Lands was formed, and under its direction Miss Clara Swain was prepared for the foreign work, going to the East under appointment of the Methodist Episcopal Church. Mrs. Doremus was the first president of this society, Mrs. Hale succeeding her and holding the office nine years. With such a record, and we have given only the prominent points in the story of her life, Mrs. Hale could look back with satisfaction over her career, when in December, 1877, she closed her half century of editorial labor, and retired to enjoy the remainder of her long life in the rest of a quiet home. Besides the literary work she accomplished as an editor, she wrote a number of occasional poems, some of which were of notable merit. One such was the prize address which she wrote in 1830 for the sec- ond centennial anniversary of the settlement of Boston. Among her published volumes not already mentioned are, — " Sketches of American Character," "Traits of American Life," several HENRY NORMAN HUDSON. 495 tales, a manual for housekeepers, and "Woman's Record from the Creation to A. D. 1854." Mrs. Hale was one of the remark- able women of the age, and the women of our time owe so much to her life's labors that they will not fail to honor her memory. Henry Nokman Hudson, ll. d., of Cambridge, was born in Cornwall, Vt., January 28, 1814, and graduated from Middle- bury college in 1840. In 1852 he became and continued for nearly three years the editor of the CImrchman, a weekly relig- ious journal then published in New York. Subsequently he originated the Church Monthly, which he edited a year or two. In 1851 his first edition of " Shakspeare's Plays" appeared, and this, properly speaking, was the first time the poet's text had been edited in this country. For three years during the war Mr. Hudson served as chaplain in the regiment of the New York Volunteer Engineers. In this period he was put under arrest, and in consequence of that afterwards published a pamphlet entitled "A Chaplain's Campaign with General But- ler," in which he was very severe upon the general. Since 1865 Mr. Hudson had resided principally in Cambridge, Mass., and though he had frequently officiated in parish churches on Sun- days, the most of his time had been devoted to the teaching of Shakspeare and other English authors. For a few months he was editor of the Boston Saturday Evening Gazette. In 1870 Ginn & Heath, as his publishers, brought out his "School Shakspeare" in three volumes. In 1872 he put forth Shaks- peare's " Life, Art, and Characters," and later on a volume of sermons. The "Text-Book of Poetry" was his next publica- tion, and then he set to work upon a text-book of English prose. In 1877 the "Classical English Reader" was issued. The Har- vard edition of Shakspeare was his latest work of prominence. Personally Mr. Hudson was said to be a man of marked pecu- liarities. He cared little for the opinions of others where they were at variance with his own, and would not have been troubled if he had had to stand against the world. He had the courage of his convictions almost more than any other man of his time. In appearance he was thought to resemble Carlyle. His life work had been primarily the study of the one great subject of Shakspeare, and his English test-books were a vigorous protest " against putting young students through a course of mere nib- 496 NOTES ON PRINTING. bles and snatches from a multitude of authors, where they can- not stay long enough with any one to develop any real taste for him or derive any solid benefit from him." In 1852 he married Emily S., the oldest daughter of the late Henry Bright, of Northampton. His son is a merchant in Omaha. The title of LL. D. was conferred by Middlebury college a few years ago. He died at Cambridge, January 16, 1886, aged 72 years. Elder Jasper Hazen was born in Hartford, Vt., December 2, 1790, and became known as a preacher in Vermont and New Hampshire when 19 years of age. He held meetings at "Wood- stock in the old court-house until he could build for himself^ which he did in 1826. He settled in Woodstock the same year, and was register of probate there for some years. On August 4, 1827, he commenced The Oospel Banner, and previous to this, in 1822, he published a spelling-book, which was used in that region for some years. Later he prepared a common school arithmetic, and was elected a member of the Vermont legisla- ture. He preached the first temperance sermon ever delivered in "Woodstock. In 1847 Mr. Hazen removed to Albany, N. Y., and became editor of the Christian Palladium, which he con- ducted eight years, when he became editor of the Family Intel- ligencer. He afterwards, in his old age, returned to Wood- stock, having been absent twenty-seven years, and here preached occasionally for the remainder of his life. He died March 30, 1882, aged 92 years. Nicholas Hopkins, of Manchester, N. H., came from New- Haven, Conn., in 1876, as foreman of the Mirror & American- press-room, in which capacity he was connected with that estab- lishment for nine years. He was a thorough mechanic and an. industrious workman. In private life he was an upright citizen, and highly esteemed. Failing health caused him to remove to Norfolk, Va., in the hope of health, where he died January, 1886, leaving a wife and seven children. Nathaniel Appleton Haven, editor of the Portsmouth Jour- nal, was born at Portsmouth, January 14, 1790, and died there June 3, 1826, aged 36 years, leaving evidence of his uncommon ability in various departments of literary effort. He delivered orations on many occasions after 1814, and edited the Journal from 1821 to 1825. One of his best orations was at Ports- MATTHEW HARVEY. 497 mouth, on the second centennial celebration of the landing of the first settlers, delivered May 21, 1823. Harper Brothers. James came from England, 1740, and settled at Newtown, L. I., where Joseph, the father of the brothers, was born 1766, and near this place the four brothers were born. Their father, Joseph, died in 1817. James, of the brothers, was born April 13, 1795; John, January 22, 1797; Joseph Wesley, December 25, 1801 ; Fletcher, January 31, 1806. James died in New York, March, 1869 ; John died April 22, 1875 ; Joseph Wesley died February 14, 1870 ; and Fletcher died May 29, 1877. Amos Hadley was born at Dunbarton, May 14, 1825, and first became known as one of the editors of the State Capital Reporter, at Concord, N. H., in 1857. Matthew Harvey, editor and publisher of the Newport, N. H., Argus and Spectator, was a son of Col. John Harvey, a grand- son of Matthew Harvey, Sr., and nephew of Matthew Harvey, Jr., who was governor, representative to congress, and a judge of the United States district court, and of Jonathan Harvey, who was also representative to congress. He was born at Sut- ton in 1815. He received an academic education, and went to Newport in 1831, where he served a full apprenticeship in the Argus and Spectator office under Henry Guy Carleton. Then he went to Boston, where he worked several years as a journey- man printer. Returning to Newport in 1837, he became a com- positor in the Argus office. In 1840, in company with Mr. Carleton, he purchased the establishment, and for forty years the firm published the Argus and Spectator, Mr. Harvey being during that time the leading editor. In 1880 he retired from business to private life with a competence. Mr. Harvey was from 1846 to 1852 register of deeds of Sullivan county, was an assistant marshal for taking the census in 1860, and was four times a Democratic candidate for representative to the legisla- lature from Newport, but his party was in the minority. He was a gentleman of decided poetic ability, and was the author of many creditable compositions written by request for special occasions. He had been a prominent Freemason for many years, and had been twice elected Worshipful Master of Mt. Vernon Lodge of Newport. As a citizen he was liberal in 32 498 NOTES ON PRINTING. his views, popular, generous, and public spirited ; and by fair dealing, integrity, and industry was successful. He died at Newport, January 31, 1885, aged 70 years. Col. Richard M. Hoe, widely known as the inventor of the famous Hoe printing-press, died suddenly June 7, 1886, in Florence, Italy. Mr. Hoe had gone abroad for rest and pleasure, in company with his wife and daughter, and was apparently in his usual good health when suddenly stricken down. Mr. Hoe was the senior member of the firm of R. Hoe & Co., and his name is inseparably connected with the development of the printing-press in this country. His invention of the rotary or lightning press, and later of the web printing machine, the latter the joint production of Col. Hoe and his partner, Mr. S. D. Tucker, made his name a familiar one throughout the civiHzed world. His death closely followed that of his brother, Mr. Robert Hoe, who died less than two years before. Mr. Hoe ■was born in New York, September 12, 1812, being the son of Robert Hoe, an Englishman, who in the year 1803 founded in the American metropolis the great business which for half a century was known as that of R. Hoe & Co. The father was the first man in the United States who made saws of cast steel. In 1805 he began the manufacture of printing machines, and in 1827 that of cylinder presses. About the same time Richard March Hoe, who had received a common school education, en- tered his father's workshop, where he acquired a practical knowl- edge of mechanism. In the year 1837 he invented the double- cylinder press, an improvement on the cylinder press invented by his father, who died at the age of fifty-three. In 1846 the firm of R. Hoe & Co. consisted of Richard M. Hoe and his brothers Robert and Peter. The Rotary, invented by the first named in that year, soon acquired the name of the " Lightning" press, by reason of its rapidity of working. In the neighbor- hood of 1830 a press had been built for the London Times, upon which, when pushed to its fullest capacity, five thousand im- pressions could be made in an hour. Upon the Lightning Press Mr. Hoe could print from fifteen to twenty thousand sheets an hour. But this improvement, great as it was, soon had to give way to a still more notable invention. The Perfecting Press (a machine which delivers the papers printed on both sides, ready SIMEON IDK. 499 for delivery) was invented in England in 1850. Not until Col. Hoe and Stephen D. Tucker, the mechanical superintendent of the Hoe establishment, invented the accumulating cylinder, by which papers could be delivered as rapidly as they left the printing cylinder, was this invention a perfect success. Mr. Hoe has continually been improving his inventions, so that they grew better each year, and each year became more widely known, while his name became familiar to every printer in the country. Mr. Hoe spent about half his time in Europe, where the firm had a branch establishment. When in America he lived at Brightside, New York city. He was twice married, and two of his children are married to members of the Lawrence family of New York, while two others are married to members of the Harpers' firm. Mr. George F. Hosea, for over twenty-five years in the office of the Boston Journal, died in East Boston, June 6, 1886. He was born November 15, 1839. Mr. Hosea was well known in Masonic circles. In his social relations he was a pleasant com- panion, and in his business relations an industrious and able man. E. P. Hill, a veteran journalist of the Haverhill (Mass.) Gazette, wrote his first newspaper article for a campaign sheet in New Hampshire forty years ago, 1846. SIMEON IDE A VETERAN MODEL PRINTER. [The following notice of the distinguished individual and remarkable gentleman, who is here mentioned as the veteran printer, editor, publisher, author, and manufacturer of books, newspapers, and publications which have appeared since his first attempt at publishing the " New Ipswich Testament " with the assistance of a sister then not twelve years of age, himself doing the press-work upon a Bamage press alone, and they two completing 5,000 copies in six months, presents a record of industry, perseverance, and worthy effort, of which no parallel is known in New Hampshire, if anywhere, since the invention of printing. This veteran is the oldest living printer in the state now in active business, the oldest member of our Press Association, and an editor every way worthy of the title I have given him. The information forming the substance of this sketch has been obtained from a correspondence with the gentleman named, and from his letters and speeches published by the Press Associa- tion, and from occasional newspaper articles which have come to the 500 NOTES ON FEINTING. notice of the compiler of these Notes ; and what is here published may be considered as on the authority of the veteran himself, who will be ninety-two years of age on September 28, 1886.] Simeon He, Esq., of Claremont, N. H., was born in the town of Shrewsbury, Mass., September 28, 1794. The town was incorporated In 1727, and then included what is now Boylston, with most of West Boylston, and a portion of Sterling, West- borough, and Grafton. It was distant six miles from Worces- ter, and thirty-six miles from Boston. Simeon was the eldest son of Lemuel Ide, who was born in Rehoboth, July 22, 1770, and died at Newfane, Vt., September 18, 1825, aged 55 years. Tradition says that about 1630 two brothers, Josiali and Daniel Ide, came to this country from England, and settled at Reho- both, Mass., which town then included Seekonk, Pawtucket, Attleborough, Cumberland, R. I., and part of Swauzey and Barrington ; and that the first purchase of land here was of the famous Massasoit. New England was, when the first Ides came to Rehoboth, comparatively a wilderness ; but the brothers chose farms here, and are claimed as the progenitors of nearly all the race of Ides in America. There is in the archives of the New Hampshire Historical Society at Concord a small tin cup taken from the noted Indian chief King Philip, during war, by a son of Daniel Ide, some time an officer in the old Bay State, with an account of its history. Simeon Ide, at the age of fifteen years, was an apprentice in the printing-office of Farnsworth & Churchill, publishers of the Vermont Republican at Windsor. After the sale of that establishment to Jesse Cochran, young Simeon, then in his eighteenth year, " bought his time till of age,'' and worked for T. M. Pomroy in the office of The Washingtonian, a file of which paper the writer of this sketch has in his library, from 1810 to 1815. Mr. Ide remained in this office less than one year, and after teaching school in the town of Reading for one term, he entered the large printing-office of William Fessenden at Brat- tleborough, where he remained for about one year, and then was engaged in the office of Fay, Davison & Burt, publishers of the Rutland Herald; but on March 20, 1815, at the request of his father, Simeon returned home to take charge of the family, while the father, a carpenter and joiner, as well as amateur SIMEON IDE. 501 blacksmith, made a journey West in search of occupation at his trade, then dull at New Ipswich where the family resided. The father went West, even as far as Albany, but was unable to find better employment than at home. Returning, he fitted up the blacksmith shop as a printing-office, and advised Simeon to quit farming and carpenter work, and to undertake book-making and printing at home. The times were then " hard times," but fortunately as a journeyman printer Simeon had saved from his earnings about $500, with which he purchased the necessary printing materials to commence business on his own account, and without help, except from one of his sisters, he commenced to print the New Testament. Mr. Ide was now his own man, but in his undertaking to print the first Testament ever printed in New Hampshire he was com- pelled to contract a heavy debt for the paper to print it on. This was in 1814 ; and as he could not afford to hire help he did the press-work alone, while his eleven year old sister set most of the type for him. It consumed the time of six months to print 5,000 copies of the book, which was in bourgeois type, and in 12mo form, of 375 pages, done on a two-pull Eamage press. Mr. Ide and his little sister were occupied nearly two years in printing, folding, getting them bound, and selling this wonderful book ; but at the last he found himself free of debt, and the owner of the blacksmith shop priuting-oflEice, and about $125 in addition. He now gave his attention to the starting of a newspaper. Previous to this he had published among other works one entitled " Sketches of Franklin's Life and Charac- ter," which he wrote while an apprentice at Windsor, Vt., in 1809. After abandoning printing at New Ipswich, Solomon Wilder, of Leominster, Mass., opened a job oflSce in New Ips- wich, but did not long remain. Others commenced printing there later ; and in 1833 Mark Miller commenced the New Ips- wich Register, which soon died. In 1836 King & Hewes at- tempted to establish The News Gatherer, but failed to receive support. Later yet a paper was started called the New Ipswich Times, which was published four times a year. In the fall of 1816 Mr. Ide visited Fitzwilliam with the hope of encouragement in starting his first newspaper there, but was advised to try Keene. Here he was welcomed by Salma Hale 502 NOTES ON PRINTING. and Judge Dinsmore, who were willing to advance money for the enterprise, provided security could be given for its return with interest. Mr. Ide next tried Brattleborough, Vt., where, on the 5th day of February, 1817, he issued the first number of The American Yeoman, having 300 subscribers to start with. The office was on the ground floor room, north of the village hotel on Main street, and afterwards in the second story of a brick build- ing of Mr. Atherton's. In starting, Mr. Ide was assisted by Royal Tyler and others. The Yeoman was a success ; but such inducements were offered Mr. Ide to purchase the Vermont Re- publican in company with Dunbar Aldrich, that, much against the wishes of his Brattleborough friends, the Yeoman was after one year removed from Brattleborough to Windsor, where, on the 16th day of February, 1818, \hQ Vermont Republican and American Yeoman was commenced by Ide & Aldrich — office in the third story of John Leverett's brick block, opposite Pettes's coffee- house. Mr. Aldrich was a nominal partner until April 5, 1821, when the partnership was dissolved. The Republican was pub- lisher of the laws of the United States, and of the land-tax and personal petition notices in the eastern counties of Vermont, and these appointments were continued to the Mepublican and Yeoman until December 1, 1831. After 1821 Mr. Ide added to his other business book-binding and book-selling, and removed his printing-office to more com- fortable quarters in Patrick's block, next south of Patrick's tavern. At this place he published school-books, Aiken's Prac- tical Forms, and many other valuable works. Here, in 1824, he set up the first iron hand printing-press ever used in Ver- mont, and took the contract to print 3,000 copies of Slade's Compilation of the Laws of Vermont, the largest job of book- making he had ever undertaken, receiving for this work, as per contract, $1.60 per copy for making it. The work was so well done that the legislature of the state passed soon after an almost unanimous act allowing him $500 in addition to the con- tract price. In November, 1825, Mr. Ide found his business needed more room, and he removed to Pettes's new block, taking a lease for ten years of the basement and first and second stories. At this time he manufactured school-books on a large scale for Boston SIMEON IDE. 503 publishers in addition to iiis own publications ; and now the Republican and Teoman was growing valuable, and had a cir- culation of nearly 1,500 copies— large for those days. It was united with the Vermont Journal in 1830, increasing its circula- tion to 2,000 weekly, and it was distributed by post-riders in Windsor, Orange, Washington, and Orleans counties. It was an earnest advocate of the old National Republican party from the commencement of Madison's to the close of J. Q. Adams's administration,—" Sailors' Rights, Protection of American In- dustry, and Internal Improvements." The opposite party was then the Federal party, which died soon after the War of 1812, and was succeeded by an "era of good feeling" under Monroe's second term. Then came the Democratic party with Gov. Marcy's aphorism, " To the victors belong the spoils," and Van Buren's " Free trade or anti-protection policy," hard times fol- lowing from 1837 to 1845. Mr. Ide, March 21, 1818, married Evelina Pamela, eldest daughter of Capt. Nicholas Goddard, of Rutland, Vt., and at once commenced housekeeping in " a hired house," until his brother William B., a carpenter and joiner, in 1819, completed a house in Windsor for Simeon, which was occupied by his fam- ily until they left Windsor, May, 1835. While at Windsor, where he resided sixteen years, Mr. Ide graduated five indentured apprentices, and two of his own broth- ers, the usual term of service being five or six years. Nicholas W. Goddard, his wife's brother, was one of these apprentices, and afterwards a partner in the business. Another was Asa D. Smith, who, after serving about three years, purchased his time, obtained a collegiate education, and was for several years a minister of the gospel, and later president of Dartmouth col- lege, and who said of himself, " I cannot help thinking that I am a little better president for having been a printer." In the office at Windsor Mr. Ide used for his newspaper and book printing the old Ramage press on which he worked at New Ipswich, N. H., until 1824, when the Wells iron hand-press came into use, and in 1838 the Metcalf power-press was also Introduced as necessary to his machinery, these being the first of the kind in Vermont. In 1827 Mr. Ide obtained a contract for furnishing the post- 504 NOTES ON PRINTING. masters of New England with "blanks, wrapping-paper, and twine." This caused him to make a journey to "Washington, D. C, which at that time required ten days' travel, and when there he was informed that the time for closing such contracts had been extended one month. This, as he could not afford to remain in that city so long, made it necessary for him to leave the business with an agent there, causing him much trouble and expense ; but in " red tape time" he received the appointment, and deposited his bonds, $20,000, for the faithful performance of the contract, which he fulfilled to the satisfaction of all con- cerned. The contract began under J. Q. Adams, and ended under Andrew Jackson. Mr. Ide now offered to renew the con- tract for another term of four years at fifteen per cent, less than he received on the first contract, as he had on hand all the machinery needed for the work. This offer the department declined on the ground that it was decided to have the work done in a less distant place, and Mr. Ide found that the con- tract was given to Isaac Hill of the JVeio Hampshire Patriot, Concord, and Charles Green of the Boston Post, — one supplying New England, and the other New York state, — at fifteen per cent, more than Mr. Ide offered to do the work, amounting to from $5,000 to $8,000 more on these two contracts than Mr. Ide asked. Mr. Ide informs the writer of this article that at the time he offered to renew his contract with the post-master general for printing, &c., a distinguished Jacksonian member of congress called on him in Windsor, and informed him that "if he would come over to the support of Jackson's adminis- tration, his contract for supplying ' blanks, wrapping-paper, and twine' for New England might be renewed." In 1829 the estate of Alden Spooner was purchased by Mr. Ide, and the Vermont Journal also, which was published by Trueman Ide, a brother of Simeon, and was edited by Carlos Coolidge, afterwards governor of the state. Thus the Journal and the Republican and Yeoman, being issued on different days of the week, answered the purpose of a semi-weekly news- paper until united under the name Vermont Republican and Journal. Mr. Ide, it will be remembered, from 1817 to 1835 published and edited the only newspapers much circulated on the east THOMAS HENRY JAMESON. 505 side of the Green Mountains which sustained the national Republican party ; and his Arm adherence to the political creed of that party did much towards giving Vermont the honorary sobriquet applied to her first by John W. Moore of the Bellows Falls Gazette in 1838, of " The star that never sets." Mr. Ide's business had so increased in Windsor that when it was proposed to him to accept a liberal offer to remove to Clare- mont, N. H., he was doubtful about the change until the Clare- mont Manufacturing Company offered to exchange their business for his, then valued at $20,000. Windsor had, up to about 1830, been the metropolis of the towns in that vicinity for fifty miles around, while Claremont was a comparatively small place, doing much trading in Windsor ; but the change was made, and Mr. Ide commenced the business of paper-making, printing, book-binding, and book-selling at Claremont, removing to that place with all his machinery and apparatus, which was put in operation in December, 1834. The Claremont Manufacturing Company is so well known that it need not be mentioned here, because a description of it has appeared in the published proceedings of the New Hamp- shire Press Association for 1874. It has been in successful operation since it came into the hands of Mr. Ide more than fifty years ago. For further notice of Mr. Ide, his speeches, letters, suggestions, and contributions concerning printing, his connection with the Claremont Eagle, and of persons concerned with him in the various departments of the company, see doings of the Press Association from 1868 to 1886. George G. Ide, a son of Simeon, and who was concerned with his father in the business of the manufacturing company, died at Claremont, N. H., March 12, 1883. Thomas Henrt Jameson was born in Dunbarton, June 22, 1837. In June, 1854, when 17 years of age, he entered the printing-oflBce of the National Eagle at Claremont, then owned and published by Otis F. R. Waite, but remained there only until the following November, and in December entered the office of the New Hampshire Statesman, then published by McFarland & Jenks in a one-story building in rear of Rumford block. In this office he then worked as apprentice and journey- man for six years. December, 1860, he became a workman 506 NOTES ON PRINTING. upon the Independent Democrat, published by Fogg & Hadley. January 10, 1861, he married Mary Ellen, daughter of Jonathan and Olive Aiken Evans, who afterwards learned the printers' trade, and worked with him all through the years of the war of the Rebellion. While in this office he rose from the position of journeyman to that of foreman, and carried on the mechanical work of the Independent Democrat for several years by contract with the proprietors. He labored on this paper some six years, and when, in the winter of 1866-67, the Independent Democrat and the Concord Monitor — a daily and weekly paper started during the last years of the war — were merged in one establish- ment, he went with the paper into the Monitor establishment, where he worked some three years as spare hand and foreman. January, 1870, he returned to the Statesman establishment as foreman of the book department, which position he held until the last of November, 1882, — nearly thirteen years, — during which time he had the supervision of all the book printing of the state for at least seven years. December, 1882, he entered the book and job-printing office of Evans, Sleeper & Woodbury, on Capitol street, and continued with that firm and its successor, Ira C. Evans, until July, 1885, when he accepted the position of assistant foreman of the People and Patriot printing establishment, where he now is, having spent nearly thirty-two years of his life in the printing-offices of Concord. During the last eight years Mr. Jameson has devoted consider- able time and labor to correspondence for various newspapers, but principally for The Analecta, now published at Pittsfleld, formerly the Snow-Flake of Dunbarton, his native town. He has also built up quite a flourishing business as advertising agent. In 1877 he united with the Pleasant street Baptist church, since serving four years as Sunday-school superintend- ent. He has one child, a daughter, now seventeen years old, Mary Olive, who has also learned to set type. Frank A. Knight entered the Statesman office. Concord, in July, 1870, as an apprentice, and in May, 1873, became foreman of the newspaper' department of the Republican Press Association, which position he still holds. In February, 1873, the first num- ber of the Amateur's Monthly Magaeine (12 pages, 5} by 8-J inches) of Concord was issued by Mr. Knight and Ezra B. GEOR&E AUGUSTUS HARDEN. 507 Crapo. "With the issue of the third number, in April, 1873, Mr. Crapo withdrew from its publication. The magazine was then increased to 16 pages, and continued by Mr. Knight as editor and proprietor until July, 1874. It was said to be the largest and best amateur publication in the country at that time. Laconia Democrat. In 1849 Abram Keach and John K. Seaver, practical printers, of Manchester, started at Laconia the New Hampshire Democrat, a weekly paper of four pages, which they conducted for about three years. Samuel C. Baldwin, a printer and newspaper publisher of Newport, N. H., Lowell and Plymouth, Mass., became pro- prietor of the paper in 1852 ; and some two years later David A. Farrington, a Concord printer, was admitted as partner, and the firm name was Baldwin & Farrington. Some three years after, Mr. Farrington retired, and Mr. Baldwin conducted the paper till his death in 1862. During a portion of this time Mr. Bald- win also held the position of clerk of the courts for Belknap county. Joseph B. Batohelder, printer, of Laconia, succeeded Mr. Baldwin, and assumed the publication of the Democrat in Janu- ary, 1862, and continued as editor and publisher till April, 1868, when he sold the paper to O. A. J. Vaughan, of Laconia. Mr. Vaughan conducted the paper for several years, changing its name to Laconia Democrat^ which it now retains. He died in 1876. Wm. M. Kendall was the next publisher of the Democrat^ and continued the paper till 1878, when it was purchased by E. C. Lewis and F. W. Sanborn, by whom the paper was for a few years conducted. Mr. Sanborn retired in 1882, and Mr. Charles W. Vaughan, son of the former publisher of that name, and Mr. Albert P. Brown, succeeded him in the iirm, which be- came Lewis, Vaughan & Co., by whom the Democrat is now (1885) published. S. E. Young. George Augustus Marden was born in Mont Vernon, N. H., August 9, 1839, was graduated at Dartmouth college in 1861, and enlisting in the Union army served in the first regiment of United States Sharpshooters as first lieutenant and quartermas- ter. After the war he began to study law, but in 1865 took up the profession of journalism. He was editor of the Kawmha, 508 NOTES ON PRINTING. Republican, at Charleston, "West Virginia, in 1866, which paper was succeeded bj' the Kanawha Gazette, at the same place. In 1867 Mr. Harden was employed on the Boston Daily Advertiser, and later became one of the proprietors and editor of the Lowell Courier. He was a member of the Massachusetts House of Representatives in 1873, and during the next nine years was elerk of that branch of the legislature. In 1883 and 1884 he was again a member, and elected as speaker both years, discharging the duties of the position to very general acceptance. He was a member of the Senate in 1885. C. C. Moore, son of George W. Moore, of Bristol, N. H., be- came the city editor on the Emporia (Kansas) Daily Republican, in 1883, the official county and city organ. Asa McFarland was born in Concord, May 19, 1804, and for nearly half a century was connected with the press. His labors as an editor strengthened the influence of newspapers throughout the state. He was an industrious and honest news- paper man, of rare Christian attainments, and a citizen of irre- proachable character. He died at Concord, December 13, 1879, in the 76th year of his age, well known to the readers of that excellent newspaper, the New Hampshire Statesm,an. William Ellert Mooee was born at Concord, N. H., Novem- ber 12, 1833 ; learned the printing business at Manchester ; went to Galveston, Texas, where he was long engaged in school- teaching, and for some time was the editor and publisher of a weekly newspaper there. Returning to Manchester, after the Rebellion, he was engaged on the Daily and Weekly Union, in which he purchased an interest ; but in 1869 he sold his inter- est in the Union, and purchased the Daily News oflSce of his uncle, and has continued the business of a book and job printer since. John Augustine Moore was born at Concord, N. H., April 28, 1831. Learned printing at the office of the Bellows Falls Gazette, and was afterwards a printer in Manchester ; went West, and for a time was foreman of a job office in Wisconsin, at Mil- waukee. After the war he was selected by George P. Rowell & Co. as one of their Arm, and remained with them until his death, which took place in New York, November 7, 1876. The Mil- waukee Evening Wisconsin, November 15, 1876, says, — "A JOHN C. MOORE. 509 private note has been received from Mr. Geo. P, Rowell, of New York, announcing the death, on the morning of the 7th instant, of John A. Moore. Many of the readers of the Evening Wis- consin will remember Mr. Moore as a printer in this city, and at one time foreman of the commercial printing department of this establishment. Of late years he has been connected with the advertising agency of Eowell & Co., of New York, and was esteemed one of the best men in his department in the United States. "Whatever he did was done skilfully and faithfully, which, with a natural suavity of bearing, impressed his custom- ers with confidence. We have been told that he was about the only man in the business who could get the ear and attention of many of the heads of old houses in New York. The secret was plain, and we allude to it as much for the good of the liv- ing as to praise the dead, who need none from us. He was scrupulously neat and tasteful in his work. If he took a proof to Solomon, Stewart, or Tiffany, it was sure to be typographical perfection. He had no excuses to offer for " poor proof ;" would correct before it "went in," etc. It was right, and they could see it. Mr. Moore would write a letter to ask that a missing hyphen be put into the advertisement of a customer. Because he was such an accomplished craftsman, we have been impelled to this mention of habits, so that the living may profit by the example of the dead, and the dead not have died in vain. Medical Eepositort. This was the first journal of the kind ever commenced in this country. It was commenced in New York in 1797, by Edward Miller and others of the Friendly Club, which was the nucleus at its weekly meetings for the intel- lect of the city. Mr. Miller was born in Dover, Delaware, May 9, 1760, and died March 17, 1812, aged 52 years. John C. Moore, editor of the Lowell Morning Times, died June 9, 1886, aged 72 years, of congestion of the brain. He was well known, and one of the oldest journalists in the country, having been connected with various newspapers in New England and also in Scotland. Mr. Moore was connected with the Bos- ton press for many years, a part of the time as night editor of the Boston Journal. He was also at one time associate editor of the Concord (N. H.) Patriot. He was a man of considerable acquirements, and of marked ability as a journalist. He was a 510 NOTES ON PRINTING. native of Scotland, and possessed many of the distinguishing traits of the Scotch people. Isaac W. Mat, a veteran printer of Boston, died at his home in Somerville, August 1884, in his 68th year. Mr. May was born in Concord, N. H., but went to Boston when about twenty years of age. For a number of years he was in the employ of leading Boston printing firms, and for a long time carried on business in his own name. He was a custom house officer at one time, an active temperance man, and a candidate of that party for public offices at various elections. He was a member of the Franklin Typographical Society, and was eminently a social man with many friends. Thomas Maguike, a well known journalist of Boston, died October, 1884. Mr. Maguire was born in Hinsdale some forty- five years ago, and began life as a telegrapher. He very soon entered the service of the Springfield Republican as a reporter, and was successively employed thereafter on newspapers in Boston, including The Journal. In 1867 he was appointed Boston correspondent of the New York Herald, and for several years he filled that office with great success, becoming well known in every part of New England as a bold and energetic news-gatherer. Since 1877 Mr. Maguire has been attached to the Olohe and Herald at Boston. MiLFORD Enterprise, conducted in a sensible manner by George E. Foster ; is creditable to its editor and the community. John Mann, publisher of the Dover Sun, learned printing of Samuel Bragg, and was his successor after July 4, 1812. He changed the Sun to the Strafford Register, which he published until August, 1818, when it became the New Hampshire Repub- lican, and was edited by Charles W. Cutter, of Portsmouth, who had established a law office at Dover. He left the paper, and returned to Portsmouth in 1823, but Mr. Mann continued it to October, 1829. It was then discontinued after an existence, under different names, of thirty-nine years. Magnet, a sixteen page octavo, was commenced in Hanover, N. H., October 21, 1835, by Thomas Mann, and edited by col- lege students. John Melcher, the adopted son of Daniel Fowle, was born in Portsmouth in 1759, and became the owner and publisher ELIJAH MANSTTR. 511 of the New Hampshire Gazette with another of Fowle's appren- tices, George Jerry Osborne, for one year, and then became the sole owner. He was a good printer, shrewd, and sharp at a bargain, and was seldom deceived or cheated. In 1799 Os- borne, the former partner, commenced the Bepublican Ledger, and before that time Charles Pierce had commenced the Ports- mouth Oracle, 1795, having purchased his type from the office of the Gazette. Mr. Melcher was active through life, and was a good liver, but abstemious. He died June 9, 1850, aged 90 years. Charles Pierce was born in Kittery. He sold his Oracle to William Treadwell in 1801, and it became tHe Porismoitth Journal in the hands of N. A. Haven, Jr., 1821. Pierce moved to Germantown, Penn., and died September 21, 1851, aged 81 years. Mr. Melcher was the first state printer of New Hamp- shire, and the Gazette oflBce did the state printing from 1787 to 1814. The slave Primus, after the death of his master, Fowle, be- came the property of Mr. Melcher. We have mentioned him on page 70. Primus never learned to read, or even to name the letters of the alphabet, but was a good pressman. He was quick tempered, and had a iiery tongue, but was honest, truth- ful, and very faithful. A. Messer, formerly a teacher in the Amoskeag grammar school, N. H., is now the editor of the Patrons' Jtural at Roch- ester, Vt. Elijah Mansur was born in Methuen, Mass., in 179'5, and died at Nashua, N. H., January 1, 1848, at the age of about 52 years. He learned the art of printing at the age of nineteen years, and worked in Nashua and Amherst. After completing his apprenticeship he commenced the Hillsborough Telegraph, a well executed and well conducted newspaper, at Amherst, Jan- uary 1, 1820, but discontinued it July 13, 1822, and went to Concord as a journeyman in the Patriot office. He was an expert pressman, and a general favorite with all who knew him. He was a good musician, and a fine performer upon the bassoon. He afterwards, when a member of the old Columbian band, was a performer upon the serpent, and the only player of that instru- ment in New Hampshire. At a concert by the band, the people of Concord were not only surprised by the form of the instru- 512 NOTES ON PRINTING. ment, but by the coarseness of its tones, and some one in the audience exclaimed, in the words of Handel when he first beard a like instrument, "Vat de devil is dat?" On being informed it was the serpent, he replied, "It never can be de serpent vat seduced Eve." Hugh Moore was born at Amherst, N. H., November 19, 1808. He commenced his apprenticeship with his brother-in- law, Elijah Mansur, in the Telegraph office of his native town, and completed his trade in the Statesman office of Luther Eoby at Concord, where he published the Times Mirror in 1828, and in 1829 commenced the Democratic Spy at Sanbornton, which was removed to Gilford in 1830. Aftei-wards he was connected with George W. Hill as editor of the Vermont Patriot, and still later was editor of the Burlington Sentinel. His health failing while in Vermont he returned to Amherst, where he died Feb- ruary 18, 1837, aged 29 years. He had become known as a poet by a production of much merit, entitled "Old Winter is coming again, alack !" John Miller, the oldest printer at the time of his death, in South Carolina, was expelled from England for publishing Junius' letters, and came to America. He settled in Pendleton, S. C, where he commenced the Pendleton Messenger, the second newspaper in that state. He knew who Junius was, but would never inform others. "When 1 was a student at Plymouth acad- emy, it was a question who Junius was. Some said it was Lord George Sackville ; and it was said that one Mr. "Woodfall, of England, printed the letters, and that he was sued for libel in consequence, and that Lord Sackville pleaded his cause so earn- estly as to be suspected as the author. Miller might have print- ed a later edition ; but the real author is yet unknown. Tobias Ham Miller, the father of Frank W. Miller, was not only a printer, but an editor, publisher, and minister of the gospel. He was for more than fifty years connected with the press of New Hampshire, and was a man of much ability. His six sons were all connected with printing. Rev. T. H. Miller was born at Portsmouth, August 10, 1801, and began his apprenticeship at printing at the age of thirteen years with Sam- uel Whidden, who learned the art from Daniel Fowle, and was the third New Hampshire printer. Mr. Miller claimed the Ga- FRANK W. MILLER. 513 zette, after becoming connected with it, as the oldest paper in the state, if not on this side the Atlantic. He delivered an address full of interest and information before the members of the Press Association in 1869. He died at his residence in Portsmouth, March 30, 1870, aged 69 years. He had been con- nected with the Portsmouth Journal, the Chronicle, the New Hampshire Observer, the Carpet Bag, the Washingtonian, the Teacher, and some other papers. Frank W. Miller was born in Portsmouth, N. H., Novem- ber 19, 1829. His early boyhood was marked by the same energy that characterized his whole life. His education was largely obtained in the printing-office, to which he early became attached. He was one of the founders of the Portsmouth Daily Chronicle; was connected with the^eio Hampshire Gazette, and ■ lastly with his pet paper, Frank W. Miller's Portsmouth New Hampshire Weekly. His newspaporial duties extended over a wide circle of years, and he was at one time connected with the Boston Globe, the Transcript, Portsmouth Journal, Newburyport Herald, and other papers, and was for a long time an agent of the Associated Press. He was of an exceedingly active tem- perament, an ardent prohibitionist, an original yet vigorous and discursive writer, and perfectly enamoured with newspaper work, to which he bent his best energies. He was Republican mayor of Portsmouth in 1873 and 1874, one term, and later pro- hibition candidate for the same office. He was commissary-gen- eral for the state, a representative to the legislature two years, president in 1875-'6 of the Associated Mechanics and Manufac- turers of the state of New Hampshire, master of the state grange for a while, alderman several terms, county commis- sioner, one of the originators of the public park in Portsmouth, in whose interest he was an active laborer, besides holding other responsible trusts. Mr. Miller was a great lover of music, and as early as 1854 took charge of one of the best chorus choirs in Portsmouth, that of the Pleasant street church, retaining the leadership until the church was sold, and after the society removed to the chapel on Hanover street. Subsequently he organized the " Old Folks' Choir," many of whose members sing no more in earthly chorus. At various seasons this choir was reorganized, and gave many 33 514 NOTES ON PRINTING. public concerts at which the singers, audiences, and projectors were equally pleased. Albert Laighton's well known "Auld Lang Syne" was originally produced at one of these concerts, and is now an established favorite, the lines of the Portsmouth poet having taken the place of the original stanzas. Mr. Mil- ler's daily labors on the Chronicle and other newspapers never ceased. He seemed ubiquitous; was earliest at the office in the morning, and frequently the latest at night. He enthusias- tically engaged with Mr. Amos Pearson in holding musical con- ventions in Portsmouth, with no pecuniary success, yet this dis- heartened neither of the young and energetic projectors. These gatherings of singers were most enjoyable occasions, and laid the foundations of lasting friendships. Excursions of singing parties to neighboring places were next in order, and the same hand was visible in their management. The younger members of the " Old Folks Choir" under his lead organized the "Phil- harmonic Society," which, after years of success, became merged in the " Music Society." Mr. Miller was always active in fur- thering the interests of these organizations, and such was his zeal that few rehearsals were without his presence. He believed in chorus singing as a means of worship, and took part with a zest that gave evidence of his deep interest. He died at his residence on Lincoln hill, Portsmouth, on Friday, November 19, 1880, at the age of 61 years. New Hampshire Palladium, a Democratic paper, commenced September 7, 1830, at Dover, by Joseph Turner. Discontinued in 1832. New Hampshire Globe, Democratic, commenced May 18, 1833, at Dover, by Edwin C. Locke & Co. Discontinued Sep- tember 18, 1834. New Hampshire Republican, commenced at Dover, N. H., December 17, 1822, by John Mann, and edited by Charles W. Cutter, of Portsmouth, who was an active politician and a very vigorous newspaper writer. This paper was continued to 1829. It advocated the election of Levi Woodbury for governor. Northern Light. Published at Great Falls and Berwick, November 14, 1840. No. 16 was by William D. Crockett. Novator and Independent Expositor. Printed by Francis Davis, Portsmouth, N. H., after February 6, 1823. JACOB B. MOORE. 615 New Hampshire Historical Collections. The Historical Society of New Hampshire was founded May 21, 1823, previous to which Hill & Moore, of Concord, had commenced the Histor- ical Collections, principally relating to New Hampshire, and published in monthly numbers, as a Magazine. The work was edited by John Farmer and Jacob B. Moore ; and in 1831, being yet in demand, was reprinted by Henry E. and John W. Moore. N. H. Ebcorder, The, by James W. Griffith, was the first newspaper in Cheshire county. The Qolumbian Informer was the second, by Henry Blake and Wm. W. Blake ; the third paper was the Rising Sun, by Cornelius Sturtevant ; and the fourth was the N. H. Sentinel, by John Prentiss, who started with 70 subscribers. He had only five dollars cash to carry on his business. New Hampshire Journal, commenced by Henry E. Moore, September 11, 1826, Jacob B. Moore being editor. The first number contained a full account of the destruction of theWilley family, by a slide which came down in the Notch of the White Mountains, August 26, at which time Mr. Moore was on an ex- cursion, with a party of friends, through the Notch, and came near being swept into the swollen and raging Saco river. This made a large sale for the Journal, which soon had the largest circulation of any paper published at Concord. Mr. Moore, in May, 1831, on account of increased business in printing and book-selling, sold the Journal to Richard Bartlett, who had just been succeeded as secretary of state by Dudley S. Palmer. Mr. Bartlett continued the paper to the time it was united with the Concord Statesman, and then he removed to New York, where he died October 23, 1837, aged 45 years. He was born at Pem- broke, January 8, 1792. Jacob B. Moore was born at Andover, N. H., October 31, 1797, and learned printing in the oflSce of the N. H. Patriot. Two years of his apprenticeship had not expired before the readers of that paper discovered that a new, sparkling, and pow- erful writer had become connected with the paper, and, after completing his apprenticeship, he became a partner in the busi- ness with Isaac Hill. In 1826 he was editor of the New Hamp- shire Journal, and was the author of several historical works. With John Farmer he published the N. H. Historical Collections, 516 NOTES ON PRINTING. and was editor of the works of the Historical Society. Some of his other works were,— A Gazetteer of the State, 1823 ; Annals of Concord and Andover, 1824 ; Laws of Trade, 1840 ; Memoirs of American Governors, 1846. Mr. Moore was appointed post- master at San Francisco in 1849, and was agent of the Post- oflSce Department for Oregon. He returned from California in feeble health, and died at Bellows Falls, Vt., September 1, 1853, aged 56 years. All his publications are of great value. The New Hampshire Journal, while in the hands of Mr. Moore, had more than four thousand subscribers, — a wonderful circulation for that day, — and it was printed upon a hand press. Nashua Gazette. O. Dana Murray informs me that on De- cember 16, 1826, the first number of a newspaper was issued under the name of Nashua Constellation, by Brown & Crosman. Three weeks afterwards Mr. Crosman sold his interest to Mr. W. A. Brown, his partner, who changed the name of the paper to the Constellation and Nashua Gazette. Mr. Brown disposed of his interest in the concern to W. "Wiggin, June 9, 1827, with whom Mr. Andrew E. Thayer was associated, July 21, 1827, under the firm name of Thayer & Wiggin. The name was chang- ed to Nashua Gazette and Hillsborough County Advertiser, August 18, 1827. These gentlemen continued proprietors until July 22, 1831, when Mr. Thayer became sole proprietor and publisher, and continued such till February 24, 1832, when he disposed of the establishment to Israel Hunt, Jr. Gen. Hunt continued in the concern as editor and proprietor until February 16, 1838, when he sold it to Morrill & Dinsmore (Paul Morrill and Wm. H. Dinsmore). April 12, 1839, Mr. Morrill purchased the in- terest of his partner, and sold out to C. P. Danforth August 23, 1839. Wm. H. Hewes succeeded Mr. Danforth, August 28, 1846. Mr. Hewes sold to Wm. Butterfleld, April 23, 1846, and the latter to the present proprietors, B. B. & F. P. Whittemore, November 25, 1846. Nashua Oasis, a literary paper, commenced January, 1843, by O. D. Murray, and continued by Murray & Kimball to 1849 ; then by Dodge & Noyes to 1855, when Mr. S. H. Noyes became the proprietor and continued it to 1858. Nkw Hampshire Observer. A weekly religious newspaper NATIONAL EAGLE. 517 under this title was for many years published at Concord as an organ of the Congregational denomination in this state. It was commenced by George Hough as the Concord Observer, January 4, 1819. In 1822 it was published by John W. Shepard, who changed the name to N. H. Bepository. John M. Putnam gave it the name of JV. H. Observer. In 1827 it was published by Tobias H. Miller, in 1833 by Chadwick & Little, and later by David Kimball. Ex-Governor David L. Morril was its pub- lisher and editor as early as 1834 or 1835. Soon after, it came into the hands of Rev. David Kimball, who was also a practical printer, having learned the trade in early life in Concord. Mr. Kimball edited, printed, and published the Observer for several years, about 1839 changing the name, calling it the Christian Panoply. About 1841 the Rev. Henry Wood becamfe editor and proprietor, again changing the name, and calling the paper the CongregationalJournal. Under that name it was published sev- eral years at Concord, then at Portsmouth, later at Portland, and finally united with the Congregationalist at Boston. Mr. Kimball was for some years in the printing business at Hanover, afterwards removing to "Wisconsin, where he died. S. E. Young. National Intelligencer, the oldest newspaper, and one of the best ever published, in the District of Columbia, was com- menced in 1800, the year that the city of Washington became the seat of government. It was the oflScial newspaper from the commencement of Thomas Jefferson's administration to the end of the administration of John Quincy Adams. National Eagle. This paper was commenced at Claremont, N. H., fifty-two years ago (Nov. 1, 1834), by Samuel L. Chase, a son of Jonathan Chase, and a grandson of Gen. Jon- athan Chase, one of the first settlers of Cornish, N. H., and a very prominent man in his time. Samuel's mother was Hannah Rolston, of Keene ; and Samuel is a cousin of the late Chief- Justice Salmon P. Chase. Samuel Logan Chase was born in Cornish in 1811, and started the Eagle in company with his brother James. They intended to call it the Sullivan ^gis, but for some reason named it Eagle, and the Democrats called it the Claremont Grow; but it has lived to this day, and when last heard from was in very good condition. Mr. Chase moved 518 NOTES ON PRINTING. from Claremont to Lockport, N. Y., where he died July 1, 1882. Two of his brothers went to reside at Lockport. Wm. Balloch. New England Baptist Kegister. This newspaper was com- menced in Boston, Mass., and was removed from that city to New Hampton, N. H., in 1832, and there for a time published by Fisk & Chase, under the impression that the Baptist school would aid the paper, and its publication the school ; but as this was not the effect, it was removed to Concord, and there pub- lished by Young & "Worth, the name being changed to New Hampshire Baptist Register. All that is said of this excellent paper in the History of Concord (Bouton's) is, that " it was published several years after 1833." The following information has been received from Concord : Rev. Dr. Cummings tells me that it was started in 1829, at New Hampton, David D. Fisk being the printer, and Kev. Wm. Taylor the editor. In the course of a year thereafter it was transferred to Concord, and published, until 1835, first by Chase & Dunlap, and then by Eastman, Emerson & Co., but after that date by Young & Worth, until 1846, when it was merged in the Christian Reflector, at Boston. Chas. Young. Nashua Telegraph. This influential newspaper was estab- lished in 1832 by Alfred Beard, and after his death was pub- lished and edited by his twin brother, Albin Beard, until the time of his death,- which occurred in 1862. Since, the Telegraph has been edited by Orren C. Moore. [See Manchester Repub- lican, and C. V. N. Dearborn, Part III.] New England Psalter, or Psalms of David, with the Prov- erbs of Solomon, and Christ's Sermon on the Mount, illustrated by the British coat of arms, was published at Boston, Mass., in New England, in 1730, and was printed for Thomas Hancock, at the sign of the Bible and Three Crowns. New Hampshire Statesman and State Journal was the title given by Asa McFarland to his newspaper in May, 1830, when the Journal was united with the Statesman. Jacob B. Moore, while editor of the Journal, had made its circulation over four thousand copies weekly, but after selling the paper its subscription was not sustained, and decreased in other hands as rapidly as it had increased in 1826 and 1827 in the hands of DUDLEY S. PALMER. 519 Mr. Moore. Mr. McFarland, so many years the successful editor of the Statesman, in 1872, speaking of his own efforts in building up that paper, said, " Mr. Moore was a gentleman of untiring industry, much ability as a writer, good executive capacity, well read in political history and general literature, and an enterprising man of business, pushing with all his might such undertakings as he projected." Those who knew Mr. McFarland will admit that the same might be said of him, when, as editor of the Statesman, " through the force of his own pen," he saved that paper from being wrecked by its vigorous com- petitor. New Hampshire Courier — commenced at Concord by Dudley S. Palmer and Woodbridge Odlin, Dec. 14, 1832. In 1834 the name was changed to Courier and Inquirer, and it was pub- lished by Odlin & Chadwick, Mr. Palmer continuing as editor to May, 1842. October 4, 1844, Augustus C. Blodgett, of the Statesman, who had left the latter office, purchased the Courier and continued it to January 9, 1846, when it was united with the Concord Gazette, a paper commenced by Charles F. Low ; but very soon these were united with the Independent Democrat. Dudley S. Palmer, Esq., was born at Rochester, N. H., Dec. 24, 1799. He was a graduate of Phillips Exeter Academy, and in early life was a school teacher ; was associated with the state militia, and rose to the command of the 11th Regiment, and was on the staff of Governors Pierce and Bell. He went to Concord when about twenty-five years of age, and was engaged by Gov. Isaac Hill as an assistant on the New Hampshire Patriot; but on some question which came up Mr. Palmer did not agree fully with the Democratic party, and left it and the Patriot, and be- came editor of the New Hampshire Courier. He was also, at different times, editor of several campaign, political, and temperance sheets, among which were Truth's Defender, the Plain Dealer, and the Voice of the Masses. Mr. George 0. Odlin was at one time associated with Mr. Palmer in editorial work. D. S. Palmer was known as a correspondent of the Bos- ton Traveller, of the New York Tribune, and some other of the prominent papers. He was deputy secretary of state two years, and afterwards was secretary from 1827 to 1830. Col. Palmer had been living with his daughter, Mrs. Clara P. Lyon, at "West 520 NOTES ON PRINTING. Newbury, Vt, for a long time, in feeble health, she being the wife of Rev. Amazi B. Lyon of that town ; and he died there on Tuesday, May 18, 1886, at the age of 87 years. WooDBRiDGE Odlin, Esq., was born at Concord, N. H., March 19, 1810, and learned printing of Luther Roby. He then worked as a journeyman in Boston, but returned to Concord in 1832, where, in company with Col. D. S. Palmer, he commenced the New Hampshire Courier. He was in trade from 1838 to 1860, having retired from the printing business. In 1862 he was appointed assistant assessor for the third district in New Hampshire, which office he held until 1873, since which he has been in the banking business. Palmer & Odlin started the Courier about the time of the trial of E. K. Avery for the mur- der of Miss Cornell, at Fall River, Mass. The Courier, believ- ing that he was guilty, and that evidence of his guilt was in ex- istence, denounced Avery, causing many Methodists to con- demn the paper. In the same year Colonel Palmer had war with Mr. Stinson of the New Hampshire state prison ; — it was the time in which the deposits were removed from the United States Bank ; the year when New Hampshire was visited by President Jackson, and the great West by the cholera. Mr. Odlin, when in the grocery business, in 1838, advertised that "no ardent spirits would be sold by him," — and that was a temper- ance movement of importance then, as it was supposed that he was the first grocery or "West India goods dealer that had adver- tised distinctly that he should not sell rum, gin, or other liquors. There was, however, one temperance grocery in Concord pre- vious to this. In August, 1833, John "W". Moore, No. 13, north- east of the state-house, in what was known as the Hodgdon building, was for a brief time in the grocery business, and in that month advertised "such goods as were usually kept at grocery stores, ardent spirits excepted." John Kelley was born at Warner, N. H., in 1786; he be- came a lawyer, and practised at Henniker and at Northwood, from which latter town he was sent to the legislature as repre- sentative, and afterwards was a representative from Exeter, and while there was editor of the News-Letter, register of pro- bate, and a member of the governor's council in 1846. The News-Letter was commenced by John Sherburn Sleeper, May LAKE VILLAGE TIMES. 521 10, 1830, who was born in Tyngsborough, Mass., and was a sailor as well as an able writer, and later, editor of the Boston Mercantile Journal. He was living in 1870, at the age of 76 years. Mr. Kelley died at Exeter, in 1860, aged 74 years. George Wilkins Kendall was born at Mont Vernon, N. H., August 22, 1809, and died in Texas October 22, 1867, aged 58 years. He acquired reputation as a poet, author, and journalist. Horatio Kimball, born in Hopkinton September 19, 1821, learned printing in the Nashua Gazette oflSce. In 1843, with 0. D. Murray, he published the Oasis, and later with J. R. Dodge. In 1850 he sold his interest to S. H. Noyes, went to Keene, and bought the Cheshire Republican, which, in 1865, he sold to J. N. Morse. Moses Kimball was born in Hopkinton, N. H., July 24, 1779, and learned the printing business with George Hough at Con- cord ; but he became a preacher of the gospel, and was settled at Weathersfleld, Vt., in 1847. Thomas H. Kumes, of Peabody, Mass., was born in Ire- land, in January, 1847, but came to America when a boy, and after completing his education entered the editorial profession at Peabody, and became editor of the Salem Post. He died in August, 1885, aged 38 years. Eliphalet Ladd came to Dover from Massachusetts, and in 1790 opened a printing-oflBce in that place, and on July 12 of that year commenced the Political and Sentimental Repository and Strafford Recorder. His oflSce was destroyed by Are Janu- ary 14, 1792. He soon started another paper called the Phoenix, which he continued until August 29, 1795, and then sold it to Samuel Bragg, Jr., a brother-in-law and one of his apprentices. Mr. Ladd died in Dover in 1805. Clark M. Langley was born in Canaan, N. H., in 1828; learned printing in Lowell, Mass., and was of the firm of Moore & Langley in the Nashua Telegraph. He was printer for Dr. J. C. Ayer, the pill-maker, for sixteen years ; then on the Tele- graph ten years, since which he has been in the Courier office, Lowell, with Marden & Rowell. Lake Village Times. Messrs. Stanton & Haynes (B. F. Stanton and M. A. Haynes), of Manchester, started the Lake Village Times about 1867, and the paper was conducted by them 522 NOTES ON PRINTING. for several years ; Mr. Stanton then retiring, Mr. Haynes as- sumed the publication of the paper, in which position he con- tinued until after his election to congress. He is still its editor and proprietor. Mr. Stanton, after leaving the Tirnes, was editorially connected with papers in Massachusetts, and later, at Bradford, Vt., where he died. S. E. Yodng. Thomas B. Leighton was editor of the New Hampshire Gazette in 1835, a state senator in 1837, but later retired to the Appledore house. Isles of Shoals, where he died. Literary Journal was commenced at Concord, N. H., by Jacob B. Moore in 1822, and continued for many years united with his historical collections. Literary Gazette commenced August 1, 1834, at Concord, by Asa Fowler and Moody Currier. Mr. Fowler was then a student, and Mr. Currier a school teacher, in Concord. David D. Fisk printed the paper, and after Mr. Currier retired, it was edited by Cyrus P. Bradley, who was associated with Mr. Fow- ler. It was published about one year. Mr. Fowler was born in Pembroke February 23, 1811, and died in California, April, 1885. Dudley P. Leavitt was born in Northwood, October 5, 1824 ; learned printing in the N. H. Patriot office ; became a Metho- dist minister, and maintained an excellent reputation as an able preacher of the gospel. Henry O. Kent was born in Lancaster, N. H., Feb. 7, 1834 ; studied law, and became the proprietor of the Coos Republican in 1858, which paper he edited until 1870, when he sold it. He held a number of important offices, and was in 1862 appointed colonel of the 17th Regiment of Volunteers for the war. He became identified with the Democratic party in 1874, and was nominated as a member of congress for the third district. He became well known as an able writer and public speaker. He is now naval officer at Boston. George Kent, son of William A. Kent, was born in Concord, N. H., May 4, 1796 ; fitted for college at Phillips Academy, Exeter, N. H. ; taught one winter in Concord ; after graduation, studied law in Boston, Mass., for three years, and was then admitted to practice in 1817. Returning to Concord, he con- tinued there in practice — a part of the time alone, and a portion BENJAMIN KINGSBUKT, JR. 523 of it with a partner — until 1840, combining with his profession, a greater part of the time, the cashiership of the Concord Bank. From 1826 to 1831 he was the editor of the weekly New Hamp- shire Statesman and Concord Register. In 1828 and 1838 he was a representative from Concord in the New Hampshire legis- lature ; was a trustee of Dartmouth college from 1837 to 1840. In 1843 and 1844 he was in editorial charge of the Indiana State Journal. In 1845 he became the editor, during its brief existence of ten or twelve months, of the Boston Daily Sun. After a few years' residence in and about Boston, a part of the time in the practice of law, and for two or three years doing duty as inspector in connection with the Boston cus- tom-house, Mr. Kent removed, in 1854, to Bangor, Me., and entered into law partnership with his brother, ex-Governor Edward Kent, and continued there until December, 1861, when he was appointed by President Lincoln United States consul at Valencia, Spain. In 1865 he returned to America. In 1869 he went to Boston, and was appointed to a clerkship in the office of the second comptroller of the United States treasury. He died at New Bedford, Mass,, Nov. 10, 1881, aged 85 years. James Davis Knowles, born at Providence, R. I., in July, 1798, was bred a printer, and at the age of twenty-one became editor of the Rhode Island American, and later, of the Christian Review, at Boston, Mass. ; died at Newton, May 9, 1838, in the fortieth year of his age. Joseph Horace Kimball, formerly editor of the Herald of Freedom, at Concord, N. H., died at Pembroke, April 11, 1838. Benjamin Kingsbury, Jr., was born in Boston, Mass., in 1813. He studied law with Robert Rantoul, Jr. He was afterwards editor ot Zion's Herald; la,ter, of the Detroit Morning Post; and. in 1842 edited the Portland Eastern Argus. He was surveyor of Portland from 1844 to 1848, and then practised law. He was a representative to the legislature in 1861, 1862, and 1863, and speaker, pro iem. , of the house for some time. He was elected judge of the municipal court in Portland in 1863, and he held that position till 1870, when he was elected mayor of Port- land. He was also mayor in 1871 and 1872. He was past grand master of the Grand Lodge of Odd Fellows of Maine, and has been a prominent member of that order for a long time. 524 NOTES ON PRINTING. He died at Portland, where he had resided for many years, May 13, 1886, aged 73 years. William Notes was born in Brunswick, Maine, March 15, 1809, and served his time at printing with Joseph Griflfln, in the office of the Brunswick Herald, graduating in 1830. I remem- ber him as a kind and courteous young man who had many friends. He was honest, industrious, and enterprising. Though spare, slender, and fragile looking, he was capable of great en- durance. Soon after he completed his apprenticeship, he pur- chased the Herald and the Free Press, and started a new paper, th& Brunswick Journal, in company with Henry W. Fairfield, who had worked for Mr. Moore in the Free Press office, and I think is now publisher of the New England Farmer, in Boston, Mass. Moore & Wells sold their paper to a Mr. Davis, of Brunswick, who sold the same to Noyes. The Journal continued less than two years, and in 1833, Mr. Noyes started the Kennebec Farmer, at Winthrop, which was afterwards the Maine Farmer, and is still published. In 1845 he removed to Saco, and started The Union, which later became the Biddeford Journal. In 1864 Mr. Noyes purchased the Maine Democrat of Alpheus A. Hanscom, and became a Democrat him- self. He and his sons continued the Democrat to 1868, when they commenced the Knox and Lincoln Patriot, but in 1869 they returned to Saco and started the York County Independevi, which they continued to 1880, when William retired from busi- ness, and died at his residence in Biddeford, March 16, 1882, at the age of seventy-three years and one day. The Noyes family, after the death of the father, removed to Great Falls, N. H. New Hampshire Patriot. This newspaper was commenced October 18, 1808, by William Hoit, Jr., as The American Patriot, and on April 18, 1809, it was purchased by Isaac Hill, who had his brother, Walter R. Hill, as a partner, and later his brother- in-law, Jacob B. Moore. After the appointment of Mr. Hill in the Treasury Department at Washington in 1829, the paper passed into the hands of his younger brother, Horatio Hill, and was for a time edited by Dudley S. Palmer. In July, 1829, the paper was the property of Hill & Barton ; then of Cyrus Barton. In 1840 Henry H. Carroll was in company with Col. Barton ; in 1841 Mr. Barton retired, after selling his interest to Nathaniel AMOS A. PARKER. 525 B. Baker. Mr. Carroll died August 4, 1846, and William But- terfleld purchased the Patriot, and was associated with Joseph W. Merriam and John M. Hill, a son of Isaac Hill. In 1873 Edwin C. Bailey, with his brother, George G. Bailey, became the proprietors. Mr. George G. Bailey died at Hopidnton, May 11, 1885, aged 64 years. New Hampshire Patriot and State Gazette. New series : Published by Hill & Barton, weekly, at $2 per annum, 1829, David D. Fiske, printer. In October this paper says, — " The Commercial Advertiser, a violent federal paper, printed at Ports- mouth, has been discontinued. Another scurrilous federal pa- per, the Free Press, printed at Brunswick, Maine, has also been discontinued. The Free Press was published by John W. Moore, brother to Jacob Binns Moore, of coffin handbill mem- ory." The foregoing extract is from the Dover Gazette. The Patriot adds, — "There are one or two other federal papers in this state on their last legs, and which must soon give up the ghost ; among the first will be the Dover Enquirer, which already begins to breathe short." This was fifty-five years ago. New Hampshire Statesman. Commenced by Luther Roby, January 6, 1823. In 1827 it was published by Kent & McFar- land ; in 1839, by Ela & Flanders ; in 1842, by Ela, Blodgett & Osgood ; in 1844, by Geo. O. Odlin & Co. (John C. Wilson and John R. Osgood being the Company); in 1851, by McFarland & Jenks. In 1871 the establishment was purchased by the Re- publican Press Association, and the paper received the name of Independent Statesman. Luther Robt, the founder of the Concord Statesman, was born at Amherst, N. H., January 8, 1801, and, after selling his Statesman to Mr. Parker, he carried on the business of printing for some time ; but later was engaged in the manufacture of glass-wares, at Lyndeborough, N. H., and returning to Concord was concerned in quarrying stone at West Concord. He died at Concord, February 22, 1883, aged 82 years. Amos A. Parkkr was a lawyer, in practice at Epping, N. H., and, being engaged by Mr. Roby, removed to Concord to con- duct the New Hampshire Statesman, which was commenced Jan- uary 6, 1823, and became the property of Mr. Parker on the first of June following. In 1825 the paper was united with Hough's 526 NOTES ON PRINTING. Concord Register. Mr. Parker in 1883 was living at Glaston- bury, Conn., and was then 88 years of age. New Hampshire Chronicle (religious), commenced June 5, 1830, at Dover, by Charles C. P. Moodj', and was united with the N. E. Observer, at Concord, March 17, 1832. New Star, a small octavo of 16 pages, published weekly by Elijah Eussell, at Concord, from April 11, 1797, to October 3, 1797 — six months. New Hampshire Intelligencer, established at Haverhill, in 1820, by Sylvester T. Goss, who also published the Evaiigelist, a religious paper. New England Missionary Magazine, printed by Isaac and W. R. Hill, at Concord, N. H., 1815, in quarterly numbers; edited by Rev. Martin Ruter, who was born at Charlton, Mass., April 3, 1785, and died at Washington, Texas, May 16, 1838. He was principal of the first Methodist literary institution in New England, in 1818, the Newmarket Wesleyan Academy. He resided at Canterbury in 1815. Northern Intelligencer, started in December, 1847, at Claremont, by Joseph Weber and Horace A. Brown. It was the intention of the proprietors to call their paper the Northern Advocate. The head having been bought and received, a few days before it was to appear a paper bearing the same name was issued at Manchester, when the title at the head of this para- graph was adopted. The paper at Manchester and the one at Claremont were discontinued within a few months, and, in the presidential campaign of 1848, Mr. Weber commenced the Northern Advocate, at Claremont. In the summer of 1849 Mr. Weber moved his oflBce to Winchester, N. H., where the Advocate was printed about two years, when it was returned to Claremont. Mr. Weber continued as editor and proprietor of the paper to within about a year of his death, which occurred in December, 1882. In 1881 the paper was purchased by Robert E. Muzzey, of Rutland, Vt., by whom it is still published. George Jerry Osborn was editor of the New Hampshire Spy, commenced in 1787, and published most of the time, semi- weekly, until 1793, though some weeks, for want of news, but once. It was the first semi-weekly newspaper in New Hamp- shire. In August, 1799, on the very last day of the month, Mr. PAWTUCKET NEWSPAPERS. 527 Osborn commenced the Republican Ledger, which was afterwards published by Nutting & Whitelock, until Dec. 27, 1803, when it was discontinued. Osborn learned his trade in the office of Daniel Fowle, and became one of his successors in 1784, when he and John Melcher, an adopted son of Mr. Fowle, became publishers of the New Hampshire Gazette. OuvE Branch. A four page quarto weekly paper com- menced at Concord, N. H., January 5, 1832, by Jacob Perkins, who was the editor and proprietor ; price, one dollar if paid in advance ; motto, " Peace is our watchword, usefulness our aim — pledged to no party, by no sect enslaved ;" office, over the "Green Store," north-east corner of the state-house yard. The head is ornamented with a neat vignette — a dove standing on the limb of a tree in the sunshine with an olive branch in its beak. The paper is well printed, and conducted with ability. April 5, 1832, John Le Bosquet, a Concord printer, became assistant editor, and on June 14, his name disappeared, the paper being edited by Mr. Perkins ; but on June 21 , Mr. Le Bosquet again is announced as editor, the same paper advertis- ing the office for sale. The paper was on that day discontinued. The singular announcement is made in the Olive Branch of March 8, 1832, that seven persons, Theophilus, Richard, Thomas, Titus, Jonathan, Ebenezer, and John Hutcheson were all mar- ried at Saco, Me., on the same day, by Rev. Mr. Jenkins, to seven ladies, Martha, Eliza, Sarah A., Mary, Judith, Virginia, and Peggy "Wells — seven Hutcheson boys to seven Wells girls. Pawtucket R. I. Nevtspapers. Among the journals com- menced in the village and town of Pawtucket, I find the New England Artisan, Truth's Advocate, John the Baptist, Midnight Cry, Rose and Lily, Sparkling Fountain, Battle Axe, Temper- ance Regulator, Mercantile Reporter, Business Directory, Ob- server, and Herald, all short-lived publications. On Nov. 12, 1825, the Pawtucket Chronicle and Manufacturers and Artisans' Advocate made its appearance, published by John C. Harwood. It was a paper of twenty columns, five to a page, eighteen inches in length. Pawtucket is an Indian name, and means in the English language, a waterfall place. Seekonk-et is a place where the black goose was found. Rehoboth signifies wide place, ample room. Roger Williams called the territory Providence, 528 NOTES ON PRINTING. and portions of several towns were once North Providence, but now Pawtucket. Seekonk is a compound term (Seaki) black and (honk) goose. The second year "William H. Sturtevant was editor of Har- wood's paper ; but in a few weeks the paper was in the hands of Carlisle & Brown ; and on February 12, 1827, it was pur- chased by Randall Meacham, who enlarged it, and in Septem- ber, 1829, took as a partner Samuel L. Fowler, formerly editor of the Warren Northern Star, who, in February, 1831, purchased the paper. He was succeeded by John H. Weeden. The next owners were Henry and John E. Rousmaniere. Henry, how- ever, was the sole proprietor after November, 1836, but adver- tised it for sale in April, 1839. Mr. Meacham, when the owner, altered the title to Pawtucket Ohronide and Rhode Island and Massachusetts Register. In August, 1838, Robert Sherman and Shubael Kinnicutt, apprentices in the Chronicle oflSce, started a paper called Pawtucket Gazette; and in 1839 they bought the Chronicle, and united the two under the head Gazette and Chron- icle. In 1860 the paper appeared in a new dress ; and in 18o& was enlarged by eight columns, two to each page. In June,. 1860, the paper was again enlarged. The war of the Rebel- lion, however, reduced the size of the paper in 1863. In 1864 Ansel D. Nickerson became connected with the Gazette and Chronicle, and in 1866 it was made the same size as in 1863. On January 1, 1870, Ansel D. Nickerson and John S. Sibley became owners, and on April 1, 1875, Charles A. Lee purchased an interest in the newspaper, since which it was published by Nickerson, Sibley & Co. In 1855 the paper was printed on a hand-press ; but since November 29, 1866, the press is operated by water-power. The paper is now published by Sibley & Lee, and edited by Charles A. Lee, who says Alderman Nickerson^ a graduate of the Chronicle oflSce, yesterday called on him, and, going to the ease, set up the following : " Forty years ago to-day (April 1, 1846) I entered .the Chronicle oflBce as an apprentice. Mr. Sherman was the pro- prietor of the establishment, and Mr. Kinnicutt was the editor of the paper. Mr. Sherman was a young man then, and besides managing the business affairs of the office, he used to set the advertisements for the paper, and work the edition off on a JOHN PRENTISS. 529 hand-press, which was the only press in the office at that time. The office was in the old Miller building, on the site now occu- pied by the Miller block, on the corner of Main and North Main streets. The other occupants of that old building were, as I remember them, Lewis E. Trescott, Barton Miller, Eobert G-. Lewis, and John Bensley. The late Francis H. Shepard worked as a journeyman tailor in this old building, and it was here that I first became acquainted with him. Mr. Kinnicutt wrote, but very little for the paper. Being a practical printer, he went to the ' case ' and ' set up ' what he had to say as he went along, just as I am doing. This all worked very well unless a galley of his ' matter ' happened to get ' pied ' late Thursday afternoon, as was sometimes the case, and then the ' copy ' could n't be found, and the ' matter ' could n't be reset. I can almost see the ex- pression on Mr. Kinnicutt's face now, and hear his gentle tones, when such a mishap occurred to his ' matter.' But the friend of my early youth is beyond such annoyances now. Peace to his ashes ! Among my fellow-apprentices in the old Miller building were Henry C. Arnold, William H. Brown, Seabury S. Tompkins, George O. Willard, and James L. Nick- erson. But I must refrain from further reminiscences. "What 1 intended for a ' stick-full ' could easily be extended to a col- umn. I have a love for the old Chronicle which does not decrease as my years increase. May its future be even more prosperous than its past.'' People's Advocate, an anti-slavery paper, was commenced at Hanover, N. H.,in 1841, edited by J. E. Hood, and pub- lished by E. A. Allen. Mr. Hood established at Hanover, in 1844, the Family Visitor. He was, during his life, connected with a number of popular publications. The Advocate did not pay expenses. In June, 1844, Mr. Hood commenced at Man- chester the Granite Freeman, which, on May 6, 1847, was united with the Independent Democrat. John Prentiss, of the Keene New Hampshire Sentinel, was born in 1778, and died at Keene, June 6, 1873, aged 95 years, 2 months, and 16 days, with the reputation of being a model printer, a good citizen, and a sincere Christian. He conducted the Sentinel for half a century, and was honored as an inter- ested and worthv craftsman for at least a quarter of a century 34 530 NOTES ON PRINTING. more, and was often elected to offices of responsibility by the people of Keene. He learned the art of printing in the old Chronicle office, Boston, in 1792, and worked with Benjamin Edes, Isaiah Thomas, and Richard Draper. The Chronicle was printed on a Ramage press, two pulls to a sheet. In 1799 Mr. Prentiss commenced the New Hampshire Sentinel with only seventy subscribers, after purchasing, on credit, an old press, some old type, and a few reams of paper ; and was the possessor of only five dollars in money at the time. He directly bought on credit a small stock of goods, and opened the Keene Book- store. From that day he dictated the contents of the Sentinel, made up the matter from the galleys, kept the bookstore, made all his payments as they became due, and for forty-eight years was detained from active labor scarcely one week. A copy of the Sentinel, No. 398, dated Nov. 1, 1806, after the office was removed to the large, new building nearly opposite the bank, is, in size, 16J by 10 inches, and the paper is thick and coarse. Published by John Prentiss, Keene, New Hampshire, who ad- vertises Houghton's Genuine Almanac, for 1807, of which 20,000 were sold last year. Under the editorial head, speaking of the king of England, he makes Mr. Burke say, " Strip Majesty of its exteriors (m and y), and it becomes a jest." A letter from New York, under date of October 16, informs the editor that a monument has been erected over the grave of Alexander Hamilton, by the corporation of Trinity church, twelve feet in height, of white marble. Mr. Hamilton died July 12, 1804, aged 47 years. Since the death of Mr. Prentiss, the Sentinel has been conducted by several different editors, but is now published by a company formed for that purpose, con- sisting of Thomas C. Rand, C. J. Woodward, and "W. H. Pren- tiss. The paper is in its 87th year. Charles Prentiss was born at Reading, Mass., in 1774. In 1795 he became editor of the Leominster Rural Repository; later he was editor of the Political Focus, the Washington Fed- eralist, at Georgetown, D. C. ; the Anti-Democrat, at Baltimore, and a literary paper, the Child of Pallas. In 1809 he published the Thistle. In 1810 he edited the Independent American, at Washington; and in 1817, the Virginia Patriot, at Richmond; died in 1820. BENJAMIN H. PENHALLOW. 531 Robert Treat Paine, Jr., was born at Taunton, Mass., Dec. 9, 1773. He early became a contributor to the Massachusetts Magazine. October 20, 1794, be commenced the Federal Orrery, semi-weekly, in Boston. In 1798 he composed that famous song " Adams and Liberty," and wrote many other excellent poems and orations. He died November 13, 1811, at the age of 38 years. In his poem "The Invention of Letters," 1795, which he dedicated to Washington, he said, — " Could Faustus live, by gloomy grave resigned, With power extensive, as sublime his mind, Thy glorious life a volume should compose, As Alps immortal, spotless as its snows. The stars should be its types — its press the age ; The earth its binding — and the sky its page." William A. Patten was born at Kingston ; learned the art of printing at the oflSce of the N. H. Observer; became clergy- man, and was settled at Deerfleld, 1850. Benjamin H. Penhallow was born at Portsmouth, May 1, 1816, and was apprenticed in the office of the Portsmouth Jour- nal, Charles W. Brewster, publisher. In 1837 he went to Bos- ton, and for some years worked in the office of Button & Went- worth, state printers for Massachusetts, at that time the best equipped office in the city or the state. In 1843 he went to the Sandwich Islands with press and material, ana assisted in es- tablishing the first paper ever published there, in the interest of the Hawaiian government. The novelty of the enterprise was inspiring, but it needed more than inspiration to keep up the interest ; the ambition to do, and do well, was wasted upon his constituents. The absence of much of New England civiliza- tion from daily life was too much for his refined and gentle- manly nature, and he early returned home. His stay was a year and a half. In 1846, in company with Thomas Hart, a native of Portland, Me., he opened a job office in Lowell, Mass , and with new material and presses, in a sense, revolutionized the art in that city. Mr. Hart was a very tasty job compositor, and Mr. Penhallow was equally nice and expert in book-work and proof-reading. In 1847 Mr. Penhallow became sole pro- prietor of the office, and continued so until his death, March 30, 532 NOTES ON PRINTING. 1873, leaving a widow and one son. From the Vox Populi, of Lowell, edited by Z. E. Stone, is this paragraph: "Mr. Pen- hallow was an intelligent, studious man ; a quiet, unobtrusive citizen ; upright in his dealings, and at all times enjoyed the confidence of his fellow-townsmen. He was a good printer; he loved the art of printing, and did much to advance it in this city. His office was always neat and well arranged, and the latest and best material was ever to be found in it. As a busi- ness man, he was very careful, methodical, and precise in every minute particular, — scrupulously honest in all his dealings, a gentleman and highly cultivated man, who would scorn to do a mean or dishonorable act, although it might bring success to him. As a printer, he thoroughly despised " ratting," or any tendency to the present system of cutting prices to obtain work. His course was calculated to elevate, to encourage everything that would tend to make printers more artistic, more perfect, and the work of a higher grade. He was a special lover of children, and of the high and noble in politics and religion. Mr. Penhallow was a Unitarian in religious matters, and defended his views with clear-cut arguments. He was a tireless worker in any cause he espoused, a warm friend where he found merit, and an earnest, uncompromising foe to anything that had the semblance of wrong. At the organization of our association, he was made an honorary member — an act which he highly prized — and was with the association on several excursions. Two of his sisters were at the head of the female department of the Lowell high school from 1840 to 1846. C. F. Livingston. Paraclete and Tickler, commenced at Portsmouth, N. H., Thursday, November 7, 1822, by Francis Davis ; size, royal quarto ; price, 37 cents per quarter. " Bark at the moon, ye deadly dogs of night ! She neither heeds your howls, nor shines less bright." Partxclete was intended as an advocate of freedom, and Tickler as a paper intended to please its readers. The name was changed to Novator (see Part II) , being an innovator, perfectly independent. John T. Perry was born at Exeter, N. H., April 5, 1832; ELIJAH RUSSELL. 533 graduated at Harvard college in 1852 ; was admitted to the Rockingham bar in 1856. He did not, however, practise law ; but in January, 1857, entered the oflace of the Goncord States- man, and there commenced his editorial life, and became known by his " Pen and Ink Sketches of Members of the Legislature." In August, 1857, the late S. D. Farnsworth, of the Manches- ter American, sold that paper to John B. Clarke, and Mr. Perry had a place in the Mirror office ; but in February, 1858, he went to Cincinnati, Ohio, to take a position on the Gazette, and in 1859 became part owner and one of the editors of that paper, which was united with the Commercial; and in 1883 sold his interest in the Gazette to his partner, and returned to his former home in Exeter. Since which he has contributed to the news- papers and magazines, and is the author of an address before the New Hampshire Historical Society, the True Light of Asia (for the Baptist QuMrterly), In the Footsteps of Whitefleld, and other papers. Elijah Russell, of Concord, N. H., was associated with Mo- ses Davis in establishing the Mirrour; but he enlisted as a com- mon soldier in the threatened war with France, 1797, in a com- pany of minute men, in which were several of the most respect- able men of the town. This valiant company, however good their intentions, never received marching orders except to go into camp at Oxford, Mass., where French Protestants, many years previous, had built forts as a defence against the Indians, who had frequently molested the inhabitants. Mr. Russell, there- fore, lived to return with his companions in arms from what was facetiously called the " Oxford war," to Concord, where on February 5, 1801, he established the Bepuhlican Gazette, in which paper during the winter season appeared the following notice : " Persons who drive sleighs will remember that, by vote of the town, they are directed to keep to the right at all times, and let those that are afoot have the middle of the road." This was a reasonable arrangement, because sometimes the snow was very deep, and there were not any sidewalks, and Con- cord people took the middle of the road then, compelling teams and sleighs to turn out for them. It was a custom observed by Dr. Asa McFarland to give notice of this street regulation from 534 NOTES ON PRINTING. the pulpit of the old North Church every winter, when the snow was deep, and Capt. Richard Ayer, the father of Mrs. Isaac Hill, used to arm himself with a heavy staff or club, on starting for meeting, and compel horses and sleighs to turn out and give foot passers the middle of the road on Sundays. Rev. Asa Rand of Peterborough, N. Y., was born at Rindge, N. H., August 6, 1783. He was the ninth son of Col. Daniel Rand, who was one of the early settlers of Rindge, and died there in 1811, aged 69 years. He graduated at Dartmouth col- lege in 1806, and became a Congregational minister in 1809, at Gorham, Me. In 1822 he took the editorial charge of the Christian Mirror, established at Portland, Me., by Arthur Shir- ley. In 1826 he became coeditor and coproprietor with Nathaniel Willis, of the Boston Recorder. He was also editor of the Youth's Companion and of the Education Reporter, the earliest papers of their kind in this country. Mr. Rand continued the Reporter until it was sold to William C. Woodward. He was also con- ductor of the Volunteer, a religious magazine. In 1833 he was connected with the Lowell Observer. After 1835 he returned to the ministry. Nathaniel Peabody Rogers was born in Plymouth, N. H., June 3, 1794, and died in Concord, N. H., October 16, 1846. He was the tenth generation in a direct line from John Rogers, of Smithfleld, England, — the martyr, — and at least four of his immediate ancestors were ministers, one a president of Har- vard college. He entered Dartmouth college in 1811, but, owing to ill-health, did not graduate until 1816. Immediately afterwards he read law with Richard Fletcher and Parker Noyes, in Salisbury, and practised law for twenty years in his native village. In 1838 he assumed editorial charge of the Herald of Freedom, published in Concord, and continued in that capacity until near the close of 1844, when he edited another paper with the prefix " The" Herald of Freedom, till near the time of his death. For six years his conduct of the Herald was such as to gain for him the reputation of an extreme radical on the slavery question. He was an uncompromising foe to every species of wrong done to mankind, and he had courage equal to his convic- tions. In the pursuit of this purpose no man or institution was too high, too learned, or too sacred in the minds of the people, JOHN R. KEDING. 535 to deter him from a most determined and vigorous assault. His manner was very clear, incisive, and bold. He was careful for nothing but the truth as he understood it. He was a non- resistant, hated war, oppression, intemperance, cant, and hypoc- risy, wherever it existed. He believed in humanity without regard to race or color. His writings were largely quoted in the newspapers of the daj'. Next to Garrison, he was perhaps the most vigorous opponent of the slave power among the news- paper men of this country. His writings cover a great variety of subjects, on all of which he was equal to the occasion, exhibiting a force of style and clearness of statement which commanded attention. He was heard, read, and, by the anti-slavery men and women of our country, dearly beloved. Physically, he was never strong, but of a very nervous temperament, and possessed an active mind, and his torch, though brilliant, was of short dura- tion. He died at a time which should have been the mature and most useful period of his life. During the annexation of Texas controversy, he wrote a series of very interesting articles over the signature of " The Old Man of the Mountain," pub- lished in the New York Tribune, that were extensively read and copied all over the land. He was as radical in his death as in his life. He gave express directions that no stone, monument, or mark should be placed over him so long as there should be one slave in the land, and this has been literallj' carried out. There is, however, now a project on foot to erect a suitable monument to his memory. The Herald of Freedom did not long survive him ; — his genius, nerve power, and faithfulness to hu- manity was its life, and upon his death its mission seemed to be ended. John R. Reding, of Portsmouth, N. H., was born in that city October 18, 1805. What education he had was obtained in the public schools of his native town. At an early age he left school and went into a wholesale and retail store as clerk ; after one year he concluded to learn the art of printing, and became an apprentice in the office of Isaac Hill of the iVew Hampshire Pat- riot, in 1823, where he remained until 1826, when he worked with George W. HIU, a brother of Isaac, as a journeyman in the Vermont Patriot office in Montpelier. From there he went to Boston, Mass., and was employed by Nathaniel Green in the 536 NOTES ON FEINTING. oflfice of the Boston Statesman, and was foreman of that office in 1827 ; also, a member of the fire department of that city, where he cast his first vote. On July 24, 1828, he commenced the Democratic Republican, at Haverhill, N. H., and in 1830 was appointed post-master of that place. This office he resigned in 1841, after being elected a member of the twenty-seventh Con- gress, of which he is now one of six survivors. While in con- gress his youngest brother, H. W. Reding, had, as a partner in business, charge of the Republican until 1863, when the paper was discontinued, H. W. Reding removing to Kansas. The firm had a book-store as well as a printing-office for several years at Haverhill. Mr. Reding carried on a farm some fifteen years ; and while a resident of Haverhill erected a large number of buildings for himself and others, among which were the flre-proof building for the county records and the court-house. These he built by con- tract with the county. He was several years chairman of the board of selectmen, town agent, &c. His first wife, Rebecca Hill, the youngest sister of Isaac Hill, to whom he was married October, 1830, died in Washington, D. C, January 28, 1844. On January 14, 1846, he married Jane Martin, of St. Johns- bury, Vt. Mr. Reding left Haverhill in 1863, and became naval store-keeper at the navy-yard near Portsmouth, which office he held five years ; then he bought a farm and lived on it three years, but in 1861 he moved into the city, after selling his farm. Here he was elected representative to the state legislature from ward three in 1867, 1868, and 1869. He was chairman of a committee of the county convention to select a farm and to erect buildings for the county poor. For about twenty years he was engaged in navigation. In 1840 Mr. Reding was a delegate to the national convention at Baltimore, Md., and in 1852 he was again a member of the convention. He is now over 80 years of age, and one of the newspapers says, — " Mr. Reding might have been seen after any of the hard storms of the past winter (1886) clearing away the snow from in front of his residence in the city of Portsmouth, as well able to work as ever." Samuel H. Robie was born in New Hampton, August 9, 1862. He entered the Orafton County Jownal office at Plymouth as an apprentice in September, 1879, and established the Lake RELIGIOUS INFORMER. 537 Shore Eagle at Meredith, April 23, 1880, in company with C. H. Kimball. He started the Meredith Review December 11, 1880, and continued its publication until June, 1881, when he entered the Hopkinton Times office at Contoocook, remaining there until August of the same year ; served as city editor of the Concord weekly Blade for five months, and instructor of printing in the School of Practice at Penacook during one term. April, 1882, he entered the employ of Mr. O. A. Towne, of Franklin Falls, as job printer, and assumed editorial manage- ment of the Franklin Transcript in November, 1883, where he is at present. The Franklin Transcript was started July 1, 1882, by John A. Hutchinson, who continued it until his death in October, 1883. Mr. Hutchinson was a good scholar, a systematic worker, and in spite of continued ill-health made a success of the paper from its start, clearing a handsome sum above expenses during the year and three months of his newspaper effort. Reformer and Strafford Sentinel, commenced at Gilford, N. H., by E. F. Lancaster, May 17, 1831. It was not sus- tained. Another paper with the same title was commenced at the same place in 1832, by Rollins and Jackson. It promised to "support that spirit of patriotism and power of Democracy which dares to pull down the black, aristocratic, anti-Christian flag of Church and State, and stand forth as undaunted guard- ian of the rights of man." The paper also declares that it " will search the secret retreats of deception, and rend the covering of the hypocrite, and protect the innocent." W. W. RoBBiNS, for many years well known in New England as a manufacturer of printers' furniture, died in Milford, N. H., October 30, 1885, aged 63 years. Joshua T. Rcssell was born in Concord, October 20, 1794, and was an apprentice in the Mirror office of his father ; but became a clergyman at Jackson, Miss., where he died March 6, 1854. Religious Informer, commenced at Andover, N. H., July, 1819, by Elder Ebenezer Chase. He used some old type and a press of his own construction, and learned to print entirely without assistance. His paper was a remarkable sample, and no one would expect such neatness but from a regular printer. 538 NOTES ON PRINTING. He removed his oflSce to Enfield, and continued the Informer for many years. He also published a Masonic paper called the Casket. In 1820 Mr. Chase printed an original poem concern- ing universal salvation, in which will be found the lines : " Huzzab! brave boys — loud be your joys, Your sins shall be forgiven ; Oh ! skip and sing ! our God and King Will bring us all to Heaven. Oh ! charming news to live in sin, And die to reign with Paul : 'Tis so indeed, for Jesus bled To save the devil and all." I do not remember more than the two verses quoted above, but very likely the entire poem may have been preserved by some one in Andover. B. P. Shillabee. [In the early days of the N. H. P. E. & P. A., now the New Hampshire Press Association, we had occa- sion, as its secretary, to write Mr. Shillaber, then an entire stranger to us except in name, asking that he furnish a copy of his poem, at the celebration at Rye Beach, for publication in the Proceedings. For various reasons he thought best to decline. It then became our pleasure to annihilate his objections, and to renew the request, and such was the success of our efforts, that he immediately forwarded the manuscript, and in recognition of our argumentative efforts honored us with the title " Chancel- lor." The acquaintance thus begun has grown and ripened with the passing years, and from the correspondence and other sources we gather the facts embodied in the subjoined sketch. A similarity of experience as apprentices may be one of the charms that attract us. During Mr. Shillaber's last year in Dover, Mr. Turner, his employer, was taken sick, and, under the discouragement of the time, the fellow-apprentice left, — as rats are said to desert a sinking ship, — and Shillaber was left alone to get out the paper, take care of the little business that was left, and distribute the sheets to subscribers. The editorial part was easily done, — the revolution in France, the dismember- ment of Poland, and the Asiatic cholera giving free scope for the scissors. The paper was in long primer and brevier, and, B. P. SHILLABER, 539 being a pretty quick compositor, he managed -to set up the out- side, worked the forms off at half-press, using ink-balls, and on the inside turned over the standing ad's, and his friends, Frank Hayes and Jameson Varney (J. F. C. Hayes and S. J. Varney), of the Gazette, afterwards of Lowell, came in to help work off the inside, after getting through with their own work late the same night. "I believe," Mr. Shillaber writes us, "such ex- perience no other boy of seventeen ever had. It was a solitary drag, but pity as well as duty sustained me ; and I feel, after nearly sixty years, a satisfaction in recalling that time, and the praise accorded my services by poor Turner in his struggle against fate." C. F. Livingston.] Benjamin Penballow Shillaber was born at Portsmouth, July 12, 1814, and when about fifteen years old (in 1829) became an apprentice in the ofHce of the New Hampshire Palladium dnd Strafford Advertiser, at Dover, of which his brother-in-law, Joseph Turner, was editor, proprietor, and printer. The paper was started in the interest of Levi Woodbury against Isaac Hill for governor, and had among its contributors Dudley S. Palmer of Concord, Lyman B. "Walker of Meredith Bridge, Thomas E. Sawyer of Dover, and Thomas B. Leighton and Abner Green- leaf of Portsmouth. Its object having been accomplished in aiding the election of Woodbury, and the Dover Gazette, printed by John T. Gibbs (formerly a partner of Turner's) , antagoniz- ing it severely, with failing patronage, the paper survived but two years, leaving its proprietor wrecked body and fortune ; and the subject of this sketch, with an acquired love for the printer's art, sought pastures new elsewhere. He returned to Portsmouth in 1831, where he worked for Mr. Robert Foster on the Christian Herald, the first religious paper printed in this country, and then on the Portsmouth Courier, this latter, with the Palladium just named, being rarely if ever mentioned in speaking of old papers. The Courier did not live long, but it was a bright sheet, and published by John Caldwell, of New- buryport. Shillaber left for Boston before its demise, and en- gaged to serve until twenty-one with Tuttle & Weeks, printers, both formerly of Portsmouth, Mr. Charles B. Dennett (the fastest hand-pressman at that day in the United States) subse- quently joining the concern. About a year after his majority, 640 NOTES ON PRINTING. Mr. Shillaber was seized with a dangerous disease, and went to Demarara, British Guiana, for his health, where he became a compositor on the Royal Gazette of British Guiana, serving in that capacity for nearly two years. He was, during the time, subject to two sovereigns (William IV and Victoria) . He re- turned in 1838. He had perfected himself as a book-printer before leaving for Guiana, and resumed the business on return- ing home ; but the pay was inadequate, and he accepted a situa- tion on the Boston Post, which he held in different capacities for thirteen years, most of the time at the case. The foreman of the office was Mr. George F. Emery, of Portsmouth (who died recently the president of a bank) — a grand man, and a printer of rare excellence. Mr. Shillaber began his writings on the Post ("Mrs. Partington" being his specialty) with many aliases, in 1847. Leaving the Post in 1850, he joined the Pathfinder, of which he was editor. He was instrumental in starting the Carpet-Bag, under Snow & Wilder, which had more literary than financial success. He returned to the Post in 1853, and in 1856 became connected with the Saturday Evening Gazette, of which Col. William W. Clapp, now of the Boston Journal, was editor, with whom he was associated in most harmonious rela- tions as assistant editor for ten years. Since his departure from the Gazette in 1856, his connection with the press has been desultory — continually writing, although disease has for a year or two impaired his active usefulness. He is weekly cor- respondent of the Hartford Evening Post, with the pseudonym of " Old-Man-with-a-Cane." He is a Free Mason, Odd Fellow, and member of the Franklin Typographical Society of Boston, his diploma dating January 2, 1847. He is an honored and honorary member of our Press Association, and an honorary member of the P. B. K. Society of Dartmouth, — their rhymist in 1871. He is liberal in religious faith, a Democrat in politics (of the granite type), progressive without being radical, and a full believer in the fitness of things. He has published eight volumes, several of which were very successful, and has left other volumes for his literary executors to prepare, if they choose. He is very proud of his connection with the press, and desires no higher title than printer as an aflflx to his name. His family relations were pleasant, he has hosts of tenacious friends. HENRY STEVENS. 541 and with a cheerful mind he awaits what the future has to be- stow, the present marred by no misgivings or lugubrious fan- cies, and he makes up no faces at invidious fate. C. F. Livingston. Strafford Inquirer, a Republican paper, was commenced at Dover, by Samuel C. Stevens, February 26, 1828. It was edited by Richard Kimball, Esq., but soon passed into the hands of George W. Ela, who changed the name to The Dover Enquirer, and in 1831 it was sold to George Wadleigh, and Mr. Ela be- came connected with the New Hampshire Statesman at Concord. Mr. "Wadleigh sold the Enquirer to John R. Varney and Joseph T. S. Libbey in 1868. Jerome Van Crowninshield Smith was born in Conway, N. H., and graduated from Williams college in 1822. He es- tablished the Boston Medical Lancer, was editor of the Weekly- News and of the American Medical Pocketbook and Medical Journal. He published a number of valuable books, was the Boston port physician from 1826 to 1849, a member of the leg- islature, mayor of Boston in 1854, and later a resident of New York and of Richmond, Mass., where he died. He was buried at Pitts field, Mass. Henry Stevens, the American bibliographer and lover of books, a brother of Simon Stevens, of New York, was born at Barnet, Vermont, August 24, 1819, and graduated at Yale col- lege in 1843. He had resided in London since 1845, his princi- pal occupation being the collection of rare books, adding mate- rially to the collection of American books in the British Museum, and enriching American libraries. In addition to this he had published "Historical Nuggets," "Rare Books Relating to America" (two volumes, 1862), " Catalogue of American Books in the British Museum" (8vo, 1859), "Historical and Geo- graphical Notes on the Earliest Discoveries in America " (1869), and many catalogues of private libraries. He had also com- piled indexes of historical papers for several American states from the records in the English state paper oflBce. "The vol- ume of his earthly labor was closed at his home in London, Feb- ruary 28, 1886, in the 67th year of his age, 'and another book was opened, which is the book of Life.' He was laid to rest in West Harapstead cemetery, March 4, 1886. To live in the 542 NOTES ON PRINTING. hearts we leave behind is not to die." His only son, Henry N. Stevens, will continue the business of his father, whose partner he has been since 1885, under the same name of Henry Stevens & Son. Rdssell Streeter was born in Chesterfield, N. H., April 15, 1791. He studied with his brother Sebastian, and became a school teacher at Weare, N. H., and in 1809 commenced preach- ing. In 1811 he was connected with the Gospel Visitant as editor, and in 1813 settled in Springfield, Vt., and later at Townshend. In March, 1821, he organized the first Universa- list society at Portland, Maine, and was installed there in August, and in September, 1821, became editor of the Christian Intelligencer of that city. In 1827 he removed to Watertown, Mass., and became associated with Rev. Thomas "Whittemore in publishing the Trumpet and Universalist Magazine, and pub- lished a new hymn book, March, 1829. In 1832 he published " News from Three Worlds." In 1834 he settled at "Woodstock, Vt., where he remained during life except a short return to his old society in Portland, in 1847, which was prolonged by re- quest for several years. He however returned to Woodstock, where he died February 15, 1880, aged 88 years and 10 months. He was a well known contributor to the Christian Repository, of Montpelier, Vt. A. N. Swain, Esq., editor and proprietor of the Bellows Falls Times, was born in Reading, Windsor county, Vt., July 12, 1828. The Times is, and has been since it originally com- menced, one of the leading and most reliable Republican news- papers of the state. It grew out of the Bellows Falls Gazette, established in 1838 by John W. Moore, and continued by him until 1855, seventeen years, when it passed into the hands of Mr. Swain, who has since continued it for twenty-nine years as the Times, the paper covering already a period of forty-six years. Mr. Swain is an able writer, and very popular as a cit- izen. He has held many oflices in the town, and was post- master for many years. St. Johnsbury Index was started in 1879 by Mr. A. B. Howe, and was sold in 1881 to Mr. John E. Harris, who has made it a bright and readable newspaper. This paper in 1885 was pur- chased by a Republican association. Mr. Edward Johnson, of the Burlington Free Press, being editor. HENRY WOOD. 543 Omar A. Towne was born iu Stoddard, February 2, 1851. He commenced his trade February, 1872, in the Merrimack Journal office, Franklin, N. H. In November, 1873, he bought out Frank M. Galley's interest in the Journal, forming a co- partnership under the firm name of Goodwin & Towne. In November, 1874, he sold out to T. D. Elmer, and removed to Manchester. November, 1875, returned to Franklin Falls, opened a bookstore and job printing-office, and July 1, 1882, commenced the publication of the Franklin Transcript for J. A. Hutchinson. October, 1883, Mr. Hutchinson died, and Mr. Towne purchased the Transcript of his widow, engaging Mr. Samuel H. Robie as editor. The paper has since been pub- lished by the Transcript Publishing Co. The U. B. B. A. — This printers' society was formed in Con- cord, N. H., January 17, 1875. Its full title was "Franklin Chapel, No. 1, United Brethren of the Black Art," the word "chapel" being derived from the ancient usage of calling a printing-office by that name. Its objects were the proper observance of Franklin's birthday, and the moral and intellectual improvement of its members. Henry Wood, one of the editors of the Congregational Jour- nal from 1840 to 1854, was born in Loudon, N. H., April 10, 1796, and learned the art of printing at Concord, in the office of George Hough, previous to commencing studies for the min- istry. The paper with which he was connected for about thir- teen years grew out of the New Hampshire Observer, com- menced by Mr. Hough January 4, 1819. In 1851, when Gen. Franklin Pierce was a candidate for the presidency, there was much excitement concerning a report that the general was not sound on the temperance question, and Mr. Wood was charged with the getting up of a Christian temperance character for the presidential candidate. It was signed by several Congrega- tional clergymen ; and after the election of Gen. Pierce to the presidency Mr. Wood was appointed United States Consul to Syria and Palestine for four years, and afterwards given a chaplaincy in the United States navy. One of the Concord newspapers said, in June, 1884, that " the romancing nature of the temperance indorsement of President Pierce had been only equalled by the alleged subsequent discovery by the Eev. Mr. 544 NOTES ON PRINTING. Wood, when consul, of one of the wheels of Pharaoh's chariot in the Eed sea." I was well acquainted with Henry Wood when he was learning the printing business, and know that then he was considered a very honest. Christian young man, who graduated in 1822, and went to Goffstown as a Congregational minister in 1826. He also preached for some time at Haverhill and at Canaan. He died at Philadelphia, Penn., October 9, 1873, aged 77 years. Thomas B. Wait encountered many difficulties when he be- came sole manager of the Falmouth Gazette, but he continued it for eleven years. His paper was published " opposite the hay- market," and when printed he was compelled to hire men to carry it to other towns, but in the winter he sent the post-rider to Hallowell only once a fortnight, and the Boston mail was sometimes five weeks in getting to Portland. He established the first passenger wagons in Maine, 1793. Mr. Wait was born in Saugus, Mass., in 1762, and learned the art of printing in Boston. On leaving Portland he returned to Boston, where he published books, one of his sons being a partner in the firm of Wells & Lilly. His office and stock of books and stationery at Portland were destroyed by fire, the loss being a total one, before he went to Boston, where he died in 1880, aged 68 years. — Crriffin's Press. J. S. Walker was born June 19, 1820, in Greenfield, N. H. His father, the Rev. John Walker, was the second settled Pres- byterian minister of that town. He removed to Chesterfield in 1823 ; thence, in 1830, to western New York, and subsequently to Michigan. The advent of John S. Walker in journalism occurred in Buffalo in 1838, where, at the age of 18 years, he assumed the task of publisher and sole editor of the Buffalo Daily Times, the successor of The Buffalonian, whose editor, Thomas L. Nichols, had rendered himself amenable to the law of libel, and suffered a penalty of fine and imprisonment. His press and type became the property of his printers, who desired Mr. Walker to assume charge of the paper under a new name. Without capital or backing he continued its publication three years, paying all bills, but saving nothing for himself. He afterwards edited the Cortland Co. (N. Y.) Whig for a few years. In 1846 he edited the first Daily Statesman at Concord, JOSEPH WEBER. 545 N. H., duriag the session of the legislature, whea Anthony Colby was governor, and John P. Hale was chosen speaker and United States senator. At the close of the session Charles Young and Mr. Walker purchased the National Eagle of Clare- mont, with which they were for several years connected at dif- ferent times. This, with the exception of several months' ser- vice on the editorial staff of the' Boston Daily Journal in 1865-6, comprises the sum of Mr. W.'s "press association." Joseph Weber. Otis F. R. Waite, Esq., of Claremont, N. H., published the following sketch of Joseph Weber, of the Advo- cate, December 5, 1882, Mr. Weber having died the Sunday pre- vious at an evening prayer-meeting, the lifeless body being carried to his house within twenty minutes from the time he had left it in apparent health. He was in the 79th year of his age. Mr. Weber was born in Pennsylvania in 1803 ; was educated in the public schools, and learned the trade of a printer, which he followed almost without interruption until within a few months of his death. He was foreman in the office of the old Boston Centinel, then published by the late Hon. Joseph T. Adams, who for a time during the last part of his life lived in Claremont. From Boston Mr. Weber came to Claremont in 1836, and bought a half interest in the National Eagle newspaper, John H. War- land owning the other half and editing the paper with great abil- ity and wit till 1842, when Mr. Weber became sole proprietor of the establishment and editor of the paper. In 1846 he sold the paper and its belongings, and retired from the business of pub- lisher, editor, and printer. But no other pursuit had attractions for him, and in 1847 he bought new printing material, and with Horace A. Brown commenced the publication of the Northern Intelligencer, which was discontinued the following April. Mr. Weber had been a Daniel Webster and Henry Clay Whig, but in the presidential campaign of 1848, the Independent Demo- cratic, or Free Soil, party having assumed considerable impor- tance, he started the Northern Advocate, espoused the cause of the new party, which he advocated with much vigor and earnest- ness until the Whig and Free Soil parties were united, forming the Republican party, in 1856. From that time the Advocate has been a staunch Republican paper. For the thirty-three years that Mr. Weber published it, the paper was a good history 36 546 NOTES ON PRINTING. of his life, character, principles, and ideas, and had much to do with forming the opinions of its readers. Mr. Weber was a man of positive character and positive opin- ions, and he stood by his opinions at all times and on all occa- sions with great persistency. In his paper he always advocated such principles and measures as he believed would do most to promote correct habits and good morals in the community, and the best interests and permanent prosperity of his town, county, and state. Although never an office-seeker, he was elected, in 1857, one of the representatives from Claremont in the New Hampshire legislature, and was reelected in 1858. Mr. Weber united with the Methodist Episcopal church in 1842, and was a prominent, consistent, and useful member. He was a member of Sullivan Lodge of Odd Fellows, which he served almost continuously as chaplain, and in a large degree shared the respect and reverence of his brethren. After the retirement of Mr. Warland from the Eagle, Mr. Weber continued it until October 16, 1846, when he sold it to Charles Young and John S. Walker. In 1849 it was published by Young & Brewster. In 1854 the Eagle was sold to O. F. R. Waite, and later it became the property of Simeon Ide. Otis F. R. Waite was born in Chester, Vt., March 3, 1818. His father. Gen. Daniel Waite, was an ensign in the war of 1812, and was major-general of the Vermont militia. Otis learned his trade as a printer in New York city ; went to Keene, N. H., in 1838, and was foreman of the Cheshire Republican office nine years ; was editor and publisher of a newspaper. The Spirit of the Times, which was merged in the American News, two years ; assistant editor of the Springfield (Mass.) Daily Mepuhli- can two years ; editor and publisher of the Berkshire County Eagle, at Pittsfield, Mass., one year; editor and publisher of the National Eagle, at Claremont, N. H., from April, 1854, to April, 1859 ; assistant editor of the American Stock Journal, published in New York city, four years ; author of " Claremont War History," "Vermont in the Great Rebellion," "New Hamp- shire in the Great Rebellion," and some other books, and was for a time a regular contributor to the columns of the Boston Journal, and has been engaged in other literary pursuits. Since 1854 he has lived in Claremont, N. H. WILLIAM ALLEN WALLACE. 547 The Wavekly Magazine was started in Boston in May, 1850, and proved a successful venture, netting to its owner, Moses A. Dow, an income for several years as high as 150,000 a year. Mr. Dow was born in Litchfield, N. H., in 1810, and early learn- ed the printing business, working in Haverhill upon the New Hampshire Post, and afterwards in Saco and Limington, Maine, in which latter place he was the proprietor and publisher of the Maine Recorder. He went to Boston and opened a job printing-oflBce in 1840, and subsequently started several journals, but none acquired full success until the Wawerly Magazine was established. To start this he had to acquire credit of the type foundry, and to use his note for |400, endorsed by a lady friend. He had been working for $10 a week, and when he began the first number he had less than |5 of his own money. During the Eebellion the circulation of the Waverly ran up to 50,000, but afterwards depression in business cut it down to 20,000, at which figure it remained. Mr. Dow died June 22, 1886, at his home in Charlfestown, Mass. William Allen Wallace. [The following sketch is made up from letters and scraps of diaries kept by Mr. Wallace, and is in the first person, for greater ease of statement. It might have been enlarged. His life in California in the early days was full of adventure, and interesting as being participated in by one of the members of this association ; but we give only such salient points as touch upon his history as a fellow-craftsman, master printer, and editor. C. F. Livingston.] My father, James Wallace, was a trader in Pembroke where I was born, September 28, 1815. Like his father before him, he was a manufacturer of pot- and pearl-ashes. Learning that Canaan was a wooden town, — that the fire-places were wide and deep, so as to receive four-foot back-logs, and consequently that wood-ashes were very plentiful, — in 1819 he came here and pitched his tents. I came with him, or rather with my mother, for my father was too much absorbed in his business to pay much attention to children. The life of boys in those days was subject to many humiliations, to keep them in place, and mine was no exception to the rule. At the age of fifteen I was prepared to enter Dartmouth. In May, 1831, Mr. Bunce of the New Hampshire Post, a paper 548 NOTES OK PRINTING. printed at Haverhill, advertised for a boy. I begged my parents to let me learn to set type, and was duly installed in the Post office as youngest apprentice. In August of that year my father died, and my mother being occupied in caring for the estate, my college life was overlooked, and I was allowed to remain a youngest apprentice for two years, when the ofHce was sold out and hauled off to Concord. About all I learned in the Post office was to set type, to work the rollers, and to sweep the office. This last operation I reduced to a science, and have often since been complimented for the skill with which I manipulated a broom over a dusty floor without raising a cloud. I went to Concord as a part of the office, but after a year, not liking the man who owned the office, I left him and engaged to work for Alfred Beard of the Nashua Telegraph. Mr. Beard was a genial, pleasant gentleman, whom everybody loved, but none more so than those who labored for him. I remained in the oflSce two years. Then I took to wandering, and was often disgusted with myself for the instability of my resolutions. I was possessed with the idea that I was not appreciated at my full value ; but with empty pockets I got over that. There is nothing like a flat purse to take the conceit out of a boy. One day in January, 1839, 1 found myself in the town of "Worcester, Mass., with $2.11 in my pocket. I went into the old iSpyoflBce, and became foreman. On the publication of the Daily Spy, in 1846, I became one of the editors. In 1848 I went with the great host up to Buffalo and joined in the nomination of Martin Van Buren for the purpose of defeating Lewis Cass for presi- dent. I was always proud of that pilgrimage, for it broke up the seemingly interminable Democratic succession in oflSce, and was one of the moving events which led to the abolition of slavery. I remained in the Spy office until 1850, when with the crowd I sailed for California, and for several years made my home in the city of Los Angeles as editor and proprietor of the Los Angeles Star, and also as a school-teacher. The Star was estab- lished by John A. Lewis, of Boston, and Edward Connor, in 1851. I became connected with it in 1852. It was a folio, five columns to the page, about half the size of the Daily Union, printed with Bourgeois and Nonpareil, and one half the sheet was WILLIAM ALLEN WALLACE. 549 dedicated to the natives in the Spanish language. The price was $6 per year ; advertising was $2 per inch. There was money in it, and danger also. Human life was held at a cheap rate in those years. Thieves and murderers were turned loose from Mexican prisons on condition that they left the country. In the autumn of 1852 these cholos became so daring that we appoint- ed a tribunal which we named Vigillantes. Quite a number of the scamps were hung on the hill in front of Fremont's old fort, and in view of the whole city. On one occasion five were swung off upon one gallows. On being told by Dr. Osborne that if they desired to leave any message for their friends they had better take that opportunity, as they would soon start for a country where the post-office connections were uncertain, one of the victims, with the noose already arranged about his neck, addressed several of his comrades standing in the crowd by name, thus, — " We made a mistake in coming to this country, amigos. They are too active for us. Go back, every one of you, to Sonora, and obey the laws, or you will soon be travelling this same road. And now," he added, turning to the doctor, who was to float them off, " sons of dogs, do your worst !" But there was another element in that country equally as dan- gerous as these cholos, — the slave-holding intolerance of free speech. A large proportion of the new people were from Arkan- sas, Missouri, and Texas, and they brought all their Southern prejudices with them. California, in that day, was as surely a slave state as Texas. To be sure, she adopted and was admitted with a free constitution ; but the influence of the slave power was so potent that for four years afterwards annually the legislature enacted a law giving the owners of slaves, brought there for mining purposes, one year longer in which to secure profits from the labor of their slaves.' The courts were all friendly to this legislation, and if an appeal was made to them to interfere, the judges "reserved an opinion." Pistols and knives were the chief ornaments of the men, and the ladies had not yet arrived. But I need not go into particulars. It was a time for constant, active watchfulness, and it was years before confidence was firmly established among the motley crowd that had gathered there to form a social community. In 1856 I sold out my paper. I could not advocate Buchanan 550 NOTES ON PRINTING. for president, and the politicians wanted a Democratic press. I then edited a Spanish campaign paper called El Clamor Publico, and through its instrumentality carried the county for Fremont. The starting of the paper was a dangerous move. Grant Owry (who has since been a delegate in congress from Arizona) came into town one day from Tucson with a lot of his fellows, and said he had come to " clean out the black abolitionists," and had " brought along the ropes." He was met at the plaza and ad- vised to take his band and ropes back into the desert, and told that no outrage upon any person whomsoever would be permit- ted ; that the men of Los Angeles were capable of taking care of themselves, and, if occasion required, of him and his band also. He found us all "loaded," even the most peaceable of us, and took himself back silently to the left bank of the Gila river. I was a member of the school board, and by resolution of the city council was authorized to build a school-house of brick, two stories high, and to open and establish the first public school in the city. I was elected an honorary member of the California Academy of Sciences, for labor in the field as a botanist. At one time, being in the Mormon county of San Bernandino with Judge Hayes, I was by' him appointed special district attorney, in the absence of the proper oflflcer, who was then in rebellion against the government. As a gatherer of news I first made known the horrible details of the Mountain Meadow massacre. After disposing of the Star, I became a correspondent of the Alta California, and afterwards for years was one of its editors. I was in Oregon when Col. Steptoe stepped out of the Penal Orielle country ahead of the Indians, without regard to military dignity. I was sent up on Eraser river during the gold excite- ment to try to cool off, and went high up so as to see the sun rise at 2 : 30 in the morning. Was in Salt Lake city soon after the arrival of Gen. Johnson and the army, which, for any good that was accomplished, might better have stayed at home. In 1859 and 1860 I travelled extensively through the South- ern states, to gather up public opinion on the slavery question and its possible results, and then for two succeeding years was correspondent of the Alta at Washington. In 1862 I was MOSES B. GOODWIN. 551 offered the appointment as collector of the third collection dis- trict in California, but my mother's infirmities compelled me to decline the offer. Since that time I have resided in Canaan as a small farmer by occupation, but have never ceased my labors as a newspaper man. My life has been varied enough, and had I been less un- selfish, perhaps I might have attained to some political honors. It almost always happened that when my chance came the other party were ahead. Like all newspaper men, I have been work- ing for my friends, whose success has often afforded me as much pleasure as if it had been a personal triumph. White Mountain ^gis. The first newspaper printed in Coos county bore this name. It was started by an association of gentlemen at Lancaster in 1838, and was published and printed for them by Mr. J. F. C. Hayes, a printer from Con- cord. Politically it battled for the old "Whig party of that day. In 1840 Mr. Hayes purchased the ^gis and removed it to Haverhill, where he published it till 1843, when it was dis- continued. Mr. Hayes was one of the veteran printers of the state, hav- ing learned his trade in the oflSce of the late John T. Gibbs of Dover. After leaving New Hampshire he published papers in Lowell and Lawrence, Mass. He started, and for several years published, the Lawrence Courier, the pioneer newspaper of the latter city. He some years since removed to Cleveland, Ohio, where he is believed to be still living. Moses B. Goodwin was born in Buxton, Me., April 6, 1819. He graduated at Bowdoin college in the class of 1845, studied law with Daniel T. Granger, of Eastport, Me., and after his admission to the bar practised in Lubec, Me., Meredith, and Franklin, N. H. In 1861 he was on the editorial staff of the National Intelligencer, "Washington, which position he resigned to accept a clerkship in the War department. He returned to Franklin and founded the Merrimack Journal, February, 1872, the first number appearing February 22. During the two years and eight months he conducted this paper he put a great amount of work into it, frequently filling fourteen columns with original matter. His historical articles were very valuable. During his residence in Washington he was a regular correspond- 552 NOTES ON PRINTING. ent of the Statesman, writing over one hundred interesting letters. Mr. Goodwin was greatly interested in educational matters, and his " History of the Colored Schools" in the Dis- trict of Columbia from 1801 to 1861, published in a special report in 1871, is interesting and valuable. He died at the age of 63 years. Daniel Haekison Jacques, M. D. (mentioned on page 422), was a native of Tyngsborough, Mass., born September 25, 1817. In 1840 he studied for the ministry with Revs. Thomas B. Thayer and Abel C. Thomas, of Lowell, Mass. He became contributor to various newspaper enterprises, and in time editor of the Star of Bethlehem (published at Manchester, Lowell, and Barnstable, Mass.), the Voice of Industry, and also of a literary paper published in Lowell. He wrote for the Chronotype, Bos- ton, the Tribune, New York, and other papers holding advanced ideas. In 1847 he was in New York, editing the Phrenological Journal, Water-Gure Journal, and Life Illustrated, published by Fowlers & Wells. In 1849 he was associated with "William C. Richards, editing the Southern Literary Gazette, and a maga- zine for young folks, published by "Walker & James, Charleston, South Carolina. In 1852 he was with Fowlers & "Wells, at work on the Journals, and preparing several of their works for pub- lication. The same year he began the publication of a maga- zine for boys and girls (Thaddeus Hyatt and D. H. Jacques, publishers). Mr. Hyatt was absorbed in the manufacture of illuminating tile, and Jacques had no time to devote to the busi- ness part proper, and inside of the year the publication was suspended. At the breaking out of the Rebellion he was in South Carolina, and was " conscripted" for the Southern army, but influential friends procured his release. His property was then "confiscated," and he was ordered to leave "the soil.' He did so, — a beggar, — and with wife and son, and a passport good for thirty days, made his way into Tennessee with the view of reaching Ohio. The authorities in Tennessee would not rec- ognize the passport for him — only for wife and sou. They sep- arated, the wife and son to reach Ohio in five months, he a year later. In the Knickerbocker for April, 1863, in an article, "How I escaped from Dixie," he tells of the closing expe- riences. The hardships, exposures, privations, and anxiety GEORGE EDWIN JENKS. 553 cost him his wife. She died a few weelcs after he reached her. He resumed his desk at Fowlers & Wells. When the war was over he went to Charleston to see how much pecuniary interest inhered in his real and personal estate there and in Florida. In 1869 he took the editorship of the Rural Carolinian, an agricul- tural monthly magazine, published by Walker, Evans & Cogs- well at Charleston, S. C. In 1870 he was appointed "Patron of the South" of the P. of H., and established the first South- ern grange in Charleston in the spring of 1871, and within three years had nearly fifteen hundred granges established and working in the Southern states. He owned a fine estate in Fer- nandina, Florida, and took great pride in increasing its produc- tiveness. He edited the Semi- Tropical, published at Fernan- dina, and labored to show up the Southern soil and climate as it appeared to him, and in its best light. He died at Fernan- dina, August 25, 1877. His contributions to magazines and papers were almost limit- less. He was constant and welcome in the Tribune, Evening Post, Knickerbocker, Galaxy, Horticulturist, Health and Home, and occasional and welcome in the columns of a score of others. While with Fowlers & Wells he prepared a series of hand- books which were published by .that firm, among them, — "How to Write," " How to Talk," "How to Behave," "How to do Business," " The Garden," " The Farm," " The House," " Do- mestic Animals," •• Hints Toward Physical Perfection," "The Right Word in the Right Place," " The Temperaments," and others whose titles do not occur. In the introduction to "The Temperaments" Mr. H. S. Draper gives a good insight into Mr. Jacques's character, and those who wish to know more of him are referred thereto. He found time to study medicine, and obtained a diploma, and gave of his services and advice to those who sought. C. F. Livingston. George Edwin Jenks, son of Oliver and Levina (Jackson) Jenks, born September 9, 1828, in Newport, N. H., was bred to the farm, receiving such privileges as New Hampshire district schools afforded in those days — summers to age of ten years, and winters from four to twelve weeks, until he was fifteen years of age. May 26, 1846, he apprenticed himself to Asa McFar- land, printer, at Concord, with whom he served three years for 554 NOTES ON PRINTING. the sum of forty dollars a year and board. On the savings from this pittance, a little overwork, six months as journeyman at one dollar a day, and teaching in winter, he secured a partial course of study at Thetford (Vt.) Academy, looking to a collegiate ed- ucation. But by solicitation of his former employer his course in life was changed, and June 11, 1850, he became junior part- ner of the firm of McFarland & Jenks, giving notes for the whole purchase value of half of McFarland's printing-office. July, 1851, the firm purchased the New HampsMre Statesman of George O. Odlin & Co., which was thereafter published by them until its union with the Independent Democrat, October 1, 1871. In August following fire destroyed nearly their whole printing property. Pluck and good credit enabled them to restock an office and proceed with business, without losing a single edition of the Statesman. The printing house of McFarland & Jenks, thus reestablished, in connection with the Statesman, became one of the most exten- sive north of Boston. Both members of the firm were practical printers. Mr. McFarland had especial charge of the newspaper and its editorial department ; Mr. Jenks had care of the book and jobbing and business departments, and together they shared the proof-reading. Mr. Jenks's mechanical tastes and abilities for labor-saving methods, to enable the office to compete with metropolitan offices, led the establishment to introduce steam- power, the Adams, Hoe, Cottrell & Babcock, and other machine presses and valuable machinery, to make their office the leading one in the state, — steam-heating, gas-lights, etc. Their careful and accurate printing and proof-reading won business rapidly from other sources than New Hampshire, — north, east, south, and west, — and gained for their establishment the reputation of being one of the best in the country. "You must take the responsibility," was McFarland's reply, when his partner pro- posed advanced steps. Mr. Houghton (Hurd & Houghton, of Eiverside Press, Boston) once called on the proprietors, he said, to see their establishment, which he knew had a "head," judg- ing from the work he saw issued therefrom. No printer in New England was a more competent judge of good work. This firm exerted much influence throughout the state toward elevating the " art." Many volumes of law reports, the several GEORGE EDWIN JENKS. 655 digests of law reports, with many otiier books and pamphlets, and original designs of work, bear the imprint of this firm. First-class printers were here educated, sought, and sent out from this oflBce, a credit to the high positions they have been called to occupy — members of congress, clergymen, publishers, civil officers, poets, literators, etc. Both of New Hampshire's present congressmen were in the employ of this firm. The establishment was first located in the third story of Stick- ney building, opposite Park street. Thence, after the fire of August, 1851, in the south end of Low's (Woodward's) build- ing, and same autumn in wooden building in its rear, built by them. January, 1855, the office was removed to the south apartments of Phenix Block. Driven from that building, the firm, in 1866, erected the elegant Statesman Building, for a permanent home for printing, publishing, and binding purposes, and re- moved to the same in the spring of 1867. Theirs was the first printing-office in Concord to be located on ground floors instead of in cock-lofts. The ten-hour system of labor was adopted from the first, and cash payments for labor inaugurated, and later, for many years, every Saturday payments. Mr. Jenks was personally printer to the state in 1866 and 1867, and executed the work under others' names for several years, and was auditor of Planters' Accounts from 1867 to 1880. He was trustee of Concord Public Library seven years, procur- ing its removal to the present and more convenient site, and securing double appropriations for its support, contributing to it a considerable number of books. In 1869 he championed printers and publishers' rights in a single lawsuit by his firm, notable in the history of New Hamp- shire printing, for the recovery of the sum of $700 for print- ing Morrison's Digest of N. H. Law Keports, charged on four claims : First, for substituting illegible for good manuscript, against a written stipulation that the copy should be in print or good copy-hand, and not in the author's handwriting — known to be so bad that compositors could not easily cope with the law's technicalities therein stated, — so bad that even the best lawyers could not decipher it when consulted, — so bad, when it was cold, that even the author himself could not read it, as witnessed on trial, neither the judges nor counsel. Second, for author's alter- 556 NOTES ON PRINTING. ations of proof from copy. Third, for change from the contract style of index to a more complex columnar form — the differ- ence in composition. Fourth, the right to charge for title-page and back, blank and semi-blank pages in forms, and at close of book to complete a regular form of four or eight pages, at num- ber of ems in the body pages. After long delay and suitable attempts to compromise differences, and being met at last by a flat refusal "to pay another cent, except at the tail-end of a law-suit," the notable printers' suit, McFarland & Jenks v. Charles B. Morrison, was brought, and every claim sustained before a jury, though the presiding justice had a "fellow-feeling" for the profession because of his own short-comings in furnishing illegible manuscript. The case was long on trial. The defendant was a keen ex-judge of the court — his own counsel, and was assisted by an able lawyer, now a justice of the court. Able counsel represented the plaintiffs. Mr. Jenks, having trans- acted the business entirely in making contract for the work, was therefore the principal witness for the plaintiffs, and was upon the stand for several days. He had preserved all the man- uscript, all the author's proofs, with alterations, and the time noted thereon consumed in making them. Law experts had opportunity to try their skill in deciphering the technicalities of the profession as represented in that copy, which tried the skill of the best compositors and the master printers. The tail-end ■of an execution was then reached. The result of this trial was published in all printers' journals of the day. In 1873 and 1874 Mr. Jenks represented Ward 5, Concord, in the legislature, holding the chairmanship of committees on State Reform School and on State House and Yard. In 1874 he was chairman of committee on bills on Second Read- ing — under a Democratic administration — the only Republican chairman that year. He was directly instrumental in defeating the Democratic plan to gerrymander the wards of Concord, and protecting from address the police justice of Concord. In 1876 Mr. Jenks devised and worked out the problem of re- ducing in number New Hampshire's unwieldy House of Repre- sentatives by constitutional amendment. On the basis of pop- ulation of each town and city ward, according to the latest U. S. census, or state census, each semi-decade, he proposed to appor- GEORGE EDWIN JENKS. 557 tion her number of representatives on a given ratio, a plan new and untried in the country. The proposition was figured out in detail, and placed in charge of a prominent member of the con- vention for presentation and management. It was managed and urged by the member with much sliill. But the conception and detailed methods were entirely the work of Mr. Jenks. He pre- pared two schemes, one to make a reduction of fifty per cent., the other of twenty-five per cent., in the number to constitute the House. The latter scheme prevailed. It stands to show how another twenty-five per cent, reduction can be easily wrought by some other convention. This scheme has been improperly ac- credited to another person. Justice to whom it belongs should be awarded. [See Journal of Constitutional Convention, — Dr. J. H. Gallinger's speech, page 178, line 11, etc. ; also, Hon. N. G. Ordway's speech, page 202, line 10, etc., for proof of state- ment. J The accredited accuracy of Mr. Jenks in statistics won the support of leading " young America" delegates of both po- litical parties, under the lead of Hon. Jacob H. Gallinger, of Concord. Mr. Jenks attended the debates on the question at issue, giving cue to his sponsor upon the floor of all details in support of the amendment, to show the fallacies of, and turn to naught, the attacks of the able men of the opposition. Dr. Gal- linger was ably sustained by Hons. James F. Briggs of Man- chester, Samuel T. Page of Haverhill, George A. Ramsdell and Henry Parkinson of Nashua, E. B. S. Sanborn of Franklin, James O. Lyford of Canterbury, George W. Murray of Canaan, George F. Putnam of Warren, and Charles S. George of Barn- stead. The amendment in all its stages was opposed by Hons. Daniel Clark, president of the convention, Gilman Marston, Samuel M. "Wheeler, J. Everett Sargent, Wm. E. Chandler, N. G. Ordway, Jacob Benton, and sixty-seven others, mostly Re- publicans, supporters of either the district, or the ever-to-be defunct ratable-poll system. The proposed amendment was referred to a committee of two delegates from each county, who reported it favorably. Their report was adopted on roll-call, — affirmative 266, negative 76. In redistricting the state for members of congress by the census of 1880, his method was accepted by the legislature, and for redistricting the state for senators under the late constitutional amendments, he gave much 558 NOTES ON PRINTING. labor. To the Republican party he also gave constant service as secretary of its state committee, 1877 to 1881. In 1880 Mr. Jenks received appointment as supervisor of the tenth U. S. census for New Hampshire. His method of placing a resident and pains-taking enumerator in nearly every town and city ward procured a more accurate telling of the state's population, and other statistics, than previously. This enumeration took from the state the stigma, wrongfully resting upon her, of being in a condition of decay, given by the inaccurate enumeration of 1870. Happily New Hampshire was shown not to be a sinking ship from which her people were escaping. Mr. Jenks issued the call for, and was active in establishing, the New Hampshire Press Association, and in pushing the inter- ests of printers. He has been secretary and president of the organization. Early he petitioned and secured the probate court of Merrimack county to make legal advertising pay regu- lar rates, and twelve lines nonpareil (one inch) to be the legal advertising " square," instead of the old square of the column's width. Citations, long or short, had previously been rated at one dollar. Other counties adopted this standard, until it soon came to be in general use. He was influential in procuring uniform rates for composition, press-work, book and job print- ing, advertising, etc., for the benefit of the whole profession, and in establishing rates for the state printing. He established and compiled the New Hampshire Political Manual, which he published from 1857 to 1872 inclusive. In volume 11, annual report of tihe State Agricultural Society, he published " New Hampshire Census Statistics" for 1880. Also, the "Censuses of New Hampshire from 1767 to 1880." In volume 13, same work, he published " Longevity in New Hampshire," compared with other states of the Union, from census of 1880. Also, the " Population of New Hampshire by specified age, sex, race, and general nativity," in 1880. He has been employed on New Hampshire statistics for the American Encyclopedia (Apple- ton's), and Johnson's Encyclopedia, latest edition ; a contributor to the Granite State and Bay State Monthlies. The beautiful physical railway map of New Hampshire, in the Concord pas- senger station, was designed and painted under his supervision in 1885. GEOKGE HENRY STURTEVANT. 559 January 23, 1855, he married Eliza Jane Grover, of Con- cord, born March 9, 1835. They had four sons,— Frank Bowen, born December 27, 1855,— died July 24, 1881 ; Walter Lyon, born April 12, 1862 ; Arthur Whipple, born August 9, 1863,— a graduate of Dartmouth college, class of 1884 ; Paul Eockwell, born June 23, 1872, — fitting for college. Oliver Hart was born in Peacham, Vt.,May 6, 1817 ; began his trade on the North Star, Danville, Vt., 1836 ; as a journey- man he was employed on the JSfews, Chelsea, Vt., and in Con- cord on Hill's JSf. H. Patriot, and H. C. Blodgett's Courier; was foreman of the Independent Democrat. In 1848 he returned to Vermont, working a short time in Danville, and also in Bur- lington ; afterwards became editor and publisher of the Free Democrat, — a Free Soil paper, — Plattsburg, N. Y. Left Platts- burg, and became one of the publishers of the Courier, Bur- lington, Vt. In 1851 he returned to Concord, N. H., where he has since worked on all the principal papers of the city ; he now resides on his farm. Married, Aug. 1, 1852, Elizabeth C. Christopher, of Hull, England. Has two children, — one son, Charles Oliver, studying medicine; one daughter, — Sarah E., a school-teacher. Cornelius Stdrtevant, Jr., was born in Plympton, Mass., May 8, 1771. He was the editor and proprietor of a news- paper printed in Keene, entitled The Rising Sun, in 'the year 1795, ante-datiog the New Hampshire Sentinel three years, a volume of which is now in the possession of his grandson, George H. Sturtevant of Boston. He was an excellent printer for that time, and quite a prolific writer of both prose and poetry, making many contributions to other papers at different times. Two manuscript volumes of his writings are now in possession of his grandson. He was a soldier in the War of 1812, and died August 2, 1821. He had two sons who were practical printers, — Henry (who died when quite a young man), and Isaac, who was born March 16, 1801, and died July 1, 1863. He was a noted printer, and had in his younger days, as was then customary, worked as a printer in many of the principal cities and towns of the United States. He represented the town of Keene in the legislature several terms. George Henrt Sturtevant was born in Keene, January 19, 560 NOTES ON PRINTING. 1824. He served his apprenticeship in the office of the Cheshire Republican, commencing June 17, 1839. After the close of hie apprenticeship he attended school about three years, and was then employed in the office of the New Hampshire Sentinel in Keene, until he removed to Concord, July 3, 1854, where he held a situation in the oflSce of the New Hampshire Statesman, till about February 15, 1864. At that time he formed a copart- nership with P. B. Cogswell, Esq., under the firm name of Cogswell & Sturtevant. When the Daily Monitor and Indepen- dent Democrat were united with the New Hampshire Statesman under the name of the " Republican Press Association," in 1871, he removed to Boston, and has held for over twelve years a responsible position with' Messrs. Rand, Avery & Co., the proprietors of the largest book and job printing-office in that city. Of his qualities as a workman there can be no question. He ranked, when in Concord, as among the best ; clean cut, as a fancy job printer, and in the department of book-work, fine taste and an excellent compositor. In his personal intercourse with his fellow-workmen, quiet, unpresuming, genial, and com- panionable. He also ranks well as a musician, having had considerable experience in orchestral entertainments. He was but once married, and is now living with his only daughter in Boston. Edward Everett Sturtevant was born in Keene, August 7, 1826. His parents were George W. and Fanny W. (Kilburn) Sturtevant. He served his apprenticeship in the office of the Cheshire Republican, commencing about the first of March, 1840. After completing his apprenticeship he went to Concord and found employment in the office of the New Hampshire Courier, then in charge of John Colby Wilson (who also served his apprenticeship in Keene in the office of the Sentinel, the late Hon. John Prentiss being then the editor and proprietor). He was subsequently employed in the office of the ^ew Hamp- shire Statesman and other offices in Concord. At a later period he held situations in the offices of the Washington Union and Richmond Dispatch. On his return to his native state he was again employed in offices in Concord and Manchester, every- where establishing a good reputation as an excellent practical printer. In 1855 he accepted an appointment as one of the- PAKSONS BRAINAED COGSWELL. 561 police force for the city of Concord, in which capacity he won an enviable reputation for shrewdness, fidelity, and pluck. On the breaking out of the Rebellion, he was the first man in the state to volunteer for its suppression, and was immediately appointed a recruiting officer, enlisting in a few days two hundred and twenty-six men. He was commissioned as captain of Co. I, First Regiment New Hampshire Volunteers, and on the return of that regiment after its three months' service, raised another company, and was commissioned as captain of Co. A, Fifth New Hampshire Regiment. He was promoted to major July 30, 1862 ; and was killed at Fredericksburg, Va., December 13, 1862. As has well been said, "A braver man or more faithful friend never yielded up his spirit amidst the clangor of arms and the wail of the dying." Parsons Brainard Cogswell was born in Henniker, Jan. 22, 1828, and was the eighth in a family of twelve children of David and Hannah (Haskell) Cogswell. Nov. 29, 1847, he entered the office of the Independent Democrat to learn the printer's trade, and continued there until the spring of 1849, when he began work in the N. H. Patriot office, where he remained about three years. Early in 1852 he was employed by Tripp & Osgood as a book compositor, and continued with them for two years. In March, 1854, in company with Abraham G. Jones, he bought the book and job printing department of that firm. The partnership of Jones & Cogswell continued until October, 1858, when it was dissolved, Mr. Cogswell continuing the busi- ness alone until February, 1864, when he sold a half interest to George H. Sturtevant. The firm of Cogswell & Sturtevant continued until Jan. 2, 1867, when the " Independent Press Association" was formed, of which he was a member until Oct. 1, 1871, when the "Republican Press Association" was organ- ized, of which he became a member. The Concord Daily Mon- itor, the first permanent daily established in Concord, was started May 23, 1864, and from that time to the present he has been connected with it as publisher, local, associate, and man- aging editor. A volume of his letters, written for the Monitor and Statesman, from the old world, was published in 1880, under the title of " Glints From Over the Water." He was state printer from 1881 to 1885. In 1859 he was elected a 36 562 NOTES ON PRINTING. member of the board of education of Union school district, Concord, which position he still holds. Abraham Gates Jones was born in Bow, N. H., Oct. 21, 1827, and was the only son of Philip and Sarah (Gates) Jones. His parents soon after moved to Hooksett, where his father estab- lished himself as a country merchant, pursuing that business until the time of his death in Jan., 1836. December, 1839, when twelve years of age, Mr. Jones came to Concord, and soon after was encouraged to become the first person to sell the Boston daily papers in that town. He was educated at the Concord academ}'. May 5, 1845, entered the office of Hill's N. H. Patriot, and there acquired the rudiments of the art of printing, which was supplemented by work in various offices. Early in 1852 he entered the job office of Tripp & Osgood for the purpose of gaining a knowledge of job work. In March, 1854, in company with Parsons B. Cogswell, he purchased the book and job department of that firm. The partnership of Jones & Cogswell continued until October, 1858, when it was dissolved, Mr. Jones retiring. In February, 1859, he entered into partnership with Geo. G. Fogg and Amos Hadley, proprie- tors of the Independent Democrat, and established an extensive book and job department in connection with that paper, under the Arm name of Fogg, Hadley & Co., which partnership was dis- solved March, 1867, Mr. Jones becoming sole proprietor, and continuing in business until March, 1870. He served his city as a member of the common council during the years 1860, 1862, and 1863, and as alderman in 1867 and 1868. In March, 1870, he was chosen mayor, and reelected in 1871. Upon his first election as mayor he disposed of his printing establishment, and permanently retired from the business, since which time he has been engaged in agricultural pursuits. Undoubtedly the largest and best equipped printing establish- ment in the state is that known as the Republican Press Asso- ciation, of Concord, New Hampshire. Complete in all its details, and admirably arranged for the prompt execution of every description of printing, it has acquired a reputation for producing first-class work not confined to state limits, but extending throughout New England and other parts of the country. This is verified by the large number of orders received REPUBLICAN PRESS ASSOCIATION. 563 from far and near, and the complimentary allusions of the press and printers from home and abroad. The Republican Press Association was incorporated October 6, 1871, and is the outgrowth of several important newspaper and printing establishments that have existed within the past sixty years. The object of the Association, and of the estab- lishment of the Independent Statesman (which, by the way, has been published continuously since January 6, 1823, under various titles), was "the creation of a first-class Republican journal at the capital of New Hampshire, in which every mem- ber and believer in the doctrines of the party could have im- plicit confidence, whose columns should represent that moral, social, and national progress which is the natural outgrowth of Republican principles, and the complete fulfilment of the ob- jects of the party inaugurated in 1861, at the outbreak of the Rebellion." To accomplish this purpose a stock company was formed with a capital of $50,000, which comprised many of the leaders of the party throughout the state, and the work for which the Association was formed was entered into with a zeal that guaranteed success from the outset. That the Statesman (in connection with the Concord Daily Monitor, which has been published continuously^ since May 23, 1864, without change of name) has labored successfully for the accomplishment of its avowed purpose is evident from the fact that it is still rec- ognized as the organ of the party, and is still " laboring for the propagation of Republican principles and the maintenance of Republican supremacy." These papers are under the editorial management of P. B. Cogswell, for many years identified with the printing interests of Concord, ably assisted by E. N. Pear- son, Allan J. Hackett, and a large corps of correspondents. The former gentleman made an extensive tour in Europe in 1878-'79, and his letters (subsequently published in book form) from various points of interest in his travels formed one of the enterprising features of these papers. The office, from sanctum to press-room, is admirably arranged for the speedy production of all classes of work in the " black art" line, and for the comfort and convenience of its employes. The counting-room is a large and airy apartment on the first floor, beautifully finished in cherry, with marble floor, elab- 564 NOTES ON PRINTING. orately frescoed ceiling, and plate and stained glass windows, and very conveniently arranged for the transaction of its busi- ness, including the sale of stationery, which is an important feature of the establishment. Adjoining this room is a private apartment, elaborately furnished, and used by the Association as circumstances may require. Immediately in its rear is another large room, used for the storage of stock, which is said to be one of the largest and best arranged in New England. The entire establishment is lighted by electricity, supplied by its own dynamo located in the basement. The office is also connected with all the principal business places in the city and surburbs by means of the telephone, which materially aids in the rapid communication of orders and the completion of the same. The enviable reputation enjoyed by the Republican Press Association, and its success financially, are due largely to its Manager, Edward A. Jenks, who may be found at his desk in the counting-room during business hours, ably assisted in his work by Mr. & Mrs. Geo. F. Searle, the latter of whom has officiated as clerk for the past fifteen years. Adjoining the counting-room are the editorial rooms, small but conveniently arranged apartments, not elaborately furnish- ed, but possessing all the necessary equipments for editorial work. On the same floor with the counting-room are also the news and book departments of the office, and below them, in the base- ment, the job and press departments. These are all under the charge of gentlemen amply qualified to fill the responsible posi- tions in which they have been placed, all of whom, with one exception, served their "time" in the office in which they are employed. The newspaper department has an able foreman in the person of Frank A. Knight, a young man of decided liter- ary tastes and good business capabilities, who was called to that position before the completion of his apprenticeship, which was ample proof of his ability, and of the esteem in which he was held by his employers. The Association makes a specialty of book printing, and did the state printing for several years. Many are the publica- tions printed and delivered from this department. Several com- positors have labored here for twelve years and upwards, and KEPUBLICAN PRESS ASSOCIATION. 565 have seen the work doubled, trebled, and quadrupled as the years have rolled by ; — among whom are C. H. Wilson, Charles F. Adams, and J. Lewis Cass. As previously stated, the job and press departments are located in the basement, constant communication being had with the counting-room by means of electric bells and speaking tubes. The job department occupies nearly one half the floor space, and considering its location, is well lighted, well equipped, and very convenient in all its appointments. The Association makes a specialty of job printing in all its branches, and has acquired a reputation for producing work second to no other establishment in New England. This department is under the immediate supervision of John W. Bourlet, Jr., a young printer who believes in progression in the " art preservative," and who enjoys the esteem and confidence of his employers. He has been in the employ of the oflJce twenty years, the last eight years as job foreman. The press department is in charge of Fred E. Clondman, who succeeded Horace A. Brown, foreman for twenty-six years, upon his election as mayor of Concord in 1878. Mr. Cloudman ably sustains the reputation of his accomplished predecessor in the production of fine press-work, and by his admirable personal qual- ities. In this department are located the 25-horse power engine and boiler that furnish power and heat for the establishment, the dynamo that supplies light throughout, the double-cylinder newspaper press, and other machinery that goes to make up a well equipped press-room. Above is the extensive book-bindery of Crawford & Stock- bridge. This establishment is reached by means of an elevator, which enables the Association to carry on its extensive busi- ness with promptness in all its details. Charles West Sargent, born in Boston, May 10, 1831, began work at the printer's trade in the Oourant office, Clinton, Mass., April 1, 1849, and has since been employed as clerk, and compositor in various offices in New Jersey, Massachu- setts, and New Hampshire. Married, Aug. 16, 1855, Thankful F. Smith, of Rutland, Mass. Has one son, Wesley W., the superintendent of Fitchburg Street Railway. 566 NOTES ON PRINTING. William P. Fiske was born in Concord in 1805, and learned the printing business with J. W. Shepard, in Concord. Afterwards he worked in the Patriot and Statesman offices, and for Morrill & Silsby ; also, in New York city for a long time, and in Worces- ter, Mass. He died in New York city some twenty years since (1865 or 1866). He was an excellent job printer, of fine taste, very fast and correct ; had few equals in his day as a fancy job printer. He never worked at any other business but print- ing. He was twice married, and one son and two daughters survive him. Joseph Addison Pearson. This well known Concord printer was born in Bridgewater, N. H., in 1824. He came to Concord about forty-one years ago, entering the iV. H. Patriot oflSce as an apprentice, where he worked about twenty-three years, and was quite a long time foreman ; afterwards he worked in Nashua for Moore & Langley, then in Hartford, Conn., where he died, after a brief illness, of scarlatina. His remains were brought to Concord and buried in Blossom Hill cemetery, by the printers of the city, about twelve years ago. Mr. Pearson was an excel- lent printer, a very companionable man, full of story and anec- dote, in the recital of which he was an expert. He was a great reader, had a wonderful memory, and was a walking encyclopae- dia of history, facts, and figures. He had few acquaintances outside the printing business. He loved the printing-oflSce, and spent a large part of his leisure hours sitting around the old stove with chum companions in social converse. He was mar- ried late in life, and leaves one son. George H. H. Silsby, the Nestor of master printers of New Hampshire, the son of Rev. Ozias Silsby, a graduate of Dartmouth college, class of 1785, was born at Hillsborough Bridge, N. H., Feb. 12, 1817, and came to Concord in 1832, entering the print- ing-ofl3ce of Moses G. Atwood. In 1835 he went to Boston and engaged in the mercantile business (bookstore) ; returned to Concord, and worked for Wm. White and others in the printing business ; in 1837 went to work for Roby, Kimball & Merrill in their store ; in 1840 formed a copartnership and went into business under the firm name of Stearns, Morrills & Silsby ; in about six months Mr. Stearns went out of the firm, and then it was Morrills & Silsby (Luther M. and Lucius B. Morrill) ; — GEORGE H. H. SILSBT. 567 their business was pi-iacipally priating, binding, and publisliing Bibles. In 1841 they purchased the David Watson establish- ment, and went into the general book and job printing business. Subsequently they purchased the stereotype establishment of William Kelsey, and took him into partnership under the name of Morrills, Silsby & Co. ; in 1849 they divided, Mr. Kelsey going away, and Mr. Lucius B. Morrill going out of the firm at the same time ; from that time to 1880 (June) the firm was Morrill & Silsby. At this time Mr. Morrill died, since which the firm has been G. H. H. Silsby & Son. Mr. Silsby has been in business almost forty-six years : he has always been at his post, rarely ever absent for a day, unless his business required a visit to Boston to make purchases. In 1859 their premises were burned. In 1860 the present building was erected and occupied. For many years their work has been very largely railroad printing, blank-book manufacturing, and paper ruling. During this long term of years there have been in his employ a large number of different men, among whom might be men- tioned William P. Fiske, George L. Kimball, Phin P. Bixby, David B. Allison, Lewis Tower — these were the old set of hands ; — afterwards William F. Holton, now of Washington, D. C, A. J. Keach, now of the Providence Press, a very sucess- ful printer. In 1853 Mr. Charles W. Sargent entered their em- ploy, and was foreman from 1857 to 1863, when he was succeed- ed by Luther P. Durgin, who has held the position since that time. Mr. H. F. Smart has been also at several different times in the employ of this firm, and is now ; — he has held positions in several different offices in Portland, Me., Lowell and Worces- ter, Mass., Providence, R. I., and at various points in the West, but thinks that home is a good enough place for him. He has the reputation of being an artistic job printer. Joseph F. Merrill, now of the Boston Advertiser, Albert C. Stacy, now of the Golding Press Company, Frank E. Doyen, George and Charles H. Gordon (both of whom were excellent printers), have spent time here ; Lewis L. Mower, now a Granger, was for years an employ^ ; A. F. Gove, now of the Bos- ton Herald, was also on the roll. Others worked for a longer or shorter period. C. W. Osgood, now deceased, was for several years a fine printer in Concord, and worked last for 568 NOTES ON PRINTING. this firm. Elbridge G. Chase and M. D. L. Stevens were for a short time connected with the staff. Mr. Chase was for a long time foreman of the Patriot ofHce, and died in California. R. S. True worked and sung; he has since distinguished him- self as a bass singer. F. D. "Woodbury, now of Everett, Mass., and F. J. Batchelder, now in business for himself in Concord, were also here at the case and press. Charles T. Allison is the last addition to the roll. Mr. Silsby was admitted to the order of Odd Fellows in 1843, passed the chairs in July, 1844, and is now, we think, the oldest P. G-. in New Hampshire. He was subsequently elected Grand Secretary of the Grand Lodge — which office he held about ten years. He still retains his membership in White Mountain Lodge, of which he was one of the charter members. He was town-clerk of the town of Concord for the years 1847, 1848, and 1849, and although eminently fitted for positions in city matters, he has refused any and all offers of public posi- tions. Mr. Silsby married May 8, 1844, Sarah F., daughter of Elliot Chickering, of Concord, and has two sons, — one George H., associated with his father in the firm, and the other, Arthur W., now judge of probate for Merrimack county. Mr. Silsby has enjoyed the confidence and high esteem of the peo- ple of Concord as a conscientious, straightforward business man ; careful, painstaking, and very correct in his dealings ; an excel- lent business man — always to be relied upon. The firm of Mor- rill & Silsby commenced the practice of paying their help every Saturday night very early in their business career, and have never failed to do so for a single week since. William Ellery Stevens was born in Poland, Me., July 24, 1834. Attended school at Bethel, Me. When fifteen years of age, he entered the employment of Homan & Manley, Augusta, Me., then publishers of the Gospel Banner. Two years later, failing in health, he returned to his mother's home in Green- wood. A year later he accepted employment as a compositor on the Portland Daily Argus, changing a few months later to the Advertiser. When twenty years old, he sailed for New Orleans, having for a companion Edwin B. Haskell, now editor- in-chief of the Boston Herald. Both secured employment on the Delta, an able paper of ultra tendencies, then edited by HENRY S. HODGDON. 569 Richard Brennan, a warm friend and advocate of Wallcer, the celebrated filibuster. Three years later Mr. Stevens re- turned North, married Miss Abby D. Marble, eldest daughter of S. M. Marble, Esq., a well known landlord, with whom he formed a copartnership. When the war broke out, he enlisted for three years' service, was commissioned a second lieutenant by Governor Washburn, and placed on recruiting service ; joined his regiment, the Fifth Maine, in season to take part in the Yorktown siege, and remained with it through all the subsequent campaigns till the battle of Salem Church, — one of the series of engagements which resulted in Hooker's defeat at Chancellors- ville, — where he was taken prisoner. On his release from Libby prison he was detached from his regiment by order of the war department, and placed in charge of the New England troops at Camp Parole, near Annapolis, Md., where he remained until mustered out at the expiration of his term of service, receiving honorable mention from his commanding oflScer, General Adrian R. Root. He was also promoted while in the field. Returning home, he took editorial charge of the Bangor Daily Times. In 1867 he removed to Boston, and took a position as night editor on the Boston Daily Herald, which he left two j'ears later to ac- cept a position on the editorial staff of the Boston Daily Journal. In 1872 he received and accepted a call to take editorial charge of the Concord Monitor and Statesman. In 1876 he was ap- pointed a member of the military staff of Governor Cheney. In 1877 and 1878 he was a member of the New Hampshire house of representatives, being elected thereto from Ward 4, Concord. He served as chairman of the Committee on Military Affairs, and had much to do with the framing and passage of the pres- ent militia law of New Hampshire. In 1881-2, health failing, he sought release from the exactions of editorial labor, and re- ceived the appointment of United States consul at Smyrna, where he remained three years, during which time he re- peatedly received the commendations of his government for the zeal and activity displayed in the performance of his duties. He is now residing in Portland, Me. Henbt S. Hodgdon was born in Concord, N. H., in 1832; learned the art of newspaper composition with Geo. G. Fogg, in the Independent Democrat oflSce. Subsequently he was for some 570 NOTES ON PRINTING. years employed by Jones & Cogswell, book and job printers, and lastly by Morrill & Silsby, all of Concord. As a compositor he ranked among the fastest that ever handled the stick and rule in Concord ; he was also a genial, companionable man. He had a very fine personal appearance, a strong, robust physique, and, under ordinary circumstances, would probably have lived to a good old age, but, taking a violent cold, strong symptoms of consumption were developed, from which he died April 23, 1865. He married Miss Sarah L. Greeley, of Franklin, N. H., who died-a short time before his decease, as also did their only child. David B. Allison. The subject of this sketch was born in Peterborough, N. H., in 1812, but removed with his father to Concord in early life. He learned the printers trade of Mr. Luther Eoby ; afterwards went into business with Newell A. Fos- ter, in Concord. Subsequently he worked in Laconia for Chas. Lane, and afterwards at Lancaster, N. H., until he entered the office of Morrill & Silsby. From this place he went to Laconia again, but returned to Morrill & Silsby's, where he continued several years. Afterward he worked at Portland and Bath, Me. In the latter place he died, July, 1866. Mr. Allison was very prominent in military circles, and held important official posi- tions in that department of state service. As a printer, pub- lisher, and citizen he was always held in high esteem. He was a printer of the old school. Edward N. Pearson was born in Boscawen, N. H., Septem- ber 7, 1859. He fitted for college at Penacook academy, in Penacook, and graduated from Dartmouth college in the class of 1881. In July, 1881, he became a reporter on the Daily Monitor, and has since been employed on that paper, with the exception of a few months,- when he was a teacher in the public schools of Washington, D. C. He married Addie M. Sargent, of Lebanon, December 6, 1882, and has two sons. George L. Kimball was born in Concord, N. H., November 2, 1828. His father, Samuel A. Kimball, was a publisher, of the firm of Roby, Kimball & Merrill, and a man of sterling qual- ities. George commenced the printing business in the fall of 1848, in the office of the Belknap County Gazette and Carroll County Advertiser. Caleb Smith was then at the helm in PHIN P. BIXBT. 571 the town of Meredith (now Laconia), where he remained till 1850, when he worked a short time in the Democrat office in the same village, Keach proprietor. Afterward he returned to Concord and entered the employ of Morrill & Silsby, where he remained, with the exception of a few months' work in the N. H. Patriot office, until the spring of 1854 ; he then returned to Laconia, to the office where he learned his trade, then owned by Eufus C. Stevens. In April, 1855, he went to Bath, Me. ; after a few weeks' service on the Bath Tribune, in company with Charles Cobb he purchased the establishment, and started a morning daily, the first one in that city. In the fall of that year the Tribune establishment was sold to a stock company, and in December Mr. Kimball left for Dardanelle, Ark., where he has since made his home, excepting a few months in 1864, when he worked at his trade in St. Louis in the office of R. P. Studley & Co. At Dardanelle Mr. Kimball has been in the mercantile busi- ness, succeeding his brother, S. S. Kimball, of Concord, and in this line has been very successful. Is now president of the Dardanelle & Russellville Railroad. In Masonry he has made himself quite proficient, having been not only at the head of all the subordinate bodies, but has risen to the position of Grand High Priest of the Grand Chapter, and is now Generalissimo of the Grand Commandery of Arkansas, and Deputy Grand Mas- ter of the Grand Council. He says, — "Although I have laid down the ' stick' and ' rule' (I have them yet), I still love the printing business, and never regret the years spent in working at the ' Art preservative of all arts.' " It is pleasant to record the prosperity of a native of New Hampshire, and especially a printer who has secured a, fat take. Phin p. Bixby. Colonel Bixby was born in Piermont, N. H., May 9, 1829. In 1838 he removed with his mother to Haverhill, where he resided eight years. At the age of fifteen he went into the office of George S. Towle, in Haverhill. In 1846 he came to Concord and entered the Statesman office, then owned by Wilson & Odlin. In 1851 he went into the em- ploy of Morrill & Silsby, job printers, where he remained till 1856. This ended his career as a printer. He subsequently was engaged in the grocery business till the war of 1861, when 572 NOTES ON PRINTING. he enlisted in the Goodwin Rifles, Captain S. G. GriflBn. In the fall of 1861 he was transferred to, and became adjutant of, the 6th Regiment N. H. Vols., with which he remained till the close of the war. At the second battle of Bull Run he was taken pris- oner, and confined in Libby prison for two months. He was afterwards promoted to Major and Lieut. Colonel, in which oflBce he commanded the regiment for more than a year. He was made colonel by brevet for meritorious conduct at Petersburg, Va., and afterwards a full colonel. His conduct as an oflScer was highly commended. After the war he was appointed to a clerkship in the Boston custom-house, and for four years he acted in that capacity. In 1869 he was again in the grocery business, continuing till January, 1871. He was clerk at the Boar's Head House, Hamptou, and at the Arlington House, Bos- ton. In 1873 he was selected as chief clerk of the state treasurer, which position he held at the time of his death, which occurred at his home in Concord, January 16, 1877. He was universally respected. Martin Wtman "Willis* was born in North Easton in 1821 ; both on his father's and mother's side descended in direct line from the widely known family of Willis which emigrated from London in 1630, and spread from Plymouth, Duxbury, and the Bridgewaters. His early life was spent in the public schools of Boston and at the famous Chauncy Place school of Thayer and Gushing. He graduated at the Divinity school of Harvard University, after a full course of study, in 1843. It is not too much to say that he was recognized as a popular preacher and a good pastor. He was ordained and settled in "Walpole, N. H., on Dec. 6th, 1843. After five years there, he preached some years in Petersham, Mass., and at Bath, Me. Without having been heard as a candidate, he was called by the unanimous vote of the entire congregation to Nashua in 1853. Here he re- mained nearly nine years. He accepted the position of chap- lain during the war, and was with Sherman's expedition to Hilton Head. Disabled by sickness in a Southern climate, he was granted a furlough, and afterwards honorably discharged. •The above notice of a former pastor of Nashua, Kev. M. W. Willis, is taken ftom the matter of a forthcoming history of the old families of North Easton, Mass., of whom Mr. Willis is a descendant. MARTIN WTMAN WILLIS. 573 When able to preach, he was called to settle over the church in Quincy, and was elected Grand Orator of the Grand Lodge of Illinois. After four years of very successful service, he re- signed the stated work of the ministry for the sake of bringing into Missouri, rent and desolated by the civil war, a loyal Northern people to fill its waste places. Having been appointed by the governor of Missouri Commissioner of Immigration for the state, for some six years he was engaged in writing very largely for the press, and in lecturing through the Northern states on Missouri. In 1866 he removed to St. Louis, and for the last twenty years, and while constantly contributing to the leading journals, has devoted himself to the higher studies of literature and philosophy. With an easy competence, and his sons well established in business in St. Louis and his daughters married, he chose to retire to the delights of studj' and the comforts of a home made dear by the presence of the wife of his youth. Mr. Willis married on June 1st, 1845, Miss Hannah Ann Mason, born in Chichester, N. H., educated in Boston, and descended from the well known Mason family to whom Charles the Second granted the whole of New Hampshire in 1622. For forty-one years she has won the love of all who knew her. With a wonderfully even temper and a rare common sense, she has brought up to honor and usefulness an excellent family of children. Mr. Willis has won recognition both East and West as a man of letters and varied culture. In 1857, on the recommendation of Ralph Waldo Emerson, Drs. Henry W. Bellows and Noyes, he received from Harvard college the degree of Master of Arts ; and the St. Louis University, the oldest in the West, conferred upon him in 1884 the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, and in 1886 that of LL. D. Mr. Willis has been conected with the St. Louis University for some six years in the Post Graduate department, and is the vice-president of the Post Graduate Society in St. Louis, consisting of some seventy gen- tlemen of culture and professional learning, who have devoted themselves to the higher studies in philosophy, science, history, and philology. Hundreds of families, like that of Mr. Willis, are carrying into the "wild West" the culture, the thrift, and the sound principles that have made New England rich in his- tory and powerful in influence. 574 NOTES ON PKINTING. David Watson was born November, 1788, at Kennebunk, Me., his parents being there on a visit. Boston was the place of their residence, and in the public schools of that city he received his education, and was one of four Franklin Medal scholars at the North school (now known as the Eliot) in the year 1801. His associates were Samuel Draper, John W. Rich, and Samuel Butler. In 1802 he was apprenticed to Thomas & Andrews, printers, for a term of seven years. While serving this term he put in type and assisted in printing the complete works of Shakespeare, which no doubt contributed much to give him that nice critical taste and fondness for Shakespeare which distinguished him. Among the journeymen employed in the office during his apprenticeship was Joseph T. Buckingham, of whom he always held the most pleasant recollections, and Hon. Samuel T. Armstrong, afterwards governor of Massachusetts. In 1813 he commenced business for himself, in company with a young man named Bangs, under the flrmi name of Bangs & Watson. This enterprise did not prove very successful, and about 1815 he went to Hanover, N. H., and there contracted to print a collection of hymns called the "Christian Hymn Book." It did not prove to be a profitable contract. In 1818 he removed to Woodstock, Vt. He subsequently commenced the publication of the Woodstock Observer, which continued for several years ; he also published a monthly mag- azine, devoted to the cause of Universalism. From 1832 to 1835 he was employed in various offices in Bos- ton, and Lancaster, Mass., and New York city, where he again started in business for himself, but which proved unsuccessful, meeting the usual fortune of the master printers of his day. In 1836 he removed to Boston, and for several years was in the employ of the Boston Type and Stereotype Foundry. In this branch he was an expert, being an accurate proof-reader of Latin, Greek, and Hebrew, although he never had a collegiate education. On account of his accurate proof-reading, he con- tinued to read for various offices after his removal to Concord, N. H. (1840), at one time reading the proof sheets of a He- brew testament published by Perkins & Marvin, Boston. His household goods were sent from Boston in a canal boat, via Merrimack river, en route for Concord. On their way they were CRITICISM ON JAMES RUSSELL LOWELL. 575 lost at Amoskeag falls. Among his household goods was his Franklin medal, which he highly prized. A few years after- wards, through the exertions of Dr. Shurtleff, and Edward Ev- erett, who was a fellow-pupil in the Eliot school, a copy of the medal was sent to him. Mr. Watson published several Direc- tories of Concord : the last one was for the year 1864. In 1854 he was elected clerk of the city of Concord, which position he held until 1863. His writing resembles the plainest copper- plate printing. During the "War of 1812 he was a member of the New Eng- land Guards, a Boston company, which was, however, called out only once. Mr. "Watson was accurate and methodical in his work ; of temperate habits, and enjoyed uniform good health, having but one sickness (lung fever in 1855) which took him from his daily duties. He died March 28, 1867. "While in "Woodstock, "Vt., he married Mary "Wilder, who died October, 1866, by whom he had nine children. Two of his sons are printers, — one residing in New York city, and the other in Boston, where he has for many years been in the em- ploy of the Boston Journal. Another son is a member of the firm who own the Boston Type Foundry. One daughter was a proof-reader, residing in Boston. She died in 1876. A CRITICISM ON JAMES RUSSELL LOWELL. "We cannot better close this work than to put in permanent form an article on newspapers, by Eev. M. W. "Willis, of St. Louis. It was called out by certain criticisms by James Russell Lowell on the Press, made in his Chelsea lecture at the inaugu- ration of a library last January. To the Editor of the Globe-Democrat : St. Louis, January 6. When there are so many fine thoughts in the address of James Russell Lowell, it is a pity, and to be regretted, that he did not more justly represent the newspaper of the day, and more truly state the facts of the learning and scholarship of three centuries ago. His invidious suggestions of the superior culture of the sixteenth century are misleading. His depreciating criticisms of modern scholarship are unfair. His trivial talk about the news of the newspaper appears like an 576 NOTES ON FEINTING. extempore ebullition of impertinence injected into the address at the moment of delivery. He gives to the public a wrong impression of the learning of the sixteenth century, and as unjustly characterizes the news- paper as a gatherer of trifles, — just as if the little items of un- important news of accidents by flood and field were the main part and the sum total of its daily work. I desire to make a few criticisms on the remarkable assertions of the address. In regard to the learning of the sixteenth cen- tury, it is true that there appeared in England a grand constel- lation of great men, of noble character and of profound learning. It was an era of great mental activity in Italy and Spain, as well as in England. But education was confined to the few, — the wealthy and the nobility. Latin, Greek, and French were the languages spoken and written by the educated. All works of value were written in Latin. In the sixteenth century the scholar had to study the classics, or nothing. The learning of those times was as narrow and almost as useless as it was pro- found. The people were in almost utter darkness. The present world of science was only dimly discerned when Lord Bacon was writing his Novum Organum. The profoundest scholars of the middle of the sixteenth century would stand in mute astonish- ment at the results of science which are now the common prop- erty of the people. I commend to Mr. Lowell Macaulay's splendid criticism and estimate of the learning of the sixteenth century, in which he says, — " In comparing the acquirements of Lady Jane Grey and those of an accomplished young woman of our own time, we have no hesitation in awarding the superiority to the latter." That there was a class of rare Latin and Greek scholars at that time there is no question. We are told of women who conduct- ed their correspondence in Latin, and even in Greek. The mother of Lord Bacon made nothing of writing elegant letters in Greek to Bishop Jewell, and translating Latin works, and even theological books from the Tuscan of Bernardo Ochino. " They lunched with Plutarch and supped with Plato." But how little did they know of the great world of thought, invention, and scientific discovery which now stands easily revealed to an ordi- nary culture and a common education ! CRITICISM ON JAMES RUSSELL LOWELL. 577 While the few were classically educated, the million were as ignorant as brutes. The wretched peasant was sold with the soil. The four and twenty letters of the alphabet were, says Carlyle, "runic enigmas" to the masses, who were "two" leg- ged beasts of labor. Drunkenness was "their heaven," and enforced labor their hell. I think the sixteenth century has little to boast of in compar- ison with the nineteenth century. It was at best but the dawn of a brighter day. A splendid constellation of genius and cult- ure shone brilliantly, but overdarkened England ; for England had not yet learned to read, and had not the newspaper. Ma- caulay says of that period, which includes the school days of Queen Elizabeth and Lady Jane Grey, " that all the valuable books then extant in all the vernacular dialects of Europe would hardly have filled a single shelf." Chaucer, Gower, Froissart, Comines, Eabelais, nearly complete the list of English works in print at that time. Not the few scholars, but the world is thinking and learning in these modern days, so that it comes to be a disgrace for even the toiler for his bread to be ignorant. The wide and general information of English-speaking people is a marvel. And the newspapers have done it. All that the sixteenth century knew of Plato and the Greeks we know, and a world of knowledge besides. Mr. Lowell has acquired the English habit of depreciating modern culture as compared with other times. It is an injustice for him to single out the trivial things telegraphed and told by the Press as if they were the main substance and elements of a first-class journal. The daily Press gathers in its wide sweep the daily life of the people, and adds to that all the noblest things done, and all the best things said, in all the world. Has not Mr. Lowell's address found millions of readers through the Press, while his hearers in the little suburb of Boston could only have been a few hundreds? The best speeches, lectures, and sermons of our ablest men are daily given to the people by the Press. Not an invention of art nor a discovery of science, but the Press hastens to tell the story. Not an event of importance in any quarter of the globe, not a movement of thought, nothing of human interest, that is not carried with the speed of lightning 37 578 NOTES OK PRINTING. and brought to our breakfast table. It is living history trans- piring before our eyes. Granting all that may be fairly and justly said against the newspaper, it still remains one of the noblest illustrations and means of human progress, and is, on the whole, wielded for the good of mankind. May I be pardoned if I close with a personal recollection. My whole life, including early childhood, has been devoted to books. The thirst for knowledge began when very young, in the library of Ralph Waldo Emerson, and by his kindness to me. And yet I am by no means certain that the careful and constant reading of two or three first-class daily papers has not been worth more to me than the hard study of books for many years. M. W. Willis. Thomas Waterman Lane was born at Wentworth, N. H., May 20, 1841. In 1843 his father moved, with his family, to Hooksett. In 1860, at the age of nineteen, Thomas entered the Mirror office at Manchester, as boy of all-work, to grow up with the establishment. Upon the call for volunteers in 1861, John R. Hynes (lieutenant of Co. A, Third N. H. Vols., and afterwards promoted to captain and A. Q. M.), foreman of the Mirror office, responded to the call, and at his suggestion Mr. Lane was placed in general charge of its business. He filled this position so acceptably that the proprietor could absent him- self for weeks or months (on one occasion taking a trip to Eu- rope) , and find on his return that the business had been as sat- isfactorily conducted as though he had given it his personal supervision. " This," says Mr. Clarke, " is a statement that I could not make of any other person ever in my employ." Mr. Lane held this position till September, 1876, when he purchased the Antiquarian bookstore and entered upon a commercial life. He was elected treasurer of the New Hampshire Press Associa- tion in 1871, and holds the position to-day, — the only person who has held single continuous office in the organization. In 1872 and 1873 he was clerk of the common council of the city of Manchester; in 1877 he was elected to the board of fire engineers, and made clerk of the board ; in 1879 he was appoint- ed chief engineer of the department, a position which he has filled with signal ability, and yet occupies. He is secretary of various Masonic and other bodies, and an active and indispen- NOTICE. 579 sable member of the Lowell Street Universalist society. Good judgment, decision, accuracy, courtesy, and reliability are Mr. Lane's leading cliaracteristics. Tiiese have placed him at the front in the fulfilment of all his fiduciary trusts and in his varied business pursuits. NOTICE. Our Notes on Printing, so far as the "Gatherings" have extended, have been completed ; and we have only to thank all friends of the press for the helps received from them, their magazines, newspapers, and let- ters, and to assure them that we shall yet collect what information we can toward making the Notes more perfect. There are already in existence many good things collected by the Press Associations of the country. Rhode Island and Ohio have done much, and New Jersey this year (1886) gives us the titles of the newspapers of that state, the town and county where published, time of publication, the year when first issued, political or special character, names of the editors and publishers, and the year when each one became connected with the paper named. Massachusetts has a catalogue of local history, and more or less satisfactory lists exist for Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Georgia, Louisiana, Kentucky, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and California ; but as regards books printed in the states, much less has been done. Griffin, in his " History of the Press in Maine" (Brunswick, 1872), has given a list of books published in that state, and, in the Historical Magazine for 1870, Dr. Morris began a bibli- ography of works by residents of Maryland, which was not carried through the second letter of the alphabet. The catalogue of the Loan Book Exhi- bition at the University of California (1884) contains a few titles of Cali- fornian works, notably the earliest. Mr. Hildebnrn has produced the first scientific work of its kind. It is comprehensive in scope, with a chrono- logical arrangement, which should be supplemented by an author-and-title index ; the titles are accurately transcribed, accompanied by collations or references to authorities, often by illustrative notes and the designation of a library which contains a copy. It is a pity, by the way, that bibli- ographers cannot agree upon some uniform scheme for thus designating libraries, such, for example, as that used in Bolton's "Catalogue of Sci- entific and Technical Periodicals" (Washington, 1885). About 4,500 titles have been collected, 1,935 of which fill the present volume, covering the years 1685-1763. While 1686 has two titles, 1701 has ten, 1751 has forty-three, and 1763 has seventy-one. According to Dr. Haven, there were published in 1763, in the United States, 131 works. 580 NOTES ON PKINTING. One thing we may think of with absolute inspiration, and that is, that while no age has overleaped all possible trials and established a Utopia or a Paradise, each age has done its own individual work, and done it well. Take the invention of writing, the invention of an alphabet, and the invention of movable types. Or take the subjection of motive power, the utilization of wind power, water power, steam power, and electrical energy. Or consider the mile-stones in the way of human dwellings : a cave or a log, and this for long ages, a rude hut, a woven tent, a house of rude art, manufactories, palaces, temples, cottages. Our own age has done its work well, not only in the way of art and invention, but of moral foresight, and in broadening human sympathies. In home life, in personal liberty, in human brotherhood, in a joyful life that abhors morbid penance, in universal educational schemes, in high maxims of duty, we are doing our work well. If we are not likely to fold our hands in a Utopia of absolute peace, we are sure to have enough to do in the way of testing our powers ; and we have confidence that history will honor our record. The compiler of this volume of Notes, with the view of obtaining a his- tory of the publications of New Hampshire not mentioned here, will be thankful for any and all information concerning books, authors, news- papers, and persons connected with the press as editors, publishers, and printers, which may be sent to John W Moore, corner of Union and High streets, Manchester, N. H. IISTDEX. Abbott, Epbraim. Jenks & Co . .301,320,322,833,336 369, 390 & Warren.. ..801, 321, 386, 366, 369 400 Joseph C 301, 821, 322 Abolitionist 453 Acta Com., L. tr 69 Diurna 78, 132 Adam & Ere paper 179, 465 to be created 16, 29 first printer 29 Madam 72 Adams, Hildretb & Co 341 Land S 37,88,89,82 J. and S 18,189,190 James 301, 323, 335, 345, 346 347, 858, 362, 366, 386, 392 405, 407, 424, 431, 471 H. C 346 J 214 Charles F 565 James M 808 JohnM 472 family 40 John G 454 J. E 454 J.Q 56,504 Nathaniel 163 power press 37, 89, 41, 116 J. T 545 Addison , J 16 Advance in Art 78. 80 Advertiser 27. 309, 385 Advertising 22, 138, 156, 157, 887, 388 Advocate, The 222 of Democracy 309, 310, 363 ^gls, Hano ver 394, 467 National 210 Worcester 363 Aeronaut 309 Age, The 462 Agricultural Ball 428 Monthly 61 Aitkin, E 270 Alabama papers 222 Press Association 257, 264 Alaska papers 231 Albany Begister 59 Album, The 486 Alden, Timothy 79 Aldi, father and son 31 Aldine, Aldus 81 Aldricb, Dunbar 502 T. B 454 Alexandria Library 127 Alger, F. G 308 Allen, John Samuel 25, 272, E.A 352,471, Ethan 204, bis Bible Thomas Paul Allison, David B 567, Chas.T Allodium 292, Almanacs, printed 14, 100, Alta California 226, 227, 368, Amateur newspapers India Independent Press Association 267, Monthly Magazine America's Messenger America governed by newspapers American Apollo Medical Journal News Newspaper Directory — 78, Annual Daily Advertiser Magazine 61, 62, 184, Republican Gazette 102, periodicals, &c 50, 61-64, printers 93, 94, Public Library Bible Society Journalist Weekly Mercury — 56, 177, Herald of Liberty Housewife Almanac and Register army of two & Messenger.. ..301, 321, 364, Young Folks 308, Revolution 11; Quarterly Register 4, Eagle Patriot 103, 106, 107, 108, 109, Republican Gazette Yeoman Stock Journal Ames, Mary C Fisher Bishop Amherst newspapers '.... .293, Cabinet 298, Ammonoosuc Reporter Amoskeag Company.. 298, 287, 288, 425, Insurance Co machine shop bridge Memorial 290, 299, 351, 15 273 529 205 465 272 .470 570 142 560 303 306 506 ,100 16 238 641 546 247 78 . 67 214 103 100 240 127 246 221 211 170 446 142 342 ,26 468 .463 524 ,102 .502 546 ,.72 , 67 171 403 464 426 290 298 ,285 582 INDEX. Amoskeag Representative 281, 285, 289 299, 844 and falls. . 285, 286, 295, 296, 395 Journal 428 Among the Clouds 240 Amory Mills 288 Amulet, The 462, 471 Analecta, The 888, 606 Ancient improvements 41, 45 puMications 62 manuscripts 6, 21, 29, 88, 62 Andover Advertiser 870, 481 Andres, Sir E 128 Androscoggin Free Press 114, 149, 150, 151 Angell, James 209 Annuals 817 Anthony, S. B 72 H.B 188 Anti'Slarery 182 Tobacco Gem 454 Democrat 580 Apostol, The 54 Apprentice Lesson 96, 97 Appleton, John 148 Mr 162 Apparition Gazette 208 Appleton's Cyclopedia 805 Apprentice agreement 110 Argo. High School 308 Argus & Spectator 459,497 Patriot 385 Arizona papers 230, 231 Aristotle Library 127 Arithmetic, first 64, 128 Arkansas papers 222, 228 Press Association 256 Armstrong, Mr 139 S.T 574 Arnold, H. (^ 629 Art of Printing in United States 66, 145 Preservative 32, 44, 145 Ashland Advance 366 Ash Street Gazette 308 Asiatic Journal 60 Attempts to start papers 26 at printing 24, 25 Atlas fcBee 468 Atlantic Monthly 491 Atwood, M. G 468 David 465 Moses G 568 Autograph & Remarker 124, 177 Augusta Courier 470 Aurora Philadelphia | 248 Augustus 33 Awe of newspapers 164 Ayer, N. W. & Son 78,247 Babcock, J. P 202,493 Bachelder, George AV 361 J.B 607 Bagley, A. C 422 Bailey, G. G 112,463,525 K. C Ill, 112, 463, 525 G.F 176 Baine, John 20 Baker, L 229 N. B 462,625 Baldwin, T. C 308 S. C 507 Balm ofGilead 812. 344 Ballads and Songs 47, 65, 76, 92, 93, 97 Ballard, A 73 Ballon, Hosea 467 H. F 457 Baltimore Patriot 210 Advertiser 209 Telegraph 151 Bangs & Watson 574 Bangor Courier 151 Democrat 151 Register 472, 474 Banister & Thurston 471 Bank, Strawberry 7 Baptist Register 301 Herald 479 Quarterly 533 Barbadoes Gazette 212 Barker, Christopher 53, 194 Bartholomew, E 396, 423, 424, 462 Barre Gazette 79 Barret, J. R 313 Barnard, Joseph 149 Barnet, A. H 424 Bartlett, H. L 448 Levi 333 Richard 113,515 Barton, Cyrus 104, 112, 113, 174, 624 Basis of prosperity 170 Baston, G. A 317 Batchelder, F.J 568 Bates, A. & R 356 Baton, The 814 Bath Gazette 208 Battle of Cowpens 478 Batterymarcli Press 37 Bauer," Andrew 49 Baxter, W. E 465 Bazin, George W 460 Beach, M. Y 163,232 Beacon, The 317 Beard, J. M. G 448 A. &A 263,336,618 j^ 54g Beck & Foster'.. '..'.'.".'."!'!.!'i66il61,'l64 Gideon 167 M 442 Becard, A 365 Bedford Messenger 311 Organ 813 Bellamie, J 21 Bellows Falls Gazette 114, 175, 176, 393 505, 508, 542 Times. .173, 175, 176, 393, 642 Intelligencer.... 112, 174, 175 479 Bell, W 344,422 S. D 9,10,456 R. V 225 C.H 478 Belanger, V 355 Belknap Gazette 400,461 Joseph and Jeremy 238 Belcher, Jonathan 296 Belfast Journal 151 Bellomont, Governor 26 Bennett, J. G 158 Bennington County Reformer 175 Berkshire County Eagle 546 Bergel, Arnold de 98 Beikelev, William 57,215 Berliner, Tageblatt 69 Bermuda Gazette 56 Berlin Budget 463 Berry, J. M 446 Ira 462 Bewick, Thomas 239 Bible, 42 line 30 printed 25,27,29,31,182 Society printing-office 246 INDEX. 583 Biblical Repertory 208 Review ', gj Bibliography of Manchester 281, 407 Bibliomanes, &c 3l4 Biokerstaff's Almanac 185, 199 Bickford's Advertiser '.313 Biddeford Journal S94 Biddle, N ....470 Bittlnger, J. Q 40j, Bixby, Phln V 567, 571 Blackwood's Magazine 60 Black Letter , 90 Blaen, William 62 Blake, S. M 176 H.& W. W 615 Cutler & Co 27, 174 Blair.K.P 17 Blaisdell, H. E 484 Blanks and twine 604 Block printing 124 Block music 83, 84 Blodgett, Samuel 374, 425, 427 A. c 619 Courier 559 Bloomville Mirror 202 Boardman, J. H 557 Bodleian Library 64 Body of Liberties 14 Bodwell, E. A 341 Boies, James 197 Bolton's Catalogue 579 Book, amateurs 131, 314 Booksellers and publishers 48 Books, &c 129, 131, 281, 284 Boston printers 15 Eoliad 113, 485 Gazette 22, 177, 179, 305, 474 Daily Advertiser. . ..27, 37, 177. 359 398, 608 News-Letter. . . .22, 23, 42, 55, 69, 72 133, 134. 177. 198, 455 Transcript 72, 271, 468, 513 Sheet Almanac 242 Journal . .'. !35,' 398, '468.' 499, 509,' 510 540. 545, 546 Cultivator 26, 333 Evening tost 7, 71, 183, 385, 480, 488 Tea Party 20 Post-Boy ; . . 198, 455 Daily American 425 Traveller 472, 486, 519 Cen t inel 103, 545 Statesman 488, 536 Herald 86,463 Courier 305, 458, 4fi6 Atlas 472,486 Post 504,540 Globe 613 Mercantile Journal 521 Daily Sun 523 Recorder 534 Chronicle 530 Congregationalist 468 Chronotype 552 Botogkom. S 286 Boudreau, L 329 Bourlet, J. W., Jr 117,665 Bowdoin, James 161 college 161 Bowen, T. B 61 Bowles, Samuel 17 Bowling Green statue 20 Boyd, Adam 216 Boyle, H 72 Boylston, E. D. . .293, 363, 366, 387, 401, 402 Richard 365, 402, 477 Boy's Herald 428 Frolic 267 Own 267 & Girls, N. H 308 Bradford, Andrew 22, 211, 212, 270 Cornelia 212 Tombstone 99 Thomas 214 John 56,218 William 67, 99, 100, 101, 136 207, 210, 211, 214, 270 Opinion 435 Bradstreet, Simon 123, 136 Bradley, C. P 368 Bragg, S. W 467,621 Carrie 356 Brainard , Tribune 229 News ;229 Brann on , 5 227 Brattleborough Reporter 174, 479 Reformer 175 Brazen Age 310 Brazer, S 210 Breok, J., & Co 478 Breed, Z 398, -399 Breitkopf, J. G 49, 85, 88, 89 Brennan, Richard 669 Brewster, C. W 116, 161,456,531 L. W 161,456 J. H 456 Brick books 20, 123 of Babylon 20,44,196 of clay 20 Briefs 29 Brierly, W. K 225 Briggs, G.N 144 Brinley, George 211 Bristol Enterpi'ise 458 British Review 60 Critic 60 Brockville Recorder 232 Brooker, William 22, 179 Brooks, E 473 Brother, The 311 Jonathan 163 Brunswick Journal 161, 487, 624 'Herald 524 Bryan, C.W 338 Bryant & Stratton 413 Brown, H. A. .4, 112, 115, 117, 363, 526, 645 566 Mr 220 Almanac 329 Nicholas 185 Simon 263, 456, 459 A. R 491 S. H 343 Hiram 295 C.H 292 Thomas v- • • .302, 433, 457 George W 308, 342 L.C 313 Elon F 313 J.B 457 A. P 607 & Crossman 516 W.H 529 Buckingham, J. T 17, 306, 468, 674 Buckner, J 25 Budget, Weekly 385, 420 Buci; Abel 19, 20 Buffalo Times 544 BuflTalonian, The 544 584 Bullard, L.C 72 Bullock PreBB 274 Bunce, J. L 547 Bunker Hill 8, 20 Bunton, A 424 Burdette, J. W 226 Burke, K 112, 175, 359, 458, 469, 460 Burr, William 461 Burseil & Hamlet 292,293 Burlington Sentinel 512 Free Tress 642 Burley, Lord 194 Bnrnliam, K. J 444 W.B 363 Burt, H. M 240 Burton, W. E 486 J 474 G. D 466 Business Advertiser 313 Monitor 313 Monthly 413 Bushel, J 146, 147 Busy Body 212 Butler, John 64, 139 Nathaniel 139, 140, 196 Rev. F 462 Samuel 574 ButterBeld, William.. 112, 303, 480, 616, 625 & Hill 112 Butts,!. R 37 Byddell, J 65 Caesar, Julius 33, 78, 126 Cady, Elisabeth 72 Alba 453 California papers 226, 227 Calvinist filagazine 62 Caldwell, Charles 470 John . .281, 289, 290, 343, 844, 371 639 Oalley, P. M 543 Calendars 338 Cambridge Press lr> Campbell, J. M. & J. C 448 John... 22, 178 J. M. .363, 422, 436, 437, 441, 443 444, 446 & Hanscom . . . .388, 393, 406, 410 436, 438, 410, 441, 442, 443, 445 & Gilmore 436 J.L 436, 438, 441, 444, 435 & Harriman 436 C. P 446 Camp Meeting Herald 316 Fire 315 Canary Bird 22 Canada newspapers 231 Canadian Courant 232 Canandaigua Repository 203 Cantteld, H 319, 386 Canis, U. F 317 Canney fe Wiley 409 Cape Cod 136 Fear Gazette 66, 216 Mercury 216 Capen, N 465 Carrigaiu, P 115, 419 Carrier pigeons 246 Carrier's Address 114 Carroll, H. H 463, 524 Kate 355 Carr, George 485 Carlisle & Brown 528 D 189,458,470,477 Carlton, H. G 497 Carpet Bag 513, 540 Carpenter, S. C 61 Carter, J 22, 209 M.P 61 T.H 37,38 B. F 467 Carteret, Sir George 207 Cartland, M. A 398, 399, 434, 448, 449 Carver, John 136 Cary & Lee 317 Cass, J. Louis 566 Castingtype 42 Casket, The 486,538 Catalogue Kauchesler publications 281 Cave, Edward 59, 60, 74 Caxton, William 64, 70, 94, 126, 153 Centennial of printing 6 Gentinel of the Northwest 220 (Jensor, The 169 Certain news of week 139, 140 Chadwiok, K. S 107,449 & Little 517 Challis, F. H. & Co 325, 419, 428, 431 & Campbell 3i3 Champlain, Samuel de 294, 297, 430 Chambers, K 60,212 Chambers, W. & H 60,61 Changes 48,78,82 Chandler, A 85 George 308 Chapin, B 317 E.H 271 Chapman, J. W 226 C h arles H 26, 88, 140, 298 Joseph 221 Charity Annual 317 Chase, I. P 366,389,390 Stephen 323 C. W 389 J.P 390 A 464 Ebenezer 537 Elbridge G 453, 568 C.H 341,377,422 Samuel L 463,617 & Dunlap 518 Chatel, R. C 317,357 Cheney, L. H. & Co 309 Cheney, E. H 384 ChenPao 69 Cherokee Phoenix 237 Cheshire Gazette 464 Republican 466, 621, 646, 560 Chick, M. M 369 Child, Mr.s. L. M 17,72 of Pallas 630 Chill and Peru 65 Chinese claims 20,34,45,69, 78,196 encyclopEcdia 318 inks 86 printers 83 printing 44, 45 Christian Register 7 Reflector 518 Review 623 History 54 Herald 162,467,539 Magazine 61 Monitor 61 Reporter 466 Repository 642 Mirror 151,634 Observer 317, 467 Palladium 496 Intelligencer 470,642 INDEX. 585 Christian Visitant 47O Panoply.. iign Hymn-Book 574 Christmas Carols 63 Item 317 Bells 320 Chronicle, Portsmouth 164, 513 Chubbuck, Thomas 482 Church Hill 7 & Home 319 Monthly , 495 "William 79 Churches, &o 285 Churchman 495 Mae^azine 61 Cicero and Coelius 21, 3.3 Cincinnati Gazette 220, 370, 491, 533 Commercial 633 Circulation of papers 66 Circulars 10, 279 City Messenger 386, 819 and State 295 Gazette, S. C 482 Mission and Tract Journal 320 Poor Man's Friend. . .320 Citizen's Press 486 Clapp, W. W 540 Claremont Eagle 115, 116, 117, 353, 364, 301 424, 505 Spectator 112 Argus 112, 459 Manuiacturing Co. 115, 116, 505 Clarke, Richard 197 F. G 320 J. B 283, 308, 323, 330. 357, 377 398, 422, 423, 428, 533 Directory 330 A. E 378 W. E 379 History ot Manchester 4 William 106,469 Close, U 465 Cloudman, Fred B 565 Clough, A. C 317 Claypool, D. C 213, 827 Clinton Courant 665 Clymer, George 40 Press 40 Cobb, Chas 571 Cochran, J 112, 500 Codex Alexandria 73 Coflin, C. C 468 Cogswell, P. B 4, 118, 397, 560, 561, 662 663 & Sturtevant 118,560,561 Kev. W 468 Colby, George H 439 J.F 176 j^ _ _ 545 Colcord, b! H.'. '.".'. '.'.'. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.811 Colfax, S 464 Coleman, H 478 Collier, William 434 Collins, P. A 329 Isaac 207 Collections, Historical 114 Colonies 15 Colonial period 280 postage 24 Colony, J. D., & Sons 467 Colorado Press Association 255 Tribune 480 Columbian Informer 515 Centinel 59, 305, 402 Press 40 Columbian Star 228 Magazine 61 Colton, W 226 Comings, A. G 345 Commercial Advertiser 625 Commonwealth 219 Compositors, female 117 Concord Observer 105, 106, 517 Herald 102, 104, 105 Gazette 59,106,107,108 488, 519 Register 105, 113, 468, 526 arinters, &c 102 [onitor 118, 851, 505, 506 Semi-Weekly Advertiser 114 Statesman 525, 633, 552 Blade 637 Connecticut Courant 59, 164,191,200 Valley News 384 newspapers 200 Gazette 190,200 Conland, Dr 173 Conner. Edward 648 Constellation, The 241 Contract of master 110 Conference Messeuger 320 Confederacies 12 Congress meets ,11, 222 Congregational Journal 517, 643 Congregationalist 517 Constable, Mr 60 Constitutional Courant 98 Contoocook Transcript 467 Convei-se, A 407 Cook, C. A., & Co 78,247 B 466 C. W 461 Coolidge, Carlos 604 Coos County Democrat 467 Republican 522 Copson, Jolin 211 Copper plates 30, 83, 84 Correct copy 32 Coster, J. X 28, 124, 125 Council Bluifs Nonpariel 226 Countess of Anjou 85 Courant of News from Virginia 20 or Weekly News 53 Court Magazine 60 Country Gentleman 190, 333 Courier of New Hampshire 105, 106 French paper 317 Lowell 311, 335 & Inquirer 619 Coverdale, M 70 Crapo, E. B 507 Crawlord & Stockbridge 565 Critical Review 60 Critic, The 268 Crockett, W. D 514 L. W 308 Cromberger, Juan 122 Cromwell 16, 447 Crossgrove's News 34 Crosby, N 463 T.R 345 C.F 329,444 Crouch, Charles 217 Crump, T 15 Crusader. The 319 Cuartal Real 240 Cumberland Gazette 149, 160 Cundel, Thomas 267 Cunio, A. A 83 Curious advertisements 138 586 Curious book 247 papers 237 Currier, Moody 292, 358, 363, 364, 522 Curtis'? Almanac 142 Curry, G. L 230 Cushman, I. S 319 Gushing, Joseph 109, 143, 162, 408, 477 Cutter, C. W 161,510, 614 Cylinder machine 40, 274, 498 Cuyler, T. J 263 Daily Advertiser 37 Statesman 544 Record 10 Universal Register ^ .158 Courant 63, 70, 72,327 News, London 77 Sapers and magazines 227, 829 ouinal 189 Union 228, 408, 438, 439, 441, 648 Exchanger 355 Advertiser, Portland 149 Courier, Portland 149 American 301, 321, 408, 320, 322 Democrat 322 Item 325 Mirror, Emerson 325 Kews 327, 407, 508 Monitor 118, 408, 680 Morning News 359 Tribune 381 Times 381 . 438, 443 Owl 410 Tocsin 472 State Journal 456 Evening Transciipt 154 Spy 648 Dakota newspapers 231 Dallas Herald 225 Damon, S. C 311 S.N 246 Dana, C. A 490 Danforth, C. P 303,516 Daniels, F. W 344 Danielson, G. W 188 Dartmouth Gazette 469 The 471 Herald 471 Dates as found 28, 30,63, 279 Davenport, C. H 176 Gazette 226 Democrat 226 Register 226 Davis, G. D 484 Moses 102, 103, 469, 633 K. D 364 F 614,632 James 216 Nathaniel 114 J. K., Jr 389 Davison, H. N 444 Dawks, Ichabod 128 Day, Benjamin H 84 Benjamin 153 Stephen.. . .14, 16, 90, 91, 122, 134, 146 146, 147, 183, 191, 192, 206, 211 & Willis 472 Rebecca 146, 206 John 14,90,91 Dearborn, C. V. N 386 Benjamin 166, 167 De Foe 16, 248 DeMontz 298 DeSallo, D 60 De Worde, W 68, 64, 128 De Wees, William 197 De Wolfe, B 344 Delchambre 79 Delaware Gazette 191 newspapers 214 Delta, New Orleans 568 Dement, M. H ; 80 Democratic Republican '. . . . . 472, 536 Press Co 261 Statesman 116. 117 Spy 472,612 Standard 359 Democrat, Wisconsin 224 & American 323, 364, 368 & Freeman 351 Dennet, C. B 639 Den nie, Joseph 189, 469 Derryfleld beef. 396 town 291,296,395 Derry Mil Is 288 Destruction of tea 11 Destruction of MSS 126 Detroit x'ost 623 Devil, Dr. Faustus 182 printer's 94 Devil's Club 19 Devile, Deville 94 Devices 98 Diary, or Exact Journal 328 Dickman, James 113, 470 Dinsmore, W. H 616 Dinner Bell 446 Directories 77,329,330 Discoverers of printing 34 Dii-course at falls 281 Disti-ict Columbia 221 Diving Bell 137 Doctrines of Christianity 122 Dodge & Noyes 516 W. T 444 J.E 303,621 Dollar Mirror 326, 398 Doolittle, Isaac 19 Double cylinder press 498 Donga n. Governor 26 Dover Inquirer 26, 526, 541 Gazette.. . .113, 161, 334, 442, 470, 526 639 Palladium 7 Suu 467,510 Dow, Lorenzo 317 M.A 547 Dovcu.F. E 667 Drane, W. L., & Co 16i Draper, Margaret 72, 182, 183 Richard 179, 180, 183, 214, 630 Samuel 674 Dresden, Vt 172 Drew, Mr. & Mrs 319 W. A 470 Drum, trumpet, &c 20 Drunkard's Funeral 32S Duane, William 248 Dublin Review 60 Dubuque Times 226 Duke of Albany 804 Dumway. A -. 72 Dunbar, David 296 E 492 W. P. & J. S 492 Dunham, J 474 Dunius, John 34 Duulap, F. T 308 John 213,270 William 213 INDEX. 587 Dunster, H 15,147,148,192 Durer, A 83 DurgiD, L. P y.'.Ali'.in Dutch Weekly 147 Dntton & Wentworth ...831 Dwelt in caves I97 Eager & Robinson 418 Eagle, The 456, 474 Claremont II7 301 Earl of Halifax 8 Early printers 48 publications 63 Eastern Magazine 61 Argus.... 59, 151, 460, 462, 472, 523 Star 474 East India Magazine 60 Eastport Sentinel 161 Eastman, H. W 385, 387, 444 E. A 464 O.S 341 E.G 453 E. & Co 518 Eaton, W. 463 F. B 326, 397, 398 Eccentric advertisements 138 Echo 329 des Canadians 329 Kussell's 103 de Perse 65 Eclectic Review 60 Eclipse, The 473 Economist 329 Edwards, J. & W 149 A.W 231 P 209 Editors, Alabama 257 Edict against printing 98 Edinburgh Review 60 Gazette 196 Journal 60 Editor, The 243, 244 Eddie, James 203 Eddy, O. T 419 Education Reporter 534 Notes 4'J8 Edes, G. V 472 Peter 472, 474 Benjamin 473, 474, 630 & Gill 180, 190 El Clamor Publico 550 Ela& B.lodgett 525 & rianders 525 Geo.W 263 Elder, Wm 473 Elevator, The , ... .66, 69 Eliot, John 71, 286, 294 Elizabeth Isles 178 Queen 71 Elliot, Jona 472 J.F 225 Ellis, A. G 224 Elmer, T.D 543 El Siglo 55 Elwell, E. H 215 Emerson, P 472 J. C... .293,299, 301, 325, 326, 352 365, 383, 421 & Murray 801,352,360 Emery, G. F 640 Emery's Directory 329 Emery, J. P 832 Emmet Footlight 331 Empress of Austria 75 Encourage printers 206 Encyclopedia Metropolitana 63 Endioott, J 180 End of World 332 Engraving 28,29,30, 83, 199 Engraved plates 62, 84 Engines and paper 197 England forbids printing 25 English Columbian Press 40, 274 ' Directory 77 Gazette 5.1,134 and American papers . .49, 53, 129 Intelligencer 194 John 472 Mercuric 52, 194, 195 Seriodicals 63, 60 -eview 62 Enterprise, The 332 Eoliad, Boston 113, 485 Episcopal Register 61 Errors 3,279,130 Error Bible 73 Escritoir, The 61 Eskimo newspaper 65 Esmand, Geo. & Co 212 Essex Patriot 488 Evangelical Magazine 61 Evangelist 486,626 Evangel of our Lord , 64 Evans & Co 606 IraC 606 Rev. 1 469 Evening Wisconsin 508 Post 183,184 Chronicle 188 Times 188 Bulletin 189 Democrat 474 Mirror 454 Everetie, S. H. N. B 302, 362, 353, 360 Everett Brothers 434 H. H 388, 431, 434, 444 A.G 888 & Aldrich 434 Every Month 332 Ewer Sisters 117 Exact Journal 328 Exeter News-Letter 431, 473 Gazette 191 Exorbitant prices 11 Experiment 471 Express 329 Expositor 332 Eyre & Spottiswood 64 Facts for the People 341 Fairburg Journal 341 Fairfield, H. W 524 Falmouth Gazette 65,149, 544 Fal Is, A moskeag 285, 286 Family Visitor 529 Intelligencer 496 Fargo Argus 231 Farnsworth & Churchill 500 S. D 321,323,326,366,396 407, 553 Farmer, John 5,477, 515 Granite 326 and Visitor 33fl, 340, 341 Farmers' Museum. . . .189, 458, 470, 477, 478 479 Cabinet 103, 108, 365, 402, 403 477 Monthly Visitor 110, 111, 826 833, 839, 345, 433 Advocate. 257 588 INDEX. FarringtoD, D. A 507 FaBhion Courier 341 Fauchpitz 85 Faulkner & Leland 227 Faust, Fust, FaustuB, ...29, 30, 95, 124, 182 and iSchoeffer 30, 42 Fay, D., & Kurt 500 H. C 4^ Federal Observer Iffl Orrery 531 Mirror 102.103 Spy.... 402 Female printers 71, 117, 182 ijpectator 73 Feodoroff, Ivan 54 Fern, Fanny 472 F'esBenden, T. G 174, 478, 479 Wm 500 Festive Wreath 333 Fife, M.J 405 Finiguerra 83, 84 First patent and printing. .52, 213, 270, 273 327 Englisii Gazette 53, 71, 194, 327 Fersian periodical 54 frigate 8 continental congress 11 stars and stripes S tiro-horse stage S printers 20,28,31,33,34,248 Spanish-American newspaper 55 paper in Greenland 55 Scotland 195 U. S 55,133,279 N. Y 55, 101 library in America 127 settlements.. ..8, 24, 273, 280, 297, 382 type-casting 19, 52,270 American newspaper in N. H..8, 273 editor 20, 21 reporter 21 advertising 22, 157 .printed book 28, 70, 128 printing-press 14, 33, 56, 57 penny paper 34, 273 reviews and magazines 60, 61 Russian printer 54 Negro printer ...70, 71 Indian printer 70, 71 pi-intiug in Mexico 55, 74, 121, 122 New England . .14, 15, 24 122, 273 Cambridge 14, 273 N. and S. America.... 121 122 N. H 8,70,162 Lima 122 Feru 122 Virginia 25 paper-mill 49, 101, 270 jEngUsh primer 65 press in Connecticut 19 Mexico 121, 122 New England 122 made in Boston 238 newspaper of the world... .20, 52, 55 sketches of papers 5 cannon of the Revolution 20 musical paper in N. H .114 power press 35 postmaster-general 24 stage-coach 8, 185 one cent daily 273 American book 14, 129 female printers 71, 117 First printers in Home , 248 German paper in America 248 weekly newspaper 152 sheet almanac 14, 242 libraries 127 news written in America.... 124, 279 colonial pa[)er 122,133 American city 842 meeting-bouse in Manchester.... 285 349, 411 New England Almanac 14 preacher in Manchester 286 school in Manchester 416, 417 settlers in Manchester. . .280, 294, 382 N.H 273 state printer 72 inN. U 511 agricultural store 479 houBe in N. H 298 Manchester 298 temperance law 343 paper 434 religious paper ...54, 162 railroad in America 487 iron press in Vt 502 American maps 128,129 Episcopal church in K. K 8 type, press, etc 18,34 paper and editor 20, 21, 52, 53 steam press 48 newspapers 52, 53, 71, 152 semi-weekly 52 daily in U. S 52, 57, 213, 270, 273 327 English catalogue of books 128 books 28, 29, 70, 74, 128, 129, 270 Latin Bible 70 English Bible 70,270 lightning-rod 8 congress 11 post-offlce in U. S 142 posters in England 157 divinff-bell 137 Mancnester book 281 pamphlet 281 paper 281,285 type-setting machine 248 postal service in America 23, 24 wood-cuts 153 engine and house 289 camp-meeting in U- S 316 American postage-stamps 24 Boston directory 481 Masonic lodge in America 391 book-seller In America 129 arithmetic 64,128 N. H. volunteer 561 Concord daily 561 newsdealer 562 Fisk, I). D 263,358,453,518,522,525 Wm. H 330,358,400,425 & Co 346 & Chase 518 & Stearns 400 & Gage 346 Fiske, Wm. F 566,567 Fishing sermon 286 Fitchburg Sentinel 479, 483 Tribune 479 Fitts, F. W 387 & Kennedy -.348,409,410 Fitzpatrick, C. L 329, 397, 446 FIagg& Gould 434,488 Flanders, J. B 263 O.N ^ 428 INDEX. 589 Fleet, Thos 15, 71, 183, 184, 480 Ann 480 John 184,480 Fletcher, Gov 26, 101, 134, 211, 270 Andrew 279 Flint, Timothy 62 Flood, P. J 397 Florida newspapers 22B Flying Post 195 roll 154 stage-coach 8 Fogg, Geo. G 361,562 & Hadley 506,562 &Wiggin 351 Folsom, C. W 482 & Pool 472 Foreign Quarterly 60 Forty-two lined Bible 30 Forsalth, F. F 366, 389 Fort William and Mary 8 Foster, N . A 479, 570 Wm. P 340 Geo. J. and J. L 416,470 John 15,74,211 Geo.K 610 David C - 161 Robert 162, 539 Elizabeth 183 Geo 481 483 Foster's Democrat 416 Fossitt, E. J 479 Founder of English newspapers 16 Four-page paper 62 Fourth J. Bull 841 Fowle, Daniel. . .24, 25, 26, 159, 160, 162-167 170, 510, 527 Robert 165,170 Zachariah 189 & Thomas 189 Fowler, Asa 358, 622 S.L 628 fc Wells 662,663 Franklin Transcript 537, 643 James.... 15, 16, 72, 177, 181, 186 186 James, Jr 186, 186, 187, 474 Benj 8, 13, 17, 24, 61, 129, 181 185, 186, 198, 211, 212. 213, 279 305,474-476 Anne 72 County Reformer 175 Press 186, 476 Correspondent 477 Franklin's resting-place 476 Eraser's Magazine 60 Francis, J. W 480 E 313 Freeman & Son 220 John J 482 Freeman's Oath 14, 192 Friend 164 Journal 118, 160, 167 Free press 44, 481 Free Press, Androscoggin 114 Brunswick 524,525 Wisconsin 224 Free Democrat 559 Freneau, Philip 205,482 Peter 482 French, F.0 313,332 Charles 342 Geo. A 342 J. C 404, 405 J.K 448,449 & Stedman 175 French, H. S. G 263,480 H. A 480 B.B 456 Revolution 10 French's Journal 342 Friend, The 246 Fuller, Margaret 17, 72 E.N 164,325 Fullonton, J 491 Fulton, C 176 Furber, Thos 167,168 Geo. C 454 Fust & Schoeffer 30, 42 Gafor 84 G age, W . L 396, 397, 422 N. E 396 C.P 400 G . W 313, 487 H. A 366,867,407 & Forsalth 389 & Houghtou 435 Gagnon, M. F 491 Gainesville Reporter 225 Gales, J 221 & Seaton 17, 38 Gallinger, J. H 484, 567 Gal veston News 226 Game of chess 128,163 Garlield, J 176, 483 Garden of Eden 29, 32 Gardiner, G. W 396 Garrison, W. L 434 Gaskell, G. A 413 Gass.J.P 263 Gates, Thos 129,273 Gaudaloupe Telegraph 72 Gazette 42,62, 63, 182,194 defined 64 de France 196 de Mexico 66 Geneva 69' and Mercury 194 and News-Letter 179,182 and Post-Boy 56, 179, 180 and Country Journal 181 Venice 62 Maine 149,150 Gelatt, R. B 226 General Magazine 61, 62 Advertiser 167,248 Gentleman's Magazine 60, 74 Georgia Gazette 191, 217 newspapers 217 Georgianna Lovering 344 George III 20 Gering,U 74 Germantown type-foundery 20 Gerry & Towne 477 Gerrish, J. C 473 R 160 Gibson, Thos 90 Gibbs, J. T 334, 442, 470, 539, 651 Gilbert & Co 227 Gillis, L. C 346 & Fanning 346 Gilman'8 card press 424 Gilman, A 486 Gilmanton Gazette 481 Museum 484 Giltaore&Co 435 & Chase 363 W.E 431 W. H... .323, 347, 364, 366, 367, 38!) 590 Girardeau, T. J 225 Girls and Boys of N. H 842 Gleaner, The 292, 343, 344 Gleason's Magazine 35? Glen, James 15 Glidden, C. H 348 Glints ftom Over the Water 561 Globe, Washington 56 Glover, John 148 Mrs. E 134, 145, 147, 182, 183 Jesse 15, 134, 145, 182, 183, 191 Godey's Ladies' Book 72, 493 Goddard, N 117, 503 W m 19, 168, 186, 209, 488 N. W 503 Goffe, John 382 Goffe's Falls 284, 382, 393 Goffstown Advertiser 484 Enterprise 484 Herald 484 Union 484 Goodale, J. U 301,323,364,367, 368 & Farnsworth 321,396 & Gilmore 322 Good books 131 Templar 342 Goodrich, A. H 486 Goodwin, D. M 349 J. A 487 M. B 551 & Towne 543 Goodwilley & Wyman 151 Goose, Isaac 183 Mother 184, 446 Melodies 71. 184 Gorges, Ferdinando 299, 342 Gordon, G. A .....486 Geo 567 C.H 567 Goas, S . X 113, 626 Gosnold, B 178, 430 Gospel Banner ..151, 462, 470, 496, oSS Fountain. 313, 344, 422 Visitant 542 Gonear, H. M , 72 Gould, S. C. ...i, 239, 281, 282, 406, 407, 409 L. M 281,406,407, 408 Gove, A. F 567 Governors oppose printing 26 (rrace Church Messenger 346 Grafton Journal 113,536,485 County Democrat 384 Journal 355,428,485 printer 84 Graham, G. E » 486 Graham's Magazine 486 Granite News 26 Pillar 491 Whig 116 Freeman 351, 486, 529 Free Press 384 Farmer 326, 339, 845, 346, 398 State, The 346 Amateur 346 Grant, F. A 267 Gratton Advocate 446 Gray, Samuel .-.164 S.C 225 Great Falls Reporter 485 Rebellion 10, 11, 12, 26 Grecian papers 69 Gregory XIII 141 Greeley, Horace. . . .17, 34, 153, 273, 274, 305 464, 488, 489, 490 Register 490 224 178 504 Green, Anne C 208, Bay Intelligencer Bartholomew. . . .15, 57, 71, 146, 177, Charles 488, family 145, 146,179, Jonas 208, 209 Nathaniel 179, 488,535 Percival 145 Samuel. . .122, 145, 146, 192, 206, 211 Samuel, Jr. .14, 15, 71, 177, 179, 208 Thomas 200 Timothy, Jr 15, 54, 173, 200 & Campbell 178 Greenback Lever 346, 348 Press 347 Greenfield Gazette 458 Greenland paper 55 Greenleaf, Abner 485,539 Albert 164 Greenville Advertiser 491 Advocate 264 Greenock Newscloth 182 Giidley, Jeremiah 183 Griffin, Joseph 479,487 Geo 479 Griffin's History ofMaine Press 578 Griffiths, L.J 268 J. W 516 Growth of country 13 Grub-street Journal 94 Guide to Officers of Towns 9 GuiUard, Charlotte 74 Guillaumin, M'lle 356 Gutenberg, Fnst, and Schoeffer..29, 30, 42 John. .30, 34, 41, 56, 78, 124, 152 Hackett, C. W 462 Allan J 462,663 Hadley, E. D 405 J. A 492 Amos 351, 497, 562 Halcyon, The 222 Hall, James 62 J.E 470 Basil 17 David 212 M.P 117,400 A.N 323 John 382, 349 C.E 491 Samuel 473 W. A 343 N. M 416,418 Hale, J. P 545 N 37,38 Mrs. S.J 72,493,494 Halifax Gazette 55 Hallowell Gazette 472 Hamlet & Haradon 292,353 Hamilton, A 207,270,530 J. B 410 Palladium 455 Hancock, John 189 Hangman, The 349 Hanscom, A. A.. . .4, 161, 436, 438, 440, 441 442, 443, 524 G. A 436, 438, 441, 442, 443 J 440 family 438-442 Haradon, W. N..293, 373, 391, 421, 432, 433 & Kieley 433 Harper Bros 93,487 Harriman, Walter 321, 436, 437, 438 Harris, Benj 15, 55, 133, 134, 135 INDEX. 591 Harris, Elizabeth 134 J.E 542 M. P 331 Harrison, J. B 418 Hart, Oliver 559 Samuel 161 Thos 531 Hartc, F. Bret 491 Hartford Post 540 Harrytown, etc 285,291,296 Harwood, J. C 187 , 527 Harvey, Mrs 484 M 497 Haseltine, Wm 176 Haskell, E. B 568 Haswell, A 174 & Kussell 455 Hatch, M. R. P 162 Hatton, F 226 Haven, N. A 161, 496,511 Haverhill Gazette 488, 499 Hawks, M 324 Hayes, Anna 298 J.F.C 639-551 &KimhaIl 454 Haynes, M. A 361 Haywood, J 144 E 73 Hazen, J 496 Health and Home 553 Hearne, Tom 63 Heath, C.B 240 Helper, The 446 Henarie, S 233 Henry VIII 63 Herald of Freedom 425, 453, 523, 535 Gospel Liberty 162 Herriok, Dr 154 H. W 316,372,389 Hewes, W. H 303 Hicks, John 198 & Mills 198 Higden's Polioronlcon 84 Hildeburn's Catalogue 578 Hildreth, A. B. F 360 Hill & Bai-ton.V.V.'.'.V.'.'.'.104Vii3, 524,'525 & Moore 5, 113, 456, 515 & Gardner 164 & Pierce 160 George W Ill, 112,263, 512, 635 Horatio.. 110, 111, 112, 118, 174, 263, 524 H.,&Co 103,104,110 Isaac. .27, 28, 103, 104, 109,110, 111, 112 113, 160, 263, 291, 339, 345, 456 488, 504, 515, 619, 524, 536, 539 J. M 4,26, 109, 111, 112, 309, 340 364, 525 E.P 499 W P 111,112,160, 164,485 W. E 103, 108, 111, 112, 524, 526 Rebecca 536 Hill's Patriot 109, 111, 112, 569, 662 E. A 470 Hillsborough Messenger 390 Republican 492 Telegraph 511 Hinkle, J 221 Historical Chronicle 163 collections 5, 6, 61, 114 Magazine 578 notes 4,6,279,297 Register, Episcopal 61 History of Massachusetts Bay 184 press 3, 9 Hitchcock, B. E 493 Hodgdon, Henry S 569 Hodge, 208 Hoe, R. M 274,498,499 E 274 press 39,274,498 R. & Co 274 Holt's N . H. Patriot 103, 104 Iloit & Tuttle 27, 108 William, Jr 103, 104, 106, 107 108, 115, 524 Holden, L. L 309 Holmes, A. J 360 Holton, Wm. F 667 Holton & Thompson 390 Holt, 0. S 355 Mrs. J 72 Holland, J. G 492 Holiday News 848 Greeting 350 Offering 349 Homan &Manley 568 Home Journal 348, 454 Homestead 478 Homer LSD Hood, J. E 351,471,486,529 Hopkins, N 498 F.E 406,416 Hopkin ton Times 637 Horticultural Register 479 Hosea, G. F 499 Hough, George. ...27, 102, 104, 106, 106, 174 469, 517, 521, 543 Houghton, H. 49i feMifflin 492 Bros 396 John 158 Housekeeper's Friend 350 Houston I'ost 225 Howard, J. S. G 363 Howe, A. D 542 H. M 350 Howclls, W. D 491 How to write 483 Hoyt, J. G 396 A. J., &Co 348,431,473 Hubbard, H.P 77,247 G. H 399 Hudson, I. S 317 H. N 495 Hulme, J. T 444 Hume, D 44 Humboldt, Baron 246 Hunt, M. S 431 I., Jr 303, 516 L 25 Hunter, William 22 Governor 26 Huntress,!. 335,470 Hurd & Houghton 654 Hurlburt, S. A 347 Huske, E 22,198 Hutchins, Riedel & Co 388, 445, 446 S 439,444,446 E 364 Hutchinson, J. A 537, 643 Hutchinson's History 185 HuPao 69 Hyatt, T 652 Hynes,J. E 360 I, we, and us . Ide, W. B ... Josiah . . Daniel . . .193 .503 .600 .600 592 Ide, Simeon 82, 117, 805 464, 499, 500-505, 546 G. G 605 Trueman 504 & Aldi'ich 602 Ignorance 171, 215 I eo a lishing 281, 286 Illinois Gazette 70 newspapers 220 Press Association 264 lUustrated Advertiser 832 Kecord 363 Improvements 26, 48, 81 Impartial Intelligencer 22 Increase of papers 57. 279 Independence 11, 12, 13 Independent papers 17 Advertiser 165, 190 Press Association — 266, 561 Democrat. . . .118, 302, 851, 352 487, 506, 519, 529, 664, 559, 560 561, 562 Statesman... 118, 351, 525, 663 American 530 India newspapers 305, 306, 307 Indian Bible and Psalter 71, 148 printer 70, 71 psalter 71 Mirror 306 divers 137 Indiana newspapers 220 State Journal 523 Influence of press 141, 277, 279 Ingalls, E. S 239.337 Inking apparatus 36, 81 Ink and paper. 12, 28, 124 is king 47, 48 Inks, Chinese 86 Insurance Gazette 404, 405 Intel ligencer 57, 161, 140, 279 Interview, editor 244 International Association 257 Introduction of printing 8, 9 Invention of printing 28, 42, 52 Invisible, The 268 Iowa newspapers 225 Irenian Casket 74 Iris & Souvenir 293 & Becord 362 & Repository 362, 353, 471 Iron press 45 cane 19 Isle of Shoals 297 Italic letters 90 Italian Gazette 42 newspapers 69, 237 Itemizer Gratis 325,353 Jack Downing (S. Smith) 149 Jackson, G. F 308 A 56,290,504 George W 188 Alonzo 263 Jacksonville Times ', 225 Jacques, D. H 422,552 Jail..'. 414 Jalwateer, The 241 James, Printer 15, 71 Elianor 95 II 122 1 447 Jameson, X. H 505 Janeway, D. H 182 Japan and China 49 Jenks, Edward A 801, 321,564 Jenks, E. Alley 150 George E 553-669 Jenks's Gazette 150 Jenkins, D. C 225 Samuel 313 Jefferson, T 44, 56, 144, 291, 473 Jeffersonian 488 Jerusalem Library 127 Jew copyists 123 Jewett, H 313 Johns, J 124,177 Johnson, E 542 J 341 K.M 309,310 James 217 M 15,148 Dr 16 Jollie, M 73 Jonathan's visit 76, 77 Jones, C. H 226 v., & Co 225 Miss 353 E. P 22T A.G 561,562 & Cogswell 661, 662 Josquin's mass 84 Journal of Times 434 Commerce 227,353 Education 396, 397 Petit 77 Uumanity 434 Agriculture. ...117, 333, 398, 399 428 Science 61 Medicine 62, 399 Journalism 16, 304 Journalists 304 Julius Csesar 33, 132 Junius 612 Junto Organ 363 Juvenile Templar 363 Ealendarlum 211 Kaleidoscope 62 Kenawha Gazette 508 Republican 5U8 Kansas Republican 608 papers 229 Reach, A 358, 362, 363, 607 A.J 359,667 & Seaver 358, 359, 362, 363 KeeneNews 466 Keimer, S 212 Kelly, John 473,520 Kelsev, 'Wm 567 Kemble, E. C 227 Kendall, W. M 384,385,507 Weekly 384 E. E 362 & Ladd 385 Amos 454 G. W 521 Kennebec Farmer 524 Gazette 472 Intelligencer 474 Journal 151 Kennebunk Gazette 164 Kennedy's Advertiser 354 Kent, H. 522 George 115, 448, 453, 522 & McFarland 525 Kentucky papers 218 Gazette 218 Kersey, William 203 Keyes, Asa 482 INBEX. 593 Klckapoos Oft Kidder, B 3^ Kidder, J 292, 300, 309, 363', 389,' 390 Kies, £benezer 344 Kimball, C. H 854, 393, 4'28,'537 Joseph H 523 & Adams 454 J- S 454 y- H 292,363 O. D 838 •David '....347,617 E-P--. 372 & Carrier 292, 364 Henry 354 Horatio 303, 521 I- 439 M 521 E 541 Geo. L 687,670 S.A 670 Kimbeily, Mr 229 King, S. A 309 William III 138 James 1 135, 137 John 226 Lojis Philippe 10 David 211 Chau 20, 239 a fool 26 Pau 71, 239 street riot 11 Philip 71,500 Charles 16, 200, 298, 447 James II 122 ' Sandwich Islands 237 Klngdon, S. S 428, 429 Kingston Chronicle 232 Gazette 232 Kingsbury. B 523 Kinney, W. B 486 Kinnioutt, S 528,529 Kinsman, 1 353, 421 Kneeland, S 15,64,166 & Green 54,281,286 Knight, F. A 506,664 Knowles & Burroughs 188 JfimeB Davis 523 Joseph 188 Knowlton, K. J 388,444 Knox and Lincoln Patriot 524 Knoxville Gazette 56, 218 Kohler 124 Konig, Fred 48,49 Koster, J. L 28,30,31,124 Kumes, T. H 521 Labor Journal 355 Laoonia Democrat 384, 474, 607 Gazette 456 Ladd, D. M 384,385 E 521 Lady's Magazine 493 Ladies' Magazine 60, 72, 493 Enterprise 355 Lafayette, &c 8 La Justice 857 Lake Superior Association 255 Sho re Eagle 537 Village Times 361, 435, 521 L'Ami du Peuple 355,357 Lamson, C 436,443 Lamson, W. S 435 Lancaster, E. F 114, 537 Lane, Thomas W 578 E 841 Lane, Charles 461,570 Langdon Mills 288 Langley, C. M.... 52I Large paper 241 Largest press 39 La Keview 356 Lasier, T. J 4(14 La Voice 355, 491 L'Avenir du Tonkin 69 Law Intelligencer 61 Journal 61 Lawrence Sentinel 486 A. M 463 American 481 J. E 227 Courier 551 Lay & Brother 77 Leavitt & Clough 484 Dudley 106, 484 , „ D.P .'.622 Le Bosquet, J 477, 527 Le Courier 367 Lee, C. A 12,18,188,264,528 L'Etendard 491 Le Foyer 491 Le Figaro 68 Leighton, T. B 522, 539 LeoX 89 Le Keteau 317, 357 L'Estrange, K 140, 195 Letters to proprietors ...129 H.Hill 263,264 Aztec 382 by Post 23 Le Travelleur 491 Le Union 867 i-ever press 45 Lewis & Vaughan 384 J. A 648 E. C 607 Lexington Bght 11, 20 l.ibbey, J. T. S 641 Liberal Freemason 408 Liberty Hall and Cincinnati Gazette. . .220 Libraries, tirst 127 License, printers 25, 101, 122, 181, 182 Life Illustrated 552 Lifted Vail 357 Lightning press 121, 498 Lima printing-office 122 Lingfield, K 882 Literary Journal 622 Tablet 61,469 Magazine 467 Souvenir 301, 363, 360 Visitor 361 Gazette 61, 358, 622 Mirror 161 Lithography 86,88,88 Littlelield & Hayes 405 Little Rock Democrat 223 Harbor 278, 298 J.P 360 Littleton Gazette 454 Journal d 454 Living Age 468 Livingston, C. F. .4, 9. 10, 286, 237, 811, 333 838, 339, 342, 857, 416 & Kimball, Journal.. 317,357 360, 373, 887, 390 Locke, James 117 E. C 514 Lone Star 861 London Keview 60 Gazette 134,168,196 594 London Evening Post 134, 207 Efigister 213 Times 16, 49, 61, 75, 153, 213 248, 274, 498 FreBB AsBociation 253 Courant 70 Standard 77 Spectator 16, 181 Londonderry 360 Times 359 Lorgnette, The 361 Lord Oxford 64 Penu 100,101 Los Angeles Star 548 Louis XI 85 Prince 75 Philippe 10,182 Louisiana Courier 218 Monitor 218 newspapers 218 G azette 218 Lovering, G 344 LoTejoy, E. P 221 Low, C. F 519 William 809 Lowell Mercury 486 Courier 311, 335, 425, 470, 608 Times 438, 442, 509 Journal 470 Observer 534 James Russell 575 Loyal Sunrise 73 Loyne, W. A 316, 320, 363, 362, 446 Luther's inlistand 416 Lyford, F. 473 Lynchburg lady 22 Magazine 216 Lyon, M 219 G.P 400 MaoKellar, T 93 Machine press 34 Macunc, B 200 MadocStar 240 Madison Gazette 222 Maddox, D. A 847 Mafflt, J. N 33 Maguire, Thomas 510 Magnet, The 610 Magazine of Ants 239 Magazines 59, 60 Mahogany press 19, 45 Maine Cultivator 470 Press Association 253 Intelligencer 487 Baptist Herald 487, 151 papers 149 Democrat.. 151, 333, 440, 441, 443, 524 Sentinel 440 Farmer 114, 151,524 Charity School 152 Recorder 647 Mails and post riders 23, 149, 160 Malone Palladium 368 Malloy, E 72 Mallet, E 72 Mammoth Cave Herald 362, 316 Manchester amateur efforts 279 American. . . .301, 336, 358, 362 363, 869, 386, 392, 398, 533 Allodium 292,387 Advertiser 377, 392 Business Index 313 Bulletin 876 Courier 862 Manchester Daily American Union..863, 393, 448, Democrat. . . .292, 301, 811, 340, 363, 364. 365, 390, 400, Daily Budget Dispatch Ea^e Engine Guardian her papers, &c 277, 278, 295, library 128,284, Memorial 300, 303, 303, 372, Mirror Bulletin, mills 287, Mirror and American 344, 367, 377, 380, 382, 405, 406, 418, 496, Mirror & Farmer 326, 378, 321 608 410 .385 431 376 876 343 283 373 417 362 890 428 2S8 368 407 Manufacturing Cos 426, Magazine 292, 300, Musical Monthly Messenger, The News opera house Operative Palladium 292, Polymecrian Phonograph printers Bepresentaiire — 291, 372, Republican Saturday Messenger. . .321, 377, Standard Trader's Circular Transcript 366, Trade Journal Workman 290, Weekly Budget 384, Times Whiff Manuscripts 29, S3, 52, 85, 125, 126. 132, Manutius, T 31,90, Mansur, E 263, 340, 511, Man with iron cane Mannalian, J Mann, T J 462,510, Maple Leaf Maryland Gazette 56, 164, Sapers ournal 186, slav^ Marden & Rowell G. A Marshall, C. F Marsh, C, & Lyon 466, Daniel Marshman, Dr Martin, W 347 Marston & Freeman 161, Massachusetts Temperance Union Colony 16, Spy 69,70,98,189, papers 177- IMagazine 61, 189, Gazette 19, 179, 180, 198, Press Association State Record Historical Society 6, Mason, E 427 371 372 .391 .372 373 .373 372 373 372 359 890 387 387 385 133 94 512 20 .263 610 514 385 208 .210 621 507 .491 468 349 805 398 187 463 136 190 ■192 531 455 .268 465 135 ,240 INDEX. 595 Mason, J leo. 297, 298, 299 J-T 272 „ .^i '■;;•;; 272,298 Masonic Bulletin 391 Massabesic [], 390 Masters, William [ "!!l74 Matteis, N " 35 Mather, 1 122, 123 Maxwell, William 220 May, I. W : 51O McMillan, J. L 80 McDougal, A 26, 481 Macintosh, S. D ' 237 Mclntyre, J [ ]424 McFarland, A . . . .263. 508, 518, 533, 551, 563 & Jenks..ll6, 480, 505, 525, 554 McGregor : 294, 383 McNeil, J .383 Meacham, R 528 Mecom, B 22, 75, 85 Medical Lancer 541 & Surgical Journal 61 Repository 509 Register 480 Journal 480 Meeker, J 229 Melcher, J 160, 164, 165, 167, 510 Mendoza, A. D 121, 122 Mercurius Politicus 157 Civicus 22 Meredith Eagle 355 Review 537 Mercury, S. C 486 Merchants' Own Journal 391 Merryfleld, A. R 112, 113 Mernam, J. C, St, Co 346 J.C 346 J. W 112 Merrill Bros 420 J.F ! 567 Merrjr Guest 338 Merrimack Journal 543, 551 river 293,294 Messenger, The 391 Messer, A 511 Metal type 80, 42 Metropolitan Magazine 60 Methodist Witness 388 The 392 Metcalf press 603 H.H 394,444 Michigan papers 223 Middlesex Records 147 Democrat 470 Middle(on,C 74 Miles, S 231 Milford Enterprise 510 Republican 483 Mills & Hicks 180, 183, 198, 199, 242 J.B 444 Miller.Dr 57 T .... 91 92 93 f!w.' .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '.i66,'i64Vl87, 512, 513 T. H .100, 107, 160, 161, 449, 512, 517 Mark 501 John 512 J. R 487 E 509 AHutchins 188 Milton, J 16, 25, 182 Milwaukee Advertiser 224 Miner, A. A 422 Minnesota Press Ass'n 256 papers 229 papers. . . Register Mitchelson type 19, 20 Mitchel, C 77,247 Mitchell, E. A 24 & Bettis 223 Mirrour, The 101, 102, 469, 533, 537 of the World 128 Miscellaneous Repository 484 Mississippi papers 217 Missouri papers 221 Gazette 70 Republican 39, 70, 221 Moloch of Orthodoxy 394 Monks and friars 81 Monitor, The 56 Monster of Monsters 166 Monteray Sentinel 227 Monthly Magazine 60,62 Repository 60 Review 60,893 Literary Union 398 Montreal Gazette 53 Witness 22 Montona type 89 Montgomery, F 347 M ontpelier Watchman 175 Moody, C. C. P 526 Moon of Intelligence 239. 306 Moore, J. B...5, 104, 111, 113, 114, 339. 403, 457, 477, 488, 615, 518. 522, 624 H. E. . .5, 111, 113, 114, 403, 485, 515 J. W . ..6, 27, 113. 114, 151), 176, 281 327, 393, 398, 407, 505, 515, 520, 524 642, 579 Bros 113 H.L 176 Benj 222 Thos 477 O. C 823, 325, 385, 386, 407, 518 F. A 325,385 W. E 327, 400, 418, 421, 429, 508 J. C 439, 444, 509 Hugh 472, 512 John A 176, 508,509 C.C 608 & Wells 524 & Langley 386, 566 Moore's Gazette 175 Musical Record 393, 400 Encyclopedia 114 Morgan, W. M 394 M orning Star. . ., 461 Post 34, 163,273 Morse, J. F 228 Prof. 38 M. L 398 J.N 466,521 H. W 313 D S 310 Morrill, Paul 303, 516 D.L 517 & Binsmore 303 & Silsby 471,566 L. M 666 L. B 566 Moses, engraver 88, 123 Mother Goose's Melodies 71, 480 Mothers and Ladies' Book 61 Moulton, J. S 389 Movable type 28, 42, 85, 88 M ower, N 231, 232 L.L 567 Mowery, J 218 Munsey, G. B 473 Murray & Kimball 516 J 289 596 INDEX. Murray, 0. D 800, 302, 803, 516, 521 Murphy, T.G 231 Music type, wood 84 printing^ 86, 88, 89, 90 Musgrove, R. W 458 Museum, The 61, 62 Muzizey, R. E 526 M.E 405 Names of type 97 Namaska Mills 288 Napoleon 44 Nashua Telegraph... 355, 835, 385, 386, 408 518, 521, 548 Gazette. 112, 303, 350, 516 521 Constellation . . ,* 516 Oasis 302, 303, 516 Nat Basket 289 Nation, The 397 National Ass'n 257 JEgis 210 Republican 334 Era 182 Gazette 482 Clioir 485 Eagle. .115, 116, 463, 464, 505, 517 545, 546 Intelligencer 56, 59, 221, 551 Neal, John 1.51 Nebraska Palladium 230 Needham, M 16 Negro and Indian printers 70, 71 Negligence 10 Nevil,S 207 New and old style 53 American Magazine 207 England Courant 16, 177, 181 185 printers 27 Journal 64, 166, 179 Palladium 59 Quarterly 61 Press Ass'n 269 Farmer. . . .174, 175, 333, 456 478, 480, 624 editors, etc 453 Star 466 Magazine 458 Galaxy 305,458 Obcerver 106 Primer 135 Baptist Register 518 New Hampshire Patriot... 26, 27, 46, 81, 103 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112 113, 174, 303, 466, 463, 480 485, 504, 609, 516, 519, 522 524, 625, 535, 661, 562 Journal. . .113, 403, 485, 615 618 Prescott's..403, 404 Old 403 of Education. ..396 of Agriculture. .117 826, 347, 400 of Music... 393,400 of Medicine 400 Statesman 113, 116.351 403, 480, 506, 506, 508, 623 525, 641, 554, 560 Intelligencer 113, 526 Historical Collection.. 6, 6 615 Press Ass'n 10, 253, 258 Courier. . .861, 519, 520, 660 New Hampshire Gazette.. 24, 65, 59, 70, 159 160, 161, 162, 163, 164. 187 320, 325, 485. 511, 613, 522 Mercury 160 newspapers. ...169, 163, 165 167, 169, 170 Weekly News 884 S -ess meet! ngs 258-262 emocrat 368, 363, 607 post-otfices 142 SoBt-masters 142 [agazine 293,401,402 Observer. .847, 423, 513, 616 517, 526, 531, 543 Literary^ Gazette 365 Advertiser 396 Reporter 404 Temperance Journal.. .405 Real Estate Bulletin. . . .404 Republican 510,614 Sentinel.. .464, 515, 529, 630 569, 560 Patriot, Hoit's 103, 104, 107 Mercury & Advertiser..l60 Congregationalist 468 Spectator 112, 456, 459 Repository 106, 468, 617 Collection 486 Spy 160,526 Palladium 514. 539 Globe 614 Recorder 615 Haptist Register 618 Chronicle 626 Post 647 New Ipswich Times 601 Register 501 Testament 601 Jersey Gazette 66, 207 papers 207 Press Ass'n 254 Chronicle 482 London Summary 200 Gazette 200 Monthly Magazine. 60 Star 526 Year's Address, Hoit's 107, 108 Call 406 York Club 73,251 Historical Society 6 Times 153 newspapers 201 Post .59, 273 Sun 34,153.274 Herald 153, 429, 486, 610 Tribune. ...17, 153, 305, 464, 468 488, 519, 536, 552 World 163,317 Observer 141 Gazette 55, 201,206,211 Weekly Journal .... 201 Press Ass'n 254 Express 473 TypoRraphioal Society — 250 New Yorker 488 Psalter 618 Missionary Magazine 526 Whig 644 Newell, J. Q 176 J. P 397 Newport Gazette 186 Spectator 113 Mercury 69, 164, IS':, 186. 187 Newark Advertiser 486 INDEX. 597 Newark Journal '. 325 Hewburypoit Herald 59, '467, 513 Newsboys 138 N e ws i3 out of Holland .". 53 from New England 21 of Present Week I47 Lake Benton 257 Gatherer 5O1 & Courier ^340 News-Letter, Bo8ton..22,23,42, 55, 178, 179 fublick 123 Exeter 431, 473, 520 Newspaper an nouncemenf s 138, 156 directories 77, 236 Record 77 Reporter 66 field 391 men 278 postage 22 extraordinary ]22 India 248 Newspapers and population 68 that pay 77 stamped 26 in New Hampshire. ..5, 6, 281 taxed 26.380 before the Revolution... 57, 62 number... 67, 58, 66, 68, 69, 272 by colored people 66 use and abuse 154, 165 first 20,52,55,149 U. S. and Canada. . .68, 69, 148 what are they? 41, 43,45 names of 234 free 22 licensed 25, 134, 273 South American 232 and magazines 233 prohibited 25, 134, 141, 273 in states 148-250 Minnesota 229 of Manchester 277, 281-450 Nichols,!. L 544 Nickerso n , J. L 529 A.D 528 Nicola, L 214 Niles, J. M 144 Niles's Register 59 Ninety-nine Cent Bulletin 405 Nineteenth December, 1873. . . 405 Ning Pao 69 North American 213, 226, 327, 486 Georgia Gazette 238 Herald, Utica 77 Star 103,659 American Review.. 6, 7, 61, 141, 274 Carolina Gazette 216 newspapers 216 Amateur 268 Northern Harp 485 Spectator 305, 488 Star 628 Monthly 61 Intelligencer 116, 626, 545 Light 614 Advocate 626, 546 Wisconsin Press Ass'n 253 Norman, J 481 Nonnandie, J. De 418 Norris, E. A 366 Norwich Packet 104 Norway Advertiser 462 Notes and Queries. . . .282, 406, 407, 408, 409 on printing 6 Notes as found 3, 10 Notice 678 Nouvelle Revue 72 Novfllis 63 N o V at or 161, 514, 632 Noyes, S. H .521 Wm 114, 161,443,487,624 Number of papers 57,68, 66,68,69, 272 Nureniburg edict 98 Nutting & Whitelock 161, 527 Oasis, The 302, 303, 616, 521 Observator, The 53 Observer, The 221 O'Conner, C. A 348 Odiorue's Poin t 294, 297 Odlin, G. O., & Co 525,664 Geo. O 619 Woodbridge 4, 519, 520 & Chadwick 619 Office language 96 Offutt, W.C.,& Co 390 E. P 323 Ohio papers 219 State Journal 491 Old City Hall Advertiser 409 press 26 papers 69,126, 147 English 90 periodicals 61, 62 Orchard Sea Shell 72 Rambler 72 fashioned contract 110 style and new 53,54 H ero 358 , 362, 363, 409 City Hall Drug Store Journal 409 Veteran's Prayer 107 Ark 299,373 Man of the Mountain 424, 448, 535 prophecy 75 Oldest man of Association 27 book 128 English paper 274 American magazine 274 writings 123 Oliver & Co 89 Olive Branch 477, 527 Omissions 10 Operative, Manchester 373 Operatives' Magazine 373 Opposers of printing 25 Orange Postman 34 Ordeal, The 458 Oregon papers 280 Organ and blower 193 Origin of post-offices 447 Sunday papers 429 Originators of papers 22, 194 Orphan's Friend 72 Advocate 409 Orr, John 411 Orton, Wm 464 Os Lusiadas 131 Osborn, Geo. J 160, 161, 511, 526 Osgood, C.W 567 Ostrog Bible 54 Ostroznsky, P 54 Our growth 18,14 Mutual Friend 410 Horn 409 Paper 410 Sunday-School Annual Offering.. .411 Chronicle 237 Overland Monthly 492 Ovid's Poems 42 598 INPKX. Owl, The 410 Oxford Democrat 161 Lord 64 war 103 Pablos, J 121 Pacific News 227 Page, J 290 W. H 308 Paise, P. E 484 Paine, Geo 188 R. T 531 Palmer, J. and N 369 D. S 616, 619, 620, 524, 539 P. M 482 Palmyra Freeman 492 Panama Star 233 Paper money 11 supply 12, 49 making 12, 49, 196 mills 12,49 Papyrus 124, 125 Paraclete and Tickler 161, 532 Paradise Lost 25 Parchments 125 Paris Gazette 140 Parks, Wm 208, 209, 216 Parker, C. H 26 J 22,101,201,207 A. A 263 B. a 399 G.F 444 & Holt.... 200 Parker's Gazette 488 Partington, Mrs 7, 540 Partisan papers 141 Farton, Francis 464, 472 S 72 Patent outsides, etc 465 Pathfinder, The 467, 510 Patten. W. A 631 Paulecque 86 Pawtucket Gazette and Chronicle.. 12, 187 183, 240, 627, 628 papers 187,627 Payson,A.M 396 Peabody, A, P.' 6, 7 Pearson, E.N 563. 670 J. A 566 Peaslee, Geo. B 414 Chas. F 414 Peep around the Corner, A 333 Peking Gazette 20 Pemberton, W.M 466 Pemigewasset Pioneer 355 Pendleton Mercury 512 A. M 418 Penhallow. B. H 237, 838,470,631 Penman's Gazette 413 Penn, Wm 100, 101,207,210 Pennsylvania Packet 70, 213, 270 newspapers 210 Chronicle 186, 488 Journal 170 Penny Magazine 34 papers 34, 163 People and Patriot 360, 606 People's Advocate 161, 629 Journal 454 Herald 300, 302, 390 Perfect Diurnal 140, 327 book 181 Perfecting press 498 Perkins, Jacob 527 J.E 477 Perkins Library 314,315 & Marvin 674 Perley, Ira 309 Periodical press 59 Periodicals in U. S 58 Perry, J. T 632 Peruvian paper 197 Peter the Great 314 Peters, Clara 72 Peterborough Transcript 468 l*etit Journal 77 Petruccio, en graver 84, 89 Petrofr, Ivan 231 Pettingill. S. M., & Co 77,247 Feu linger, C 89 Pewter plates 84, 88 Pharaoh's seal 44 Philbriek, C 313 Philadelphia Legion 248 Mercury 98 Phillips. E 216 Sampson & Co 341 Philharmonic Journal 116 Phips, William 136-139 Phoenix, The 320,457,521 Photographing music 85 Phrenological Journal 652 Pickles, Wm 286. 411 Pickering, J. W. C 376,415 Pickering's Bulletin 415 Pictorial Gridiron 412 Pierce, Thos. P 436,439 E 15,65,134 N. S.& W 160,164 Chas 160,511 Franklin 309.548 & G arduer 160 Pierpont, J 448 Pillsbury & Knapp 344 Pilate's ring 44 Pin money 153 Pinery, The 224 Pioneer Press 93. 413, 415 Piscataquog village 284, .330 Piscataquis Magazine 161, 162 Farmer 473 Herald 473 Observer 151, 473 Pitt, Wm 8 riace, J. F 482 Placer rimes 227 Plain Dealer, The 619 Plumer, Wm 7 Plymouth colony 16, 135 Poems on printing 93, 95, 96, 9& Political Focus 530 Repository 621 Star 161 Politician's Register, G reeley's 490 Polyanthus, The 458 Pomeroy, Thos. M 50" Ponce de Leon 225 Poor Richard 186 Population 13 Port Folio, The 61,470,477 l^ortico. The 161 Portsmouth, N. H 6,7, 8, 297 Oracle 160,465,511 Journal. .161, 465, 477, 496, 511 613, 631 Courier 539 Chronicle 164 Mercury 159, 167 Weekly 613 Gazette 488 INDEX. 599 Portland Press 479 Advertiser 151, 473 Transcript 161,215 Post-offices 142, 149, 284 „ rj^ers 23,142,143 Post Zeitung g9 Postage and laws 23, 24. 143 144 stamps 23, 24', 144 Postmaster printers 22 142 Potholes... 295,' 296 Potter. C. E 283, 312, 332, 333, 339, 340 345, 367, 42!! &Davis 364,377 Poulson, Z 213, 327 Poulson's Advertiser 213. 327 PowelI,H '.62 Powers, Henry 418 Practical Farmer 468 Prairie Uen 239 Pratt, H. P 334 F.A 187 Daniel. Jr 412 Praying Indians 294 Preble, Elder 302 Prentiss, Jolin 46-', 515,629,530,560 Charles 630 W. H 530 Presby, J. W 388 Prescott, G. 1' 333,339 W. W 263,403 B. F 352 Present state in K . E 123 Press, Free 18 of all Nations 18 Association 10, 26 committee 9 made in Connecticut 19 Association in U. S. 263-269 clubs 251 Alabama 264 The 121, 181 of Maine 479 Aid A ssociation 252 Priestcraft Exposed 454 Primus, printer 70, 71, 165, 511 Pring, Martin 430 Pringle, Mr , 232 Prince Louis 75 Thomas and Thomas, Jr 54 Leopold 304 Printer, The N. Y 99, 242 James 15, 71 Printer's devil 7, 94, 96, 97, 416 benefits 96, 192, 206 imprisoned 26 ink is king 47 bonds 25 license 26, 122, 273 lewarded 192,206,602 Cabioet 381 persecuted 147, 158, 182 banquet 263 Bulletin 415 prices . strike . balls. . 81 Printing 29 ofhce language and terms 96 by steam press 48, 49 presses. &c 39 in colors 62 bad 12 types made 19 in middle colonies 269 forbidden. .16, 26, 26, 122, 182, 273 Prtntingfrom wood blocks 44,52, 62, 84, 85 done in England for us ^73 Progressive American 4S2 Providence Gazette 185, 186, 191, 488 Journal 188,359 Press Club 2,54 Psalms in metre 14 Psalter and Bible 64 Putney, H. M 381 Putnam, J. M 517 Published works 131 Publick Occurrences 133, 134 News Letter las Forum 416 Public School Journal 416 A d vertiser J67 Pulsifer, K. M. fc Co 463 Pynson, Hichard 63, 64 Quarterly Repository 61, 208 Review 60, 467 Queries t> Quebec Gazette 63 Queen Anne 16. 147, 196, 327 Elizabeth 71, 194, 216 Henrietta 149 Mary 126 Quick printing 27, 28 Quimby, E. T 396 RadolifTe, H. U 228 Rag Emperor 352, 353, 860 Rags, low 12, 198 saving 12, 198 Raikes, Robert 411 Raleigh, Sir Walter 215 Register 216 Ramage press 27, 45, 56, 81 Adam 27, 46, 66 Randolph, E 123 John 419 Rand, Thomas C 630 Jonathan 417 Rev. A 534 Olive ( Mrs.' J. B. ciarke)! "!'.!' 382 Avery & Co 430,560 Ranlet, H 143, 170 Hasten, William 65 John 64, 05 Rates of postage ' 24 Kawlinson, Dr 63 Ray, J. W 397 Raymond, H. J 163,246 Rayne, Anne 40 Rea ding book,^ 284 Real Estate Advertiser ....420 Bulletin 404 Rebel war 11, 26 Record of Events 21 Robert 128 The 329,419 Reding, J . R 263, 467, 635 H. W 636 Reform School 414 Reformer and Sentinel 637 Reid, Whitelaw 464 J. A. & R. A 820 Clemantine 72 Religious Monitor 61 Informer 537 Remembrancer 162 Renaudot, Theophrastus 63, 140 Reporters, first.... 21,78 Republican Gazetteer 103 Gazette 633 600 INDEX. Republican Star 356 rres3 Association 266, 506 561, 562, 563, 664 Ledger 161,511,527 The 420 Volunteer 420 and Yeoman 463 Review, Monthly 16, 60, 62, 41S Revolutionaiy newspapers 191 war 11, 12, 57, 62 Rhoads. C. L 450 Rhode Island American 623 Fress Association 264 Gazette.. 185,186 newspapers 185 Rich, J . W 574 Richards, G. F 444 C.S 396 D. H 224 W. C 562 Richardson, J. J. and D. N 226 Richmond, W. E 188 Dispatch 660 Riddle, Willliam 411 Riedel.J. H 439,444 Rising Sun 515, 569 Faith 418 Rittenhouse, N 197 William 197,270 Jacob 197 Rivington, James 203-207 Gazette 203,204 Rix, J. M 467 Roberts, George 241 A 104 Robbins, Mr 837 W.W 537 Robinson, W. E 219 I'eler 109 Crusoe 248 B. F 454 Roby, L 263, 512,620,525 S. H 636,543 Kimball & Merrill 566, 570 Rochemont, M. J. de 16] Rochester Courier 482 Rock County Herald 405 Rocket, The 477 Rogers, G 165, 166,170 John 91,135 N.F 426,448,534 Fred 176 & Fowle 88 Rollins, Ai 428, 429, 430 & Jackson 537 Roman Reports 21, 132 papers 21, 42 letters 90 Rosenburg, F 79 Rousmaniere, H. & J. E 528 Roulstone, Mr 218 Rowe, W. H 342 Rowell, G. P., & Co 77, 78, 236, 247, 272, 509 Prescott & Co 333 J. M 332,333,339 Eo well's Reporter 99, 100 Roy Brothers 357 Royal Gazette 540 printer 75, 304 Kitchen 418 American Magazine 184 Anne 72 EuSan, Bdmund 216 Ruggles' Map 419 Rundlett, G. H 164 Rural Magazine 176 Repository 530 Intelligencer 470 Carolinean 563 Russell, B 5», 103, 305, 402 Elijah . . .102, 103, 469, 484, 526, ,533 Gazette 103 Eleazer 166, 169 Ezekiel 168,169 John 305 J.B 480 J.T ,103,637 Joseph 169 David 174 & Davis 102 Russian printer 64 Ruter, M 526 Rutland Coui-ier 174 U erald 69, 174, 175, 176, 500 Ryder's Guide 418 0. G.B 418 Sacred Minstrel 114 Sacramento Transcript 227 Union 226 Salem Post 521 Gazette 59, 170 Sallo, D. de 60 Saniacher Durpan 305 Sandys, George 129, 273 Sandwich Islands Gazette 237 San Antonio Light 225 Sanborn, K. B 16 K. W 507 E. D 396 Sargent, Charles W 565,667 Wesley W 565 Saspach, C 34 Saturday Evening Gazette 7, 496, 540 Night Dispatch 431 Press 464 Times 429 Messenger 321, 377 Sauman, B. F 444 Saunders, A 226 Savage, Thomas 281 W.H 418 M.J 141 Sawtelle, A. 1 302,303 Sawyer, T.E 839 H.E 396,397 Saxon characters 90 SchoefTer, Peter 29, 30, 42, 124, 199 Schouler, William 470 School Journal 416 and library 417 house 292,416,417 Scribes 21, 64, 124 Scribner's Monthly 493 Scrolls 125,129 Scotch Daily Record 10 Scott, Mrs. L. A 444 K.C 468 Seals and engraving 20, 28, 44 Searle, Geo. F 564 Mrs 664 Seaton, W. W 221 Seaver, J. K 358, 362, 507 J.J 363 Seccombe. Rev. Mr 286 Seed business, iirst 480 Semi- Weekly Kecord 329 American 424, 425 Advertiser '....292,421 Tropical 553 INDEX. 601 Semple, Robert 226 Sennefelder A 86 Settlement of N. H 297 Sewell, Samuel 15 Stephen 161 Shad-fishing 395 Shakespeare 4 Shaw, Thomas 226 Henry 144 Shepard. H. D 34, 153, 278, 274 E.F 444 C.H 454 J. W 106,517,566 Sherburne, J . G 373 Sheridan, E. B 44 Sherlock, Prof 314 Sherman, R 528 Sherwin,J. H 176 Shillaber, B. P 7, 471, 538, 539, 540 Shindler, M. D 72 Shirley. A 534 Short, Thomas 57, 201 Sholes, H. O 224 Sibley fe Lee 188 J. S 188,628 Signet Ring 44 Sigourney, Mrs 72 Silk Manual 479 Silsby, Geo. H. H 566 G. H 568 A. W 568 & Sons 567 Simms & Simmons 61 Sioux City Eagle 370 Sketches as found 3, 5 Sleeper, J. S 473,520 Sloughter, Gov 26,136 Small, D. P 404 Smart, H.F 567 Smiley, K.L 464 Smith, Sydney 7, 16,60 s;h 221 J., books 129 Seba 149 Elias 162 A D 305,503 William 26, 481 John 129,273,297,430 & Porter 372 C. P 461 J.V.C 541 J. H 470 Caleb 570 Smith's Isles 297 Smoking Nocturnal 195 Snelling, Joseph 463 Snow & Wilder 540 Flake 312,506 Soldiers' monument 315, 316 Somerset Journal 473 Songs and papers 279 Song, editors 91 Sonora Herald 228 Sons of Liberty 1*^' ioS Advocate 422 Sontherick, S 186 Southern Messenger 216 Literary Gazette 552 Telegraph 467 South American papers 232 South Carolina newspapers 216 & American Gazette. ..217 Country Journal 217 Sower, C.,Jr 19,270 Sowie, A... 100 Spanish American press 55 Armada 194 Spauldiug, G. B 403 404 Spear, Charles 469 Spectator, The 16 Speculum Human^e Salvationis 28 Spiritual Ladder 121 Spirit of Times 273 546 Press 267 Spooner, J. P 173 Alden 104,173,504 & Green 174 Springer, J 201 Springfield Republican 493, 510, 546 Spy, 'Phe 432 Stacy, A . C 567 Stage-drivers 23, 78 Stamp act 26, 191, 481 Stamped brick 20, 123 Stamford Mirror 202 Mercury 274 Stanton, B. F 319, 353, 386, 435, 521 & Canfleld 386 Stanley, J. B... 264 Stark, John 11, 293, 401, 414 Mills 288 A 382 Star of Progress 354,428 The 485 of Bethlehem 344, 422, 487, 552 the East 421,454 Stars and Stripes 422, 423, 424 Starry Flag 428 State Capital Reporter 113, 351, 497 street massacre 191 printer, first 72 Fair Bulletin 428 States and Union 161, 443 Stavers, John 8 Stavers' Inn 8 Steam power 48,75,124, 271 Steamboat news 239 Stearns & Taylor 311 Morrill & Silsby 566 Stebbins, M. S 396 Steele, Tattler 16 Stereotyping 34, 48, 75, 80, 85 Steuart, A 216 Stevens, Henry 238 M. D. L 422,424,568 E.C 461,571 S.C 541 H., & Son .'HI, 542 Wm.K 568 Stickney, D., Sl Co 73 St. Johnsbury Index 54^ St. Mary's Gazette "08 Stockton Times 228 Stone, B.P 466 Stone, Lucy '2 Story, F. v.. 34 Francis I6d Storer, F. D 391 Stout, Eli 220 8towe,H. B '2 Stowell, J. C 3i3 St. Paul Daily Globe 229 Strafford Inquirer 541 Register 510 Republican V if Strawberry Bank. T. 24 Streeter, E 54^ Student and Schoolmate 468 S.urtevant,C.,Jr..................g....659 602 INDEX. Sturtevant E. E 560 C 515 W. H 528 Style of writing 3. 124 Suburban PresB Association 255 Sullivan ^gis 463, 517 Summer Excursions 26 Sun, N. Y 34,274 Suncook Journal 341 Valley Times 404 Sunday paper 429 Telegram 348 Globe 428,429,430 Sungband Cowmuddy 289 Suppression ofpress 25 Sussex Presn 465 Sutro library 128 Suydam & Ellis 224 Swain, A.N 176. 542 Sweetland, C. A., & Co 853 Swishelm, J. G 72 Symsbury mines 19 Tables ofsfone 133 Tablets of wood 124 Tattler, The 16 Taylor, Kev. Wm 518 perfecting press 41 Jcel 311,312 Talbot & Co 388 Tanswell, G. H 387 Tea Party 20, 190 Teacher, The 513 Tebbets Bros 448 Technical terms 96, 97 Tecumseh killed 310 Telescope, The 433 Telegraph, The 16, 56, 124, 231 Nashua. . . .325, 335, 386. 386, 408 518, 521, 548 Temperance Celebration 435 Journal 463 Banner 433,434 Tenney & Stevens 423 Jona 396,423 Tennessee papers 218 Terrible Tractoration 174 Fight 435 Tewksbury, G. E 237,361 Texas Gazette 225 Republican .' 225 papers 225 Thanks 4 Thayer, T. B 422 A. E 516 The Printer 99 Editor 243 Friend 246 Jalwateer 241 Bank 7 Thirty constables 293 Thistle, The 530 Thomas & Thomas 477 Isaiah. .16. 26. 184, 185, 189, 242, 470 478, 530 & Andrews 189,574 Thomas's Almanac 76, 190 Thompson, D 294, 297 T. M 444 Thompson's History of Vermont 173 Thurber, J. H 404 Time-Piece, The 482 Times Mirror 512 Times, Manchester Weekly 118, 388, 434 Timothy, L 217 rimperley's Dictionary of Printing... .146 Tinctor, John 84 Titcomb, B 149 Tocsin, Belknap 462 Tombstone Record 99 Tomkins, S. S 529 Tounancour, G. de 357 Towle, G. S 571 Town-meeting 291, 293 Towne, O. A 537,543 Tracy, E. C 176 TractatuR, Petri Hispani 30 Tra ditions 30. 31 Trade Journal 435 Tradesman, The 435 Traders' Advertif-er 435 Transcript, Manchester 366, 387 Tree of knowledge .32 Treadwell, D 35, 37, 38, 160, 161, 611 Press 35,38,161 Tremblay & Co 355 Tribune Almanac 490 Trickey, C.P 372 Tripp & Osgood 561, 562 True, Benj 474 Friend 435 American 59 Kelation 129 Republican ^6, 435 E. S 568 Trumbull, J. & J 104,482 Trumpet and Universalist Magazine.... 542 Truth's Defender 619 Tucker, S. D 498 Tunstall, Bishop 64 Turell, Charles 160,466 Turkey dinner 446 Turner, Joseph 470,514, 538, 539 Tuson,T. H 376, 400,428 Tuttle, J. C 106,107,108 (j eo. A 176 &Maxham 176 & Weeks 639 Twister twisted 209 Two-third cases 337 Tyndall's Testament 64 Tyng, Wm 296 Tyngstown 296 Type distributing machine 79, 80 setting machine 79, 80 made in Boston 19 cast by hand 67 machine 57 founding. Conn 19, 270 Penn 20 terms 97,98 Typographical Advertiser 93 accuracy 130 festivals 262-266 journals 248,249 music... 89 paradise 354 societies 250 unions 250 U. B. B. A. Society 543 U. C. Herald 232 Ulmon. W. F 40 Unanswered letters 10 Union, Saco 524 Democrat and Agriculturalist.. 446 Democrat. . . .321, 822, 341, 367, 393 435, 437, 438, 439, 444. 445 Sergeant 446 Weekly 436,437 INDEX. 603 Union, Washington 460 United G azetfe and News-Letter 179 Unknown 146 Unmentioned, why 10 University Press 75, 183 Universal Repository 184 Instructor 212 Eegister 168 Universalist Expositor 467 Herald 446 Magazine 457, 460 United States Gazette 470, 476. 486 Journal 60 Newspaper Directory 78 Usher, Hezekiah 129 John 206 Utah papers 230 Utica Herald 77 Valley Eegister 464 Farmer 365 Value of papers 46, 47 manuscripts 126 Van Buren, Martin 290 Ness, C.P 175 Vandenburg, Wells & Co 337 Vaughan, O. A. H 384 C.W 507 Varney, S. J 639 J. E 541 Venetian Gazetta. . . 78 Vermont Press Ass'n 253 Autograph 124, 177 Patriot HI Gazette and Post-Boy 56, 173 Gazette 174 Journal . . . .104, 174, 462, 503, 504 Intelligencer 174 Repository 176 Chronicle 176, 462 newspapers 172, 175 Phoenix 175 Observer 358, 362 Republican 112, 500, 502, 504 and Yeoman.. 502. 503 Watchman 59 Vesper, The 446 Veteran printer 499 Veteran's Prayer 107 Budget 434 Village Messenger 403 Vincennes Gazette 220 Sun 70, 220 Virginia Gazette 56, 72.216 Lancet '.356 papers 215 Patriot 530 Visitor, Indianapolis 268 Iowa 226 Voice, The 446 of Industry 552 of the Fair 446 Masses 519 Volunteer, The 534 Vose & Anthony 188 J. W 188 VoxPopuli 532 Wadleigh, George 26, 115 G 541 Waite, O. F. E 505,545,646 Wait, T. B 149,544 Walsh, N ; 52 Walker, Wm 212 J. S 544 Walker L. B & James Evans & Cogswell Walter, J 49, 158 C. M London 153, pin money Wallace, A. A D. O 0. W B. F i .389, 396, 423, 424, W. A Want of supplies 10, J2 Warbeck, J Warren, C. G 301, War Journal Warland, J. H .... 301, 364, 424, 425, 463, Washington Union Spectator General Gazette 221 Federalist 222, Washingtonian 600, Watchman and Eefleotor Waterville, Col Watertown Chronicle Watercure Journal Watseka Times Watson, David 567, Waverly Magazine We and 1 192, Webster, S N.B F.E Webster's Speller 3£ Web-perfecting press Weber, J 115, 116, 425, 463. 645, Weed, Thurlow Weeden, J. H Weeks, William 160, & Drown Weekly Budget .388, from Foreign Parts Monitor Inspector 174, Rehearsal 183, Recorder News 140, 450, Amulet Times 118, Oracle Welcome Visitor Wells press 26, 40, N 114, Robert T. G & Lilly Wentworth, B John West, W. E.... Indies Weston, E. P Western Review Typographical P. A Citizen N. Y. Press Association Westminster Review Wesleyan Seminary Welmore, S. F. . .300-302, 330, 361, 362, feWalVace.'. .'.'.'.'.'.'.' 300, 362, Weyman, William Weymouth, Lord , Wharton, C. H Wheel press 539 552 £53 159 72 158 163 300,301,303 454 374 462 547 19 84 169 161 546 560 226 106 472 630 613 404 152 492 .662 72 574 .547 193 442 406 428 i, 85 498 626 492 528 164 161 448 . 53 118 479 480 448 641 448 444 201 .448 60S 160 .217 .468 .544 .298 143 444 55 . 61 62 .264 2W .254 . 60 ,152 424 351 366 . 22 , 26 208 .167 604 INDEX. Wheelwright, J 298, 299 Wheeler, E. 353 C. L 319,359 Whidden.S 161,512 White, William 336 T. W 216 House 222 John 228 Plin 343,344 Wm 566 Mountain Torrent 448,449 Banner 454 Republic 454 Bugle 485 ^gis 551 Whitney, I. S 400 Whitoomb, P. H 317 WhitmarsH, Thomas 217 Whittier, J. G 448, 449 Maude 308 Whitmore, Miss 463 Whittemore, B. B 303, 516 F.P 303,516 Thos 542 Wicltliffe Bible 29 Wlggin, A. H 351 J. and J 351 W 616 Wilcox, Thomas 197 Wilcomb, E. H 462 Wilkina, E. K 373 Willis, N 472,534 N.P 472 N. P. H 479 M. W 572,575 Wilmington Courant 56, 215 Wilder, Solomon 501 Willson, Young & Co 449 Wilson, C. H 665 G.S 373,449 H.P 448 John C 560 & Odlin 571 Williams, Samuel 176 William and Mary 8, 25 Willard, M. B 72 George 188,529 Winchester, J., 488 Windham County Eeformer 175 Winter Chronicle 238 W.L 225 Winters, C 74 Winthrop, Gov 16, 146 Deane 148 Adam 148 Winnipesaultee Gazette 423, 424 Wisconsin newspapers 234 Mirror 224 Press Association 253 Wise, Henry A 215 Wit's Recreation 43 Witherell, J. F 313. 344 Withingt on, Dr .305 Wolfeborough convention 26 Wolsey, Cardinal 181 Women printers 71, 72, 73, 74, 95 of character 356 editors and printers. 71, 72, 365, 392 Wonders, World 448 Wood, Amos 453 type 30,44,84 H 517 blocks 28, 29, 52, 63, 83, 84, 200 L.M 385 Henry 543, 544 J.B .'. 73 Woodbury, M 311 F. D 568 R. W 381 Levi 514 Woodward, C.J 530 W. C 534 Woodhouse, C 313 Woodruff, W.E 222 Woodman, H 197 Woodstock Observer 674 World, The 248 of Music 114 Worde, Wynken De 63, 64, 84 Workman's Advocate 446 Worcester Spy 16,548 iEgis 210 County Republican 483 Worthman, E 359 Written newspapers 42, 123 Writing and printing inks 86 Written News-Letters 123 Wright, Fanny 72 A. C 461 & Cook 461 Wyer, Robert 65 Wyl ie, David 232 Wyman.S 281 Yankee Boy 361 Case 337 Blade 236 Seal's 151 Tears of Time 6 Young American 384 & Delchambre 79 Charles 4 545,546 S. E 4,373,449 & Worth 818 Alex 238 Manchester 285 M. C. Association 331,449 News 450 Thomas 456 & Brewster 546 York City, Me 342 C.E 350 County Herald 442 Independent 151, 524 Yorkston, R. P 221 Youth's Companion 308,534 Gazette 268 Standard 384 Zaro, A 74 Zamorano, A. V 226 Zenger, J. P 26,201,481 Peter 270 Zenger's Journal 206, 207 Zion's Advocate 151 Herald 523